“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientix et potentia testes, divitix felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper <stimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”’—Linnavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

S608 bobo 0c og & Wie alAn pOOr

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Tayntor, Norwich, 1818,

JONTENTS OF VOL, II.

(SEVENTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER VII.

Page

I. On the Nomenclature and Distribution of some of the Rodents

of South Africa, with Descriptions of new Species. By W. E.

Toi’ WWOESTEROICRE Ws AIRE ee Reais Ets eae ORC o ac OI ee Rapneor Ae meme wenteaee averse

II. On some West-African Squirrels, with a Description of a new

Species and proposed Alteration in the Arrangement of the Groups.

Em ete Eo Dd Teg VO BERET ON on, os acct or a oxe elon) casi eleha. eishe\ «Awe shalarayere © <qeks

III. On the Butterflies of the Genera Leptophobiu and Pieris. By

Penenn Ge bariiee, PhD). WTS. MLSs OCs: » «ore apiey elon! eos

1V. Some new Coceide. By T. D. A. CockrRELL, Entomologist

of the New Mexico Agricultural Experiment Station ............

V. On the Dissociation of the Egg into a Large Number of

Distinct Individuals, and the Cycle cf Development in Lucyrtus

fuscicollis (Hymenopteron). By Paut MARCHAL,.............4.

VI. Seasonal Dimorphism in Butterflies of the Genus Precis,

Donbieer By, Guy,A« 1. Masri at te B A954) sis) «hoo: agiai-l sie sisiays 's\ 3

VIL. Descriptions of new Longicorn Coleoptera from East Africa.

By C. J. Ganan, M.A., of the British Museum (Natural History) ..

VII. The Australian Scorpions of the Genus Urodacus, Pet. By

ToL TPC EIR SG Assen Re abo Haren Oe piaao Sus aS ina aie ar ea

IX. Notes on Paleozoic Fishes—No. Il. By R. H. Traqvatr,

MaDe bes, | Celate Tyme sissies» St one SOT ee Oe

X. Descriptions of new Species of Buitertlies from South America.

by BoGeosn-omite, BoA PES. EZS., Ge. 005. oe. eek e de ee

XI. Description of a new Genus of Aglyphous Colubrine Snakes

fomsumatra. by GA, Bovrrnaer, FeBS, 2... ...002880 en ens

iv CONTENTS.

Page

XII. Description of a new Death-Adder (Acanthophis) from

Central Australia. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.RS. ......00000 ee. 75

New Book :—A Classified Catalogue, with Localities, of the Land-

Shells of America, North of Mexico. By H. A. Pusspry .... 75

Observations on Scarabeide of the Genus Oniticellus, by Chas. O.

Waterhouse ; Dates of Blainville’s ‘Ostéographie,’ by C. Davies

Sherborn: 4c 24: oscelee wee aah ore tek seb Sonos aoe 75, 76

NUMBER VIII.

XIII. Further new Parasitic Copepods found on Fish in the

Indo-tropical Region. By P. W. Bassett-Smiru, Staff-Surgeon

RN EZ.5., Bae. MS. (Plates WM SNe) ae aii ier eee 77

XIV. The Species of Scorpions of the Genus Broteas. By R.L

POCOEK ago aocs oste Teken oa Se he «cele he Dakin Cie a) yar 98

XV. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

No. XIX. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. (Plate Ii)... 108

XVI. The Sarcostyles of the Plumularide. By C.C. Nurrine.. 118

XVII. Description of a new Bat from Lower California. By

GieRRTES. MTGE SOT. ccs as 5 =< ween cides bets Bie huciok ace taeeeee 124

XVIII. Descriptions of Nine new Species of Terrestrial and

Fluviatile Mollusca from South Africa. By James Cosmo MEL-

vitL, M.A., F.L.S., and Joun Henry Ponsonpy, F.ZS.

(Plate VL )ic os. 5s. ie Sac eee ewan ate ec ate etetke clone ore tae eee 125

XIX. On a Second Collection of Reptiles made by Mr. E. Lort-

Phillips in Somaliland. By G. A. BouLeneEr, F.R.S. .......... 130

XX. Descriptions of Two new Fishes from the Coast of Sind. By

GA, BouLenerr, FORSS. coswe opie sh a. eset eee 133

XXI. Descriptions of new Species of Hemiptera-Heteroptera. By

Bis, DISTANT: 'yiso:+ 0's sein rs.a0s ps tele ake oles eieieie eae ie eae 134

XXII. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Ship ‘ Investigator,’ Commander T. H. Heming, R.N., commanding.

—Series IL., No. 25. A Note on the Deep-sea Fishes, with Descrip-

tions of some new Genera and Species, including another probabl

Viviparous Ophidioid. By A. Aucock, Surgeon-Major I.MLS.,

Superintendent of the Indian Museum ...........-....+-eeeuee 156

XXIII. On new Species of Hister’de and Notices of others. By

Grilwis,ELL.S.. ine sone ie pours: see ee 156

XXIV. Report on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature to be

submitted to the Fourth International Zoological Congress at Cam-

bridge by the International Committee for Zoological Nomenclature. 181

CONTENTS. Vv

Page

New Book :—Rhopalocera Exotica: being Illustrations of New,

Rare, and Unfigured Species of Butterflies. By H. Grosr-

Srreani Wy Ermey. - VOL ED, oo cosoio nee jt.aje's pisrele sens 194

Proceedings of the Geological Society ........ Delia watt ata\o of ua het 195

The Generic Name Thylacomys, by Edgar R. Waite .....+...4.. 196

NUMBER IX.

XXV. The Arachnida from the Province of Natal, South Africa,

contained in the Collection of the British Museum. By Rk. L.

12 OVE Bical Cal 200 2 0 ee A ee er eee ee 197

XXVI. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from

Tropical America. By Hersrert Druce, F.LS. &e. ............ 226

XXVII. On a Collection of Dragonflies from the Transvaal and

Nyasaland. By W. F. Kimpy, F.L.S., F.ES., &. ...........+.. 229

XXVIII. Descriptions of new Bornean and Sumatran Mammals.

ETE RIMCE NI THOMAS 5 7 wi crac ays 9..6/5, 010 oie ase Aa eh 4 OS uke oof ese 'elaee 24é

XXIX. The Origin of the Vertebrates. By EpMonp Perrier .. 252

XXX. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from East Africa. By

ee Viracrrorrro rigs | PUBL S 2.8 i a clelecla it nte bis m ales #0 a)-0 seats 259

XXXI. Descriptions of new Mammals from South America. By

BO Greg NCEE TEPC Gos ooops Ia on winjnisin eh @ piri njal weiele nisjeor 8s) SOO

Malacostraca from Puget Sound, N.W. America, by Alfred O.

A EDS edo ¢ SS Ot AdaiG cietin cierto UR eIS Gini pia mina ene raeas 275

NUMBER X.

XXXII. On some new Earthworms in the British Museum. By

Dantet Rosa, D.Sc., Assistant in the Royal Zoological Museum,

purer EGE Diy th. Se A ial oh sal tled dela JU ead hele Ss 277

XXXIII. Felis chaus and its Allies, with Descriptions of new

Bai bapeelers key W.. tbe BIC WINTON 650. cyeta ap. lo diet oie nn ofits «ie! Lo cleln ole 291

XXXIV. Rhynchota from the Transvaal, Mashonaland, and

British Nyiculand ey Wo Ds DISTANT) (<)<,.35:0.0s gs oe dp sina ate cet 294

XXXYV.-On the Zululand Form of Livingstone’s Antelope (Neso-

tragus Livingstonianus). By OLDFIELD THOMAS................ 317

XXXVI. Notes on yarious American Mammals. By OLDFIELD

THOMAS

vl CONTENTS.

® Page

XXXVII. New North-American Insects. By T. D. A,

CocKERELL, Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural Experi-

THERE StALIOM + Ss corer reeesereretetetsteretls Belge heed | wleeeet bakes eee heme B21

XXXVIITI. On Ostracoda from the “Cambridge Greensand.” By

irEepEeRnicK CHrarMany Aw,5.. Pes: eee ee ee eee ee i

XXXIX. Description of a new Genus of Odonata. By W. F.

Grn pl oe DE ie OA DNs See eae eee me A ess 346

XL. Descriptions of Three new Species of Spiders of the Genus

Selenops hatr. By POCOCK A. bige. alae ccna. once eee 348

On the Geographical Distribution and the Evolution of Pertpatus

(Preliminary Note), by E.-L. Bouvier ; New Observations on

Peripatus, by E.-1.. Bouvier; On the Presence of the Common

Kel in the Open’Sea, by Léon Vaillant ................ 391—355

NUMBER XI.

XLI. Some new or rare Parasitic Copepods found on Fish in the

Indo-tropic Region. By P. W. Bassert-Smiru, Staf-Surgeon R.N.,

FUR MAS BEZ51" ( PlateseX x Leek oF. ct ee ee be ae 557

XLII. Extraordinary Vitality of Entomostraca in Mud from

Jerusalem. . By Epwarb. ATKINSON, F.L.S. ........--020000e0e 372

XLII. A Revision of the Pontoniide. By L. A. Borrapalxr,

M.A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College, Cambridge. . 3876

XLIV. On the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Catophaga. By

Asrnun'G. Borcer, PhD Eb ss Movies. OC. “5-6. nie eee 392

XLV. New North-American Insects. By T. D. A. COCKERELL,

Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural Experiment Station.. 401

XLVI. Descriptions of Two new Species of Butterflies of the

Genus Thysonotis. By H. Grose-Smirn, B.A., F.ES., F.ZS. .... 404

XLVII. Notes on some Type Specimens of Cretaceous Fishes

from Mount Lebanon in the Edinburgh Museum of Science and

Act. by Ao omEre, WOOD WAHD, TP alag. coer meet ieee, oiisatens 405

XLVIII. Descriptions of Two new Srakes from Queensland. By

iS. ALSO MIDONG IER. IB RS: 03 mii opts ele Sele aht = mies S sisi pir ote Rte 414

XLIX. Description of a new Siluroid Fish fron: West Africa. By

te OUTENGER. BTS 2) oo iethseicin Sareyerersiee Pui hate rallye pips Fok

L. On the Species of Polypterus. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. 416

LI. Short Diagnoses of Two new Species of Coralliide from

Medeira. By James YATE JoHNsSON, Corr.Mem.Z.S. ............ 421

CONTENTS. Vil

P * Page

LIL. Description of a new Species of Hare from Algeria. By

Sip Peeler MEE LUAMEUON) sire iar selects ove a8 iets ee vicars arsine twee 422

LILI. Note on the European Dormice of the Genera Muscardinus

and Gls, By G. KH. H. BAarrerr-HAaMILtTon

Proceedings of the Geolocical Society: 0/00. ase ss merece cee tec 427

NUMBER XII.

LIV. The Arachnida from the Regions of Lakes Nyasa and Tan-

ganyika contained in the Ccllection of the British Museum. By

Fee ewOCOCK mCP lato oN Pe os Me dave guise oo ast Seca vescee cans 429

LV. New and little-known Hymenoptera taken by Prof. C. H. T.

Townsend and Mr. C, M. Barberin New Mexico in 1898, By T.D. A.

CocKERELL, Professor of Entomology, New Mexico Agricultural

SU ORE ck occ, UM: wins RU ita oe gids Sia aim hk SINGH Sekine «APS 443

LVI. On the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Cutophaga. By

Artaur G. Butter, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

LVII. The Entomostraca of Lake Bassenthwaite. By Eprra M.

Pratt, BSc. With an Introductory Note by Sypnry J. Hickson,

M.A., F.R.S., Beyer Professor of Zoology in the Owens College,

RE gHaG HESUGEY estes) inte a os ric © «hae IIe SAS LAG

LVIII. Descriptions of ‘Two new Siluroid Fishes from Brazil. By

GA SOME NG HR. EsEtsSs. yn aigeties) elegy So ea 8 oo 0s 0 edswist 477

LIX. A Revision of the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Vercas.

By LionEt DE Nic&vILLE, F.E.S., C.MLZS., &..... ;

LX. A new Species of Shrew from Ashantee. By W. E.

DUMMY VBIENEROO NRE te CD Reis rhe chche tel eisvccs encrae/ sre Gear are ce tclaveis eb ale gcraeees 484

LXI. Notes on some Type Specimens of Cretaceous Fishes from

Mount Lebanon in the Geneva Museum. By A. Smrra Woop-

UNCEII EM OU MSSAMAet oe a etc tere ete cess ht tiny ah trans ie si yen aed ial Be 8. awa 485

New Book :—The Farmer and the Birds. By Epira Carrtaton.

With Preface by Canon Tristram, F.R.S 489

OO ODS CO Oe ON GOO 100 Ol OsOmO

On the Dates of Jacob Hiibner’s ‘Sammlung europiischer Schmetter-

linge, Part I. by C. Davies Sherborn, Part II. by Jno, Hartley

DSC ali Oks Ala ee 5 ne ae eer SCBA Sir a Se reine 491

(lay les-e i ateee eeomeucionn ate ReS Maia alalelanavenere ek cates si iw ave rayelay averse, Seisievers where aoo

PLATES IN VOL. II.

PuaTE I. Palzozoic Fishes.

II. Species of Clione, Bipinnaria, Lepidonotus, and Sigalion,

iE,

TLV.

Vile

VU. New Mollusks.

VIII. New Arachnida from Natal.

IX. New Earthworms.

XI. New Parasitic Copepods.

XI. |

XIII. Arachnida from the Regions of Lakes Nyasa and Tanganyika,

New Parasitic Copepods.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

{SEVENTH SERIES. ]

CR AStosice nono sooF per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dee pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.””

N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Ecl, 1.

No. 7. JULY 1898.

I.—On the Nomenclature and Distribution of some of the

Rodents of South Africa, with Descriptions of new Species.

By W. E. DE WINTON.

SrnceE the days of Dr. Andrew Smith, until within the last

year or two no one has paid much attention to collecting the

smaller mammals of South Africa, and while birds and insects

have always been flowing in to the home museums, there

have only been received one or two chance specimens of

mammals.

The result is that several of the animals described by the

old writers are very imperfectly known, and great confusion

is caused by the want of fresh specimens, most of the original

types having been stuffed, the skulls spoiled, and the fur

faded.

Thanks to Mr. ffolliott Darling and Mr. F. C. Selous we

know something of the fauna of Rhodesia (see P. Z. S. 1896,

pp- 798-808, for description of the rodents sent home by

these two collectors), but there is still much to be learned;

and now I have pleasure in bringing forward fresh evidence

of an awakening within the older settled districts to the

realization of the wants of the home workers.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 1

2 Mr. W. E. de Winton on

The British Museum has lately received valuable additions

to the collections of small mammals from the south of Cape

Colony through the exertions of Dr. Schénland, Curator of

the Grahamstown Museum, and presented by that institution,

and from Mr. A. Stenning, Curator of the Fish Hatchery,

King William’s Town; from the Transvaal through Mr. H. P.

Thomasset and Dr. Percy Rendall, who have taken much

trouble in obtaining specimens; from the neighbourhood of

Kimberley by the help of Mr. A. Wolf Curry ; and from

Namaqualand by Dr. R. Broom. Thanks are due to these

gentlemen, who, while busily engaged in their professions, have

devoted time and money to the furtherance of science; and

I think it only requires to be known how behindhand our

knowledge of the mammalian fauna of South Africa is, to

induce others to assist in collecting and taking notes on the

habits of the small mammals of the country. I would impress

on those who wish to help, that no animal is too common, for

so little is known as to the distribution of any of the species,

and almost nothing of their habits. Specimens are therefore

required of all species occurring in different districts.

Instructions for collecting and small requisites for proper

preservation may be obtained by communicating with the

writer at the British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell

Road, London, 8.W.

With the assistance of the collections above mentioned

some light has been thrown on one or two doubtful points as

to the validity of several species of rodents, and it is hoped

before long to clear up further questions in regard to other

orders of the Mammalia.

Graruiurus, F. Cuv.

(Mamm. pl. ccliv., 1829.)

Both Mr, Oldfield Thomas and myself, following the course

taken by other writers when describing closely allied forms,

have referred specimens of the smaller dormice of Africa to

the genus Eliomys. On looking more closely into the

matter, it has been found that all the members of the family

Myoxide found within the Ethiopian Region - belong to the

genus Graphiurus and that Eliomys is confined to the Pale-

arctic Region. Besides the outward form there are many

cranial characters which distinguish these two genera; perhaps

the most obvious is the difference in the shape of the infra-

orbital foramina.

South-African Rodents. 3

Graphiurus ocularis, Smith.

Sciurus ocularis, A. Smith, Zool. Journ. iv. (Jan.—May), 1829, p. 439.

Graphiurus capensis, F. Cuy. Mamm. livy. lx. fig. 254 (Sept.) (1829).

“ Autre Loir,” F. Cuv. Dict. Sc. Nat. xxvii. p. 124 (1823).

Myoxrus Cattoirti, Fisch. Synops. Mamm. p. 310 (1829).

Graphiurus typicus, Smith, S. A. Q. Journ. 1854, p. 145,

Graphiurus elegans, Ogilby, P. Z. 8. 1838, p. 5 (juv.).

Graphiurus capensis, Smith, Ill, Zool. 8S. A., Mamm. pl. xxxix. (1845).

Graphiurus capensis auct.

The above being the synonymy of this animal, it will be

seen that Smith’s specific name must be allowed priority ;

this author in his later publications, however, conformed to

the specific name given by Cuvier—who had made a new genus

for the reception of this species—only because it was the fashion

at that date to affix a fresh specific name to any species when

transferred to a different genus from that in which it had been

placed by the original describer.

Hab. Extreme south of Cape Colony.

Specimens of this animal are much needed, it being ex-

tremely rare in collections.

M. Lataste has divided the genus Gerbillus into well-

marked subgenera (‘Le Naturaliste,’ 1882, p. 126), a most

convenient mode of at once showing the form of the feet, tail,

and molar teeth; this code has generally been followed by

recent writers, the subgeneric name being placed in brackets,

and this method is used below.

Gerbillus (Gerbillus) peba, Smith.

Gerbillus peba, Smith, Rep. Exped. Int. 8. Afr., App. p. 48 (1836).

? Meriones caffer, Licht. Verzeichn. Auct. Siidafr. Nat. Berlin, 1839

(5th Oct.), nomen nudum.

? Meriones binotatus, id. ibid., nom. nud.

? Meriones rufescens, id. ibid., nom. nud.

Gerbillus tenuis, Smith, Ill. 8. Afr. pl. xxxvi. fig. 2 (1842).

? Meriones caffer, Wagn. Arch. fiir Naturg. 1842, p. 18.

Dr. Andrew Smith always thought himself justified in

changing a name he had himself given if another more appro-

priate one suggested itself. The typeof G. pebaand G. tenuis

being one and the same specimen, the first name must of

course stand for this species.

Hab. Transvaal and Namaqualand.

Gerbillus (Tatera) afer, Gray. -

Mus sericeus, Temm. MSS. v. Sp. Mus. Leyd., nom. nud.

Gerbillus afra, Gray, Spicil. Zool. x. (1828).

4 Mr. W. E. de Winton on

Meriones Schleyelii, Smuts, Enum. Mamm. Cap. p. 41, pl. xiii. figs. 1-5

(18382). }

Gerbillus africanus, F. Cuy. Trans. Zool. Soe. ii. 1836, p. 143, pl. xxvi.

figs. 5, 9.

Gerbillus afer, Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Mamm. pl. xxxv. (1842).

? Gerbillus tenuis, var. Schinzi, Noack, Zool. Jahrb. iv. 1889, p. 134.

This species has a very wide range, forms which so far

seem specifically inseparable from the Cape specimens

occurring in Mashunaland and Nyasaland.

Gerbillus (Tatera) Brantsi, Smith.

Gerbillus Brantsii, Smith, Rep. Exped. Int. 8. Afr., App. p. 48 (1836).

Gerbillus montanus, Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr, Mamm. pl. xxxvi. fig. 1

(1842).

Meriones (Rhombomys) maccalinus, Sundeval, CEfvers. Vet.-Ak. Stockh.

1846, p. 120.

The Museum is indebted to Mr. Thomasset for a fine

series of this Gerbil, clearly proving it to be distinct from

G. afer; the species is well figured and described by Smith

(Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Mamm. pl. xxxvi.).

Hab. ‘Transvaal.

Gerbillus (Tatera) Lobengula, sp. n.

In size and proportions this Gerbil closely resembles G. afer.

The colour of the dorsal region is pale fawn, very finely

grizzled with dull black ; on the sides there is no grizzling

and the colour pure fawn; an abrupt line divides the colour

of the upper parts from the lower, which are all pure white.

The colour of this animal is very constant, and so differs

from G. afer and G. leucogaster, in both of which the general

colour is more rufous or chestnut and the grizzling coarser.

The skull differs from its allies chiefly in having a narrower

facial portion, being very narrow across the nasals and

maxille between the infraorbital foramina.

The first upper molars are very persistently cuspidate, the

second lobe being divided into a pair of cusps—outer and

inner—in fairly adult specimens; and even when the tooth

is worn, so that only the separated transverse laminz appear,

this second lobe is pinched together in the middle line, and

the mesial bridge, showing the full laminated pattern of the

tooth, does not appear until even later than in G. afer.

Type (¢), British Museum, no. 97. 1.4.11. Collector’s

no. 31. dth Oct., 1895. Essex Vale, Matabeleland.

Head and body 134 millim.; tail 160; hind foot 34;

ear 45, |

South-African Rodents. 5

Skull: greatest length 40; breadth 21°5 ; nasals, length 16,

greatest breadth 4.

This specimen, with others, was collected by Mr. F. C.

Selous, and was referred to G. leucogaster with doubt by the

writer (P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 807) ; but further comparison with

younger specimens of G. afer and G. leucogaster allow of no

doubt as to their distinctness, my conclusions being based on

six skins and seven skulls of this species and a large number

of its nearest allies.

Gerbillus (Pachyuromys) auricularis, Smith.

Gerbillus auricularis, Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. 1834, p. 160.

Gerbillus brevicaudatus, F. Cuy. Trans. Zool. Soe. ii. 1836, p. 144,

pl. xxvi. figs. 10-15.

This curious Gerbil, with its short thick tail, is very diffe-

rent from any South-African member of the genus ; it inhabits

dry sandy districts, especially parts of Namaqualand; but

several specimens have lately been received from Mr. A. Wolf

Curry, taken in the neighbourhood of Kimberley—the only

other member of the subgenus (G. Duprast) being found in

the Algerian Sahara.

Otomys, F. Cuv.

Otomys, F, Cuy. Dents des Mamm. p. 168, pl. lx, (1825) (nec A.

Smith).

Euryotis, Brants, Muizen, p. 93 (1827).

Otomys trroratus, Brants.

Mus trroratus, Licht. MS., nom. nud.

Euryotis irrorata, Brants, Muizen, p. 94, pl. (1827).

Otomys bisulcatus, Cuv. & Geoff. Mamm. livr. Ix. fig. 265 (1829).

Euryotis typicus, Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii, p. 149 (1834),

Euryotis irroratus, Smith, Il. Zool, S. Afr. pls. xxii., xxv. fig. 1 (1840).

Euryotis obscura, Licht. Verzeichn. Siiug. u. Végeln Kafferlands, Berlin,

p. 10 (1842).

This species is widely distributed, frequenting wet or

marshy places. Both upper and lower incisors are deeply

grooved and the third upper molar has six enamel folds.

Otomys unisulcatus, F. Cuv.

Otomys unisulcatus, Cuy. & Geoff. Mamm. livr. Ix. fig. 264 (1829).

Euryotis unisulcatus, Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii, 1834, p. 149; Tl.

Zool. S. Afr., Mamm. pl. xxiii. (1840).

Euryotis pallida, Wagner, Wiegm. Arch. 1841, p. 184.

Otomys rufifrons, Riippell, Verzeichn, Mus. Senck. i. 1842, p. 28, nom.

~ nud.; Wagner, Schreb. Saug., Supp. iii. p. 507 (1843).

6 Mr. W. E. de Winton on

This species inhabits the southern and eastern districts of

the colony, frequenting dry situations. In colour it is some-

what paler than O. drroratus, but unless the teeth are ex-

amined the two species may be easily confounded. While

closely resembling O. Brantsz in the pattern of its dentition,

it is readily distinguished by its colour. A sure distinction,

however, is found in the skull, as described under the next

species.

Otomys Brantsi, Smith.

Euryotis Brantsti, Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. 1834, p. 150; Il.

Zool. 8. Afr., Mamm. pl. xxiv. (1840).

This species is particularly abundant in Namaqualand,

inhabiting dry situations. The upper incisors only are

grooved; the last upper molar has only four enamel folds.

The skull may be readily distinguished from that of O. unt-

sulcatus in having much larger auditory bulle; the basi-

occipital and basisphenoid bones are exceedingly narrow and

rounded, while in both the other species known to inhabit

the Cape Colony these bones are flattened out considerably.

Saccostomus campestris, Peters.

Three specimens of this species have been received, through

the Grahamstown Museum, from Mrs. George White of

Brak Kloof. The occurrence of this pouched mouse in the

neighbourhood of Grahamstown has come as a great surprise,

for hitherto the most southerly points from which any member

of the genus had been recorded were Mashonaland, where

the large dark grey form occurs, and Damaraland, where a

pale sandy-coloured form is found *.

From what Mr. Schonland tells me, this animal is generally

confused with Jlystromys albicaudatus by South-African

* In writing on some rodents from Angola (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1897, xx. p. 822) I referred some specimens of Saccostomus to S. mashone ;

but while agreeing with that species in the size and proportion of the

skull, so far as can be judged from the material at hand (consisting of

three specimens of S. mashone aud five Damaraland skulls of different

ages), the specimens from Damaraland and Angola differ so much in

colour, being of a light somewhat sandy tint, even paler than S, cam-

pestris, that I think it desirable to specify them under the name of

S. Anderssoni; and I take as the type of this new species no. 69, 8. 11. 4

in the British Museum, collected by Mr. C. J. Andersson in Damaraland,

this being, in fact, one of the specimens mentioned by Mr. Oldfield Thomas

(P. Z. S. 1882, p. 266, pl. xiv.), the figure being drawn to illustrate a new

species, but afterwards changed to S. campestris, as it was considered

wiser not to distinguish the two forms with the material then in the

Museum.

South-African Rodents. v4

naturalists. I need scarcely say that while Saccostomus

belongs to the subfamily Murine, being a short-tailed mouse

with cheek-pouches, Mystromys belongs to the Cricetine,

with only two longitudinal rows of cusps in the molars.

This latter animal is of so much interest that I shall notice it

separately.

Mystromys albicaudatus, Smith.

Otomys albicaudatus, A. Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. 1834, p. 63.

Mystromys albipes, Wagn. Wiegm. Arch. 1841, p. 133.

Euryotis lanuginosa, Licht. Verzeichn. Siug. u. Vogeln Kafferlands,

p. 10, Berlin (1842).

Malacothrix albicaudata, Wagu. Schreb. Siug., Suppl. iii. p. 498 (1843).

When Dr. Smith founded his genus Otomys he overlooked

the fact that the name had already been applied by Cuvier to

another group of mammals.

The district of Albany was given as the locality from

which the type specimen was obtained, and in his later

writings this author gives Grahamstown as one of the localities

in which he had himself met with it. Now I think it just

possible that Dr. Smith confused this species, which he had

no doubt obtained north of the Orange River, with Sacco-

stomus campestris, a species which he did not recognize, and

perhaps labelled such specimens Mystromys in the Cape Town

Museum, and in this way the confusion may have originated.

Now that we have proof of Saccostomus occurring in the

southern districts of the Colony, search should be made to

find out whether Mystromys occurs there also.

Besides the type, which presumably comes from Albany,

the British Museum has only specimens of this animal from

the Transvaal, received from Mr. Thomasset.

Mystromys has very great interest to naturalists, being the

sole representative of the subfamily Cricetinz found in thie

Ethiopian Region; but what gives it still higher importance

is that it appears to be the living representative of the fossil

Cricetodon of the Upper Miocene deposits of Europe.

In the absence of further paleontological evidence as to the

period during which Mystromys has inhabited South Africa,

it may be presumed that it reached that portion of the con-

tinent only in comparatively recent times, otherwise, if the

genus had existed there contemporaneously with the European

fossil forms, we should expect to find it in Madagascar; but

so far there is no evidence of its ever having existed in that

region.

Dr. Smith describes this species as frequenting dry sandy

places where there are scattered bushes, and being easily

8 On South-African Rodents.

taken at night with the aid of a lantern, to the light of which

it is attracted, when it may be struck with a whip or taken

in the hands. It might be mentioned that it is of the greatest

importance that the skull is not damaged, so death should be

caused by any other means than by a blow on the head.

Malacothriz typicus, Smith.

Ceres ee iets Smith (mec Cuvier), S. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. 1834,

Malacothrie typica, Wagn. Schreb. Saug., Suppl. iii. p. 498 (1848).

This animal was made the type of his genus Otomys by

Dr. Smith, a genus which consisted of this species and

Otomys albicaudatus = Mystromys; as stated above, the

generic name had already been used, which, under the

circumstances, may be considered rather fortunate.

The genus J/alacothriz is placed in the subfamily Dendro-

myine, and this species is the only representative of the

genus. Specimens are extremely rare in museums. The

British Museum is indebted to Mr. A. Wolf Curry for a fine

series from Kimberley.

Grorycuus, Illig.

(Prodr. Syst. Mamm. et Av. p. 87, 1811.)

GEORYCHUS, subgen. GEoRYcHUs, Gray.

(P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 123.)

This division includes only G. capens7s, in which the

molars have deep infoldings of enamel on both outer and

inner surfaces, the fourth tooth or third molar only appearing

in extreme age.

GEORYCHUS, subgen. Crypromys, Gray.

Georychus, subgen. Cryptomys, Gray, t. ¢. p. 124.

Georychus, subgen. Caetomys, id. t. e. p. 126,

Includes all the other members of the genus, in which

the molars have only a vestige of an infolding of the enamel

on the outer surface of the molars in extreme youth and none

whatever even in early maturity, the fourth tooth or third

molar appearing at a very early age.

I consider that these two forms are fully worthy of sub-

generic rank, though I do not follow all the divisions proposed

by Gray.

On West-African Squirrels. 9

II.—On some West-African Squirrels, with a Description

of anew Species, and proposed Alteration in the Arrange-

ment of the Groups. By W. HK. De WINTON.

A NUMBER of squirrels from the French Congo territory have

lately been received at the British Museum. Of the so-called

Pyrrhopus group, besides the typical form Funisciurus

pyrrhopus, Cuv., from the Gaboon, there are examples of

F, aurtculatus, Matschie, and four specimens of a squirrel—

a description of which is given below—from the Benito River,

in outward appearance closely resembling /. anerythrus, Thos.

The fact that these two squirrels are found in the same

district is sufficient to prove that they are perfectly distinct

species, and not geographical races or subspecies ; the same

remark applies to /. anerythrus and F. Emini, which are

found together in Monbuttu.

The new species and F. anerythrus agree in proportions

and general markings, in the want of bright colouring, and

in having longer tails than any of their allies; but, as will

be shown, the pattern of their molars is so different from one

another, that they must be regarded as distinct species.

F. auriculatus, on the other hand, has the shortest tail of

the group, being very closely allied to /. erythrogenys, from

Fernando Po, of which species it appears to be only a local

form ; and sceing that these two short-tailed forms with grey

legs differ so much from F. pyrrhopus, which has bright red

legs, besides different colouring throughout, and a longer tail,

it is most misleading to lump them together; it will be

found more convenient to keep them apart as distinct species.

The new squirrel may be described as follows :—

Funisciurus mystax, sp. n.

The general arrangement of colours as in F. anerythrus,

but the prevailing tone more brown than green and the face-

markings, especially the moustache, more distinct; the legs

washed with reddish brown; the side-stripes are so faint in

some specimens as hardly to be distinguishable, and on the

whole may be said to be less developed than in its near ally ;

the underparts are strongly washed with rufous-cinnamon or

apricot-colour, the throat paler, the scrotum of the male

thickly clothed with grey fur.

The form of the skull as in other members of the group.

Measurements of the skull :—

Greatest length 51°5 millim., greatest breadth 27; length

10 Mr. W. E. de Winton on

of frontals 21°5; interorbital constriction 12°1; length of

nasals 14°5; greatest breadth of nasals 6; basal length 42 ;

gnathion to back of palate 21:5; back of palate to foramen

magnum 17°5; length of incisive foramina 4; diastema 12;

upper molar series 9; outside molars 11; length of auditory

bulla 10°5.

Mandible: length (bone only) 28:5; back of incisors to

coronoid 25°3, to condyle 28°5, to angle 25; greatest height

16; lower molar series 9.

Type (¢), British Museum no. 98. 5. 4.9. Teeth worn.

Collector G. L. Bates, no. 815. Fang name “ Kwé.”

Benito River, 15 miles from mouth, 6th Jan., 1898.

Specimens of different ages and sexes killed from September

to January do not vary in colour.

The chief interest in this squirrel is due to the fact that

the molars have a more complicated pattern than is found in

any of its near allies. ‘The accompanying figures will show

the pattern of the molars of some of the group. Fig. 3 repre-

sents R.™1 of £. mystax; it will be seen that there is an

extra infolding of the enamel on the outer side; the central

Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4.

Fig. 1.—R. ™:+ of Funisciurus anerythrus.

Fig. 2.—Ditto of F. pyrrhopus.

Fig. 3.—Ditto of F. mystax.

Fig. 4.—Ditto of F. Jacksoni.

cusp is only rudimentary in the majority of the existing

squirrels, but is found in Anomalurus and in some fossils

which are not considered to belong to Sccurus, and it is not

too much to say that had this tooth been found in a fossil

state it would not have been referred to a true squirrel.

Four specimens examined have teeth of precisely the same

pattern; and I think it will be interesting to paleontologists

to have an accurate figure recording the occurrence in an

existing species.

Although the teeth of F. pyrrhopus and F. anerythrus have

been figured before in Dr. Forsyth Major’s most valuable

paper in the P.Z.S. 1893, pl. viii., I have thought it advisable

to reproduce them in a similar manner to that of F. mystax

West-African Squirrels. 11

for the sake of comparison ; it will be noticed that the tooth

of F. anerythrus agrees with that of #. pyrrhopus, and not

with that of . mystax, which is the reverse of what might

have been expected, seeing that these two forms agree so

closely in external characters.

It may be that this middle cusp is not so rare in existing

species as is generally supposed; at any rate, it is a curious

fact that two squirrels which I have introduced to science—

the present one and /. Jackson? from British East Africa—

have this character developed to a remarkable degree. The

latter species having far more cuspidate teeth the central

cusp is only strongly developed on the outer border, but the

extra fold of the enamel is well marked even in much-worn

teeth, giving the teeth a much more complicated appearance

than that found in any of its allies. A figure of the tooth

of this squirrel is also given of approximately the same age

(fig. 4), but owing to the strongly cuspidate nature of the tooth

it is difficult to do it justice in this manner of drawing. The

nature of the tooth will, however, be readily understood by

comparing this figure, which is only intended to show the

pattern, with the teeth of any of its allies or with the figure

of F. cepapt given by Dr. Major. The teeth of F. mystaz,

on the contrary, with their evenly worn surface and clearly

laminated pattern, are exactly suited to this form of illustra-

tion.

Both F. mystax and F. Jacksont have undoubtedly very

near allies in their respective groups, whose teeth show no

sign of the middle cusp; thus it would seem that no great

value can be attached to its presence or absence as a classi-

fying character.

ALTERATION IN THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE GROUPS.

Additions to the squirrels of the Paraxerus group of

Dr. Forsyth Major havecaused me to look into the characters of

the species forming that subgenus. First I would mention

S. Nordhoffi, Duchaillu (?=S. calliurus, Peters). The skull

of this squirrel has never been described; in general form

and in the pattern of the molars it elosely resembles S. Stan-

gert from Fernando Po, but the size of the infraorbital foramina

is altogether unique among the Sciuride, the openings being

4:5 millimetres high by 3 broad, and so approaching in size

within measurable distance those of Anomalurus.

In connexion with the form of the infraorbital foramen,

another squirrel in the same collection must be mentioned:

this is S. Welsont, Duchaillu. Dr. Jentink, in his Mono-

12 On West-African Squirrels.

graph of the African Squirrels, places this name as a synonym

of S. Hbci, Temm.; certainly the two forms resemble one

another very closely in outward appearance, but on comparing

the skulls there are found so many slight differences, that I

prefer to regard them as distinct species; but chiefly I wish

to draw attention to the infraorbital foramina.

In S. Editi the foramen is formed on the same pattern and

is of nearly the same size as that of S. Stanger, while in

S. Wilsont it is much smaller, having a prolonged outer wall,

and therefore typically Sciurine. The differences in size of

the opening of this foramen must not therefore be considered

of too great importance, seeing that it only results from a

cutting away of the outer wall and is found to be so variable

in closely allied forms.

The skulls of S. Hbid and S. Wilsoni differ greatly from

those of S. Stangert and S. Nordhoffi, as also do the patterns

of the molars; both in the length of the facial portion, the

generally elongated skull, and in the more hypsodont molars

the two former are much more Xerus-like. Though the lower

molars certainly are more Sciurine than those of the other

members of the group in which I propose to place them, I see

no reason to keep them separate, and I think they should be

transferred to the subgenus Funisciurus = Paraxerus of

Forsyth Major; while in the shortness of the facial portion,

the generally broadened skull, and in the brachydont molars.

the two latter might very well be placed with the Rufo-

brachiatus or true Sciurine group of African squirrels.

It is proposed therefore that the subgenus Protoxerus be

done away with and that its members be divided between the

other two groups, S. Stangert and S. Nordhoffi being trans-

ferred to the Sciurine group Sczurus, sec. a, Major, = Helio-

sciurus, Trouessart, and S. Hbi?, S. Wilsont, and S. Aubinnit

to the more Xerus-like group Funiscturus, 'Trouessart, =

Paraxerus, Major, lately raised to the rank of a genus by

O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 938).

This seems to me the only place where a line can be drawn,

and I believe in this manner the squirrels of Africa will be

divided into two more workable groups than according to the

former arrangement, for there appears to be quite as much

relationship between Funisciwrus Ebi, F. Aubinnii, and

F. cepapi with its allies, as exists between the latter and

F, pyrrhopus groups.

Since Dr. Forsyth Major wrote his paper the collection of

African squirrels in the British Museum has been very

greatly increased, there being then no skulls of /’. Wilsoni or

8. Nordhoffi available, and the only skull of #. How having

On the Gcnera Leptophobia and Pieris. 13

abnormally worn teeth. The squirrels of the cepap? group

were also in an unsatisfactory state, the Hast-African forms

being confused with cepapi proper, a slightly larger animal

with even less hypsodont teeth; the tooth figured as be-

longing to F. cepapt in Dr. Major’s paper belongs really to

a squirrel from Kilimanjaro, probably F. ganana, which is

closely allied to F, Jacksont.

It is a curious and it might be said inconvenient fact,

that in the pattern of their teeth and in the shape of the

skull the harsher-furred squirrels approach Scéurus, while

the softer-furred approach Xerus; with the exception of

S. rufobrachiatus, the rule would almost hold good that the

harsher the fur the nearer to Sccurus, the softer the fur the

nearer to Xerus.

II!.—On the Butterflies of the Genera Leptophobia and Pieris.

By Arruur G. Butter, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

In spite of adverse criticism, I have seen no reason to change

my decision either as to the distinctness of Leptophobia or as

to what should be regarded as typical Pieris. Strictly

speaking, perhaps, Parnassius apollo should be regarded as

the type of Pieris, Schrank ; Scudder, however, considers

Ganoris rape to be the type, regarding the closely related

G. brassice as generically distinct. I have clearly proved

that the trivial characters upon which these two nearly allied

“ cabbage-butterflies ” were separated are utterly unreliable,

being inconstant in the extreme. If we were, on the other

hand, to make Parnasstus apollo the type of Pierts, it would

not only create hopeless confusion, but would necessitate

giving a fresh name to the subfamily Pierine, a course not

to be desired by any who keep in view the sole object of

nomenclature.

As before, therefore, I accept Boisduval’s definition of

Pieris, taking P. amathonte (=P. demophile 2) as its type.

In the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana’ the genus Pieris is

expanded to include Synchloe, Mylothris, Leptophobia, and

Glutophrissa ; but personally I prefer to keep all groups

having constant structural differences, whether of neuration

or other details, as separate genera. As regards the state-

ment that P. protodice (Synchloe) is sexually inconstant in

neuration, I can only suggest that this state of things is indi-

vidual and abnormal, inasmuch as nine out of our ten male

examples show tle apical furca in the primaries quite as

14 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Butterflies of

clearly as in our six females. This, I do not for a moment

doubt, the authors of the ‘ Biologia’ will frankly admit when

they have again investigated the point.

The following is a list of the species so far as they are

known to me :—

LeprropHostiA, Butler.

1. Leptophobia eleone.

Pieris eleone, Hewitson, in Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. vi. fig. 6 (1847).

Pieris Smithii, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 3857; Rhop. Exot. i.

pl. i. figs. 3, 4 (1888).

Venezuela, Bogota, Bolivia, Quito, Ecuador. B. M.

P. Smithit is evidently a slight variation, differing only in

the narrowness of the posterior portion of the outer border of

the primaries; the width of this border varies a good deal

in L. eleone.

2. Leptophobia eleusis.

Pieris eleusis, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 381.

Pieris suadella, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vy. p. 79 (1861).

Venezuela. B. M.

I think it very doubtful whether the following is distinct

from this.

3. Leptophobia helena.

Pieris helena, Lucas, Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 332.

Quito. B. M. |

4. Leptophobia artipa.

Pieris aripa, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 528 (18386).

Preris balidia, Boisduval, t. ¢. p. 529.

Pieris elodia, Boisduval, 7, e.

Rio Janeiro, Bolivia, Venezuela, Panama, Costa Rica,

Guatemala, Mexico. B. M.

Our examples of ZL. balidia (from Rio Janeiro) have the

under surface of the secondaries and apex of primaries more

buff-coloured than Central-American examples; but the

Bolivian example is somewhat intermediate.

5. Leptophobia pinara.

Pieris pinara, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 179 (1865).

Bogota, Bolivia, and Ecuador. B. M.

the Genera Leptophobia and Pieris. 15

6. Leptophobia erinna.

Pieris erinna, Hopffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 336.

Peru. B. M.

7. Leptophobia nephthis.

Pieris nephthis, Hopfter, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 354.

Bolivia and Ecuador. Coll. Hewitson.

Nearly allied to the preceding species.

8. Leptophobia stamnata.

Pieris stamnata, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 330,

Pieris euthemia, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. y. p. 80 (1861).

Venezuela. B. M.

9. Leptophobia penthica.

Leptalis? penthica, Kollar, Denkschr. Akad, Wiss. Wien, math.-nat.

Cl. i. p. 360, pl. xlv. figs. 11, 12 (1850).

Bogota and Ecuador. B. M.

10. Leptophobia subargentea, sp. n.

g. Above very similar to the same sex of L. tenuicornis,

but the base of primaries blacker, the white markings more

cream-coloured, the large patch barely extending above the

second median branch (so as to leave a much wider interval

between it and the subapical bifid spot) ; secondaries much

less blue, the inner bordering of the much larger creamy

white patch being rather silver-grey. Primaries below with

costa and fringe sulphur-yellow, apical area silver crossed by

black veins ; white area rather more extended basally than

above and pure white, subapical white spot slightly broader :

secondaries silver, with black veins; basal lobe daffodil-

yellow in front, saffron behind. Body normal.

Expanse of wings 58 millim.

Pucartambo, Peru (Whitely). Type B. M.

Evidently related to, but distinct from, the following.

11. Leptophobia semicesia.

Pieris semicesia, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 176 (1865),

Bogota.

This species seems to approach L. penthica, but with no

white on upper surface of secondaries ; the secondaries and

apex of primaries below silvery rather than nacreous. The

16 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Butterflies of

description almost agrees with L. philoma, but Felder speaks

of the subapical fasciole as tripartite.

12. Leptophobia olympia.

Pieris olympia, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p, 80 (1861).

E. Peru (registered Nauta). B. M.

In the Hewitson collection a specimen, from Bolivia, stands

under L. tovaria, from which species I think ZL. olympia very

doubtfully distinct; it was described from a Venezuelan

example.

13. Leptophobia tovaria.

Pieris tovaria, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 80 (1861).

?, Bogota. B. M.

14. Leptophobia subflavescens.

Pieris subflavescens, Kirby, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix.

p: 362 (1887).

New Grenada.

Near to ZL. tovarta; almost the same on upper surface.

15. Leptophobia philoma.

Pieris philoma, Hewitson, Equat. Lep. p. 79 (1870).

Ecuador. ‘Type coll. Hewitson.

Should this prove to be Felder’s L. semicesza it will have

to sink; but it is possible that the species of Bogota may

prove distinct.

16. Leptophobia cesta.

Pieris cesia, Lucas, Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 299; Hewitson,

Exot. Butt. ii., Pier. pl. vi. figs. 48, 44 (1861).

Quito and Ecuador. Coll. Hewitson and B. M.

17. Leptophobia tenuicornis.

Leptophobia tenuicornis, Butler and Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 110 (1872) ;

Lep. Exot. p. 116, pl. xliii. fig. 4 (1872).

Pieris tenuicornis, Godman and Salvin, Biol. Centr.-Am,, Lep. Rhop.

vol, ii. p. 187, pl. lxii. figs. 8-11 (1889).

Colombia, Chiriqui, Costa Rica. B. M.

18. Leptophobia cinerea.

Pieris cinerea, Hewitson, Trans, Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. y. p. 563 (1867),

Pieris menthe, Hoptfer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 335.

Ecuador. Coll. Hewitson and B. M.

the Genera Leptophobia and Pieris. i

Prerts, Boisduval.

This genus separates into several natural groups, the first

being the P. demophile group, in which the females vaguely

remind one of Ithomiine (such as Sais) ; the second is the

P. viardi group, the females of which are often more like

Tithorea, the under surface of the secondaries often richly

coloured in both sexes; the third is represented by P. philetx

(P. monuste auct. plur., nec Linn.) and its varieties, some-

what short-winged Belenois-like butterflies; the fourth and

last is represented by the P. bunte group, and unites charac-

teristics of Catopsilia and Ganoris, all the males exhibiting

well-developed patches and streaks of thickened scaling on

the wings, but combined with the long slender antennz and

style of neuration of the later types of the Pierine.

Section 1.

1. Pieris demophile.

2. Papilio demophile, Clerck, Icones, pl. xxviii. fig. 4 (1764).

Papilio molphea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. exvi. C (1779).

do. Papilio amathonte, Cramer, 1. c. A, B.

Pernambuco, St. Paulo, Tapajos. B. M.

2. Pieris calydontia.

Pieris calydonia, Boisduyal, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 489 (1836).

Venezuela, Panama, Nicaragua. B. M.

This species varies a good deal in the width of the black-

brown borders, our Venezuelan examples having considerably

broader borders than those from Panama and Nicaragua.

5. Pieris leptalina.

Pveris leptalina, Bates, Journ. Entom. i. p. 236 (1861).

Preris pisonis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii., Pier. pl. vi. figs. 40, 41.

E. Peru (registered “‘ Nauta”). B. M.

A, Pieris kigaha.

Pieris kigaha, Reakirt, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. ii. p. 849 (1863).

Pieris notistriga, Butler and Druce, Cist, Ent. i. p. 111 (1872).

Rio Dagua, Colombia. B. M.

5. Pieris marana.

Pieris marana, Doubleday, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiv. p. 421

(1844) ; Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii., Prer. pl. vi. fig. 42 (1861).

West Indies ?, Panama, Chimborazo. ‘l'ype B. M.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. u. 2

18 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Butterflies of

Doubleday’s type was clearly collected either in the West

Indies or on the coast of Central America (as evidenced by

all the species from the same collection).

6. Pierts pandosia.

Pieris pandosia, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i., Pier. pl. ii. fig. 14 (1853),

ii., ter. pl. vi. fig. 89 (1861),

Venezuela. B. M.

The type is in the Hewitson collection.

7. Pieris pylotis.

Pierts pylotis, Godart, Enc, Méth. ix. p. 158 (1819).

Brazil. B. M.

The black spot on the primaries gives this species a some-

what aberrant aspect, but I think it is best located here.

Section 2.

8. Pieris viardi.

©. Pieris viardi, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 439 (1836).

3. Pieris habra, Doubleday, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvii. p. 22 (1846) ;

Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. vi. fig. 1 (1847).

6, Honduras (Doubleday’s type). B. M.

In the Hewitson collection both sexes of this species stand

together.

9. Pieris laogore.

Pieris laogore, Godman and Salvin, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 184

(1889).

Mexico.

Differs from the preceding in the whole of the yellow

markings in both sexes being replaced by orange.

10. Pieris tithoreides, sp. n.

é. Above much like P. locusta, but usually with one or

two extra white spots in the border and with the narrow part

of the border, at the posterior angle of the primaries, better

defined: on the under surface the differences are better

marked, the border of the primaries being produced inwards

upon the first and second median branches as in P. locusta,

but not so imperfectly, the greyish diffusion of that part of

the border in P. /ocusta being filled in in the present species:

in the secondaries the red, orange, and yellow markings are

the Genera Leptophobia and Pieris. 19

all less vivid and there is a broad pale belt across the wing

which includes the greater part of the discoidal cell, so that

the lower ramus of the dark discoidal furea is clearly seen to

be bordered on both sides with chrome-yellow; the submarginal

yellow spots are rather more elongated than in P. locusta.

Eixpanse of wings 67 millim.

?. Curiously resembles Tvthorea Pavonit. Above black:

the primaries with a broad sulphur-yellow patch, paler

externally, commencing just above the base of the median

vein and divided by this vein and its first branch, at the

middle of which branch it terminates; below this a diffused

yellow streak traversed by the submedian vein; a slightly

irregular pearly white oblique macular band beyond the cell

from costa nearly to outer margin, its inner edge angulated at

subcostal vein, its last inferior spot small and well divided

from the remaining divisions; two spots placed subapically,

the upper one bifid; a larger spot near posterior angle:

secondaries with brown costal area, below which is a broad

sulphur-yellow belt, whitish at each extremity, from abdo-

minal margin to second subcostal branch, above which are a

few yellow scales ; this belt is deeply incised upon the veins,

but especially upon what would now be called the “ upper”

radial ; a submarginal series of white spots. On the under

surface the primaries are nearly as above, excepting that there

is a pale patch at apex tinted with grey-brownish and yellow,

and partly enclosing the bifid subapical spot ; below this and

near outer border are three bifid yellow spots, the last being

the terminal spot of the postmedian stripe: the secondaries

nearly resemble those of the male, but are altogether more

vivid in colouring, the broad belt crossing the cell being

mostly white and the streak bordering the discoidal <-shaped

character (false vein) bright cadmium-yellow.

Expanse of wings 71 millim.

Male and female, Ecuador; two males and one female,

Quito: coll. Hewitson. ‘Two males, Chimborazo; female,

Keuador: B. M.

The types are in the Hewitson series.

11. Pieris mandela.

Pieris mandela, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. y. p. 80 (1861).

Venezuela. B. M.

Both sexes are in the Hewitson collection unlabelled with

locality.

O*%

20 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Butterflies of

12. Pieris apicalis, sp. n.

&. Allied to P. mandela, but usually considerably larger,

the apical border on the primaries with more oblique inner

edge, its inferior continuation on outer border distinctly

narrower, the upper subapical white spot larger; secondaries

with the posterior half of the outer border decidedly broader :

primaries below with the apical patch and border still more

reduced, only one whiter submarginal spot (or at most two) ;

secondaries with decidedly whiter, mostly white, irregular

central belt.

Expanse of wings 70-79 millim.

@. Not unlike the female of P. mandela, but much larger,

the secondaries above with the whole base almost to the end

of the cell suffused with greyish brown: the primaries on

under surface not sulphur-tinted at base and the secondaries

more pink in tint, the brown portions more coffee-coloured,

the submarginal spots larger.

Expanse of wings 74 millim.

Two males, Quito and Upper Amazons: in coll. Hewitson.

Male, Bogota; female, K. Peru: B. M.

The type of the male is from Quito, that of the female

from E. Peru (registered ‘‘ Nauta”’)*. Hewitson referred

one male of this species to P. mandela and the other to

P., locusta, being guided solely by expanse of wings.

13. Pieris locusta.

Pieris locusta, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 81 (1861); Reise

der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 175, pl. xxv. figs. 8, 9 (1865).

Two males, one female, Bogota. B. M.

The female is a good deal like P. noctipennis, the chief

difference being that the secondaries show a greyish nebulous

subcostal belt, barely visible until beyond the discoidal cell,

and two sharply defined, apical, submarginal, creamy-white

spots. Looking at the illustrations of both sexes in the

‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ I must admit that I greatly

doubt the specific distinctness of the two forms.

14. Pieris noctipennis.

Q. Pieris noctipennis, Butler and Druce, Cist. Ent. i, p. 111 (1872) ;

Lep. Exot. p. 118, pl. xliii. fig. 7 (1872).

@, Nicaragua. In coll. Hewitson.

The male is represented in the ‘ Biologia’ with rather more

* I have frequently called attention to the fact that the specimens

thus registered are all believed to have been collected in E. Peru.

the Genera Leptophobia and Pieris. 21

submarginal spots and a paler central belt across the under

surface of the secondaries than exist in P. locusta from

Bogota; the female also, from which the figure is taken, and

that in the Hewitson collection both have the white area on

the primaries somewhat yellower than in that sex of P. locust

or than in my type. I am afraid that none of these slight

differences will prove to be even locally constant, but in the

absence of positive proof I temporarily retain the two forms

as possibly separate.

Section 3.

15. Pieris phileta.

Q. Pieris phileta, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 471 (1775).

fee ah monuste, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. i. pl. cxxxiv.

figs. 1-4.

Mylothris hippomonuste, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 91 (1816).

Preris orseis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 141 (1819).

Pieris virginia, Godart, l. ¢.

Pieris eubotea, Godart, t. c. p. 144 (1819).

Pieris feronia, Stephens, Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 149 (1828).

ee ans Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett., Zutr. figs. 693, 694

Pieri cleomes, Boisduval and Leconte, Lép. Am. Sept. p. 43, pl. xvi.

03).

Paris oe Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 493 (1836).

Pieris vallei, Boisduval, t. ec. p. 494 (1856).

Pieris joppe, Boisduval, ¢. c. p. 495 (1836).

Pieris suasa, Boisduval, ¢. c. p. 549 (1856).

Papilio albusta, Sepp, Surin. Vlind. iii. pl. exli. (1855).

Pieris automate, Burmeister, Descr. Rep. Arg. v. p. 85, pl. iv. fig. 11

(1878).

Southern States of N. America, the West Indies, Central

America, and a great part of the Southern continent.

With so wide a range it is naturally extremely variable, a

perfect series of gradations existing between typical P. phileta

and the feebly bordered P. automate; these variations may

be somewhat arbitrarily divided into seven grades, none of

them apparently being confined to any particular region.

The species has hitherto stood in collections as P. monuste

of Linnzeus, with which some of the older authors were the

first to confound it; but the description in the ‘Museum

Ludovicee Ulrice ’ cannot refer to this butterfly, inasmuch as,

in the first place, no mention is made of the dentated character

of the inner edge of the outer border of primaries, but, on the

contrary, that of the secondaries is specially described as

“‘denticulato-fuscus”’; in the second place, no mention is

made of the elongate subapical white spots on the primaries ;

and, lastly, the wings below are said to be concolorous, ex-

22 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Butterflies of

cepting that the borders show a greyish shade answering to

those of the upper surface— loco fusci coloris tantum cine-

rascentes ad marginem.” ‘The description is much more

likely to be intended for Udaina eynis, only the under surface

of the primaries in the latter species is almost too strongly

coloured and the dentated character of the border still obtains

on the upper surface. The type being lost, it is by far the

best plan to let the name lapse unless something perfectly

answering to the description can be found. Possibly Mylothris

phaola or an allied form may be intended.

Section 4.

16. Preris, sp. n.?

Four specimens of a species allied to P. sevata, but with

more produced costa and more broadly bordered outer margin

to primaries; the apex of primaries and the secondaries below

sericeous pink.

Four males, Panama. B. M.

I have been unable to find a description of this species,

which, however, I prefer to leave for the consideration of the

authors of the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana.’ It vaguely

resembles Glutophrissa castalia, but differs in structure and

in the colouring of the under surface; the primaries with

much straighter outer margin, all the wings with streaks of

thickened scales bordering the veins, and the anal segment

with no trace of the dense prominent brush projecting from

the base of the clasps (the presence of the brush in both

sexes being the chief character upon which I founded the

genus Glutophrissa), a feature wholly wanting in either sex

of Pieris.

17. Pieris sevata.

Pieris sevata, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 81 (1861).

Male and female, Venezuela. B. M.

Bears a curious resemblance to some of the extreme types

of P. pyranthe.

18. Preris ausia.

Pieris ausia, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 581 (1836).

One male, Mexico: B.M. ‘Two females, without locality :

coll. Hewitson.

There are four males in the Hewitson collection from

Bolivia which must, 1 think, represent a variety of this

the Genera Leptophobia and Pieris. 23

species ; they are individually very inconstant in the width

and character of the apical border of the primaries,

19. Pieris bunie.

Catophaga bunie, Hubner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. exxv. figs, 1, 2

(1816-36),

Pieris endeis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 158 (1819).

Brazil, Rio Janeiro. B. M.

20. Pieris phaloe.

Pieris phaloe, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 156 (1819); Lucas, Lep. Exot.

pl. xxvii. fig. 1 (1835).

Pard, Tapajos, Venezuela. B. M.

21. Pieris imperator.

Pieris imperator, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 357 ; Rhop. Exot. i.

Pier. pl. i. figs. 1, 2 (1888).

One male, Ecuador: coll. Hewitson. Id. male and female

var. ?, Obydos (H. H. Austen): B. M.

22. Pieris diana.

Pieris diana, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. y. p. 81 (1861).

Two males, New Granada: coll. Hewitson. One male,

Brazil: B. M.

23. Pieris Van-Volxemii.

Pieris Van-Volxemit, Capronnier, Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg. xvii. p. 11, pl. i.

fig. 1 (1874).

Buenos Ayres.

Probably intermediate between P. diana and P. amaryllis,

but smaller than either.

24. Pieris amaryllis.

Papilio amaryllis, Fabricius, Ent, Syst, iii. 1, p. 189 (1797) ; Donovan,

Ins. Ind. pl. xxviii. fig. 1 (1800).

Male and female, Jamaica. B. M.

25. Pieris Josepha.

Pieris Josepha, Godman and Salvin, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol, ii. p. 150 (1868).

One male, Guatemala. B. M.

24 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

26. Pieris Josephina.

Pieris Josephina, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 158 (1819); Hiner,

Samm. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. exxvi. (1819-36).

Male and female, St. Domingo, and male, Mexico. B. M.

Mr. Heron and I have compared our specimens with

Godart’s types, now in the Edinburgh Museum.

IV.—Some new Coccide. By T. D. A. COCKERELL,

Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural Experiment

Station.

Pulvinaria ephedre, sp. un.

Mature female about 5 millim. long, with a snow-white

ovisac 11 millim. long and 4 broad.

Body of female quite soft, not at all chitinous, raspberry-

pink in front, greenish on dorsum, with some minute black

specks. The front part of the female is covered by a thick

square patch, 2 millim. broad, of white secretion ; the hind

margin ts also fringed with secretion, and the body has irre-

gular patches, arranged in three longitudinal bands, of which

the middle is the narrowest and most definite. Ovisac firm,

not adhering to objects which may chance to touch it, ribless.

Eggs greenish yellow.

?.—When boiled in caustic potash turns the liquid pink.

Mounted on a slide, 6 millim. long and 44 broad; legs and

antenne brown. Antenne 8-segmented, 1 at least twice as

broad as long; formula 34251687. The several segments

of an antenna were found to measure as follows in wy :—

(1) 62, (2) 70, (3) 112, (4) 81, (5) 67, (6) 56, (7) 36, (8) 47.

egs ordinary, tarsus about half length of tibia; claw-

digitules rather stout, extending beyond tip of claw; tarsal

digitules slender. Margin with very numerous sharp spines,

placed closer together than the length of one. Anal plates

yellowish brown.

Hab. On Ephedra, Mesilla Park, New Mexico, a short

distance east of the Agricultural College, in the Larrea zone,

May 1898.

A very beautiful and distinct species, superficially rather

resembling Jcerya Rileyz, which occurs in the same locality

on Larrea. ‘The characters italicized in the description are of

subgeneric value, and P. ephedre may be regarded as the

type of a new subgenus—Philephedra.

some new Coccide. 25

Aspidiotus yuccarum, sp. n.

?.—Sceale circular to suboval, about 2? millim. diam.,

slightly convex, dark brown, rough and _ concentrically

wrinkled, blackish towards the middle; but the central part,

covering the exuvie, covered by a large round patch of white

secretion ; when this is rubbed off, the exuvie are exposed,

shining black, subcentral. There is a thick ventral scale.

Young female scales appear entirely white, or, when rubbed,

white with a black spot.

3 .—Scale elongate, brown, with the exuvia at one end

covered by white secretion.

?.—Caudal region brownish ; three pairs of lobes, these

short, yellowish brown, notched at the end, with glandular

processes at their bases much as in Diaspidiotus ; the middle

lobes especially remind one of human premolar teeth, fangs

and all. Middle lobes a short distance apart, second separated

by a similar distance from the first, third separated from the

second by an interval about as great as the width of the

former; margin beyond the third minutely crenulate, with a

protuberance representing a rudimentary fourth lobe some-

what further from the third than the third is from the first.

Spines very minute. No spine-like or other plates. No

grouped ventral glands, but many small round or slightly

elongate dorsal glands. Anal orifice a long distance from the

hind end. Antennz represented by a small tubercle bearing

a single bristle.

Hab, At bases of leaves of Yucca elata, associated with

Dactylopius dasylirti, Ckil. (for which the Yucca is a new

food-plant), Mesilla Park, a short distance east of the Agri-

cultural College, at the beginning of the Larrea zone, May

1898.

This very distinct species belongs to an unnamed section

of the genus, allied to Diaspidiotus, containing A. yuccarum,

Ckll., A. yucee, CkIl., and A. bigelovie, Ckll. These species

agree in having black exuvie, no plates (gland-hairs), and no

grouped ventral glands. A. yuccee was described from

Mexico; but on May 19, 1898, Prof. C. H. T. Townsend

found it at the bases of leaves of Yucca elata in the Mesilla

Valley, New Mexico. This new find shows that the small

size of the insect is in no way due to immaturity, for speci-

mens of the size of the original types are full of eggs. The

living female of yucce is dull lilac, and it turns bright lemon-

yellow in liquor potassee. What I called the spine-like plates

in the original description are the true spines; they are much

larger than those of yuccarum. ‘The Mesilla-Valiey form of

26 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

yucce is constantly different from the type by the considerably

more produced median lobes; at some future time Prof. Towns-

end will probably give it a varietal name.

Aspidiotus (Chrysomphalus) lilacinus, sp. n.

?.—Scale light grey, the colour of the bark on which it

rests, about 1 millim. diam.; immature scales show a white

dot and ring; old scales when rubbed show jet-black exuviz.

? .—When living dull lilac, becomes bright green in caustic

potash, and the eyes of the embryonic larve a rich dark blue.

No grouped ventral glands. Four pairs of lobes.

flab. On bark of oak (a species of the Quercus undulata

group), Dripping Spring, Organ Mts., New Mexico, April 23,

1898. It is parasitized by a species of Signiphora.

A. lilacinus resembles A. obscurus, but the scales are

smaller, the glandular processes at the bases of the lobes are

longer, there are no circumgenital glands, and the fourth lobe

is broad and serrulate. The anal orifice is a considerable

distance from the hind end, as in obscurws, not close to it, as

in tenebricosus, nor is the scale convex like that of tenebri-

cosus. A. lilacinus has four pairs of lobes and long slender

glandular processes, quite after the manner of the Mexican

A. calurus; but the shape of the female is ordinary, not as

in calurus, the median lobes are entire instead of notched, and

the second lobes are only once feebly notched. The third

lobes are minutely serrate, with four notches, and the fourth

are serrate in the same manner. ‘There are three little pro-

minences beyond the fourth lobe as in calurus.

Melanaspis must be regarded as a section of the subgenus

Chrysomphalus, and extended to include A. tenebricosus,

Comst., A. calurus, Ckll., and A. lilacinus, Ckll. It is to be

remarked that tenebricosus &c. in their longer glandular pro-

cesses and absence of circumgenital glands resemble the

penultimate stage of typical Melanaspis.

I have a new locality to record for A. calurus, namely

Oaxaca, Mexico, where it was found by Mr. A. Koebele on a

milky plant, Aug. 22, 1897.

I wish to draw attention to a curious pigment found in

various Coccide, mentioned above in the description of

A, lilacinus. It is of a dull lilac-colour, but when placed in

liquor potasse immediately becomes light green. My Parla-

toria thee, var. viridis, was named from this green colour;

but Mr. Alex. Craw lately sent me fresh specimens on stems

of Ilex pedunculata”’ (doubtless an error for . pedunculosa,

Miq.) from Japan, and I found that the female was of a

curious purple colour, except the mouth-parts and lobes (of

some new Coccide. 27

fringe), which were yellowish brown. Directly these insects

were placed in liquor potasse they turned green.

Aspidiotus transparens, Green, subsp. stmillimus, nov.

?.—Scale white, a little transparent, diam. 13 millim.,

flat, circular to suboval; exuvie central, very light yellow,

sometimes more or less covered with white secretion.

g.—Scale oval, ordinary; exuvie whiter than in the

female.

? .—After boiling yellow; transparent and colourless if

the contents are lost ; median lobes remaining yellowish, but

hardly darker than the others. ‘Three pairs of well-developed

lobes, of the nerd type ; median feebly notched on inner and

distinctly on outer side; second narrower and_ practically

entire ; third smaller and notched on outer side. The median

lobes always extend a little beyond the plane of the tips of the

second, this plane being about on a level with the outer notch

on median lobes. Squames as in the nerd? group, extending

beyond the tips of the lobes, those beyond the third lobe

about twice its length. Six or seven long pointed squames,

ramose on outer side, beyond the third lobe ; a short distance

cephalad of the furthest squame is a spine. Anal orifice a

little nearer the caudolateral groups of glands than to the

hind end. ‘Transverse pores numerous, belonging to glands

of the cylindrical type, as in neriz &c.; there are over 25

well-formed transverse pores on each side of the median line.

Caudal region striated. Four groups of circumgenital glands,

caudolaterals 7 to 9, cephalolaterals 8 to 15.

Hab. On a palm from Sydney, Australia, found by

Mr. Alex. Craw, Dec. 1897, in the course of his horticultural

quarantine work at San Francisco.

The scale of this insect resembles that of A. destructor and

transparens. ‘The female differs at once from destructor by

the longer median lobes ; from transparens it differs by the

more numerous glands in the circumgenital groups, and

especially in the much longer squames beyond the third lobe.

Compared with some A. transparens on Dalbergia from

Ceylon, sent by Mr. Green, the scales of s¢millimus are more

opaque and less wrinkled. ‘The scale of s¢millimus at once

differs from ueriz, which has smaller pale orange exuviz; it

resembles more closely the hedere torm of nerii than the

scales found on oleander. The scale and exuvie of simillimus

are too small for jimbriatus, of which I have authentic material

from Mr. Maskell.

Mesilla Park, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

May 19, 1898.

28 M. Paul Marchal on Dissociation of

V.—On the Dissociation of the Egg into a Large Number

of Distinct Individuals, and the Cycle of Development

in Encyrtus fuscicollis (Hymenopteron). By PAu.

MARCHAL *,

In insects asexual reproduction may manifest itself at dif-

ferent stages in the ontogeny. Sometimes we find larvee

reproducing by budding forth new larve in the interior

of their bodies (padogenesis); sometimes it is a case of

adults giving birth to new individuals which develop in the

ovaries of the parents (parthenogenesis of the Aphides). We

have just discovered in the parasitic Hymenoptera a new

mode of reproduction which completes this series of pheno-

mena, of which it constitutes, to some extent, the first step ;

in Encyrtus fuscicollis, which we have been studying, it 1s,

in point of fact, at the outset of the ontogeny, in the egg

itself that the dissociation of the body takes place, and it is

at the expense of a single egg that we shall see the formation

of a very large number of embryos, which may exceed one

hundred, and are all destined to become perfect insects which,

at any rate as a rule, will be of the same sex.

It had already been observed by M. Ed. Bugnion f that

the caterpillars of the [7yponomeuta of the spindle-tree might,

in the course of June, contain extremely curious chains of

parasitic embryos. ‘These chains, only one of which was

usually found in each infected caterpillar, were formed on an

average of from fifty to one hundred individuals arranged

one behind the other, surrounded by a granular mass analo-

gous toa vitellus, and united in a long common epithelial tube,

which was closed at both ends, and floated in the lymph of

the caterpillar by the side of the alimentary canal. Bugnion

followed the development of these embryos, and saw that

each of them produced a specimen of Hncyrtus fuscicollis.

How and where was the oviposition of the Hncyrtus per-

formed? Above all, what was the origin and significance of

the common epithelial tube enclosing the chain of embryos ?

These were questions well calculated to excite the curiosity

of the naturalist. In the opinion of M. Bugnion the Encyrtus

hatched in summer hibernated, or produced a second genera-

tion, the host of which was unknown ; he considered that, at

all events, the insect must, during the month of May, deposit

* Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ t. exxvi.

no. 9 (Feb. 28, 1898), pp. 662-664.

+ Ed. Bugnion, “ Recherches sur le développement postembryonnaire,

lanatomie et les moeurs de l’Encyrtus fuscicollis” (Recueil zoologique

suisse, t. v. pp. 435-585, 1891).

the Kgg &e. in Eincyrtus fuscicollis. 29

its eggs in masses in the interior of the caterpillar of the

Fyponomeuta ; as for the epithelial tube, this, according to

our author, was derived from the amnions of the embryos,

separated secondarily from the latter and united end to end.

These conclusions, albeit legitimate enough in appearance,

are nevertheless completely at variance with the actual facts.

I have observed the oviposition of Hneyrtus fuscicollis :

now the insect deposits its eggs not in the month of May,

but in July, not many days after it is hatched; more-

over, it is not in the caterpillar, but in the ova themselves

of the Hyponomeuta that its eggs are laid. The little

Chalcid alights on a batch of eggs and remains there

for hours, piercing in succession with its ovipositor all or

almost all the eggs of which the batch is composed. I

reserve for a subsequent paper the details of this operation,

which I have watched for a long period, and content myself

with stating that the time necessary for the Encyrtus to

deposit its egg in that of the Hyponomeuta varies between

half a minute and two minutes; almost immediately after-

wards it passes to another egg of the same batch, and so on

in succession for hours at a time; then, when it has finished,

it makes its way to another batch, and recommences its

proceedings.

One capital fact results from the foregoing observation.

Given the limited quantity of eggs contained in the ovaries

of an Hncyrtus, it is materially impossible, in the short time

necessary for the process of oviposition, for it to deposit,

in each egg of the moth, a number of eggs equal to that

of the embryos composing one of the chains of which we

have spoken. A single egg must therefore be laid in the

egg of the Hyponomeuta, and this solitary egg must dissociate

itself into a large number of embryos.

This conclusion, which forces itself upon us, is proved by

direct observation. I have witnessed the commencement of

the development of the egg, and have found that its amnion

is at first constituted like that of the other known Chalcids ;

afterwards, with the rapid multiplication of its cells, it elon-

gates in such a way as to form the epithelial tube. As for

the cells lying within the amnion, instead of going to form a

single embryo, as is usually the case, they become dissociated

in such a way as to give rise to a whole legion of little

morule, which later on will become organized into embryos

and will arrange themselves in file, in proportion as the

amniotic envelope, increasing in size, passes from the primi-

tive vesicular form into that of a long flexuous tube. The

entire product of the segmentation is not, however, devoted to

30 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Seasonal Dimorphism

the formation of the embryos; at the very outset a mass

of cells is seen to isolate itself at the periphery, in the shape

of a crescent, which gradually increases in size and becomes

separated off to form, in all probability, the granular mass

which fills the amniotic tube and encompasses the embryos.

The result of the foregoing observation is therefore the

discovery of a mode of reproduction which is entirely new

among the Arthropoda, and of which it is difficult, I think,

to find an equivalent among the Metazoa. Now, how are

we to interpret this curious case of metagenesis? Must we

consider the tube containing the chain of embryos as a nurse,

of which the soma would be represented by the epithelial

tube and by the internal cells which do not participate in the

formation of the embryos? We cannot help thinking of the

Cysticerci and the Orthonectida; but comparisons of this

sort would at present be injudicious. We prefer to confine

ourselves to the facts, waiting for their general interpretation

until the observations which we are pursuing upon different

species furnish us with more ample data.

VI.—Seasonal Dimorphism in Butterflies of the

Genus Precis, Doubl. By Guy A. K. Marsuatt, F.Z.S.

IT is now nearly two years since I recorded my conviction

(Trans. Ent. Soc. 1896, p. 557) that seasonal dimorphism of a

singularly marked character existed among certain African

species of the genus Precis. ‘This opinion, based as it was

on field observations alone and not on actual breeding experi-

ments, did not appear to receive general acceptance; and this

is perhaps hardly to be wondered at seeing how very marked

are the differences between such forms as octavia and sesamus,

simia and cuama, archesia and pelasgis, &e.

‘he only counter evidence of any importance, however,

which has come under my notice is that adduced by that

eminent entomologist Mr. W. L. Distant in his interesting notes

on Transvaal butterflies (Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) vol.i. p. 51).

He there says, “ 1 tound Precis octavia var. exceedingly scarce

in the Transvaal, having only secured one specimen at Pretoria.

I have since received another example from Johannesburg,

P. sesamus, on the contrary, was very abundant, and always

during the wet or summer season, frequenting my small

flower-garden. Hence | have found no evidence for the pro-

position made by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall that the two species

are identical, or, rather, that /. octavia is the wet-season and

in Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 31

P. sesamus the dry-season form.” This statement, coming

as it does from the pen of such an authority as Mr. Distant,

would at first sight appear to entirely refute my contentions.

But seasonal dimorphism is a curiously complex phenomenon,

and personally I venture to think that his experience is an

exceptional, and at the same time an extremely interesting, one;

for, apart from my own observations, it is quite at variance

with those of several thoroughly observant S.-African col-

lectors with whom I have discussed the subject and whose

acquaintance with the species is even more extensive than

that of Mr. Distant. Among these the testimony of Mr. C.

N. Barker is of particular importance, for he has observed

P, octavia (s./.) for many years from a dimorphic standpoint,

not only in Natal, but also in Zululand, Swaziland, and

Tongaland, and he has been firmly convinced that P. sesamus,

Trim., there represents its dry-season phase, having arrived

at that conclusion prior to myself and quite independently.

It therefore gives me no little pleasure to be able to indicate

the accuracy of the observations of my genial friend, to

whom is due the credit of having first drawn attention to

the widespread occurrence of seasonal dimorphism among

African butterflies. For after not a few disappointments

I have at last succeeded in breeding typical P. sesamus,

Trim., from eggs laid by three separate females of P. octavia,

subsp. natalensis, Staud.—thereby establishing beyond doubt

what is certainly the most remarkable instance of seasonal

variation as yet known among the Lepidoptera.

As a consequence of this, the synonymy of the species will

now stands as follows :—

Wet-season form. Dry-season form.

P. octavia, Cram. =[P. amestris, Drury.]

P. octavia, var. natalensis, Staud., Pie Tri

= calescens, Butl. = P. octavia, subsp. sesamus, Trim,

The following notes on the early stages of the species may

perhaps be of interest. On the 13th February of this year

I took five eggs laid by a female o.-natalensis ; of these two

proved infertile and the remaining three hatched on the 19th.

One larva died when quite small, but the others thrived and

finally pupated, one early on the 20th, the other on the 21st.

The former emerged on the 4th April as sesamus, the latter

was unfortunately damaged by mischance and failed to

emerge. On the 27th February I obtained three eggs from

another female of the same form. ‘Two of these hatched on

the 5th March; the third hatched next day, but the larva

died. The surviving larve developed somewhat unevenly,

32. Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Seasonal Dimorphism

one pupating on the 31st March, the other not till the

oth April. The former produced sesamus on the 15th April,

and the latter emerged on the 20th, producing, curiously

enough, pure o.-natalensis. From a third female I secured

one egg on the 6th March; this hatched on the 12th; the

resulting larva pupated on the 7th April and emerged on the

30th as full sesamus.

The females of this species, like many other Nymp/haline,

are somewhat dilatory in their method of ovipositing and

often take a long time making up their minds where to deposit

an egg; indeed they seem unable to lay them in anything

like quick succession, in which they differ notably from most

Pierinas. 1 have seen Belenots mesentina lay 80 eggs

straight off, with scarcely a pause and on a single leaf. The

food-plant of sesamus in Salisbury is a low straggling plant,

of almost creeping habit, which grows in somewhat matted

clumps on the slopes of wooded kopjes. The egg is placed

anywhere on the stem or leaves, and in one instance I saw

one deposited on a piece of grass adjoining the food-plant.

Compared with the size of the insect the egg seems small,

the vertical axis is longer than the horizontal, the shape

being that of an obtuse cone; from a circular shallow depres-

sion on the vertex radiate 13 (sometimes 12) vertical lamelli-

form ridges, which under a pocket-lens appear to be delicately

fluted transversely ; the whole egg is glabrous and of a pale

glaucous green colour. As will be seen from the dates given

above, the oval stage in autumn lasts about six days. The

larva on exclusion is dull sepia-brown in colour, being paler

towards extremities and set with long black hairs; the head

is black. The hairs develop into spines after the second

moult. The description of the full-grown larva is as

follows :—Length about 35 mm.; ground-colour dull velvety

black (varying sometimes to very dark crimson) ; a narrow

central black line, on each side of which are four short

transverse yellow lines on each segment; these become almost

obsolete anally, whereas on third segment they coalesce,

forming a large dorsal yellow patch divided in its posterior

half by the dark central line ; second segment entirely yellow,

with a short transverse central black bar; a broad macular

yellow lateral stripe much dilated on thoracic segments.

Each segment bears a transverse row of six long, stout,

branched spines, which are black with a distinct dark blue

metallic reflection, and two smaller ones placed longitudinally

just above legs. Head with a deep central impression on

vertex (almost bifid), testaceous yellow with a large lateral

spot and a broad frontal Y-shaped mark black, mouth

in Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 33

blackish ; from the vertex spring two spines similar to those

on the body but half as long again, stouter and somewhat

clubbed instead of sharply pointed. Legs and _ prolegs

shining black, the latter with apical third part light yellow.

The dorsal yellow markings are variable in development

and occasionally absent. The pupa also presents two forms

of coloration: one, the gilded form, usually characteristic

of the dry season, has already been described by Mr. Trimen

(S. Afr. Butt. vol. i. App. p. 401) with his wonted clearness

and thoroughness of detail; the other differs only in being

entirely dull brownish black, with two subquadrate shiny

black patches on wing- covers.

The colouring of the larva, judging by the few examples

I have examined, is not affected by season, and the greater or

less development of the yellow markings does not seem to

bear any intimate relation to the two forms of imago. ‘The

sharp and thickly-set branched spines are doubtless an

«ficient defence against certain enemies and perhaps account

for the general lack of procryptic colouring in the larve of

this and allied genera. But despite their somewhat noticeable

appearance and the comparative commonness of the perfect

insect, my diligent search for larvee has met with a singular

want of success. Up to the present I know of only two

enemies that attack the larva: one is a small ichneumon

which kills it before it is one-third grown; the other is a

Hemipteron of the family Lygeide, which has a predilection

for caterpillars of all kinds, even to hairy monsters 6 inches

long. Both forms of pupa are certainly procryptic in

colouring. During the moist summer months the withered

Jeaves of the food- plant turn dark brown or black, instead of

yellow as in the winter, so that in both cases the pupa is

well adapted to its surroundings, looking like a bit of shrivelled

leaf. In one instance I have bred the wet-season form from

a golden pupa, but I have not yet reared typical sesamus trom

the dark form.

‘The differences between the seasonal forms of the imago

are not confined to shape and colour alone, but there is like-

wise a very appreciable divergence in habits, wliich has been

referred to by Mr. Trimen. Speaking broadly, the natalensis

form frequents the highest points in any neighbourhood,

especially if they be more or less open (for it is anything

but a sylvan insect); whereas the sesamus form is moie

partial to shady spots, and is to be found in ravines and

sprints or rocky wooded slopes, and shares with the Hesperid

Sarangesa motozioides, Holl., a marked affection for disused

mining-shafts and cuttings. This distinction must not be

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 3

34 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Seasonal Dimorphism

taken too strictly, for true sesamus is occasionally found in

company with its summer form in open hill-tops, but princi-

pally at the change of seasons; but natalensis, so far as my

experience goes, is never to be found in the more shady

stations frequented by sesamus. The latter, moreover, is dis-

tinctly warier and more difficult of approach when not feeding,

and if alarmed flies off with a rapid, and often zigzag, flight,

settling abruptly among rocks or herbage, when its greenish-

black underside colouring is equally protective. Sesamus is

more often observed in gardens, and not unfrequently enters

human habitations in search of a shady resting-place. This

difference in the stations frequented by the two forms may

possibly go some way to account for Mr. Distant’s experience

in Pretoria—at least so far as the rarity of the wet-season

form is concerned. The townis situated in a hollow “ almost

surrounded by high and barren hills,” and it does not seem to

me improbable that the natalens?s form might only be found on

the summits of the range. A somewhat parallel instance was

pointed out to me by Mr. J. M. Hutchinson in the case of his

own farm in Natal, which lies in an open plain between two

ranges of hills. He has found sesamus resident on the farm,

occurring fairly commonly along the banks of the sprints

during the winter, whereas natalensis is very much scarcer

and non-resident, the examples seen having always been

travelling from one range of hills to the other, on both

of which it is common. ‘This I had a good opportunity of

observing for myself when enjoying Mr. Hutchinson’s hospi-

tality in 1896.

The curious congregating habits of typical sesamus (which

likewise constitute a marked distinction from its summer form)

have already been recorded, but I have only had two oppor-

tunities of observing them in anything like numbers: once

in April 1893, when I disturbed about 30 specimens from

under the bank of the Sundays River in the north of Natal.

The second occasion was at Hartley Hills in Western

Mashonaland, when I found a large concourse of these insects

going to roost under a projecting granite rock; I managed to

number them up to eighty as they flew out, but then lost

count, there being certainly over a hundred. I have observed

this habit of roosting in company in species of Huralia, also

in Belenois, Herpenia ertphia, and Teracolus eris, but the

reason for it is not altogether evident to me.

The divergences in habits between natalensis and sesamus

are, however, insignificant as compared with their radical

differences in colouring. The brilliant salmon-red upperside

of the wet form with its black borders and spots stands in

in Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 3d

marked contrast to the equally striking blue, red-spotted

sesamus ; nor is this less remarkable beneath, for the under-

side of the former is almost as brightly coloured as its upper-

side, whereas in the dry form the sombre greenish black is

evidently of a procryptic nature. It is clear that some potent

cause must have been at work to produce such an effect.

My kind friend Prof. E. B. Poulton, in one of his interesting

and instructive letters, has suggested that the colouring of all

brilliant butterflies, whose undersides are not of a ptoeryptie

character, may indicate that they possess a certain amount of

distastefulness—in other words, that they exhibit in a more or

less incipient stage the phenomenon of warning or aposematic

coloration. Although it may appear presumptuous for me to

differ from such an eminent authority on these matters, yet [

must admit that the habits and general behaviour of octavia-

natalensis in its native haunts raise very strong doubts in my

mind as to its inedibility even in a slight degree. Yet had [

known this insect from cabinet specimens alone, I should

certainly have been strongly inclined to include it in the

category of aposematic butterflies, in consideration of its

colouring, which is very noticeably brighter and more con-

spicuous on both surfaces than in several of the 8.-Atrican

species known to possess distasteful qualities. It is true

that I have never seen the insect attacked by birds (though

this would apply to the vast majority of S.-African butterflies),

but I have not unfrequently seen both forms captured by

rock-frequenting lizards, particularly a dull brownish species

with a bright blue tail—an admirable example, by the way,

of colouring to attract attention to a non-vital part. I have

also seen these reptiles capture Precis archesia, Cram.,

Pseudonympha vigilans, Trim., and Durbunia amakosa, Trim.,

and doubtless many other rock-loving butterflies fall a prey

to them. Another significant fact, pointing to an absence of

inedible qualities, is the eminently procryptic underside

colouring of the dry form, which is quite at variance with what

we should naturally expect in a distasteful species. Moreover

the activity and constant alertness of the insect is in marked

contrast to the slow, laboured, or gently sailing, flight of its

protected relatives; and indeed I opine that it would prove

more than a match for the average insectivorous bird.

As we have already seen, o.-natalensis is particularly fond

of bare elevated ridges and ‘hill- -tops, in which stations insec-

tivorous birds and mammals are generally scarce or even

absent. Here its chief enemies would only be the rock-

lizards and such invertebrates as Asilida and Mantide.

Now it is a generally recognized fact that animals, and more

36 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Seasonal Dimorphism

particularly insects and birds, tend to develop brilliant

colours whenever they are able to do so with impunity, and

it is therefore quite conceivable that a strong-flying and

wary insect like this should be able to indulge this tendency

without unduly endangering its chances in the struggle for

existence. This is more especially probable during the wet

or summer season, when the lizards would be able to find a

considerable amount of other food in the shape of small

Coleoptera, Diptera, &c., and would therefore be less inclined

to attempt the more difficult feat of stalking butterflies. But

as the cold dry season advances the vast majority of these

small fry disappear, either dying off or retiring to winter-

quarters, and, as a consequence, those butterflies which

remain on the wing during that time—and the majority of

species in this country do so—would suffer far more per-

secution at the hands of their various foes, and would thereby

be compelled to adopt protective measures in the way of

procryptic colouring and greater wariness. ‘This, in the case

of o.-natalensis, would have resulted in the dry form sesamus ;

although why the salmon-red upperside should be changed to

blue is not altogether evident, except perhaps that the latter

colour is more in keeping with the shady haunts so often

frequented by that form. It is instructive to note that the

typical form of octavia, which occurs in the forest-clad regions

of West Africa, has not been able to develop the brilliant

hues of its eastern subspecies, being smaller and much more

dully coloured; this being probably due to the keener

struggle for existence in that country. At the same time its

representative dry form amestris, Drury, shows a slightly

less divergence from it than does sesamus from natalensis,

which might perhaps be attributed to the less marked contrast

in the general conditions of the environment at the two

seasons.

It has been pointed out by Mr. L. de Nicéville, and also

by Prof. Weismann, that both forms of any dimorphic species

must be adaptive, otherwise the non-adaptive form would be

gradually supplanted by its more favoured relative. While

fully accepting the general principle of this argument, it does

not seem to me necessary that we should have to assign some

specially adaptive character to each form, exclusive of that

general adaptation to the surrounding conditions of life

without which no species could exist. [or there is nothing

to show that the development of a dry-season phase is not a

geologically recent event, and the process of elimination of

the non-adaptive wet form imay be going on slowly but

surely under our very eyes. Mr. Distant’s observations of

in Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 37

sesamus at Pretoria might be adduced as_ corroborative

evidence, and similarly the typical octavia would appear to

be scarcer on the West Coast than its dry form; further, the

typical dry form of P. archesta has been occasionally observed

at the height of the wet season, and in the case of P. artaxia,

Hew., the experiences of both Mr. F. C. Selous and myself

appear to show that in the low-lying coast districts of

Portuguese Manika the leaf-like typical form alone occurs all

the year round, whereas on the plateaux of the interior the

summer form is represented by P. Nachtigalit, Dew., the

typical form occurring only in the winter, and being generally

more plentiful. That this view of the subject is a necessarily

correct one I would not venture to assert, but in the light of

the foregoing facts it is at least probable.

On the other hand it is not impossible that the natalensis

form may present an instance of mimetic coloration in its

incipient stage ; at all events it possesses some very marked

potentialities for development in that direction should the

stress of circumstances ever call them into play. The scheme

of colouring, as a whole, very notably recalls that of an Acrea

in certain respects, this being especially the case on the

underside of the hind wings, where the basal black patch

enclosing some subquadrate whitish spots, the pink discal

field traversed by a transverse row of black spots, and, finally,

the black hind marginal border with its row of lunules are

all characters which tind a close parallel in the widespread

Acrea acara, Hew., and its various local representatives.

‘lhe upperside also presents several features suggestive of

Acrea, and it is worth noting that the red ground-colour is

clearly due to a great enlargement of the common submar-

ginal band so characteristic of the genus Prects; moreover,

the faleation of the primaries and the anal angular projection

of the secondaries is less developed in this species than in

any other of the genus. I do not suppose the foregoing

suggestion will find much favour with those entomologists,

unfortunately not a few, who are still inclined to throw doubt

ou the grand theory of Batesian imimicry—a theory the truth

of which is continually being brought home to the observant

collector in the tropics, and with ever-increasing force.

In considering the problem of seasonal dimorphism it at

once becomes evident that the directly exciting cause is a

climatic one. ‘The splendid series of experiments made by

European observers, such as Prof. Weismann, Dr. Standfuss,

and Mr. Merrifield, appear to leave no doubt that in that

region the dimorphic tendency is brought into action by heat

and cold, and that humidity plays practically no part therein,

38 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Seasonal Dimorphism

So far as South Africa is concerned, I am strongly of

opinion that the exact converse is the case, and on writing to

Mr. de Nicéville he tells me that he is of entirely the same

opinion as regards Indian butterflies, and cites Mr. Doherty’s

experiment in which, by the application of humidity, he

produced the wet-season form of Melanitis leda, L., during

the dry season. Unfortunately the few simple experiments

which I have been able to make as yet are not of a

sufficiently conclusive character to adduce here ; but so far as

they show anything they tend to support the humidity theory,

and they also negative the supposition that heat—at least

dry heat—tends to produce the summer form in this country.

This state of affairs is not so contradictory as it might seem

at first sight; for, in seeking for the climatic cause of dimor-

phism, we should naturally look to the more unstable factor

in the climate of any given country. So far as temperature

is concerned, the annual range in Europe is considerable,

owing to the large land area; whereas 8. Africa has a high

diurnal and low annual range. Taking Prof. Ferrel’s cal-

culations, we find that the difference between the average

temperatures for January and July on 40° N, lat. is 88°, and

on 50° N. lat. it is 45°; whereas the greatest difference in

the Southern Hemisphere is 15° between 20° and 30° S. lat.,

and diminishes to the north and south of these parallels.

The annual range of humidity exhibits an exact converse to

this, being comparatively small in Western Europe; whereas

in S.E. Africa, as is well known, the contrast is most marked

in this respect. ‘There is therefore strong prima facte evidence

that humidity and not temperature is the exciting agent of

dimorphism in this part of the world.

In the cases of what he terms ‘ adaptive seasonal dimor-

phism,” of which P. sesamus is an evident example, Prof.

Weismann has come to the conclusion that an “ alternation

of the two forms is provided by nature, apart from the

influences of temperature”; also ‘that temperature in general

does not here take part as the actual cause, but that it is a

question of a process of selection which goes on independently

of the temperature, and gradually alters some of the ids.”

This does not appear to be an altogether satisfactory con-

clusion to my mind, for if the alternation in these cases were

due entirely to selection apart from climatic causes, it seems

evident that artificial temperatures could not in any way

influence the appearance of either form. But Prof. Weismann

has himself abundantly proved that artificial temperatures

have a very potent influence in the case of Vanessa prorsa-

in Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 39

levana, and all his experiments clear ly show that the climatic

is the primary, and the selective the secondary cause; that

is to say, the tendency to variation in certain directions was

initiated by climatic agencies, and subsequently utilized and

developed to a more or less high degree by natural selection

for protective purposes. In cases of ‘adaptive seasonal dimor-

phism selection can have only come into play in order to

enable a given species to adapt itself to the varying conditions

at two different seasons; but if these climatic changes were

eliminated, it seems evident that natural selection alone

would be incapable of producing seasonal dimorphism as we

now see it. It is true that in certain cases Prof. Weismann

found that certain pupz out of a number experimented on

produced the form that would have appeared in nature in

spite of artificial temperatures, and it is on these exceptions

that he founded the above propositions. But the more we

investigate the matter the more clear it becomes that the

actual cause which induces the change in a well-marked case

of dimorphism is of a highly complex character: the vastly

preponderating cause is either temperature or humidity, or

both, as the case may be; but there is something beyond

this of which we as yet know nothing. This is evidenced by

such cases as that I have already quoted, where two larve

reared from the egg under precisely similar conditions pro-

duced the full wet and full dry forms respectively ; and not

a few similar instances have come under my notice. I am

not therefore inclined to attach very great importance to the

exceptions found by Prof. Weismann in his temperature-

experiments, for I doubt the possibility of artificially pro-

ducing al/ the factors necessary to induce the transition from

one seasonal form to another in every case; and, moreover, I

am of opinion that the personal equation, if one may apply

such a term to insects, must be taken into account.

We can, as a general rule, obtain a very fair idea as to

how far natural selection has taken part in the production of

any given case of seasonal dimorphism by taking into con-

sideration the amount of difference between the two extreme

forms and the rapidity of transition from one to another, for

the mere highly differentiated they are and the more abrupt

the transition the greater has been the influence of selection.

Indeed one could almost trace a scale of development from a

species like Acraa anemosa, Hew., where the slight change

in the black markings is probably due entirely to climatic

causes; through the Zeracoli, whose seasonal differences are

part climatic, part selective; and culminating in Precis sesamus,

40 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Longicorn

in which selection has been by far the more potent factor, so

much so that the intermediate grades between the two forms

have been go far eliminated as to be on the verge of

extinction.

Salisbury, Mashonaland,

May 1898.

Postscript.—I have previously (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p.6)

suggested that the application of a distinctive scientific name

to each seasonal form of a dimorphic species is hardly more

reasonable than in the case of sexual forms, and that the

difficulty might be met by the general adoption of a set of

signs, similar to those used for the sexes, to represent the

extreme and intermediate stages. As I am not aware that

any such signs have yet been proposed, I make bold to

suggest the following, which I have found very useful in my

own notes :—

Wet-season or summer ¢ = &

Dry-season or winter ¢ = on

Intermediate ¢ = =A

and similarly for the ?. Should it be desired to mention

only the form without reference to sex the circle and internal

sign alone might be used, e.g. dry-season form =©. The

system doubtless has its drawbacks, but these, I venture to

think, would be outbalanced by the advantage gained in pre-

venting the continual repetition of such cumbersome phrases

as wet-season form and summer form, neither of which cover

the facts of the case, and further in checking the undue

multiplication of varietal names.

V1iL—Deseriptions of new Longicorn Coleoptera from Kast

Africa. By C.J. GAHAN, M.A., of the British Museum

(Natural History).

THE new species of Longicorn beetles described in the

following paper are, with a few exceptions, from the collec-

tions made by Dr. J. W. Gregory during his expedition to

Mount Kenya and by Mr. C. 8. Betton in the tract of country

traversed by the railway running inland from Mombasa.

Xystrocera Ansorgei, sp. n.

Capite, prothorace et corpore inferiore brunneo-testaceis; elytris

osseis, fusco punctatis et maculatis; pedibus brunnev-testaceis

Coleoptera from East Africa. 41

plus minusve infuscatis, clavis femorum subtus nigris; antennis

rufo-brunneis, apicibus articulorum infuscatis, articulo 1° antice

ad apicem fortiter angulato.

Long. 25, lat. 54 mm.

Fab. Uganda (Dr. W. J. Ansorge). One female specimen.

Head, prothorax, and underside of body reddish brown in

colour, the two former with a thin greyish pubescence, which

on each side of the pronotum is condensed to form two seri-

ceous spots—one larger, on the dilated middle region, the

other smaller, placed close to the anterior margin. Pronotum

with a deep arcuate impression anteriorly, and with two

shallow oblique depressions on the disk. Hlytra bone-white

in colour, but marked with a large number of small rounded

fuscous spots, from which the anterior sixth of the disk is

free with the exception of a single spot close to the base of

each elytron; the side of each elytron for some distance from

the base and the apical border are dark brown in colour;

apices sharply rounded, but not spined; the surface of the

elytra presents a number of minute granules, each of which

bears a short seta, while close to each granule is a small

shallow puncture.

This species of Xystrocera may be easily recognized by

the peculiar and unusual colour of the elytra.

Margites lineatus, sp. n.

Rufo-piceus, griseo-fulvescente subtiliter pubescens ; elytris utrinque

lineis quatuor vel quinque denudatis notatis ; prothorace rugoso-

granulato; antennis (¢ ) quam corpore multo longioribus, ( @ )

corpore longitudine equalibus, articulis 5° 4°que ( ¢ ) apice in-

crassatis, o° quam 1° vel 4° sesqui-longiore; elytris apice rotun-

datis.

Long. 11-17, lat. 3-4 mm,

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton), and Mur-

chison Range, Transvaal (C. 2. Jones).

This species is allied to Margites humilis, Gah., from which

it is to be distinguished by the less close and less silky pubes-

cence of the elytra and the four or five denuded lines which

run along each elytron (these lines are, however, only well

seen in fresh and unrubbed specimens). The antennz also

are longer; the third joint is half as long again as the first,

the fourth is scarcely longer than the first, the fifth equal in

length to the third, the sixth and succeeding joints subequal

to one another, each longer than the fifth.

42 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Longiccrn

Plocederus Peelei, sp. n.

Piceus ; elytris, pedibus antennisque rufo-brunneis, griseo subtiliter

pubescentibus; prothorace transversim rugoso, haud longitu-

dinaliter impresso; elytris crebre punctulatis, et punctis parum

majoribus sat sparse dispersis impressis, apice quadrispinosis ;

antennis ( ¢) quam corpore multo longioribus, articulo 1° piceo,

crasso, 1ugoso et punctulato, articulo 3° ad apicem noduloso,

antice haud angulato, articulis 4° ad 16" apice antice dentato-

productis.

Long. 25, lat. 7 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton) and Somali-

land (C. V. Peele).

Head, thorax, and underside of body dark brown, covered

with a thin greyish pubescence. Prothorax armed with a

conical tubercle on each side, transversely wrinkled above,

without longitudinal impressions or smooth spaces on the

disk. LElytra reddish brown, closely and finely punctured,

with some larger punctures rather thickly spread on the basal

region, but becoming sparser towards the middle and almost

entirely absent from the posterior area; surface covered with

a greyish pubescence, not sufficiently dense to conceal the

punctures or the colour of the derm; each elytron bispinose

at the apex. Antenne much longer than the body in the

male, a little longer than the body in the female; first joint

stout, 1ugose, and slightly curved ; third joint thickened, but

not angulate at the apex; fourth and following (the last

excepted) each produced into an acute angle at the apex.

Three examples of this species have been seen—two

collected by Mr. Betton, the third by Mr. Peele.

APIOCEPHALUS, gen. nov. (Towotides).

Head strongly but gradually narrowed behind the eyes, the

latter prominent, coaisely facetted, and very feebly emarginate

in fiont. Antenne longer than the body ; first joint slightly

curved, gradually thickened from base to apex, and equal in

length to the second and third united; fourth joint a little

shorter than the third and distinctly shorter than the fifth ;

succeeding joints subequal to one another and to the fifth.

Prothorax much narrower in front than at the base, furnished

with an acute conical tubercle at the middle of each side, and

with four tubercles on the disk—two smaller just in front of,

and two larger just behind, the middle. Elytra with the

sides nearly parallel in the anterior two thirds, thence con-

verging more strongly towards the apex, where each elytron

Coleoptera from East Africa. 43

is truncate. Spurs of tibia rather short; first joint of iniddle

and posterior tarsi about equal in length to second and third

joints united. Anterior coxal cavities closed in behind by

the junction of the epimera with the prosternal process.

This genus seems best placed near Ottecssa, Pasc., from

which it differs chiefly in having a much shorter front to the

head, a distinct conical tubercle on each side of the prothorax,

the anterior coxal cavities closed in behind, and the fourth

joint of the antenne shorter than the third.

Apiocephalus punctipennis, sp. n.

Capite supra rufo-testaceo, fulvo-pubescente, subtus nigro, rugoso-

punctato; antennis rufo-testaceis, subtiliter griseo-pubescentibus ;

prothorace lateraliter nigro, sparsim fulvo-pubescente ; disco inter

tuberculos pube fulvo-cinerea dense yestito; elytris cervino-

pubescentibus, maculis nigris, glabris, fortiter crebreque punc-

tatis notatis, maculis utrinque ante medium dense aggregatis ;

corpore subtus pedibusque hic illue infuscatis, pube griseo-fulva

tenuiter vestitis.

Long. 11, lat. 33 mm.

Hab. Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Head rugosely punctured and black underneath, reddish

testaceous above, with a black spot in front, and having a

scattered fulvous pubescence. Prothorax with a cinereous

pubescence covering middle of disk; the sides black, with a

scattered tawny pubescence. Elytra with a fawn-coloured

pubescence, interrupted by glabrous black spots, which are

seen to be strongly and very closely punctured ; these spots

are closely crowded on each side in front of the middle, where

they form an almost complete black patch. Body under-

neath and legs partly testaceous, partly dark brown in colour,

the whole thinly clothed with tawny pubescence.

Compsomera Ansorget, sp. n.

Nigra ; elytrorum dimidio posteriore et vittis duabus utrinque antice

viridi-metallicis.

Long. 26, lat. 7 mm.

Hab. Uganda (Dr. W. J. Ansorge).

This species is very closely allied to C. négricollis, Gah.,

which it resembles exactly in the markings of the elytra, with

the exception that the metallic-blue colour in the type of

C. nigricollis is here replaced by metallic green. It differs

chiefly from C. nigricoll’s in haying the head, legs, and

antennz quite black in colour.

44 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Longicorn

Hypargyra similis, sp. n.

Atra, opaca; prothoracis lateribus argenteo-sericeo vittatis, disco

omnino nudo, creberrime punctato; elytris viridi-metallicis,

fortiter creberrimeque punctatis, ad apicem obtuse rotundatis ;

metasterno abdomineque in medio sparse punctatis et setosis, ad

latera argenteo-sericeis; femoribus tibiisque pedum quatuor

anticorum et basibus femorum posticorum rufo-testaceis ; antennis

(gd) quam corpore paullo longioribus, versus apicem leviter

dilatatis.

Long. 12-15 mm.

flab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Closely allied to) He cribre tpennis, but somewhat smaller in

size, with the disk of the prothorax quite destitute of pubes-

cence and the middle of the hind breast and abdomen almost

naked, being furnished only with very short scattered sete

arising from the punctures.

In colour and sculpture this species has considerable

resemblance to certain species of S7e/ymaus, Thoms., but is

easily distinguished by the following characters :—Antenne

scarcely dilated towards the apex; sides of the prothorax

very feebly rounded ; apices of the elytra obtusely rounded

and not truncate. It is, however, a transitional form, and

seems to show that Hypargyra is more nearly allied to

Helymeus than to the genus Jonthodes, with which I at first

associated it.

Syndere apicalis, sp. n

Nigra, subopaca; corpore subtus tenuiter griseo-sericeo; elytris

tlavo-testaceis, plaga communi apicali marginem exteriorem haud

attingente, nigra; prothorace disco basin versus crebre punctato,

apicem versus minus dense, et lateraliter sparsim punctato ;

elytris dense punctatis, apice quadridentatis, dentis exterioribus

longioribus ; antennis medium elytrorum haud_ superantibus,

articulo 3° quam 4° fere duplo longiore, 5°, 4° sequali, ceteris ad

10™" gradatim decrescentibus.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. EK. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Black; elytra yellowish testaceous, with an oblong black

patch on each at the apex touching both the apical and sutural

border, but not reaching the outer margin. Prothorax longer

than broad, slightly rounded in the middle at each side ;

the disk closely punctured near the base, less closely in

fiont, and sparingly towards the sides. Middle tibize carinate

along the antero-ventral edge.

——Y a

Coleoptera from East Africa. 45

DITYLODERUS, gen. nov.

Female.— Head rather broadly concave between the

antennary tubercles. Epistome distinct. Last joint of palpi

narrowed towards the apex. LHyes rather small, emarginate,

with the lower lobes somewhat oblique. Prothorax bi-

spinose on each side, binodose on disk. Elytra subovate,

fused together, each with a short basal crest, a stronger mid-

dorsal crest, and a subserrate lateral carina, which reaches

from the shoulder almost to the beginning of the posterior

third of the elytron ; apices obliquely truncate and enclosing

anangle. Legs of moderate length; posterior femora scarcely

reaching to the tip of the abdomen; middle tibiz with an

oblique groove below the middle of their length; claws of

tarsi divergent. Prosternal process simply arched, gradually

expanded behind, with its posterior margin slightly bowed

in. Metasternum very short. Intercoxal process of abdo-

men triangular inform. Antenne scarcely reaching beyond

the middle of the elytra; scape without cicatrix, reaching as

far as the anterior lateral spine of prothorax; third joint

about equal in length to the scape, the rest gradually short-

ening; anterior face of the fourth joint near its apex and of

each of the succeeding joints along its whole length pre-

senting poriferous depressions.

The species for which this genus is constituted has some

resemblance to species of Phrissoma, but it is excluded from

the group Phrissomides owing to the absence of a cicatrix

from the scape of the antennz, and according to Lacordaire’s

system of arrangement must be placed in the group

Parmenides.

Dityloderus fuliginosus, sp. n.

Niger, indumento fuliginoso obtectus; prothorace utrinque bi-

spinoso, supra nodis duobus magnis instructo; elytris utrisque

cristis duabus—una basali, secunda pone medium—et carina late-

rali subserrata a humero ad partem tertiam posteriorem extensa

instructis.

Long. 18, lat. ad humerum 6 mm.

Hab, N’Giriama, Brit. E. Africa (Dr. J. W. Gregory).

Black, covered with a dark brown indumentum. — Pro-

thorax armed on each side with two spines arising from a

comnion elongated base, the larger spine at about the middle

of the length of the prothorax, the smaller between the

middle and the anterior margin; disk furnished with two

large obtuse knobs, somewhat oblong-ovate in outline, and

46 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Longicorn

placed almost wholly in front of the middle. Each elytron

furnished at the base with a short crest, which is more raised

behind than in front, and behind the middle with a second

more prominent crest, which is less raised anteriorly, where

it is preceded by a row of small tubercles. The somewhat

serrated lateral carina extends from the shoulder almost up

to the beginning of the posterior third of the elytron. The

tibia are annulated with an obscure greyish pubescence

above and below the middle of their length.

Idactus Bettoni, sp. n.

Capitis fronte genisque cinereis, fronte inter oculos fusco-bifasciata,

lateribus occipiteque fulvescentibus; prothorace supra griseo-

fulvescente lateraliter fusco-vittato, disco tuberculis quinque,

quarum quatuor minimis, instructo, ad basin signatura fusca,

litera Y-inversa simulante, notato; elytris antice late cineras-

centibus, postice fulvescentibus, lateribus prope basin et fascia

obliqua prope medium infuscatis; utroque elytro pone basin

crista brevi longitudinali, et pone medium fasciculis quatuor vel

quinque, instructo; corpore subtus cum pedibus cinerascentibus.

Long. 9-13, lat. 3-43 mm.

Hab. Samburu and Voi, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton),

Head with a dense ashy-grey pubescence on the cheeks and

front, the latter marked between the lower lobes of the eyes

with two narrow, transverse, fuscous bands. Prothorax with

a broad and distinct tubercle on each side and with five

tubercles on the disk, of which one, placed in the middle, is

much larger than the rest; the disk covered with greyish or

tawny pubescence, and having between the median tubercle

and the base a dark brown mark resembling an inverted

letter Y. A dark brown band runs along each side of the

prothorax just below the lateral tubercle. The pubescence

covering the elytra is of a greyish or fawn-colour over the

whole of the anterior part of the disk and yellowish tawny

over the posterior part ; between these two differently coloured

parts there is an oblique fuscous band, sharply limited in

front, and continued along the side of each elytron up to the

base. Behind the base ot each elytron there is a short longi-

tudinal crest, while at the anterior border of the fuscous band

there are three or four small tufts of hair, a few similar tufts

being placed a little further back. ‘The elytra are strongly

and closely punctured towards the base, especially at and

around the shoulders, and are somewhat broadly depressed

behind the basal crests. ‘The legs and the underside are of a

5° .

yellowish or testaceous colour, covered over with an ashy-grey

Coleoptera from East Africa. AT

pubescence. Antenne a little longer than the body in the

male; first joint grey, third fuscous at apex, the rest almost

entirely fuscous, each having but a narrow grey ring at the

base.

Idactus lateralis, sp. n.

Pube fulvo-grisea brunneo-commixta vestitus; elytris lateribus

fusco-velutinis ; prothorac2 lateraliter in medio leviter tubercu-

lato, supra haud tuberculato, antice posticeque transversim bisul-

cato; elytris utrisque prope basin tuberculo parvo et fasciculo

minuto fusco instructis, disco inter basin mediumque yix de-

presso; antennis ( 2 ) quam corpore paullo longioribus.

Long. 14, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. N’Giriama, Brit. E. Africa (Dr. J. W. Gregory).

Head rather convex in front; the occiput with two small

fuscous A-shaped marks. Prothorax with a feeble tubercle

at the middle of each side; the disk without tubercles, but

marked just in front of the middle with an impressed arcuate

line, which is seen only when the covering pubescence is

rubbed away. Elytra each with a small tubercle and small

tuft of fuscous hairs near the base, with a dark brown band

running along the side from the base to the apex, the upper

border of the band not being straight, but somewhat sinuous

near the base, and angularly emarginate at one or two other

points.

PARIDACTUS, gen. nov.

Allied to the genus Jdactus, from which it is to be distin-

guished by its cylindrical thorax, the sides of which are

almost straight and quite unarmed. The elytra are parallel-

sided for some distance from the base, and evenly convex

above, except near the base, where each carries a short feebly

raised crest. ‘The tarsi are br roadly dilated.

Paridactus tarsalis, sp. u.

Capitis fronte cinerea, inter oculos transversim fusco-bifasciata,

capite supra pronotoque et elytris flavo-griseo-pubescentibus ;

prothorace lateraliter utrinque fusco-vittato, supra tuberculo

mediano instructo ; elytrorum lateribus a basi usque ad medium,

et vitta arcuata pone medium disci, infuscatis; corpore subtus

cum pedibus flavo-testaceis, cinereo tenuiter pubescentibus;

tarsis late dilatatis, supra nigris, pube cinerea tectis ; antennis

(2?) quam corpore paullo longioribus, griseis, articulis a tertio

apice fusco-annulatis.

Long. 9, lat. 3 mm.

48 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Longicorn

Hab, Voi, Brit. E. Africa (C. 8. Betton). Two examples,

which appear to be females.

In general shape this species resembles several species of

the genus Hunidia, to which, however, it is by no means

closely allied.

Prosopocera marmorata, sp. n.

Albido-cinereo pubescens; elytris cinereo et brunneo-griseo mar-

moratis ; antennis ( ¢ ) articulis 3° 4°que crassis, griseis, articulis

5° ad 10"™ prope apicem fusco-annulatis ; processu frontali (do )

(interdum parvo vel nullo) antice concavo, versus apicem cur-

vato,‘et ad apicem bifido.

Long. 18-25, lat. 6-83 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Head, thorax, legs, and underside of body covered with an

ashy-white pubescence, which also forms numerous small

spots and one or two larger patches on the elytra. First

four joints of the antennz with a grey pubescence, the third

and fourth having each a narrow glabrous fuscous ring near

the apex; the joints from the fifth to the tenth are cinereous,

with a broad fuscous ring on each near the apex; meso-

sternum very feebly tubercled.

In the male the third and fourth joints of the antenne are

thickened ; the frontal process, which in small male specimens

is very small or even entirely wanting, reaches in large

specimens a length of about 3 millim.; it is concave and

densely hirsute in front, slightly curved upwards and deeply

notched at the extremity.

In general structure this species most nearly approaches

P. Dejeani, Gah., and P. cornifrons, Gah., but is readily

distinguishable by its coloration.

PROTOMOCERUS, gen. nov.

Head with strongly raised and divergent antennary

tubercles, each of which is slightly emarginate at the apical

border, with a small projecting angle on the inner side.

Front of the head furnished with a cariniform tubercle in its

upper part in both sexes and with a similar tubercle in its

lower part in the female. In the male a large process pro-

jects obliquely downwards from the lower part of the front,

and towards its free end curves slightly forwards. Prothorax

furnished on each side with a large median conical tubercle,

preceded by two smaller and more obtuse tubercles, one ot

which is close to the anterior margin; pronotum feebly

Coleoptera from East Africa. 49

bisinuate at the basal margin, somewhat produced and

rounded in the middle at the anterior margin. Prosternal

process rather narrow, nearly vertical in front, thence gradually

sloping and expanding behind. Mesosternal process with a

small tubercle at about the middle of its length. Middle

tibia with an oblique groove on the outer edge. Claws of

tarsi divergent. Antenne with a short fringe of hairs under-

neath, about twice as long as the body in the male; the

scape stout, with an open cicatrix at the apex; third joint

longer than the first and shorter than the fourth, fourth to

sixth subequal or slightly increasing in length, seventh to

tenth gradually shortening; third joint thickened in the

female.

This genus seems best placed in Lacordaire’s group Proso-

pocerides, though the head cannot, as in the definition of that

group, be described as ‘broadly but moderately concave

between the antennary tubercles, with the latter short,” &c.,

for the head is, in fact, strongly concave between the promi-

nent and diverging antennary tubercles.

Protomocerus Gregorit, sp. n.

Pube albido-cinerascente vestitus; capite, antennis, prothoracis

plaga magna laterali utrinque, et elytrornm humeris subfuscis ;

elytris fasciculis brevibus fulvis sat dense ornatis; pedibus

brunneo canoque variegatis, tarsis supra griseis.

Long. 24, Jat. 8-8? mm.

Hab. Bagamoyo, and Brit. E. Africa (Dr. Gregory).

General pubescence of an ashy-white colour. On the head,

the antenne, the shoulders of the elytra, and overa large area

on each side of the prothorax, as well as spots on the legs,

especially of the two hinder pairs, the pubescence is some-

what dark brown or fulvous brown in colour, while numerous

small tufts of fulvous hairs are scattered over the elytra.

The ashy-white area on the disk of the pronotum between

the lateral brown areas is in the form of a triangle, with its

apex in front and marked by a small elevation; small

granular elevations are scattered over the central part of the

disk. The prothorax is marked on each side anteriorly with

an oblique groove, which, commencing at the side of the

median elevation, curves slightly backwards and then out-

wards between the two anterior tubercles on the side.

In the male the frontal process projects downwards and is

curved slightly forwards at the extremity; it is concave in

front and is covered with tawny hairs except along the median

line.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 4

50 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Longicorn

The antenne of the female are scarcely half as long again

as the body; the third joint is but slightly longer than the

first, and is shorter and distinctly thicker than the fourth.

Protomocerus socius, sp. 0.

Precedenti similis et affinis; sed fasciculis fulvis elytrorum bis

numerosis, prothorace fere omnino cinereo, punctis paucis ad-

spersis ad discum et macula parva utrinque pone tuberculum

medium, fuscis, notato; antennis pallidioribus, densius pilosis et

plus distincte fusco-annulatis.

Long. 26, lat. 83 mm.

Hab. Ntumbi in Agoniland, Brit. C. Africa. One female

example.

This species is so like the preceding one that it may

possibly prove to be only an extreme variety. The much

greater number of the small tufts of hairs scattered over the

elytra seems, however, to be a valid specific difference,

and must be so regarded until it can be shown that the cha-

racter is variable.

The female type of P. socius, as well as the male type of

the preceding species, are in the collection of the Hon. Walter

Rothschild at Tring Museum.

Alphitopala assimilis, sp. n.

Pube cretacea vestita ; pedibus antennisque brunneo-testaceis griseo

tenuissime pubescentibus ; prothorace basi constricto et bisulcato,

lateraliter in medio minute tuberculato; intercoxale mesosterni

paullo protuberanto, antice verticali ; antennis( 2 ) quam corpore

vix longioribus.

Long. 20, lat. 63 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Covered above and below with a dense chalk-white pubes-

cence; legs and antennee with a much fainter greyish pubes-

cence, through which the reddish-brown colour of the derm

is easily seen. Prothorax almost as wide in front as at the

middle, narrowed at the base, where also it is marked by

two distinct transverse grooves, furnished on the middle of

each side with a very small black tubercle.

The antennee in the female scarcely reach beyond the apex

of the elytra, and by means of this character the species may

be distinguished from A. lactea, Thoms., which it closely

resembles in coloration, though differing by its somewhat

more elongated form, its broader interocular face, its more

convex elytra, and the absence of brown spots from the base

of the elytra.

Coleoptera from East Africa. 51

Alphitopola ventralis, sp. n.

Capite, pronoto elytrisque pube luteo-fulva vestitis ; scutello, corpore

subtus cum pedibus albido-pubescentibus; antennis griseis ;

mesosterno paullo protuberanto.

Long. 18, lat. 54 mm.

flab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton). One

female example.

Head, pronotum, and elytraclosely covered with a yellowish-

brown pubescence; scutellum white ; the whole of the under-

side of the body and the legs with a whitish pubescence, that

on the legs being less dense and less distinctly white in colour.

Prothorax with a very minute tubercle on each side. Elytra

visibly punctured at the base and along the sides as far as

the middle ; the derm where rubbed bare of pubescence is

seen to have a reddish-brown colour. Antenna in the female

a little longer than the body.

Alphitopola antennalis, sp. n.

Fulyo-cinereo-pubescens ; utroque elytro plagis fuscis tribus vage

notato ; prothorace utrinque breviter tuberculato; antennis (3)

quam corpore sesqui-longioribus, cinereis, articulis 4°, 5° 6’que

utrisque subtus macula elongata, elevata, fusca notatis.

Long. 20, lat. 65 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton). One male

example.

Clothed with a pubescence which is partly ashy grey,

partly tawny in colour. Each elytron with three ill-defined

patches of a dark brown colour—the first behind the shoulder,

the second behind the middle, the third (which is the smallest)

near the apex. Prothorax with a small but distinct tubercle

on each side ; the two anterior and two posterior transverse

grooves distinct, the second anterior groove bowed backwards

in the middle. lytra strongly but somewhat sparingly

punctured.

Antenne about half as long again as the body in the male,

cinereous grey in colour ; joints fourth, fifth, and sixth each

having an elongated dark brown area underneath. This area is

slightly raised and almost nude; it runs along almost the

whole length of the fifth joint, but is confined to the distal

half of the fourth and the proximal half of the sixth joint.

Similar areas to these (which are possibly of a sensory

nature) are present also on the corresponding joints of the

male antenne in A. bipunctata, Th., but in the latter are

slightly more pubescent, and therefore less easily seen.

52 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Longicorn

Alphitopola Betton?, sp. n.

Piceo-brunnea, griseo-pubescens; prothoracis lateribus et vitta

media dorsali postice abbreviata, albis, vitta dorsali ad medium

disci nigro-ocellata, lateribus “utrisque medio nigro-maculatis ;

elytris maculis plagisque albis ornatis, viz. macula in depressione

humerali, macula ad suturam paullo pone scutellum, plaga

obliqua nigro-biocellata ante medium, macula rotunda nigro-

ocellata pone medium, et macula minore paullo ante apicem ;

mesosterno medio tuberculato; pectore abdomineque lateraliter

albo-maculatis.

Long. 10-12, lat. 3-4 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

In general shape and in style of marking this species some-

what resembles A. v7tticollis, Gah., but is easily distinguished

by the number and position of the white spots and bands,

Alphitopola unicolor, sp. n.

Pube fulvo-cinerea omnino vestita; antennis griseis, quam corpore

(2) paullo longioribus ; prothorace lateraliter inermi, supra sulcis

duobus glabris—uno pone apicem, altero ante basin—impresso,

Long. 13, lat. 44 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Covered with a rather dense pubescence of a yellowish-grey

colour, Antenne grey. Prothorax unarmed at the sides,

marked above with two distinct transverse black lines—onea

little behind the apex, the other a little in front of the base.

Jntercoxal process of the mesosternum feebly tubercled, with

its anterior face vertical.

Tragiscoschema ornata, sp. nD.

Atra, flavo-ornata ; capite punctis duobus in fronte, fascia utrinque

ad genam, et vittis duabus vertice flavis; prothoracis disco

utringue late flavo-vittato ; elytris utrisque macula oblonga medio-

basali, maculis duabus parvis ad marginem externam, macula

subrotunda ante medium, et macula transversa vel fascia pone

medium flavis ornatis.

Long. 11-12 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Black, with yellow spots and bands as follows :—a trans-

verse band on each side of the head below the eye; a small

spot on each side of the front close to the inner margin of the

eye; two vitte on the vertex of the head; a broad band on

each side of the prothorax just above the lateral spine; an

Coleoptera from East Africa. 53

oblong spot on the disk of each elytron near the base, a round

spot just in front of the middle, a transverse band between

the middle and apex of each elytron, and two small spots at

the outer margin—one just under the shoulder, the other

placed a little further back from the base ; four spots on each

side of the abdomen and spots at the sides of the breast and

prosternum.

Eumimetes brevicornis, sp. 0.

Pube grisea brunneo variegata vestita; pronoto vittis tribus fuscis

interdum haud distinctis ornato; corpore subtus pedibusque

punctis nigris glabris sat dense notatis; prothorace utrinque

pone medium sat valde tuberculato, supra sparsim nigro-granu-

lato ; elytris versus basin fortiter denseque punctatis, humeris

prominulis; antennis (¢) quam corpore paullo brevioribus,

cinereis, articulis a tertio late fuseo-annulatis.

Long. 13-15, lat. 6-7 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Head with a grey pubescence, interrupted by glabrous

punctured spots. Prothorax rather strongly tubercled behind

the middle of each side, evenly convex above, and marked

with three more or less distinct fuscous vittee and numerous

small scattered black granules. Scutellum short and broad,

truncate behind. Elytra with prominent shoulders, and each

with a prominence at the base close to the scutellum ; strongly

and rather closely punctured, especially towards the base ;

covered with a grey pubescence, indistinctly spotted with

brown. Legs and underside with an ashy-grey pubescence,

changing to yellowish grey towards the sides of the body ;

marked with numerous small glabrous black points.

Crossotus validus, sp. n.

C. plumicorni (Sery.) similis, sed antennis subtus sparse breviterque

fimbriatis, utroque latere prothoracis bituberculato; elytris

utrisque pone basin crista brevi longitudinali summo fulvo-pilosa

instructis.

Long. 17, lat. 7 mm.

Hab. Machuma, Taru Desert, Brit. E. Africa (C. 8.

Betton).

In colour and punctuation this species resembles C. plumi-

cornis, Serv., and C. robustus, Jord., from both of which it

may be distinguished by the short longitudinal crest, sur-

mounted with fulvous hairs, which is placed a little behind

the base of each elytron. From C. plumicornis it is further

54 Mr. CG. J. Gahan on new Longicorn

distinguished by having a second tubercle on each side of the

prothorax and a dark brown spot and small tuft of hairs at

the extreme base of each elytron. It resembles C. plumicornis

in having three glabrous black lines on the vertex of the head.

Crossotus basalis, sp. 0.

Pube grisea dense vestitus ; prothorace lateraliter pone medium sat

valde tuberculato, disco utrinque tuberculis duobus parvis

instructo; elytris a basi ad medium fortiter subseriatim punc-

tatis, interstitiis leviter costatis; corpore subtus cum pedibus

nigro vel fusco punctatis; antennis (¢) corpore longitudine

eequalibus, subtus usque ad apicem sat dense fimbriatis, (9 )

medium elytrorum yix superantibus, subtus versus basin dense,

versus apicem sparsissime ciliatis.

Long. 9-10, lat. 4-43 mm.

Hab. Taru Desert and Voi, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

With a greyish pubescence, mottled in places with fulvous

brown, especially on the front of the head, on the legs and

underside. Prothorax with a distinct tubercle on each side

behind the middle, lying in front of which is another very

small tubercle ; disk with four small tubercles forming with

those of the sides two transverse series. Elytra strongly

punctured in somewhat irregular rows from the base to the

middle, beyond which some of the rows may be traced, but

with the punctures much smaller in size; the intervals

between the rows of punctures slightly raised, and sometimes

covered with a brownish pubescence contrasting with the

grey colour of the rest of the surface; each elytron with a

small tawny tuft of hairs near the base and another behind

the middle. Intercoxal process of prosternum raised in a

simple arch; that of the mesosternum truncate in front, with

its anterior face almost vertical.

Male. Antenne about as long as the body, with a fringe

of hairs underneath which is pale grey in colour towards the

base, blackish brown towards the apex.

Female. Antenne scarcely reaching beyond the middle of

elytra, with the fringe of hairs underneath becoming gradually

thinner from the third to the sixth joint, and with the last

three or four joints very sparsely ciliate underneath.

PLECTROPYGUS, gen. nov.

With the characters of the group Hecyridides of Lacordaire,

but distinguished from the other genera of this group as

follows :—Head as broad as the prothorax, the latter very

Coleoptera from East Africa, a5

feebly tubercled on the sides and disk; antenne much

shorter than the body in both sexes ; intercoxal process of

the prosternum simply arched, not truncate in front; inter-

coxal process of the mesosternum gradually sloping in front,

and broadly canaliculate along the middle.

Plectropygus mucoreus, sp. n.

Pube nigra ferrugineo variegata vestitus; elytris ad basin apicemque

concoloribus sed in area intermedia albido-flavescente dense

pubescentibus, maculis prope medium et ad marginem externam

nigris; antennarum articulis a tertio nigris, utrisque basi angustim

cinereis, apice angustim fulvis, subtus sparse nigro-fimbriatis.

3. Antennis medium elytrorum paullo superantibus, segmento

ultimo ventrali abdominis apice transversim excavato et fusco-

fimbriato.

2. Antennis medium elytrorum vix superantibus ; segmento ultimo

ventrali ad apicem paullo depresso et ad basin linea media

brevissima impresso; pygidio apice valde emarginato et uncis

duobus, uno alterum adverso, armato.

Long. 19-22, lat. 6-7 mm.

Hab. Mbuyuni, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton) ; Nyasa-

land (A. Whyte).

Head, prothorax, legs, and the underside of the body with

a blackish-brown indumentum interspersed with small patches

of rust-red pubescence ; anterior and posterior fourths of the

elytra coloured like the body, but the intermediate half

thickly covered with yellowish-white pubescence interrupted

by a transverse black patch near the middle of each elytron,

and a few spots alongside the outer margin. Prothorax

with four feebly raised tubercles above, and two small obtuse

tubercles on each side, with some rather large shallow pune-

tures scattered over the disk. lytra strongly punctured,

with the punctures over the pale-coloured intermediate area

almost entirely hidden by the pubescence; with two small

tufts of black hairs on each near the base, one just within the

shoulder, the other placed farther back and nearer to the

suture.

Antenne (slightly longer in the male than in the female)

reaching a little beyond the middle of the elytra, with a thin

fringe of dark brown hairs underneath ; third joint the longest,

fifth joint much shorter than the fourth, the sixth and follow-

ing joints decreasing in length,

Male with a transverse excavation, somewhat oval in out-

line, at the apex of the last ventral segment, and with a

56 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Longicorn

fringe of black hairs projecting slightly over the excavation

from its anterior border.

Pygidium of the female deeply emarginate at the apex,

and furnished with two hooks which turn inwardly towards

the middle line.

BIOBESSA, gen. nov. (Hecyridides) .

Allied to the preceding genus. Head as wide as the pro-

thorax; the latter broader in front than at the base, furnished

with a small conical tubercle behind the middle of each side.

Antenne much shorter than the body in both sexes, third

joint twice as long as the first and a little longer than the

fourth, fifth and following joints gradually diminishing in

length, and, taken together, scarcely longer than the third and

fourth united. Eyes divided. Prosternal process strongly

arched, and furnished with two small tubercles in the middle;

mesosternal process nearly vertical in front, horizontal behind,

with two small tubercles at the edge between the two faces.

Biobessa beatriz, sp. n.

Pube brunneo-grisea dense yestita; capitis vertice fasciculis duobus

fulvis minutis instructo; prothoracis disco utrinque tuberculis

duobus parvis instructo, medio prope basin paullo elevato; elytris

versus basin subrugosis. prope basin et inter medium apicemque

fasciculis minimis fulvis nonnullis instructis.

Long. 13-15, lat. 44-5 mm.

Hab. Varu Desert, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Covered above and below with a dense drab or tawny grey

pubescence. Head with a finely impressed median line

reaching from the clypeus to the occiput; crown with two

small tufts of tawny hairs placed on two feeble elevations.

Prothorax with two small tubercles on each side of the disk,

the two hinder ones being in a line with the lateral tubercles,

with a broader but more feebly raised tubercle in the middle,

a little in front of the base. Elytra somewhat rugose towards

the base, but with the rugosity scarcely evident, owing to the

closeness of the pubescence. Legs and first joint of the

antenne slightly mottled with brown or tawny. Each of the

abdominal segments with a short fringe of tawny setee at the

hind margin. Last ventral segment in the male with a deep

but very natrow transverse excavation at the apex.

Eunidia mucorea, sp. n.

Capite et elytrorum tertia parte apicali fuscis, pube cinerea ferru-

Coleoptera from East Africa. 57

gineo-commixta sparse vestitis; prothorace dense albido-pubes-

cente, lateraliter in medio obtuse angulato; scutello fusco;

elytris a basi ad partem tertiam posticam dense albido-cinereo-

pubescentibus, prope basin maculis parvis ferrugineis ; corpore

subtus pedibusque cinerascentibus; antennis griseis, articulis

1o-3"™ et 11° fuscis.

Long. 8, lat. 24 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Head and a little more than the posterior third of the

elytra dark brown, with small scattered patches of grey and

rust-red pubescence. Prothorax and the anterior two thirds

of the elytra covered with a dense ashy-white pubescence ;

with the shoulders of the elytra slightly fuscous, and one or

two spots on each elytron near the base rusty red. First

three joints of the antenne blackish brown, with some

scattered greyish hairs, the eleventh joint and the apex of the

tenth fuscous, rest of the antenne grey.

Kunidia plagiata, sp. n.

Corpore subtus pedibusque et capite pube grisea dense vestitis ;

prothorace elytrisque albo-cinereis, his fusco-plagiatis; prothorace

lateraliter utrinque obtuse tuberculato ; tarsis supra infuscatis.

Long. 12, Jat. 35 mm.

Hab. Samburu (C. S. Betton).

Head, the underside of the body, and the legs covered with

a dense greyish pubescence; prothorax and elytra with a

paler, almost white, pubescence. Hlytra each with a fulvous-

grey patch at the base,a dark brown patch at the middle,

and three dark brown spots between the middle and the apex.

Prothorax with an obtuse tubercle placed high up on the

middle. of each side, with a slight constriction in front of and

behind the base of the tubercle.

Eunidia piperita, sp. n.

Prothorace pone apicem et ante basin leviter constricto et sulcato,

lateraliter in medio obtuse tuberculato; corpore subtus, pro-

thorace et elytris pube fulva maculis fuscis albisque interspersa

vestitis ; pedibus fulvo-griseis, femoribus tibilisque macula fusca

ad medium notatis; antennarum articulis 1°-3"" griseis, ceteris

fuscis.

Long. 8-11 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Prothorax with a distinct rounded tubercle or swelling

placed high up on the middle of each side, with a slight con-

58 On new Longicorn Coleoptera from East Africa.

striction before and behind the tubercle and corresponding

grooves across the upper surface. Underside, prothorax,

and elytra clothed with a tawny pubescence, with small

scattered spots—some dark brown, others white in colour, the

latter being sometimes aggregated to form a large white

patch near the base. Legs tawny grey, with a fuscous spot

at the middle of each of the femora and tibiz.

This species together with the two preceding form a

section in the genus characterized by a relatively rather

broad prothorax having an obtuse tubercle on each side.

Eunidia subfasciata, sp. n.

Capite in fronte griseo, supra et lateraliter plus minusve ferrugineo-

pubescente; prothorace quam longitudine latiore, lateribus in

medio leviter rotundato, disco pube grisea brunneo-mixta et

maculis ferrugineis interspersa vestito; elytris pube grisea

brunneaque vestitis, plaga apicali albida, fulvo-commixta, utris-

que fasciis tribus fuscis parum distinctis notatis—prima paullo

pone basin, secunda leviter arcuata mediana, tertia ad marginem

anticam plage apicalis posita; corpore subtus cum pedibus griseo-

pubescentibus, illo maculis brunneis ferrugineisque dispersis,

clavis femorum sub pube nigris.

Long. 12-13, lat. 33-4 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Head with a pubescence which is greyish in front, and

more or less rusty red around the eyes, on the crown, and on

the sides. Prothorax broader than long, slightly rounded in

the middle on each side; its pubescence grey mixed with

brown, and with the anterior margin and a few spots on the

disk rusty red. Elytra with a mixed grey and light brown

pubescence, with some tawny patches at the base, and a well-

marked white and tawny area at the apex; each with three

dark brown bands: the first, which is the least distinct, at a

short distance from the base, the second at the middle, the

third forming an anterior border to the pale posterior area.

Legs and underside grey ; the abdomen with some dark brown

and rusty-red patches. Seen through the pubescence, the

derm of the legs is yellowish testaceous, except at the clubs

of the femora, where it is black. Joints of the antenne

from the third dark brown at the apex.

Sophronica Bettont, sp. n.

Testacea, fulvo-pubescens ; prothorace elytrorumque sutura et plaga

laterali utrinque pone medium cinereis; elytris utrinque prope

Australian Scorpions of the Genus Urodacus, Pet. 59

basin macula obliqua fusco-nitida notatis ; antennis ( ¢ ) corpore

longitudine equalibus.

Long. 10, lat. 32 millim.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. S. Betton).

Reddish brown, clothed with fulvous pubescence and with

long erect sete. The pubescence on the prothorax, on the

sutural borders of the elytra from a little behind the base

almost up to the apex, and on a lateral plaga behind the

middle of each elytron is of an ashy-grey colour. Hach elytron

has an oblique nude spot near the base, the derm of this spot,

as well as beneath the ashy-grey areas, being black in colour,

whereas on the remaining parts of the elytra it is reddish

brown. The elytra are strongly and somewhat thickly

punctured, the punctures being irregularly spread, except

along the middle, where two more or less regular rows may

be distinguished.

Sophronica testacea, sp. n.

Testacea, subnitida, dense profundeque punctata; antennis ultra

medium infuscatis.

Long. 9, lat. 37 millim.

Hab. Mpwapwa, H. Africa (Dr. Kirk).

Head and pronotum reddish testaceous ; elytra, legs, and

underside yellowish testaceous. Head, pronotum, and elytra

thickly and deeply punctured, with the punctures of the

elytra rather larger towards the base, and gradually diminishing

in size towards the apex.

This species agrees pretty closely in structural characters

with S. carbonaria, Pasc., but is relatively somewhat broader

in form; the eyes are larger, with the upper lobes more

approximate, and the scape of the antenne 1s a little shorter

and more thickened towards the apex. In colour it somewhat

resembles S. calceata, Chevr., which is, however, a relatively

narrower and more elongated species, having longer and more

slender antenne.

VIU.—The Australian Scorpions of the Genus Urodacus, Pet.

By Rt. I. Pocock.

THE genus Urodacus is the sole member of the family Scor-

pionide which is confined to Australia. It may be readily

distinguished trom the remaining members of the order that

occur in this area by the possession of the following features :—

60 My. R. I. Pocock on the Australian

(1) a single, movable, claw-like spur on the articular mem-

brane at the base of the foot ; (2) a pentagonal sternum; (3) a

pair of lateral eyes on each side of the carapace; (4) a median

keel on the lower surface of the first four caudal segments.

The pentagonal sternum and the single pedal spur are also

found in the genus Hormurus; but in the latter there are

three Jateral eyes on each side of the carapace and a pair of

crests or keels on the lower side of the first four caudal

segments.

These two genera are the only representatives of the

Scorpionide that occur in Australia. Hormurus, however, 1s

certainly a later immigrant than Urodacus, for it is only met

with in the north-eastern parts of the country, and belongs

essentially to the Indo- and Austro-Malayan area.

Urodacus, on the contrary, has not, so far as I am aware, been

recorded from Queensland at all, though it not improbably

spreads into the southern parts of that province. Up to the

present time, including those described as new in this paper,

twelve species have been established, with ten of which I

have the good fortune to be acquainted from an actual exam-

ination of specimens. The others, described by Dr. Thorell

as Joctonus manicatus and J. orthurus, were referred by that

author to a different genus, owing, according to Kraepelin, to

an error of observation with respect to the number of crests

on the lower side of the tail. Again, according to Kraepelin,

manicatus is specifically identical with the type of the genus,

U.nove-hollandie, whichoccurs in the neighbourhood of Perth.

The identity of Z. orthurus still remains in doubt. Lastly,

the form that I described as U. Keyserlingii proves upon the

examination of fresh material to be identical with a species

previously established as U. abruptus; so that the total

number of species now to be reckoned with amounts to ten of

which the characters are known, and one (orthurus) of which

the characters are doubtful.

A glance at the species and localities mentioned below

shows that two species have been described from Arnhem Land

in North Australia; two from the central parts of West Aus-

tralia ; two from the south-western corner in the neighbourhood

of Perth; one from South Australia; and from Victoria and

_ New South Wales one species, which spreads as far westward

as Adelaide. It is noticeable that, with the exception of the

New South Wales species and the two here recorded from

the neighbourhood of the Murchison Goldfields, all the species

have been met with at various points on the coast of Aus-

tralia. It cannot be doubted therefore that at the present

Scorpions of the Genus Urodacus, Pet. 61

time we know but a small fraction of the species of the genus

that actually exist.

It may be added that Prof. Kraepelin, in his recent attempt

at a “ Revision”’ of the Scorpions, makes a bold effort,

qualified by the liberal use of interrogation marks, to reduce

the species known at the time he was writing to two. I am

unable to find any justification for his opinion; and since he

refrains from all mention of the localities whence the speci-

mens he examined were obtained, it is not possible even to

suggest whether one or more than one species were described

by him under the title U. nove-hollandie, Peters.

The species that stand apart from the rest in their structural

features are the two from Arnhem Land. One of these,

namely U. Darwinii, has considerable claims to rank as a

distinct genus, as I at first considered it to be before the

species named planimanus came upon the scene.

Urodacus Darwinti (Poc.).

Todacus Darwinti, Pocock, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (6) viii. p. 245

(1891).

Loc. North Australia, Port Darwin in Arnhem Land

(J. J. Walker).

This northern species, like U. excellens, occupies an isolated

position in the genus Urodacus. It is characterized by its

short and slender tail, by the absence of a median keel on the

dorsal surface of the flattened hand, &c.

Urodacus planimanus, Poe.

Urodacus planimanus, Poc, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 321

(1893).

Loc. West Australia, 30 miles from Perth (HZ. W. J.

Turner).

This species has the hands flattened as in U. Darwiniti,

but in other respects more approaches U. nove-hollandia,

though easily to be distinguished from that species by its

narrow tail, deeply excised frontal border, &c.

Prof. Kraepelin placed this species as doubtfully synony-

mous with U. Darwiniti, supposing that it was perhaps based

upon a male example of a species of which U. Darwinii is

the female. Unfortunately for this view, the types of the

two species are females, and it may be added that, even if

they were of opposite sexes, there could be no justification

for the opinion that they are specifically identical.

62 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Australian

Urodacus excellens, Poc.

Urodacus excellens Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ii. p. 170, pl. viii.

fic. 2 (1888).

Loc. North Australia, Port Essington in Arnhem Land

(Dr. Richardson).

Urodacus nove hollandice, Peters.

Urodacus nove-hollandie, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1861, p.511; Pocock,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ii. p. 170, pl. viti. fig. 1 (1888).

Loc. Western Australia (Freemantle, Perth, Swan River).

In the monograph of the species of this genus published in

1888 J referred to some specimens of what I supposed, and

still suppose, to be nove-hollandie, Peters, in the British

Museum, ticketed “ Ceylon.” That the locality is erroneous

has been to my mind settled conclusively by the subsequent

discovery in the Museum of some specimens of a Centipede

(Cormocephalus aurantiipes, Newp.), which is apparently not

uncommon near Perth, also bearing the label ‘‘ Ceylon,” accom-

panied by the same register number as that under which the

scorpions were entered.

Iam not acquainted with any evidence that this species

ranges far from the south-western corner of Australia. A

specimen from Port Lincoln that I at one time referred to it

is the young of another species.

Urodacus granifrons, sp. n.

g .—Colour a tolerably uniform ochre-yellow.

Carapace with frontal lobes transversely truncate and sepa-

rated by a shallowish median emargination as in nove-

hollandie ; the interocular triangle covered with fine close-set

granulation.

Tergites finely and closely granular.

Tail nearly five times as long as the carapace, the sides of

the segments convexly rounded, the second a little longer than

broad, the fifth more than twice as long as broad ; the supe-

rior crests weakly granular, not posteriorly elevated ; inferior

eresis of segments 1-3 smooth; lateral surface of segments

2-4 very finely granular; vesicle as wide as fifth segment.

Legs with finely granular femora; 5 spines on outer side

of protarsus of first and second leg.

Pectinal teeth 16-18.

Measurements in millimetres— Total length 54, length of

carapace 6, of tail 29.

Scorpions of the Genus Urodacus, Pet. 63

Loc. Chapman River, 10 miles from Geraldton, W. Aus-

tralia (#. H. Saunders).

This species, based upon a single male example, differs

from U. nove-hollandie in having the anterior portion of the

carapace finely granular, instead of smooth and _ finely

punctured.

Urodacus abruptus, Poe.

Urodacus abruptus, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ii. p. 174,

pl. viii. fig. 4 (1888).

Urodacus Keyserlingii, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) viii. p. 245

(=nove-hollandie, Keyserling, not Peters).

Loc. South and South-eastern Australia, Adelaide, type

(59. 52) ; Ballarat and Bendigo, in Victoria (W. W. Froggatt) ;

Cooma, Bathurst, Maitland, Yass, in New South Wales

(W. W. Froggatt); New England District of New South

Wales (J. Macpherson).

Since I described this species the British Museum has

received a very fine series of it from Mr. Froggatt and

Mr. Macpherson from the localities mentioned above.

Urodacus Woodwardii, Poe.

Urodacus Woodwardii, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 322,

pl. xiv. fig. 8 (1893).

Loc. Darling Range, north of Perth, W. Australia (B. /7.

Woodward).

This species is most nearly related to U. abruptus, but is

recognizable from all the examples of the latter that I have

seen in having the segments of the tail more convexly rounded

and lower, with less elevated upper crests, so that the areas

between these crests and the superior lateral crests are

noticeably narrower than in abruptus. Moreover the vesicle

is distinctly more globular, its width excelling that of the

fifth seement.

Urodacus armatus, Poe.

Urodacus armatus, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ii. p. 172, pl. viii.

fig. 3 (1888).

Loc. §. Australia, Port Lincoln, on the west of Spencer

Gulf.

This species, of which only a single male example is known,

is most nearly related to the Perth species, but may be at

once recognized from the male of it by the strong armature

and greater slenderness of the tail-segments.

64 Mr. R. J. Pocock on the Australian

Urodacus hoplurus, sp. n.

g.— Colour a uniform ochre-brown, with the digits, the

tergites, and the median area of the sternites blackish.

Carapace as long as the first and nearly half the second

caudal segments, shorter than the fifth, its frontal lobes

coarsely rugose and granular, its lateral portions finely

granular.

Tergites closely granular posteriorly and laterally, very

finely granular in front, the last with two subdenticulate

keels on each side; sterna smooth and polished, with the

exception of the first, second, and third, which are irregularly

and (? pathologically) tubercular mesially.

Tail long, about five times as long as the carapace; all the

segments wider behind than in front, especially the first,

second, and third; first more than one third longer than

broad, fifth about four times as wide as long; the intercarinal

spaces smooth ; three inferior keels of segments 1-4 smooth,

the superior and superior lateral keels of these segments

weakly denticulate, their superior keels ending posteriorly in

a large triangularly spiniform tooth; keels of fifth segment

denticulate, the inferior more strongly so than the superior ;

vesicle large, its width equal to the width of the third segment,

its height slightly greater than width of fourth segment,

eranular below and strongly bisulcate; aculeus slightly

curved,

Palpt.—Humerus coarsely granular above, its anterior and

posterior crests strong and coarsely granular; antericr surface

coarsely but sparsely granular; inferior surface weakly

granular at the base; brachium finely granular above and

below, smooth in front, and smooth but with coarse scattered

punctures behind, the upper and lower keels bounding its

anterior surface coarsely granular, with a row of 12 or 13

pores on its lowersurtace posteriorly ; hand with keels normal

in number, but not so strong as in U. nove-hollandie and

armatus ; covered above externally and below with a reticu-

lation of fine granules; length of hand-back equal to width

of hand, shorter than movable digit ; lower surface of hand

furnished with a series of about 16 pores running along the

inner edge of the keel to the imner angle of the movable

digit.

Legs with femora and patellz weakly granular ;_protarsi of

first and second with five external spines.

Pectinal teeth 27.

Measurements in millimetres — Total length 103; length of

Scorpions of the Genus Urodacus, Pet. 69

carapace 12; length of tail 60, of its fifth segment 14; width

of hand 8,

Loc. Lawlers, Kast Murchison Goldfields, West Australia

(W. O. Mansbridge).

The following table may help others to identify the species

of this genus known to me :—

a. Hands low, flat above, height of their outer

surface less than half its length mea-

sured along the inferior keel; tail slender,

its segments parallel-sided.

a’. Hands without an upper median keel ;

carapace widely and deeply emarginate

in front, smooth ; tergal plates and first

four segments of tail also smooth, the

superior crests of the latter alone being

feebly granular; a row of 1] pores on

the brachium below ani 14 on the

hand ; tail about 33 times as long as

carapace, which is longer than its first

and second segments; 6 spines on

outer side of protarsus of first and

second legs and 3 on the tibia ...... Darwinii, Poe., 2.

6‘. Hands with a strong upper median keel ;

carapace deeply but narrowly emargi-

nate, granular; tergites and tail gran-

ular, the superior crests of the latter

stronger and posteriorly spiniform ;

8-9 pores on brachium and 9-10 on

hand; tail a little more than 4 times

as long as carapace, which is shorter

than its first and second segments; 5

spines on outer side of second protar-

sus and only setiform spines on the

CMO Ligaen sey se one SINE ois ode cetera Paes planimanus, Poc., 2.

6. Hands high, convex above, height of their

outer surface more than half its length.

a*, Hands practically keelless; 15 pores

on lower surface of brachium and 19

on hand ; of large size, up to 114 mm.

in length, carapace about 17 mm. long ;

carapace smooth, deeply emarginate,

with rounded frontal lobes ; 7 protarsal

and 38 tibial spines on first and second

Ce ran ine Petree taper cke sas nae 4 excellens, Poc., 2.

6°, Hands strongly keeled; about 9, rarely

12, pores on lower side of brachium,

9-12, rarely 15, on the hand; smaller,

except hoplurus, less than 90 mm. in

length, carapace not exceeding 12 mm.

in hoplurus, usually less than that;

4-6 protarsal spines on first and second

legs; carapace laterally granular.

a°®. Upper keels of caudal segments 1-4

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 5

Australian Scorpions of the Genus Urodacus, Pet.

ending behind in a large triangular

spiniform process (true to a less ex-

tent of ¢ of abruptus).

a‘, Spines on caudal segments directed

obliquely backwards and upwards;

frontal portion of carapace not

roughened with tubercles, cara-

pace as long as fifth caudal seg-

ment; vesicle small, its width

less than that of fifth segment, its

height less than width of fourth;

hands smooth above; a single

row of about 10 pores on brachium

and 10 on hand; 6 protarsal

spines on first and second legs .. armatus, Poe., 3.

6‘, Spines on caudal segments ver-

tical ; frontal portion of carapace

tubercular, carapace considerably

shorter than fifth caudal segment ;

width of vesicle exceeding that

of fifth caudal segment, its height

exceeding width of fourth; hands

granularly reticulate above; bra-

chium with about 12, hand with

about 16 pores ina line below,

with additional pores near the

base of the finger; 5 protarsal

spines on first and second legs .. hoplurus, sp. n.. 3d-

b°, Upper keels of first four caudal seg-

ments either not elevated or but

little elevated, at all events less

strongly elevated than in armatus

and hoplurus.

a’, Tergal plates of abdomen in adult

covered with fine granulation.

a®, Frontal lobes of carapace rounded

and separated by a deeper emar-

gination; upper crests of first,

second, and third caudal seg-

ments more elevated; sides of

segments less convex ...... .. abruptus, Poc., 3.

b°, Frontal lobes of carapace more

squarely truncate, separated by

a shallower excision ; upper

crests of tail not elevated ; sides

of segments more markedly

conyex.

a’, Area of carapace in front of

median eyes covered with

fine close-set granules...... grantfrons, sp. 0., 3.

b”, Area of carapace in front of

median eyes smooth and

finely punctured .......... nove-hollandie, Pet., dQ.

6°. Tergal plates of abdomen smooth

and polished in the middle, the

anterior closely and finely granu-

Dr. R. H. Traquair on Paleozoic Fishes. 67

lar laterally ; frontal lobes

rounded.

a*®, Upper crests of anterior caudal

segments more elevated, sides

of segments straighter, much

less noticeably convex; vesicle

TIA TEO WCE so) he0Naic ay Any pins here abruptus, Poc., 2.

b°, Uppercrest of tail scarcely notice-

ably elevated; sides of seg-

ments convexly rounded ;

vesicle: wider Qu ovals eae Woodwardit, Poc., 2.

The remaining species of this genus, described under

the name Joctonus, are :—

Urodacus manicatus, Thorell (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876,

xvii. p.14; id. Act. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xix. p. 261 &c.),

from Australia, which, according to Kraepelin, is iden-

tical with U. nove-hollandie, Peters.

Urodacus orthurus, 'Thorell (Act. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xix.

p- 190), of which the locality is unknown.—Kraepelin

suggests that this species may be identical with Darwinit

or planimanus, or both. I have no hesitation in saying

that with Darwinii it is certainly not identical, if any

value is to be placed upon its description, and that the

evidence as to its identity with planimanus is stronger on

the negative than on the positive side.

1X.—WNotes on Paleozoic Fishes. —No. I1.*

By R. H. Traquair, M.D., LL.D., F.B.S.

[Plate I.)

HiTHERTO the remarkable plates known as Psammosteus have

been found only in strata of Upper and Middle Devonian age

in Scotland and in Russia. Through the kindness of

Dr. Woodward, F.R.S., Keeper, and Mr. A. Smith Wood-

ward, Assistant-Keeper, of the Geological Department in the

British Museum, I have now the privilege of describing and

figuring a new species from the Lower Old Red Sandstone

of the West of England.

Psammosteus anglicus, sp. n. (Pl. I. figs. 1, 2.)

This plate is represented, natural size, in Pl. I. fig. 1. It

is oblong-ovate in shape, 3? inches in length by 23 in

* For No. I. see Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, 1894, vol. xiv. pp. 368-374,

68 Dr. R. TH. Traquair on Paleozoic Fishes.

breadth; one extremity, which we shall assume to be the

posterior, is truncated, making a “ side” of 1,9 inch in extent,

the other (anterior) is not quite perfect, but seems to have

been evenly rounded. The surface which is here exhibited

is the dnner; it is posteriorly nearly flat, being only very

gently concave, but in the anterior half it is more hollowed,

there being here an oblong depression, the bottom of which is

again slightly convex or raised. On the posterior part slight

concentric furrows of growth may be seen.

The inner surface of the plate is composed of dense lamel-

lated tissue, as in other species of the genus, and the vascular

structure of the middle layer exhibited in fracture at the

anterior part also corresponds, so far as can be ascertained by

the use of the lens. A portion of the impression of the outer

surface is seen in front, showing that the external ornament

consisted of coarse stellated tubercles, which tend to assume an

elongated form. ‘The apices of the tubercles are broken off

and remain in the matrix of the impression, a small portion of

which, magnified five diameters, is shown in fig. 2.

The specimen figured is in the Weever-Jones Collection,

British Museum, no. P. 194. It is believed to be from Here-

fordshire or Worcestershire, but the exact locality is unknown,

However, there is also a fragment in the collection from

Maindee, in Monmouthshire, which apparently belongs to the

same species.

From Goldleps, Monmouthshire, there is also a fragment

of a plate of another species, which will be described and

figured in my next paper of the present series.

Protodus scoticus (. T. Newton). (PI. I. fig. 3.)

Onychodus scoticus, EK. T. Newton, Geol. Mag. (8) vol. ix. 1892, p. 51.

This specimen, consisting of an antero-posterior row of

eight conical, recurved, sharp, two-edged teeth, united by

their bases in the form of an arc of a circle, was correctly

described by Mr. E. T. Newton, F.R.S., six years ago, but

T think wrongly attributed by him to the genus Onychodus of

Newberry, which is apparently referable to the Crossopterygii.

The fractured surfaces of the teeth show that their substance

is formed of vascular dentine like those of Selachii, and there

is no central pulp-cavity, whereas in Onychodus the dentine

is solid and there is a very large pulp-cavity extending almost

to the very apex of the tooth. The teeth of Onychodus are

also round or oval in transverse section, those of the present

specimen have lateral cutting-edges—in fact, each individual

tooth in form closely resembles the teeth of Protodus Sexi, a

Selachian described from the Lower Devonian of Canada by

Dr. R. H. Traquair on Paleozoic Fishes. 69

Mr. Smith Woodward some years ago*, All doubt as to

the Selachian character of Mr. Newton’s specimen is, how-

ever, removed from my mind by the occurrence of similar-

looking whorls of teeth in a small Selachian head in the

Powrie collection in the Edinburgh Museum, this head being

also from Turin Hill, Forfarshire, the same locality as that

from which the specimen in question is supposed to have

been procured.

The only difference which I can see between these teeth

and those of Protodus is the anchylosis at their bases of the

teeth in antero-posterior succession—a difference precisely

like that which distinguishes Pleuroplax from Helodus. A

new genus might properly be created for this interesting form,

but it may be advisable to defer doing so for the present.

I may also add that I strongly suspect Mr. A. Smith

Woodward’s Onychodus anglicus from Herefordshire + to

belong to the same category ; certainly the specimen in the

British Museum does, though the original type in Oxford

requires re-examination.

My best thanks are due to Sir A. Geikie and Mr. E. T.

Newton for their kind permission to re-examine this specimen,

which is in the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street.

Farnellia tuberculata, gen. et sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 4.)

One half of the remarkable specimen on which this new

genus is founded was exhibited by the late Rev. Hugh

Mitchell at the British Association at Aberdeen in L885, and

is now in the British Museum; the other side is in the

Powrie collection in the Edinburgh Museum of Science and

Art. It is difficult to say which of the two should be con-

sidered as the “ counterpart.”

Accompanying the British Museum specimen is a label in

Mr. Mitchell’s handwriting with the name ‘ Cosmiolepis

antiquus,” the locality being givenas Farnell. But the name

was never published, and, owing to its rather too close resem-

blance to Cosmolepis, preoccupied in 1858 by Sir Philip

Egerton for a Liassic Paleoniscid, it can scarcely now be

adopted,

The specimen is a mere fragment, showing a portion of a

vertebral column about 2 inches in length, most of the

vertebre, about twenty in number, being seen only in im-

pression ; but those which remain show the ring-like centrum

which is characteristic of so many Paleozoic fishes, such as

Paleospondylus, Chondrenchelys, &e. Associated with this

* Geol. Mag. (8) vol. ix. 1892, pp. 1-2, pl. i. figs. 1, la.

+ Geol. Mag. (5) 1888, vol. v. p. 500; Cat. Foss. Fishes British

Museum, pt. ii. 1891, p. 392.

70 Mr. H. Grose-Smith on new

remnant of a vertebral column are a number of impressions of

polygonal angular scutes, best seen in the London half of the

specimen, three of which are represented in Pl. I. fig. 4,

magnified three diameters, and which display the imprint of

a characteristic ornament, namely of finely tuberculated

ridges radiating from the centre of each plate.

It is difficult to give any opinion as to the true zoological

position of this remarkable fish-fragment, though desirable to

name and record it, in the hope that additional specimens may

at a future time turn up to throw more light on its nature.

Meanwhile the specimen is interesting as showing the oldest

vertebral centra as yet known. It is also of special interest

to geologists to know that the genus apparently existed also

in Upper Silurian times, as Mr. Smith Woodward recently

kindly showed me a portion of Ludlow ‘ Bone Bed”

(T. T. Lewis Coll. Brit. Mus. P. 8929) on which a little

scute is seen which, generically at least, cannot be distin-

guished from the scutes of the Farnell specimen, the principal

difference being that the latter are squeezed quite flat, while

the Ludlow specimen is elevated in the centre.

I must here also thank Dr. Woodward and Mr. Smith

Woodward for their kindness in allowing me to make use of

the specimens in the British Museum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Psammosteus anglicus, Traq., natural size.

Fig. 2. Impression of sculpture of outer surface of the same plate, mag-

nified five diameters.

Fig. 3. Protodus scoticus (EK. T. Newton), magnified three diameters.

Fug. 4. Impressions of outer surfaces of three of the scutes of Farnedlia

tuberculata, Traq.

X.—Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies from South

America. By H. Grose-Smitu, B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Heliconius molina.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings brownish black, suffused

with shining dark blue. Anterior wings with an oblique

crimson band at the end of the cell, which it partially

invades, crossing the middle of the disk to a little below the

lowest median nervule, on which it is rather widest. Poste-

rior wings with the costal margin broadly pale cinereous

brown.

Underside. Both wings dark brown, Anterior wings with

Butterflies from South America. 71

the band dull rufous and intersected by three irregular bands

of brown scales between the veins; the area below the lowest

median nervule and median nervure to the inner margin pale

cinereous brown. On the posterior wings is a faint indication

of a broad paler band crossing the disk horizontally a little

before the middle. |

Exp. of wings 22 inches.

Hab, Valdivia, Colombia (Pratt).

Nearest to H. cyrbia, Godt., and H. cythera, Hew., but

on the posterior wings without the white outer margin and

with only a faint indication of the middle pale band.

Adelpha juanna.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings crossed by brown bands as

in A. leuceria, Druce, but wider throughout. On the ante-

rior wings the inner branch of the brown band, where it

becomes bifid towards the costa, is much wider, being of

equal width with the lower part of the band, and the brown

spots in the outer branch are smaller and do not curve in-

wardly. The posterior wings are more convex on the outer

margin.

On the underside differences occur similar to those on the

upperside.

Exp. of wings 24 inches.

Hab, Valdivia, Colombia (Pratt).

It is very close to A. leucerta, but a larger insect.

Adelpha nahua.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings resemble those of A. cythera,

Linn., but on the posterior wings the discal white band is

bordered outwardly by a very broad fulvous band which crosses

the disk from the costal margin before the apex to the anal

angle ; the white band is narrower and terminates more acutely

and further above the anal angle than in A. cythera. On the

underside of the posterior wings the fulvous area outside the

white discal band is brighter and less distinctly traversed by

the irregular dark band on A. cythera, there being only an

indistinct indication of it; the submarginal row of white

lunules is almost obsolete.

Exp. of wings 12 inch.

Hab, Merida.

Symmachia miron.

Male.—Upperside. Anterior wings resemble those of S. ju-

gurtha, Stgr., but the yellow semihyaline space beyond the black

(2 On new Butterflies from South America.

bar at the end of the cell is widest on the costal margin, instead

of being narrowest, beyond which are five semihyaline elon-

gate white spots on the disk, the uppermost and lowest of

which are minute ; the orange-rufous bar on the inner margin

is wider and more elongate. ‘The posterior wings are orange-

rufous, bordered all round rather narrowly by black.

Underside.— Anterior wings as on the upperside, except

that the inner marginal rufous band is represented by a pale

buff streak. Posterior wings black, with a triangular spot

near the base of the cell; two subcostal spots on the disk,

another elongate spot at the end of the cell; a broad, more

elongate streak near the inner margin, reaching to the base;

two spots above the anal angle; an elongate bar across the

median nervules before the margin, and a minute subapical

spot, all of which are shining pale stramineous ; palpi black,

front of the head between the eyes orange-rafous; thorax and

abdomen black in the middle, bordered by orange-rufous, with

stramineous rings underneath.

Exp. of wings 1 inch.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley).

A very remarkable insect; on the underside it is nearest to

S. accusatriz, Westwood.

Lucilla asterra.

Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings dark shining blue, with

ihe middle of the disk crossed by a broad, oblique, suboval

crimson band, which extends into the outer part of the cell

and below the lowest median nervule. Posterior wings rather

aler shining blue, with seven elongate, triangular, pale

oreyish-blue streaks on the disk between the veins, those in

the middle the most elongate and gradually becoming shorter

towards the apex; the bases of these streaks do not quite

reach the outer margin.

Underside dull bluish black; the band on the anterior

wings is coloured orange; on the posterior wings the pale

blue streaks of the upperside are steel-blue, become linear,

and extend as far as the cell, towards the end of which is a

short steel-blue marking.

Exp. of wings 1} inch.

Hab. Colombia (Pratt).

Nearest to Luctlla camissa, Hew., but quite distinct.

Aricoris Buckley?.

Male.—Upperside. Both wings dark blue, except the apex

of the anterior and the costal margin of the posterior wings,

which are rather broadly black.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Snake. 73

Underside. Both wings bronzy brown. Anterior wings

with a pale streak extending along the basal two thirds of

the cell, and a basal diffused orange patch below the cell ;

four submarginal conical white spots on the disk between the

veins, the lowest of which near the outer angle is bifid. Pos-

terior wings with three basal orange streaks, one on the costal

margin the shortest, the second in the cell and extending a

little beyond it, the third the longest, in the interspace be-

tween the lowest median nervule and submedian nervure ;

five submarginal conical white spots on the disk between the

veins, of which that nearest the anal angle is bifid and the

most elongate.

Female.—Upperside bronzy brown. Anterior wings with

the disk crossed beyond the cell by a broad oblique orange

band, extending from near the middle of the costa, which it

does not quite reach, and where it is rather paler, to the

lowest median nervule, but not reaching the outer margin;

the outer edge of the band is rather sinuate.

The underside is paler bronzy brown. On the anterior

wings the band is pale tawny, and towards the outer angle is

an indication of the bifid conical spot in that position on the

underside of the anterior wings of the male. Posterior wings

with a submarginal row of white conical spots as in the male,

but much less distinct.

Exp. of wings, 5 13, 2 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador (buckley).

Nearest to A. velutina, Bates.

X1.— Description of a new Genus of Aglyphous Colubrine

Snakes from Sumatra. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

IGUANOGNATHUS.

Maxillary, palatal, and mandibular teeth with spatulate

crowns ribbed along the outer side, subequal in size, 23 in

each maxillary. Head small, slightly distinct from neck ;

eye rather small, with round pupil; nostril directed upwards,

pierced between two nasals; no loreal. Body cylindrical ;

scales smooth, in 19 rows, without apical pits; ventrals

rounded. ‘Tail moderate; subcaudals in two rows. Poste-

rior precaudal vertebree without hypapophyses.

This genus is founded on a most remarkable snake, the

dentition of which is unparalleled among the Ophidia. For the

unique specimen, stated to be from Sumatra, I am indebted to

Dr. F. Werner, of Vienna, whose name | have great pleasure

in connecting with the discovery of so interesting a new type.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii, 6

74 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Snake.

Iguanognathus Wernert.

Snout very short, broad, rounded. Rostral twice as broad as

deep, just visible from above; internasals small, trapezoid, as

’ ? : ’ BY

long as broad; prefrontals as long as internasals, but twice as

t=) 2 fae 5)

broad ; frontal once and one third as long as broad, twice as

broad as the supraocular, longer than the distance from the tip

of the snout, shorter than the parietals; three preoculars, the

middle onein contact with the posterior nasal; three postoculars ;

temporals 2+23 eight upper labials, fourth entering the eye;

four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields,

which are much shorter than the posterior; latter separated

from each other by scales. Scales in 19 rows, smooth on the

body, striated and feebly keeled on the ischiadic region and

on the tail. Ventrals 186; anal divided; subcaudals 53.

Dark brown above, sides lighter, with vertical black bars

spotted with whitish ; head with whitish markings, viz. a

line across the snout, an oblique streak behind the eye,

widening towards the mouth, a pair of dots on the parietal

shields near the median suture, and a small spot on each of

the five anterior labials ; ventrals whitish, with black cross-

bars, mostly interrupted and alternating, prolonged from the

bars on the sides; subcaudals black, each with a whitish

spot.

Total length 350 millim. ; tail 87.

The specimen is a female.

Miscellaneous. io

XI1.— Description of a new Death-Adder (Acarthophis) from

Central Australia. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

A SINGLE specimen recently received from Station Point,

Southern Central Australia, appears to represent a new

species of Death-Adder, since it differs not only in its more

elongate form and brick-red coloration, but also in the

number and shape of the head-shields and in the strongly

keeled scales. I propose to call it

Acanthophis pyrrhus.

Head-shields very rugose ; internasals longer than broad ;

prefrontals broken up into two pairs of shields ; frontal as

broad as the supraocular, longer than the parietals; one pra-

ocular, two postoculars, two suboculars ; ; temporals B44; S10

upper ‘labials, Scales in 21 rows, dorsals strongly keeled.

Ventrals 146; anal entire; subcaudals 50, the 29 last

divided. Brick-red above, with very indistinct - traces of

numerous darker cross-bars ; a dark oblique temporal streak ;

upper lip speckled with brown; lower parts cream-colour ;

end of tail black above, lemon-yellow below.

Total length 530 millim.; tail 85.

The male specimen from Charlotte waters noticed by Lucas

and Frost in the ‘ Report of the Horn Expedition’ as Acan-

thophis antarcticus will no doubt prove to belong to the new

species here described from a single female example.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

A Classified Catalogue, with Localities, of the Land-Shells of America,

North of Mexico, By H. A. Pirspry. Philadelphia. S8vo. 18¥8.

Tuts Catalogue of 35 pages is practically a reprint, with correctior s,

from ‘ The Nautilus’ of August 1897 to April 1898. As stated in

the title, it consists of a mere classified list of species, with localities,

but without synonymy, references, or figures. The total number of

species listed amounts to 375, of which rather more than 20 are

European, mostly introductions into the States. As an up-to-date

catalogue, in which the latest style of nomenclature is adopted, it

will ie af much use to the student and collector. For full details,

however, and illustrations of the American terrestrial Mollusca,

reference must be made to the works of Binney, Bland, and Tryon.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observations on Scarabeeidee of the Genus Oniticellus.

By Cuas. O. Warernouse.,

I wave had occasion to transfer the Museum collection of the

genus Oniticellus to a fresh drawer; and although I have not made

any critical examination, I think it may be well to call attention to

the following species :—

76 Miscellaneous.

In our European catalogues and in Gemminger’s Catalogue of

Coleoptera Oniticellus pallipes, Fabr., is given as a European species,

with O. pallens, Oliv., as a synonym.

Fabricius gives Coromandel as the habitat of his O. pallipes, and

I think this locality will prove to be correct. The type in the

Banksian collection measures 64 millim. in length. It much

resembles O. concinnus, but the punctures on the thorax are not at

all crowded ; the head has two ridges a little in front of the middle,

the posterior one shorter than the other and slightly angulated ;

the anterior margin is scarcely thickened.

Oniticellus pallens, Oliv., is said to be from Senegal, and as there

are several species of the genus which occur in that locality, I see

no reason for assuming that Olivier’s species is concinnus or any

other European species.

Dates of Blainville’s * Ostéographie.’

The dates of publication of the parts of this book do not present

any especial difficulty ; but as most copies of the work are bound up

without the wrapper-titles, and misquotation is common, I append

a list of dates taken from Wiegmann’s ‘Archiv fur Natur-

geschichte’ and other sources :—

Generalittes vc... me > Pp. 1-47 1839

MEAGHGCOGM acs. aera mee 1-52 +(14 June) ,,

ees Cobus:* es, OM SEs 1-48 -

; ” | Weewtar ess 2G ee, 1-40 (23 Nov.) ,,

Primates: 1. 7030p: aa Gk 1-68 1840

4. Bradypuss .28 ts Se eiste. he. 1-64 se

®.— Nespertilto .... Sts-ciste ers 1-104 ,

6 { Inseebivores . 2.4.2 ace ox 1-115 2

“| Garnaserers () eC RLS? tet 1-85 m

Tey GUDOCA aE dp Rice ot tia 1-51 He

Or pp UTSUS Schack NE: cop spayepe che 1-94 1841

9 ORS TIDHTS WS See e.<. pies Pee 1-123 a

POs ON AWERES wisps Sore. a cae 1-100 1842

a7 Mustela. cr ae cares eae 1-83 iy

a EP CLIS DEE roc ae ete tee 1-196 1843

Soe CAMIS Sycye ete nt eae nts ettas 1-160 s

1s ec 72) 0: Sa mr A 1-84 1844

TOs Pan atUs sin. .-cek ih ao ors « 1-140 5

Gs a Mulepl ass cusps a cca oe 1-367 1845

i/o. imothemum-. ..a+< +s. 1-64 a

1g.” Damani(Hyrax)-...-. . 1-47 a

US eae! DE) sy aR See aegis Bette 1-52 1846

Ose RINOCELGS. < 2i.shebsicho-e-c 1-232 35

21>) Paleothertum:, .%...5 45 ec ' 1-196 (Dees) mae

opulHappopotamus <2 30... 1-104 =

SNS ESL). 60). 0A. te ER 105-248 } CU FG ee

23. Anoplotherium ........ 1-155 (1 June) 1849

24aneiCamel usag ekg. ci). <tae 1-131 (1 May) 1850

?25. Life of Blainville.

2G; Miguas (Ms? ae: gas ieee 1-80 1864

C. Davies SHERBORN

(‘ Index animalium ’).

Anv.& Mag. Nat. Hist.$.7 Vol ILPUL.,

Fig1,/.Green

Figs.2,3,4.R.H Traguair. Nintern Bros .lith.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES. ]

No. 8. AUGUST 1898.

XIII.—Further new Parasitic Copepods found on Fish in the

Indo-tropical Region. By P. W. Basserr-Smitu, Staff-

Surgeon R.N., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.

[Plates III.-VI.]

DurING the past year, owing to H.M.S. ‘ Cossack’ having

visited a variety of harbours in the Indo-tropical region, the

opportunity has been given me of adding considerably to what

I had already seen at Bombay of these curious little parasites ;

continued research has shown very clearly that they are

abundantly represented. In most cases, when inspecting

any number of well-grown fish (for it is certainly more

common to find the mature fish infested with one or more

parasites than the younger ones), careful examination would

bring to light some actively moving Caligus in the gill-cavity,

_ or perhaps a more bizarre and anomalous form, attached to

the lips, body, or elsewhere. One point has been very

strongly impressed on my mind, namely the constancy with

which most of them are found on any particular kind of fish;

and one can predict with almost certainty the form that will

be found, though at the same time it appears that one species

may at times be taken on two or more distinct “ hosts.” As

is only to be expected when the fish in this region are com-

paratively so little known, very few of these small parasites

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 7

78 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

have been described. I have therefore in this paper brought

forward a few more of the best-marked forms, following

““ Gerstaecker’s ”’ classification, as before, having, however, to

add to his genera a new one in the family Dichelesthiina.

It is very pleasing to be able to bring to light second

species of two genera, both of which were created by

Dr. Heller in 1865, my specimens having been obtained in

localities considerably removed from that whence the original

ones came; in the case of Hermilius, though the species differ,

the genus of both host and parasite remains constant.

At present there are a large number of known species

belonging to the genus Caligus, some of which have been

described from single specimens, or even from the male alone;

this should evidently be avoided as much as possible, for in

different stages of growth they vary considerably in outward

conformation, especially with regard to the shape of the

genital segment ; true differentiation can only be carried out

by detailed examination of the articulate organs, maxillary

and swimming-feet, &c. Since describing C. hirsutus *

many larger specimens of this species have been taken; in

these the genital segment became broader and more winged,

but the characteristic condition of the fourth pereopods is

always present, as also the dilated appearance of the abdo-

minal portion.

The work of collecting is difficult, for in a native market

the crowds of moving, gesticulating, dirty, odoriferous men

and women, though picturesque, render close inspection

and examination of the fish almost impossible, besides the

dislike the natives mostly have of a ‘saheb ” touching any-

thing they may want to eat; again, no doubt a large number

of those parasites that live on the external surface get washed

off before the fish are taken to the market.

Ergasilide.

Bomo.ocuus, Nordm.

Bomolochus denticulatus, sp.n. (Pi. ILI. fig. 1.)

A series of specimens of this species were taken in small

numbers at a time from the gill-cavities of a ‘ Barracouda ”

(Sphyrena jello) from Trincomalee and Colombo, as well as

from the gills of a“ garfish”’ (Hemirhamphus far), also at

Trincomalee, often together with a small Caligus not yet

described.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1898, p. 6.

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 79

This animal resembles very much B. scomberesocis, Kr.,

but after the examination of a number of specimens I believe

it to be distinct, chiefly distinguished by the character of the

frontal processes”’ and the structure of the claws on the

outside of the outer branches of the true legs, which here are

strongly dentate, so markedly so that it appears impossible

that “ Kréyer” could have omitted to note the fact, espe-

cially as he makes such a point of the curious spur found at

the end of each of these claws; the single specimen from

which his description is taken was found in the tropical

Atlantic, those of mine in the Indian Ocean and on different

kinds of fish.

Female.— Body elongate. Cephalothorax five-partite ;

first segment much broader than long, convex above; third

segment very globose in shape, projecting considerably

dorsally as seen from the side (PI. III. fig. la). First segment

rounded in front, giving off the frontal plates by narrow

pedicles a short distance on each side of the middle line,

where the frontal border is deeply cut out, presenting a fossa

and a semilunar process as described by Kréyer *.

The frontal plate bears on each side on its anterior edge

about fourteen delicately ciliated sete; the inner two are

large and curve over the central fossa, the outer three are

longest and straight, directed outward; there are also from

the upper surface three slender bristles, directed forward,

placed nearly equidistant from one another, the outer being

the shortest and most slender; on the dorsal surface on each

side of the central fossa are two horny processes with strong

muscular attachments, each bearing three very short obtuse-

ended bristles of about equal length, pointing forward ;

these appear to be shorter and thicker than those of B. scom-

beresocis, Kr.

Anterior antenne long, slender, three-jointed, minute

hairs at the joints and a bunch at the end of the terminal

joint.

Posterior antenne biarticulate, each antenna folding on itself;

the second joint is of peculiar structure, it terminates in two

short crenate processes, between which are three small hairs ;

on the inner borderis a tubercle with a strongly dentate surface,

the whole inner face of the limb being covered with minute

teeth. Hamulus placed laterally ; it is two-jointed, the basal

joint being broad and flattened, the second of equal length in

hi form of a strong claw, with a plumose appendage at its

ase.

* ‘Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, pp. 217-219.

: ae

80 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

Mouth-organs are much the same as B. megaceros, B. tri-

ceros, &c., but between the basal joints of the first pereeopods

ig seen an oval cavity with a ciliate margin.

First pereopod with a strong basal joint bearing two

branches, the outer two-jointed, the inner three-jointed,

carrying plumose hairs.

Second, third, and fourth perwopods two-branched, each

with three joints, the outer of irregular shape, from the outer

border of which spring short claws, on the upperside of these

one sees five to seven very strong teeth, and at the end a

short spur; the terminal joints and inner borders have plumose

hairs as usual.

Fifth pereopod single-branched, three-jointed, terminating

in three simple hairs, the middle being the longest; there is

also a fine hair placed halfway up this joint.

Genital segment and caudal joints one third the total length,

slender and tapering, four in number, each joint wider than

Jong; the terminal joint bears two elongated caudal plates,

giving off from the end one very long and one short bristle ;

also a minute hair on the outer side.

Egg-sacs very large, as long as the whole animal; eggs

round, three in the diameter of sac.

Length 3-4 millim.

Caligida.

HeErRMILtIus, Hell.

Hermilius longicornis, sp. n. (Pl. ILI. fig. 2.)

This is the second known species of this genus, which was

formed by Dr. Heller in describing an animal with a peculiar

bivalve-shaped cephalothorax *. His specimens were found

on the gills of a “ cat-fish”” (Arius acuta), Java; mine were

taken in quantity from the gills of another “ cat-fish ” (Arius

acuttrostris) at Trincomalee. From almost all the fish

examined some specimens were obtained, the parasite being

very abundant; it firmly clasps the gills with its folding-up

cephalothorax, being anchored by the strong hooks of the

second antenne; on examining the fish only the egg-sacs

are visible, their light colour causing them to be easily

detected.

‘Lhis species is readily separated from H. pyriventris, Hell.,

by the great size of the posterior antenne and by the oblong

form of the genital segment.

“ ‘Crustaceen: Reise der Fregatte Novara,’ 1865.

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 81

Female.—The cephalothorax being folded up as a mussel

is deeply notched in front and behind, the length of each

valve is much greater than the breadth, and equals about

two fifths of the total length; it has a rounded, somewhat

lobed border, and fringing the margin isa wide band of lineate

structure, which on higher magnification is seen to be due to

minute parallel canals, and no doubt assists in the holding

power of the valve; on the dorsal surface the chitinous ribs

are seen as described by Heller.

Frontal plate narrow, with a straight border, from the

outer and under side of which rises the anterior antenne ;

these are small, two-jointed, the basal being longer than the

second, having on its front border about ten ciliated sete ;

the second joint is rod-shaped, terminating in a few fine

bristles.

Posterior antenne placed some distance back from the

frontal border; they are very long and strong, the claw-like

ends projecting well in front of the anterior border; each is

composed of three joints—the basal is short, thick, and mus-

cular, carrying asmall sharp-pointed spur directed backwards,

as in many of the “ Caligide”’ ; the second joint is short and

thick, bearing the Jong terminal claw-joint on a firm articu-

lation; it is widely curved, sharp-pointed, and has on its

concave border one third from the point a secondary sharp

hook, rather less long, but not articulate.

Rostrum of moderate size, three times as long as broad,

tapering to the point.

First mazxilliped very small, two-jointed, with a sharp-

pointed palp near its base.

Second maxilliped very long, two jointed, the first being

oval and muscular, the second slender, curved, chitinous,

terminating in a short sickle-shaped point, with a minute

tooth at its base.

Furcula very small, with a short dilated base, bearing

straight, pointed, slightly divergent branches; the distance

between the points equals the length of the branch.

First perewopod three-jointed, the basal short and _ thick,

with a small lobe from the inferior border; the second joint

is about twice as long, the third is short, bearing on the

under border three long plumose hairs; at the extremity are

seen three long straight bristles, the upper being the longest,

equalling the whole length of the limb; at the angle is a

very short bristle.

Second pereopod of the usual form ; third as in “ Caligus”’ ;

the two branches are here placed close together and are very

82 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

small; the hamulus is very small, slightly curved, and just

overlaps the border.

Fourth pereopod very short, not reaching as far as the

border of the genital segment; it terminates in three short

simple hairs, with a fourth halfway down the lower border.

Genital segment large, oblong, lobed posteriorly, slightly

narrower in front.

Abdomen small, as broad as long, about one sixth the

length of the genital segment. Caudal plates longer than

broad, bearing three short terminal plumose sete and two

short hairs on the outer border.

Egg-sacs long, as in Caligus.

Length 5 millim.

Caticus, Mill.

Caligus arti, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 1.)

This species was found in greater or smaller numbers on

every example of a “ cat-fish ” (Ardus acutirostris) examined

at Trincomalee, Ceylon. During the month of October 1897

both sexes were present in various stages of maturity, and

appear never to attain any considerable size: during life

they were very active; the “lunule” were very marked,

projecting in front of the frontal border, the carapace markedly

vaulted, and colour quite transparent, without spots; the

posterior lobes of the genital segments in the immature females

were strongly marked.

These animals were taken in company with Hermilius

longicornis and Lepeophtheirus longipalpus. on the inside of

the operculum and on the roof of the mouth. This species

seems to be nearest allied to C. monacanthi, Kr., taken in

the West Indies, differing, however, entirely in the details

of the swimming-feet, caudal plates, &c.

In the female the cephalothoraz was almost circular in

shape, slightly longer than broad, considerably shorter than

the remaining portion of the animal, narrowing rapidly ante-

riorly ; the posterior central lobe, which is broad, is separated

from the posterior lateral angles by a deep cleft, the whole

being strongly arched upwards and having the outer circular

edge bordered with a strip of very fine short parallel tubes.

Frontal plates of moderate size, somewhat indented in the

centre. Lunule very large and prominent.

Anterior antenne : first joint equal in length with breadth

of lunule, bearing about twenty small plumose hairs; second

joint club-shaped, with fine terminal hairs.

Posterior antenne placed well to the outer side of the

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 83

rostrum, large, three-jointed, the terminal joint being un-

usually long, with oblique curved claw.

No hamulus detected.

First mazilliped of the usual form. Mandible slender,

with the last third of the concave border strongly dentate.

Palp short, sharp, slightly curved.

Second mavilliped: basal joint short and thick, the second

a short curved simple claw, bearing a minute hair on the

concave border one third from the point; this means of

attachment is peculiarly small compared with that of the strong

posterior antenne. Furcula very prominent and strong; the

base is broad, with straight sides, bearing large, divergent,

simple branches with blunted ends, the width of the opening

being equal to the length of the arms. The first of the

swimming-feet ( perwopoda) has from the short basal joint a

long plumose hair equal in length to that of the second

joint; the third joint or palm bears three short hooked claws

on its outer end of about the same length, a fine slender hair

at the angle, and three long plumose hairs from the under

edge. Second perwopod of usual character, the third is

peculiar ; the hamulus is distinctly two-jointed, the spur being

almost straight,’not projecting beyond the border of the first

joint of the outer branch ; these two articulate branches are

placed close together and are very large, the surface of the

terminal joints being finely granular; the outer bears seven

and the inner six plumose hairs. Fourth perwopod of mode-

rate size, four-jointed, the three claws of the terminal joint

and that of the penultimate being placed close together, of

nearly equal length, a fifth being placed higher up; the last

joint of the cephalothorax, from which these spring, is elon-

gated and of a diamond shape.

Genital segment oblong, with a rounded anterior border

and strongly lobed posterior angles, from between which rises

the extremely elongated abdominal segment; this is biarticu-

late, the second joint being very short, its breadth equal to its

length, its posterior border giving off two minute sessile

caudal plates, which are broader than long ; there are three

terminal plumose sete, two minute ones on the outer side,

and a single one on the inner.

Length 5-6 millim.

Caligus platytarsis, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 2.)

This animal was obtained in great numbers on a species of

Mugil at Muscat, found in the gill-cavity ; only females, more

or less mature, were taken.

84 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

This species is remarkably characteristic in form by its

rounded carapace, squarely cut genital segment, bearing at

the angle the fifth pereopods, and elongated abdomen, the

whole being spotted with pink; the form of the furcula and

fourth persopods are quite distinct, separating it from

C. isonyx, Steen. & Liitk.*, to which species it bears a

resemblance; these authors lay great stress on the excavated

condition of the front border of the frontal plate, and the

secondary spur on the palp, which are not present in this

species ; their specimens were taken on a Sphyrena in the

West Indies.

Female.— Cephalothorax rounded, as broad as long; frontal

plates narrow. Lunule very shallow. Anterior antenne :

first joint twice as long as the breadth of the lunule, the

front border provided with about fourteen fine plumose hairs,

the second joint is rather short and slender, with fine hairs at

the end. First mawilliped of the usual form, the second of

moderate size, the terminal claw without hair on the concave

border. Hamulus anterior not detected. Furcula quite

peculiar, rising from a broad base; instead of ending in the

usual elongated branches, there appear to be two thickened

knob-like processes; this condition was found in all the

specimens, and therefore was not due to fracture. I have not

met with this condition in any other species. Furst perwopod:

the basal joint bears a small lobe on the lower border, the

second has a minute spur on the outer extremity, and the

third carries three claws at the extremity of nearly equal

length and three long plumose sete from under border.

Second pereopod: the first and second joints of the outer

branch each carry a small spur-like claw on the upper border,

the third or terminal has three of smaller size, with six long

feathered hairs beneath; the inner branch is three-jointed

as usual. Third perwopod has the paddle-branches placed

some distance apart; the outer border of the second joint of

the outer branch bearing three short simple hairs, the inner

border four long plumose ones. Hamulus small and almost

straight. ourth perwopod of moderate length, four-jointed,

the last three joints as usual welded together, terminating ina

minute spur; the last joint carries on the outer side a mode-

rately strong sharp simple claw, placed close to it equally

distant from one another are four flattened ‘ toes,” covered

with minute hairs like the tongue of a fly—two rising from

the last joint, one from the third, and one from the second.

Genital segment flask-shaped, the posterior border cut off

* ‘Bidrag til Kundskab,’ 1861, pp. 18-19.

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish, 85

quite squarely with the abdomen; at the outer angle on

either side one sees a small process carrying three fine hairs

(rudimentary fifth pereeopods), also a longer one placed just

internal to it. Abdomen single-jointed, long, equal in length

to that of the last segment of the cephalothorax and the

genital one. Caudal plates much longer than broad, on a

narrow base, carrying three long plumose hairs posteriorly —

a shorter one on the inner border and two minute ones on the

outer.

Length 6 millim.

Caligus Cossackii, sp. n. (Pl. IV. fig. 3.)

This species was taken from the gill-cavities of Chryso-

phorys sarba at Bunder Abbas, in the Persian Gulf, in some

quantity, both sexes; the male had also been taken before

from the same fish at Colombo, together with a second unde-

termined species and Lernanthropus atrox.

These were very active, living for some time in a glass

tube, showing great fondness for creeping up the glass out of

the water, as Dana described, when they were with difficulty

dislodged, at ether times swimming briskly about; during

life the genital segment showed a very corrugated edge and

the intestine was clearly seen to pass down to the extremity

of the abdomen between the caudal plates.

This species bears a considerable resemblance to C. pro-

ductus of Steen. & Liitk., which varies considerably from the

C. productus of Kréyer*, but is differentiated from them

both by the character of the hamulus anterior, first perseopods,

and by the caudal plates, &c.

Female.— Cephalothorax oval, much longer than broad,

equal to one half the total length ; frontal plate deeply exca-

vated in the centre, having on the outer portion the very large

and prominent lunule which extend to the back border of

the plate. Anterior antenne: first joint not quite so long as

the breadth of the lunule ; it is provided with about seventeen

plumose hairs, these being longest at the outer end; second

joint of moderate length. Postertor antenne terminating in

a very slender hook. Hamulus anterior very large, with a

widely dilated base and a strongly recurved blunt hook.

First maxilliped of usual form, the second having a short

thick basal joint and a moderately large terminal claw with a

minute hair on the concave border.

Furcula with a narrow base, giving off two pointed diver-

gent branches, which again approach towards the extremity,

* ‘ Bidrag til Kundskab,’ 1863, pp. 64-66.

86 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

the width of the opening being less than the length of the

branch. First perwopod: the palm-joint is provided with

three small simple claws of equal length; a fine hair at the

angle and three long plumose sete from the under border.

Third perwopod carrying the two branches some distance

apart, the first joint of the outer branch having on the outer

side a single short spur, the second having three, with four

plumose hairs on the inner border. Hamulus small, claw

slightly bent. ourth perwopod three-jointed, bearing at the

extremity three curved simple claws, the outer being slightly

the longest ; on the centre of the inner border is a fourth, and

from the end of the penultimate joint a fifth slightly shorter.

The genital segment is elongated, narrowing gradually

anteriorly, broadest in the centre, slightly narrower and

rounded posteriorly. Abdomen rather long, equal to the

length of the last segment, divided into two parts, more or

less well marked, of about equal lengths.

Caudal plates longer than broad, bearing three terminal

plumose hairs and a smaller one on the outer border.

Length 5 millim.

Male.—Differs in its much more elongate form and oval

genital segment ; the terminal hook of the posterior antenne

is very small, but that of the hamulus anterior is very long

and strong; the basal joint of the second maxilliped carries

on the inner border a double-crowned tubercle, to which the

point of the second joint approximates ; the caudal plates are

longer and profusely ciliated.

Length 3 millim.

The species described by Heller as C. constrictus is

evidently a male, being very like this; but he states “ the

lunulee are minute.”

LEPEOPHTHEIRUS.

Lepeophtheirus rotundiventris, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 1.)

A single female specimen of this species was obtained from

the gill-cavity of a species of Lutjanus at Colombo; a male

was found on a Serranus at Muscat: though not taken at the

same time, place, or on the same host, yet the occurrence of

the distinctive characters in both of them, especially that of

the fourth pereeopod, justify me, I believe, in placing them

in one and the same species. ‘There is a resemblance of this

animal to C. brachyurus, Hell., taken at Java, but they

differ in important details; the peculiarly rounded genital

segment and the very large last thoracic joint of this species

at once draw the attention of the observer.

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 87

Female.—Carapace as broad as long, narrowing rapidly

in front, where is seen the rather deep frontal plate, exca-

vated considerably in the middle.

Anterior antenne: first joint short and thick, with many

plumose hairs on the anterior border; the second much longer,

cylindrical, with a tuft of hairs at the end and one near the

middle of the lower border. Posterior antenne of moderate

size. Hamulus has a rather dilated base, with short curved

claw. Palp with two slightly divergent branches, both

sharply pointed, the inner being the longer. Mazillipeds not

remarkable. Hurcula small, with very short, pointed, slightly

divergent, simple branches, the base strong and broad, on

either side having a double root.

First pereopod: the basal joint is short, the second cylin-

drical, and the palm bears three short end-claws, a long

bristle at the angle, and three long plumose hairs from the

lower border.

Second perceopod: the upper border of the first two joints

of the outer branch bears each a single short spur, the third

or last joint has two.

Third pereopod : the lamellar plate is large, the branches

are placed close to one another, but not overlapping.

Hamulus posterior of moderate size, claw slightly bent.

Last thoracic segment very large.

Fourth pereopods long and strong, distinctive of the species,

consisting of four joints: the first long, cylindrical, and

muscular ; second to fourth fused, long, narrow, with parallel

borders, the under being finely ciliated ; from the last joint

are three long curved hook-claws, the outer being much the

longest, from the third joint a fourth, but less long, and

from the second an extremely short one is visible.

Genital segment almost a perfect sphere; near the posterior

edge are seen the rudiments of the fifth feet in the shape of a

small tubercle with three hairs from it. Abdomen very short,

one quarter the length of the genital segment, single-jointed,

broadest near the centre, narrowing posteriorly. Caudal

plates small, broader than long, with three terminal plumose

hairs, and a shorter one on the outer border.

Length 4-5 millim.

Male.— Cephalothorax large, more than two thirds the

length of the whole, oval, widest posteriorly, last thoracic

joint not so large as in the female. Genital segment deeply

excavated behind, causing the appearance of two lobe-like

prolongations, each of these terminating in a long papilla,

ending in a strong bristle, with two smaller ones on the

inner border.

88 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

Abdomen near its termination broadens considerably, the

caudal plates being widely separated. The posterior antenne

are of great size, the terminal hook extending nearly to the

edge of the carapace; but the hamulus anterior is not propor-

tionately increased. The other parts are as in the female.

Length 5-6 millim.

Lepeophthetrus longipalpus, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 2.)

A single well-grown female specimen of this species was

obtained from the gills of Arzus acutirostris at Trincomalee,

with Hermilius longicornis and Caligus arii; the species

is distinctly characterized by the peculiar structure of the

maxillary palps and that of the fourth pair of legs.

Cephalothorax robust, a long oval; posterior lateral angles

obtusely rounded; last thoracic segment well marked,

diamond-shaped, with a secondary lobe at the juncture with

the genital segment; the frontal plates are long, with a

straight border, having a deep notch in the centre.

Anterior antenne small, basal joint carrying about seven-

teen fine plumose hairs; second joint of equal length, with a

terminal tuft.

Posterior antenne: the first joint bears a strong spur

directed backwards; the last joint long, forming a strongly

bent claw.

Mandible of the usual form. Palp rising from below the

base of the posterior antenne, and inside the first foot-jaw is

in the form of a long blunt curved horn directed inwards and

backwards towards its fellow, and reaching almost as far as

the furcula; this condition is quite peculiar, destroying a

point which one had looked upon as almost of generic value,

viz. the bifid palp.

Mazillipeds of the usual form. Furcula large, prominent,

base broad, with slightly spreading roots; branches long,

almost parallel to one another, blunted at the extremities,

the width of the opening being about equal to two thirds the

length of the branches.

First pereopod with a short basal joint, bearing a lobe on

the under border; the palm with three minute terminal claws

and three long plumose sete from the under border.

Second percopod of the usual form, but the upper border

of each joint of the outer branch carries a single claw, the

outer one being the longest.

Third pereopod: the two branches are placed close

together, each distinctly two-jointed, the terminal joint of the

outer carrying six hairs, short, but progressively increasing

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 89

in length from without inwards ; the first joint of the inner

branch has one, the second six short hairs. Hamulus very

small.

Fourth pereopod of considerable size and robust form, con-

sisting of four joints, the last terminating in a minute spur,

close to which are placed three end-claws, two others being

placed at the inner end of the second and third joints; each

of these five is seen to have a minutely crenate edge, which

on higher magnification shows a beautifully serrated border,

transversely striated; an abortive fifth limb is found at the

angle of the genital segment in the form of a small tubercle,

giving rise to three short plumose hairs.

Genital segment oval, with a truncated posterior border ;

equals half the length of the cephalothorax.

Abdomen elongated, as long as the last segment, con-

sisting of a prolonged first joint and a second of a square form.

Caudal plates small, slightly longer than broad, with three

long terminal plumose hairs and two minute ones on the

outer border.

Length 6-7 milli.

ANUuRETES, Hell.

Anuretes perplexus, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 3.)

This genus was formed by Heller, and has been retained

by Gerstaecker, the original specimen having been described

by Kréyer as Lepeophtheirus Heckelii; it is distinguished

by ‘the entire deficiency of separate tail-segments,” all other

parts agreeing with the genus Lepeophthetirus. The first

specimen was obtained from Lphippus gigas in the Brazilian

sea, described by “ Koller” as Caligus Heckelii, being pre-

served in the Vienna Museum. A second specimen was

taken from the same species of fish off New Orleans by

Kroyer; he states that “‘ this species has a moderately wide

diffusion.” I have been fortunate enough in a far removed

locality—namely at Trincomalee, Ceylon—to find on a species

of Lutjanus about a dozen specimens of a second form of this

peculiar animal, though the necessity for making for it a

distinct genus seems to me rather doubtful, for in some the

position of the caudal plates is as Kréyer describes, but in a

few these project a little beyond the posterior edge of the

genital segment, though in none does “ the abdomen appear

drawn out.”

Female. — Cephalothorax rather broader than long, nar-

rowing in front; the posterior lateral angles obtuse, not

90 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

reaching so far backwards as the middle lobe; the frontal

plate is narrow, convex forward, with a shallow median notch.

Anterior antenne equal in length to half the frontal plate,

of the usual form.

Posterior antenne three-jointed, the basal with a well-

marked sharp spur directed backwards, the end claw of mode-

rate size. Hamulus anterior in the form of a very minute

hook, with a dilated base, placed well towards the border

near the extremity of the posterior antenna. Rostrum not of

unusual length (as in A. Heckelit), but less broad than long ;

the palp is simple, slender, sharp-pointed, and _ slightly

curved, placed near the base of the first foot-jaw and the

trunk, the point reaching a little in front of the latter.

First mazilliped of the usual form, but near the middle of

the convex border of the second joint a minute hair is seen.

Second mazilliped quite distinctive, forming a very powerful

holding-organ, the basal joint being thick and muscular, having

at the inner end of the concave border a strong triangular

process, against which the large claw-like second joint is

opposable ; on the inner margin of the latter near the base is

a strong bristle. Jurcula very small, the branches being

short, thick, and almost parallel; their length equals the

breadth between the points.

First pereopod: first joint short, the second long, the lower

border fringed with fine hairs, the palmar carrying at the end

three hook-like hairs, the upper being the longest; at the

angle there is a long fine bristle, on the inferior border three

long plumose hairs of the usual form. Second of the usual

form : the third has, on the large flap-like basal joint, the two

small articulate branches placed close together at the edge,

but not overlapping one another; they are of small size.

The hamulus is small, but well-marked, the claw being

almost straight. Fourth perwopod three-jointed, at the extre-

mity of the last joint are three slightly curved claws, placed

close together, of nearly equal length ; at the juncture of the

second and third joints is a fourth claw.

Genital segment about two thirds the length of the cephalo-

thorax, almost round in outline, except for being cut away in

the middle line posteriorly, forming there a shallow trian-

gular depression; on the posterior border outside of this is

seen a very prominent plate projecting beyond the genital

segment, carrying three long plumose hairs terminally and

one on the outer border—these are the fifth pereeopods ; there

is also a strong bristle from the genital segment, external to

these; rising from the under surtace of the genital segment,

in the middle line, are the true caudal plates, which are short,

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 91

giving off four plumose hairs, the second from the inside

being very long, always projecting beyond the border. These

caudal plates are sometimes quite hidden, at others they are

just visible beyond the border; between them are two small

bilobed tubercles, divided from one another by the extremity

of the alimentary tube.

Egg-sacs as in Caligus, often long.

Length 3 millim.

Dichelesthiina.

LERNANTHROPUS, Nordm.

Lernanthropus atrov, Hell. (PI. VI. fig. 3.)

At Bunder Abbas, in the Persian Gulf, attached to the gills

of Chrysophorys sarba, a large number of specimens, both

male and female, of a Lernanthropus were taken, the female

so closely resembling ZL. atrow described by Heller, taken

from a ‘ Pagrus” in Australian waters, that I have felt

justified in coming to the conclusion that they are the same,

though in the one described by him the anterior antenne are

stated to be two-jointed only, which, though it may be pre-

sumptuous to say, as I have done in my last paper *, is

probably due to an error of observation on his part, as in-

variably in my experience, and from descriptions and plates of

Kroyer and Beneden, the anterior antenne have at least six

joints—a generic guide. As the unnecessary multiplication

of species is to be deplored, I have referred my specimens to

this species, giving here a representation of the animal as

seen from the back and side, also a more enlarged drawing of

the antenne, as well as of the newly found male.

Female.— Anterior antenne seven-jointed, the fourth joint

being the longest, bearing a small lobe-like process from the

lower border, the joints decreasing in size to the last, which

carries a bundle of fine hairs.

Posterior antenne with a long muscular basal joint and a

strong terminal hook.

Length 4 millim.

Male.—Caput oblong in shape, cut off squarely in front;

side margins infolding equally, about one third the length of

the whole excluding the caudal processes.

Anterior antenne seven-jointed, as in the female.

Posterior antenne with very strong, curved, grasping-

hooks, which project far beyond the cephalic border.

Rostrum pointed, but short; on either side are seen the

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1898, p. 2.

92 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

minute mouth-organs, a slender mandible, straight and sharp-

pointed ; outside this is the maxillary palp, with a thickened

base, and a cylindrical second joint, ending in two short

blunt hairs, the outer being much the shorter.

First maxilliped placed close behind the rostrum; it is two-

jointed, the first extending to near the border of the head,

muscular, the second a slender curved claw, having the con-

cave border near the point markedly serrated.

Second maxilliped equal in size to that of the first, but

having the terminal point simple.

First pair of thoracic feet minute, placed close under

the cephalic border, two-branched, springing from a broad

thickened basal plate, the outer branch bearing five short

thick hairs, the inner branch more slender, terminating in a

single long bristle. ‘The second pair are placed a little pos-

terior to the first and of like structure, the outer branch

having, however, only three short hairs.

Genital segment an elongated oval shape, giving off on

either side two pairs of lancinate foliaceous processes, equalling

in length two thirds that of the whole animal.

Abdomen short, rounded, broader than long. Caudal

plates simple, lancinate.

Length 3 millim., excluding processes.

PSEUDOCLAVELLA, gen. nov.

Body elongate, without dorsal plates or lateral processes ;

head obtusely rounded. Anterior antennz setaceous, indis-

tinctly three-jointed. Posterior antenne two-jointed, termi-

nating in a powerful simple hook. First maxilliped minute,

three-jointed. Second maxilliped two-jointed, long, pro-

jecting beyond the cephalic margin. ‘Thorax showing one

distinct segment dorsally. Four pairs of limbs are present,

the first and second biramose, the third and fourth from the

genital segment minute, papilliform ; genital segment four

times as long as head and thorax. Abdomen short, caudal

lates lamellar. Egg-tubes long, ovules flattened.

This genus may be known by its single free thoracic

seoment, by the absence of any lateral plates, by the presence

of two pairs of well-formed thoracic limbs, by the oval

genital segment, from the sides of which rise the third and

fourth pair, stump-like and rudimentary, by the setaceous

indistinctly jointed anterior antennz, and by the long slender

second maxillipeds. It has a near relationship to Clavella,

‘‘Oken”’; but in all cases the presence of four pairs of limbs

was found (though easily shrivelled up and overlooked in

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 93

mounted specimens), the thorax only shows as one ring, the

genital segment is proportionately much shorter, and the

anterior antenne, though setaceous, appear to be only tri-

articulate.

Gerstaecker separates the Dichelesthiina thus :—

A. Abdomen with two large dorsal plates .... Anthosoma, Leach.

B. Abdomen without dorsal plates.

a. Ambulatory leg suppressed ............ Tucca, Kr.

Norton, Nordm.

b. Posterior legs or all changed into lamellar ) Epachthes, Nordm.

j SLE Pee eer ee Cd a PL cae Lernanthropus, Nordm.,

Dichelesthium, Herm.

ce. Posterior legs neither bigger than front nor

lamellar.

a’. Posterior antenne with cheliform end-

claw.

a’. All four pairs of limbs 2-branched.

a’. Anterior antenne 8-jointed .... Lonchidium, Gerst.

'". Anterior antenne 4-jointed .... Baculus, Lubb.

6. Only two first pairs 2-branched .... Philichthys, Stp.

6’. Posterior antenne with single end-claw.

a’. Anterior antenne single, posterior

propels.

a’. Only two pairs of limbs formed ;

genital segment five or six times

as long as head and thorax;

anterior antenn 6-jointed...... Clavella, Oken.

b'. All four pairs of limbs formed.

a*. Anterior antenne 15-jointed ;

second to fourth legs 2-

branched, l-jointed .......... Nemesis, Roux.

b*, Anterior antenne 6-jointed ; all

limbs 2-branched............ Cycnus, Edw.

e*, Anterior antenne 3-jointed ; only

second pair 2-branched, the

others stump-like............ Pseudocyenus, Hell.

5", Anterior antennz with hooked basal

joint; the posterior short, with three

GIAWS Ie orc. dte sitara = Sad sin sels aaa Siete Eudactylina, Bened.

ec’. Posterior antenne without end-claw;

the point provided with hairs.

a, Anterior antennz 10-jointed ; true

legs single-jointed .......1...2.. Lamproglena, Nordm.

6". Anterior antennze 5-jointed; true

Les SDM AE «war vraiamteisieele « Donusa, Nordm.

In accordance with the two new genera which I have

described, the classification of the latter portion has to be

somewhat altered, as follows :—

6’, Posterior antennz with single end-claw.

a, Anterior antennz single, posterior

projecting.

a”. Only the two anterior pairs of

limbs formed; genital segment

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 8

94 Mr. P. W. Baseeresanth on

five or six times as long as head

and thorax; anterior antennz

G=jointed 255/53. aye cee crepe Clavella, Oken.

6". Only three pairs of limbs formed,

first biramose, second uniramose,

third stump-like; anterior an-

tenn 6-jointed .............. Helleria, B.-S.*

e''. All four pairs of limbs formed.

a*. Anterior antennz 3-jointed ;

first and second pairs of legs

biramose, third and fourth

stump-like; genital segment

four times as long as head and

GHOTAKGT. Fi cisisieleie ts, cis ies wia.e tus Pseudoclavella, g. n.

64. Anterior antenne 6-jointed ; all

four pairs of legs biramose.... Cycnus, Edw.

e*, Anterior antennz 15-jointed ;

second, third, and fourth legs

biramose, 1-jointed, first uni-

PUIMOSOS. cers cas Piet tele (aie eeotees Nemesis, Roux.

b”. Anterior antenne with hooked basal

joint ; posterior antennz short, with

threeiclaws).27.-epipenciechir Ak Eudactylina, Bened.

Expressed diagramatically, thus :—

DICHELESTHIINA.

Anthosoma. Tucca, |

| | | | |

Norion. Epachthes. Lernanthropus. Dichelesthium. |

Je A

| | |

| | | | |

Baculus. Lonchidium. Philichthys. |

| hae

Clavella, Helleria. Pseudoclavella. Pseudocycnus. Cyenus. Nemesis. Eudactylina.

Lamproglena. Donusa.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1898, p. 10.

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 9)

Pseudoclavella ovalis, sp. n. (PI. VI. fig. 1.)

The gills of a Serranus, sp., captured at Muscat, were

found to be crowded with these small parasites, which held

very firmly on to the delicate margins of the gills by their

strong posterior antenne; the long dark-coloured ovarian

tubes projecting considerably outwards made their detection

easy ; altogether there were hundreds of them in the one fish.

Female.—Caput of an oval shape, with a slight central

lobe anteriorly, and somewhat broadened behin1, where it

unites with the single free thoracic segment, which is broader

than long. The genital segment is of an elongated oval

shape, robust in form, about four times as long as the cephalo-

thorax. Abdominal segment small, broader than long, giving

off two foliate caudal plates, each bearing three short, fine,

terminal hairs and a fourth of smaller size on the outer

border ; on each side of the abdominal tubercle are seen the

comparatively large egg-tubes filled with large flattened

ovules in a single row.

Anterior antenne rise from the head a little behind the

anterior border; they appear to be three-jointed, but the

divisions are very indistinct; from the basal joint, which is

long and thickened, rise two pairs of short strong hairs on

the front border; from the second, which is shorter, there are

two short hairs above and one below; the last joint, which

is longer, bears two short hairs near the base, one above and

one below; a very long, strong, deeply rooted one on the

upper border near the middle, with a tuft of smaller terminal

bristles.

Posterior antenne placed a little further back; it is two-

jointed, the first being broad and stout, the second in the

form of a strong, short, recurved, claw, with a thickened

tuberculate base; this does not project beyond the cephalic

border.

Rostrum short, blunt. Pulp very minute, slender, straight.

Outside this is seen a very small representative of the first

mazxilliped ; it is three-jointed, the terminal joint in the form

of a claw.

Second maxilliped large, the extremity of the basal joint

projecting well beyond the border of the head; the second

joint is very slender, longer than the basal, terminating in a

curved sharp point.

Rising from the posterior border of the carapace on either

side underneath are seen the first pair of thoracic limbs;

there is a broad basal joint, giving off two small branches,

the inner is single-jointed, terminating in two hairs, the outer

git

96 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

consists of two joints, the first having a minute hair on the

outer side, the last with three small terminal ones. Placed a

little more backward on the posterior outer angle of the

thoracic segment are found the second pair of limbs, more

distinctly visible than the first, being larger, the basal joint

being strongly lobed, giving off two branches, each of two

small joints, ending with a strong bristle. The next two

limbs are rudimentary, the third being placed about one third

down the side of the genital segment, in the form of an elon-

gated tubercle terminating in three simple bristles. ‘Two

thirds down is seen the fourth pair of like character, but

rather smaller.

Length 3 millim.

Lernzopodide.

BRACHIELLA, Cuv.

Brachiella multifimbriata, sp. n. (Pl. VI. fig. 2.)

This animal does not appear to correspond with any yet

described ; in outward form it is so characteristic, 1 venture

here to describe it as a new species.

On a large Serranus at Muscat I found one of these

attached to the inside of the operculum; but on opening the

mouth the lips, tongue, palate, and cheeks were seen to be

thickly studded with them, especially the inner fold of the

lower lip; they were attached so firmly that the mucous

membrane had to be cut away with them. Afterwards on

careful examination of these I was disappointed to find only

one pigmy male; this minute creature was hooked on to the

cephalic portion of a female, as shown in Pl. VI. fig. 2a, I

only succeeded in making a rough drawing of this, unfortu-

nately losing the specimen while preparing it for mounting ;

it shows, however, distinctly the Brachzella form.

Female.—Colour pale, translucent, except for the ovaries

and ovarian sacs, which are opaque white. Head and neck

generally recurved forwards, equal very nearly in length to

that of the genital segment. Arms of attachment (second

maxillipcds) placed close to the latter, distinctly separated

from one another in the middle portion, not quite equal in

Jength to the neck ; organ of adhesion a sucking-disk (as

distinct from the drill usually found in Anchorella).

Genital segment: this from the back appears as an irre-

gular elongated hexagon with concave sides, giving off from

each of the two lateral points four filiform semitransparent

processes; from the posterior angle on each side of a short

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 97

abdominal tubercle are two more processes, the dorsal being

the longer.

Genital sac full of large round eggs.

Length about 7 millim. without processes.

Male minute, about 1 millim. long (Pl. VI. fig. 2 e).

Cephalothorax oval, distinctly divided off from the seg-

mented caudal portion, which appears to consist of three

joints, terminating in two lancinate plates.

Anterior antenne placed close to the posterior, which spring

from the upper and anterior border of the cephalothorax ;

the first is three-jointed, ending in three short hairs; the

posterior has a thickened basal joint and a short square second,

also terminating in three hairs.

First maaillipeds very large and strong, the root-joint very

muscular, its upper border being much lobed; the claw 1s

very strongly bent, thick at the base, and sharp at the point,

with a short curved tooth about the centre of the concave

border.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pratre Ti,

Fig. 1. Bomolochus denticulatus, 2 , sp. n., from the back, magnified.

la. Seen from theside. 14. Hamulusanterior. 1c. Terminal

joint of posterior antenne. 1d, e,f,g, h. First to fifth

pereopods. 17. Last two joints of abdomen and caudal

plates. 1%. Spur on outer side of outer branch of

perzopod, showing dentation, highly magnified.

Fig. 2. Hermihus longicornis, 2, sp. n., from back, magnified.

2a. Seen from the side, with valves closed. 26. Carapace

seen from beneath. 2c. Anterior antenne. 2d. Ter-

minal joint of first maxilliped. 2e, Third pereopod,

much magnified. 2f. Last joint of fourth pereopod.

2g. Abdomen and caudal plates.

PLATE LV.

Fig. 1. Caligus arii, 2, sp. n., enlarged, seen from the back.

la. Carapace from underside, much magnified. 15. Third

pereopod. lc, Fourth perseopod. 1d. Abdomen and

caudal plates.

Fig. 2. Caligus platytarsis, 9, sp. n., enlarged, seen from back.

2a. Fourth pereopod, hairy toe of same highly magnified.

2c. Fifth pereopod. 2d. Furcula. 2e. Caudal plate.

Fig. 8. Caligus cossackii, 2, sp. n., seen from the back.

3a. Carapace from below. 546. Third pereeopod. 3c. Fourth

pereopod. 38d. Caudal plate. 3e. Male, much enlarged.

3f. Second maxilliped of the same.

98 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Species of

PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Lepeophthetrus rotundiventris, 2 , sp. n., seen from the back.

la. From beneath, much enlarged. 16. Terminal portion,

with caudal plates. le. Male.

Fig. 2. Lepeophtheirus longipalpus, 2 , sp. n., seen from back.

2a, Organs round the mouth. 26, c. Third and fourth pereo-

pods. 2d. Claw of fourth perzeopod, much magnified.

2e. Rudimentary fifth. 2/7. Caudal plate.

Fig. 3. Anuretes perplerus, 9, sp. n., from the back.

3a. Cephalothorax from beneath. 36,c. Third and fourth

pereopods, enlarged. 3d. Terminal portion of genital

segment, showing fifth perwopods and caudal plates.

3e. The same in varied form.

Puate VI.

Fig. 1. Pseudoclavella ovalis, gen. et sp. n.

la. Seen from the back, much enlarged. 16. Side view of

head and thorax. lc. Underside of cephalothorax.

1d, e, f, g. First to fourth limbs.

Fig. 2. Brachiella multifimbriata, Q, sp. n., seen from the back, with

processes spread out.

2a. Same, seen from the side. 26, Fixing-organ of second

maxilliped. 2c. Under surface of head, much enlarged,

showing organs. 2d. Palp, more highly magnified.

2e. Male, highly magnified. 27 A. 1 and A. 2 of the

same. 2g. Strong first maxilliped of the same.

Fig. 3. Lernanthropus atrox, 9, Heller, seen from the back.

3a, Seen from the side. 306. Anterior and posterior antenns

of the same, much enlarged. 3c. Male, enlarged, seen

from below. 3d. Mandible and maxillary palp.

3e, f. First and second thoracic limbs.

N.B.—The line to the right of the figure gives the natural

length of the animal.

X1IV.— The Species of Scorpions of the Genus Broteas.

By R. I. Pocock.

On page 173 of his recent ‘ Revision of Scorpions’ Professor

Kraepelin reduces the five species of Broteas that had been

established to one, which he calls maurus, Herbst. As I

have already pointed out, this name is, in my opinion, invalid ;

nevertheless the question of the name is of little importance

as compared with the identity of the scorpions to which

Prof. Kraepelin applies it. Being by no means satisfied as

to the correctness of this author’s synonymy, I wrote to

M. Simon to beg for his types of B. yranulatus and B. para-

ensis and for an example of the species he considered to be

Scorpions of the Genus Broteas. 99

B. Herbstii (=maurus, Linn., Herbst). His kind compliance

with my request enabled me to satisfy myself that the species

granulatus and paraensis are perfectly valid and easily recog-

nizable forms, and that the species he had identified as

Herbstit is not identical with the one I regarded as Herbstii,

but is the same as my Gervazsi?. The conclusions which I

think it right to draw from these discoveries form the basis of

the present paper, to which has been added the description of

a well-marked new species recently received from Dutch

Guiana.

Broteas granulatus, Simon.

Broteas granulatus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 241; id. op. cit.

1880, p. 382 (cited by error as granulosus).

Loc. Maroni, in French Guiana.

I at one time thought that the type of this species might

prove to be identical with the male of the British Guiana

species previously referred by me to B. Herbst, Thorell,

but here described as B. subgranosus.

An examination of the type, however, kindly submitted to

me by Mons. Simon, shows that it is a female presenting

features which mark it off as a very distinct form from the

rest of the species of the genus, as Mons. Simon originally

maintained.

Broteas paraensis, Simon.

Broteas paraensis, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1880, pp. 381-382.

Loc. Para.

The type of this species is a female and represents a species

easily distinguishable from the remaining species of the

genus known to me.

Broteas Gervaisii, Poe.

Broteas Herbstii, Thor., Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 240 id.

op. cit. 1880, p. 383, ¢ (? Herbstii, Thor.).

Broteas Gervaisti, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 78, Q ;

id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 366.

Loc. Amazon Valley (? La Plata).

This species was based upon a couple of adult female

examples for which no special locality was known. A young

female was subsequently obtained by Messrs. Austen and

Cambridge at Gurupd on the Lower Amazons, and the British

Museum has recently received another of apparently the same

species and also a young female from Rio Jurua, Amazons

(Dr. Bach).

100 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Species of

Judging from the example which M. Simon has kindly

sent to me for examination, the specimen, which he identified

as B. Herbstiz, Thorell, is the male of B. Gervaisii.

In connexion with B. Herbstit of Simon, I ventured to

suggest (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 79, 1893) that

in the description of the first caudal segment the word dessus

might prove to be a misprint for dessous. An examination

of an actual specimen establishes the correctness of the suppo-

sition.

Broteas granimanus, sp. 0.

Colour.—Body, palpi, and tail nearly black ; vesicle and

legs blackish brown.

Carapace covered with close-set scale-like granules, finer

on the interocular triangle.

Tergites coarsely coriaceous and beset with granules in their

posterior half; the last more coarsely granular than the others,

its keels represented by a few granules.

Sternites mesially polished, finely punctulate, granular

external to the stigma, the last smooth in the middle, granular

at the sides.

Tail rather more than four times as long as the carapace ;

first segment punctured below in the middle, the median

keels obsolete; the rest of the keels and the intercarinal

spaces granular; vesicle serially granular below and at the

sides, smooth and punctured above, as wide as or slightly

narrower than fifth caudal segment.

Palpi granular above and below, less coarsely below than

above ; hand closely granular throughout; length of hand-

back less than width of hand; movable digit a little shorter

than carapace.

Legs externally granular.

Pectinal teeth 11-12.

Measurements in millimetres——Total length 57, of cara-

pace 8, of tail 35.

Loc. Upper Surinam River, Dutch Guiana (C. W. Ella-

combe).

The males of this species differ from the males of all the

species known to me in having the uppersides of the hands

covered with bead-like granules.

Broteas subgranosus, sp. 0.

Broteas Herbstii, Thor., Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 79

(1893) ; id. op. cit. (6) xix. p. 367 (? B. Herbstit, Thorell).

Closely related to B..granimanus, but with legs, vesicle, and

Scorpions of the Genus Broteas. 101

palpi paler reddish brown ; much less distinctly granular, the

tergites in the female densely punctured, in the male coarsely

coriaceous or very finely and closely granular; granulation

of carapace not extending on to interocular triangle, which is

coriaceous. Lower surface of first caudal segment granular,

the median keels granular.

Palpi substantially as in granimanus, but upperside of

hand in both sexes densely punctured, not granular.

Pectinal teeth 9-10 (¢), 7-8 (2).

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 50, of cara-

pace 7, of tail 32.

Loc. British Guiana (W. L. Sclater, type); Vryheids

Lust, Demerara (Turner).

The characters of the species, of which I have examined

the types, may be summarized as follows :—

a, Pectines narrow, width of shaft at base less

than half its length; four inferior keels on

first and second caudal segments absent, very

weak on the third; intercarinal spaces of

caudal segments 1-4 smooth, not granular;

abdominal terga smooth, the keels of the

seventh represented by four tubercles, one for

each keel; sterna smooth and polished, finely

punctulate at the sides ; carapace not granular,

at most rugose, with close-set punctuation ;

upperside of humerus of palp scarcely visibly

granular; pectinal teeth 11 .............. paraensis, Sim., Q.

b. Pectines broad at the base, the width of the

shaft more than half the length at least in 9;

second caudal segment with four inferior

keels, first usually with four, but the medians

sometimes obsolete; intercarinal spaces of

caudal segments 1-4 always more or less

granular, except the lower surface of the

first, which may be nearly smooth (Gervaisz7) ;

terga and carapace always more or less

granular, the crests on the seventh repre-

sented by a series of coarse granules or small

tubercles; upperside of humerus visibly

granular.

a', Carapace and terga coarsely and uniformly

granular throughout, though the granules

are a little smaller on the anterior portion

of the terga; abdominal sterna coarsely

punctured throughout, the fifth granular

throughout; anteocular portion of carapace

strongly sloped, at least to the same extent

as in Yeuthraustes; tail coarsely and

closely granular throughout, the inferior

median keels of the first not traceable

amongst the granules; hand punctured, not

granular; pectinal teeth 7.............. granulatus, Sim., 2.

102. The Species of Scorpions of the Genus Broteas.

b*. Carapace and terga much less coarsely and

closely granular, granulation not extending

on to the anterior portion of the terga, and

only rarely (granimanus) on to the ante-

ocular area of the carapace; sterna not

coarsely punctured throughout, the fifth

not mesially granular.

a’, Upperside of hand entirely covered with

close-set granules; anteocular portion of

carapace distinctly though finely granu-

lar, lower surface of first caudal segment

mesially almost smooth, with weak

median keels; pectinal teeth 11-12.... granwmanus, sp. n., ¢.

b?. Upperside of hand not granular, smooth,

but closely punctulate ; anteocular por-

tion of carapace rugose, but scarcely

granular.

a°, Inferior surface of first caudal segment

smooth or nearly so, the median keels

weak, not granular, punctured ; pec-

tinal teeth S(O ) 10) (5) Sade -ke ae Gervais, Poc., 5 9.

b*. Inferior surface of first caudal segment

distinctly granular, the median keels

strong and granular................ subgranosus, sp.0.,5 2.

The following four species, which are unknown to me in

nature, may be referable to either or neither of the foregoing :—

Broteas maurus, De Geer.

Scorpio maurus, Linn., De Geer, Mém. &e. vii. p. 387, pl. xl. figs. 1-8,

1778.

Loc. America.

Broteas maurus, Herbst.

Scorpio maurus, Linn., Herbst, Nat. ungefltigelt. Insekten, pt. iv. p. 52,

pl. vi. fig. 4.

Loc. Africa.

Broteas Herbstii, Thorell.

Brotheas maurus, Linn., C. Koch, Die Arachniden, iy. p. 109, fig. 319

(1888) (not Scorpio maurus, Linn.).

Broteas Herbstit, Thorell, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii. p. 14

(1876).

Loc. Cayenne (French Guiana).

Dr. Thorell applied the name VHerbsti to the species

wrongly identified as Scorpio maurus by De Geer and later

writers, including Herbst, Gervais, C. Koch, &c., without

considering the possibility of more than one species being

involved. I have consequently suggested (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 367) that the name be applied to the

Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. 103

species from Cayenne which C. Koch determined as maurus,

and made the type of the genus Brotheas.

Since the species from British Guiana which I have

hitherto regarded as Herbstii is not specifically identical with

the one referred to Herbst?i by M. Simon, and since I am not

able to say which of the two species, if indeed either, is

identical with what I consider to be the true Herbstiz, it

appears to me that the least harmful course to follow in the

matter will be to give a new name to the British Guiana

form pending an examination of the type that C. Koch had

before him. In such doubtful cases as these I am convinced

that it is better to give a new name to a species than a wrong

one.

Broteas Allent (Wood).

Scorpio Alleni, Wood, J. Ac. Sci. Philad. (2) v. p. 860 (1863).

According to Dr. Marx (Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 1.

p- 91, 1888) this species is identical with Broteas Herbstit,

Thorell ; but since neither Dr. Marx nor anyone else appears

to know exactly what Broteas Herbstit of Thorell is, the

statement has no very great value except in so far as it is

possible to conclude from it that the Scorpio Alleni of Wood

belongs to the genus Broteas. Lastly, since the locality

assigned to the species is Lower California, it is to my mind

in the highest degree improbable that AJlenz is identical with

any of the South-American species mentioned above.

XV.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

No. XIX. By Prof. M‘Intosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.

[Plate II.]

. On some Larval Stages of Chone imacina, Phips.

. On Bipinnaria asterigera, M. Sars (Larval Stage of Luidia).

: ea Wahilbergi, Knbg., and its Relation to L. elava,

font. :

. On Sigalion squamatum, Delle Chiaje, and its Relationships with

S. Mathilde, Aud. & Ed., and S. Buskit, Mcl.

. The Nemerteans in British Text-books of Zoology.

oo > cnr

1. On the Larval Stages of Clione limacina, Phips.

In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for August 1887 a note on

the occurrence of specimens of this species in St. Andrews

Bay is recorded, and they have since been found both there

104 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

and in the Forth—generally in the bottom-net by day, for it

is curious that none have yet been obtained in the surface-

nets at night. Besides the points already mentioned, it may

be stated that the labial tentacles were pale and the odonto-

phore, which often projected outwards, was yellowish. The

adult Clone of our shores would appear to be much smaller

than that of the Arctic Ocean, for the largest obtained were

only about 10 or 12 millim. In regard to the occurrence of an

example at Falmouth, Pelsener * seems to think this remark-

able, from its southern position. Boasf also is of opinion

that it is mainly limited to the Arctic seas, though examples

have been found at Portland, Maine, by Gould, and on the

west coast of Norway by Sars.

Though Hermann Fol’s beautiful memoirt on the develop-

ment of the Pteropoda includes Clione aurantiaca, yet he

does not give the intermediate stages between the shell-

bearing period and that with the lateral fins, and the shape

of this species differs considerably. The early stages of

Clione limacina, indeed, seem to have been rarely met with,

for Pelsener§ adds little to the descriptions of Boas ||, and yet

the latter figures only a stage in which the lateral fins are

present with the three rings of cilia.

On the 3rd of November, 1897, several examples of a larval

mollusk (Pl. II. fig. 1) were captured in the bottom-nets.

Each showed a head-segment with a ring of cilia (non-

continuous) in front of the odontophore, a large median

region of the body with a central ring of cilia, and a median

(alimentary) region with many yolk-globules, and, lastly, a

ring of cilia posteriorly, with the pygidium behind. In the

figure the otocyst is indicated. In another example (PI. II.

fig. 2) a row of large globules (yolk?) occurred in front of

the median ring of cilia, the size, regularity, and refraction

of which were striking features. In these specimens the

epidermis is clearly differentiated from the deeper layers.

The odontophore and the teeth of the lateral sacs are shown

in Pl. Il. fig. 7. The teeth at this stage of development

seem to be incomplete, as no median series is present. The

Jateral eversible sacs, however, have a formidable armature.

These young larve were evidently the product of eggs dis-

charged by adults in the neighbourhood.

As the mollusk grows older the body becomes more elon-

* Pteropoda of the ‘ Challenger,’ p. 47 (1887).

+ “Spolia Atlantica.”

t Archiv. Zool. Expér. iv. (1875).

§ Pteropoda of the ‘ Challenger,’ p. 47 (1887).

|| “Spoha Atlantica,” Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. Kidbenhavn, 1886.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 105

gated (Pl. II. fig. 3), and the prominent median lobe of the

foot appears behind the cephalic region.

Somewhat later, viz. on the 18th February, 1898, two other

stages, apparently of the same form, occurred. The younger

has a bifid snout, a cephalic, a median, and a terminal ring of

cilia (Pl. IJ. fig. 4). Each half of the bifid snout is

rounded and flattened, with palpocils at the tip. From the

dorsal surface the outline is quite symmetrical, but when

viewed laterally (Pl. LI. fig. 5) a lamellar process on each

side and behind these an awl-shaped process like a tentacle

are apparent. Such probably represent the median and

lateral lobes of the foot. The epipodia are not yet visible.

The central region is opaque whitish.

In the same net on the latter date a further stage (Pl. IL.

fig. 6) was met with. It measured 1:257 millim. in length

and had a pinkish streak in the centre. The lateral fins were

now fairly developed, so that they were useful to the animal

in swimming, while the median and posterior rings of cilia

were still present. When the proboscis was evaginated the

radula formed a bluntly conical hispid process, and the widely

diverging hook-sacs (“‘jaws”’ of Esehricht, oliém “fore foot”’

of Ray Lankester) occupied each lateral region. ‘The slightly

curved spinigerous processes of all these organs projected

freely, and even at this early stage seemed to be well adapted

for a predaceous existence.

2. On Bipinnaria asterigera, 1M. Sars (Larval Stage of

Luidia), at St. Andrews.

In his ‘ Beskrivelser og Iagttagelser’ the able Norwegian

naturalist Michael Sars presented in 1834 a series of rare and

remarkable animals from the waters adjoining Florée, where

he then resided. Amongst forms ranging from polyps to

chordates there was none more novel than the larval starfish

which he describes and figures under the above name*. He

characterizes the genus as having a long, cylindrical, flattened

body, with two pinne—one posterior, cordate in shape, and

another, somewhat triangular, in the middle of the body.

The mouth is surrounded by a series of lanceolate appendages

or arms. He distinguishes the species by the fact that there

are twelve arms. His figures show a somewhat more elon-

gated outline and narrower arms than the form at St. Andrews.

Sars procured his examples in the month of May amidst other

pelagic organisms such as Meduse.

Koren and Danielssen ft, in October 1846, had the good

* Op. cit. p. 37, pl. xv. figs. 40 a-d.

+ Ann. d. Se. nat. 3° sér. vii. p. 347, pl. vii. figs. 7-9.

106 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

fortune to meet with many examples amongst hordes of Salpe

which appeared in the harbour of Bergen, and they made

advances on the observations of Sars, especially in regard to

the relationship of the asterid to its pelagic apparatus.

Their specimens did not quite reach the length of the ex-

amples of Sars, being 30 millim. long. They pointed out

the lancet-like anterior region for swimming and the arrange-

ment of the arms, which they termed tentacles, and they

noticed that when swimming they were continually agitated.

They also described circular and longitudinal muscles under

the integument of the Bipinnaria. ‘Their figures represent

nearly the same stage as those procured by Sars, J. Miiller,

and those from St. Andrews, though the figure of the entire

form is too small for minute criticism. The enlarged region

with the arms is carefully represented.

Johannes Miillernext published acareful account with figures

of a similar form from Helsingér and Marseilles, aided by

specimens from Norway, and originally transmitted by

Danielssen, who, along with Koren, again alluded to the

larva in the ‘ Fauna Littoralis Norvegiz ’ *.

Younger forms of a Bip¢nnaria without the larval starfish

were procured by Mr. Garstang ¢ off Plymouth, and he gives

a minute account of the structure, with two excellent figures.

The stage represented is a comparatively early one—inter-

mediate, as he says, between that of the Bipinnaria of Sars

and the ordinary one of Asterias. The size, about 3 millim.,

shows that its development was far from being complete, and

if we add the fin-like expansions to the anterior end of the

preoral lobe and to the sides of its median fin, together with

the grouping of the arms around the larval starfish in the

later stages, the resemblance, generically at any rate, is

complete.

The structure of the same larva was utilized by Mr. H.

Bury { in his important paper on the morphology of Echino-

derms. His specimens came from Naples and Messina, and

in the earlier stages seem to differ in the form of the preoral

lobe, to judge from the figure §.

In St. Andrews Bay, on the 30th September, 1896, a form

closely allied (PI. Il. figs. 8, 9), if not identical with, the

foregoing was procured in the bottom-net in 5-6 fathoms

about half a mile from the pier, along with various larval star-

fishes and young swimming crabs. A west wind had succeeded

* Part II.

+ Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxv. p. 451, pl. xxviii. (1894).

t Quart. Journ. Mier, Sci. vol. xxxviii., n. s.

§ Op. eit. pl. v. fig. 18.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 107

a stormy period of HE. and N.E. winds. In size they were

about 13 or 14 millim. long, and thus were much smaller

than the examples of Sars, which reached about 34 millim.

The long diaphanous preoral lobe was in several curved

towards the central fin, so as to bring the attached starfish

near the latter. The preoral lobe widened abruptly at the

body posteriorly, the longitudinal grooves contracting and

bending over, with prominent, frilled, slightly tinted pro-

cesses, to join the grooves on the arms. The Bipinnaria is

narrowed towards the attached Luddia, which is fixed to it

by the ochre-coloured gullet and intestine, and bends towards

the frills. The ridges and grooves on the arms are continuous

with the longitudinal ridges and grooves on the preoral lobe

(Pl. Il. fig. 10). None of the examples were quite perfect,

but ten or eleven arms were visible, so that in all probability

there were twelve, as in the examples from Norway. ‘These

organs are delicate, and occasionally portions of the tip were

constricted off. The margins of the grooves on each arm are

thickened throughout, and the tissue is corrugated and

granular, as in the ordinary Bipinnaria.

The preoral lobe is contractile and often shows numerous

closely arranged transverse wrinkles on the convex side

(Pl. IL. fig. 10), which alter as waves of contraction pass to

and fro over it. Previous authors, indeed, describe circular

and longitudinal muscular fibres in its wall. The latter is

minutely areolar and granular. Of the two ridges on the

preoral lobe one passes up each side of the median fin, the

other on each side extending to the tip anteriorly, which

forms a fan-shaped expansion with two lateral flaps, the lobe

tapering off and forming a somewhat pointed axis, with a

slight enlargement within the tip in the centre of the fin-like

structure. ‘lhe median fin has a similar structure, the central

axis, however, being larger in proportion. No movement of

contained fluid or corpuscles was visible in the enteroccele of

the preoral lobe, which disintegrated from the front *.

The young starfish (Lucédia) had reached an advanced

stage and appeared to be nearly ready for separation. Groups

of granules moved to and fro in the tube-feet, which had

thickened cushion at the rounded tips. The paxille were

* Dr. E. Metschnikoff (Q. J. Micros. Sc., n. s. vol. xxiv. p. 96, 1884)

likewise noticed the tips of the arms breaking off. Besides observing the

morphogenetic functions of the wandering cells of the mesoderm (which

give rise to the cutis, the skeletal structures, and the oral musculature),

he found they had the power of acting on the spherules of milk which he

had injected. The rapid disappearance of the parts of the Bipinnaria

is probably due to the same agency.

108 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

visible under a lens in all the specimens. Fragments of the

carapace of copepods adhered to the tube-feet, apparently after

digestion.

This remarkable Biepinnarta has thus been procured in

various European waters, from Norway to the Mediterranean.

‘The earlier stages would seem to occur in August and the

later in September and October. The development of the

lateral webs on the median and terminal fins would appear to

occur as the Bipinnaria increases in age and size. ‘There is

considerable variety, indeed, in regard to the shape of the

terminal fin, some being simply notched, while others are

broadly lobate. Mr. Bury * informs me he was led by the

remarks of Sig. Lo Bianco at Naples to associate the larval

starfish with Luédia, a conclusion fully borne out by an

examination of the specimens at St. Andrews, even before

the literature was consulted.

The adults of both Luddia ciliaris, Johnst., and L. Sarsi,

Diib. & Kor., occur off St. Andrews Bay, the former east of

the Isle of May and the latter near the Bell Rock. The

ovaries of ZL. Savignit are nearly ripe in the beginning of

July, forming arborescent organs dichotomously divided and

of a rich orange inclining to red. Perfect specimens are

obtained on the fishing-grounds by at once dropping them

from the hooks into strong spirit.

3. On Lepidonotus Wahlbergi, Kinberg, and its Relation to

L. clava, Montagu.

Kinberg, in 1858, gave a recognizable account, with figures,

of a Lepidonotus from the Cape and Port Natal, under the

above specific name. Amongst other distinctive characters

he alluded to the tuberculated scales which had smooth edges.

His figures of the dorsal and ventral bristles differed from

those of any other species, the former having moderately

elongated tips, with numerous rows of spikes and a sharp

point, and the latter a proportionally longer tip with a longer

row of spikes than in Lepidonotus clava, Mont. Kinberg

pointed out that his species was probably in part the Aphro-

dita squamata of Pallas, who conjoined the European form as

figured by Baster with the foregoing.

‘he same form was procured by the ‘ Challenger’ at Sea

Point, near Cape Town, and it is described in the volume

devoted to the Annelids. It is possible that Schmarda’s

* [ am indebted to Mr. Bury for references to various communications

on the subject.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 109

Polynoé trochiscophora may be the same form, but, as stated

in the ‘ Challenger’ volume, the vagueness of the description

and figures left room for doubt. Into the details of the

description it is unnecessary to enter fully, but instead of the

palpi being smooth, as Kinberg had said, they are densely

papillose. The first pair of scales are closely covered with

prominent chitinous spines, which in the scales immediately

succeeding become shorter, and then the rest are tuberculated

—that is, the spines become transformed into solid processes.

There are also various smaller spines, some of which are

hispid. The structure of the dorsal and ventral bristles was

carefully figured. The shorter stiffer examples are females

laden with ova, the longer forms males. Moreover the

segmental (nephridial) papille are longer in the males, a

feature best seen posteriorly. In the female they are tulip-

shaped, with about four lobes surrounding the central cavity

at the tip.

A comparison with Lepidonotus clava, Mont., during the

preparation of the ‘ Challenger’ Report showed the essential

differences. Yet it has often been pointed out that previous

authors occasionally left descriptions from which all the vital

characters had been omitted, and gave no figures or inadequate

ones. Hence their successors were often sorely puzzled to

identify the forms described, and could not avoid errors which

only a reference to the original specimen could have pre-

vented. When therefore it was found that Baron de Saint-

Joseph, in a paper just published, had included as a synonym

under Lepidonotus clava, Mont., Lepidonotus Wahlbergi as

described by Kinberg, myself, and Malaquin, a review of

these forms was made, fortunately with the actual specimens

in hand.

Baron de Saint-Joseph gives as his main reasons for

joining the British and the South-African species that the

figure of the scale in the ‘ Challenger’ volume exactly agrees

with that of Lepidonotus clava, and that in the same work it

has been shown that the palpi are papillose, a feature also

characteristic of LZ. clava.

Now, in the first place, accurate figures of the entire dorsum,

of the scale, of the dorsal and ventral bristles, with the

description, were at the disposal of the French author. In

the drawing of the dorsum * every scale has numerous large

tubercles, quite visible with the unaided eye and in the prepa-

rations under a lens, whereas in Lepidonotus clava only the

first four scales are furnished with these large processes, the

* ‘Challenger,’ xii. pl. xi. fig. 1.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7, Vol. ii. 9

110 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

rest having them so reduced in size as to appear for the most

part smooth. Such a scale when enlarged (as in the figure *

alluded to by Baron de Saint-Joseph) could only be compared

with an anterior scale of LZ. clava, yet it was an average one

of L. Wahlbergt. Further, the minute structure of each

quite diverges. In L. Wahlberg? several of the anterior

scales are hispid, with prominent acute spines (PI. II. fig. 11),

the tips of which are minutely nodular, so that the surface in

some views presents a somewhat areolar or “ scaled” appear-

ance, resembling that of the tissue of the scale itself, and

which enters the base of the spine. Moreover, the nodular

tip is slightly bent. On the other hand, the truncated

capstan-like tubercle characteristic of the first scale of L. clava

has its terminal ‘boss’? minutely and somewhat regularly

nodular, the tip of each process having a spine (PI. II. fig. 12).

When viewed from above the rim of the “boss” is thus

minutely hispid. A glance at the respective figures in Pl. IT.

will indicate the essential differences better than any descrip-

tion, and they are drawn precisely to the same scale. The

arrangement and structure of the other papille on each scale

also diverges. It has been frequently observed that where

allied forms differ from each other specifically, the bristles, as

well as the minute structure of the scales, differ. Accordingly

it is found that the dorsal bristles of LZ. Wahlbergi have a

stouter tip, with a definite curve, and much less elongated

and tapered than in ZL. clava. ‘The ventral bristles again

have a more elongated tip, with a longer row of spinous

ridges. From point to point therefore the European and

South-African forms diverge, even the scales in the latter

being distinctly smaller.

Baron de Saint-Joseph has the credit of first publishing

the description of the minute structure of the anterior scales

of Lepidonotus clava, though the term scales (‘ écailles ’’)

applied to the hispid tips is apt to mislead. I am in doubt

also about their special sensory function. His figure (pl. xiii.

fig. 4 t) of one of the smaller processes of course differs from

the condition in the larger capstan-like tubercles. The

smaller tubercles are simply hispid, with tapering chitinous

spines which are proportionally larger than in the prominent

tubercles.

* Ibid. pl. xviii. fig. 8.

+ Op. cit.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. Alyy

4. On Sigalion squamatum, Delle Chiaje, and its Relation-

ships with S. Mathilde, Aud. & Ed., and 8. Busku,

M'‘Intosh.

In his recent valuable papers on the Annelids of the shores

of France S. sguamatum of Delle Chiaje * has been confused

by Baron de Saint-Joseph with S. Mathilde, Audouin and

Milne-Edwards. Thus in the “ Annélides Polychétes des

Cétes de Dinard” t, under the title of Sigalion squamatum,

D. Ch., De Saint-Joseph gives descriptions and figures appli-

cable to S. Mathilde, Aud. & Ed. A glance at figure 27,

pl. xii., of this paper would alone be conclusive, since the

papilla on the dorsal edge of the ventral division of the foot

is characteristic of S. Mathilde and is absent in S. sguamatum.

He also points out the agreement of the pinnate papilla of

the edges of the scales with those figured by Claparéde, and

this is fortunate, as his own figure t¢ of these is diagrammatic,

though he correctly observes that the pinnz are about twenty

in number (PI. IIL. fig. 14) on each side, a feature wholly at

variance with the condition in S. sguamatum, D. Ch., which

has about eight pinnz of quite a different shape on each side

(Pl. Il. fig. 13). The characteristic curve of the main nerve-

branch and the arrangement of its twigs to the pinnate

papille, as shown by Claparéde, meets with De Saint-Joseph’s

approval. It is interesting that in this respect S. Mathilde

differs from S. squamatum. He gives but two “ coussinets

vibratiles”’ (ctenidia), whereas three occur both in this

species and in S. sqguamatum, The short papilla on the

upper border of the ventral division of the foot is diagnostic

ot S. Mathilde. The bristles of the two species are as

characteristic as are the pinnate processes of the scales, for the

stouter bifid forms of the ventral division of the foot with

but a single bifid terminal appendage are absent in S, Ma-

thilde. In his more recent paper on the ‘f Annélides Poly-

chétes des Cotes de France’ § he inserts S. Mathilde, Aud.

& Ed., as a synonym of Stgalion squamatum, Delle Chiaje,

and makes certain “ additions and modifications” to his

former account. Amongst these is the remarkable statement

and accompanying figure to the effect that the dorsal bristles

are bifid at the tip under a power of 465 diam. ‘T'hese finely

tapered serrated bristles end in a simple hair-like point as in

* Descriz. e not. v. pp. 58 and 107, tav. xxvi. figs. 8, 11, and 12,

+ Ann. d. Se. nat. 7°, sér. xx. p. 203 (1895).

P (Pl.ixisfigs 21.

§ Ann. d. sc. nat. 8°, sér. v. p. 239 (1897).

112 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

allied forms. The author has apparently been deceived by a

broken example, for such a condition as he figures is at

variance with the morphology of the group as well as expe-

rience, though occasionally the shorter forms at the internal

edge of the tuft show such a condition from -injury. He

rightly describes the superior group of the ventral bristles

with the tapering tips and whorled spines, though his figures

of this and the other forms are indefinite. While he gives a

correct account of the forms with a single terminal (bifid)

appendage which commence the inferior group of ventral

bristles, he omits to show the essential differences in the

structure of the bristles immediately above the spine of the

ventral division of the foot in the two species. In S. squa-

matum, D. Ch., the process for the spine projects more

prominently, and above it, besides the stronger forms with

the ends of the shafts closely serrated, there are several stout

bristles with a single terminal (bifid) appendage. In

S. Mathilde, besides the presence of the dorsal papillee on the

inferior division of the foot, the tip differs in outline, being

obliquely truncate. Moreover all the bristles above the spine

have slender, articulated, tapering tips, minutely bifid. Both

species have four eyes, so that no weight is to be placed on

their absence in indifferent preparations.

It is not remarkable that the acute and accomplished

Claparéde *, who worked at Naples, should have been puzzled

by the form actually meant by Delle Chiaje, for in the

descriptions of the latter author there is nothing definite, and

certainly his peculiar figure of the pinnate processes of the

scales might pass for either species, so that the blame does

not really rest with the author first mentioned. It is the

inaccurate figure in most cases which has been so disastrous

in the history of the Annelids, and the failure to give ina

few words the vital points of distinction. S. sguamatum is a

larger species than S. Mathilde, which Claparéde appears to

have had before him when making his descriptions and

figures. The curve of the great nerve-cord to the outer edge

of the scale, its size, and the thickness and brevity of the

large branches to the pinnate papilla, without reference to

the other points, make it clear that it was not S. sguamatum,

D. Ch., but S. Mathilde, Aud. & Ed., that the Swiss author

described.

While therefore there can be no dubiety between S. squa-

matum, Delle Chiaje, and §. Mathilde, Aud. & Ed., there

* Annél, Chét. Nap. p. 100, pl. iii, fig. 8, and zbzd. Suppl. p. 20, pl. ii.

fiz. 5.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 113

yet remains the closely allied and nearly as large Stgalion (?)

Buskit, McI.*, procured by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys in Shetland,

with which to contrast the Italian author’s species. Neither

the northern habitat (for only a single example has yet been

procured) nor the absence of eyes in this deep-water form is

of essential value. ‘The head, however, differs in being pro-

portionally larger and more ovoid, and without the posterior

narrowing of S. squamatum. Instead of the two lateral

minute tentacles (like papille) only a single small median one

occurs in this form, a remarkable condition in the genus.

The scales in S. Buskit, as a rule, have the transverse diameter

shorter than in S. sguamatum, and the pinnate papilla along

the outer edge have no constriction at the base and taper more

distinctly towards the tip (PI. II. fig. 15), being somewhat

lanceolate, to the number of ten or twelve on each side

in the largest. The simple papille along the outer and poste-

rior edge of the scale at the bases of the foregoing are shorter

and more numerous. Moreover the central granular region

above the stem is more distinctly expanded than in the

Neapolitan form. Occasionally a pair of pinne on opposite

sides of the stem branch into two or three points. The

pinne of the papilla of S. sguamatum are fewer in number and

have aslightly fusiform or lobate shape, that is with a tendency

to constriction at the base, and they are also, as a rule, fewer in

number than in S. Buski7,six beingcommon. Very little dila-

tation of the axis occurs above the bare stem, which is generally

longer than in S. Buskit. The nerve-strand to the pinnate

papille of the scales is somewhat more distinctly curved than

in S. sguamatum, and the secondary twigs to the stems are

shorter. The foot in S. squamatum is slightly larger as a

whole than in S. Buskii and the ventral cirrus longer and

more tapered. The dorsal lobe has a much longer terminal

papilla (cestode), and the bristles are longer and apparently,

judging from the preparation, more delicate. The ventral

lobe of the foot is similar to that of S. Buskii, though in the

latter the stronger series at the upper edge of the lowest

group have a longer terminal process (bifid) than in S. squa-

matum. ‘The Italian specimens, apparently from their mode

of preparation, had their bristles considerably injured, so that

an accurate comparison in every detail could not be carried

out. The two species S. sqguamatum and S. (?) Buskit

certainly approach each other much more than do the former

and S. Mathilde ; but there are sufficient reasons for sepa-

rating them, as the descriptions and figures show.

* Trans. R. S. E. xxv. 3, p. 409, pl. xii. fig. 12, and Trans. Z. S. ix. 7,

p- 391, pl. Ixx. fig. 14.

114 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

5. The Nemerteans in British Text-books of Zoology.

To those familiar with the Schnurwtirmer (Nemertini) of

Gustav von Hayek’s ‘Handbuch der Zoologie’* in the

“seventies,” the treatment of the group in most books of

zoology intended for instruction and reference in our country,

in or bordering on the “ nineties,” offers a subject for comment.

Indeed, after a perusal of some recent works (especially certain

university practical ones) and their illustrations, the expe-

rienced reader arises with a hazy notion as to whether he has

not again mentally visited the period when CHrsted described

the proboscidian sheath as “ canalis in quo penis est”? and

the views of Della Chiaje, Johnston, Leuckart, Dugés, De

Quatrefages, Huschke, De Blainville, Blanchard, Grube,

Gaimard, Kolliker, Williams, J. P. Van Beneden, Max

Schultze, Claparéde, Keferstein, Marion, and others held the

field in perplexing variety. Observers so accurate as Kdlliker,

Frey, and Leuckart, and especially Keferstein, might well

marvel, or have marvelled, at the plight of the group in

Britain in the year 1898. They would have considered that

to the writers of these books English was little known, and

that they were unaware of the correct anatomy of the group—

in regard to the structure of the body-wall, the relations of

the nerves to the muscular layers, the minute anatomy of the

proboscis and its sheath, the digestive and circulatory systems,

and other features—as first clearly described (and as it now

remains) in their own country. ‘They would be surprised to

find illustrations after Max Schultze, who, however, did

valuable work on some points, installed as the model from

which the young anatomist is to learn the general structure.

For instance, such figures give expression to the erroneous

view that the terminal ribands of the proboscis are attached

to the body-wall. The stylet-region of the organ appears to

be composed of disconnected fragments, and, it may be, the

tube overrides the commissures of the ganglia instead of going

between them, while the circulatory and excretory organs are

much behind date. Other figures carry the proboscis-sheath

forward to the tip of the snout, though it is not clearly

explained how the proboscis is to hang on to its owner.

Another, by a bolder flight, even makes the aperture for the

proboscis the mouth. In displaying the structure of this

remarkable organ (quite unnecessarily called “ introvert ” or,

it may be, “ the hollow eversible anterior end of the animal ”’)

nature is eschewed, and by a series of mechanical diagrams,

* Wien, 1877.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 115

one of which closely resembles a cricket-bat, the student is

confused, not instructed. Those familiar with the anatomy

of the Nemerteans would fail to recognize any resemblance to

the beautiful organs they misrepresent. Some recent authors

have apparently been so impressed with descriptions (su

generis) of the mechanics of the proboscis, that they have barely

alluded to the digestivesystem, and omit to point out thecrucial

point in regard to the opening of the mouth respectively in

the Enopla and the Anopla—one of the most striking features

in classification. Perhaps by-and-by a remark is made that

the opening of the mouth is beneath or behind the ganglia,

or that the ventral commissure of the ganglia lies between

the proboscidian sheath and the cesophagus ; but neither is a

complete statement for the group. While it may be inter-

esting to go into the suppositions that the proboscis is the

“‘hypophysis cerebri” and its sheath the “ notochord,” it is

well, if not better, to emphasize facts about which there can

be no dubiety.

The figures employed to illustrate structure are perhaps

the most clamant feature. Mere inversion of a figure (which

occurs) 1s not so serious as some other cases, since it has

perhaps the correct parts somewhere. A figure copied from

Prof. Hubrecht is perplexing. Itshows the proboscis extruded,

but its internal attachment is the cerebral commissutes, whilst

the proboscidian sheath has wholly disappeared. One of the

same author’s schematic figures does duty for the proboscis

in situ and is at variance with nature. The very indifferent

and, in some respects, inaccurate representation of the stylet-

region in its normal position in the body and in extrusion

may be contrasted with Hayek’s figs. 558 and 559 with

advantage. <A retrograde step to the period alluded to in the

opening paragraph has generally been made. One author,

who copies the accurate figure, does not acknowledge its

authorship, and, inspired by continental works, is unaware

that the observations quoted are those of a countryman.

Prof. Hubrecht’s diagram of the anterior end of a Nemer-

tean, showing the attachment of the proboscidian sheath near

the commissures, is less instructive than the older figure

shown by Hayek (fig. 556), and, besides, the reader is left to

infer that the position of the mouth shown is typical for all

Nemerteans, instead of being informed that it only stands

for the Anopla. For the general structure of a Nemertean

Prof. Moseley’s Felagonemertes is used; yet this somewhat

aberrant type is scarcely suited for such a purpose, even if it

had always been correctly copied, which it is not, for the

116 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

proboscidian sheath, which is shown in Hubrecht’s figure, has

been omitted, to the confusion of the student.

Besides the foregoing, the text-books omit reference to the

lateral] vessels of the proboscidian sheath in certain forms, the

remarkable structure of the proboscis of the various groups in

section, the acid reaction of the skin in many, and other

points. The assertion that the proboscis is clearly an offen-

sive organ, on the faith of the problematical ‘ nematocysts,”

while nothing is said as to its being so readily thrown off and

so slowly regenerated, requires modification. That the

Nemerteans “ extract” tubicolous worms by this organ is a

statement in need of confirmation, especially in view of

Prof. Hubrecht’s notion of the ‘large amount of nervous

tissue in its walls.” So far as my experience goes, the

tubicolous worm would more readily ‘ extract” the proboscis.

The statement (after Hubrecht) that the albuminoid material

embedding all the layers of the body is of the nature of the

jelly of Meduse demands a dissenting note, as also the

remark that the small specimens swim freely. What of

Cerebratulus angulatus, a yard long and an inch broad? No

fish more deftly cleaves the water. The remark that the

central stylet of the proboscis is either pointed or serrate is

too indefinite, though perhaps less in error than that clause

which asserts that the aperture for the proboscis is close to

the mouth. Even for the Enopla the latter will not hold,

' while for the three groups of the Anopla it is wholly at

variance with fact.

In changing systems of classification it is usual to give

reasons for laying aside those already established, e. g. either

the prevalence of error or the advance of discovery which

upsets the foundation on which the older superstructure was

raised. In the case of the Nemerteans neither the one nor

the other has a substantial basis. ‘The essential anatomical

features on which the classification of 1869 and 1873 was

based remain to-day as they were then. Yet we have had

the run of Prof. Hubrecht’s Paleonemertes, Schizonemertes,

and Hoplonemertes, to the confusion of the student ; and now

Dr. Biirger’s Protonemertini, Mesonemertini, Metanemertini,

and Heteronemertini, by way of ringing new changes, sweep

the former out of sight. It is immaterial, for there is little

to choose between them. Both simply give new and complex

names to the same groups which were formed on structural

grounds in 1869, and every anatomical fact of primary

importance in which remains unassailed to-day. ‘There is no

need to alter either figure or description now. Yet it seems

to be necessary for all these old facts to be incorporated more

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 117

than a quarter of a century afterwards (it may be with a new

and imposing title) in foreign papers before they can be

utilized by the modern text-book in our country. With all

deference to my friend Prof. Hubrecht and to Dr. Biirger and

other able observers, I see no valid reason for altering the old,

yet simple and _ satisfactory, classsification indicated by

Dr. George Johnston and used by Max Schultze, resting

securely, as it does, on structural foundations. No student can

misunderstand the fact that the proboscis of the Nemerteans

is either armed (Enopla) or unarmed (Anopla). None will

mistake those which fall under the first group. Under the

second group are three great divisions (be they suborders

or families is immaterial), viz. the Lineide, Carinellide, and

Cephalotrichidz, and as each bears the name of its type, the

arrangement also has the merit of simplicity and perspicuity.

When systems of classification rest on data that are unsound

or are liable to be misunderstood, few will gainsay the

propriety of making a change; but when new and contusing

names simply cover the old yet unassailable facts, the process

seems to be both unnecessary and perplexing, as well as one

that tends in no way to the advancement of zoology.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

. Larval Clone, with three rings of cilia, armature of odontophore

and lateral sacs, and an otocyst. 38rd Nov., 1897. x 50.

. A younger form of the same species, with a row of globules in

front of the median ciliated rmg. 38rd Nov., 1897. x 50.

. A somewhat older and more elongated form of same date. x 50.

. A more advanced stage of the same species with bifid anterior

region. 18th Feb., 1898. x 60.

. The same viewed laterally so as to show the middle and poste-

rior lobes of the foot, aand b. x 60.

. An older example of Chone limacina with lateral fins. x 40.

. Teeth of the odontophore and lateral sacs in situ of fig. 1

(3rd Noy., 1897) under compression. In nature they were

placed widely apart, but the blank has been omitted to save

space. X 250.

Fig. 8. Bipwnnaria asterigera, Sars, showing the asterid from the side,

with the gullet and intestine passing to the Bipinnaria. The

ridges and grooves of the preoral lobe are fairly evident.

Enlarged under a lens.

Fig. 9. View of another example exhibiting the ambulacral feet of the

asterid. Similarly enlarged.

Fig. 10. Specimen having a more complete series of arms and ciliated

ridges. Enlarged under a lens.

Fig. 11. Acute ee from the first scale of Lepidonotus Wahlbergi, Khbg.

x 280.

Fig. 12. Capstan-like tubercle—minutely spinous—from the first scale of

Leyndonotus clava, Mont. X 280,

“IO Or He CO bo bt

118 Mr. C. C. Nutting on the

‘ig. 13. Pinnate papilla from the scale of Styalion squamatum, Delle

Chiaje. x 160.

Fig. 14. Pinnate papilla from the edge of the scale of Stgalion Mathilde,

Aud. & Ed. x 200.

Fig. 15. Pinnate papilla from the scale of Stgalion(?) Buski?, Mcl.

x 150 diam.

XVI.—The Sarcostyles of the Plumularide.

By C. C. Nuttine *.

THERE is no little confusion regarding the nomenclature

involved in morphological discussions concerning the Hydroida,

and nowhere is this fact more evident than in connexion with

certain interesting structures found in the Plumularide and

variously called nematophores, protoplasmic processes, defen-

sive zooids, sarcodal processes, Machopolyps, ‘‘ Wehrthiere,”

and Nesselpolypen by the numerous writers who have investi-

gated them. ‘The first mention that I have been able to find

of these structures is by Busk in Hunterian Lectures (MSS.),

London, 1857, who called them ‘ Nematophores”’—a name

subsequently used by various writers. Hincks afterwards

applied the name ‘“ sarcotheca”’ to the chitinous receptacle,

and “‘ sarcostyle”’ to the sarcodal contents, or rather defensive

persons, inclosed within it. Without further discussion on

this point, I will state that I use the word nematophore for

the receptacle without necessary reference to its contents, and

sarcostyle for the organ or person within, and it is to the

latter that I invite attention at present.

The hydroids have been carefully studied by so few zoolo-

gists that it may not be amiss to define the sarcostyle more

explicitly before discussing it. A careful investigation of any

plumularian hydroid will disclose the fact that, beside the

hydrothecz containing the hydroid polyps or hydranths, there

are numerous usually minute chitinous cups containing an

exceedingly interesting structure, which in lite is characterized

by amazing extensibility. Allman, in 1864, described it as

“a soft granular mass which could send forth very extensible

processes capable of being greatly protruded, and then so

completely retracted as to apparently disappear. ‘These pro-

cesses have the power of sending forth pseudopodia, as does

the ameeba, and act in many respects as do certain rhizopods.”

* From ‘The American Naturalist, April 1898, pp. 223-280. Read

before Section F at the Detroit meeting of the American Association for

the Advancement of Science.

Sarcostyles of the Plumularide. 119

This author considered that these processes were composed of

protoplasm, pure and simple.

When, however, the more refined and modern histological

technique was applied by Hamann to the investigation of the

sarcostyles, it was discovered that they were much more com-

plicated structures than was at first supposed ; that they were

made up of several histological elements, namely, an ecto-

dermal layer surrounding an axial portion composed of endo-

dermal cells, the ectoderm and endoderm being separated by a

structureless membrane or “ Stutzlamelle.” The distal part

of the sarcostyle contains nematocysts or nettling cells. This

author (Hamann *) concluded that the enormous extensibility

of the sarcostyle was due to muscle-fibrille, and regards the

entire sarcostyle as a degraded person or hydroid polyp in

which the mouth and body-cavity have been obliterated.

In the same year (1882) C. de Merejkowsky + announced

that the histological elements were ectoderm and endoderm

with a dividing membrane, and that the motile part was com-

posed of ectoderm alone, the ectodermal cells being immersed

in a contractile structureless protoplasm. ‘To this latter sub-

stance he attributed the enormous extensibility of the sarco-

style and the pseudopodia-like processes originally described

by Allman. ‘This author regards the sarcostyles as degenerate

individuals of the hydroid stock, serving the purpose of defen-

sive organs, and possibly also as aid in the nourishment of

the colony.

Weismann, in his ‘ Die Enstehung der Sexualzellen bei den

Hydromedusen,’ denies the presence of the interstitial proto-

plasm in the ectodermal portion, and contends that the pseudo-

podia are from the ectoderm cells themselves.

In the same year (1883) von Lendenfeld { made a very

elaborate study of the sarcostyles. In addition to the ecto-

derm, endoderm, and “ Stutzlamelle ” already mentioned, he

found a differentiated ectodermal muscle-layer, in which are

large ganglion-cells in Plumularia. In certain species of

Aglacphenia and Plumularda he found sarcostyles furnished

with adhesive cells similar to those found in ctenophores, but

differing from them in not having a spirally rolled thread.

Dr. Carl F. Jickeli § agrees with most of the other writers

concerning the histology of these structures, but has a unique

* “ Der Organismus der Hydroidpolypen,” Jenaische Zeitsch. f, Naturw.

Bd. xv. pp. 17, 18, 65.

+ Arch. de Zool. exp. et gén. vol. x. pp. 583-610.

t “Ueber Wehrpolypen und Nesselzellen,” Zeit. f. wiss. Zool.

Bd. xxxviil. pp. 305-871.

§ Morphol. Jahrb. Bd. viii. pp. 580-680.

120 Mr. C. C. Nutting on the

idea of their homology. He thinks that the sarcostyles are

homologous with the capitate tentacles of many species of

hydroid polyps. I believe that he has no supporters in this

view.

No other investigations of sufficient importance to discuss

in this connexion have been made, so far as I know, with the

exception of my own work in 1895 at Plymouth, England *,

and at Naples, where I made careful studies of these struc-

tures in the living plumularians and by means of serial

sections.

The histology of the sarcostyles, as held by most of the

above writers, shows an outer layer of ectoderm and an inner

layer of endoderm, these two layers being separated by an

apparently structureless membrane called by the German

writers the ‘“ Stutzlamelle.” The endodermal layer appears

to be a solid core in stained and sectioned preparations, and

is so described by most writers. Under favourable conditions

living specimens may be examined under a high power, and

by a proper management of light the cell-boundaries, muscle,

and indeed almost every histological detail may be distinctly

seen and the movements followed. It was while making

such examinations of living sarcostyles at Naples in 1895

that I found an unexpected proof that the axis of the sarco-

style is not a solid rod, but a delicate collapsible tube, the

cavity of which is strictly homologous with the body-cavity

of the hydranth. While studying a living sarcostyle under a

yy oil-immersion lens, the endodermal axis, as it is called,

was very sharply defined, being separated from the ectodermal

layer by the “ Stutzlamelle.”” Much to my surprise, I saw

an amceboid cell pass quickly along the exact centre of the

axis. ‘The cell was largely composed of highly refractive

granules and exhibited very active amceboid movements,

sending forth well-marked pseudopodia and_ constantly

changing form. ‘This mysterious cell appeared to be en-

gaged in travelling back and forth between the distal and

proximal end of the axial cavity of the sarcostyle. Its pro-

gress was unimpeded, and completely demonstrated to my

mind the presence of an axial cavity in the sarcostyle. After

having once seen this cell, I looked tor them in other sarco-

styles, and found them in nearly every one examined. The

species under observation was Aglaophenia Hellert. I after-

ward found similar cells in the endoderm of various parts of

the plumularian colony, particularly in the stem. In such

* See C. C. Nutting, “Notes on Plymouth Hydroids,” Journ. Marine

Biol. Assoc., February 1896, p. 153,

Sarcostyles of the Plumularide. 121

localities, however, they did not move from place to place,

but nevertheless sent forth numerous pseudopodia and ex-

hibited amceboid change of form.

This demonstration of an axial cavity in the sarcostyle is

of considerable interest, in view of the fact that it furnishes

the last and much-desired link in the evidence needed to

demonstrate the homology of the sarcostyle. It can no longer

be doubted, it seems to me, that the sarcostyle is the homo-

logue of the hydranth—that it is, in fact, a true ‘‘ person’”’ of

the hydroid colony, being composed of ectoderm, “ Stutz-

lamelle,” endoderm, and body-cavity. It lacks only tentacles

to make it a hydranth; but we know that certain hydroids,

e.g. Protohydra, have undoubted hydranths without tentacles.

Curiously enough, one of the earliest observers of nemato- +

phores published in 1863 a figure of a sarcostyle which was

represented as having a body-cavity. The author referred to

is Semper, and the figure is found in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir

wiss. Zoologie,’ Bd. xiii. pl. xxxviii. fig. 4a.

The conclusion that sarcostyles are morphological persons

of the colony is borne out by almost every known fact con-

cerning them. Embryological investigation shows that they

are formed in almost exactly the same manner as_ the

hydranths, and that they make their appearance as early as

the latter, and often earlier. It is possible, moreover, to

point out a series of forms leading from the so-called “ fighting

zooids”’ of Hydractinia to the typical nematophores of the

Plumularide. In the genus Ophiodes we find organs or

persons almost exactly intermediate between the Hydractinia

and true sarcostyles. Prof. Baldwin Spencer has lately

described a new family of Hydroida, called the Hydrocera-

tenide, evidently closely allied to the Plumularide, with

numerous fighting persons which are histologically almost

identical with true nematophores ; the extreme extensibility,

however, of the latter has not as yet been observed in the

former.

There appears also to be a curious cross-relation between

the dactylozooids of the Millipora and the sarcostyles, if such

they be, of the Hydroceratenide.

Among the many perplexing questions in this connexion is

the one raised by Professor Allman, who very strongly urges

the relationship between the nematophores and the denticles

of the graptolites. His argument would lead to a belief that

the ancestors of the Plumularide may be the graptolites;

that the nematophores of the former are the homologues of the

denticles of the latter; that we have in the sarcostyle the

122 Mr. C. C. Nutting on the

original type of the hydranth; and that the present hydranth

is really a very highly specialized sarcostyle.

As before indicated, the sarcostyles often precede the hy-

dranths in the development of the colony, and would thus

appear to be an older structure in phylogeny.

I was unable to confirm Merejkowsky’s statement that the

extensible part of the sarcostyle was composed of ectodermal

cells immersed in free protoplasm. Indeed, it appears that

no other author has been able to demonstrate this certainly

unique and surprising arrangement. Neither could I find

the muscle-bundles and ganglionic cells of von Lendenfeld,

although this purely negative evidence should not be allowed

to have much weight. The adhesive cells were found in

several species of Aglaophenia, and observed in action; the

observations confirm very decidedly the description given by

their original describer, von Lendenfeld.

There has been considerable discussion concerning the

probable use of the sarcostyles. My own observations on the

living organisms would indicate that they serve several

distinct functions.

Ist. Defence-—In many cases, especially in the genera

Aglaophenia, Lytocarpus, and Cladocarpus, the distal part of

the sarcostyle contains a battery of very large and formidable

nematocysts or stinging-cells. The threads of these cells are

projected all together when a large or dangerous enemy

approaches too near the adjacent hydranth. It is probable

that the cnidocils of these nematocysts must be touched before

the battery is discharged. Some species of Lytocarpus have

such effective batteries that their sting is severely felt through

the human cuticle, a very unusual thing among the Hydroida.

The nematocysts themselves do not leave the nematophores

when their threads are projected.

2nd. Prehension of food.—This is effected by the adhesive

cells, which are situated on the extensible part of the sarco-

styles of many species. Von Lendenfeld gives an excellent

description of the capture of small crustacean zowa. From

his account it appears that the prey is first paralyzed by the

nematocysts in the tentacles of the hydranths, and then

secured by the adhesive parts of the adjacent sarcostyles,

which stick firmly to the smooth chitinous covering ot the

crustacean. After this attachment is formed, the contraction

of the sarcostyle brings the victim again within the reach

of the tentacles, which convey it to the mouth of the hydranth,.

ard. The removal of refuse or decomposing organic matter.—

This function of the sarcostyles has been suggested by several

writers. I have on many occasions noted that the sarcostyles

Sarcostyles of the Plumularide. 123

are very active after certain parts of the colony have been

mutilated or where the hydranths are undergoing disintegra-

tion. While studying Plumularia pinnata at Plymouth I

saw astonishing exhibitions of activity on the part of the

sarcostyles in the vicinity of mutilated gonangia. Their ex-

tensibility was incredible and apparently without limit. They

would climb over the top of the gonangiaand scour the inside,

they would wind round and round the stem and branches in

a perfect maze of apparently protoplasmic threads, and yet be

able to unsnarl themselves with the greatest ease, and after-

ward disappear entirely. Dead hydranths seemed particu-

larly attractive to them, and it appeared as if they actually

devoured or in some way absorbed the organic matter of the

disintegrating polyps, so that not a trace remained within

the hydrothece in a very short time after the sarcostyles

attacked them.

4th. Holding together adjacent corbula-leaves until their

edges unite.—This is a novel use of the sarcostyle, discovered

by myself while working out the embryology of the corbula,

or fruit-receptacle, of Aglaophenia pluma at Plymouth. The

corbula is a pod-shaped structure, made up of a number of

ribs or leaves, which are separated first, but afterwards

coalesce to form the mature corbula. Along the edges of

these leaves are rows of nematophores.

While examining a young corbula of a living colony, L

noticed that the sarcostyles along the edges of the leaves were

exceedingly active, and that they were stretching across from

one leaf to the next, to which they adhered by their adhesive

ends. “It appeared as if these sarcostyles served as a

temporary attachment to hold the edges of the two leaves

together, while the edges themselves were connected by

trabecule of ccenosare which rapidly formed a stronger and

permanent connexion. ‘The perisare of the edges of the

leaves seemed exceedingly thin and in places appeared to be

wanting. A contact having been established between the

adjacent leaves, the permanent attachment was soon formed

and the coelomic cavities of the leaves established connexions

at these points. A little later currents of water bearing

granules were seen to flow in active streams from one leaf to

the other ” *.

In this case it appeared as if the sarcostyles served to hold

the edges of the leaves together while the permanent con-

nexion was being established, after which the sarcostyles

loosened their hold and retracted into their respective nemato-

phores.

* C. C. Nutting, “ Notes on Plymouth Hydroids,” Journ. Marine Biol,

Assoc., February 1896, p. 153.

124 On a new Bat from Lower California.

XVII.— Description of a new Bat from Lower California.

By Gerrit 8. MILLER, Jr.

Mr. OLpFIELD THOMAS has recently sent me for determination

ten bats of the genus Myotis, taken in the extreme southern

art of Lower California, and forming part of the Coolidge

collection, which has already furnished so many novelties.

Four of the specimens—three from Santa Anita and one from

San José del Cabo, the latter essentially a topotype of

Vespertilio obscurus, H. Allen—prove to be typical Myotis

californicus; the others, all from San José del Cabo, repre-

sent a species related to M. velifer, J. A. Allen, but distinct

from any hitherto described. The new form may be known

Myotis peninsularis, sp. n.

Type adult ? (skin and skull), in the British Museum *,

collected at San José del Cabo, Lower California, August 12,

1896, by Loye Miller. Coolidge collection, number 718.

Specific Characters.—Skull and teeth essentially as in

Myotis velifer, J. A. Allen. General size considerably

smaller than in MV. velifer (about the same as in MZ. lucifugus)

and tail-vertebre relatively much shorter. Colour (in tawny

phase) paler and more fulvous than in J. velifer and closely

resembling that of WM. californicus and M. thysanodes.

Colour.—The specimens represent two distinct colour

phases. In the type and two other females the whole body

is wood-brown, the back slightly darker than Ridgway’s

plate (‘Nomenclature of Colours,’ pl. iii. fig. 19), the belly as

much paler. In the three other specimens, all of which are

males, the back is hair-brown and the belly pale Isabella

colour. One of the males, however, is clearly intermediate

in colour, so that it is unlikely that the phases are purely

sexual.

Skull and Teeth —The skull and teeth exactly resemble

those of Myotis velifer, except that they are a trifle smaller in

size. Theskull of the type measures: greatest length 15mm.;

zygomatic breadth 10; interorbital constriction 3°8; breadth

of rostrum at anterior root of first molar 6; mandible 11:8;

upper tooth-row (exclusive of incisors) 64; lower tooth-

row 8.

Measurements.—Type: total length 91mm.; tail 34; tibia

14:6; foot (with claws) 10; forearm 39; longest finger 61;

* (Since registered as 98, 3, 1. 59.—0. T.]

On new Mollusca from South Africa. 125

ear from meatus 15. Averages and extremes of the six

specimens: total length 88:5 (86-96) ; tail 32°7 (50-36) ;

tibia 15 (14°6-16) ; foot (with claws) 9°£ (8°5-10) ; forearm

39 (38°6-39'4) ; longest finger 62°3 (61-64).

Remarks.—The membranes, feet, wings, and ears of Myotis

peninsularis agree closely with those of M. velifer so far as

can be determined from skins alone. The extremely short

tail of the new species appears to be its most strongly marked

character. The measurements of the tails, together with the

total length, foot, and ear, were taken in the flesh by three

different collectors (Loye Miller, J. F. Abbott, and

D. Coolidge), and their uniformity under these circumstances

precludes any likelihood of error.

In the brown phase the colour is much like that of Myotis

velifer, but in the tawny phase it much more closely

resembles M/. californicus and M. thysanodes.

The five paratypes of Myotis peninsularis have been

presented by the British Museum to the United States

National Museum, where they are catalogued as numbers

93552 to 93555.

XVIII.—Descriptions of Nine new Species of Terrestrial and

Fluviatile Mollusca from South Africa. By JAMES Cosmo

Metvitt, M.A., F.L.S., and Jonn Henry PONSONBY,

F.Z.S.

[Plate VIL. }

In this, the fourteenth communication we have offered on this

subject during the past few years, we are especially gratified

to be able to record a second species of Hapalus, A very

minute, but beautifully sculptured Cyclophorus is likewise

included, and others which, though small, will all be of interest

to students of the South-African terrestrial fauna.

We should like to take this opportunity of mentioning that

a contribution towards a Catalogue of the non-Marine

Molluscan Fauna of this region has been prepared by us, and

will shortly be published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Malaco-

logical Society of London’; and we may be permitted to

indulge the hope that such a list may help to pave the way

for a more comprehensive and critical work on the subject.

Trachycystis lignicola, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 1.)

T. testa depresso-globosa, umbilicata, tenui, cornea, supra sub-

P ; el >, Pasig oar

planata; anfractibus sex, ventricosis, undique longitudinaliter

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 10

126 = Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

arctissime et tenuissime sub lente striatis, apud suturas multum

impressis, ultimo permagno ; apertura lunari; peristomate tenui,

marginem apud columellarem breviter triangulatim reflexo.

Long. 3°50, lat. 6 mm. (spec. maj.).

Hab. Fish River, Cradock.

The form is depressedly globular, umbilicate, thin, horny,

apparently smooth, but when examined with a lens beauti-

fully and very closely longitudinally striate. The upper

whorls are ventricose and deeply impressed at the sutures,

and almost in the same plane. The last whorl is very large ;

aperture lunate ; outer lip thin, shortly triangularly reflexed

over the narrow umbilicus at the columellar margin.

Several examples, found in decaying wood; hence the

specific name.

Ennea elliptica, sp. n. (Pl. VII. fig. 2.)

E. testa cylindracea, nitida, levigata, pellucida, apice obtusissimo ;

anfractibus sex, levibus, ultimo dorsaliter leniter longitudi-

naliter striato; apertura rotundo-ovata; peristomate paullum

incrassato, albo, dentibus plicisve quinque instructo, videlicet,

plica parietali magna, prominente, dente labiali acuto, dentibus

columellaribus duobus, approximatis, et intus plica columellari

planata, valde intrante.

Long. 3:25, lat. 1:75 mm.

Hab. Maritzburg.

A very shining, almost completely smooth species, of

which we have seen four examples, all agreeing in size and

detail. The whorls are six, the last dorsally finely longitu-

dinally striate ; the substance pellucid and white; aperture

roundly oval; peristome thickened, white, with five plaits or

teeth, namely—a large extended parietal plait, an acute labial

tooth, two contiguous columellar teeth, and a flattened deep-

seated columellar plait.

Ennea formosa, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 3.)

E. testa anguste rimata, breviter cylindracea, dolioliformi,

nitidiuscula, fere levigata, semipellucida, apice obtusissimo ;

anfractibus octo, infra suturas impressis, Juxta suturas obliquo-

striatis, ad medium et infra evanidis, ultimo apud_ basin

et circa rimam basalem conspicue striato; apertura subrotunda ;

peristomate incrassato, albo, nitido, reflexo, plicis dentibusque

intricatis preedito, plica parietali magna, oblique intrante, dentibus

labialibus duobus, effusis, dente basali acuto, intus extenso, dente

new Mollusca from South Africa. 127

columellari superficiali, obtuso, intus plica columellari bipartita,

longe producta, fere faucem ipsam claudente.

Long. 8-0, lat. 3 mm. (spec. maj.).

Long. 6:0, lat. 2:50 mm. (spec. min.).

Hab. Durban, Natal (Quekett).

Seven examples, of which we take the largest for the type ;

the remaining six are all much of a size. A very remarkable

and beautiful Hnnea, tun-shaped, narrowly rimate basally,

shining, almost smooth; whorls eight, apex very obtuse, the

whorls being impressed at the sutures ; just at and below these

for a very short distance oblique striations are discernible with

a lens; the sculpture soon becomes obliterated, and the body

of theshell is smooth. At the base and round the perforation

the striations reappear. ‘The aperture is roundish ; peristome

white, shining, peristomatal processes various and conspicuous,

being as follows :—

(i.) An oblique large parietal plait.

(ii.) Two labial teeth, effuse and prominent.

(iii.) One basal tooth, acutely produced.

(iv.) A rounded columellar simple tooth.

(v.) An internal bipartite columellar plait, much produced

and almost closing the aperture.

Succinea piscinalis, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 4.)

S. testa ovato-acuminata, tenui, semipellucida, ochracea, apice sub-

mamillato; anfractibus quatuor, apud suturas declivibus, im-

pressis, rapide supra attenuatis, ultimo amplo; apertura ovata,

labro paullum effuso, haud incrassato, simplici.

Long. 11, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Fish River (Farquhar, in coll. T. Rogers).

Several examples of a Succinea, normal in its outlines,

which nevertheless hardly agrees with any other species known

tous. It is ovate, much acuminate, and becoming rapidly

attenuate towards the apex, four-whorled, including the almost

mamillate apical whorl, the last being, as usual, very much

the largest; the aperture is oval, outer lip slightly effuse,

simple.

We are indebted for this shell to Mr. Thomas Rogers, of

Manchester, who, as stated above, received it as collected by

Mr. Farquhar.

Buliminus zuluensis, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 5.)

B. testa alba, fusiformi, anguste umbilicata, paullum nitente; an-

fractibus septem, ventricosulis, unicoloribus, ultimo ceteros magni-

128 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

tudine longe superante; apertura oblonga; peristomate paullum

incrassato, margine columellari triangulatim reflexo.

Long. 22, lat. 10 mm.

Hab. Inseyi River, Zululand.

This shell is comparable with B. damarensis, though widely

differing from it, the latter being the more cylindrical and

with more whorls than seven. White, slightly shining, with

ventricose whorls, the last far exceeding the others in length

(14 millim.); aperture oblong, outer lip thickened, columellar

margin triangularly reflexed over the umbilicus, which is

narrow.

Hapalus globosus, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 6.)

HT, testa cinereo-alba, nitida, tenui, inflata, ovata; anfractibus sex,

quorum apicali obtuso, ceteris ventricosulis, fere levibus, sub lente

longitudinaliter irregulariter striatulis, ultimo magno, inflato ;

apertura ovata; peristomate tenui, regionem apud umbilicarem

cuneato, anguste reflexo,

Long. 6, lat. 3 mm. (spec. maj.).

Hab. Stella Bush.

This discovery of a second South-African Hapalus is

interesting. From H. catarracte, described by us in June

1897 *, it differs in substance, colour, greater inflation of

whorl, and one or two other particulars.

The shell is whitish, shining, thin, ovate, inflated, six-

whorled, all somewhat ventricose, and almost smooth, the

last whorl large, conspicuously swollen; aperture ovate;

peristome thin, with a wedge-shaped narrowly reflexed process

over the umbilicus, which is very narrow.

Two specimens.

Pupa Farquhari, sp.n. (Pl. VIL. fig. 7.)

P. testa valde perforata, recta, cylindracea, obtusapicali, brunnea,

tenul; anfractibus octo, apud suturas impressis, ventricosulis,

undique obscurissime sub lente longitudinaliter obliqui-striatis ;

apertura ovata; peristomate albo, reflexo, nitente, plica parietali

acinaciformi, acuto, intrante predita, margine columellari ad

medium incrassato,

Long. 4, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Elandsberg Mountain, Cradock (Furguhar, in coll.

T. Rogers).

Ten orelevenexamples of a much-perforate, straightly cylin-

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xix. p. 635.

new Mollusca from South Africa. 129

drical, delicate brown Pupa, eight-whorled, the apex being

very obtuse, the whorls impressed suturally and somewhat

ventricose, longitudinally very obscurely obliquely striate.

Mouth ovate; peristome white, reflexed, shining, furnished

with an acute scimitar-shaped parietal plait, deep-seated,

white, the columellar margin also being, though plain, some-

what thickened, as with an incipient process, towards the

centre.

Physa gradata, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 8.)

P. testa parva, cornea, subpellucida, ovata; anfractibus quatuor vel

quinque, apicali obtuso, ceteris infra suturas uniangulatis, pulchre

gradatis, undique longitudinaliter arcte liratis ; apertura oblonga;

peristomate tenui, paullulum reflexo, margine columellari crassi-

usculo,

Long. 4°50, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Brickfields, Grahamstown (Farquhar, in coll. T.

Rogers).

A small, horny, subpellucent shell, oval in form, four- or

five-whorled, the whorls below the suture one-angled, gradate,

and longitudinally closely lirate; aperture oblong, outer lip

thin, slightly reflexed, columellar margin sinuous, somewhat

thickened.

Four examples.

Cyclophorus minimus, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 9.)

C. testa depressa, planorbiformi, tenui, nitidiuscula, omnino epi-

dermide cornea contecta, apice mamillato ; anfractibus quatuor,

ventricosis, arctissime longitudinaliter tenui-liratis, ultimo

multiseriatim sed sparsim setigero, setis tenuissimis; apertura

rotunda; peristomate tenui, continuo, regione umbilicali patula,

depressa, lata.

Alt. 1, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Maritzburg.

Very small, yet fullof detail. The shell is planorbiform and

much depressed, thin, somewhat shining, covered with a thin

corneous epidermis. Whorls, including the mamillate apex,

four, the last being much the largest ; they are ventricose and

entirely concentrically closely lirate, the last whorl possessing

scattered bristly hairs, evidently arranged in several rows,

but which have either worn off or only occur sparsely. The

aperture is round; peristome thin, continuous; umbilicus

open, wide, and depressed.

Ten specimens, collected by Mr. Burnup.

We have not seen the operculum.

130 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Trachycystis lignicola.

Fug. 2. Ennea elliptica.

Fig. 3. formosa.

Fig. 4. Succinea piscinalis.

Fig. 5. Buliminus zuluensis.

Fig. 6. Hapalus globosus.

Fig. 7. Pupa Farquhari.

Fig. 8. Physa gradata.

Fig. 9. Cyclophorus minimus.

XIX.—On a Second Collection of Reptiles made by Mr. E.

Lort-Phillips in Somaliland. By G. A. BOULENGER,

ERS.

SINCE the publication in these ‘ Annals’ * of a report ona

small collection of Reptiles made by Mr. Lort-Phillips at

Berbera and in the Goolis Mountains the British Museum has

received a second collection made by the same gentleman in

the same district in 1896-97. It contains examples of most

of the Reptiles mentioned in the first report, and, in addition,

of eight species, two of which are new, enumerated in the

following list.

LIZARDS.

1. Hemidactylus mabuia, Mor.

Goolis Mountains.

2. Agama Rueppellit, Vaill.

Goolis Mountains.

3. Agama (Xenagama) batillifera, Vaill.

Found in holes on the Sogsoda plain, Goolis Mountains, at

an elevation of about 2000 feet.

4, Latastia Hardeggert, Steind.

Latastia Hardeggeri, Steindachner, Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vi. 1891,

p. 371, pl. xi.

Eremias heterolepis, Boettger, Zool. Anz. 1898, p. 115.

This species is very closely allied to L. Newmannz, Matschie,

frem Aden, recently described by J. Anderson (P. Z. 8. 1895,

* Ser. 6, vol. xvi. 1895, p. 165,

Reptiles from Somaliland. 131

p. 643, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1). In fact nothing but a smaller

number of scales across the body (about 30, exclusive of the

ventrals) distinguishes it from the latter. As noticed by

Steindachner, the series of granules between the supraoculars

and the frontal is not constant; these granules are absent in

the single specimen brought home by Mr. Lort-Phillips from

Berbera. he specimen is a young one, measuring 42 millim.

from snout to vent. 34 scales across the middle of the body,

exclusive of the ventrals, which form 6 longitudinal and 29

transverse series, A narrow rim separates the nostril from

the first labial, as in Z. Newmanni. Back black, sides

spotted with black, with six white longitudinal lines, the

two median bifurcating on the nape; tail red.

5. Latastia Phillipsit, sp. n.

Head rather small; snout short, obtuse. A single post-

nasal; frontal narrowed posteriorly, scarcely grooved; two

large supraoculars, preceded and followed by a few small

shields, and separated from the supraciliaries by a series of

granules ; interparietal very narrow, separated from the small

triangular occipital ; a band-like shield borders the parietal

externally and another, curved one, the ear supero-anteriorly ;

temporal scales granular, smooth; no auricular denticulation ;

subocular bordering the lip, between the fourth and fifth

upper labials. Gular scales moderate, gradually increasing

in size towards the collar, which is curved and formed of 8 or

9 plates; the three anterior pairs of chin-shields in contact.

Scales roundish rhomboidal, flat or subtectiform, subimbri-

cate ; two series of strongly enlarged smooth scales, twice as

broad as long, along the spine; 28 or 30 scales across the

middle of the body. Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal and

26 transverse series; the plates of the median and outer

series narrower than the others, but much broader than long ;

no small pectoral scales. Two median preanal plates en-

larged. KE emoral pores 13. Tail very long. Grey above,

with three lemon-yellow longitudinal streaks, the median

bifurcating on the nape; sides and limbs dotted with black ;

lower parts white ; tail red in the young.

Gir

millim,

if Wet a) yey Ai RES Pea ae Morals aa on aio 156

MV CAGEEA tess nator ae evcrenerais tiny Sth aus 10

WWidthwotheadi.. cits cok eee ae ciate to oles 6

From end of snout to fore limb........ 16

55 ry WEN Foc aot LIGILO o 42

Hore Jimi biy aoe roko vacate ek senanes 16

HAMMAMET ee ee la ricterape circ eicie ci tone ae 29

RMAs ct etait talerel slot ois. tleietes nye, sass 114

132 On Reptiles from Somaliland.

Two specimens from Berbera.

This species is very closely allied to L. spinalis, Ptrs.

Apart from the coloration, fundamentally different in the light

stripes being in odd number, it may be distinguished by the

longer foot, the fourth toe measured from the base of the

fifth exceeding the distance between the fore limb and the

anterior border of the orbit.

6. Chameleon busiliscus, Cope.

Goolis Mountains.

SNAKES.

7. Typhlops cunetrostris, Ptrs.

Goolis Mountains.

AELUROGLENA, gen. nov.

Maxillary teeth 11, increasing in size posteriorly, forming

an uninterrupted series ; mandibular teeth subequal. Head

elongate, slightly distinct from neck; eye moderate, with

vertically elliptical pupil; nostril pierced between two nasals

and the supranasal. Body slender, cylindrical ; scales

smooth, with apical pits, in 21 rows. Ventrals rounded.

‘Tail moderate ; subcaudals in 2 rows.

This genus should be placed not far from Zamenis.

8. Atluroglena cucullata, sp. n.

Snout rather long, slightly prominent. Rostral much

broader than deep, not visible from above; internasals as

long as the prefrontals; frontal bell-shaped, once and a half

as long as broad, broader than the supraocular, as long as its

distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ;

loreal twice as long as deep; a single large preocular,

narrowly separated from the frontal; two postoculars ; tem-

porals 1+2; cight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering

the eye; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-

shields, which are shorter than the posterior; latter separated

from each other by scales. Scales in 21 rows. Ventrals

216; anal divided ; subcaudals 67. Pale buff above; head

dark brown above, speckled with whitish, shading into a

blackish blotch on the nape; two large cream-coloured spots

on the upper lip, in front of and behind the eye; lower

surface of head dark brown, with a cream-coloured spot on

each side of the chin, and a band of the same colour below

On Two new Fishes from the Coast of Sind. 133

each mandibular ramus, sending up a process to meet the

preocular labial spot; the brown is prolonged as a median

stripe along the throat ; lower parts cream-colour.

Total length 375 millim. ; tail 75.

A single female specimen from the Goolis Mountains.

XX.— Descriptions of Two new Fishes from the Coast of Sind.

By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

THE fishes here described were found among a collection made

at Kurrachee by Mr. F. W. Townsend, and presented by

him to the British Museum.

Epinephelus Townsendi.

Teeth in rather broad bands, in three series on the sides of

the mandible ; canines small. Depth of body equal to length

of head, 2? to 3 times in total length. Snout rather pointed,

as long as diameter of eye, which is 44 to 5 times in length

of head ; interorbital width 6 to 7 times in length of head;

lower jaw strongly projecting; maxillary extending to

below posterior border of eye or a little beyond, the width

of its distal extremity 3 to ? diameter of eye; preopercular

border rounded, finely serrated behind, the serre slightly en-

larged towards the angle ; opercular spines equidistant, lower

further back than upper; opercular flap pointed, upper border

feebly curved; head covered with cycloid scales, maxillary

naked. Gill-rakers moderate, 16 or 17 on lower part of ante-

rior arch. Dorsal XI 16-17, originating above base of

pectoral; spines increasing in length to the third or fourth,

which is 4 length of head and not, or but slightly, longer than

the last, and a little shorter than longest soft rays. Pectoral

2 length of head. Ventral shorter, not reaching vent. Anal

spines strong, second and third equal, nearly 2 length

of head. Caudal rounded. Scales strongly ciliated,

95-110 ==5; 1. 1. 67-76. Olive-brown above, whitish

beneath ; one or two more or less distinct dark streaks on the

cheek and gill-cover; dorsal, anal, and caudal edged with

blackish.

Total length 250 millim.

Four specimens.

This species is nearest allied to Z. merra, Bl.

134 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Pseudochromis caudalis.

Depth of body 4 times in total length, length of head 33.

Snout as long as diameter of eye, which is 4} times in length

of head and slightly exceeds interorbital width; maxillary

extending to below centre of eye; 6 series of small scales

on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Dorsal III 27;

longest soft rays 4 length of head. Pectoral 2 length of

head, a little longer than ventral. Anal III 16. Caudal

truncate. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales 55 =;

lat. 1. 2. Olive above, yellowish beneath ; a black spot on

the opercle, close to the upper extremity of the preeopercular

border ; fins greyish white ; two black streaks on the caudal,

near the upper and lower borders.

Total length 100 millim.

A single specimen.

I seize this opportunity for pointing out that the Salarvas

named by me, ina recent note on Mr. 'Townsend’s collections,

S. curtus, has been described twice before, viz. as S. opercu-

laris by J. A. Murray (Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc. ii. 1887,

p- 48) and as S. Neilli by Day (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888,

p- 263). ‘The species is common at Kurrachee, and its range

extends to the Persian Gulf.

XXI.— Descriptions of new Species of Hemiptera- Heteroptera.

By W. L. Distant.

Pentatomide.

PHYLLOCEPHALINE.

Storthogaster Junodt, sp. n.

Bright golden yellow; membrane and connexivum pale

dull ochraceous. Antenne yellow, with the apex of the last

joint black. Head with a small elongate black spot at the

apex of central lobe, eyes piceous. Pronotum with a broad

purplish-red basal fascia, strongly indented at centre and

narrowing towards outer angles, containing coarse black

punctures, which are confluent on its anterior margin; outer

angles acute and marked with a linear black fascia; two

small black spots on anterior margin near head. Scutellum

new Species of Hemiptera- Heteroptera. 135

with a purplish-red basal patch. Corium with a large spot

near inner basal margin, connected with a broad lateral (not

extending to base) and apical margin, purplish red, con-

taining some darker spots ; membrane sparingly but promi-

nently spotted with black ; connexivum marked with linear

black spots. Body beneath and legs unicolorous.

Long. 15 millim.; lat. pronot. angl. 9 millim.

Hab. Delagoa Bay (Junod).

This extraordinary Hemipteron, of which I was allowed to

abstract a single specimen in the possession of the Rev. H. A.

Junod, when visiting Delagoa Bay in 1895, was generically

described by Karsch in 1892, the genus being founded on a

West-African specimen, S.hieroglyphicus (Berl. ent. Zeitschr.

xxxvil. p. 484, fig. 2).

Coreidez.

Bardistus superbus, sp. n.

Head black, with a central ochraceous fascia; ocelli red ;

antenne black. Pronotum bright ochraceous, with three

broad central fascie, the lateral and humeral margins black.

Scutellum bright ochraceous, with a broad central black

fascia, narrowed posteriorly. Corium piceous, with the veins

dull ochraceous, membrane shining cupreous. Connexivum

above and beneath black, with large red spots, one on each

segment. Body beneath and legs black; femora annulated

with red near apex ; lateral and basal margins and a streak

at anterior margin of prosternum, two spots on each lateral

area of meso- and metasternum, and the costal bases pale

ochraceous.

Antenne with the fourth joint longest, second a little

shorter than the first, longer than the third. Lateral and

humeral margins of the pronotum strongly crenulated, the

apex of the posterior angles with a short but distinct spine;

the pronotum is subrugulose and tessellate, with coarse punc-

tures. Scutellum transversely rugulose. Corium coarsely

punctate.

Long. 30 millim.

Hab. Costa Rica, Guaitil de Pirris (Pacific coast).

This beautiful species is allied in structure to B. eremita,

Stal.

136 Mr. A. Alcock on

XXI1I.—WNatural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Ship ‘ Investigator, Commander T. H. Heming,

R.N., commanding.—Series II., No. 25. A Note on the

Deep-sea Fishes, with Descriptions of some new Genera and

Species, including another probably Viviparous Ophidiord.

By A. Aucock, Surgeon-Major I.M.S., Superintendent of

the Indian Museum.

CoNTENTS.

§ 1. Introduction.

§ 2. On some Geographical Relations of the Deep-sea Fish-fauna of

India.

§ 3. General Composition of the Deep-sea Fish-fauna of India.

§ 4. Descriptions of new Species, including another probably Vivi-

parous Species of Diplacanthopoma.

§ 1. Introduction.

In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for November and December

1889, September and October 1890, January, July, and

August 1891, November 1892, and August 1895, and in the

‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal’ for 1893, 1894,

and 1896, I have described the fishes dredged by the ‘ Inves-

tigator’ in depths ranging from 100-1800 fathoms during the

twelve years 1885-1896.

In the present paper some noteworthy species dredged since

1896 are recorded ; though two of these (Raja Powelli, sp. n.,

and Monocentris japonicus, C. V.) were taken at a depth less

than 100 fathoms, yet the occurrence of a temperate genus

like Raja close to the Indian shores, and the addition of

another singular Japanese species to the Indian fauna, are

sufficiently interesting to be noticed here.

§ 2. On some Geographical Relations of the Deep-sea

Fish-fauna of India.

In my earliest paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1889,

p- 379) on the deep-sea fishes of the Indian region I drew

attention to the fact that several of our species were common,

on the one hand to the deeper waters of Madeira, the Medi-

terranean, and the Atlantic coasts of America, and, on the

other hand, to the seas of Japan.

As Dr. Ginther had, long before, noticed the correspon-

dences between (1) the Madeiran, Mediterranean, and West-

Indian fish-fauna, and (2) the fish-fauna of Japan, and as at

Indian Deep-sea Fishes. 137

the time I wrote our observations were only beginning, it did

not then seem either necessary or advisable to pursue this

subject further.

But our investigations are now perhaps sufficiently full to

enable us to form an idea of the geographical relations of the

deep-sea fish-fauna of India, and sufficiently numerous to be

used as a test of certain theories of past geography and zoolo-

gical distribution that are based on other and various kinds of

evidence. I may therefore briefly summarize them.

The total number of species of fishes, exclusive of incidental

shore-tishes, at present known to exist in the seas of India at

depths over a hundred fathoms is 159, of which 120 have

not, so far as is known, been found elsewhere.

Of the 39 previously-knownspecies, the following 6 probably

belong to the fauna of the “ Necton,” and are not therefore

made use of in this paper in any argument based on the

facts of geographical distribution :—

J. Argyropelecus hemigymnus, 4. Gonostoma microdon, Gthr.

Cocco. 5. elongatum, Gthr.

2. Sternoptyx diaphana, Herm. 6. Chauliodus Sloanii, Bl. Schn.

3. Polyipnus spinosus, Gthr.

Of the remaining 33, 6 more may possibly belong to the

nectic fauna, though I do not think that they do, and shall

not here treat them as if they did. They are :—

1. Hoplostethus mediterraneum, 4. Antigonia capros, Lowe.

C. V., Gthr. 5. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus,

2. Polymixia nobilis, Lowe, Johns,

3. Trachichthys Darwinii, Johns. 6. Macrurus levis, Lowe.

Of the remaining 27, 15 appear to be identical with species

that were dredged, chiefly by the ‘Challenger,’ at corre-

sponding depths in the basins of the East-Indian Archipelago

and neighbouring Western Pacific. These hardly call for

further notice.

Of the remaining 12, 1 (Scyll‘wm canescens, Gthr.?) appears

to be identical with a ‘Challenger’ species from the Pata-

gonian fjords (Pacific side). Singular as this distribution

may seem, it is shared by several species among the Echino-

derma, Crustacea, Pycnogonida, and Mollusca. And if

genera, rather than species, are considered, it will be found

that quite a considerable number are common to Indian seas

and the Pacific slopes of South America—from Panama to

Patagonia.

There are left 11 previously-known species that share with

138 Mr. A. Alcock on

the 6 species classed as just possibly belonging to the nectic

fauna a curious and most suggestive geographical distribu-

tion. These are :—

Chiasmodus niger, Johns., known from the West Indies

and Atlantic coasts of the United States; from the mid-

Atlantic and Madeira ; and from the Bay of Bengal.

Chaunazx pictus, Lowe, known from the West Indies and

the Atlantic coast of the United States; from Madeira, Cape

Verd Islands, and neighbourhood; from Japan and Fiji;

and from the Bay of Bengal and the Gulf of Manav.

Dicrolene intronigra and Bathygadus longifilis, G. & B.,

known from the West Indies and neighbouring coasts of

North America, from the Atlantic coast of North-western

Africa, and from the Malabar coast and Andamans.

Diplacanthopoma brachysoma, Gthr., known only from off

the coast of Brazil (Pernambuco) and from the Andaman

Sea.

Macrurus (Mystaconurus) cavernosus, G. & B., known only

from the Gulf of Mexico and from Ceylon and the Andaman

Sea. (Specimens from both regions compared.)

Bathytroctes microlepts, Gthr., known only from the Medi-

terranean gate of the Atlantic and from the Andaman Sea.

(Our specimen is in bad preservation, and its identification is

therefore doubiful.)

Platytroctes apus, Gthr., known only from the mid-Atlantic

and from off the Malabar coast.

Leptoderma macrops, Vaillant, known only from the

Atlantic coasts of North-western Africa and from the Bay of

Bengal. .

Uroconger vicinus, Vaillant, known only from the Atlantic

coasts of North-western Africa and from the Laccadives and

Bay of Bengal.

Synaphobranchus pinnatus, Gray, Gthr., known from the

Atlantic coasts of the United States and Brazil; from the

Azores, Canaries, and Cape Verd Islands; from the Philip-

pines and Japan; and from off the Maldives and Cape

Comorin. (Compared with a ‘ Challenger’ duplicate.)

Let us compare now the distribution of the 6 species above

referred to as possibly, but not probably, oceanic. These

are :—

Hoplostethus mediterraneum, C. V., Gthr.: Atlantic coasts

of the United States, Madeira and neighbouring coasts and

islands of that part of the Atlantic, Mediterranean Sea,

Japanese Seas, Malabar coast, and Bay of Bengal.

Polymixia nobilis, Lowe: West Indies, Madeira and neigh-

Indian Deep-sea Fishes. 139

ae parts of the Atlantic, Japan, Mauritius, Andaman

ea.

Trachichthys Darwinti, Johns.: Madeira, Japan, Bay of

Bengal.

Antigonia capros, Lowe: West Indies, Madeira, Arafura

Sea, Japan, Bay of Bengal. (Compared with ‘ Challenger ’

duplicate.)

Neoscopelus macrolepidotus, Johns.: West Indies and

neighbouring coasts of the United States, Madeira, Austra-

lasian Seas, Andaman Sea. (Compared with a ‘ Challenger’

duplicate.)

Macrurus (Malacocephalus) levis, Lowe: North and South

Atlantic, seas of Northern Europe, Mediterranean, Hawaiian

Islands, Andaman Sea.

From the above list we see that of the 33 species of deep-

sea fishes (excluding the undoubted nectic species) that India

is known to share with other parts of the world, 17 species, or

51 per cent. (and 10 per cent. of the whole fish-fauna in

question), are found in certain very suggestive areas of the

North Atlantic, namely off the West Indies and neighbouring

coasts of America and in the approaches to the Mediterranean

Sea.

This of itself would be almost enough to suggest a former

direct connexion between those waters and the seas of India;

and the fact that so many of the species under consideration

also occur in Japan is suggestive of still further-reaching

sea-connexions.

So far as the Japanese seas are concerned, this idea has

long been familiar to Dr. Giinther, who, in the ‘ Journal of

the Linnean Society’ for 1874-76 (Zoology, vol. xii.),

pp- 107-139, gives a list of 29 Japanese shore-fishes, of which

22 also belong to the Mediterranean and 18 to the West-

Indian fauna, and 11 are common to all three regions, and

who, in the ‘ Introduction to the Study of Fishes,’ p. 270,

says, in comparing the shore-fishes of Japan with those of the

Mediterranean :—‘“‘ We can only account for the singular

distribution of these shore-fishes by assuming that the Medi-

terranean and Japanese seas were in direct and open commu-

nication with each other within the period of the existence of

the present Teleosteous fauna.”

It is not, however, alone, or even principally, from the

Fishes that the zoological evidence * in support of a former

* “Zoological,” because I understand that the geological evidence in

favour of a former (Eocene or Miocene) open-sea connexion between the

140 Mr. A. Alcock on

connexion, by way of the Mediterranean Sea, between the

Tropical Atlantic and the Indo-Pacific is to be derived ;

corroborative evidence appears to be furnished by every

group among the ‘Investigator’ collections that has been

examined.

(a) Among the Hexactinellid Sponges, which have been

determined for us by Professor F. HK. Schulze, we find :—

(1) Aphrocallistes Bocaget, P. Wright, which is known from

the West Indies, from Spain, Portugal, and the Cape Verd

Islands, from the North-eastern Atlantic, and from Japan,

and has been dredged by the ‘ Investigator’ in 180-265 fath. ;

and (2) Karrea occa, Carter, which occurs in the West Indies,

in Japan and the Philippines, and also off the Andamans at

220-240 fath.

(6) Among the Madreporarian Corals are Curyophyllia

communis, Seg. Mos., and Flabellum laciniatum, Phil. These

two Atlantic species are frequently found in Indian Seas at

depths between 200 and 700 fath. As they occur fossil in

the Tertiary deposits of Sicily and Southern Italy, they have

here a special interest. We also find in the Andaman Sea

a Deltocyathus that seems to be nothing more than a variety

of the Deltocyathus ttalicus (Mich.), E. & H., of the North

Atlantic and of the Miocene of Northern Italy.

Dr. J. H. T. Walsh (Holothurians), Prof. R. Koehler (Ophi-

uroids), and myself (Starfishes), the following are common to

the Atlantic and the seas of India :—Porcellanaster ceruleus,

Wy. Thoms., Nymphaster basilicus, Sladen, Nymphaster pro-

tentus, Sladen, Uphiomustum validum, Liungmann, Ophiernus

adspersus, Lyman, Ophiocamax fasciculata, Lyman, Astronyx

Lovent, M. & T. (also occurs in Japan), Hupyrgus scaber,

Liitk. (also occurs in Arctic Seas). None of these are true

abyssal forms.

(qd) Among the Crustacea the following, four of which

were determined by the late Prof. J. Wood-Mason, are

common to the seas of the Hast and West Indies and neigh-

bourhood :—Bathynomus giganteus, A. M.-Edw. (not found

elsewhere), Pontophilus gracilis, S. I. Smith (not found

elsewhere), Phoberus cecus, A. M.-Edw. (? also in the Ara-

fura Sea), Uroptychus nitidus, A. M.-Edw. (not elsewhere),

West Indies and Mediterranean on the one hand, and in favour of a

former (Cretaceous and Eocene) open-sea connexion between Europe,

across the Sahara and Arabia, far into India, on the other hand, is very

strong. My object here is simply to show how certain geological generali-

zations appear to be in some way confirmed by the zoological facts

recorded in this series of papers.

Indian Deep-sea Fishes. 141

Lithodes Agassizii, S. I. Smith (also from the Azores),

Pylocheles Agassizit, A. M.-Edw. (not elsewhere).

And the following are common to the northern parts of the

North Atlantic and the Indian seas:—Nephropsis atlantica,

Norman, and Calocaris Macandree, Bell, the latter having

been also found at New Zealand.

No nectic or abyssal species are included in this list.

(ce) Among the Mollusca, which have been identified by

Mr. E. A. Smith and Mr. E. 8. Goodrich (Cephalopods),

4 out of 20 deep-sea species that are known to occur else-

where are common to India and the North Atlantic. They

are :—Solariella infundibulum, Watson (also occurs off the

Crozets), Puncturella asturtana, Fischer, Lucina spinifera,

Montagu, and Octopus januarii, Ststp., which last has also

been taken in the Kastern Pacitic.

Altogether, of the species that inhabit the moderate depths

(100-1006 fathoms) of the Indian seas and are also known

from corresponding depths elsewhere, 74?;ths are known from

the Atlantic north of 10° S., and 38,ths are identical with

species that also.belong either to the deep fauna of the West

Indies and neighbouring coasts of America, or to the deep

fauna of the Atlantic approaches to the Mediterranean,

This—which expressly excludes all true abyssal as well as

“ Necton ” species—is, so far as we know, a larger number of

thus limited deep species than the seas of India have in

common either with the basins of the Hast-Indian Archipelago

or with the seas of Japan, although it is interesting to note

that the affinities of the Indian with the Japanese deep fauna

are very well marked—28 species being common to the

moderate depths of the two regions.

For fuller details I would reter to a Report, now in the

press, upon the deep-sea Madreporaria dredged by the ‘ Inves-

tigator,, and to a paper (to be shortly published in the

‘Scientific Memoirs of the Medical Officers of the Army of

India’) summarizing the zoological observations of the

‘ Investigator’ between the years 1884 and 1897.

To the list of Fishes common to the West Indies and the

Bay of Bengal and Andaman Sea must be added

Bembrops gobioides (Goode) [= Hypsicometes gobioides, Goode,

= Bembrops platyrhynchus, Alcock].

~ In the Indian Museum there is one of the ‘Albatross’ (?).

duplicates of Hypsicometes gobioides, presented fo us by the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii, 11

142 Mr. A. Alcock on

Smithsonian Institution, and it is identical with the species

that I had described and figured as Bembrops platyrhynchus.

Bembrops gobioides (Goode), which appears to be acommon

species in the Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico at depths

of from 68 to 324 fath., has been dredged by the ‘ Investi-

gator’ off the Madras coast in 128 fath., and in the Anda-

man Sea at 185 and 194 fath.

I take this opportunity of giving the synonymy of the

genus and species :—

BEMBROPS, Steindachner,

Bembrops, Stemdachner, SB. Ak. Wien, Ixxiv. 1877, i. p.211; Alcock,

Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxiii. 1894, pt. 2, p. 118, and vol. Ixv.

1896, pt. 2, p. 316.

Hypsicometes, Goode, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. iii. 1880, p. 347 ; Gunther,

‘Challenger’ Deep-sea Fishes, p. 85; Jordan and Gilbert, Bull. U.S.

Nat. Mus. xvi. p. 808; Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichthyology, p. 290.

Bathypercis, Aleock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxii. 1898, pt. 2,

Derltihe

Bembrops gobiotdes (Goode).

Hypsicometes gobioides, Goode, loc. cit.; Giinther, Joe. cit.; Jordan and

Gilbert, loc. cit.; Goode and Bean, loc. cit. fig, 263.

Bathypercis platyrhynchus, Alcock, loc. cit. pl. 1x. fig. 1.

Bembrops platyrhynchus, Alcock, loc, cit.

I have only to add that my description and figure were

made from a young individual; in the adult, of which we

have lately received several specimens from the ‘ Investi-

gator,’ the proportions of the body are different.

§ 3. General Composition of the Deep-sea Fish-fauna of

India.

As regards the composition of the deep-sea fish-fauna of

India, so far as our present knowledge goes, it is made up as

follows :—

Chondropterygii, about 4 per cent.

Acanthopterygii, ,, 2 5

Anacanthini, 431 freee huss

Physostomi, sy eoO en,

Plectognathi, yy AOGe

In these, as in other seas, certain families are characteristic

of the depths. They are :—

Indian Deep-sea Fishes. 143

Ophidiide, which form nearly 15 per cent. of the whole.

Macruride, - ae ls As

Murenide, a about 10 %

Scopelide., ” ” v9 ” ”

Alepocephalide, 35 pei GS 5 9

The family Pediculati is particularly well represented in

these seas, where, between 128 and 1260 fathoms, we find

twelve species (¢. e. about 7°5 per cent. of the whole), be-

longing to eight genera. Among them it is interesting to

notice three forms (Dibranchus, Malthopsis, Halicmetus) in

which more or less marked degeneration of the locomotor

organs is correlated with a more than ordinary reduction in

the number of gills.

$4. Descriptions of new Species.

Ten new species are described ; they will all be figured in

an early issue of the “ Illustrations of the Zoology of the

‘ Investigator.’ ”

Among the new forms two, besides the two already men-

tioned, are specially interesting; they are:—(1) Benthobatis,

a blind torpedo perhaps more nearly allied to the Eastern

Pacific Discopyge than to any other member of the family ;

and (2) a new species of Diplacanthopoma that is evidently,

like one of its congeners, viviparous. ‘This is the third species

of Diplacanthopoma discovered in these seas; the type of the

genus was dredged by the ‘ Challenger’ in a moderate depth

off Pernambuco.

PLAGIOSTOMATA SELACHOIDETL.

Family Spinacide.

CrenTropuHorvs, M. & H., Gthr.

Centrophorus Rossi, sp. n.

Near C. calceus (Lowe), C. foliaceus, Giinther, and C. 0b-

scurus, Vaillant.

Snout spathulate, much produced, its preoral portion

(measured trom the most convex point of the upper jaw)

being at least twice the distance between the angle of the

mouth and the first gili-opening, and more than 24 times the

distance between the nostrils.

The labial fold extends considerably more than halfway

between the angle of the mouth and the middle of the lower

jaw.

11*

144 Mr. A. Alcock on

Teeth of upper jaw erect, triangular, very acute, in two

series; teeth of lower jaw acute, very oblique, in a single

series.

The posterior borders of all the fins are frayed or fringed,

this not being due to abrasion. ‘The angle of the pectoral is

rounded ; the extremity of the ventral is almost in the perpen-

dicular with the after limit of the base of the second dorsal.

‘he dorsal spines (measured obliquely as they stand) are not

much more than half the greatest height of their fins, but their

points project well beyond the skin; the second dorsal is a

little larger than the first.

Scales minute, acutely tridentate.

Colour uniform jet-black.

A single specimen, 10 inches long, from off the Travancore

coast, 430 fath.

Named in memory of Captain Daniel Ross, who, according

to Sir Clements Markham, was the first Indian “ Marine

Surveyor-General”’ (1823-1833) who introduced a really

scientific method into marine surveying in India.

PLAGIOSTOMATA BATOIDEI.

Family Torpedinide.

BENTHOBATIS, gen. nov.

The whole animal invested in a loose, soft, naked, glan-

dular skin.

Tail very distinct from the oval disk and without distinct

lateral folds. Two dorsal fins on the tail; caudal fin well

developed.

Nasal valves confluent into a quadrangular curtain.

Teeth flat, rhomboidal, with the posterior angle acutely

produced.

Spiracles large, situated immediately behind the zncon-

sptcuous and quite rudimentary eyes.

A large electric organ between the head and either pectoral

fin.

This curious blind torpedo differs from all other members

of the family in having the eyes quite rudimentary and in the

absence of lateral folds of skin on the tail. In general form

it resembles Narcine, though the disk is not quite so broad.

The teeth, like those of Discopyge, have the posterior angle

produced, but more acutely than in Discopyge, judging from

Tschudi’s figure.

Indian Deep-sea Fishes. 145

Benthobatis Moresbyi, sp. n.

The disk is oval, its long axis, which is fore and aft, is a

little shorter than the tail. The large, flat, semicircular snout

occupies a good deal more than a third the whole length of

the disk.

The eyes are represented by two small unpigmented spots,

each not much bigger than the head of a pin, situated one in

front of either spiracle ; a slender optic nerve passes to each,

and expands into a vesicle so small as to need a lens for its

recognition.

The mouth is small and protractile; the teeth are small

rhomboidal plates, with the posterior angle strongly and

acutely produced, and are arranged in mosaic in oblique

series. The gill-openings are large and well-spaced.

The dorsal fins are placed rather close together behind the

level of the ventrals, and, like the caudal, are thick and

fleshy. The ventrals are of the usual shape; though they

are separate, the skin between them is loose and copious.

The whole animal is covered with a perfectly smooth, soft,

glandular, purplish-black skin; scattered on the disk and

round the edge of it are some small white pores, not much

smaller than the eyes; in one specimen part of the tips of the

second dorsal and caudal fins are white.

T'wo males (each about 14 inches long) and a young one,

from off the Travancore coast, 430 fath.

Named in memory of Capt. Moresby, of the Indian Navy,

whose surveys (1834-88) in the seas where this curious fish

is found are known to all readers of Darwin’s ‘ Coral-Reefs.’

Family Rajide.

Raga, Cuv., Gthr.

Raja Powell, sp. n.

Near R. Murrayi, Gthr., but has a more produced snout

and, sex for sex, is much smoother.

The preoral portion is a little more than a third the entire

length of the disk, and ends in a projecting snout, the length

of which beyond the nostrils is somewhat more than the

distance between the outer angles of the latter.

The antero-lateral margins of the disk, from the snout to

the rounded pectoral angles, are broadly sinuous. The width

of the interorbital space is hardly more than the length of the

orbit. There are several spines on the anterior edge of the

orbit and one near its posterior angle, and there are numerous

146 Mr. A. Alcock on

fittle spicules on the dorsal surface of the snout, as well as on

parts of both the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the antero-

Jateral margin. There is a row of three large spines on the

middle Jine of the nape, and there are at least two rows of

smaller spines on the posterior fourth of the disk, in the

middle line.

The tail is as long as the disk and is armed, both on the

dorsal surface and on the sides, with rows of spines, those on

the sides being smaller and more numerous than those on the

dorsum.

The caudal fin, which is present on the dorsal surface only,

is confluent with the second dorsal.

The teeth form a pavement; in the female in the upper

jaw they are indistinctly tricuspid (the lateral cusps very

small and blunt), in the lower jaw they are more distinctly

tricuspid.

Colours: upper swface warm brown, with a pair of large,

light-centred, light-edged, chocolate ocelii near the middle of

the back.

A female, 123 inches long, from the Gulf of Martaban,

67 fath. (‘Temperature probably about 62° Kahr.)

Named in memory of Lieutenant Powell, of the Indian

Navy, Captain Moresby’s colleague.

PHYSOSTOMI.

Family Scopelide.

BATHYPTEROIS, Giinther.

Bathypterots atricolor, Alcock.

Bathypterois atricolor, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixv. pt. ii.

1896, p. 306, and Illustrations of the Zoology of the ‘Investigator,’

Fishes, pl. xvii. fig. 6.

This species was described and figured from a single injured

specimen.

The number of dorsal and anal rays is sometimes less than

in the type specimen ; the number of pectoral rays is alto-

gether 14, and the two detached rays reach at least as far as

the end of the caudal fin.

The curious notch at the ventral base of the caudal fin is

present in every specimen dredged.

This species appears to come nearest to B. dubius, Vaillant.

Off Laccadives, 891 fath.; off Maldives, 459 fath.; off

Cape Comorin, 824 fath.

Indian Deep-sea Fishes. 147

Family Stomiatide.

THAUMASTOMIAS.

Thaumastomias atrox, Alcock.

Thaumastomias atrox, Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1890,

p. 220, pl. viii. fig. 7.

Liitken (Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 6 Rekke, Nat. Math.

Afd. vi. 6, p. 281, 1892) and Collett (Poissons des Cam-

pagnes du yacht ‘]’Hirondelle,’ p. 131) consider that this

species is identical with Photostomias Giuerned of the latter

author. If it were so, it would be very interesting to find

another species common to the Azores and the Andamans

and Bay of Bengal.

But, although the two forms are possibly congeneric, they

are specifically quite distinct. Our two specimens, which

are unusually perfect and well-preserved, have neither lingual

teeth nor barbel, and have only a single short row of teeth on

either palatine. The luminous organs also are different in

tle two species.

Family Sternoptychida.

DipLopuHos, Giinther.

Diplophos corytheolum, sp. n.

Bato Ds cincs pl aA cire! 2h. Ps 10e5) Vict:

Length of head about one fourth, height of body between

one fifth and one sixth of the total without the caudal.

The snout, which has the lower jaw prominent, is hardly

longer than the eye, which is not quite a fourth the length of

the head. The eyes are not quite a diameter apart.

The maxillary almost reaches to the preopercular angle.

There is a single row of small, rather distant, acicular fangs

of unequal size in either jaw, and a row of close-set acicular

teeth on part of the palatines; the whole surface of the meso-

pterygoids is studded with sharp little denticles.

Gill-openings extremely wide; four giils with short

lamine; gill-rakers, especially those on the first arch, long

and bristle-like.

The body has evidently been covered with large thin and

deciduous scales.

The dorsal fin arises about an eye-length behind the base

of the ventrals, and its last few rays are just above the first

few anal rays; its first ray is slightly nearer to the snout

148 Mr. A. Alcock on

than to the base of the caudal. The long anal fin approaches

within less than half a head-length of the base of the caudal.

The pectorals are on almost the same plane as the ventrals,

and these arise about midway between the base of the former

and the origin of the anal.

The luminous organs are in two series on either side, and

are of the “ bull’s-eye” type (a white ball in a black silver-

lined pocket) ; the upper row extends from the basihyal to

the base of the caudal fin, but the lower row extends only to

the beginning of the anal fin; each of those of the upper row

is surmounted by a tiny accessory organ. In addition there

are some luminous organs on the head, notably one at the

anterior angle of either orbit, and the whole crown of the

head (from the snout to the occiput) appears to have been

luminous.

Andaman Sea, 405 and 185 fath.

: ue Ge

Ss .

The largest specimen is 5 inches long

Family Alepocephalida.

XENODERMICHTHYS, Giinther.

Xenodermichthys squamilaterus, sp. n.

BGs. D220. ON. tS. PAG. Ven;

Body elongate, compressed, covered with jet-black skin in

which scattered granular luminous organs are embedded. The

lateral line is a salient tube which runs straight down the

middle of the body and is stiffened by thin subcutaneous

equidistant scales ; in each interspace between the scales is a

pore resembling a luminous organ.

Head about 32, greatest body-height about 5% in the total

without the caudal. Snout about two thirds the length of

the eye and about equal to the width of the interorbital

space ; eye about a fourth the length of the head. Lower

jaw slightly prominent, with the symphysis acute. Mouth-

cleft wide, the maxilla nearly reaching to the level of the

posterior border of the orbit. A close-set row of extremely

minute teeth in either jaw only.

Gill-openings wide, the membranes quite separate; four

gills, with long close-set gill-rakers ; pseudobranchie

present.

The anal fin lies entirely in the posterior third of the body

(measured without the caudal), but the first few dorsal rays

are in advance of this. The ventrals are in the after half of

Indian Deep-sea Fishes. 149

the body and the small pectorals lie close to the ventral

profile.

The general structure and arrangement of the stomach,

pyloric appendages, and intestine are as described in

X. Guenther.

A single specimen, 6 inches long, from off the Andamans,

370-419 tath.

This species is extremely closely related to X. socialis,

Vaillant (‘ Travailleur’ et ‘Talisman’ Poissons, pp. 162-165,

pl. xiii. fig. J), and to X. Guenthert, mihi (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist., Nov. 1892, p. 359, pl. xviil. fig. 3), but is readily dis-

tinguished from both by the conspicuous lateral line.

Family Halosauride.

Havosauricutuys, Alcock.

Halosaurichthys nigerrimus, sp. n.

De2. crore. es Cire, O.. 'Vis0 Gs

This species very closely resembles Halosaurichthys carint-

cauda (Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1889, p. 454 ;

Illustrations of the Zoology of the ‘ Investigator,’ Fishes,

pl. vil. figs. 2, 2a), but may be recognized by the following

specific characters :—(1) The maxilla reaches to the level of

the anterior edge of the pupil ; (2) the dorsal fold is simply a

low fold of skin, which begins at an enlarged scale about two

thirds of a head-length behind the dorsal fin and is not con-

tinued to the end of the tail; (8) the pectoral fins are ex-

tremely narrow and reach much more than halfway to the

origin of the ventrals; (4) the colour is uniform jet-black.

Off Maldives, 459 tath.

Family Murenide.

NETTENCHELYS, gen. nov.

Nettenchelys is closely related to Nettastoma and Sauren-

chelys, but the tail does not taper to a point and the teeth are

very different.

Body stout ; tail longer than the combined head and trunk.

Muciferous cavities of head well developed; snout much

produced, broad, depressed; mouth-cleft very wide, broad

bands of small conical teeth in jaws and vomer; tongue not

free; a tubular nostril situated dorsally near the tip of the

snout on either side. Gill-openings of moderate size, well

150 Mr. A. Alcock on

separated, four gills with wide clefts. No scales; the lateral

line, which consists of a single row of pores, is very indistinct

in the greater part of its extent. Dorsal and anal fins well

developed, confluent with the broad caudal only in the basal

half of the latter. No pectoral fins. An air-bladder; no

pyloric appendages.

Nettenchelys Taylori, sp. n.

Head, measured to gill-opening, one seventh the total, and

half as long as the distance between the gill-openings and

the vent; the tail is thus a good deal more than half the

total. Snout a third the length of the head (measured to the

gill-opening), elongate, broad, depressed, bill-like, the upper

jaw overlapping the lower. There is a series of large pores

along the upper lip, as also along each side of the lower jaw

and along the top of the snout on either side, but the only

undoubted nostrils are a largish tubular pair at the tip of the

snout. Eyes subcutaneous, not much more than a fourth the

length of the snout and not much more than half a diameter

apart.

The mouth-cleft reaches behind the eye; the dental surface

of both jaws is broad and is crowded with row upon row of

clese-set conical teeth, which are little more than villiform,

though the innermost row in either jaw is slightly enlarged.

On the vomer is a long broad convex band of similar teeth—

about six longitudinal rows of them. The tongue is large

and thick and tapers to a point; it is firmly adherent to the

floor of the mouth.

Gill-openings of moderate size, lateral, well separated.

No scales. Although the mucous system and pores of the

head are so well developed, those of the lateral line, which

are in a single row, very soon become distant, small, and

inconspicuous, though they are continued to the end of the

tail.

Though the tail tapers it does not end in a point, but ina

broad caudal fin, the outer rays of which are confluent only

in their basal half with the dorsal and anal fins; these latter

are well developed, the dorsal beginning immediately behind

the gill-opening. No pectorals.

The stomach forms a cul de sac of great length; the air-

bladder extends a long way behind the vent.

Colours: dark lavender-grey ; dorsal and anal fins with

basal half whitish and free half blackish.

A ripe female, 22 inches long, from off the Travancore

coast, 430 fath.

Indian Deep-sea Fishes. 151

Named after Commander A. Dundas Taylor, late Indian

Navy, who, in the year 1874, was chiefly instrumental in

reviving the Marine Survey of India.

SYNAPHOBRANCHUS, Johns.

Synaphobranchus pinnatus (Gronov.), Gthr.

Synaphobranchus pinnatus, Giinther, ‘ Challenger’ Deep-sea Fishes,

p. 253, pl. Ixii. fig. A (ubi synon.): Vaillant, Exp. Sci. ‘ Travailleur’

et ‘Talisman,’ Poissons, p. 88, pl. vi. figs. 2-2; Goode and Bean,

Oceanic Ichthyology, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxvi. 1896, p. 148,

pl. xliv. fig. 164.

Two specimens, identical with a ‘ Challenger’ duplicate of

this species—one from off the Maldives, 459 fath., the other

trom off Cape Comorin, 824 fath.—are the first recorded from

Indian waters.

This species has a most suggestive range :—Off Madeira

(Johnson), 740 fath.; off Morocco and neighbouring coasts,

Azores, Canaries, and Cape Verd Islands (‘ Travailleur’

and ‘ Talisman’), 405-3200 metres ; off Brazil, 1200 fath.,

and in the seas of Japan and the Philippines, 345-565 fath.

(‘ Challenger *) ; off the Atlantic coasts of North America up

to 1000 fath. (‘ Hésh-Hawk,’ ‘ Albatross,’ and ‘ Blake’).

ACANTHOPTERYGILI.

Family Berycida.

Monocentris, Cuv. & Val.

Monocentris japonicus (Houtt.), Cuv. & Val.

Monocentris japonicus, Cuy. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv. 461, pl. xevii. ;

Temm. & Schleg. Faun. Japon., Poiss. p. 50, pl. xxii. fig. 1; Giinther,

Catalogue of Fishes, vol. i. p. 9.

See also Castelnau, P. L. 8S. New South Wales, vol. iii. 1878, p. 365;

Hilgendorf, SB. Ges. nat. Freunde, Berlin, 1879, p. 22; Macleay,

P.L.S. N.S. Wales, vol. v. 1880-81, p. 510; Steindachner and

Déoderlein, Denk. Ak. Wien, Ixvii. 1883, p. 217; Nystrom, Bihang

Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Hand. xii. iv. no, 4, 1887, p. 4.

A fine specimen, 6 inches long, was taken in the Gulf of

Martaban (Andaman Sea) at 67 fath.

This species, common in the seas of Japan, is said to have

also been taken at Port Jackson. It is only one of several

singular forms that the recent observations of the ‘ Investi-

gator’ have shown to be common to Indian and Japanese

waters at moderate depths.

132 Mr. A. Alcock on

Family Pediculati.

Maxruopesis, Alcock.

Malthopsis lutea, Alcock.

Malthopsis lutea, Aleock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1891, p. 26,

pl. vili. figs. 2, 2a; and Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, pt. 2, 1896, p. 319.

In the description of this species it is stated that the curious

striated tubercles that take the place of scales are small,

distant, and sunken on the ventral surface of the body. As

a matter of fact, in several individuals lately dredged in the

Andaman Sea at 185 and 405 fath., these plates in the middle

line of the thorax and belly are particularly large and are in

close contact.

Family Cataphracti.

PERISTETHUS, Kaup.

Peristethus investigatoris, sp. n.

Peristethus Murrayt, Alcock (nec Giinther), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

July 1891, p. 28.

D. 7/20. A. 21. L. lat. (from occiput) 385-36. L. tr. 4.

Head, measured from tip of preorbital process to hinder

angle of operculum, 22 in the total, greatest body-height a

little less than 64 in the total, without the caudal; greatest

breadth of head equal to the length of the combined snout

(including processes) and eye.

Preopercular processes short, broadly triangular, their length

is not quite a third the distance between their tip and the eye.

Preopercular ridge trenchant, ending in a sharp spine, which

is about two thirds as long as the eye.

A spine at the posterior angle of the orbit, one on either

side of the occiput, one on either post-temporal region, one

at the upper angle of the operculum; in young specimens

only there are three small inconspicuous tubercles, disposed in

a triangle, on the forehead.

Interorbital space concave, less thaa the major diameter of

the eye, which is not quite half the length of the snout (pro-

cesses included).

The large labial tentacles, when laid back, reach beyond

the base of the preopercular spine.

All the shields of the body carry a stout recurved spine—

eight rows in all.

The anterior ventral plates are irregular in shape, their

Indian Deep-sea Fishes. 153

greatest length, measured diagonally, is nearly twice their

breadth, and is half again as much as the greatest length of

the posterior ventral plates.

Colours in life: adults red, young dusky violet; pectorals,

first dorsal, and distal half of labial tentacles black, second

dorsal with a black edge.

Andaman Sea, 188-220 fath. (1891) and 405 fath. (1896).

The largest specimen is a little over 6 inches long.

This species appears to be near to P. platycephalum, Goode

and Bean, from Barbados.

Peristethus serrulatum, sp. n.

Deijze A. ol. lalat. oo, li. tre 4.

Head, measured from tip of preorbital process to hinder

angle of operculum, a little less than 23 in the total, greatest

body-height a seventh of the total, without the caudal;

greatest breadth of head equal to greatest length of snout.

Preorbital processes long and narrow, their length is nearly

half the distance, between their tip and the eye. Preoper-

cular ridge sharply serrulate, ending in a curved rather narrow

spine, which is nearly as long as the eye. All the bony

ridges of the head are finely serrulate or serrate; in addition

there are, on either side, a preorbital, a postorbital, and

occipital, a post-temporal and an opercular spine, and on the

forehead there are at least five small spines.

Interorbital space concave, less than the major diameter of

the eye, which is somewhat less than a third the greatest

length of the snout.

The large labial tentacles, when laid back, reach to the

after limit of the orbit.

All the shields of the body carry a stout recurved spine—

eight rows in all; those of the posterior third of the lateral

line are not simple spines, but are acutely produced both

forwards and backwards. ‘The anterior ventral plates are

nearly twice as long as broad and nearly twice as long as the

posterior ventral plates.

Colours in spirit : flesh-colour, rather dusky dorsally ; distal

half of pectorals and edges of vertical fins blackish.

Andaman Sea, 185 tath. (1897).

‘lwo specimens, each about 6 inches long.

154 Mr. A. Alcock on

ANACANTHINI.

Family Ophidiide.

DIPLACANTHOPOMA, Giinther.

Diplacanthopoma raniceps, sp. n.

B. 8: -D.-cire, 110. A. icire. 75. V2.1. i late cimesaqae

The tail (excluding the long tapering caudal fin) is not

quite half the total length, and the length of the head is equal

to that of the rest of the trunk; the height of the body is

contained about 43 times in the total, without the caudal.

The head (including the branchiostegal rays and a large

part of the isthmus, but excluding the occiput) and the greater

part of the bases of the dorsal and caudal fins are invested in

a thick, glandular, scaleless skin ; the head is unarmed, except

for two spines, one at the upper, the other at the lower angle

of the operculum; these, however, hardly project through

the thick loose skin; it is depressed and is very broad, its

breadth being considerably more than the length of its post-

ocular portion.

The snout is singularly broad, about twice as broad as

long, and this, with the broad flat head, gives a very frog-

like appearance. The eyes are subcutaneous, large, their

major diameter being about two ninths the length of the head,

and a good deal more than a diameter apart. Although the

mouth is large, the maxilla hardly reaches to the hinder level

of the eye, and is much less than halt the length of the head.

Villiform teeth in bands in the jaws, palatines, and vomer,

the band on the premaxilla (only) being interrupted at the

symphysis.

Gill-openings extremely wide, the branchiostegal mem-

branes being quite free ; gill-rakers short, except for three on

the outer border of the first arch ; no pseudobranchiz.

Body covered with small deciduous scales ; the lateral line

is extremely inconspicuous, and is apparently present only in

the anterior part of the body.

The dorsal fin begins immediately above the base of the

pectoral; it and the anal are confluent with the caudal, which

is almost as long as the post-rostral portion of the head and a

little longer than the pointed pectorals. ‘The veutrals are a

little more than half the length of the head, each consists of

at least two intimately fused rays.

The peritoneum in the male is very thick, and is as tough

as a piece of leather, to strengthen and support the copulatory

Indian Deep-sea Fishes. 155

organ, which it lines. The intestine is much coiled, and

there are no pyloric ceca.

The copulatory organ of the male is massive, and is almost

as long as the snout; it is hollow and lined by the peri-

toneum ; the intestine opens at its base, and the testes are

prolonged far into it; its free end has almost the consistence

of cartilage, and is thrown into deep and intricate folds, from

the innermost (anterior) of which a pair of tactile papilla, one

of which is of large size, project, the testes opening by a

common orifice into the bottom of the outer (posterior) fold.

The corresponding organ of the female is smaller than that

of the male, but still is large; it is a hollow cone lined by

peritoneum and containing the ends of the ovaries, which

have a common orifice of large size at its free end, which is

spongy.

Two males and a female with ripe ova, from the Andaman

Sea, 405 fath. (1897).

The largest male is nearly 7 inches long, the female not

quite 6 inches,

This species is at once distinguished from J). brachysoma,

Gthr., and D. Rivers-Andersoni, mihi, by the broad frog-like

head and snout; in those species the occiput is high and the

snout is much depressed, with an upturned tip, but in this

Male organ of Diplacanthopoma raniceps, X 4.

species the head is broadly conical and gently and evenly

declivous from occiput to tip of snout. Another difference is

that in this species the two spines of the operculum are hidden

beneath the skin, whereas in both the other species they are

very sharply prominent.

From D). Rivers-Andersoni this species also differs in its

much smaller size.

156 Mr. G. Lewis on

Family Pleuronectidz.

PacrLopseTTa, Giinther.

Pacilopseita prelonga, Alcock.

Pecilopsetta prelonga, Alcock, Journ. As. Soe. Bengal, vol. xiii. pt. 2,

1894, p. 130, pl. vii. fig. 1; and Illustrations of the Zoology of the

‘Investigator,’ Fishes, pl. xv. fig. 2.

Boopsetta umbrarum, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixv. pt. 2,

1896, p. 805; and Illustrations of the Zoology of the ‘ Investigator,’

Fishes, pl. xvii. fig. 5.

A series of specimens lately dredged from off the Anda-

mans, 185 fath., shows that the fish I described as Boopsetta

umbrarum is the adult of a fish that I had previously described

as Pecilopsetta prelonga.

This certainly differs from P. colorata, Giinther, and from

P. maculosa, mihi, not only in the form of the body, but in

the relations of the eyes, which are larger and are in close

contact, the upper one bulging far more into the dorsal profile.

I do not, however, think that the differences are sufficient to

justify their generic dissociation.

XXILTI.—On new Species of Histeridee and Notices of others.

By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

Last year two papers on Histeridz appeared in this Magazine,

one in August, the other in October; these papers included

34 new species, the greater part of which were of African

origin. ‘The present memoir treats of 14 African, 11 from

the New World, and 2 Asian new species. Of the African

species Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall has again contributed some

which are very interesting, notably Pachycre@rus princeps and

Pelorurus carinatus, and I am again much indebted to him

for giving me extracts from his journal which record the

habits and indicate the situations where his captures were

found.

The Saprinus I describe is a very remarkable and pretty

species; it has been found by Mr. L. Péringuey in the

mounds of refuse formed outside the galleries of termites.

The termites bring out from their burrows vegetal and other

matter which are undesirable within the precincts of their

colony, and these as they accumulate set up fermentation and

attract stercoraceous and other species on which the Saprinus

as an insectivorous species apparently feeds. The Saprinus

is similar to several Indian species, S. elegantulus, Mars.,

new Species of Histeride. 157

orobites, Lew., &c.; but whether the Indian species are in

any way associated with termites is not known at present.

Of the American species noticed in this paper, Terapus

carinatus and Termitoxenus strigicollis are the most re-

markable.

List of Species.

Hololepta paropsis. Hister tunicatus.

africane. Epierus festivus.

malarie, Lew. Wickhami.

Placodes ebeninus, Lew. Carcinops tenuistriata.

Apobletes tuberculifrons. Monoplius pinguis, Lew.

Platysoma pinnigerum. Pelorurus carinatus.

extrarium, Lew. costipennis.

Anaglymma verula. Heterius tristriatus, Horn.

—— punctipennis. brunneipennis, Rand.

Pachycreerus princeps. Termitoxenus strigicollis.

octostriatus. Discoscelis amazoniz.

euphorbie. Homalopygus amnicola.

verulamii. Terapus bicarinatus.

Homalodes fortunatus. Marseuli, Westw.

Hister tardigradus. Saprinus beatulus.

sedulus. Teretriosoma conigerum, Lew.

—— Flohri. Abrzeus cobzres.

sarclnatus.

Hololepta paropsis, sp. n.

Elongata, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte leviter impressa, haud

striata ; pronoto impunctato, stria laterali integra; elytris striis

2 dorsalibus brevissimis, 1* apppendiculata, fossa subhumerali

levi utrinque abbreviata; propygidio sulco arcuatim completo ;

pygidio inflexo, opaco, impunctato.

L. 7 mill. (absque mandibulis).

Elongate, depressed, black and shining; the head impunc-

tate and without strie, feebly impressed between the man-

dibles; the thorax (¢) slightly emarginate at the anterior

angle, and the lateral stria ends anteriorly in a small circular

fovea behind the emargination; the elytra have two short

basal striz and the first has a short apical appendage, the

subhumeral sulcus is smooth and not very wide and is abbre-

viated before and behind; the propygidium has a complete

arched sulcus, and there are a few small points along its poste-

rior border ; the pygidium is reflexed, acutely terminated on

each side, opaque and impunctate ; the prosternum broad and

sinuous laterally ; the mentum in the male is carinate, but

the carination is extremely small and inconspicuous.

This is the only species of African origin known with an

impunctate pygidium, and it is the only one at present

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 12

158 Mr. G. Lewis on

described in which the arched sulcus of the propygidium is

complete. I only know the male. The species should be

placed near H. arcitenens, Mars.

Hab. Usambara, East Africa, 1898.

Hololepta africane, sp. n.

Late ovata, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte impressa; pronoto

lateribus parce punctato; elytris stria dorsali 1* brevi, appendi-

culata, 2* brevissima; propygidio haud sulcato; pygidio dense

punctato.

L. 12 mill. (absque mandibulis).

Broadly oval, depressed, black and shining; the head,

ocular tubercles rather strong and depressed, with two ex-

tremely fine bent striae behind the mandibles and only seen

in certain lights, impressed anteriorly; the thorax, anterior

angles in male emarginate, with a deep circular fossa imme-

diately behind them, the marginal stria is very fine and

apparently abbreviated before the posterior angle, inner stria

abbreviated at the base and anteriorly not reaching the angle

(this character is the better seen in the female, as the angle

is without the fossa), there are a few punctures on the lateral

border, more in the female than male, the anterior edge is

almost straight behind the neck, base bisinuous near the

scutellum ; the elytra, the subhumeral furrow is wide in the

middle and reaches the base, but not the apex of the elytra,

the first stria is short and basal, with an appendage about its

own length, second basal and very short; the propygidium has

an impression on either side on the posterior edge, impressions

punctate, also the lateral borders, posterior edge and disk

smooth, there are no sulci; the pygidium is densely and

coarsely punctate ; the prosternum is wide, especially at the

base, where it widens out triangularly, and bisinuous between

the coxe; the mesosternum has a rather fine stria on the

anterior margin on each side; the anterior tibie are 4-dentate.

The mentum of the male is rather feebly carinate.

In size this species is larger than HZ. sternincisa, Mars.,

and it is relatively broader.

Hab. Mikindani, East Africa.

ffololepta malarie, Lew.

Hololepta malaria, Lewis, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. p. 261 (1895).

I find the thoracic fovea I mentioned (/. c. p. 262) as be-

longing to this insect is seen only in my first specimen, and

is not a characteristic of the species. The anterior angle

new Species of Histeride. 159

of the thorax in the male is rather widely emarginate and

without a fossette; prosternum very broad, shorter and

broader, but similar in outline to HZ. elongatus, Er., and the

mentum in the male is simply excavated and smooth, without

any carina.

Three very similar African species may be distinguished

from it as follows :—

H. arcifera, Mars.—Male anterior thoracic angle minutely

emarginate ; mentum with a well-marked median carina

and the pygidium densely punctured.

H. arcitenens, Mars.—Male anterior thoracic angles rounded

off; body elongate, with a feeble median elevation on the

mentum, shortened before and behind.

H. semicincta, Mars.—Male with a thoracic fossette ;

anterior angles within the fossette feebly and minutely emar-

ginate; mentum with a distinct median carina.

Placodes ebeninus, Lew.

Placodes ebeninus, Lewis, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xv. p. 458

(1885).

On examining further specimens of this species, I find that

the prosternum is constantly broader than that of P. cafer,

Er., and that the prosternal strie are always wanting.

Apobletes tuberculifrons, sp. n.

Oblongus, subquadratus, subdepressus, niger, nitidus; fronte in medio

tuberculata, antice parum concava; pronoto, stria antice inter-

rupta, ad angulos impresso, punctato; elytris striis tenuibus, 1*

subintegra, 2* completa, 3* late interrupta; pygidio utrinque

depresso, in medio convexo, punctato ; prosterno levi, bistriato ;

mesosterno late emarginato, antice haud striato.

L. 7 mill.

Oblong, but somewhat quadrate, rather depressed, black

and shining ; the head has a small, not highly raised tubercle

in the middle, and is concave in front of it; before the eye

the head projects in a well-marked acumination, and beyond

the projection the outline of the head is bisinuous, the lateral

stria stops at the first sinuosity, but posteriorly it continues

as a fine stria round the back of the head, along the fine line

there is a row of detached points; the thorax, the lateral

stria is very fine and difficult to see, it is only visible from

above at the angles and it is interrupted behind the head,

the anterior angles are impressed and punctured and a few

points are also seen at the posterior angles, scutellar point

small and shallow; the elytra, humeral stria very fine,

short, basal, and oblique, first stria very fine, shortened

) ? que, y ice

160 Mr. G. Lewis on

apically, and almost evanescent in the middle, second more

distinct and complete, third widely interrupted in the middle ;

the propygidium is transversely punctate; the pygidium is

laterally depressed, convex in the middle, punctures clear and

well-defined within the depressions, fine and less close on the

convex area; the prosternum is smooth and bistriate, striz

feebly sinuous and not quite reaching the base; the meso-

sternum is widely emarginate and has no anterior stria; the

anterior tibie 5-dentate.

The species in size and outline resembles a small specimen

of Platysoma ovatum, Er., but the thoracic stria and the form

of the sterna are similar to Apobletes fossistoma, Mars.

Hab, Usambara, Kast Africa.

Platysoma pinnigerum, sp. ii.

Elongatum, subparallelum, convexum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte

impressa, stria integra, pronoto disco bipunctato, stria marginal

lateralibus valida, antice integra, basi in medio vix interrupta ;

elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 dimidiatis; propygidio pygidioque

planis, punctatis; prusterno angustato haud striato; mesosterno

emarginato, stria marginali integra ; tibiis late dilatatis.

L. 74 mill.

Elongate, somewhat parallel, convex, black and shining ;

the head smooth, stria well-marked over the eyes, complete

anteriorly, but fine and irregular, sinuous in the middle, im-

pressed anteriorly ; the thorax, marginal stria strong at the

sides, fine but complete behind the head, and at the base it is

continued until it is narrowly interrupted before the scutel-

lum, on the disk are two small but very distinct punctures,

which with the antescutellar point form a triangular arrange-

ment, thus—*.*; the elytra, the epipleural stria are carini-

form and complete, humeral short, fine, and oblique, strize 1-3

strong and complete, 4 apical and dimidiate, 5 similar but a

little shorter ; the propygidium and pygidium are flat and

rather densely punctate; the prosternum impunctate, keel

narrow except at the base; the mesosternum emarginate

anteriorly, marginal stria complete and well defined; the

tibiee are all greatly dilated, anterior pair 4-dentate, inter-

mediate and posterior 4-spinose.

Platysoma palmipes, Lew., and P. extrarium, Lew., are

somewhat similar to the species above, but they are less elon-

gate. In P. palmipes the tarsi are short, but in P. extrarium

and P. pinnigerum they are of normal length and not very

dissimilar to those of P. ovatum, Kr.

Hab. Lawang, East Java.

new Species of Histeride. 161

Platysoma extrarium, Lew.

Platysoma ertrarium, Lewis, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xx,

p. 357 (1897).

I observed two discal punctures on the thorax of this

species similar to those noticed above in P. pinnigerum; but

I thought at the time the points were abnormal. They are

probably constant.

Anaglymma verula, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, depressa, picea, nitida; fronte sparse sed irregu-

lariter punctata, stria laterali valide impressa; pronoto, stria

laterali basi valida; elytris striis 1—-} integris, 5 et suturali

utrinque abbreviatis; propygidio pygidioque parum dense et

profunde punctatis; prosterno bistriato, strie antice leviter

divergentibus.

L. 2 mill.

Shortly oval, depressed, piceous, shining; the head ante-

riorly impressed, punctuation somewhat sparse, the largest

points are near the centre of the head, in the impressed area

the points are smaller, and extremely fine points are inter-

mixed with the others over the whole surface, lateral stria short

and deep like that of A. punctipennis; the thorax, marginal

striz complete, fine and rather widely crenulate anteriorly,

laterally strong on the basal half, and behind the middle the

interstice widens, the disk, a rather wide scutellar region, and

a narrow space behind the neck are microscopically pointed,

opposite the third dorsal stria is a cluster of punctures, which

extend more or less along the border to the anterior angle;

theelytra, striz, outer humeral fine and complete, inner humeral

complete and cariniform, 1-4 dorsal, strong and complete,

1, 2,3 deepest at the base, crenulate apically, 4 finer and

more crenulate, all are bent inwards at the base, 5 and sutural

straight and equal in length, little shortened behind, more

shortened in front, both feebly crenulate, dorsal region with

microscopic points, apical margin with a band of punctures

of varying sizes ; the propygidium and pygidium with larger

and deeper punctures somewhat closely set ; the prosternum

bistriate, striz a little divergent anteriorly from the coxe,

keel microscopically pointed, anterior lobe with a cluster of

rather large punctures on each side at the base, but otherwise

with points of varying sizes; the meso- and metasterna, the

arched stria is rounded off anteriorly, not at all angulate, and

the crenulations anteriorly are wider and more distinct,

although fine, than those of A. punctipennis.

162 Mr. G. Lewis on

The anterior tibia of all the species in this genus are

3-dentate on the outer edge, and afford no specific differences

of importance.

Hab. Cameroon.

Anaglymma punctipennis, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, depressa, picea, nitida; fronte punctata, stria

utrinque valide impressa ; elytris striatis, punctatis (basi excepta) ; -

propygidio pygidioque minutissime punctulatis, punctis grossis

intermixtis ; prosterno bistriato, striis subparallelis.

L. 2 mill.

Shortly oval, depressed, piceous, shining; the head ante-

riorly impressed, somewhat closely punctured with fine and

coarse points evenly intermixed, lateral stria strong and

nearly straight and anteriorly ends abruptly over the eye,

there is a transverse fine stria at the base of the head (seen

when the head protrudes) ; the thorax, marginal stria very

fine and continued behind the head, surface evenly covered

with large and small points not densely set; the elytra, striz,

inner humeral fine and shortened before the apex, outer

stronger, apical, and dimidiate, 1-3 sinuous and complete,

4 turns towards the fifth at the base and from the middle to

the apex is punctiform, 5 sinuous at the base and posteriorly

is punctiform before the middle and apically is lost in the

punctured surface, sutural is markedly shortened before the

base and continued as points nearly to the apex, on the

middle of the dorsum on the inner side of the sutural stria is

a regular row of punctures, which seem to represent a double

stria (a double stria is frequent in this genus), all the inter-

stices are punctulate except those between the inner humeral

and fourth stria, which are free of points on their basal

half; the propygidium and pygidium are punctured similarly

to the thorax ; the prosternum, anterior lobe sparsely punc-

tured, keel striate laterally, strize nearly parallel, but incurved

at the tips and feebly divergent at the base; the meso- and

metasterna have the usual wide arched stria of the genus

feebly angulate in the middle and vaguely crenulate ante-

riorly.

The prosternal striz in being almost parallel distinguish

this from any other described species ; the punctuation of the

elytra is also characteristic.

Hab. Zambi, Congo Free State.

Pachycrerus princeps, sp. 0.

Oblongus, subcylindricus, viridi-cyaneus, nitidus; fronte grosse

punctata ; pronoto stria marginali integra, lateribus punctuato ;

new Species of Histeride, 163

elytris striis dorsalibus 1-4 integris, 5 nulla, humerali ex-

terna suturalique dimidiatis; propygidio pygidioque punctatis;

prosterno bistriato, striz posticis parum abbreviatis; meso-

sterno antice acuto producto, immarginato,

L. 73-8} mill.

Oblong, somewhat cylindrical, greenish blue, shining; the

head, surface rather closely and coarsely punctured, with a

few very fine points on the interstices, marginal stria well

marked over and in front of the eyes, but indistinctly con-

tinued across the epistoma, epistoma slightly excavated ; the

thorax, lateral border rather broadly punctate, punctures less

closely set than those on the head and become scattered on

approaching the disk, on the disk the points are very minute,

marginal stria strong at the sides, especially at the anterior

angle, and clearly continued behind the neck, there is a fine

seutellar point at a little distance from the margin ; the elytra,

striz 1-4 complete, 5 wanting, sutural well marked from the

apex to the middle of the dorsum, thence just traceable to

the base, humeral external dimidiate and apical, internal

basal and very faint; the propygidium and pygidium are

clearly and coarsely punctate and in density similar to those

of the thoracic border; the prosternum, anterior lobe with a

few large punctures intermixed with fine ones, keel bistriate,

strie abbreviated at the base and anteriorly bending towards

each other, surface with fine scattered points; the meso-

sternum is somewhat acute anteriorly and is without a mar-

ginal stria; the legs are black, anterior tibie 5-dentate.

This species is the largest known in the genus; it is less

cylindrical than P. viridis, Mars., and P. Raffrayi, Lew.,

but more cylindrical than P. chalybeus, Fahr.

Hab. Umgeni (8269) and Verulam (8182), Natal (Mar-

shall). Found, in company with P. cyanipennis, Fahr.,

under the bark of decaying Huphorbia.

Pachycrerus octostriatus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, parum convexus, nigro-violaceus vel nigro-pur-

pureus, nitidus; fronte haud excavata, stria late interrupta ;

elytrorum striis omnibus integris ; prosterno bistriato, striis (basi

excepta) parallelis; mesosterno stria antice integra ; tibiis anticis

5-6-dentatis.

L, 52 will.

Oblong-oval, somewhat convex, colour above rich dark

violet, changing to purple in certain lights, beneath black,

legs obscure reddish brown; the head, surface somewhat

densely but minutely punctured, stria a little interrupted over

the eyes and anteriorly scarcely passing the bases of the

164 Mr. G. Lewis on

mandibles, there is a shallow round impression behind the

epistoma and two faint impressions, one on each side, close to

the points where the strie terminate; the thorax, marginal

stria slightly interrupted behind the middie of the neck,

surface punctuation very similar to that of the head, but there

are a few larger points on the sides and along the basal edge,

before the scutellum is a small puncture; the elytra, the two

humeral striz are complete, the fifth stria is somewhat evan-

escent at the base, otherwise all the dorsal striz are complete,

rather fine, and crenulate; between the first stria and the

inner humeral stria near the base the interstice is crossed by

an oblique stria (this stria represents the basal appendage of

the inner humeral when not complete as in this species),

interstices minutely punctulate; the propygidium has two

rather large, but shallow and round impressions on either

side of the apex, surface very minutely punctulate, with

larger shallow oval points interspersed; the pygidium has

the larger-sized punctures smaller and more round than those

of the propygidium ; the prosternum is bistriate, striz fine

and almost parallel, but widening out slightly behiad the

cox, the strie are not turned inwards anteriorly, base

sharply incised ; the metasternum is correspondingly promi-

nent, stria complete and arched in outline; the metasternum

has a fine median line; the anterior tibiz are 5-6-dentate.

This species is very similar in form and sculpture to

P. elegans, Lew.

Hab, Cameroon.

Type Mus. Royal, Stockholm.

Pachycrerus euphorbie, sp. n.

“

Oblongo-ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus: fronte stria integra,

ocellato-punctata, cum punctis minutis intermixtis; pronoto stria

laterali antice interrupta; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 dimidiata,

suturali basi abbreviata; propygidio ocellato-punctato ; prosterno

bistriato, striis lateralibus subparallelis.

L, 33 mill.

Oblong-oval, convex, black and shining, tibie and tarsi

reddish brown, thighs darker; the head convex between the

eyes, flat anteriorly, stria complete and well-marked, nearly

semicircular in front, continuing as a fine stria along the

base of the head, surface not closely punctured, with points of

varying sizes, some ocellate, some very small, others inter-

mediate ; the thorax, lateral stria complete and close to the

edge, interrupted behind the neck, punctured like the head,

but the ocellate punctures are chiefly behind the head and

new Species of Histeride. 165

within the lateral border, except in the scutellar area there

are large punctures along the basal edge, scutellar spot very

small; the elytra, outer humeral stria apical and dimidiate,

inner basal, oblique anteriorly and very close to the first

dorsal stria, posteriorly it gradually becomes finer and dis-

appears before the middle, 1-4 entire, first three deepest at

their bases, 5 dimidiate, sutural abbreviated before the base,

the fourth turns slightly inwards near the base, all the striz are

a little crenulate, apical border with a few ocellate punctures,

apical rim brownish ; the propygidium rather closely punc-

tured, punctnres ocellate, with fine points on the interstices ;

the pygidium similarly punctured at the base, points gradually

evanescent to the apex, which is smooth; the prosternum, ante-

rior lobe very minutely strigose and punctured like the head,

keel bistriate, strie cariniform, joining indistinctly in front,

nearly parallel at the sides, widening out behind the coxe ; the

mesosternum sinuous on either side anteriorly, stria complete,

feebly sinuous in the middle and not following the outline of

the segment at the sides, surface and that of metasternum

with a very fine sparse punctuation; the anterior tibie

5-dentate, two centre teeth set together.

Hab. Umgeni (8272), Natal (Marshall). Under bark of

decaying Huphorbia.

Pachycrerus verulamii, sp. n.

Oblongus, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria integra ;

pronoto stria marginali abbreviata, laterali integra basi sinuata,

antice interrupta; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 brevi, 5 brevissima,

suturali dimidiata, margine apicali punctato,

L. 34 mill.

Oblong, rather convex, black and shining, the head feebly

convex between the eyes and very feebly impressed behind

the stria, stria complete and rather fine, almost straight ante-

riorly, punctuation not close, and like that of the thorax

consists of fairly large points and fine ones intermixed; the

thorax, marginal stria very fine and existing only from the

anterior angle to a point before the middle, lateral stria turns

inwards at basal angle and is widely sinuous at the sides,

leaving a fairly wide margin, and becomes deeper from the

middle to the anterior angle, and then passes along the anterior

edge until it ends beyond the eye, the scutellar spot is a very

fine point; the elytra, outer humeral wanting, inner humeral

short at the base and somewhat oblique, with an appendage

about its own length before the apex, 1-3 entire, 4 about one

third of the elytral length, 5 half length of fourth, sutural

166 Mr. G. Lewis on

dimidiate and parallel to the suture, last three are apical,

along the apical margin there is a rather broad band of points

a little more thickly set than those of the thorax; the pro-

pygidium is pointed like the elytral border, but the punctua-

tion of the pygidium is finer and seen chiefly at the base, at

the apex the points are very fine and sparse ; the prosternum,

lobe transverse and punctured, keel smooth, bistriate, striz

very slightly wider apart at the base, nearly parallel along

their course ; the mesosternum obtusely acuminate anteriorly,

marginal stria following in the middle the course of the

outline, it is well-marked and complete, surface and that of

the metasternum smooth; the anterior tibie 5-dentate and

the interval between the three basal and the two apical is the

widest ; legs obscure brown or pitchy.

The thoracic marginal stria is peculiar in this species, and

so is the lateral one, in being away from theedge. The inner

humeral stria is formed like one of the short elytral striz

in [ololepta.

Hab. 5S. Africa. Found at Verulam (8162) and Umgeni

(8173), Natal, by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall under the bark of

decaying Huphorbia.

Homalodes fortunatus, sp. n.

Ovatus, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus ; fronte impressa, stria in-

tegra, in medio retrorsum acuminata utrinque sinuata ; elytris

stria humerali externa integra, 1-2 dorsalibus integris, 3 di-

midiata, postice punctata; mesosterno stria integra; pygidio

dense punctato.

L, 7 mill.

Oval, little convex, black, shining ; the head, surface with

an extremely fine punctuation, frontal stria complete, ante-

riorly sinuous on either side, acuminate in the middle, on

either side of and behind the acumination the forehead “is

impressed and the impressions are clearly punctate; the

thorax laterally with a band of punctures, points clearest

behind the anterior angles, less clear before the hinder angles,

but continuing faintly a little along the base, marginal stria

complete and markedly sinuous behind the eyes, antescutellar

fovea small but clear; the elytra, strie, external humeral

complete, internal fine and oblique at the base, punctiform in

the middle, and continuing is shortened before the apex, 1-2

dorsal nearly complete and finely crenulate apically, 3 fine

and crenulate at the base, but behind the middle punctiform,

on either side of the suture, behind the middle, is a row

of fine punctures which represent apical sutural striz; the

new Species of Histeride. 167

propygidium is rather densely punctured at the sides, the

points becoming finer and less close in the middle, especially

behind the base ; the pygidium is evenly and densely punc-

tured; the prosternum is very finely punctulate, and the

points are most visible at the base; the mesosternum emar-

ginate, marginal stria complete and well-marked.

The facies of this species resembles H. punctistrius, Mars.

Hi. tuberculipygus, Sch., H. fortunatus, H. Marseuli, Sch.,

and H. ebenninus, Er., are the only species I know in this

genus in which the mesosternal stria is complete, and the

generic name Diospyros has been used for the last two species.

Hab. Chapada, Matto Grosso (Hl. H. Smith).

Hister tardigradus, sp. 0.

Ovalis, subconvexus, niger, nitidus; fronte leviter convexa, stria

antice recta, labro semicirculatim inciso ; pronoto lateribus nigro-

ciliato, stria interna antice, externa pone oculos, interruptis;

elytris, striis 1-3 integris, 4 basin leviter abbreviata, 5 et suturali

brevissimis punctiformis; pygidio densissime punctato; tibiis

anticis tridentatis.

L. 12 mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head, labrum

is cut out on the middle of the anterior edge in the form of a

semicircle, and the parts adjacent on each side of the incision

project a little, the incision occupies rather less than a sixth

part of the edge, frontal stria straight anteriorly, not deep but

clearly marked, surface feebly convex, not impressed; the

thorax ciliate laterally, outer lateral siria terminating behind

the eye, inner stria interrupted behind the neck, within the

inner stria on the basal edge is a small oblique impression ;

the elytra, strize 1-3 complete, 4 slightly shortened at the

base, 5 and sutural very short and consisting of only a few

apical punctures, the apical margin of the elytra where the

four dorsal strie end is irregularly strigose; the propygidium

has a small transverse smooth space on either side near the

base and opposite to the fourth stria, sides densely punctate

and feebly foveolate, median area less closely punctured ;

the pygidium is very densely punctate; the prosternum,

anterior lobe obtusely pointed and marginate; the meso-

sternum is smooth, anteriorly emarginate, with the marginal

stria interrupted behind the emargination ; the anterior tibiz

are strongly 3-dentate.

The species most similar to the above is H. robusticeps,

Mars. Marseul does not describe the propygidium of his

species, but there are two small circular spaces on it which

correspond as regards their position with those of //. tardi-

168 Mr. G. Lewis on

gradus, and the segment is punctured like the latter species,

except that the posterior area is transversely smooth. Both

species have similar strigosities on the elytral border.

Hab. Loulouaburg, Congo Free State.

Fister sedulus, sp. n.

Ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria integra utrinque

valida, labro antice minute tuberculato; elytris, striis 1-3 in-

tegris, 4-6 anticis abbreviatis ; pygidio subopaco ; tibiis anticis

4-dentatis.

L. 62 mill.

Oval, convex, black and shining; the head, labrum with a

small tubercle on the middle of the anterior edge, frontal stria

entire, deep laterally, anteriorly straight, surface impunctate ;

the thorax, marginal stria fine and terminating anteriorly

behind the eye, outer stria short and bent and confined to the

region of the anterior angle, inner stria complete, sinuous at

the base, deep laterally, finer and feebly crenulate behind the

head ; the elytra, stria, outer humeral wanting, inner apical

strong and straight, reaching just beyond the middle, 1-3

complete, rather strong and feebly crenulate, 4—5 apical, the

first reaching the middle, the second a little shorter, sutural

apical and extending for two thirds of the elytral length, and

widens out a little apically; the propygidium has a scattered

fine punctuation, with microscopic points interspersed, the

punctuation is scarcely seen along the apical border; the

pygidium is but feebly shining and has a microscopical punc-

tuation only ; the prosternum, anterior lobe obtusely pointed,

keel without sculpture; the mesosternum emarginate, stria

complete and sinuous at the emargination ; the tibiz, anterior

with two strong teeth and two small ones near the base,

the apical tooth is much larger than the second, intermediate

and posterior spinose.

The pygidium appears semiopaque and impunctate, but

very fine points are seen with a good lens. The fine marginal

stria terminating behind the eye is also an unusual character.

Hab. Usambara, Hast Africa.

Hister Flohri, sp. n.

Ovatus, perconvexus, niger, nitidus ; elytris rubris, apice maculaque

scutellari nigris; pronoto striis lateralibus integris ; elytris striis

1-2 integris, 3 postice late abbreviata, suturali ante basin abbre-

viata; propygidio pygidioque sparse punctulatis.

L. 33 mill.

Oval, very convex, black, shining; the head, a few scat-

new Species of Histeride. 169

tered points are visible under a good lens, feebly convex

within the stria, stria complete ; the thorax, lateral internal

strie complete and continuing behind the head, external

terminating anteriorly after passing the angle, interstices of

equal breadth throughout, the antescutellar point is round,

small, and close to the edge, there are rather long flavous

hairs on the lateral edge; the elytra, the only humeral stria

is short, basal, and oblique, almost touching the base of the

first stria, 1-2 dorsal complete, 3 basal, almost reaching the

middle, then interrupted, with a short apical appendage, 9

apical and very short, sutural shortened before and behind,

the black scutellar marking widens out a little at the base;

the propygidium is impressed on either side posteriorly and

the punctuation, like that of the pygidium, is sparse ; the pro-

sternum without striz, surface microscopically strigose ; the

mesosternum rather widely emarginate, stria follows the out-

line anteriorly ; the suture between the meso- and metasterna

is acuminate in the middle, the acumination pointing back-

wards ; the fore tibia are relatively more dilated than in any

other American species, the outer edge is entirely occupied by

two blunt teeth, corresponding closely to those of H. instratus,

but wider and smooth, the intermediate and posterior legs

resemble those of H. sellutus, Lec., and are not unlike those

of a species of Pachylopus.

Hab. Vera Cruz. ‘lwo examples were taken by Mr. Julius

Flohr in December 1889. ‘Lhe second example is probably

now in the Berlin Museum.

[ister sarcinatus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte leviter impressa,

stria integra antice recta, subinterrupta; pronoto, stria laterali

externa brevi, interna integra; elytris partim rubris, striis 1-3

integris, 4-5 brevissimis, suturali ante medium abbreviata; pro-

pygidio pygidioque perspicuis punctatis; mesosterno vix late

emarginato, stria integra; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis, dente apicali

bifido.

L. 53 mill.

Oblong-oval, convex, black and shining ; the head rather

wide and slightly impressed in front, stria straight anteriorly

and apparently broken in the middle, mandibles finely punc-

tulate ; the thorax, marginal stria conspicuously ending after

passing a point behind the eye, outer lateral short, bent, and

limited to the area of the anterior angle, inner lateral rather

strong, not reaching the base, feebly sinuous, leaving the

margin widest in the middle and continuing with crenulate

170 Mr. G. Lewis on

edges behind the head, surface with very fine almost micro-

scopic points ; the elytra, inner humeral stria fine, basal, and

oblique, apically some darkish points are seen, which are not

quite on the surface, dorsal striz 1-3 complete, 4-5 apical

and very short, the sutural does not enter the apical black

band, and terminates after passing the middle of the dorsum ;

the elytra are red, with an apical black band, which continues

along the suture and joins the scutellar spot, the scutellar

maculation is rectangular at the base, but posteriorly it

widens out in a lobe-shaped form and nearly touches the

third stria; the propygidium and pygidium are clearly, not

closely punctate, except at the apex ot the pygidium, where

the punctures gradually become fine; the prosternum, keel

and median area of the anterior lobe with a few fine scattered

points, sides more or less with coarse shallow punctures (all

the species of this group have the prosterna very similar in

structure and not striate); the mesosternum is rather widely

emarginate and the marginal stria is complete and exactly

follows the anterior outline ; the anterior tibie are 3-dentate,

apical tooth bifid.

This species should be placed next to H. militaris, Horn.

In the allied species A. biplagiatus, Lec., instratus, Lec., and

Ulkei, Horn, the mesosternal stria does not follow the ante-

rior outline.

Hab. Winslow, Arizona (Wickham).

Hister tunicatus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus: fronte impressa, stria

integra antice recta; pronoto stria laterali externa brevi, interna

integra, pone oculos sinuata; elytris, striis 1-3 integris, 4 late

interrupta, 5 brevi, suturali utrinque abbreviata; mesosterno

-emarginato, stria integra ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis, dente apicali

minute bifido.

L. 43 mill.

Oblong-oval, convex, black and shining; the head im-

pressed anteriorly, stria complete, well-marked, and straight

in front; the thorax, marginal stria ending after passing

behind the eye, external very short (similar to that of H. sar-

cinatus, but shorter), internal complete, distinctly sinuous

behind the eye, not sinuous laterally, margin rather broad ;

the elytra, striae, inner humeral basal, short, and oblique,

dorsal 1-3 complete, 4 apical, in length about one third of the

length of the elytra, with a short appendage well behind the

base, 5 shorter than the fourth and apical, the sutural apically

is slightly shortened and anteriorly ends in the middle of the

new Species of Histerida. 171

black maculation, the colour is red, with a narrow band along

the base, a broader apical band and a scutellar spot black,

the scutellar maculation is shaped like that in H. sarcinatus

and widens out behind to the third stria; the pygidia are

much less clearly punctured than those of the last species,

but the pygidium has a relatively finer and more scattered

punctuation at the apex; the prosternum is similar to that of

Al. sarcinatus, but the mesosternum has a deeper and less

wide emargination and the stria does not follow the anterior

outline, behind the emargination the stria is feebly angulate

and on either side leaves a slightly wider margin, in which

respect it corresponds with H. instratus, Lec.; the tibia,

anterior 3-dentate, apical tooth minutely bifid.

flister militaris, Horn, H. sarcinatus, and H. tunicatus all

agree in having a short external thoracic stria. Of these

three species, H. militaris is oblong, the others oval.

Hab. Canon City, Colorado (Weckham).

Epierus festivus, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, supra ceruleo-metallicus, pedibus piceis ;

fronte impressa, stria integra, inter oculos distincte punctata;

elytris striis 1-4 et suturali integra, 5 basi abbreviata; meso-

sterno tristriato ; prosterno bistriato, strize antice hamatis, basi

parum abbreviatis.

L. 3 mill.

Oval, rather convex, rich blue above and metallic, legs

pitchy ; the forehead distinctly impressed anteriorly, stria

complete, surface with fine points anteriorly, but larger ones

behind, and some between the eyes are ocellate, punctures

closest near the neck ; the thorax, marginal stria complete,

disk with extremely fine and scattered points, punctuation

externally more distinct ; the elytra, external humeral

strie wanting, internal basal and short, sometimes with

an appendage, dorsal 1-4 and the sutural complete, 5 well

shortened before the base, apices punctured sparingly ; the

propygidium and pygidium finely punctulate ; the prosternun

with a very few scattered points on the keel, bistriate, strie

not touching the base and slightly hamate at the tips; the

mesosternum has two anterior marginal strie, then, after a

narrow interstice, is an arched crenulate stria, and behind it

is one stria (sometimes two) broken in the middle. It is

probable, however, that the broken strie belong to the

metasternum.

This species belongs to the same section of the genus as

E. Waterhousei, Mars., and EH. smaragdinus, Mars., but the

172 Mr. G. Lewis on

head, fifth elytral stria, prosternal and mesosternal strie are

very different.

Hab. Santarem (HW. H. Smith).

Epierus Wickhami, sp. n.

E. italico simillimus, sed pronoto stria marginali haud interrupta ;

elytris, striis impunctatis; prosterno striis laterali basi connexis.

L, 22 mill.

This species is extremely like Z. dtalicus, Payk.; the points

of difference are:—the outline is a little more circular, the

thoracic punctuation a little finer and closer, the lateral

thoracic stria less strong and not interrupted at the anterior

angle, the elytral striz are more clearly impressed and with-

out punctures, and, above all, the prosternal striz meet at

the base, inclosing a truncate space at the posterior end of the

keel, and the meso- and metasterna are more evenly and more

closely punctured.

It is the only American species of Epzerus known in which

all the elytral striz are complete and in which the fifth and

sutural are joined at the base.

Hab. Indiana ( Wickham).

Carcinops tenuistriata, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexicula, nigra, nitida ; fronte punctulata ; pronoto stria

marginali integra, versus latera distincte punctato; elytris, striis

punctulatis, 1-4 integris, 5-6 antice abbreviatis, leviter impressis.

L. 2 mill. ;

Oval, somewhat convex, black and shining; the head

punctulate, lateral stria terminating behind the mandibles;

the thorax, marginal stria complete, disk finely punctulate,

towards and at the sides the points are closer and larger,

along the basal edge is a row of irregular punctures, the

scutellar spot is rather larger than the punctures near it ; tlie

elytra, striz, inner humeral best marked at the base, and after

an interval continues as a very fine stria almost to the apex,

outer humeral is median and very fine, only visible in certain

lights, dorsal 1-4 complete, 1-3 best marked at their bases,

5 and sutural apical and shortened by one third, and like the

fourth lightly impressed, the surface is punctulate, points

scattered, at the base of each elytron is a linear puncture,

which is apparently an appendage to the fifth stria; the pro-

pygidium is distinctly punctured; the pygidium has finer

and less distinct points ; the prosternum bistriate ; the meso-

sternum widely sinuous anteriorly, stria complete.

new Species of Histeride. 173

The small stature and lightly impressed dorsal striz suffice

to distinguish this species from C. consors, Lec., to which it

is in many ways similar.

Hab. Brownsville, Texas (Wickham).

Monoplius pinguis, Lewis.

It is only recently I have seen the female of this species.

In well-developed specimens the female has an acute tooth

on the fourth abdominal segment and there is a strong denti-

form ridge on either side of the propygidium. In smaller

examples these characters are less observable. The apex of

the pygidium also has two blunt processes. Marseul only

knew the male of Monoplius inflatus when he described and

figured it; the female has a less conspicuous ridge on the

propygidium, but the apex of the pygidium is of similar form

to that of M. pinguis. ‘The two species of Monoplius known

occur in the mounds of stercoraceous and vegetal matter

brought out of the galleries by the workers of an underground

termite, Hodotermes Havilandi, Sh. In such places the

larve as well as the imago have been found by Mr. L. Périn-

guey.

Pelorurus carinatus, Sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, piceo-niger, parum nitidus; capite lato punctu-

lato; pronoto stria marginali integra, sed antice leviter impressa ;

elytris multicarinatis; pygidio compresso, in medio carinato;

prosterno angustato, bistriato ; mesosterno, stria marginali obso-

leta, in medio stria arcuata perspicua ; tibiis anticis 10-12-den-

tatis, posticis multispinosis.

L. 43 mill.

Oval, convex, nearly black, somewhat shining; the head

widest anteriorly, epistoma also wide, surface punctulate,

stria well-marked over the eyes, not continued anteriorly ;

the thorax punctured like the head, marginal stria complete,

but crenulate and feeble behind the head; the elytra, humeral

and subhumeral striz cariniform and complete, dorsal stria

represented by 13 carinz, complete, between the sixth and

seventh carine the interstice widens out at tne base, along

the outer edge of the sutural carina there are irregular marks

which apparently represent an obsolete carina, the inter-

stices are punctured similarly to the thorax; the propygidium

and pygidium are also punctured in like manner, the latter is

compressed longitudinally, leaving the centre line carinate

especially near the apex; the sternal plates are densely and

rugosely punctured ; the prosternum narrow, the strize are close

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 13

174 Mr. G. Lewis on

and parallel to each other for more than half their length

and then at the base become widely divergent, anteriorly they

are obliterated by the surface-sculpture ; the mesosternum has

no apparent marginal strie, but there is asomewhat narrowly

arched stria occupying the median area; the metasternum

widens out very much at the base; the first segment of the

abdomen is margined at the sides and densely sculptured ; the

anterior tibia have 10 or 12 long pale denticles on the

outer edge, intermediate and posterior tibie have many pale

spinosities.

Hah. Cape of Good Hope.

Pelorurus costipennis, sp. 0.

Ovalis, parum convexus, obscure eneo-niger, subnitidus; fronte

punctata, in medio concava; pronoto punctato, stria marginali

integra; elytris multicostatis, intervallis carinulatis; pygidio

apice carinato; prosterno margine antice bistriato; antennis

pedibusque obscure brunneis.

L. 33 mill.

Oval, a little convex above, especially on the dorsum, black

with a faint eneous tinge, feebly shining; the head somewhat

closely punctate, concave in the middle; the thorax, stria

complete and fine behind the head, punctured, punctures

fine and not closely set before the scutellum, somewhat

close and large at the sides, and those behind the anterior

angle are sometimes confluent; the elytra, the coste which

represent the 1-5 striae are markedly elevated, especially the

first, second, and third, the sixth is indistinguishable amongst

four carine next to the suture, in each of the intervals

between the five cost are two stria with a carina between

them, the striz have somewhat irregular edges, the four

sutural carine have a few punctures along their edges, the

elytral rim resembles the first costa; the propygidium and

pygidium are somewhat closely punctate, the latter is apically

carinate; the prosternum, anterior edge of the anterior lobe

has two deep marginal strize with somewhat crenulate edges,

surface with rather large scattered points, but these do not

extend to the base of the keel, keel bistriate, striae feebly

sinuous in the middle and divergent at and near the base ;

the metasternum has a fine marginal crenulate stria and a

transverse crenulate stria slightly bowed; the metasternum

has a band of scattered punctures along its base and similar

points behind the anterior angles, disk and anterior median

area with microscopic points.

This curious species is one of Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall’s

new Species of Histeride. 17

recent captures: the two deep marginal stria on the anterior

lobe of the prosternum are very peculiar.

Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland, in cow-dung, December

1897.

Heterius tristriatus, Horn.

This species occurs in Colorado at an elevation of 8000 feet ;

the ant-host is Yormica obscuripes, Forel (Wickham).

Heterius brunneipennis, Rand.

This species has been found in Iowa by Mr. H. F. Wick-

ham with Formica subsericea, Say, F. exsectoides, Say, and

another ant which is probably #. fuscogagates, Forel.

Termitoxenus strigicollis, sp. n.

Ovatus, parum convexus, piceus, nitidus, sparse setulosus; fronte

lateribus carinatis; pronoto longitudinaliter undique strigoso ;

elytris in medio profunde foveolatis ; propygidio basi bitubercu-

lato et dense ocellato-punctato ; pygidio apice bi-impresso, fortiter

Tugoso.

L. 3 mill.

Ovate, rather convex, especially in the dorsal region,

piceous, shining, and sparingly setose; the head, marginal

stria cariniform, not meeting anteriorly, nor following the

sinuous edge, surface striate, “strize sometimes reticulate with

a puncture in the interspace; the thorax, hind angles

smoothly excavated, anterior angles obliquely truncate, sur-

face wholly strigose, striz long and clear, about 20 in

number, and mostly crossing from the anterior edge to the

base, a few bifurcate and those in front of the scutellum turn

“inwards and are partly interrupted or broken, there are a

few fine punctures on the interstices, along the basal edge

are some ocellate punctures, the marginal stria is carini-

form and is double behind the head, with a row of irregular

punctures on the interstice; the elytra, striae, humeral and

subhumeral are cariniform and complete and join apically,

1-4 are fine, irregular and shortened at both ends, along the

outer edge of the first strizs there are detached tine broken

lines, but these do not apparently represent a true stria, the

fifth is wanting and the sutural is arched at the base turning

towards the fourth stria, posteriorly it terminates in the

dorsal hollow, in the middle of the dorsum there is a large

hollow with nearly circular edges, in the centre of this pit

there is a circular smooth puncture with three others behind

it, the first two of which are somewhat transverse, the last

13*

176 Mr. G. Lewis on

one is the smallest, along the apical edges of the elytra is a

broad band of an intricate sculpture somewhat similar to that

of the mesosternum, this gives way to simple points on the

dorsal area, a fine marginal stria, which apparently arises in

the dorsal pit, continues close to the edge round the apical

margin; the propygidium has two smooth tubercles on its

basal edge and the surface otherwise is densely and clearly

ocellately punctate; the pygidium, the lower half is bi-

impressed, apex has a small concave smooth space surrounded

by conspicuous irregular ridges which occupy the impressed

area, the upper half has an irregular sculpture somewhat

resembling that of the mesosternum ; the prosternum, anterior

lobe with an elevated margin, keel feebly concave with

lateral cariniform striz, which indistinctly meet in front and

are slightly sinuous near the coxe ; the mesosternum, anterior

edge strongly bisinuous, with a line of punctures across the

projecting centre, marginal stria fine and clear, but it does

not follow the sinuosities, surface-sculpture (with that of the

metasternum, between which there is no visible suture) con-

sists of small crescent-shaped strie with a puncture within

each, these half-circles bend towards the head and as they

are fairly closely set give an imbricate appearance to the

surface. ‘The mesosternum and metasternum are bistriate

laterally. here are eight well-developed spines on the

anterior tibiz and other smaller ones, the larger are divided

in the middle by a rather wide interval.

Hab. Para (Hi. H. Smith).

Discoscelis amazonie, sp. 11.

Oblongo-ovata, supra convexa, undique punctulata, piceo-brunnea,

parum nitida; fronte depressa, stria integra; thorace margine

laterali conspicue depresso, ante scutellum foveolato; elytris,

striis completis, 4* cum suturali basi conjunctis; mesosterno

transversim bistriato.

L. 33 mill.

Oblong - oval, convex above, pitchy-brown, somewhat

shining, densely punctulate; the head, frontal stria fine and

widely sinuous anteriorly, strong before the eyes and semi-

circular in outline, median anterior area and base of the

epistoma depressed; the thorax punctulate like the head,

with an ante-scutellar fovea, the lateral rim is finely raised

and carried on behind the head as a stria, within a very

narrow and convex interstice is a stria which reaches from

the base to a point behind the anterior angle, inside this stria

there is a broad somewhat irregular depression, narrowest at

new Species of Histeride. LW

the base, widest behind the anterior angle; the thorax is

deeply cut out to receive the head; the elytra, the two

humeral and six dorsal strie are all complete, the third dorsal

is bent in the middle, the fourth is bow-shaped and joined

to the sutural at the base, the interstices between the sutural

and fourth striz are wide, the elytral surface is densely

punctulate and under the microscope each puncture is seen to

be joined to others by very fine striz; the propygidium and

pygidium, the punctuation consists of fine points intermixed

with larger ones, some of the latter are minutely ocellate;

the prosternum, keel narrow, strie joined anteriorly, parallel

at the sides but diverging before the base; the mesosternum,

the marginal stria is bisinuous following the outline of the

anterior edge, a second transverse stria is oblique at the sides

and forms an angle in the middle; the metasternum and

mesosternum are alike evenly, not closely, punctulate; the

first abdominal segment is margined anteriorly and laterally

and has large shallow punctures on the anterior border.

This species is somewhat similar to Phylloscelis Arecha-

valete, Mars., which is, as Herr Schmidt states, a species of

Discoscelis.

Hab. Santarem (H. H. Smith).

Homalopygus amnicola, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, parum convexus, undique punctatus, piceus, nitidus ;

antennis pedibusque rufo-brunneis; fronte dense subocellato-

punctata ; pronoto utrinque bistriato, stria post capitem in medio

interrupta ; elytris, striis 1-3 posticis abbreviatis, 4 antice cur-

vata, suturali basi abbreviata; propygidio pygidioque distincte

punctatis ; prosterno bistriato, striis anticis conjunctis; meso-

sterno, stria integra leviter impressa; metasterno utrinque

bistriato.

L. 3 mill.

Oblong-ovate, rather convex, piceous, shining; antenna

and legs reddish brown; the head wholly punctate, punctures

large and somewhat ocellate but shallow, obsoletely striate

over the eyes; the thorax punctured, points on the outer

borders smaller than those of the head, and they gradually

become smaller and fewer nearer the disk, on the disk they

are fine and sparse, the sides are bistriate, outer stria well

away from the margin, very fine, and bending inwards

anteriorly, internal stria also very fine and shortened ante-

riorly, interstice widest anteriorly, both striz are rather

oblique at their bases, behind the head is a transverse stria

interrupted in the middle which appears to be an appendage

178 Mr. G. Lewis on

to the inner stria, the marginal stria is complete behind the

head, but extremely fine and laterally cannot be seen from

above ; the elytra, striz, outer humeral complete and carini-

form, inner humeral fine and complete and sinuous before the

apex, 1-3 dorsal shortened posteriorly, interstices rather

wide, that between the first and second widest at the base,

fourth and sutural finer, fourth more shortened apically and

at the base turning towards the suture, sutural stria shortened

before the base and bent at the tips, the punctuation of the

elytra is similar to, but rather less close than, that of the

thoracic disk; the propygidium and pygidium are clearly

and rather closely punctate; the prosternum is bistriate,

striz joining anteriorly, sinuous between the coxe and very

feebly divergent at the base; the mesosternum has a fine

marginal stria and the metasternum two lateral ones; the

anterior tibie are moderately dilated.

The superficies of this species is closely similar to H. com-

mensalis, Lew., but it is a little less convex, the thoracic

punctuation less dense and pygidia more strongly punctate.

In H. commensalis the outer humeral stria is fine and feebly

cariniform, inner humeral fine and somewhat vague and

evanescent in the middle. In H. cavifrons, Lew., the outer

humeral is wanting and the inner humeral short, basal,

and vague.

Hab. Rio Janeiro (H. H. Smith).

Terapus bicarinatus, sp. n.

Oblongus, postice gibbus, cinereo-brunneus; antennis tarsisque

rufis ; fronte punctata, margine extus elevata; thorace utrinque

profunde excavato ; elytris in medio longitudinaliter carinatis.

L. 23 mill.

Oblong, gibbous behind, ashy-brown, somewhat shining ;

the forehead, surface closely and evenly covered with large

shallow rugose punctures, with the interstices smoother and

slightly raised, margin elevated, angular before the eyes,

with an emargination on the anterior edge; the thorax

punctured like the forehead, but the interstices are wider and

flat, lateral edges raised and continued obscurely as a stria

behind the head, within the margin on either side are two

irregular deep pits, the limits of these cavities are thin and

transparent and distinctly reddish brown, anterior angles

somewhat rounded off, with the edge behind the head simply

but widely emarginate, not bisinuous like that of Terapus

Mniszecht, Mars. ; the elytra have large shallow spaces (in

lieu of punctures), a few of which are confluent, with their

new Species of Histeride. 179

interstices raised and irregular, and those bordering the suture

are cariniform, the lateral margin is carinate with a short

basal subhumeral carina, and down the middle of each

elytron is a well-marked carina commencing at the base and

terminating before the apex, behind the middle the carine

bend towards each other but do not approach the suture;

the propygidium, the sculpture is somewhat similar to that

of the head, the posterior margin is thickened and projecting,

and has a median and two lateral impressions; the pygidium

is sculptured like the propygidium; the prosternum, keel

concave, with corresponding carinate edges, base smooth,

anterior lobe with large shallow punctures, which spread half-

way down the keel; the mesosternum, anterior and lateral

edges carinate, surface with large and clear punctures not

very closely set; the metasternum similarly sculptured and

carinate Jaterally ; the fore legs are rather less angular than

those of T. Mniszechi, Mars., the intermediate and _ hinder

tibies are not angulate, but project a little at the end of the

tarsal groove, and the tarsi are relatively much shorter than

those of Marseul’s species. ‘The posterior thighs have a con-

spicuous projecting obtuse process pointing towards the coxe

and close to the base or constricted part; in Marseul’s

species this process is very conspicuous and truncate, but it is

not shown in Marseul’s figure.

Hab. Santarem (H. H. Smith).

Terapus Marseuli, Westw.

Terapus Marseul, Westw. Thesaurus, Ent. Oxon, p. 67, t. 3. fig. 9

(1874).

‘« Niger, nitidissimus, minute punctatissimus ; pronoto angulis anticis

rotundatis, levissimis, dorso sulco lato profundo medio, angulis

posticis elevatis, sulco transverso e parte antica separatis ; elytris

breviter ovatis, sutura depressa, singuli medio disci elevato, podice

sinuato; pedibus elongatis; tibiis omnibus extus pone medium

angulatis, apice extus sulcatis pro receptione tarsorum re-

curvorum.

“‘ Long. corp. lin. 2.”

From the above it will be noticed that the front tibig are

acutely angulate in this species.

Hab. Amazonia (Bates).

Saprinus beatulus, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, cupreus, nitidus; pedibus antennisque obscure

brunneis, clava rufa; fronte parum dense punctata; pronoto

elytrisque cum spatiis levibus nitidis; prosterno basi minute

strigoso.

L. 2-27 mill.

180 On new Species of Uisteride.

Shortly oval, convex, coppery and shining; the head

transverse, rather densely and subocellately punctured, stria

complete, carinate anteriorly, straight in the middle, sinuous

on either side; the thorax, punctate like the head, marginal

stria complete, before the scutellum is a cone-shaped smooth

area which extends to the middle of the disk, on either side

there are two basal, two median, and one anterior smooth

spaces, the last is behind the eye, the inner spaces are

irregular and sometimes join; the elytra punctate like the

thorax, with a smooth space at the base between the sutural

and fourth strie and there is an irregular transverse smooth

band behind it, the apical border is smooth and there is a

space between the second and third striz smooth, the smooth

area is truncate anteriorly and posteriorly widens out across

the third and fourth stria, a small humeral boss is smooth,

and near the apex in a line with it is an irregular small

smooth space; the propygidium is wholly punctate; the

pygidium has two longitudinal smooth median bands, the

bands touch the base only; the prosternum, keel strigose at

the base, strize join behind and inclose alobe-shaped punctate

surface, before the coxe the strize are close together and

parallel to each other, on either side of the keel is a strong

bent carina, anterior lobe roughly punctured; the meso-

sternum widely sinuous anteriorly, surface clearly and rather

densely punctate, marginal stria obliterated in the middle;

the metasternum is smooth, with a band of punctures along

the base which widens out in the middle towards the disk,

and there is also a cluster of punctures on each side behind

the anterior angles; the first abdominal segment has some-

what similar punctures, but they continue laterally as a broad

even band.

This species belongs to the same group as S, elegantulus,

Mars., but its outline is less oval.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Discovered by Mr. L. Périn-

guey associated with Hodotermes Havilandt, Sh.

Teretriosoma conigerum, Lew.

Teretriosoma conigerum, Lew. Biol. Cent.-Amer., Col. vol. ii. pt. 1,

p. 223, pl. vii. figs. 2, 2a, 2 6 (1888).

The original specimen of this species came from Guate-

mala, but recently examples have been taken in Texas,

“under bark of decaying posts and by beating heavy

tangled masses of vines and bushes where a good many dead

branches were intertwined ” (Wickham).

Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. 181

Abreus coheres, sp. n.

A, bonzico similis, sed multo minor, fronte leviter impressa ; meta-

sterno haud canaliculato.

L. 1} mill.

Circular in outline, convex, black and somewhat opaque,

densely punctate, with short slightly club-shaped sete; the

head densely and coarsely punctured, with a feeble median

frontal impression ; the thorax and elytra are similarly punc-

tate, except that the thorax has large punctures along the

basal edge, and the elytra for the posterior half are longi-

tudinally rugose ; the propygidium is punctured like the disk

of the thorax, but the punctuation of the pygidium is smaller,

more even and clear; the prosternum and mesosternum are

somewhat uregularly punctured, the punctures varying in

size; the metasternum has an extremely fine longitudinal

median line, and the punctures on the surface are more closely

set than those of the mesosternum; along the anterior edge

of the first abdominal segment is a row of large punctures.

This species resembles A. bonzicus, Mars., but it is about

half its size. A. bonzicus has a straight, shallow, but well-

marked median channel down the middle of the metasternum;

this character is not noticed by Marseul. It is probable

both species are of stercoraceous habits, as I found A. bonzicus

in great profusion in horse-dung at Otaru, on the west coast

of Yezo, on the 4th August, 1880.

Hab. Hongkong (J. J. Walker). Several examples.

XXIV.— Report on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature to be submitted

to the Fourth International Zoological Congress at Cambridge by

the International Committee for Zoological Nomenclature *.

1898.

InrRopUcTION.

Tis Report is “informal,” in the sense that while the Committee

has discussed the subject-matter herein contained, and has agreed

to submit to the next International Zoological Congress the views

expressed below, it has not yet had an opportunity to discuss in

detail the exact arrangement of the various rules and recommenda-

tions. In its final sessions at Cambridge the Committee will

* The International Committee, which was appointed at the Leyden

Meeting of the Congress in September 1895, consists of Dr. R. Blanchard

of Paris, Prof. J. Victor Carus of Leipzig, Dr. F. A. Jentink of Leyden,

Mr. P. L. Sclater of London, and Dr. C. W. Stiles of Washington. The

English edition of the Report has been prepared by Dr. Stiles,

182 "Report on the Rules of

undoubtedly make certain changes of an editorial nature, and will

naturally consider the sequence of the various articles.

In the French edition * of the proceedings Prof. Blanchard has

followed as closely as possible the original sequence of the Paris-

Moscow Code. Certain changes in this sequence are, however,

advisable. I have thought best for the present to adopt the order

suggested by Prof. Carus.

The Committee has decided to recommend to the next Congress

the appointment of a Permanent International Committee of not

less than seven members, whose duty it shall be to examine and

report upon all propositions of nomenclature submitted to the Fifth

or any succeeding International Zoological Congress.

It is the unanimous opinion of the present International Com-

mittee that no proposition for change, amendment, or addition to

the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature should be allowed

to come before the Fifth or any succeeding International Zoological

Congress for consideration unless the said proposition shall have been

in the hands of the Permanent International Committee at least

one year before the date of meeting of the Congress.

Any person receiving copies of this Report, and desiring to

express any opinion, favourable or otherwise, upon any principle

contained therein, is invited to communicate personally by letter

with any member of the Committee. The Members of the Com-

mittee cannot, however, at present enter into any public discussion

in the scientific journals.

C. W. Srizes +.

ASU NEBS:

I. GenERAL PRoposttions In ZooLtocicAL NoMENCLATURE.

Zoological nomenclature is binomial. Every animal (living and

fossil) is designated by a generic name followed by a specific name.

Example: Corvus corax.

These names must be either Latin or Latinized, or considered or

treated as such, in case they are not of Latin origin.

In certain cases, where it is desirable to distinguish subspecies or

varieties, this may be done in the manner hereinafter provided.

Zoological nomenclature is independent of botanical nomenclature.

(At the same time it is well to avoid the introduction into Zoology

as generic names of such names as are already in use in Botany.)

* Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1897, pp. 173-185.

+ Present address: United States Embassy, Berlin, Germany.

Zoological Nomenclature. 183

A generic name is to be rejected when it has previously been

used for some other genus of animals.

A specific name is to be rejected when it has previously been

used for some other species or subspecies of the same genus.

Rejected homonyms* can never again be used. Rejected syno-

nyms * can never again be used except in cases of the restoration of

erroneously suppressed groups.

Examples: Yenia Giardi, Moniez, 1879, was suppressed as a

synonym of 7’. ovilla, Rivolta, 1873; later on it was discovered that

T. ovilla was preoccupied (7'. ovilla, Gmelin, 1790). 7’. ovilla, 1878,

is suppressed as a homonym, and can never again be used ; it was

superfluous, and cannot be employed, even if the species is placed

in another genus (Thysanosoma). T. Giardi, 1879, which was

suppressed as a synonym, becomes valid upon the suppression of the

homonym 7’, ovilla.

A name once published cannot be rejected even by its author

because of inapplicability.

Majority (Buancuarp, Carus, ScLaTER) :

All grammatical errors must be corrected; at the same time

hybrid names are to be retained without emendation.

Examples: correct Cuterebra to Cutiterebra, Glossiphonia to

Glossosiphonia, but do not change Vermipsylla to Helminthopsylla.

Minority (JENTINK, STIcEs):

Barbarisms and solecisms shall be construed (under B. 35%) as

arbitrary combinations of letters, and cannot be rejected or emended

because of faulty construction. Hybrid names are to be avoided,

but when once published are not to be rejected.

Il. Generic anp SusBGENERIC NAMEs.

A generic name must consist of a single word, preferably a noun,

simple or compound, but always written as one word in the nomi-

native singular (see Rule 1).

* A homonym is one and the same name for two or more different

things. A synonym is one of two or more different names for one and

the same thing. In the example given, 7’ oved/a, 1878, and T. ovzlla, 1790,

are homonyms, while 7. ovdlla, 1878, and 7. Giardi, 1879, are synonyms.

Rule 6 is simply a more detailed wording of the poorly expressed and

too often misinterpreted ‘ Once a synonym, always a synonym.” ‘Once

a homonym, always a synonym,” is correct, but “Once a synonym,

always a synonym,’ is inexact.—C, W. 58.

184 Report on the Rules of

10.

Generic and subgeneric names are subject to the same rules and

recommendations, and from a nomenclatural standpoint they are

coordinate,

Ill. Spsciric Names.

ate

Specific names, whether substantives or adjectives, must in every

case be uninominal. This does not, however, exclude the use of

compound proper names indicating dedication or compound words

indicating a comparison ; such words are written as one word with

or without the hyphen.

Examples: Sancte-Catharine, Jan-Mayeni, cornu-pastoris, cor-

anguinum, cedo-nulli.

12.

Specific names are of three kinds :—

a. Adjectives which must agree grammatically with the generic

name.

Examples: Carabus auratus, Felis marmorata, Emys Belliana.

6. Substantives in the nominative in apposition with the generic

name.

Examples: Felis leo, Sphinx elpenor.

c. Substantives in the genitive, such as those given in dedication

to persons or groups of persons.

The genitive is formed by adding an? to the exact name of the

person if a man, an @ in case the person is a woman. In ease the

name in question is one which was employed and declined in Latin,

it follows the rules of declination. It is placed in the plural when

the dedication is made to a group of persons.

13.

Majority (BLANCHARD, JENTINK, STILEs) :

While it is desirable to avoid the repetition of the generic name

as a specific name (Perdix perdix, Trutta trutta), such repetition is

not sufficient grounds for rejecting or changing either the generic or

the specific name, The same principle applies to the repetition

of the specific name as subspecific or varietal name (Amblystoma

Jeffersonianum Jeffersonianum).

Minority (Carus, ScLaTER):

Specific names, when used as generic, must be changed.

14.

Specific and subspecific names are subject to the same rules and

recommendations, and from a nomenclatural standpoint they are

coordinate.

Zoological Nomenclature. 185

IV. Tae Manner oF Wririne Generic AND Speciric NAMEs.

15.

Generic and subgeneric names are to be written with a capital

initial letter.

16.

While specific names derived from persons may be written with a

capital initial letter, all other specific names are to be written with

a small initial letter.

Examples: /thizostoma Cuvieri, Francolinus Lucani, Estrus bovis.

Majority report (BuancHarD, JuntiInK, ScuaTEr):

The author of a species shall be that person who

a. First describes and names the species in conformity with

Rule 1.

b. Names a described but unnamed species.

c. Substitutes a name given according to Rule 1 in place of one

given contrary to that article.

d. Suppresses a preoccupied name and substitutes a new name

in its place.

The name of the-author of the species is written in the same type

as the text and immediately after the specific name, without the

interposition of a comma; if the text is Roman, the generic and

specific names are placed in italics; if the text is italics, the

binominal is placed in Roman.

Minority report (Carus, Srruus) :

a. The author of a species or other group is the author of the

uname of that species or group.

b. The author of the name of a species or other group is he

who first published that name in a recognizable manner—

except that where the publishing author has had access to

the manuscript statements of another author, as in a post-

humous work ora borrowed manuscript, the authority which

he gives for the name shall be considered correct and

accepted, unless it shall be proved afterwards to beincorrect.

In this case it shall be considered that the writer of the

manuscript publishes the name in the article of the author

that quotes him.

c=b

d=c }of the Majority.

e=d

jf. The authority for the specific or other name is written after

that name, and is not separated from it by any mark of

punctuation, except—

1. In cases of specific names which are transferred to

another than the original genus, or combined with

another than the original generic name with which they

186 Report on the Rules of

were first published, the author of the specific name is

to be placed in parentheses.

2. Where a genus is reduced to subgeneric rank, or a sub-

genus is raised to generic rank, the name of the author

of the name is to be enclosed in parentheses.

18.

When it is desirable to cite the name of a subgenus, this name is

to be placed in parentheses between the name of the genus and that

of the species.

Example: Vanessa (Pyrameis) cardui Linné.

uy,

a. If it is desired to cite the name of a variety or subspecies, such

name is written immediately following the specific name.

6. The citation of a variety or subspecies in binominal form (as

Corvus kamtschaticus instead of C. corax kamtschaticus) is not

permitted (see Rule 33). The introduction of the words ‘ varietas ”’

or “ subspecies ” or their abbreviations “ var.” or ‘‘ subsp.” 1s there-

fore not necessary.

Examples: Rana esculenta marmorata Haliwell, but not Corax

kamtschaticus instead of Corvus corax kamtschaticus. On hybrids

see Rule 34.

V. Supptviston AND Unron or GENERA AND SPECIES.

20.

When a genus is divided into two or more restricted genera, the

original name must be retained for one of the restricted genera ; if

a type species has been proposed, the division containing that

species must retain the (otherwise valid) generic name.

The name of the typical subgenus must be the same as the name

of the genus.

21.

If the original type of the genus is not clearly indicated, the

author who first subdivides the genus may apply the original

generic name to such restricted genus as he may judge advisable,

and such assignment is not subject to subsequent modification.

In no ease, however, can the original name be transferred to a

group containing none of the species originally included in the genus

or which the author of the original genus doubtfully referred to it.

22.

The division of a species into two or more restricted species is

subject to the same rules as the division of a genus. But a specific

name which undoubtedly rests upon an error of identification cannot

be retained, even when the species are afterwards placed in different

genera.

Zoological Nomenclature. 157

Example: Tenia pectinata Goeze, 1782=Cittotenia pectinata

(Goeze) Raill., while “* Tenia pectinata Goeze” von Zeder, 1800=

Andrya rhopalocephala (Riehm). Andrya pectinata (Zeder) could

not be admitted.

23.

When a species is divided, the restricted species to which the

original specific name of the primitive species is attributed may

receive a notation indicating both the name of the original author

and the name of the reviser.

Example: Tenia pectinata Goeze partim, Riehm.

By application of Rule 22 both the name of the original author

and of the reviser are placed in parentheses if the species is trans-

ferred to another genus.

Example: Monieza pectinata (Goeze partim, Riehm) Blanchard.

24.

A genus formed by the union of several genera takes the oldest

valid generic or subgeneric name of its components. If the

names are all of the same date, that selected by the first reviser

shall be retained.

25.

The same rule is’ applicable when several species or subspecies are

united to form a single species.

26.

When, in consequence of the union of two genera, two different

animals having the same specific or subspecific name are brought

into one genus, the more recent specific or subspecific name falls

as a synonym.

VI. Famizty anp Supramity Names.

27.

The name of a family is formed by adding the ending cde, the

name of a subfamily by adding ine, to the root of the name of its

type genus.

28.

The name of a family or subfamily should be changed when the

generic name serving as a type is changed.

VII. Tue Law or Priority.

29,

The name of a genus or species can only be that name under

which it was first designated, on the condition:

a. That this name was published and clearly defined or in-

dicated.

b. That the author has properly adopted the principles of

binominal nomenclature.

188 Report on the Rules of

30.

The tenth edition of the ‘Systema Nature,’ 1758, is the date of

the consistent general application in Zoology of the binary system

of nomenclature. This date therefore is accepted as the starting-

point of zoological nomenclature and of the operation of the Law

of Priority.

31.

The Law of Priority obtains, and consequently the oldest avail-

able name is retained, even:

a, When any part of an animal is named before the animal

itself, as, for example, in the case of fossils.

b. When the larva is named before the adult.

(Exception must be made, at least for the present, in the case of

the cestodes, trematodes, nematodes, acanthocephali, and acarines—

in a word, for animals which submit to a metamorphosis and change

of host ; otherwise many of these would have to submit to a nomen-

clatural revision, which would be only temporary in character and

lead to deep confusion, the final result and extent of which it is

now impossible to foresee.)

c. When the two sexes of a species have been considered as

distinct species or as belonging to distinct genera.

d, When an animal presents a regular succession of dissimilar

generations which have been considered as belonging to

different species, or even to different genera.

32.

When several genera or species have been proposed simul-

taneously, so that it is impossible to establish priority, preference is

to be decided as follows :—

a. A generic name accompanied by specification of a type has

precedence over a name without such specification. If

all or none of the genera have types indicated, that

generic name takes precedence the diagnosis of which is

most pertinent.

b. A specific name accompanied by both description and figure

shall stand in preference to one accompanied only by a

diagnosis or only by a figure.

c. Other things being equal, the name is to be preferred which

stands first in the book or article (Page-precedence *).

d. But in all cases the name adopted by the first reviser of

the group shall stand, even if such adoption is contrary

to these conditions.

B.—RECOMMENDATIONS.

33.

When the word varietas is interposed between the specific and

* The expression “ Page-priority ” contains a contradiction,—C. W.S.

Zoological Nomenclature. 189

varietal names, the varietal name, if adjectival, agrees with it

grammatically.

Example: Corvus coraxv var. kamtschatica.

If the word varietas is not used, the varietal name agrees gram-

matically with the generic name.

Example: Corvus corax kamtschaticus.

34.

a. In the notation of hybrids the name of the male parent pre-

cedes that of the female parent, and is united to it by the sign of

multiplication (x). The use of the sexual signs is not necessary.

Examples: Capra hircus x Ovis aries, or Capra hircus $ x Ovis

arues Q.

6. Hybrids may also be cited in form of a fraction, the male

parent forming the numerator and the female parent the deno-

minator.

Capra hircus

Ovis aries ©

The fractional form is better, in that it permits the citation of the

observer when this is desirable, also in case one of the parents is a

Example :

hybrid.

Examples :

Branta canadensis Tetrao tetria x Tetrao urogallus

Cygnopsis cygnoides’ ~ —— Gallus gallinaceus ‘

In the latter case, however, parentheses may be used.

Example: (Tetrao tetrix x Tetrao urogallus) x Gallus gallinaceus.

c. When the parents of a supposed hybrid are not definitely

known, the latter takes provisionally a specific name, the same as if

it were a true species; but the generic name may be preceded by

the sign of multiplication.

Example: x Helminthophila leucobronchialis.

35.

The following words may be taken as generic names :—

a. Greek substantives, for which the rules of Latin transcription

should be followed.

Example: Ancylus, Amphibola, Pompholyx, Cylichna.

The transcription should be made according to the following

list :—

C—O UA NEOS)) <0) «eu ck-js te Hyalea, not Hylea.

=e (EIPHVN) ocieioc ails « Pirena, not Pirina.

Final n=a (rewphyn) .... Pirena, not Pirine.

G—eGOUs)) 5.2%» - s « 6 Tethys ; ornos—stethus, not sthetua.

LR (DNUOS) = a) «ser oo sas Balia, aot Balea.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. 11. 14

190 Report on the Rules of

K==C (iamokpyn)...--. = Hippocrena, not Hippochrenes.

E— 2 (EEv0S) -\~ «= - <0 s Oe Xenus, Xenophora.

Pi aTEpar) ts oajoie ee Pterum.

== (GSES) cee wom eie ete Hybolithus, not Hibolithus.

a= (Agnratos)... «cas Limnea, not Limnea.

av=au (yAavyxos) ..---- Glaucus.

€—2 (VEINOS) ee Jhilostoma, not Chealostoma.

éev=eu (etpos) ....-- ... Eurus.

ys 1 =e (OREO) Brien sae ei Diceca, Dendreeca, not Dioica, Dendroica.

Final ov=um (égizmuov).. Ephippiwn, not Ephippion.

Final os=ws (Gugadds) .. Euomphalus, not Euomphalos.

ov=u (AouTHpiwov).....+-- Luterium, not Lotortum.

‘yy =ng (ayyapela) ....-- Angaria.

yx=nch (ayxiaropoy).... Anchistoma, not Angistoma.

ye=ne (ayKuoTpov) ...... Ancistrodon, not Agkistrodon.

p=rle (png) de eels Rhea.

“ah (éppata) ....-...-- Hermea, not Ermea.

b. Compound Greek words, in which the attribute should pre-

cede the principal word.

Examples: Stenogyra, Pleurobranchus, Tylodina, Cyclostomum,

Sarcocystis, Pelodytes, Hydrophilus, Rhizobius.

Words formed like Hippopotamus, Philhydrus, Biorhiza, in which

the attribute follows the principal word, are to be avoided.

c. Latin substantives; adjectives and past participles are not

recommended.

Examples: Ancilla, Auricula, Cassis, Conus, Dolium, &c.

d. Compound Latin words.

Examples: Stiliger, Dolabrifer, Semifusus.

e. Greek or Latin derivatives expressing diminution, comparison,

resemblance, or possession.

Examples: Lingularius, Lingulina, Lingulinopsis, Lingulella,

Lingulepis, Lingulops, all derived from Lingula.

f. Mythological or heroic names; if not Latin these should be

given a Latin termination.

Examples: Osiris, Venus, Brisinga, Velleda, Crimora; Aigirus,

Gonduha.

g. Names used by the ancients.

Examples: Cleopatra, Belisarius, Melania.

Zoological Nomenclature. 191

h. Modern family names, to which is added an ending to denote

dedication. In using such names the following principles should.

be observed :—

a. Family names taken from the Latin or Germanic tongues, or

from languages in which the Latin alphabet is used, retain their

exact original spelling including diacritic marks.

Examples: Selysius, Lamarckia, Kollikeria, Miilleria, Stala,

Kréyeria, [baiezia.

6. Names terminating with a consonant take the ending ius, za,

or tum.

y: Names terminating with the vowels e¢, i 0, u, y, take the

ending us, a, or um. Names terminating with a take za.

Examples: Blainvillea, Cavolinia, Fatioa, Bernaya, Poeya;

Danaia.

6. In cases of patronymics consisting of two words only one of

these is used in the formation of a generic name,

Examples: Selysius, Targionia, Duthiersia.

e. In generic names formed from patronymics the particles are

omitted if not coalesced with the name; the articles, however, are

retained.

Examples: Selysius, Blainvillea, Lacazia, Lacepedea, Benedenia,

Chiajea ; Dumerilia.

g. The use of proper names (f, g, A, 7) in the formation of com-

pound generic names is objectionable.

Names like Hugrimnua, Buchiceras, Pseudograteloupia, Mobiusi-

spongia, are to be avoided,

2. Names of ships, which should be treated the same as mytho-

logical names or as modern patronymics.

Examples: Blaukea, Hirondellea, Challengeria.

j. Barbarous names, 7. e. words of non-classical origin; these

names should have a Latin termination.

Examples: Vanikoro, Agouti, Chilosa, Fossarus, Yetus.

k. Words formed by arbitrary combinations of letters or by

anagram; these should also be given a Latin termination. It is

desirable that recourse to arbitrary combinations and to anagrams

should be used as little as possible,

Examples: Dacelo, Verlusia, Linospa,

36.

a. The best specific name is a Latin adjective, short, euphonious,

and of easy provunciation. Latinized Greek words and indeclinable

barbarous words may, however, be used.

b. The prefixes sub and pseudo should be used only with adjec-

tives and substantives—swh with Latin words, pseudo with Greek

words. They should not be used in combination with proper names

(sub-wilsom &e.); but if such words are once introduced, they are

not subject to emendation.

132 Report on the Rules of

c. The terminations oides and ides should be used in combination

only with Greek or Latin substantives. They should not be used

in combination with proper names; but if once so used are not

subject to emendation.

d. If a specific name is a geographical name it should be placed

in the genitival or adjectival form, if it was known to the Romans

or Latinized by the writers of the middle ages. If adjectival it is

written with a small initial letter.

e. All other geographical names should be changed into adjectives,

following the rules of Latin derivation, and should retain the exact

spelling (including diacritic marks) of the radical, if this latter has

not been used in Latin; names of islunds, however, which are

derived from names of persons, may preserve their substantive form,

but are then to be placed in the genitive.

f. (Brancnarp, JEnTINK) :

If from the radical of a geographical name two adjectives are

derived (hispanus and hispanicus), they cannot be used as specific

names in the same genus.

f. (Carus, Sriues) :

If from the radical of a geographical name two adjectives are

derived (hispanus and hispanicus, moluccensis and mollucunis), it is

not advisable to use both as specific names in the same genus, but

such use of names is not sufficient reason for rejecting either of

them,

g. Geographical and other proper names of countries which have

no recognized orthography or which do not use the Latin alphabet

should be transcribed into Latin according to the rules adopted by

the Geographical Society of Paris.

Examples: Bogdanovi, Metshnikovi.

37.

a. In case of words of identical etymology, differing only in

spelling but not in form, the later name is to be considered a

homonym of the earlier.

Examples: szlvestris and sylvestris, ceruleus and coeruleus, Linner

and Linnea, Rhopalophorus and Ropalophorus.

b. Brancuarp and Jentink favour:

1. If from the radical of a common name two or more adjectives

are formed, these cannot be used as specific names in the

same genus.

Examples: fluvialis, fluviatilis, fluviaricus, fluviorum.

2. Words distinguished only by the masculine, feminine, and

neuter endings are to be considered as homonyms.

b. Carus and Srizes favour:

Words of the same etymology, differing in form or gender, are

not to be changed or rejected on this account.

Examples: fluviahs, fluviatilis, fluviaticus, and fluviorum ;

Distomus, Distoma, Distomum.

Zoological Nomenclature. 193

c. In case of words of different etymology, but identical in form

and spelling, the later name is to be considered a homonym of the

earlier.

Examples: Abeona Girard, 1854, and Abcona Stal, 1876.

d. But words of different etymology, differing from each other

even in a single letter, are to be retained.

Examples: Macrodon and Microdon; Tenia furcigera and Tenia

furcifera.

e. Similar generic names are not to be rejected when they are not

absolutely identical if correctly spelled.

38.

When the name of the author of a species or other group is

abbreviated, the writer will do well to conform to the list of abbre-

viations proposed by the Zoological Museum of Berlin, adopted and

enlarged by the Paris Congress.

39.

In selecting a type authors should govern themselves by the

following :—

1. A genus which contains a species bearing the same name,

either as a valid name or a synonym, takes that species as its type.

2. To select as type some species which the original author studied,

unless it can be definitely shown that he had some other species

more particularly in mind.

3. (If the genus has already been divided by former authors,

without the specification of types, the only available method of

fixing the original name to some part of the genus to which it was

originally applied is, of course, by the process of elimination ; but)

If the genus contains both exotic and non-exotic species, from

the standpoint of the original author, the process of elimination is

to be restricted to the non-exotic species.

4, To select as the type the species which is best described, or

best figured, or best known.

40.

‘It is very desirable that the original description of any group

should be accompanied by a diagnosis both individual and diffe-

rential, and written either in Latin, French, German, English, or

Italian. This diagnosis should also state in what museum the type

specimen has been deposited.

41.

In works not published in any of these five languages it is desir-

able that the explanation of the figures and an abstract of the article

be translated into one of these tongues.

194 Bibliographical Notice.

42.

Authors are urged to use only the metric system of weights and

measures and the centigrade thermometer of Celsius.

43.

The indication of enlargement or of reduction, which is necessary

to the comprehension of an illustration, shonll be expressed in

figures rather than by mentioning the system of lenses used.

44.

It is useful to indicate whether the enlargement is linear, or of

the surface, or of the mass. This may be easily expressed as

follows :— x 50" indicates a linear enlargement of 50 times, x 5?

an enlargement of the surface, and x 50° an enlargement of the

mass,

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Rhopalocera Exotica ; being Illustrations of New, Rare, and Un-

jigured Species of Butterflies. By H. Grose-Smira and W. F.

Krrsy. Vol. II. London: Gurney and Jackson, 1892-97.

Tue second volume of this well-known work should have received

notice at our hands before now; but, as sometimes happens in the

case of a serial publication still in course of issue, the fact of the

volume’s completion was overlooked.

Unduly retarded, however, as our notice has been, the authors

may rest assured that there is no lack of appreciation on our part of

the manner in which the high standard of their work has been

maintained. As they mention in their preface, nearly 250 species

are figured in this volume, the figures occupying sixty quarto plates,

and representing not only both upper and under sides, but in a

large number of cases both sexes of each species. The colouring

throughout is excellent, but the drawing of a few of the smaller

figures is somewhat unequal in quality. It will be admitted, how-

ever, that the best executed figures in point of drawing are those

representing Oriental Lyceenide (of the extremely beautiful genera

Thysonotis, Waigeum, &c.), which for accuracy as well as for artistic

merit are admirable; they are the work of Mr. Horace Knight.

Butterflies of all families except the Hesperiide find illustration

in this volume; but in the number of species described and figured

the Lycxnide (109) far exceed the other groups. Next come the

Geological Society. 195

Pierine with 43 species, and in this subfamily we would call atten-

tion to the three plates devoted to the remarkable and most inter-

esting genus Dismorphia, exhibiting very strikingly the extraordinary

differences (mostly traceable to mimetism in various directions)

presented by no fewer than 16 species. Of the Satyrinze 33 species

are given, belonging chiefly to the genera Mycalesis and Pedaliodes.

Some very fine Nymphaline are figured, notably several rare species

of Mynes, of which M. Websteri from New Guinea presents an

underside of quite isolated character, while that of MW. cottonis from

New Britain is curiously imitative of the underside shown by a

section of the Pierine genus Delias. The Morphine are represented

by as many as nine species of the singular genus Yenaris, mostly

natives of New Guinea.

We notice the announcement of a change as regards the issue of

future parts of this valuable work, viz. that, instead of the regular

quarterly publication of a part containing three plates, the parts will

be published at such intervals as may be found convenient, the

number of plates varying, and the price of each part being regulated

accordingly. We may add, however, that, notwithstanding this

announcement, there has been but little alteration either in the

dates of issue or in the number of plates in each part as yet pub-

lished in the third volume, which is being continued by Mr. Grose-

Smith without the cooperation of Mr. Kirby. R. T.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

April 20th, 1898.—W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘ Petalocrinus. By F. A. Bather, Esq., M.A., F.G.S.

Certain curious fan-like objects, obviously echinodermal, have for

a long time been preserved in the Riks-Museum at Stockholm, but

their significance was first definitely ascertained when similar fossils

were found in Iowa, and brought to England by Mrs. Davidson.

The latter were described by Mr. Stuart Weller in a paper entitled

* Petalocrinus mirabilis (n. sp.), and a New American Fauna;’ and

the former, with fresh material obtained by Mr. Weller from various

American localities, are the subject of the present communication.

The Silurian crinoid genus Petalocrinus, Weller, is discussed, on

the evidence of all the original material from Iowa and of the

further material above mentioned. The replacement of the original

196 Miscellaneous.

material of the Iowan fossils by silica has taken place only in certain

parts, forming a number of siliceous boxes, as it were, which are

either hollow or more or less filled with chalcedony or crypto-

erystalline silica. They are therefore neither casts nor impressions,

and details of structure are frequently destroyed.

Petalocrinus is shown to have a dicyclic base—not monocyclic, as

originally described. The structure of the tegmen is shown to be

that of the Cyathocrinoidea. The arm-fans characteristic of the

genus are proved to have been formed by fusion of the branches of

an arm of Cyathocrinid type. In them, description is given for the

first time of axial canals, covering-plates, the articular facet, and

various minor structures. The species P. major, Weller, is shown

to be an Omphyma; but P. mirabilis, Weller, the genotype, is

redescribed, and with it five new species—two from Iowa; three, as

well as a possible mutation of one of them, from Gotland. A family

Petalocrinide, descended from the Cyathocrinide, probably by way

of Arachnocrinus, is founded for the reception of this genus.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The Generic Name Thylacomys. By Evear R. Warrr.

Since revising the proofs of my article “* Observations on Muridw

from Central Australia” *, I find that the name Thylacomys may

be in jeopardy. Though not contained in the classic catalogues of

Agassiz and Scudder, and therefore apparently available, it has yet

made an appearance, if an accidental one, in literature.

A footnote in the ‘ British Museum Catalogue of Marsupialia’

(pp. 221-222) reads as follows:— Blyth (Cuv. An. K. p. 104,

1840) states that Prof. Owen had separated off ‘The Philander,

Perameles lagotis, as a genus under the name of Thylacomys. Iam,

however, quite unable to find any distinction of the genus in

Prof. Owen’s papers, and therefore retain the well-known name

[Peragale] given to the genus by Gray. Blyth’s statement was,

perhaps, based on a confused account of Gray’s Thylamys elegans

(= Didelphys elegans), a member of the group of Opossums to which

the latter author applied the name of ‘ Philander.’ ”

I am unable to verify Thomas’s quotation in the original (1840)

edition; but in the only two editions available to me, namely 1849

(p. 104) and 1863 (p. 92), the genus is rendered Thalacomys, not

Thylacomys.

Australian Museum, Sydney,

10th May, 1898.

* Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, x. (new series) 1898, pp. 114-128.

(ergy

\ OY /

{

W.C.M.del.Figs 7-10_A:W.

Arar .& Mag. Not. Hist. $.7 Vol IL. PULL.

Mintern Bros. sc.etimp.

| el oe eri *

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 7. Vol. HW. Pl. I.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. II. Pl. IV,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. If. Pl. V.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.7. Vol. IT. Pl. VI.

Anav. 6 Mag. Nat. Hest. $7 Vol ILPUVIL,

RE Mmtern delet hth. Mintern Bros.imp.

Aa ' Da CS oe Ne ee

io r

Piel 3. a

- *

‘

’ a

4 +) «

i *

re... Y,

} A 4

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SEVENTH SERIES. ]

No. 9. SEPTEMBER 1898.

XXV.—The Arachnida from the Province of Natal, South

Africa, contained in the Collection of the British Museum.

By R. I. Pocock.

[Plate VIII]

A GREAT majority of the spiders recorded in this paper were

obtained at Durban by Mr. H. A. Spencer while acting as

medical officer on board the §.S. ‘Mexican,’ and by

Mr. G. A. K. Marshall during a stay of some months at

Estcourt and other parts of Natal. The remaining spiders

have been received from various sources, and many of them

have been in the Museum collection for a great many years.

Order SOLIFUG AK.

Solpuga hostilis, White.

Solpuga hostilis, White, Methuen’s Life in the Wilderness, p. 317,

pl. ii. fig. 5 (1846).

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Solpuga caffra, Poe.

Solpuga caffra, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 262.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G@. A. K. Marshall).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 15

198 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Order SCORPIONES.

Opisthophthalmus pugnax, ‘Thor.

Opisthophthalmus pugnax, Thor. Act. Soc. Ital. Sci, Nat. xix. p. 282.

Loc. Durban (Capt. Munn) ; Estcourt, 4000 feet (@. A. K.

Marshall).

Opisthacanthus validus, 'Thorell.

Opisthacanthus validus, Thor. Act. Soc. Ital. Sci, Nat. xix. p, 243.

Loc. Newcastle, 4000 feet, Lower Umkomaas River, and

Isipingo (G. A. K. Marshall) ; Natal (H. Howlett).

Hadogenes pallidus, sp. n.

Colour. Trunk brownish above, terga blackish in front;

tail yellowish brown, vesicle clear yellow ; legs yellow; chele

yellow, with digits and crests brownish.

Carapace almost as long as the first and second caudal

segments, as long as the third and #? of the fourth, a little

longer than movable digit and than hand-back.

Tail short, considerably less than four times as long as

carapace ; first segment scarcely keeled above ; inferior keels

of second, third, and fourth denticulated, of fifth with about

15 or more teeth ; vesicle large, its height about one third

the length of the fourth caudal segment.

Hands rather wide ; width of the upper surface much more

than half the length of the movable digit.

Pectinal teeth 15.

Measurements in millimetres.— Total length 74; length of

carapace 12; length of tail 40, of its fifth segment 7-5; width

of upperside of hand 6°8 ; length of movable digit 11.

Loc. Junction of Blaauwkrantz and Tugela Rivers, Natal,

2500 feet, under stone (G. A. K. Marshall).

Differing from H. trichiurus principally in its shorter tail

and wider hand; ¢richdurus also has the legs and chela deep

brown.

Uroplectes formosus, Poe.

Uroplectes formosus, Poc. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890, p. 184, pl. xiii. fig. 3 ;

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. pp. 383 and 390.

Loc. Natal (#. Howlett); Lower Umkomaas River

(@. A. K. Marshall).

Uroplectes Marshalli, Poe.

Uroplectes Marshalli, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 392.

Loc. Durban and Tugela River (G. A. K. Marshall).

Arachnida from Natal. 199

Uroplectes planimanus (Karsch).

Lepreus planimanus, Karsch, Mitth. Miinch. ent. Ver. 1879, p. 125.

Loc. Durban (G4. A. K. Marshall).

Order PEDIPALPI.

Damon annulatipes (Wood).

Phrynus annulatipes, Wood, Tr. Am. Phil. Soe. xiii. p. 441 (1869) ;

Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 293.

Loc. Natal (Guetnzius) ; Durban (H. A. Spencer) ; Est-

court, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Order ARANEZE (Spipers).

Suborder MYGALOMORPH &.

Family Ctenizide.

Genus STASIMOPUS, Simon.

Stasimopus rufidens, Auss.

? Actinopus caffrus, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 98, fig. 751.

Cyrtocarenum rufidens, Auss. Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1871, p. 160.

Pachylomerus natalensis, O. P. Cambridge, P. Z. S. 1889, p. 35, pl. ii.

fig. 1.

Stasimopus rufidens, Auss., Pocock, P. Z. S. 1897, pp. 927 and 929.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Family Dipluride.

Genus BRACHYTHELE, Auss.

Brachythele bicolor, Pocock.

Brachythele bicolor, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1897, p. 735.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer).

Family Theraphosida.

Subfamily Harpacrrrrz.

Genus HArpAcTIRA, Auss.

Harpactira curator, sp.n. (PI. VIII. fig. 1.)

g.—Colour a tolerably uniform mouse-grey or brown;

carapace black, with radiating pale lines; extremities of the

leg-segments pale ; coxe and sternum blackish.

Carapace about one fourth longer than wide, length much

gen lo*

200 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

shorter than patella and tibia of first leg, and also shorter

than those of fourth leg, as long as tarsus and protarsus of

third, exceeding protarsus and tarsus of first, and tibia, pro-

tarsus, and tarsus of palp; its width a little less than length

of fourth protarsus and a shade more than that of patella and

tibia of third leg. Clypeus about one fourth the length of

the ocular tubercle.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, fourth exceeding first by half the length of

its tarsus, patella and tibia of first longer than of fourth,

protarsus of fourth equal to protarsus and three fourths of the

tarsus of the first; tibie of all legs with a pair of inferior

apical spines, protarsi of third and fourth with about five

spines at the apex and three or four in the proximal half near

the base of the scopula; protarsus of first leg convex above at

the base; palpus normal, its tibia with one internal apical

spine. Palpal bulb less spherical than in HZ. atra and chryso-

gaster, the posterior side of the spine continuous with that of

the bulb.

? .—Coloured as in male.

Carapace exceeding in length patella and tibia of first as

well as of fourth leg, less than tarsus and protarsus of fourth,

distinctly less than tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of third, and

shorter by half the length of the tarsus than the same seg-

ments of the second leg; width just equal to tibia and pro-

tarsus of third leg, length from fovea to anterior border equal

to patella and tibia of third leg.

Stridulating-organ on mandible consisting of an upper

series of seven bristles running obliquely downwards across

the naked space and of a lower irregular series of about nine

shorter bristles presenting a distinct sigmoidal curve, the four

posterior being shorter than the rest, a little further removed

from the marginal bristles, and in a straight line. Marginal

teeth on the mandible consisting of a series of eleven larger

and smaller, with a few granulitorm teeth at the posterior end.

Measurements in millimetres.— ? . Total length 30; length

of carapace 15, width 11°8; length of first leg 37, of second

33°5, of third 31, of fourth 41; patella and tibia of first 14,

of fourth 13°5; tarsus and protarsus of fourth 16.

3. Total length 25; length of carapace 13, width 11;

length of first leg 41, of second 36, of third 33, of fourth 44;

patella and tibia of first 15°4, of fourth 14.

Lec. Malvern in Natal.

Mr, Guy Marshall, who procured these specimens, sent the

following note as to their habitat :—“ Female found under a

stone in a large web-lined chamber with two exit-passages.

Male under a neighbouring stone. Sept. 1897.”

Arachnida from Natal. 201

In leg-measurements this new species closely resembles

H. lineata, Poc. (P. Z. S. 1897, p. 749), but it may be

readily distinguished by the construction of the mandibular

stridulating-organ, the upper series of sete being more com-

pact and oblique and the lower more isolated from the adja-

cent sete of the oral fringe. ‘The male differs both from

H. atra, Latr., and H. chrysogaster, Poc., in colouring and

shape of palpal bulb.

Harpactira curvipes, Poc.

Harpactira curvipes, Poc. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 750.

Loc. Natal (Gueinzius).

Suborder ARACHNOMORPH 4,

Family Ereside.

Genus STEGODYPHUS, Simon.

Stegodyphus gregarius, O. P. Cambridge.

Stegodyphus gregarius, O. P. Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 42,

pl. ii. figs, 4, 5.

Loc. Durban (Col. Bowker). Specimens from the same

nest as those described by Mr. Cambridge.

Stegodyphus dumicola, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 7.)

? .—Colour (in alcohol). Carapace nearly black, reddish

at the sides above the base of the legs and on the facial por-

tion ; mandibles blackish brown ; maxilla and labium reddish

brown ; sternum blackish at the sides, reddish brown in the

middle, this reddish central portion expanding posteriorly ;

abdomen testaceous above and at the sides, mottled (espe-

cially in front) with black spots and patches, forming along

the row of sigilla an irregular band on each side of the pale

dorsal middle line; lower side of abdomen black, with a

longitudinal yellow stripe on each side behind the stigma ;

epigastric area black in the middle, with a large yellow oper-

cular patch on each side, bordered externally with a broad

black band, continuous in front with the black area above

the pedicle, and behind with an irregular black band which

passes back on the outer side of the yellow stripe as far as

the spinning-mamille, which are deep brown; legs and palpi

infuscate, banded with yellow; femora and tibie with a

median yellow band; protarsi with basal yellow band; tarsi

202 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

reddish. When dry the hairy clothing of the carapace is

white, rusty red on the face, with a fine median white stripe

between the eyes and a broader white stripe running from

the top of the head to the lateral angles; the upper half of

the mandibles is clothed with white hairs; on the abdomen

the hairs along the median pale band are white intermixed

with rusty yellow, at the sides rusty yellow intermixed with

white and spotted with black in front, beneath the hairs on

the black areas are black, white on the yellow areas; on the

anterior pairs of legs the hairs are mostly whitish, concealing

the banding, the posterior pairs being much more strongly

striped black and white, the femora and tibie of the fourth

having two jet-black spots on the protarsus, with its apex

white and its basal third yellow; the hairs of the coxe and

sternum are greyish white.

Carapace as long as patella and tibia and as protarsus and

tarsus of first leg, longer than patella and tibia and than tibia

and protarsus of fourth; width of head equal to length of

first protarsus and to length of patella and tibia of second ;

ocular quadrangle a little narrowed in front, wider than long,

the posterior median eyes about a diameter apart and about

half their diameter from the anterior medians, which are

about a diameter from each other and from the edge of the

clypeus; their diameter is about two thirds of the diameter

of the posterior medians.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 11; length of

carapace 4:5; width of head 2°8; length of first leg 12-2, of

second 9, of third 7, of fourth 10°5.

¢ .— Colour as in the female, but with more rusty-red hair

upon the upperside of the head and upon the sides of the

upper surface of the abdomen, the median fusiform white

stripe on the abdomen strongly defined; legs yellow, banded

with black, as in female. Much smaller than the female,

with the head higher and the legs longer; carapace as long

as protarsus of first leg and as protarsus and tarsus of second,

barely as long as patella and tibia and as protarsus and tarsus of

fourth, width of head about equal to protarsus of second. Tibia

of first leg without tuft of hairs. Palp with patella and tibia

short, subequal, shorter together than the tarsus; tibia with

long hairs forming a distinct fringe; tarsus also thickly

hairy, externally concave at the base, internally convex ;

palpal organ as in Pl. VIII. fig. 7.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 7; length of

carapace 3°2; width of head 2; length of first leg 12, of

second 8°5, of third 7:5, of fourth 10.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Arachnida from Natal. 2038

This species and S. gregartus may be readily distinguished

as follows :—

a. Total length of 2 about 8mm. ; ocular quad-

rangle much narrowed in front; anterior

median eyes very much smaller than poste-

rior medians ; femora and tibize of first legs

and in a lesser degree of the second black,

especially within ; tarsi and protarsi of these

legs not banded ; tibia of first leg in ¢ fur-

nished with thick fringe of long hair...... gregarius, O. P. Cambr.

b. Total length of 2 11 mm.; ocular quadrangle

much less narrowed in front; anterior

medians much larger as compared with pos-

terior medians ; femora, tibize, and protarsi

of legs distinctly banded; tibia of first leg

in ¢ like that of 2, not plumose ........ dumicola, sp. n.

Genus DRESSERUS, Simon.

Dresserus obscurus, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 8.)

Colour. Carapace and posterior legs reddish brown, ante-

rior legs and mandibles blacker; abdomen mouse-brown ;

the whole body covered with greyish-black hairs.

Carapace high in front, nearly vertically elevated just in

front of the fovea, its length about equal to that of tibia, pro-

tarsus, and tarsus of first leg; width of head as long as

patella, tibia, and protarsus of third leg, scarcely as long as

patella and tibia of fourth leg or as tibia and protarsus of

first, longer than protarsus and tarsus of first by about one

third the length of the tarsus, also about equal to tibia and

protarsus of fourth; space between posterior median eyes

about equal to twice their diameter, space between posterior

medians and anterior laterals about four times the diameter of

the former.

Legs of first pair a little longer than those of fourth, patella

and tibia of fourth longer than of first, tarsus and protarsus

of first about equal to patella and tibia of first.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 15; length of

carapace 7; width of head 5; length of first leg 13:5, of

fourth 12°8 ; patella and tibia of first 5, of fourth 5:5.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

The only known species of this genus up to the present

time is D. fuscus, Simon (Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1876,

p. Ixxxvu), from Zanzibar. ‘This species, based upon an

Immature female, is too briefly described to make any com-

parison between it and D. obscurus possible. The difference

of locality, however, is, apart from other considerations, sufli-

cient justification for describing the Natal form as new.

204 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Family Dinopida.

Genus Dinorpis, Macleay.

Dinopis cylindricus, sp. n.

3 .—Colour. Carapace and abdomen with a dark olive-

green clothing of hair; abdomen with a broad silver-white

band on each side; carapace also with silver-white marginal

band on its thoracic portion and a V-shaped silver mark on

the head; face silvery white; mandibles with two silver

bands; legs and palpi brown, clothed with greyish-white

hairs ; labium and maxille with silvery hairs; sternum dark

at the sides, with broad, posteriorly pointed, median silver

stripe; lower side of abdomen variegated with silver and

brown.

Carapace flat, narrowed behind, very broad at the base of

the anterior legs, the width at this spot about two thirds the

length of the carapace; cephalic area narrower in front than

behind, produced into a horn covered with white hairs and

projecting over the upper rim of the posterior median eyes,

these eyes not very large, separated by a space which equals

their radius, and not occupying the entire width or height of

the face ; anterior median eyes about a diameter apart.

Palpi slender ; femur sinuate; tarsus globular, consider-

ably shorter than tibia.

Legs long and slender (cf. measurements).

Abdomen long, slender, parallel-sided, flat above and below,

about five times as long as wide, its apex projecting and bifid.

Measurements in millimetres.—VYotal length 19; length of

carapace 5, width 3°5; length of abdomen 13, width 2°5;

length of palp 8, of tirst leg 66, of second 50, of third 39, of

fourth 40 ; length of anterior femur 18°5, posterior femur 13°5.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer).

Apparently resembling D. cornigera, Gerstaecker (Von der

Decken’s ‘ Reisen’ &e. iii. 2, p. 478, pl. xviii. fig. 5), from

Aruscha, in East Africa, in the form of the carapace, but

differmg at least in its much longer legs and palpi. In

cornigera the femur of the first leg is barely twice as long as

the carapace (9$:5); the palpus is much shorter than the

carapace, with its tarsus longer than its tibia.

It more nearly resembles J. bubo, Brito Capello (Mem.

Ac. Sci. Lisboa, (8) iv. pt. 1, p. 16, 1867, pl. ii. fig. 3), from

the Quilo River, W. Africa, but may be at once recognized

by the length and narrowness of the abdomen, this region in

J). bubo being less than three times as long as wide.

Arachnida from Natal. 205

From D. bubalus, Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1890,

p- 126), from Kilimanjaro, which is, perhaps, the female of

D. cornigera, D. cylindricus at least differs in the form of the

abdomen, this region in bubalus being described as strongly

bituberculate in front of the middle.

Family Argiopide.

Genus NEPHILA, Leach.

Nephila madagascariensis (Vinson).

Epeira madagascariensis, Vinson, Aranéides des Iles Réunion &ec. p. 191,

pl. vil.

Loc. Pietermaritzburg (Ff. J. Quekett).

Ranges throughout East Africa from Natal to Masailand.

Nephila annulata, Thorell.

Nephila annulata, Thorell, GEfv. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. xvi. p. 299;

Eugenies Resa, Aranez, p. 34.

Nephila transvaalica, Poc., W. L. Distant’s Naturalist in the Transvaal,

p- 180, pl. v. fig. 4.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Nephila cruentata (Fabr.).

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer).

Nephila pilipes (Lucas).

Epewra pilipes, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 416, pl. xiii. fig. 7.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Genus ARGIOPE, Aud.

Argiope nigrovittata, Thorell.

Argiope nigrovittata, Thorell, QEfvy. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. xvi. p. 300;

Eugenies Resa, Aranez, p. 31 (1868).

(=caudata, Bleck. ; swavissima, Gerst.)

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer); Estcourt, 4000 feet

(G. A. K. Marshall).

Ranging throughout tropical and subtropical Africa from

Somaliland and the Congo to Cape Colony.

Argiope clathrata, C. Koch.

Argiope clathrata, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, vy. p. 40, fig. 862 (1839).

(=australis, Walck.; leta, Thorell.)

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

206 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Argiope trifasctata (Forskal).

Loc, Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Genus ARANEUS (Linn.).

(= Epeira of authors.)

Araneus rufipalpis (Lucas).

Araneus rufipalpis (Lucas), Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p, 422.

(=semdtannulatus, Karsch and others.)

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer), 9; Estcourt, 4000 feet

(G. A. K. Marshall), 8.

Abundant throughout tropical East and West Africa.

Araneus mtmostcola (Simon).

Araneus mimosicola (Simon), Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1884, p. 17.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer).

Originally recorded from Khartoum and subsequently from

Somaliland (Donaldson Smith), whence the British Museum

has examples identified by M. Simon.

Araneus cyrtoscapus, sp.n. (PI. VIII. figs. 2-24.)

Colour yellow, like a pale example of A. diadema; the

bristles and spines on the thorax, abdomen, and legs arising

from fuscous spots ; the spines themselves, being dark at the

tips, impart a somewhat speckled appearance to the integu-

ment; the patelle, tibia, and protarsi lightly infuscate

apically, tibie and protarsi also marked with the median

fuscous patch; tarsi apically black; sternum infuscate,

paler at the sides; upperside of abdomen with two pale

yellow spots between the shoulder-poits and a pale faint

transverse line running inwards and slightly backwards from

each shoulder-point to the middle line of the abdomen; the

area behind this marked with similar faint lines, emphasized

anteriorly by a greyish tint; a faint greyish irregular band

running along the middle line from the anterior end of the

abdomen between the two yellow spots, past the middle line;

lower side of abdomen behind the epigastric fold infuscate,

the median infuscate area bounded on each side by a crescentic

yellow band, passing on each side from the stigma to meet

a short yellow bar running forwards from the sides of the

anterior spinner.

Cephalic region of carapace distinctly convex from before

backwards; ocular quadrangle wider in front, posterior

Arachnida from Natal. 207

medians close together, barely a radius apart, anterior medians

about a diameter apart; eyes of anterior line recurved, the

laterals higher than the medians, space between medians and

laterals about three times as great as that between medians.

Carapace much longer than first tibia, almost as long as

patella and tibia of fourth leg, a little longer than protarsus

and tarsus of first and fourth legs; width greater than length

of first tibia.

Mandibles prominent at the base ; the fang-groove armed

with four teeth in front, three behind the tooth at the poste-

rior or upper extremity of the groove the largest.

Legs strong and short; femur of first incrassate distally

on the inner side and spined, tibiz and protarsi of first and

second biserially spined below.

Abdomen heart-shaped, with low shoulder-points, widely

rounded anteriorly, ovally elongate from the shoulders

backwards.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 15; length of

carapace 7, width 5°5; length of abdomen 10, width 875 ;

length of first leg 19, of second 19, of third 14, of fourth 18°5.

36 .—Smaller than female, with long deep thoracic groove ;

ocular region produced over base of mandibles, eyes on a

median and lateral prominence.

Legs strongly spined; femora with aseries of strong spines,

each rising from a tubercle below ; coxa of first with elongate

process ; tibia of second mesially thickened in front, armed

with about 12 or 13 strong black spines arranged in two longi-

tudinal rows.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall), 3 2;

Durban (H. A. Spencer), g.

Allied to A. swedicola, Sim., similis and striata, Boésen-

berg and Lenz, mossambicensis, Pavesi, &e.

Araneus Marshall, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 3.)

Colour. Carapace black posteriorly, its cephalic region

reddish brown, blackish at the sides; mandibles reddish

brown, black distally ; maxille yellowish brown, darker

basally ; labium brownish; sternum mostly yellow, brownish

at the sides; palpi yellow, infuscate apically, the spiniform

hairs black ; femora and patelle of first and second pairs of

legs red, blackish at distal end; tibiz and protarsi yellow,

blackish at the distal ends, with a faint median dark spot on

the middle of the protarsi; third and fourth legs coloured

like the others, but the femora yellower, with a median and a

distal darker band. Abdomen variegated, anterior portion

208 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

brown, with a large sooty-black patch on each side, the upper

surface ornamented in front with three longitudinally fusi-

form brown spots on a yellowish field; these spots are

narrowed in front, the median lying longitudina'ly, the laterals

obliquely and rather behind the others; the folium extending

from the large central sigilla and consisting of a brown trian-

gular area divided along the middle line by a pale yellowish-

grey band, continuous in front with a transverse stripe of the

same tint, the two forming a somewhat dagger-shaped pattern,

the handle of which is in contact in front with the posterior

extremity of the median fusiform spot; sides of abdomen

dirty yellowish grey, with a series of indistinct stripes above

and a second series of darker longer stripes below; lower

surface yellow and black ; a transverse yellow stripe behind

the epigastric fold, this is followed by a pair of large black

spots, from the posterior inner ends of which a black line

passes backwards and joins with a transverse brown ring

surrounding the spinners below and laterally ; the area be-

tween these black spots is brownish yellow and is in contact

in front with the yellow band behind the epigastric fold ;

immediately behind the black spot there is a bright yellow

spot, bordered internally by the black line and in contact

posteriorly with a transverse yellow spot at the sides and in

front of the anterior mamille ; mamille deep reddish brown.

Carapace with cephalic region flattened above, but more

convex longitudinally than in A. Spencer’; ocular quad-

rangle wider in front than behind, posterior medians less than

a diameter apart, anterior medians about one diameter apart ;

eyes of anterior line slightly procurved, distance between

medians less than half as great as distance between median

and lateral on each side ; carapace about as long as first and

fourth femora, only slightly longer than first tibia, a little

longer than fourth tibia, its width scarcely as long as first

tibia and a little shorter than first protarsus.

Mandibles basally prominent, armed below as in Spenceri—

4 teeth in front, 3 behind.

Legs long, first more than 3} times as long as carapace ;

femora, patella, tibiz, and protarsi armed with many spines.

Aldomen a little longer than broad, heart-shaped, without

shoulder-points, broadest in its anterior third, widely rounded

in front, gradually narrowed to an acute angle in its posterior

two thirds, its apex rounded, scarcely surpassing the mamille.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 15; length of

carapace 6, width 5; length of abdomen 10, width 9; length

of first leg 22°5, of fourth 21.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet {G. A. K. Marshall).

Arachnida from Natal. 209

Araneus Spencert, sp.n. (PI. VIII. fig. 4.)

Colour. Carapace deep blackish brown, with a yellowish

spot on each side of the thoracic portion and one on each side

involving the lateral eyes; labium and maxille deep brown

in the basal half, yellowish brown distally ; sternum black,

with its median third bright yellow ; palpi yellow, with the

distal end of the segments black; mandibles deep brown;

legs mostly yellow, the patella and the distal end of the

femora, tibize, protarsi, and the distal half of the tarsi black ;

abdomen above and at the sides yellowish grey, black in

front above the pedicle, the lower surface and spinners black ;

a smallish subcircular yellow spot on each side of the anterior

spinners, preceded by a posteriorly expanded, anteriorly

pointed, longitudinal yellow spot, and in front of this a trans-

verse posteriorly pointed yellow spot lying immediately

behind the pulmonary stigmata; epigastric area mesially

black, laterally yellow.

Carapace about as long as femora of first and fourth legs,

much longer than their tibiz, its width also longer than the

first tibia and about as long as the protarsus ; cephalic region

flat above longitudinally ; ocular quadrangle wider in front

than behind, the posterior medians about a diameter apart,

the anterior medians about two diameters ; eyes of anterior

line at most slightly recurved.

Mandibles not basally prominent, the fang-groove armed

with 4 teeth in front, 3 behind.

Legs short, first three and a half times as long as the cara-

pace; femora, tibiae, and protarsi spiny.

Abdomen voluminous, almost as wide as long, widely

rounded in front and behind, without shoulder-prominences.

Basal pillar of vulva scarcely wider than the scape; scape

longish, bent at right angles, the distal end of the basal

portion not projecting above its proximal extremity.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 15; length of

carapace 6, width 5; length of abdomen 12, width 11°8;

length of first leg 21, of fourth leg 18°5.

Loc. Darban (H. A. Spencer). A single female specimen.

Arancus haploscapus, sp. n. (PI. VILE. fig. 5.)

Colour. Carapace and legs reddish brown, the legs in-

distinctly banded on femora and tibie ; abdomen a uniform

creamy yellow, a richer yellow on the area between the epi-

gastric fold and the spinners; sternum with broad median

yellow band.

Carapace only a little longer than tibia of first leg,

210 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

distinctly shorter than patella and tibia of fourth; width of

carapace less than first tibia. Eyes of anterior line slightly

procurved ; posterior medians about a diameter apart, ante-

rior medians about two diameters; distance between median

and lateral of anterior line more than twice as great as that

between the medians,

Mandibles basally prominent; fang-groove armed below

with 4 teeth in front, 3 behind.

Legs longish and slender, spiny.

Abdomen at least as wide as long, voluminous, without

shoulder-points, widely rounded in front, shortly ovate behind.

Vulva differing from that of A. Spencert and A. Marshalli

in that, viewed from the side, the scape is seen to rise from

the anterior end of the basal pillar, the posterior part of which

is separated from the scape by a deep notch, smaller, but of

the same nature as that which obtains in rufipalpis.

Measurements in millimetres.—'Total length 14°5; length of

carapace 4°5 ; length and width of abdomen 9°5; length of

first leg 15, of fourth 14.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

The females of the species of Araneus here mentioned may

be distinguished as follows :—

Female.

a. Basal portion of vulva expanded at the sides and

projecting laterally beyond the lateral margins of

the scape ; scape broad at the base, narrower pos-

teriorly, its basal half horny and hairy, its distal

half soft and membranous, bent upon itself and

folded within the vestibule of the vulva in such a

way that the somewhat heart-shaped expanded

terminal portion is in contact with the hairy por-

tion of the vulva. (Eyes of anterior line slightly

recurved ; carapace much longer than tibia of first

1X2) ren, ALS ite harcha th 9 ted ORT Cac St MEA Tee SO OS 5 cyrtoscapus, sp. n.

be much narrower than the distal end of the

basal portion, and to rise from its anterior

edge, being separated by a deep notch or nar-

row space from the posterior edge of the distal

end of the basal portion.

a*. Eyes of anterior line recurved; legs of ante-

rior pair reddish, those of posterior two pairs

reddish, with deep black stripe on distal end

of patella, tibia, protarsus, and tarsus; cara-

pace much longer than tibia 1 and longer

than tarsus and protarsus4 .............% rufipalpis, Lue.

Arachnida from Natal. ay S|

b?, Eyes of anterior line straight or slightly pro-

curved; legs reddish brown, indistinctly

multiannulate; carapace in adult scarcely as

long as protarsus and tarsus 4 and a little

Dpnscree MBIA Ly... Meyavie dios 2 + 2 = Barts’. haploscapus, sp. 0.

b'. When viewed from the side the scape of the

vulva is seen to be as thick as the basal portion,

to rise without constriction or notch from the

entire distal end of the basal portion.

a*. Of very small size, total length about 5 mm. ;

abdomen with very large angular promi-

nences, posteriorly pointed................ mimosicola, Sim.

6°. Of large size, about 15 mm. in length ; abdo-

men without large shoulder-prominences.

a*, Legs shorter, tibia of first much shorter than

carapace; abdomen subcircular; femora

CMGI PEA oO RAIS. Seetecte hs 3 eA hd. EE Spencert, sp. 0.

b*. Legs longer, tibia of first only a little shorter

than carapace; abdomen oval; femora not

WunOriMly YeUOW Gia sae nee ccsse cass Marshalli, sp. n.

Araneus coccinella, sp. n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 6.)

Colour. Carapace black, scantily clothed with white

hairs; mandibles black, with reddish anterior spot at distal

end; labium, maxille, and sternum black; abdomen orange-

yellow above, ornamented with eight large black oval spots,

forming two parallel lines, lower side entirely black ; cox

and trochanters of legs black, remainder of legs orange-

yellow, with a broad black band on the distal end of the pro-

tarsus; tarsi black, with basal yellow band and paler apex ;

femur of third leg black basally, of fourth black in its basal

half.

Cephalic region of carapace coarsely coriaceous, high,

elevated behind, strongly compressed posteriorly, its upper

surface mesially depressed. yes of posterior line procurved

when viewed trom above, the medians rather more than a

diameter apart; ocular quadrangle about as long as wide,

wide in front, the anterior eyes about two diameters apart and

about the same distance trom the posterior medians, the

clypeus receding, exceeding the diameter of the median eyes ;

anterior line of eyes procurved, lateral eyes not in contact,

the space between them nearly equal to their radius.

Legs shortish, scarcely spined, the protarsi and tarsi fur-

nished with rigid sete ; carapace about as long as patella and

tibia of first pair.

Abdomen large, oval, about one third longer than broad,

projecting some distance beyond the spinners behind, but

rounded and not pointed posteriorly ; evenly rounded in front,

212 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

without shoulder-points, flattened above, its height about

half its length.

Vulva as in Pl. VIII. fig. 6; the scape much narrower

than the subjacent portion, deeply excavated above, ending

posteriorly in a rounded apex which overlaps the latter.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 6; length of

abdomen 4°5, width 3°5.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall),

This peculiar species, apparently mimicking a Coccinella,

is recognizable at once from all the species described in this

paper and from all known to me by its peculiar colouring.

The exact generic position of the species appears to me to

be doubtful. In spite of the separation of the lateral eyes,

it appears to me to fall rather into Araneus than into

Cyrtophora. The coloration suggests that of Paraplectana

Wallert (Blcek.).

Genus CyrRTOPHORA, Simon.

Cyrtophora citricola (Forsk.).

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G@. A. K. Marshall).

Genus ARGYROEPEIRA, Emerton.

Argyroepetra Antinorii (Pavesi).

? Epeira undulata, Vinson, Aranéides des Iles Réunion &e. p. 207,

pl. v. fig. 3 (1863).

? Meta Rabli, Karsch, Zeits. gesammt. Naturwiss. 1878, p. 771.

Meta Antinorit, Pavesi, Aun. Mus. Genova, xx. p. 22 (1883).

Argyroepeira blanda, O. P. Cambridge, P. Z. S. 1890, p. 626, pl. li.

fig. 6.

Argyroepeira undulata, Vinson, Simon in Donaldson Smith’s ‘ Through

Unknown African Countries,’ p. 388.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer); Estcourt, 4000 feet

(G. A. K. Marshall).

These Natal specimens appear to me to be specifically iden-

tical with examples from Shoa named J/. Antinori by Pavesi

and presented to the British Museum by the Marquis G. Doria,

and also with Somaliland specimens identified as undulata,

Vinson, by Simon. If they are in reality identical with

undulata, the latter name, having priority, must stand.

Judging, however, from Vinson’s figures, the abdomen of

undulata is longer and more pointed behind than in the

African species.

Arachnida from Natal. 213

Genus Carostris, Thorell.

Cerostris seacuspidata (Fabr.).

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer); Estcourt, 4000 feet

(G. A. K. Marshall).

Genus GASTERACANTHA, Sund.

Gasteracantha cicatricosa, C. Koch.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Gasteracantha tabulata, Thor.

Loc. Port Natal (Guetnzius).

Gasteracantha ensifera, Thor.

Loc. Durban (W. L. Distant) ; Port Natal (J. Sanderson).

Genus PARAPLECTANA, Brit. Cap.

Paraplectana Thorntoni (Blackw.).

Eurysoma Thorntoni, Blackwall, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi. p. 348

(1865).

Peniza testudo, Thorell, Eugenies Resa, Aranez, p. 10.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet.

According to a note affixed by Mr. Marshall to this speci-

men, the spider when living is coral-red and mimics very exactly

a common local ladybird (Coccinellid), Chilomenes lunata.

Genus PycnacanTHA, Blackw.

Pycnacantha tribulus (Fabr.).

Aranea tribulus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 428,

Pycnacantha Meadii, Blackwall, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi. p. 351

(1868).

Pyenacantha tribulus, Faby., Simon, Hist. Nat, Araignées, i. p, 889,

fig. 958.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G@. A. K. Marshall).

Family Theridiide.

Genus LaTHropDEctus, Walck.

Lathrodectus tridecim-guttatus (Rossi).

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Lathrodectus geometricus, C. Koch.

Loc. Durban (I. A. Spencer).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 16

214 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Family Hersiliide.

Genus Hersiuia, Aud.

Hersilia sericea, sp.n. (PI. VIII. fig. 9.)

Colour (in alcohol). Carapace testaceous, clouded with

black ; clypeus yellow ; mandibles black, with pale transverse

median band; abdomen testaceous, mottled with black, with

an irregular median black band anteriorly; legs yellow,

spotted and mottled with black; distal segment of posterior

spinners yellow, with two black spots and black at the apex ;

lower side of trunk and limbs yellow. When dry the in-

tegument is seen to be covered with silky white hairs.

Carapace as wide as long, its width about equal to distal

protarsal segment of second leg and to patella, tibia, and half

the protarsus of the third; ocular quadrangle longer than

wide, a little wider in front. yes subequal; the posterior

medians rather less than a diameter apart, the anterior

medians a little more than a diameter apart, the anterior and

posterior median on each side about a diameter apart; clypeus

exceeding the length of the ocular quadrangle.

Legs: femora with superior spines black, anterior and

posterior spines white; patellz: with two superior spines and

one posterior; protarsi with a pair of superior spines at the

base above and four (rarely three) additional spines, two

superior, one anterior, and one posterior; tibie of first and

second armed with 8~9 spines.

Spinners with distal segment of posterior pair rather short,

about as long as tibia of fourth leg, shorter than tibia of

first.

Vulva with lateral portion projecting beyond the median

and ending in an inwardly directed spiniform process.

Measurements in millimetres.—VYotal length 8°5; length

and width of carapace 3; length of abdomen 4°5, of posterior

spinners 6:2, its distal segment 5; length of first leg 24, of

second 25, of third 8, of fourth 22°5.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (@. A. K. Marshall).

Apparently resembling in colour 4. albicomis, Simon

(Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1887, p. 273), from Assinie,

W. Africa, but certainly differing from it in having the ocular

quadrangle wider in front and not perfectly parallel; nor

does the description of the vulva in albicomis apply to that

organ in L, sericea.

It is also closely allied to H. Hildebrandt’, Karsch (Zeits.

ges. Naturwiss. 1878, p. 312), from Zanzibar; but without

Arachnida from Natal. 215

figure or description of the vulva of the latter itis not possible

to make any satisfactory comparison between the two.

Family Oxyopide.

Genus Peucetta, Thorell.

Peucetia pulchra (Blackw.).

Pasithea pulchra, Blackwall, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xvi. p. 338

(1865).

Loc. Natal (J. Sanderson).

Family Pisauride.

Genus EuprosTHenops, Poc.

Euprosthenops australis, Simon.

Euprosthenops australis, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 12 (1898).

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer); Estcourt (G. A. K. Mar-

shall).

The South-east African form of the genus Huprosthenops,

which M. Simon regards as distinct from ZL. bayonianus, I

had identified as that species, having no West-African

examples with which to compare it.

Genus SPENCERELLA, nov.

Allied to Euprosthenops and Tetragonophthalna ; differing

from the former in that the anterior lateral eyes are subsessile

and close together in the middle line, the distance between

them being about equal to the distance between the posterior

medians ; in ELuprosthenops these eyes are strongly stalked

and far apart, the distance between them being equal to the

distance between the posterior laterals. In Tetragonoph-

thalma the anterior laterals, although sessile, are widely

separated and above the edge of the clypeus.

Type S. lineata, sp. n.

Spencerella lineata, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 17.)

Colour. Carapace ochre-brown, covered with yellowish

hairs at the sides and a broad pale median longitudinal stripe ;

hairs on face silvery, two silver stripes on the mandible; legs

and palpi covered with yellowish-brown hairs, speckled below

on the femora; lower side of third leg darkened with a fuscous

longitudinal stripe ; abdomen yellowish brown, spotted at the

sides with black, with two faint longitudinal infuscate stripes,

16*

216 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

separated by a paler median area running along the upper-

side; sternum mesially infuscate, with a fine median white

longitudinal line.

Carapace longer than wide, width equal to distance be-

tween posterior border and posterior lateral eye ; facial portion

more vertical than in Huprosthenops ; the median band of pale

hairs running out into a crest between the eyes; posterior

median eyes about a diameter apart, anterior medians much

smaller and about half a diameter apart; the ocular quad-

rangle longer than wide, and narrowed in front as in Eupro-

sthenops ; inferior angles of head prominent ; carapace shorter

than palpus by distal half of its tarsus, about as long as tibia

of third leg.

Legs long and slender, 1 and 2, 4, 3, apparently normally

spiny.

Palpi with patella a little shorter than tibia; tibia with an

external nodular prominence in its basal half and a somewhat

quadrate subbifid spine on its anterior half; tarsus broad at

the base, narrowed and pointed distally.

Abdomen long and slender, gradually narrowed posteriorly,

nearly four times as long as broad.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 13; length of

carapace 4°2, of abdomen 9, width of latter 2°5; length of

first and second legs 23°5, of third 18°5, of fourth 23.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer). Two adult male examples.

Family Lycoside.

Genus Lycosa, Latr.

Lycosa Spencert, Poc.

Lycosa Spenceri, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 313, figs. 1, la.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer); Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K.

Marshall).

Lycosa Darlingu, Poc.

Lycosa Darlingii, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 314, figs. 3,3a.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (@. A. K. Marshall).

T'amily Palpimanide.

Genus PaLPrMANus, Duf.

Palpimanus armatus, sp.n. (PI. VIII. fig. 11.)

9 .—Colour. Carapace, anterior legs, palpi, sternum and

Arachnida from Natal. 217

mouth-parts, and epigastric area mahogany-brown, remaining

legs yellowish red, these parts rather scantily covered with

greyish-yellow hairs; abdomen more thickly covered with

hairs of the same tint, brownish yellow beneath.

Carapace granular, high, its height about equal to the

width of the cephalic area, its length equal to that of patella

and tibia of first leg, a little longer than tibia, protarsus, and

tarsus of second, and a little less than the same segments of

the third leg, its width about equal to the length of the

elevated portion, to femur of first leg, patella and half the

tibia of this same appendage, and to patella and tibia of

second, a little less than patella and tibia of fourth. Eyes of

posterior line nearly straight, a little recurved, distance

between medians a little less than between medians and

laterals and equal to about five diameters ; ocular quadrangle

a little narrowed in front, about one fourth longer than wide;

eyes of anterior line strongly procurved, medians less than a

radius apart and about their diameter from the anterior

laterals, which are much smaller and well in advance of

them.

Mandibles ana sternum granular.

Legs: height of femur of first about half its length; tibia

and patella subequal; tibia and protarsus with complete in-

ternal scopular fringe ; tarsus scopulate in the median third of

its length ; the rest of the legs with protarsi and tarsi distally

scopulate below.

Epigastric area of abdomen marked with a pair of trans-

verse crescentic grooves, its posterior border very lightly

emarginate.

Measurements in millimetres —Total length 13; length of

carapace 5°5, width 4; length of first leg (from base of

femur) about 11, of fourth 12.

¢ .—Differing from female principally in the structure of

the anterior legs, the femur of which is higher; the patella is

armed externally with astout conical process, and the tibia is

arched and is furnished with a thinner backwardly directed

process close to the base.

Total length 11 millim.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer), 2; Estcourt, 4000 feet

(G. A. K. Marshall), 9; and Port Natal (Gueinzius), 3,

type.

aa the arrangement of the eyes this species approaches

P. capensis, Sim., and P. globulifer, Sim., both of which were

obtained at Port Elizabeth, and especially the latter, in

having the eyes of the posterior line almost straight, but

certainly differs from both in the male in the structure of the

218 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

legs of the first pair, which in globulifer and capensis are not

armed as in P. armatus (see Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France,

1893, p. 312, and Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 406, 1893).

Family Zodariidz.

Genus Cypreta, Thorell.

Cydrela spinimanus, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 10.)

Colour. Carapace deep blackish brown; abdomen black,

ornamented above with symmetrically arranged yellow spots ;

femora of legs blackish brown ; patellz, tibie, protarsi, and

tarsi yellowish red; patelle, tibia, and protarsi, especially of

anterior pairs, with a dark longitudinal stripe along the sides.

Carapace long, about one third longer than wide, its length

about equal to protarsus and tarsus of first leg, a little longer

than protarsus and than patella and tibia of fourth, its width

equal to patella and tibia of third; head high. Eyes of poste-

rior line recurved, the medians less than a diameter apart;

ocular quadrangle narrowed in front, much longer than wide.

Legs long and slender, the distal segments from the patella

to the tarsus scantily clothed above with yellow hairs; pa-

telle, tibie, and protarsi strongly spined, especially of third

and fourth legs, tarsi of latter also strongly spined; tarsi of

third and fourth, and in a lesser degree of the second, lightly

scopulate below, scopulate hairs also traceable upon the pro-

tarsus, at least of the third leg.

Falpt short and robust ; femur much swollen and produced

below ; patella and tibia short, subequal, the latter with a

conspicuous external spur; tarsus large, armed at the apex

and internally with strong spines.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 7; length of

carapace 4, width 2°5; length of first leg 10, of second 9, of

third 10, of fourth 12.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Differs from the previously described species, at least in

the pattern of the upperside of the abdomen, which consists

of circular yellow spots. In C. unguiculata, Cambr., from

Natal (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 731), the upperside is orna-

mented with a broad pale orange-yellow band.

In C. st¢gmatica, Simon (Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876,

p- Ixxxvil), trom Zanzibar, the abdomen is furnished in front

with a transverse arched stripe, two white spots in the middle,

and a broad longitudinal band behind. OC. aculeata, Karsch,

from S. Africa (Zeits. gesammt. Naturw. 1878, p. 779), has

the abdomen ornamented with a horseshoe-shaped anterior

stripe, followed by a pale longitudinal band on each side.

Arachnida from Natal. 219

C. approximata, Karsch, from Walfisch Bay (loc. cit. p. 780),

is, judging from the description of the eyes, a different genus,

perhaps belonging to Capheris. Lastly, C. rutilans, Simon

(Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1888, p. 370), from Kdédlahari,

differs from all the other species in having the abdomen

uniformly coloured above.

Family Gnaphoside *.

(= Drasside of authors. )

Genus PLATyoIbEs, O. P. Cambridge.

Platyoides laterigradus, sp.n. (PI. VIII. fig. 12.)

Colour. Carapace and mandibles mahogany-brown ;

sternum and basal three segments of legs ochre-yellow; legs

trom patelle to tarsi lightly infuscate, though paler below ;

abdomen ashy grey, paler beneath.

Carapace a little longer than broad, about as long as the

tibia and half the protarsus of the first and as the femur of the

fourth leg ; anterior median eyes separated by a space slightly

exceeding their diameter, but separated from the anterior

laterals by a space which equals almost two diameters.

Mandibles with one largish tooth near the base of the infe-

rior border; hairy below, the hairs arising from the summits

of little papillee ; front of mandibles sparsely setose.

Legs also sparsely setose, not spined ; protarsi and tarsi of

first and second lightly scopulate below ; the scopule of the

second thinner than of first; patella and tibia of first and

fourth about equal, and less than patella and tibia of second ;

fourth leg exceeding second leg by the length of its tarsus.

Abdomen oval, nearly twice as long as wide.

Vulva as in Pl. VIII. fig. 12; inferior spinners short and

conical, scarcely longer than broad.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 13; length of

carapace 4, width 3°3; length of first leg 11, of second 13, of

third 10, of fourth 12 (measured from base of femur).

Loc. Estcourt, Natal, 4000 feet.

In size and colouring this species certainly resembles

P. Abrahami, O. P. Cambridge (P. Z. 8. 1890, pp. 624-5,

pl. lin. fig. 4), which is described vaguely as from 8. Africa ;

but the omission in the description of certain important

characters, such as the armature of the mandible and the

* Since the name Drassus disappears as asynonym, the name Drassidz

should be discarded for the same reasons that have led to the substitution

of Argiopidz for Epeiridee.

220 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

scopulation of the protarsi and tarsi of the first and second

legs, makes the identification of the two types as co-

specific extremely hazardous. Moreover, the spinners of

P. Abrahami, as represented in fig. 4 e, showing the anterior

pair to be much longer than broad and subcylindrical, and

the nearness of the eyes of the anterior line, as shown in

fig. 4b, make such a reference of the species here described

impossible. The vulva of P. Abrahami also appears to be

different.

Lastly, according to Simon (Hist. Nat. Araignées, 1.

p- 342 &c.) the superior edge of the lower surface of the

mandible presents only rudimentary teeth. ‘This statement,

I venture to think, applies not to the single largish tooth

present in P. laterigradus, but to the papillitorm supports of

the hairs, which M. Simon describes as granules. Conse-

quently since neither Mr. Cambridge nor Mons. Simon

detected in P. Abrahami the tooth that I have described in

laterigradus, one is compelled to assume that it is absent in the

former species.

Platyoides pusillus, sp. n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 13.)

Colour. Carapace yellowish ochre-brown, with narrow

blackish rim; legs praetically a uniform ochre-yellow, the

femora not noticeably paler than the remaining segments ;

abdomen testaceous above, clouded with fuscous at the sides.

Carapace about as wide as long, a little shorter than

patella and tibia of first leg; eyes of anterior line subequally

spaced, the medians about their own diameter from the

laterals.

Legs as in the preceding species, but with the sete more

rigid, those on the lower side of the tibiz and protarsi of the

first converted into spines; protarsi and tarsi of first and

second without scopulate hairs.

Vulva as in Pl. VIII. fig. 13.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 7; length and

width of carapace 2°3.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

This species, based upon a single immature female, may,

apart from the form of the vulva, be readily distinguished

from laterzgradus as follows :-—

a. Carapace narrower, noticeably longer than wide;

distance between anterior median eyes only about

half as great as that between median and lateral ;

protarsi and tarsi of first and second legs lightly

scopulate, tibiz and protarsi of first not spined:

leristhronaduldils mmiin: 2 ..0ieee ents eee ene laterigradus, sp. 0.

Arachnida from Natal. 221

b. Carapace almost as wide as long ; distance between

eyes of anterior line subequal, that between the

medians only a little less than that between the

median and lateral on each side; anterior legs —

not scopulate, tibize and protarsi of first spined

Relowssadnlt femme: long icisidee ods ele a pusillus, sp. n.

Family Clubionida.

Genus CLusionaé, Latr.

Clubiona valens, Simon.

Clubiona valens, Simon, Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xli. p. 10,

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer).

Three examples (two females, one male) are doubtfully

referred to this species, recorded from Natal, but insufficiently

diagnosed. ‘The two females present asmall difference in the

form of the vulva, and are, perhaps, not cospecific. The

description of the vulva of valens applies to both examples.

Genus Corinna, C. Koch.

Corinna natalis, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 14.)

Colour. Carapace deep brown, yellow at the sides of the

thoracic portion, nearly black on the cephalic area, covered

with greyish-yellow hairs ; palpi and legs yellowish brown,

darker distally ; labium, maxille, and sternum deep brown ;

abdomen greyish black, covered above with greyish-white

hairs.

Carapace about as long as patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp

and as protarsus of fourth leg, a little shorter than patella

and tibia of third and second leg, its width as long as

protarsus and one third of the tarsus of the second leg, and

just about equal to protarsus of third. yes of posterior line

very slightly procurved, subequal and subequally spaced,

posterior medians rather more than a diameter apart ; quad-

rangle a little wider in front; anterior medians larger than

posterior medians and about half a diameter apart ; anterior

medians considerably larger than anterior laterals and a little

nearer to them than to each other; anterior line procurved

when viewed from the front.

Mandibles prominent, strongly geniculate at the base;

fang-groove armed with 4-5 teeth behind and 3 in front.

‘Larsus of palp longer than tibia.

Mawxilla and labium normal.

Sternum circular.

Legs: (first pair missing); third a little longer than

222 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

second, patelle unarmed ; tibia of second armed with 3 pairs

of spines below, of third and fourth with 2 pairs, protarsus of

second and third with 2 pairs of inferior spines.

Abdomen oval, not twice as long as wide.

Vulva marked with two subcircular impressions, separated

by a narrow partition.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 14; length of

carapace 7, width 5°5; length of palpus 9, of second leg 21,

of third 23, of fourth 26; patella and tibia of fourth 8-5.

Loc. Durban (1H. A. Spencer). A single female example.

Family Heteropodide.

Genus Patysres, L. Koch.

Palystes natalius (Karsch).

Heteropoda natalia, Karsch, Zeits. gesammt. Naturwiss. 1878, p. 772.

Palystes Spencert, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 58,

pl. viii. fig. 3 (1896).

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer); Estcourt, 4000 feet, and

the Lower Umkomaas River (G. A. K. Marshall).

The species that I named P. Spenceri is so abundant in

Natal and the neighbouring parts of South Africa, that it

seems to me almost certainly identical with the form that

Karsch previously described as [Heteropoda natalia.

Genus Sparassus, Walck.

Sparassus (Olios) Spencert (Pocock).

Olios Spenceri, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 62, pl. viii.

fig. 6. .

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer).

Sparassus (Midamus) Marshalli, sp.n. (PI. VIII. fig. 15.)

Colour of integument ochre-yellow, paler on abdomen,

but darker towards the extremities of the appendages; man-

dibles lightly tinted with fuscous ; carapace with a faint fuscous

rim behind the head; abdomen marked dorsally with a

median purplish-red band, which in the anterior half of its

length is divided into two, the two branches enclosing a

darker brown area; the carapace, abdomen, and legs covered

with a short coating of silky white hairs.

Carapace high, convex, a little wider than long, its length

a little exceeding patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp, equal to

protarsus and tibia of fourth leg, almost equal to tibia of first.

Legs long and slender, 2, 1, 4, 3, the second exceeding

Arachnida from Natal. 223

first by its tarsus and about one fourth of the protarsus, fourth

exceeding third by the length of its tarsus ; patella and tibia

of first a little greater than of fourth, patella and tibia of

second about twice the length of the carapace ; patella without

spines.

Eyes of posterior line procurved, distance between the

medians greater than that between median and lateral ; ocular

quadrangle narrowed in front, its posterior width exceeding

its length; eyes of anterior line subequal, subequally spaced,

distance between medians less than their diameter.

Labium with convex border, distinctly wider than long ;

maxille short, scarcely longer than broad.

Abdomen nearly twice as long as wide.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 14; length of

carapace 4°5, width 4°8; length of abdomen 10, width 5:5;

length of first leg 21, of second 24, of third 17, of fourth 19.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Sparassus (Vindullus) stictopus, sp. n.

(PISV UT fest 165716 a.)

Colour. Carapace ochre-yellow, with a dark brown stripe

extending from the fovea and dividing anteriorly and passing

along the cephalic groove, circumscribing the cephalic area

behind, the thoracic portion bearing a brownish spot on each

side behind the head; head with a faint median fuscous

band; legs ochre-yellow, spotted with black at the base of

the spines; tibiz and protarsi with three spots; patella

fuscous at base ; abdomen with a faint median fuscous band.

Carapace a little longer than wide, resembling that of

Falystes, distinctly shorter than tibia of third leg, a little

longer than patella, tibia, and protarsus of palp, about half

the length of the patella and tibia of second leg. yes of

second line straight, laterals a little larger than medians and

nearer to them than the medians are to each other; ocular

quadrangle scarcely narrowed in front, about as long as wide ;

eyes of anterior line straight, medians much larger than

laterals, distance between them greater than that between

median and lateral.

Labium nearly as long as wide; maxillee longer than wide.

Legs long and slender, patella unspined, second exceeding

the first by the length of its tarsus, patella and tibia of first

considerably longer than those of fourth ; tibiee with 3 pairs

of long inferior spines.

Palp asin Pl, VIII. fig. 16a, its tibia armed externally

with a long inferior spine and a superior bidentate process.

224 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Abdomen oval, one third longer than wide.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 12; length of

carapace 5, width 4:5; length of first leg 29, of second 32,

of third 21, of fourth 24.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer), A single male example.

This species may prove to be based upon the male specimen

belonging to the same species as the immature female from

Natal which M. Simon makes the type of his S. (Vindullus)

guttipes (Hist. Nat. Araignées, ii. p. 36, 1897). The coloration

of the legs and carapace, however, seems to differ in the two.

No great reliance must be placed either upon the ocular

or other characters of an immature specimen.

The three species of this genus here recognized may be

readily distinguished as follows :—

a. Eyes of posterior line procurved; carapace slightly

wider than long; ocular quadrangle much wider

behind than in front; second leg exceeding the

first by much more than the length of its tarsus .. Marshalli, sp. n.

b. Kyes of posterior line straight or very slightly re-

curved; carapace not wider than long; second leg

exceeding first by the length of its tarsus.

a‘. Distance between anterior median eyes less than

that between anterior and lateral ; eyes of ante-

rior line subequal ; tibize with two pairs of short

spines below: 22% c.pcciieswees se Seine iie Shao wer Spencer?.

b'. Distance between anterior median eyes greater

than between medians and laterals; anterior

medians much larger than anterior laterals ; tibiz

with three pairs of spines below .............. sttctopus, sp. n.

Genus SELENOpS, Latr.

Selenops Spencert, Pocock.

Selenops Spencert, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 58,

pl. viii. fig. 8 (1896).

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer); Estcourt, 4000 feet

(G. A. K. Marshall).

This species was based upon a female collected by Mr. H. A.

Spencer. Mr. Guy Marshall was fortunate enough to procure

the male.

Family Thomiside.

Genus THomisus, Walck.

Thomisus granulatus, Karsch.

Thomisus granulatus, Karsch, Zeits. gesammt. Naturwiss. 1880, p. 382.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer) ; Port Natal (Vr. Krauss).

Arachnida from Natal. 225

Thomisus albus (Gmelin).

Loc. Durban (fH. A. Spencer).

Two immature females are referred with some doubt to

this common European species. They do not appear to differ

from immature examples of albus. Simon has recently re-

corded the latter from King William’s Town in Cape Colony

(Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1896, p. 221).

Thomisus anthobius, sp. n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 18.)

Colour yellow ; carapace with a large brown patch on its

lateral slope, the upper surface and sides mottled with white ;

ocular region white, ornamented with black stripes, forming

an obtuse angle, the longest side of which runs along the

upperside of the head from horn to horn, the obtuse angle

being on the middle of the clypeus ; from the centre of the

basal line runs a pair of black lines to the opposite sides,

involving the anterior median eyes ; edge of clypeus white ;

mandibles mottled with white in front ; tibia of palp with a

median white stripe; femora, patelle, and tibiee of first and

second legs mottled with white below; abdomen mostly

creamy yellow, transversely infuscate behind the points.

In colour and in almost all structural details this species

resembles the West-African 7’. tripunctatus, Lucas (yolophus,

Doum.), but may be distinguished by the form of the vulva

and by its lower carapace. The vulva consists of a trans-

versely oval or subquadrate elevated plate, marked with a pair

of subcircular pits, separated by a broad partition, which

widens posteriorly. In a specimen from Sierra Leone which

I identify as 7. tripunctatus the pits on the vulva are elon-

gate, at least twice the length that they arein 7. anthobius.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 14; length

and width of carapace 5; length of abdomen 9:5, width 12;

length of first leg 15, of second 16, of third 9, of fourth 11.

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Genus Dima, Thorell,

Diiwa decens, Karsch.

Diea decens, Karsch, Zeits. gesammt. Naturwiss, 1878, p. 778

Loc. Estcourt, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Originally recorded from Natal.

226 Mr. H. Druce on new

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Harpactira curator, sp.n. External aspect of palpal organ.

Fug. 2. Araneus cyrtoscapus, sp.n. Vulva from below.

Fig. 2a. Ditto. Vulva from the side.

Fig. 26. Ditto. Left palpal organ of ¢, from below.

Fig. 3. Araneus Marshall, sp.n. Vulva from the side.

Fig. 4. Araneus Spenceri, sp.n. Vulva from the side.

Fig. 5. Araneus haploscapus, sp. n. Vulva from the side.

Fig. 6. Araneus coccinella, sp. n. Vulva from below.

Fig. 7. Stegodyphus dumicola, sp. n. Palpal organ of 3, outer view.

Fig. 8. Dresserus obscurus, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 9. Hersilia sericea, sp.n. Vulva.

Fg. 10. Cydrela spinimanus, sp.n. Palp of 3g, outer view.

Fig. 11. Palpimanus armatus, sp.n. Anterior leg of ¢, outer view.

Fig. 12. Platyordes laterigradus, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 13. Platyoides pusillus, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 14. Corinna natalis, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 15. Sparassus Marshalli, sp. n. Vulva.

Fig. 16. Sparassus stictopus, sp. nu. Tibia of palp of g, outer view.

Fig. 16a. Ditto. Palpal organ from below.

Fig. 17. Spencerella hneata, gen. et sp. n. Right palpal organ from

below.

Fig. 18. Thomisus anthobius, sp.n. Vulva.

XX VI.— Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from

Tropical America. By Hersert Druce, F.L.S. &e.

Fam. Syntomide.

Neacerea brunnea, sp. ne

Male.—Dark red-brown ; palpiin front and pectus greyish.

Fore wing with faint traces of sinuous antemedial and curved

postmedial lines and of discoidal lunule. Hind wing fuscous

brown, with diffused semihyaline streak below median nervure.

‘he anal angle produced to a pointed lobe, the inner area with

a fold containing a tuft of hair.

Expanse 30 millim.

Hab. Brazil, Espiritu Santo.

Type in Mus. Oxon.

Fam. Thermesiide.

Selenis cades, sp. 0.

Male.—Primaries dark brown, crossed from the costal to

the inner margin by a number of fine black lines, with a pale

brown rather wide submarginal line extending from the apex

Heterocera from Tropical America. 227

to the anal angle, and some white spots and a greyish line at

the end of the cell: secondaries dark brown, crossed below

the middle by some very fine waved dark brown lines; a pale

brown line extends from near the apex to the anal angle; the

fringe alternately dark and light brown. Head, antenne,

thorax, and abdomen dark brown, the underside of the latter

and the legs pale brown.—Vemale very similar to the male,

but considerably larger.

Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 2 inches.

Hab. Guatemala, Volcan de Atitlan (Champion).

Capnodes rhoda, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries fawn-colour; the primaries

crossed beyond the middle from the costal to the inner margin

by two narrow waved yellow lines, edged with black and

brown scales, with a dark yellowish-brown oval spot at the

end of the cell and a few whitish spots crossing the wing

near the base, the marginal line spotted with black, the

fringe dark fawn-colour: the secondaries crossed below the

middle from the costal to the inner margin by a yellowish-

white line, which is widened towards the inner margin, and

with a submarginal row of minute yellow and black dots

extending from the apex to the anal angle; the marginal line

black ; the fringe fawn-colour. Head, antenne, thorax, and

abdomen pale brown; the legs brown.

BHxpanse 14 inch.

Hab. Mexico, 'Teapa in Tabasco (#7. H. Smith).

Capnodes (?) pira, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries brown; the primaries crossed

from the costal to the inner margin by two narrow yellow

lines—the first near the base, the second beyond the middle—

and with a large black spot at the end of the cell, and a sub-

marginal row of very indistinct dark brown spots extending

from the apex to the anal angle: the secondaries very simi-

larly marked to the primaries, but with only one yellow line

crossing the wing. Head, antenn, thorax, abdomen, and

legs brown.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Guatemala, Volcan de Atitlan, San Gerénimo (Cham-

pion).

Varies in colour and in the distinctness of the black spot at

the end of the cell of the primaries, this being almost oblite-

rated in some specimens.

228 On new Heterocera from Tropical America.

Fam. Deltoide.

Subfam. Prarrprvz.

Gustiana intermedia, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries pale brown; the primaries

crossed from the costal to the inner margin by two yellowish-

brown lines—the first near the base, the second beyond the

cell, extending from near the apex to the middle of the inner

margin—and with a faint submarginal line extending from

the apex to the anal angle, and two small black spots at the

end of the cell. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen pale

brown.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (JZ. Trujillo).

Gustiana mecyanalis, sp. 0.

Male.—Primaries cream-colour, slightly irrorated with

brown scales at the apex and along part of the outer margin,

with two yellow lines crossing the wing from the costal to the

inner margin—the first about the middle, the second beyond

—the marginal line black: secondaries brownish cream-

colour. Head, antenne, and thorax cream-colour, the abdo-

men yellow.—female very similar to the male, but paler.

Expanse 1,5 inch.

Hab. Mexico, Northern Sonora (Morrison), Milpas in

Durango (Forrer).

Gustiana nigripalpis, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries uniformly brownish

cream-colour. Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs

brownish cream-colour; the palpi black.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Mexico, Presidio de Mazatlan (Forrer).

Subfam. Hypenrvz.

Hypena philomedia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries reddish brown, with a large greyish spot

on the costal margin near the apex; the base and a space

along the inner margin greyish brown; the fringe dark

brown: secondaries dark greyish brown. Head, palpi, an-

tennze, abdomen, and legs brown.

Expanse 1,‘ inch.

Hab. Guatemala, Guatemala city (Rodriguez).

Dragonflies from the Transvaal and Nyasaland, 229

Subfam. Herurviynx.

Cyclopteryx oculata, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries pale greyish brown,

thickly irrorated with white scales and zigzag brown lines;

the primaries with a large round black spot, edged with

yellow and with a white dot in the middle, at the end of the

cell; the fringe of both wings pale brown. Head, thorax,

and abdomen pale brown, the antenne blackish brown.—

Female similar to the male, but with simple antenne.

Expanse 5° inch.

Hab. Guatemala, Totonicapam, 8500 to 10,500 feet

(Champion).

Mr. Champion obtained a good series of this species; the

insect was found in plenty on tree-trunks in a cacao-planta-

tion; it rests with the wings horizontally expanded, and flies

off on being approached.

Epizeuais (?) lineata, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries slate-colour; the pri-

maries crossed from ‘the costal to the inner margin by three

dark brown lines—the first close to the base, the second

about the middle, the third beyond—and with a submarginal

row of very indistinct brown dots extending from the apex

to the anal angle; the marginal line black; the fringe

slate-colour: the secondaries very similarly marked to the

primaries, but without the brown line at the base. Head,

antenne, thorax, and abdomen slate-colour.—Hemale very

similar to the male.

Expanse 1,}, inch.

Hab. Mexico, Dos Arroyos and Rio Papagaio (Hl. HA.

Smith).

XXVII.—On a Collection of Dragonflies from the Transvaal

and Nyasaland. By W. F. Kirpy, F.L.8., F.H.S., &c.

DurinG his stay in the Transvaal Mr. W. L. Distant col-

lected some dragonflies, as well as other insects, and he also

received collections formed by Dr. P. Rendall in Nyasaland

and by Herr Kessner at Zoutpansberg in the Transvaal.

These collections have been placed in my hands for examina-

tion, and I find that they consist collectively of upwards of

forty species. Among these I have ventured to describe

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. Uy

230 Mr, W. F. Kirby on Dragonflies

eight species as new, one of which will form the type of a

new genus. Two or three others are also apparently un-

described ; but the material before me is not sufficient to

render it advisable to describe them at present.

‘The full synonymy of the known species will be found in

my ‘ Synonymic Catalogue of Neuroptera Odonata.’

The new species are as follows :—

Rhyothemis ducalis. Orthetrum flavidulum.

Urothemis Rendalli. Acisoma variegatum.

iridescens. Phyllomacromia flavicincta.

Steechia (gen. noy.) Distanti. Lestes obscurus.

List of Species of Neuroptera Odonata in the Collection.

Libellulide.

LIBELLULINE.

1. Tholymis, sp.

Four specimens.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

A species resembling the Indian T. ¢tellarga, Fabr., in

coloration, but as large as the West-African J’. pallida,

Beauv. ‘The abdomen is damaged in all the specimens, so

that it is desirable to defer describing them at present.

2. Pantala flavescens.

Libellula flavescens, Faby, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 285 (1798).

Two specimens.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

The most widely distributed of all dragonflies, found

almost everywhere in the warmer parts of the world outside

Europe.

3. Tramea basilaris.

Libellula basilaris, Beauv. Ins. Afr. Amér. p. 171, pl. ii. fig. 1 (1805).

One specimen.

Warm Baths, Waterberg (Distant).

Appears to be identical with West-African specimens,

4. Rhyothemis ducalis, sp. n.

Long. corp. 30-33 millim, ; exp. al. 58-67 millim.; long.

pter. 2-24 millim.

Male.—Inky black, vertex violet-purple, face yellow, with

from the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 231

the rhinarium and lower part of the mentum black or blackish;

sides of thorax more or less varied beneath with black or

greenish and rufo-testaceous ; head and thorax thickly clothed

with hair; abdomen with a rufo-testaceous band on the lower

part of the sides of the first two or three segments. Wings

hyaline, slightly iridescent, and slightly clouded on the outer

half. Fore wings with 8 or 9 antenodal cross-nervules, the

first discontinuous, and 9 or 10 upper postnodal nervules

before the pterostigma, of which the first is somewhat oblique ;

in the lower space there are 7 or 8 before the pterostigma,

rarely coinciding with those above. Pterostigma rather

short, covering more than one cell, usually extending be-

yond the ends of two cross-nervules in the lower postnodal

space beneath it. ‘Triangle usually at least twice as long as

broad, crossed by two nervures (rarely one), and followed by

a row of 3, 4, or 5 cells, and then usually by 3, not increasing

till beyond the middle of the wing. One supratriangular

nervule. Subtriangular space consisting of from 3 to 5 cells.

Pterostigma dark brown, between black nervures; fore

wings very slightly marked with smoky at the extreme base.

Hind wings deep violet-purple at the base to beyond the

penultimate cross-nervule before the nodus ; the outer edge of

this patch is irregular, but offers two prominent projections ;

there is a more or less conspicuous yellowish subhyaline line

just below the costa in the purple patch, and an irregular

yellowish-hyaline isosceles triangle lying over the arculus,

with its base directed towards the base of the wing. Anal

appendages rather slender, more than twice as long as the

last segment of the abdomen, and upcurved at the tip.

Female similar to the male, but the vertex is metallic

green instead of violet-purple, and the face below is almost

wholly yellowish tawny. The thorax is metallic green above,

bordered on the sides and behind with rufo-testaceous ; the

thorax beneath rufo-testaceous, with metallic green markings

below the wings. The lower part of the abdomen is broadly

rufo-testaceous beneath, over 34 segments from the base.

Four specimens from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Ren-

dall), and one from Pretoria (Distant).

The British Museum possesses specimens apparently be-

longing to this species from Gambia, Angola, Natal, and

Madagascar.

The specimens from Fort Johnston are to be considered

typical.

This species is evidently closely allied to &. separata,

De Selys, from Algeria; but whereas the face below the

vertex is almost entirely yellow in A. ducalis, R. separata is

232 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Dragonflies

thus described :—“ Téte d’un noir-violet métallique; une

tache jaunatre sur la lévre inférieure, une bande transverse de

méme couleur au front.”

I have no specimens of &. separata to compare.

5. Palpopleura lucia.

Libellula lucia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. xlv. fig. 1 (1778).

Four specimens.

3, Pretoria (Distant); 1 9%, Zoutpansberg (Kessner) ;

¢, Durban, March 1896 (Distant); 1 9, Delagoa Bay

(Distant).

A common species in most parts of Africa.

The female varies in the intensity of the yellow suffusion,

and in the width of the dusky markings.

6. Palpopleura jucunda.

Palpopleura jucunda, Ramb. Ins, Névr. p. 134 (1842).

Five specimens.

Pretoria (Distant). One specimen is dated October 1895.

There are specimens in the Natural History Museum from

Knysna and Delagoa Bay.

7. Sympetrum Fonscolombet.

Libellula Fonscolombet, De Selys, Mon. Lib. Eur. p. 49 (1840).

Five specimens.

Three from Pretoria (Distant), one dated Aug. 26, 1894;

one from Zoutpansberg (Kessner) ; and-one without locality.

This species is rare in Central Europe, where it reaches

the northern extremity of its range, but is common in Southern

Europe, Africa, and Central and Western Asia as far as

North India.

8. Trithemis arteriosa.

Libellula arteriosa, Burm. Handb., Ent. ii. p. 850. n. 14 (1839).

Two specimens—one from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(P. Rendall), and one from Pretoria (Distant).

A common African species, extending to the Canaries and

Aden.

9. Trithemis rubrinervis.

Libellula rubrinervis, De Selys, Rey. Zool. Cuver. 1841, p. 244.

Four specimens.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

Found throughout Africa and also in Sicily and Syria.

from the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 233

10. Trithemis lacustris.

Trithemis lacustris, Kirb, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xii. p. 329 (1889).

Two specimens.

Pretoria (Distant) and Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

In the collection of the Natural History Museum from

Abyssinia and Wadelai.

7. ardens, Gerstaecker, is, perhaps, a form of this species

with blacker legs.

11. Trithemis ferrugaria.

Libellula ferrugaria, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 82 (1842).

One specimen.

Pretoria (Distant).

Apparently a rather scarce species, as the Natural History

Museum only possesses a single specimen from Natal. It is

easily recognized by the short black dashes on the middle of

the back and sides of most of the segments of the abdomen.

12. Helothemis dorsalis.

Libellula dorsalis, Ramb. Ins, Névr. p. 89 (1842).

Two specimens.

Pretoria (Distant).

This species varies much in intensity of colour, and in

specimens in which the markings of the thorax have become

black, the yellow suffusion of the wings has generally disap-

eared,

I doubt if the genus Helothemis is sufficiently distinct from

Trithemis.

13. Crocothemis erythrea.

Libellula erythrea, Brullé, Expéd. de Morée, iii. (1) p. 102, pl. xxxii,

fig. 4 (1862).

Seven specimens.

Four from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall), and

three from Delagoa Bay (Dvzstant).

A widely-distributed species in South Europe, Africa, and

the East Indies. My Orthetrum Lorti from Somaliland

appears to be synonymous with it.

14, Urothemis designata.

Libellula designata, De Selys, Rey. Zool, (2) xxiii. p. 177 (1872),

Two specimens.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

234 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Dragonflies

A widely-distributed African species. The Museum pos-

sesses specimens from the Gold Coast, Gaboon, and Natal.

15. Urothemis Rendall.

Long. corp. 37 millim.; exp. al. 74 millim.; long. pter.

4 millim.

Female.—Y ellow, darkest on the sides and lower surface of

the abdomen. Head with the vertex and frontal tubercle

orange-yellow, separated by a black band in the depression

between, which passes over the ocelli; the occipital triangle

and the hinder orbits, which are marked on each side with

two black spots, are likewise orange-yellow, but the occiput

itself is black. The lower part of the face is paler yellow,

the mentum, except a narrow black median line, being almost

white ; the rhinarium is a little darker than the surrounding

parts. On the thorax is a black band in front of each

wing, and a narrower one behind, connecting the hinder part

of their bases ; and the hinder sutures on the pleura are also

marked with black, On the abdomen is a black band down

the middle, very broad on the first segment, less so at the

base of the second, and expanding at the extremity of each of

the following ones; beneath, there is a black band, inter-

rupted in the middle, at the extremity of most of the segments.

Legs yellow beneath nearly to the tips of the femora, other-

wise black. Wings iridescent hyaline, slightly clouded

towards the tips, costal nervures and the adjacent cross-

nervules mostly yellow, but the principal radius conspicuously

black as far as the nodus. Fore wings slightly tinged with

yellow at the base and with six antenodal and postnodal cross-

nervules, Hind wings deeply tinged with yellow at the base

as far as the triangle, and over this space the nervures are

pale yellowish white ; lower costal cell filled with blackish

nearly to the extremity; below this is a roughly oblong

blackish space, divided into spots by the pale yellow nervures ;

and towards the lower extremity of the yellow tinge, which

extends along the inner margin, but ceases before reaching

the anal angle, is a more or less regular, slightly curved row

of blackish spots, separated by the pale nervures, Mem-

branule white.

One specimen.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

A very distinct species; perhaps allied to the Algerian

U. Edwardsti, Selys, which is not before me.

Jrom the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 235

16. Urothemis tridescens.

Long. corp. 38-40 millim. ; exp. al. 68-75 millim.; long.

pter. 5 millim.

Male.—Deep black, clothed with pruinose blue on the

thorax and abdomen; head shining, the inner orbits ivory-

white; the rhinarium and mentum, except a black median

line, testaceous yellow. Wings iridescent hyaline, with

dusky nervures; costal nervure dusted with blue at the

base, and bordered with yellow beyond ; pterostigma yellow,

between brown nervures, and extending beyond one cell on

both sides; transverse nervules mostly yellow towards the

costa. Fore wings with 7 antenodal and 6 postnodal cross-

nervules, membranule blackish. Hind wings with the first

cell of the lower costal space more or less marked with dark

brown, and with a long oval blackish-brown patch extending

downwards from below the upper basal cell; its rounded

lower extremity, which does not extend to the inner margin,

though it covers the greater part of the’ membranule, is

slightly bordered with smoky yellow.

Three specimens.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

Besides these there is a specimen from the Shire country

in the Museum which differs from the Nyasa specimens in

having seven postnodal cross-nervules on the fore wings

instead of six. The species is easily recognizable by its very

dark colour, which is unusual in this genus.

17. Hemistigma albipuncta.

Libellula albipuncta, Rambur, Ins. Névr. p. 93 (1842).

One specimen.

Delagoa Bay (Distant).

A common African species originally described from

Senegal.

Genus ST@CHIA.

Eyes very large, rounded, with a slight expansion behind,

frontal tubercle rounded above; the rhinarium, nasus, and

labrum all rather long, narrow, and transverse, the nasus

strongly arched downwards at the sides of the rhinarium.

Legs long, rather slender, with a double row of soft bristles

on the inside, which are very long on the front tibie ; upper-

side of legs but slightly hairy, and on the hind legs not at all;

hind femora denticulated on the underside. Abdomen rather

shorter than the hind wings, moderately stout, and hardly

236 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Dragonflies

tapering. Wings with the sectors of the arculus stalked ;

no supra-triangular nervules ; one cross-nervule only in_the

lower basal cell; nodal sector very slightly waved. Fore

wings with the triangle traversed, followed by three rows

of cells, only increasing to four towards the extremity, three

cells in the subtriangular space. Hind wings much broader

than the fore wings, the triangle free, its base slightly nearer

the base of the wing than the arculus. On the fore wings

the arculus lies between the first and second antenodal cross-

nervules, on the hind wings it lies just within the level of

the second, Sectors of the arculus slightly separated at the

base on both the fore and hind wings.

Agrees with Corduliops, Karsch, in many of its characters ;

but in Corduliops the triangle of the fore wings shows a

tendency to become trapeziform, and the hind wings are not

narrower than the fore wings.

18. Stechia Distant, sp. n.

Two specimens.

Pretoria (Distant).

Long. corp., ¢ 36 millim., ? 34 millim.; exp. al., g 59

millim., ¢ 56 millim. ; long. pter. 3 millim.

Male.—Inky black, front and frontal tubercle rich purple,

the former edged below with buff; a very large orange spot

on each side of the face within the lower part of each eye.

Occiput black, hinder orbits orange, divided by a black spot.

Legs black, front femora streaked with yellow to beyond the

middle. Wings clear hyaline, only marked with smoky

yellow at the base of the hind wings; nervures black; fore

wings with 12 or 13 antenodal and 9 or 10 postnodal cross-

nervules. Pterostigma thick, dark brown, with a reddish

line at each extremity, covering about 3} cells. Hind wings

with 9 or 10 antenodal and 11 postnodal cross-nervules.

Anal appendages about as long as the eighth segment. Ap-

pendages of the second segment very prominent and clearly

defined ; anterior lamina short, hamule strongly hooked,

genital lobe curved, oblique, slender, a little shorter than the

hamule.

Female.—Orange. Head with the depression below the

frontal tubercle and the middle of the mentum black ; occiput

black, the hinder orbits yellow, marked with two black spots

on each side. Prothorax transversely banded with black;

mesothorax with a broad blackish central band, narrowed

behind and bisected by a yellow line; this is connected in

front with a double black stripe on each shoulder, divided by

from the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 237

a yellow space. Below the shoulder-stripes is a black line,

meandering on the lower part of the pleura and throwing up

two or three irregular branches below the wings. On the

abdomen the carine are mostly black, and there is a black

central stripe, almost coalescing on the hinder segments with

the black lateral borders of the abdomen. Abdomen black

beneath, with the sutures and a double longitudinal stripe

yellow. Legs black, the femora lined above with yellow.

Wings hyaline, stained with yellow at the base and on the

nodus. Pterostigma dark reddish brown, between black

nervures, edged by a pale line below and at the sides. Fore

wings with 13 antenodal and 10 or 11 postnodal cross-

nervules; these and the arculus are mostly yellow. Hind

wings with 9 or 10 antenodal and 11 postnodal cross-nervules.

19. Orthetrum trinacria.

Tibellula trinacria, De Selys, Rev. Zool. 1841, p. 244.

Four specimens.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendal/).

A species previously recorded from Sicily, Egypt, and

Senegal. The Natural History Museum possesses specimens

apparently belonging ‘to this species from Angola and Mada-

gascar.

20. Orthetrum chrysostigma.

Libellula chrysostigma, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii, p. 857. n. 58 (1839).

Five specimens.

Two from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall) ; one

from Pretoria (Distant); and two from Zoutpansberg

(Keessner).

A widely distributed species in Africa. THasily distin-

guished by the black stripe bordering the upperside of the

yellow band on the pleura being slightly angulated down-

wards in the middle.

21. Orthetrum caffrum.

Libellula caffra, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 856, n. 52 (1839).

Four specimens.

Three from Pretoria (Distant), and one from Rustenburg

(Distant).

Tf 1 have correctly identified this species, it is closely allied

to O. teniolatum, Schneider, from Western Asia, and to

O. hyalinum, Kirb., from India. Burmeister’s description,

however, is very short and somewhat ambiguous.

238 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Dragonflies

The specimens of O. caffrum in the Natural History

Museum are from various parts of South Africa; but

Prof. Calvert also records the species from Sierra Leone and

the Congo.

When I published my ‘ Catalogue of Odonata’ I referred

three species to Thermorthemis—T. caffra, Burm., and

T. madagascariensis and angustiventris, Ramb. ‘The second

species is the type of the genus; but 7. caffra, as pointed

out by Karsch and Calvert, is an Orthetrum (in the broad

sense) ; and on reconsidering Rambur’s description of his

Lib. angustiventris, I cannot identify it with any species

before me, but doubt very much whether it belongs to

Thermorthemis.

22. Orthetrum flavidulum, sp. n.

Four specimens.

Two from Pretoria (Distant), one from Rustenburg

(Distant), one from Pienaars River, March 1894 (Distant).

Long. corp. 34 millim.; exp. al. 53 millim.; long. pter.

34 millim.

Female.—Yellow, the antenne, their bases, and sometimes

the frontal tubercle black ; two more or less developed trans-

verse black stripes on the prothorax, two blackish lines on

each shoulder, sometimes filled up with brown, and followed

by a brown stripe at the base of the wings above. Abdomen

with the basal segments scarcely broader than the others; a

broad blackish stripe on each side, expanded at the ends of

the segments; under surface paler yellow than above;

terminal segments sometimes yellow in the middle above.

Legs yellow, lined with black beneath ; tarsi black. Wings

clear hyaline ; pterostigma yellow, between black nervures,

the upper one much thickened, covering two and a half cells

or more. Nervures brown, front of costa and at least the

lower series of antenodal cross-nervules light yellow. Fore

wings with 12-13 antenodal and 8~9 postnodal cross-ner-

vules ; the last antenodal continuous; one supra-triangular

nervule, triangle traversed, followed by 3 cells increasing ;

subtriangular space consisting of 3 cells. Hind wings with

8-10 antenodal and postnodal cross-nervules.

These specimens might be taken for small immature

females of O. chrysostigma, but appear to be distinct. There

is a specimen marked “ Cape Colony” in the collection of

the Museum.

from the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 239

23. Cacergates leucosticta.

Libellula leucosticta, Burm. Handb, Ent. ii. p. 1849, n. 8 (1839).

Fourteen specimens, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Len-

dall) ; one specimen, Delagoa Bay (Dvstant).

A common species in most parts of Africa, and also found

in Syria.

24. Diplacodes Lefebvre.

Libellula Lefebvret, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 112 (1842).

One specimen.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendal/).

A species found in all parts of Africa, and extending to

Madagascar and Asia Minor.

25. Acisoma variegatum, sp. n.

Two specimens.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

Long. corp. 26-29 millim. ; exp. al. 43-48 millim.; long.

pter. 24 millim.

Male.— Black, varied with paler markings. Head behind,

frontal tubercle, and mandibles black; face bluish black

above and buff below. Thorax greenish above, with the

sides yellowish in front and pale blue behind, rather closely

reticulated with black. Abdomen pale blue on the inflated

basal segments, with black carinze and lateral markings, and

a black central submacular band, which broadens hindwards

so as to cover most of the abdomen beyond the third segment ;

on the sides of the second and third segments are two black

dashes crossing the carine, and below them a black mark is

thrown off from the lower end of each carina, the first trifid

and the latter bifid. ‘There is a long buff spot on the sides

of segments 4-6. ‘The upper appendages are as long again

as the lower, and are pale blue above and black beneath,

Legs black, coxe and trochanters yellow, and the femora

narrowly lined with yellow. Wings hyaline, slightly clouded

at the tips: fore wings with 8 antenodal cross-nervules, the

last not continuous, and 7 postnodal cross-nervules ; ptero-

stigma long, yellow, between black nervures, covering more

than one cell; no supra-triangular nervules; triangle free,

followed by two rows of cells, increasing towards the extre-

mity ; subtriangular space consisting of one cell : hind wings

with 6 antenodal and 8 postnodal cross-nervules, and stained

with smoky yellow at the base, especially on the inner

margin.

240 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Dragonflies

Female.—Red ; head with the front of the frontal triangle

and the ocellar cavity black; two broad dashes and the

lower end of the clypeus in the middle black, above which, on

the inner orbits, is a black spot on each side, and just below

which, also on the inner orbits, is a short black streak on each

side. Occiput with two or three black spots on each side on

the hinder orbits. Prothorax with two large black spots on

the back and two more behind them on the front of the meso-

thorax ; thorax with numerous slender black lines and small

spots on the back and sides and at the base of the wings.

Abdomen with two large black spots at the base, and the

sutures and carine all black; from the first carina runs a

submacular black band, contracted behind each carina and

suture, but widening behind till it covers the greater part of

the contracted hinder segments of the abdomen. On the

back of segments 3 and 4 is a large black dash on the sides

behind the carine, and on segment 5 is a corresponding black

line, not extending to the base or extremity of the segment ;

below these are longitudinal black carine, and below these

again the middle of the under surface of the abdomen is

greenish yellow, and on the second segment a black curved

mark runs downwards from the extremity of the lateral

carina, forming with it and a smaller black spot a figure not

unlike the Hebrew letter 5. Below the lateral carina of the

third segment is a long fusiform black spot, with a_ black

line obliquely below it. On the fourth segment the lateral

carina is pale, and there is a broad black line below it not

extending to the extremity of the segment; on the following

segments the lateral carine are pale at the base and broadly

black at the extremity, and without distinct black marks

below them. Abdominal appendages rather long and pointed,

yellow above, as are also the two short terminal segments of

the abdomen, and black below. Legs black below and more

or less red above. Wings clear hyaline, only slightly

clouded with yellow on the inner margin of the hind wings.

Fore wings with 8 antenodal cross-nervules, the last not

continuous, and with 6 or 7 postnodal cross-nervules. Ptero-

stigma very long, yellow, between black nervures.

Differs from the other described species of the genus by the

extremely slender black markings of the thorax. The red

colour may possibly be due to discoloration (?), but the curious

markings on the sides of the abdomen should be enough to

fix the species.

It is to be regretted that only one specimen of each sex

was obtained. There appear to be several African species of

Acisoma, but they are usually received only in small numbers

and in poor condition.

EE es

wi -

from the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 241

CorpvULimnz.

26. Phyllomacromia flavicincta, sp. n.

Long. corp. 54 millim.; exp. al. 73 millim; long, pter.

2 millim.

Two specimens.

The male from Rustenburg (Distant); the female from

Pienaars River (Distant).

Male.—Black, with yellow and rufous markings. Head

prevailingly yellow; occiput black, occipital triangle yellow,

lower half of the hinder orbits light shining mahogany.

Frontal tubercle strongly bifid, the points yellow behind,

bordered behind with blue-black ; front of tubercle and ocellar

cavity blue-black. Clypeus yellow, bordered below in front

with light rufous, surmounted on each side with a purplish

mark. Rhinarium, lower part of nasus, and middle and sides

of mentum varied with light rufous brown. Face set with

short black hair; mentum very coarsely punctured. ‘Thorax

light rufous brown in front and on the sides; three broad

slightly oblique yellow bands on each side, in front of which

the rutous colouring is varied with iridescent purple. ‘The

space between the wings is rufous brown; the scapule are

yellow, corresponding to the first lateral stripes, bordered by

a black carina in front, and there are apparently four yellow

spots behind, one in the middle of the space between the fore

wings, one just behind the fore wings on each side, being the

continuation of the second lateral stripe, and one between the

front of the bases of the hind wings. Abdomen with the

first segment and the base of the second rufous brown; the

rest of the abdomen black ; the second segment with a broad

yellow band, indented in the middle in front, in front of and

slightly overlapping the carina; the third with a narrow

tawny band in front and a broader one in the middle, almost

divided by the median line; the fourth, fifth, and sixth

similarly coloured, but the second tawny space narrower and

more or less connected on the sides with the first; the seventh

segment with the front half tawny, divided on the sides by a

narrow black line; the terminal segments mostly rufous on

the sides. Appendages of the second segment rather large,

black in front, the last portion yellow ; terminal appendages

about as long as the ninth segment, the upper ones yellow,

the lower one broad, truncated at the extremity, rather

darker yellow, with the sides bordered with brown. Legs

long, black, thickly set with long slender bristles ; front legs

yellow beneath to three fourths of the length of the femora.

242 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Dragonflies

Wings clear hyaline, with brown nervures; costal nervures

and some of the cross-nervules yellowish; pterostigma

tawny, between dark nervures, covering 14 cells. Fore

wings with 12 antenodal and 5 postnodal nervules; 2 or 3

supra-triangular nervules, 4 cross-nervules in the lower basal

cell, triangle free, followed by 1 or 2 rows of cells increasing.

Hind wings with 8 or 9 antenodal and 7 postnodal cross-

nervules ; 1 supra-triangular nervule; 3 cross-nervules in the

lower basal cell. Membranule white, blackish towards the

extremity.

Female similar, but paler, the first six segments of the

abdomen yellow at the base and beneath, with a short dusky

streak on the back and sides. Head yellow, slightly varied

with tawny. Wings clouded with smoky yellow on the

outer third; fore wings with 12 or 13 antenodal cross-nervules ;

hind wings with 8 or 9 antenodal and postnodal cross-nervules ;

otherwise nearly as in the male, but slightly larger, measuring

78 millim. in expanse.

Closely allied to P. trifasciata, Ramb., from Madagascar,

but differing in the yellow pterostigma, the smaller number

of antenodal and postnodal cross-nervules, and in its general

markings.

ZEschnide.

GoMPHINZ.

27. Lindenia cognata.

Gomphus cognatus, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 167 (1842)

Three specimens.

Pretoria (Distant).

A fairly common species in South Africa.

28. Lindenia, sp.

One specimen.

Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

A broken specimen of what is probably a new species

resembling the Indian L. grammica, Ramb., but with 12 or 13

antenodal and 11 or 12 postnodal cross-nervules on the fore

wings.

29. Ictinus ferow.

Ictinus ferox, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 172 (1842).

One specimen.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

from the Transvaal and Nyasalaud. 243

AYSCHNINA.

30. Anaz tristis.

Anac tristis, Hagen, Verh. z00l.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvii. p. 35 (1867).

One specimen.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

One of the largest known species of the genus. It has

been previously recorded from Guinea and Madagascar.

31. Anax dorsalis.

AEschna dorsalis, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 840. n. 17 (1839).

‘lwo specimens.

Pretoria (Distant) ; Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

The specimen from Pretoria is a female and that from

Zoutpansberg is a male. The sexes differ little in this very

handsome species.

32. Anax mauricianus.

Anax mauricianus, Ramb, Ins. Névr. p. 184 (1842).

Three specimens.

Two specimens from Pretoria (Distant) and one from Fort

Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

A common

species in South Africa, Madagascar,

Mauritius, &c.

Agrionide.

AGRIONIN.

33. Libellago caligata.

Libellago caligata, De Selys, Syn. Cal. p. 57 (1853)

Seven specimens.

Six from Pretoria (Distant); one from Pienaars River,

March 1894 (Distant).

All males. There is a pair of this species from Natal in

the Natural History Museum.

Ca@nvaGRIONINZ.

34. Chlorolestes longicauda.

Agrion longicaudum, Burm. Handb., Ent. ii. p. 823, n. 26 (1839).

Five specimens.

Four specimens from Barberton (P. Rendall) and one from

Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

244 Dragonflies from the Transvaal and Nyasaland.

Several other species of this genus are found in South

Africa.

35. Allocnemis leucosticta.

Allocnemis leucosticta, De Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xvi. p. 174

(1863).

Three specimens.

T'wo from Barberton (P. Rendall) and one from Zoutpans-

berg (Kessner).

36. Micronympha senegalensis.

Agrion senegalense, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 276 (1842).

‘Twenty-one specimens.

Eight from Pretoria (Distant) ; one from Barberton (P. Ren-

dall) ; one from Zoutpansberg (Kassner); seven from Fort

Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall) ; two from Zomba (P. Ren-

dall) ; and two without locality.

A widely distributed species. Four specimens from Fort

Johnston, Zomba, and Zoutpansberg exhibit the rufous

dimorphism met with in most of the species of this genus.

37. Enallagma, sp.

Two specimens.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

38. Enallagma, sp.

Two specimens.

One from Pretoria (Distant), and one from Fort Johnston,

Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

I do not care to describe these two species without a

longer series.

39. Pseudagrion Deckent.

Agrion Deckent, Gerst. Arch. f. Nat. xxxv. p. 222 (1869).

Eight specimens.

Seven from Pretoria (Distant) and one from Fort Johnston,

Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

All the males are very dark, but appear to belong to this

species. There are only two females in the series, one much

larger than the other.

According to Karsch this species, which stands under

Oenagrion in my Catalogue, is the same as Pseudagrion

pretextatum, De Selys, described in 1876.

On new Bornean and Sumatran Mammals. 245

40. Pseudagrion nubicum.

Pseudagrion nubicum, De Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xlii. p. 601

(1876).

Two specimens.

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rend ill),

41. Brachybasis rhomboidalis.

Agrion rhomboidalis, Beauv. Ins. Afr. Amér. p. 85, Neus. pl. vii. fig. 1

(1805).

Seventeen specimens.

Fourteen from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall) ;

two from Delagoa Bay (Distant); and one from Darban,

March 1896 (Distant).

42. Lestes obscurus, sp. n.

One specimen.

Barberton.

Exp. al. 50 millim.; long. pter. 2 millim.

Male.—Head and thorax black, dusted with pulverulent

blue; front of head greenish above, occiput and lower surface

of head pale, lower part of eyes pale, and two or three smill

pale spots near the inner edge of the eyes above. Central

carina and three lines on each side of the thorax pale. Legs

black. Abdomen bronzy green above towards the base and

cupreous beyond; terminal segments broken off; sides and

under surface pale, with a black central line beneath. Wings

brownish hyaline, with 13 postnodal cross-nervules on the

fore wings ; pterostigma rather large, uniform black, covering

two cells, edged above by a slender reddish line.

This is a very distinct species, somewhat resembling

L. barbarus, Fabr., but much darker.

XXVIII.—Desertptions of new Bornean and Sumatran

Mammals. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

THE mammals now described were contained in, or examined in

connexion with, the last collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett,

whose death, after nearly thirty years’ work and study in the

East Indian Archipelago, will be lamented by every naturalist,

and especially by those who had the privilege of his personal

acquaintance. ‘I’o no one is our knowledge of the fauna, both

mammalian and avian, of that part of the world more deeply

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 18

246 Mr. O. Thomas on new

indebted, as is evidenced by the large number of species that

bear his name, while no one also has done more to encourage

younger travellers to take up the subject on which he spent

the whole energy of his life.

Taphozous longimanus albipinnis, subsp. n.

Similar to the typical form in all essential respects, but

with the wing-membranes white, below throughout, above

external to a line drawn from the forearm to the ankle. The

forearms themselves, a narrow fringe of membrane just ex-

ternal to them, and the upper surfaces of the fingers are brown

above as usual.

Forearm of the type (an adult female) 56 millim.

Hab. Labuan. Coll. A. Everett, Sept. 1892.

Type B.M. no. 93. 4. 1. 29.

Four other Bornean specimens* are similarly white-

winged, and there is also a white-winged specimen in the

Museum collection from Malacca collected long ago by Mr. A.

Charlton. It is probable therefore that this subspecies will

prove to range all over Western Malaysia. On the other

hand, in Flores there occurs 7’. longimanus leucopleurus, Dobs.,

which, while with white sides, has the brown wings of

T. longimanus typicus. All the names in the synonymy of

T. longimanus were founded on Indian specimens, none on

Malayan.

Chimarrogale pheura, sp. n.

Closely allied to Ch. himalaica, but slightly smaller, and

with the uppersides of the hands and feet, the fringes of

swimming-hairs surrounding the digits, and the whole under-

side of the tail uniformly dark brown. In Ch. himalaica the

outer halves of the hands and feet, the swimming-bristles on

the fingers and toes, and the underside of the tail are all

white, in the last-named part contrasting markedly with its

brown upper surtace.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in

skin) :—

Head and body (much overstretched) 120 millim. ; tail 82 ;

hind foot 21. Of another specimen in spirit (female): head

and body 92; tail 75; hind foot 21:3.

Skull (?): basal length to front of incisors 23; greatest

breadth 12:7; breadth across palate 7°3; length of upper

tooth-series 11°8 ; tip of incisors to tip of large premolars 5:5.

* In one Bornean specimen, however, without exact locality, the wings

are browner than usual aboye, although still white below.

Bornean and Sumatran Mammals. 247

Hab. Saiap, Mount Kina Balu. Coll. A. Everett,

October 1895.

This Bornean representative of the genus was first dis-

covered on Mount Kina Balu by Mr. John Whitehead in

1888 *; but his specimen being rather imperfect, and little

material being then available, I did not at that date distin-

guish it from the Himalayan water-shrew, only noting its

smaller size. Now, however, that Mr. Everett has sent two

further examples of it, while the Museum has been enriched,

thanks to the generosity of Mr. W. T. Blanford, by four

Sikim specimens of Ch. himalatcus, | am enabled to make a

comparison between the two forms on a fairly secure basis.

The Japanese water-shrew, Chimarrogale platycephala, is a

still larger species, the hind foot of a specimen before me

measuring 25°5 millim.

It is curious that while our Huropean water-shrew (Neomys f

fodiens) varies so remarkably in colour, the analogous

forms of the other parts of the world (Neosorex and Atophyraxr

in America, Chimarrogale in Asia) should be so locally

constant.

Crocidura.( Croc.) baluensis, sp. n.

Allied to C. fuliginosa, as determined by Dobson, with

which it shares the nearly complete suppression of the long

hairs on the tail, but very much larger, with longer, softer,

and more smoky-coloured fur. Fur of back about 8 millim.

in length. General colour deep uniform smoky grey, the

muzzle and the tops of the hands and feet darker brown.

Under surface little lighter than upper, the hairs slaty grey

for four fifths of their length, their tips pale brown. ‘Tail

about equal to the body without the head, closely haired and

almost or quite without longer bristle-hairs, deep brown

throughout. Lateral gland large, 8°5x 4 millim. in an adult

male, placed about its own length behind the elbow, and

almost exactly covered by the hand when the fore limb is

directed backwards.

Upper incisors of median size, their points in about the

same line as those of the second incisor and large premolar.

Second and third unicuspids about equal in height, the latter

rather the larger in area. Last premolar and first two molars

deeply hollowed out posteriorly. Upper edge of large lower

incisors sinuous.

* Cf. P. Z.S. 1889, p. 229.

+ Neomys, Kaup, antedates Crossopus, Wagl. See ‘Zoologist,’ 1898,

p. 102.

18*

248 Mr. O. Thomas on new

Dimensions of an adult male specimen in spirit (not the

type) :—

irked and body 98 millim.; tail 77; hind foot 185;

ear 10°5.

Skull: basal length to front of incisors 23°33; anterior

breadth 7-9; posterior breadth 11:2; interorbital breadth 5:4;

palate length from front of incisors 12; length of upper tooth-

row 11°6; tip of 7.’ to tip of p.” 5:9.

The type specimen is a skin, and has a hind foot measuring

when damped 18 millim.

Hab. Mount Kina Balu. Coll. A. Everett.

As with the water-shrew, so in this case, the first discoverer

of the species was Mr. John Whitehead ; but it is only with

the additional material obtained by Mr. Everett that I have

now felt myself justified in describing the species. ‘Two

skins and two spirit-specimens are contained in the collections

sent by the latter gentleman, besides a considerable number

of shrews referred to the allied, but much smaller, C. fuligi-

nosa, Blyth.

Funambulus insignis diversus, subsp. n.

Similar to the typical Sumatran form in essential respects,

though perhaps averaging slightly larger, but distinguished

by the fur between the black dorsal lines being ashy grey and

contrasting markedly with the lateral body-colour, which is

brilliant rufous throughout, on shoulders, flanks, and haunches,

and is especially noticeable in the lower view, in contrast to

the whitish belly. The belly itself is even sometimes washed

with rufous. In typicus, on the other hand, the lateral colour

is more grizzled greyish and less rufous, while the colour

between the stripes is almost or quite the same in tone as that

outside them.

Dimensions of the type (in skin) :—

Head and body 230 millim. ; tail 138; hind foot (wet) 46.

Hab. Baram River, Eastern Sarawak.

Other specimens from Mount Penrisen and Tagora, Sarawak

Everett) ; ‘Tutong River and Mount Mulu (Waterstraat).

Type B.M. no. 93. 1.2.1. Presented and collected by

Charles Hose, Esq.

This brilliantly red-sided squirrel seems to be the Bornean

representative of S. insignis, the typical form ranging from

Malacea through Sumatra to Java. I have long recognized

that these two geographical races should be separated, and

the occurrence of a number of S. @. diversus in Mr. Water-

straat’s N. Bornean collection confirms my opinion as to the

constancy of its characters.

Bornean and Sumatran Mammals. 249

Funambulus niobe, sp. n.

Closely allied to F. insignis, and, like that species, with

three black lines running down the back from shoulders to

rump, but the general colour is a uniform dark olivaceous

brown, the hairs brown, finely ringed subterminally with

yellow. This brown colour extends quite uniformly over

the whole upper surface, the head, back (both between the

lines and outside them), flanks, and uppersides of both fore

and hind limbs being of one uniform tint. No lighter line

round eye. Edge of ear black. Top of fingers and toes also

black. Under surface and inner sides of limbs dirty smoky

yellowish, the hairs smoky grey for their basal halves, dull

yellowish terminally, the resulting colour being very different

from that found in /. ¢nstgnis. ‘Vail-hairs ringed with black

and yellow.

Skull with rather a more slender muzzle and a flatter frontal

region than F’, tnsignis.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in skin) :—

Head and body 205 millim. ; tail imperfect; hind foot 44.

Skull: greatest breadth 27:5; nasals 16 x 5:9; interorbital

breadth 12°8; tip to tip of postorbital processes 21; inter-

temporal breadth 15°5; ‘palate length from henselion 21:5;

diastema (to p.*) 13°8; length of upper tooth-series (exclud-

ing p.*) 7. Lower jaw: condyle to incisor-tip 35.

Hab. Pajo, Sumatra. Collected by Mr. Carl Bock.

Type B.M. no. 79. 6. 28. 9.

The single specimen on which this species is based has

hitherto been considered, though with doubt, as a variety of

F. insignis; but while the general darkening of the body-

colour might alone be thought of merely subspecific value,

the entire difference in the coloration of the under surface

makes me think that intergrades are not likely to occur, and

I am therefore compelled to make it a distinct species.

For the information of workers in the East to whom all

the literature may not be accessible it may be noted that, by

the recent splitting up of Sc/wrus into several genera, the

species mentioned under that name in Hose’s ‘Mammals of

Borneo’ fall into the restricted genera as follows :—S. ephip-

ptum isa Ratufa; the species from hippurus to tenuis (except

Everett’) remain in Sciurus ; laticaudatus, Hoset, Everett?, and

insignis come into Hunambulus; while the pygmy squirrels

(melanotis, exilis, and Whiteheadi) take the generic name of

Nannosevurus.

In the same way, of the Indian squirrels—taking Blanford’s

‘Mammals of India’ as a standard—t Scvurus”’ bicolor,

250 Mr. O. Thomas on new

indicus, and macrurus belong to Ratufa; the species (except

rufigents and lokriah) from ferrugineus to atridorsalis and

also Macelellandii to Sciurus; and “ 8.” rufigenis, lokriah,

palmarum, tristriatus, Layardi, sublineatus, and Berdmoret

to Funambulus. The excessively long-nosed Chinese forms,

Davidianus, Perny?, and pyrrhomerus, are also, of course,

members of the last-named group.

GLYPHOTES *, gen. nov. (of Sciuride).

Size small. Colour-pattern as in Sccurus notatus. Skull

with the muzzle excessively short and broad, the nasals

parallel-sided, nearly as broad behind as in front; nasal

opening flattened from above downwards. Postorbital pro-

cesses small, situated far back. Anterior end of zygoma

more vertical than in Securus, its base opposite the anterior

edge of m’. Lower jaw weak, the coronoid minute, not

surpassing the condyle in height; condyloid process slender,

drawn out backwards ; angular process narrow.

Upper incisors very broad transversely, shallow antero-

posteriorly, their depth not exceeding their breadth, their

front faces very convex ; as an additional peculiarity they are

curved slightly outecards, so that along their inner edges they

diverge from each other for their terminal millimetre, and

their outer edges, when viewed from in front, can be seen to

be distinctly concave. Lower incisors exceedingly broad and

shallow, divergent, their front faces smoothly concave, their

edges worn into broad chisel-shaped blades, of which the outer

corners are longer than the inner. Cheek-teeth very small

in proportion, their pattern as in Sciurus ; premolars 7.

Glyphotes simus, sp. n.

Size about half that of Sccurus notatus orestes. Character of

fur, proportions of ears and limbs, and colour throughout

almost precisely as in S. notatus, if one of the buffy-bellied

Bornean examples of that species be selected for comparison.

The white lateral band is, however, rather broader and more

strongly marked, especially anteriorly. But, with this trivial

exception, the resemblance is astonishingly complete, although

the small size and stumpy nose would always serve to distin-

guish the species externally. Upper surfaces of fingers and

toes, sides of nose, rims of eyes, and edges of ears buffy

yellowish ; indistinct whitish postauricular patches present ;

* ydudeo, I chisel; in reference to the broad chisel-shaped lower

MNcisurs,

—— oe a a ae

Bornean and Sumatran Mammals. 251

white lateral line commencing broadly and abruptly just

behind the elbow; tip of tail blackish. Chest and belly dull

buffy yellow, on the latter part somewhat suffused with a

blackish extension from the dark lateral lines.

Skull and teeth as described above.

Dimensions of the type (an adult skin of doubtful sex) :—

Head and body 129 millim.; tail 106 (with hairs 128) ;

hind foot (wet) 28; ear (wet) 11.

Skull: basilar length (c.) 21; greatest breadth 18-2;

nasals 69x51 anteriorly, 4:3 posteriorly ; interorbital

breadth 11°8; intertemporal breadth 14°5; breadth of brain-

case 16°5; palate length from henselion 11:2; diastema

(to p.") 64; length of upper tooth-series (from p.* only) 4°L ;

breadth of each upper incisor 1°6, of each lower incisor 15.

Lower jaw: condyle to incisor-tip 19°6 ; height from coronoid

to angle 7°5; back of condyle to notch behind coronoid 6.6.

Hab. Mount Kina Balu, N. Borneo. Coll. A. Everett.

The proper treatment of this most extraordinary little

squirrel is a problem of the greatest difficulty, and one for

whose correct solution further material is sorely needed.

Externally it looks simply a small form of Scfwrus notatus, not

smaller than S. n. orestes to a greater extent than the latter

is than S. n. typicus, so that it might at first sight be thought

merely a still more diminutive subspecies of that widely

distributed and variable squirrel. On the other hand, its

skull and dentition, notably the incisors, are so strikingly

different from those of all ordinary squirrels, that it would

seem necessary to make a peculiar genus for its reception.

It might, in fact, be said that we have in it the curious com-

bination of an animal at the same time different generically

and almost the same specifically as Sciurus notatus,

Of course there are two obvious alternatives as to its origin

—either it is an offshoot of S. notatus which has retained its

colour and specialized its dentition, or it is a wholly different

animal which has independently developed the highly charac-

teristic coloration of S. notatus. Which of these alternatives

is the true one may be solved by further material, for, on the

one hand, links may be found connecting it with S. notatus

through the subspecies orestes (which has broader incisors

than typicus), or, on the other, further species allied to it

may turn up without the characteristic coloration of S. notatus.

In any case, however, bearing in mind the great importance

of the shape of the skull among the Sciurides, it seems advis-

able to have a generic name for a species with such a peculiar

skull and highly modified teeth.

252 M. Edmond Perrier on the

XXIX.—Tihe Origin of the Vertebrates.

By Epmonp PERRIER *.

Stnce the researches of Kowalevsky (1866) the Vertebrates

have been successively derived by authors from indeterminate

animals (Scolecida), which were considered to have given

rise at the same time to the Tunicates (Heckel, 1866) ; from

the Annelid Worms (Semper, Balfour, 1874; Dohrn, 1875;

E. Perrier, 1881 ; Leydwick Minot, 1897) ; from the primary

Merostomata (Albert Gaudry, 1883); from Balanoglossus

(Bateson, 1884); from the Nemertines (Hubrecht, 1887) ;

from the Arachnids (Patten, 1891); from the Crustaceans

(Gaskell, 1891); from an animal allied to the Appendicu-

laride (Brooks, 1893; Willey, 1894).

Differences of opinion such as these evidently imply either

that the principles of zoology are still badly defined, or else

that they are too frequently lost sight of, or else again that

sufficient attention has not been paid to determining the

nature of the characters of Vertebrates, the explanation of

which had to be demanded from ancestral forms. We hope

to show in the present paper that a rigorous application of

undisputed principles leads to a unique solution of the

problem, and that this solution is in every respect satisfactory.

The following essential characters are exhibited by every

Vertebrate :—

(1) The body is bilaterally symmetrical and metamerically

segmented throughout its entire length; (2) an important

extent of its external or internal surfaces, especially those

devoted to the respiratory function, is clothed with vibratile

cilia; (8) during the embryonic period, at the very least, the

anterior region of the alimentary canal always communicates

with the exterior by means of lateral clefts; (4) the circu-

latory apparatus is closed, and exhibits a heart situated below

the alimentary canal; (5) the secretory apparatus is consti-

tuted by a system of ducts which are repeated, in the embryo,

throughout the whole length of the body, and provide the genital

apparatus with its excretory ducts; (6) above the digestive

tract there extends, in the embryo, a solid cord of cells, the

notochord, around which are formed the vertebre of the adult

animal; (7) above thenotochord lies the central nervous systein,

all on the same side of the alimentary canal, deprived of an

cesophageal ring, and exhibiting a considerable bulk ; (8) with

* Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ t. exxvi.

no. 21 (May 23, 1898), pp. 1479-1486.

Origin of the Vertebrates. 253

reference to the outer world, the heart and the longitudinal

nervous axis occupy contrary positions in the Vertebrates and

the segmented Invertebrates, so that if we apply the term

ventral to the side of the body turned towards the ground,

and call the opposite side dorsal, the nervous axis 1s dorsal in

- the Vertebrates and ventral in the segmented animals, and

the contractile vessels are situated on the side of the body

opposite to the nervous system.

These are the only characters common to all Vertebrates,

including Amphioxus ; and since no one disputes that all these

animals can easily be derived from the simplest forms among

them, once these eight groups of characters are explained it

must be admitted that the theory of the Vertebrate is com-

plete ; conversely, every system of genealogy which should

fail to explain these eight groups of characters must be

rejected.

(1) Metamerism of the Vertebrate Body.— Whatever be the

cause of metamerism—a cause that we shall examine in a

subsequent communication—the formation of the segments in

all the metamerically segmented animals is a precocious

developmental phenomenon, the mechanism even by which

the body is constituted; by this process many organisms

are formed the segments of which may afterwards become

obliterated, but an organism not formed by this process once

constituted never divides again into well-defined segments.

The law of patrogony (repetition of the genealogy by the

embryogeny)—a fundamental law universally accepted—is

therefore opposed to the possibility of attributing to the Verte-

brates an ancestor whose body was not clearly segmented in

the adult state, or at the very least multisegmental during

the embryonic period. This at once excludes the Nemertines,

Balanoglossus, and the Appendicularidx, and leaves only the

Arthropods and the Annelid Worms. In truth, in the

embryos of these animals the septa between the segments are

complete, while in those of the Vertebrates they are confined

to the dorsal half of the body ; but the embryogeny of Amphi-

oxus shows that this is a result of tachygenests or embryogenic

acceleration. The segmentation of the embryos of Amphioxus

is at first complete (Hatschek), and consequently identical

with that of the Annelid Worms; afterwards the ventral

portion of the septa is absorbed again; this condition is

realized at once in the Vertebrates proper.

(2) The Vibratile Cilia—The entire organization of

Arthropods is to some extent dominated by the property

which their epithelial elements possess of forming, in their

superficial region, a deposit of chitin, which causes this region

254 M. Edmond Perrier on the

to mortify, and renders it unsuited to the development of

vibratile cilia. This property manifests itself in these animals

almost at the very beginning of the development of the

embryo (Nauplius) ; it has rendered necessary the ecdyses

which have in their turn occasioned the metamorphoses ; the

absence of the cilia has had to be compensated for by the

formation of jointed legs, moved by striped muscles and

having the respiratory apparatus dependent upon them.

Commencing at any rate from the precocious period which

the Naupléus represents in their ontogeny, the evolution of the

Arthropods has therefore taken quite a peculiar direction, and

they have remained isolated from all animals the epithelia of

which have continued to be wholly or partially ciliated. If the

law of patrogony is correct, which no one disputes, there

cannot exist beyond the Rotifers (ScIRTOPODA) a transitional

form between them and the long uninterrupted series of the

Nephridiates which proceeds from the Rotifers to the Verte-

brates inclusively. ‘This excludes them from the lineage of

the Vertebrates, the apparent resemblances between which

and the Merostomata, the Arachnids, or the Crustaceans are

only cases of convergence. In particular the protective

shields of the placoid tishes are actual bones formed in the

derm, and not a simple epidermic covering like the pieces of

the Arthropod carapace.

(3) Branchial Clefts——The presence of lateral branchial

clefts in Balanoglossus and in the Appendicularide has been

one of the great arguments that have been invoked in favour

of their relationship with the Vertebrates. This relationship

is undeniable in the case of the Appendicularide, but the

absence of embryonic segmentation in these animals proves

(law of patrogony), as we have already pointed out, that they

are not ancestral Vertebroids, but degraded Vertebroids ; the

same remark would apply to Balanoglossus, in case we were

to admit as real the resemblances which people have striven

to find between it and the Vertebrates, apart from its branchial

clefts. But this latter resemblance is itself open to suspicion.

The branchial clefts of the Vertebrates and the primary and

secondary branchial clefts of Amphioxus are repeated, in tact,

exactly like the metameres ; although the embryo of Balano-

glossus exhibits manifest traces of metameric segmentation,

there is no relation between the metameres and the branchial

clefts. This would be explained, for once in a way, as is

shown by the discord which finally supervenes in the case of

Amphioxus itself, under the supposition of a degeneration on

the part of Balanoglossus, but not on the hypothesis which

makes it an ancestral form. The absence of branchial cleits

Origin of the Vertebrates. 255

in the Annelid Worms is an objection that may be lodged

against the annelidan theory of the Vertebrates. It is easily

disposed of. The branchial clefts are, in fact, but adven-

titious orifices of lateral diverticula of the alimentary canals.

Now many Annelid Worms exhibit such diverticula; they

are also produced in the Turbellaria and the Nudibranch

Mollusks, which are nephridiates, and in this case these diver-

ticula may open to the exterior (Yungia, Cycloporus,

AXOLIDID A).

Balanoglossus itself, were it the ancestor of the Vertebrates,

would come to be intercalated between them and the Annelid

Worms, and would bear witness to the possibility of the

appearance of pharyngeal clefts in these latter. The pheno-

mena of budding in various CrENODRILIDZ, SYLLIDA, and

SERPULIN#, as well as in the NAtpomMorPHA, also demon-

strate the possibility of the appearance of adventitious orifices

to the digestive canal in the case of the Annelid Worms

properly so-called.

(4) Circulatory Apparatus.—Among the ancestors attri-

buted to the Vertebrates, the Annelid Worms, the Nemer-

tines, and Dalanoglossus have, like the Vertebrates them-

selves, a closed circulatory apparatus ; on the other hand, no

Arthropod is known the circulatory apparatus of which is not

in part lacunar. On this head the Arthropods are therefore

excluded for the second time. ‘The circulatory apparatus of

the Nemertines has no differentiated propulsive centre; that

which is called the heart in Balanoglossus is an organ situated

on the same side of the alimentary canal as the nervous axis,

and cannot consequently be homologous with the heart of

the Vertebrates ; the Annelid Worms therefore alone exhibit

the typical relations of the circulatory centres, alimentary

canal, and nervous axis, which are observed in the ease of the

Vertebrates.

(5) Nephridial Apparatus—The urinary apparatus of the

true Arthropods * is constructed after quite a different type from

that of the nephridial apparatus of the Annelid Worms, the

Nemertines, Amphioxus, and the Vertebrates ; this apparatus

appears to be wanting in Balanoglossus, which thus furnishes

a new motive for its exclusion; in the case of the Annelid

Worms and in Amphioxus it is formed of independent ciliated

tubes, opening into the general cavity on the one side and to

the exterior on the other, and recurring regularly either in

almost all the segments of the body or only in a certain

* Among these Peripatus cannot be included with certainty, in spite

of the attempts that have recently been made to connect it with them.

256 M. Edmond Perrier on the

number of them, the anterior segments, for instance (AMPHI-

CTENIDZ, AMPHARETID&, TEREBELLIDZ, Amphioxus). ‘The

nephridia of the Nemertines are also confined to the anterior

region of the body, and eventually open into a collecting duct

on each side; herein they seem to present a further resem-

blance to those of the Vertebrates: but analogous conditions

exist in the case of the Annelid Worms (Lotmita medusa,

Lanice conchylega) ; in certain Lumbrieide (Octochetus, Peri-

cheta) and some Hirudineans (Pontobdella) the nephridia

form throughout the body but one and the same system of

reticulated tubes. Moreover, in the Annelid Worms the

nephridia almost always place themselves more or less at the

service of the genital apparatus, as in the case of the Verte-

brates. In the Earthworms (LuMBRICIMORPHA) there even

occurs a doubling of the renal apparatus and of the excretory

apparatus of the genital glands, the analogies between which

and that which is observed in the case of the Vertebrates

(Wolffian and Millerian ducts) I set forth as early as 1881 *.

‘The advantage therefore rests with the Annelid Worms, of

which the Nemertines are in all probability nothing but

highly modified forms. The Annelid Worms being hence-

forth alone concerned, it remains for us to explain how it has

been possible for them to be the point of departure for the

organic conditions which are peculiar to the Vertebrates.

(6) Notochord.—If it has been possible to compare for one

moment the endodermic diverticulum of the proboscis of

Balanoglossus, or even the proboscis of the Nemertines with

the notochord ot the embryos of Vertebrates and of the Tuni-

cates, it is in default of having rigorously defined the con-

ditions which have brought about the formation of the

notochord and the necessary relations which result from this

formation. ‘The embryogeny of Amphioxus, like that of the

Tunicates, shows in fact that the notochord is originally not

a cord of cells, but the entire region of the endoderm included

between the rudiment of the nervous system and the two

rudiments of the mesoderm. These three rudiments are

three regions of active development, which are only able to

derive the reserve of nutriment which is necessary for them

from the endodermic area comprised between them. As a

result of this the elements belonging to the area thus circum-

scribed empty themselves, become vacuolate and to a certain

extent mortified; the rest of the endoderm, on the contrary,

continues to develop, glides in consequence underneath the

inert area and eliminates it from the endoderm, and it is this

* ‘Les Colonies animales,’ pp. 677 and 684.

Origin of the Vertebrates. 257

eliminated area, the origin of which is quite clear, which, by

the grouping of its elements into a cord, constitutes the noto-

chord. ‘The cord thus constituted has nothing except the

mortification of its cells in common with the endodermie

diverticulum which penetrates into the proboscis of Balano-

glossus and which has its analogue in the case of Cephalo-

discus. ‘These structures can be no more likened to a noto-

chordal rudiment than could the median diverticulum, entirely

analogous this time to that in Balanoglossus, which is thrown

out in front by the main intestine of the majority of the poly-

clad and triclad Turbellarians. On the contrary, it will

easily be understood how it has been possible for a notochord

to be formed in an Annelid Worm, of which the nervous

system, developed to an exceptional degree, and the meso-

dermic rudiments have been affected by tachygenesis. Now

the formation of the nervous system by an invagination of

the ectoderm and that of the mesoderm by two evaginations

of the endoderm are evident proofs of the intervention of

tachygenesis *. The considerable proportions assumed by

the nervous system furnish, moreover, the explanation of the

two latter distinctive characteristics of the Vertebrates.

(7) Disappearance of the Gisophageal Ring.—The excep-

tional volume assumed by the nervous system in all Verte-

brates excludes from their genealogy Balanoylossus, in which,

on the contrary, the axial cord is reduced to a very short

rudiment which does not exceed the collar in length. ‘lhe

proportions to which the nervous axis attains necessarily

induce its precocious development, its formation by rapid

processes. It originates, in fact, at the expense of a fairly

large area of the ectoderm, which buries itself beneath the

neighbouring regions at a period well in advance of that at

which the mouth is constituted. The nervous system being

outlined before the mouth has no longer to concern itself with

the existence of the latter, as it does in the case of the

Annelid Worms, by developing around it. There is no

longer a raison d’étre tor the cesophageal ring +; it disap-

pears, and the brain proceeding to its completion on the

median neural line stands in the way of the formation of the

mouth upon this line. It is the cause of the reversal of the

attitude of the Vertebrates, as already pointed out by

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire.

(8) Reversal of Attitude in the Vertebrate-—The mere com-

parison of a section of the embryo of a dog-tish and of a

* See ‘Comptes Rendus,’ December 1896: Report on the Competition

for the Serres Prize, by the author.

+ E. Perrier, ‘Les Colonies animales,’ p. 695 (1881),

258 On the Origin of the Vertebrates,

section of an Annelid Worm suffices to demonstrate, as was

proved by Semper, after Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, that the in-

verse arrangement of the organs in the two branches is easily

explained by a simple change of attitude. If we consider the

embryogeny of Amphioxus, such as it has been described by

Hatschek and, most recently, by Willey, keeping before us the

considerations of which a résumé has been given above, all

the apparently inexplicable peculiarities in the development

of this animal not only become cleared up of themselves, but

show the way in which the inversion of the higher Verte-

brates has come to pass. The mouth of Amphioxus does not

pass indeed all at once to the median line, opposite to the

line of the nervous axis; it is formed at the nearest possible

point to its primitive situation, on the left side of the body.

The mouth having become lateral, the animal cannot feed

except on condition that it lies on the left side of the body,

which beconies its habitual attitude. According to Lamarck’s

principle (use and disuse of organs), of which the entire

history of the Invertebrates is also a striking confirmation, it

results from this new attitude that the organs of sense of the

left half of the body, being more in touch with the nutriment

supplied by the food, alone develop: the young animal

exhibits but one olfactory pit and one gustatory organ

(Hatschek’s organ), both situated on the left. In consequence

of this same attitude all the branchial clefts on the left side

are covered up, and it is rendered impossible for them to

perform their normal function. The animal is therefore

induced to twist the region of its body which corresponds to

them, so as to bring all its branchial clefts on to the right

side. ‘This is no mere hypothesis; this torsion is exhibited

by the young Amphioxus in the course of its development

(Willey), without any present physiological necessity being

able to explain it; its two series of branchial clefts, the

projecting tolds between which they are enclosed, which are

the first traces of the subbranchial cavity of the adult animal,

are formed on the right side of the body exclusively and mark

out the curves along which the torsion has been accomplished.

The application of the law of patrogony necessitates the

conclusion that the ancestors of Amphiowus passed through a

period at which they lived lying on the left side, with the

mouth in contact with the ground, and when they were

obliged, in order to ensure the regularity of their respiration,

to twist the branchial region of the body. ‘This permanent

attitude has produced, in consequence of the constant contrac-

tion of certain muscles and the relaxation of those opposed to

them, an asymmetry of the body which has been transmitted

On new Coleoptera from Kast Africa. 259

by heredity (Lamarck’s principle), and this phase in the

history of Amphioxrus is still found inscribed upon_ its

embryogenic development. Later on the animal adopted the

habit of burying its posterior extremity in the sand; it found

itself subjected to a life in a homogeneous medium ; the sym-

metrical shapes, acting in harmony with a more ancient heredity

unopposed by contrary efforts, and in accordance even with the

conformation of the regions of the body which have escaped

the torsion, caused the mouth, by means of successive distor-

tions, to take its place in the plan of symmetry, and, since it

was unable to regain its position in the dorsal median line, it

passed over to the ventral side. Thus was brought about the

new attitude and the return to a perfect symmetry on the part

of the Vertebrates descending from Amphioxus or from

analogous Vertebroids *.

XXX.—Descriptions of new Coleoptera from East Africa.

By C. O. WATERHOUSE, F.E.S.

THE following interesting new Coleoptera have been lent me

for description. They form part of a valuable collection

made by Mr. Hollis in Usambara in 1893 and 1894.

* Amphioxus in the adult state has not yet recovered this symmetry,

as is shown by the presence on the left side of the body of a single olfac-

tory pit, the continuity of the right half of the oral hood with the cephalic

expansion of the fin, the continuity of the right metapleure alone with

the ventral fin, the overlapping of the right and left muscle-segments,

and, finally, the abortion of the genital organs of the left side in

Amphioxus cultellus, from Torres Straits, and A. ducayanus, from the

Bahamas, for which have been founded the genera Epigonichthys and

Asymmetron.,

The inductions by means of which we have interpreted the phenomena

of torsion which are proved to take place in the development of Amphi-

oxus, and the deductions which we have drawn from these phenomena

with reference to the history of the reversal of the Vertebrates, are but

strictly scientific applications of general laws, recognized by all in prin-

ciple, but too often forgotten in each particular case. We observe, more-

over, phenomena of torsion, which are analogous to the above and are

explained by the principle of Lamarck, likewise in the development of

many fixed animals (Cirrhipedes, Bryozoa, Nchinoderms, Tunicates), in

the case of the Gastropod mollusks and the Pleuronectid fishes. The rule

which governs all these phenomena, and which may be termed the rule

of the fixation of attitudes, may be expressed thus :—

When, in passing from one mode of life to another, an animal is led, in

order to ensure that its organs shall perform their functions properly, to

assume halitually a definite attitude, this attitude 1s capable of becoming

fixed and hereditarily transmitted.

260 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on

Cetoniide.

Gonochilus nigerrimus.

Entirely black and shining. Head distinctly punctured,

the punctures moderately close together, but not crowded.

Thorax distinctly punctured, the punctures widely separated

on the back part of the disk, rather close together near the

front angles; the deflexed anterior lateral margin is densely

obliquely striolate. Scutellum very acuminate, with very

few punctures. Elytra impressed at the suture, rather finely

punctured, the punctures separated from each other by three

to four diameters of a puncture. The margins behind the

middle are transversely finely striolate, the striole extending

on the margin nearly to the humeral enlargement.

This species closely resembles a species which I believe is

G. rufiventris, but differs in being entirely black or with only

the faintest tinge of brown on the pygidium. The punctua-

tion of the thorax is much closer. The punctures on the

disk of the elytra are much closer, and the transverse ruge on

the sides extend nearer to the humeral enlargement. The

clypeus is slightly narrowed in front.

Length 9 lines.

Trichiide.

Calemetopus Hollisii, sp. n.

Black, rather narrow, depressed, pubescent. Head quad-

rangular in front, very slightly concave, finely and closely

punctured, with sparse white pubescence; anterior margin

rather strongly emarginate, with the angles rounded. Hyes

very prominent. Antenne with the club very long. Thorax

at its widest part a trifle broader than the head, slightly

narrowed in front and towards the base, broadest in front of

the middle; clothed above with reddish-brown pubescence,

with a little black on the anterior margin and near the front

angle, with a streak of white scale-like hairs down the middle,

and with four small white spots on each side, placed - fsth

Seutellum elongate-triangular, clothed with white scales.

Elytra flat on the back, with the sides abruptly deflexed,

considerably broader than the thorax, somewhat narrowed

towards the apex, dull, obscure yellow, with the suture and

margins black, the black on the suture a little dilated below

the scutellum; the deflexed margins are black, with a yellow

mark below the shoulder. Hach elytron has several lines of

black punctures. The pygidium is very prominent, conical,

new Coleoptera from East Africa. 261

shining, rather finely reticulate-striolate, with a median stripe

of white scales. Anterior tibise simple. Tarsi very long.

Body beneath shining, sparsely clothed with greyish-white

pubescence. Four lateral whitish spots are visible from

above.

One of the specimens has the pubescence above rather

more yellow.

Length 6-7 lines.

Polyplastus ovatus, sp. n.

Oblong-ovate, moderately convex, shining, black. Thorax

and scutellar area of elytra reddish yellow. Head with the

forehead strongly punctured in the middle; the epistome

closely and rugosely punctured, slightly narrowed in front,

very gently emarginate. Thorax gently convex, a little

broader than long, narrowed anteriorly from the middle, the

posterior angles slightly projecting, but not very acute; the

base broadly lobed in the middle, sinuate on each side. The

punctures on the surface are rather large and not very close

together. ‘There is a black spot on each margin in front of

the middle. Scutellum as long as broad, curvilinear, with a

few very fine punctures. Elytra very strongly grooved, the

grooves catennate-punctate and rather dull; the interstices

very convex except near the base, of unequal width; the

second broad at the base, very narrow at the apex, the fourth

much narrower than the third and fifth, the sixth very narrow

posteriorly. Pygidium prominent, densely and finely strio-

late. Anterior tibie with three small teeth, the second and

third near together. Tarsi not very long. Mesosternal

process slightly prominent, rounded. Body beneath shining,

with few punctures.

Length 8 lines.

This species must, I think, be congeneric with Polyplastus

assuarius, Janson. It is, however, a more robust and more

convex insect, in which respect it resembles Myoderma. The

form of the head is quite unlike any species of that genus, but

resembles that of Polyplastus.

The discovery of this species is of great interest as showing

more clearly the affinity of Polyplastus with the Trichiide.

Cerambycida.

Lygrus trifasctatus, sp. n.

Long, narrow, depressed, dull, brown. Head densely

punctured, appearing granulose on the vertex ; the face and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. 11. 19

262 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on

sides yellow. Eyes moderately prominent, round, emarginate

above, finely granular. Thorax about one third longer than

broad, with a sharp constriction just before the anterior angles,

then nearly parallel to about the middle, where it becomes

broader, and then gradually narrowed to the base. The

upper surface is densely punctured, but on each side of the

basal portion there is a space which has very few punctures.

On each side there is a yellow spot extending nearly the

whole length, nearly meeting the spot from the other side in

front, constricted at its middle. Elytra flat, long, slightly

narrowed towards the apex; yellow and light brown in nearly

equal proportions ; the basal area is yellow, there is a yellow

fascia before the middle (narrow at the side, broad at the

suture), and a yellow fascia behind the middle, a little broader

at the suture than at the side. Antenne very slender, twice

the length of the entire insect, the two basal joints brown, the

rest sordid yellow, the joints dusky at the tips. Legs long

and very slender, the femora rather abruptly clavate, yellow,

the clavate portion of the femora dark brown, the apex of

the tibiz and the tarsi dusky.

Length 7 lines.

Lamiide.

Monohammus Hollisti, sp. n.

Robust, dull, entirely clothed with a light brown, closely

adpressed tomentum. Antenne extending a little beyond the

apex of the elytra; the basal joint stout, long, gradually

enlarged towards the apex, which is black, the posterior

margin and apex fringed with rather long black hair. The

second joint small, black. ‘The third joint a trifle longer

than the first, with its apical half black, fringed with black

hair. The following joints are more or less tipped with

black. Thorax with a strong, acute, conical tubercle at the

side; anterior margin a little raised above the level of the

disk, which has three slightly raised spots, the anterior ones

of irregular shape, the median one behind the middle some-

what resembling the Greek 2. On each side of the disk there

are some very small, slightly raised tubercles, each with a

black central puncture. Scutellum orange-yellow. Elytraa

little flattened at the base, evenly convex posteriorly, with

numerous small punctures at the base, and some shining

black tubercles, unequal in size and irregularly placed; some

of the larger ones have a puncture in the centre. Each

elytron is separately rounded at the apex.

Length 18 lines,

new Coleoptera from Last Africa. 263

Cherostes Gahant, sp. n.

Robust, broad, clothed with light brown tomentum. Head

rather narrow, the antennal tubercles separated by a narrow

channel. Antenne stout, extending to two thirds the length

of the elytra; the basal joint dark brown, the rest lighter

brownish grey. Thorax dark brown, with impressed parts of

the disk lighter brown; lateral tubercle obtusely conical.

The disk with a small median tubercle in front of the middle,

somewhat the shape of the figure 8, and behind the middle is

an oblong raised space, divided by an impressed line down

its centre ; on each side of the disk is an oval tubercle, and

beyond this (nearer the anterior angle) there is a smaller

round obtuse tubercle. Elytra broad, parallel-sided, only

very slightly narrowed before the middle. The basal area is

strongly punctured, the punctures about the shoulder rather

large and often confluent; the punctures about the scutellum

smaller; the punctures gradually diminish in size and dis-

appear soon after the middle. The basal quarter is very dark

brown, but there is paler pubescence about the scutellum.

There is a broad pale brown fascia about the middle, some-

what M in outline ; behind this the surface is again dark

brown ; the apical area pale brown, the pale colour ascending

at the suture, with a dark brown spot at a short distance

from the apex. Abdomen speckled with dark brown.

Length 15 lines.

Prosopocera uniformis, sp. n.

Robust, subcylindric, dull, entirely clothed with sordid

brownish-ochraceous tomentum. Antenne and legs rather

greyish. ‘Thorax with an impressed transverse line in front,

obtusely angulated in the middle, and with a similar recti-

linear line near the base; the lateral tubercle small, acute.

Elytra uniform, convex, with a few black shining tubercles

at the extreme base, and with some black punctures below

the shoulders. Mesosternal process slightly prominent,

slightly angular at its apex, longitudinally impressed in the

middle.

Length 12 lines.

Idactus albo-variegatus, sp. n.

Brownish black, variegated with white. Head black, the

epistome and vertex variegated with white, front finely

punctured. Antenne reaching considerably beyond the apex

of the elytra, white, with the apex of each joint black, the

basal joint with black punctures. Thorax white, with minute

19%

264 On new Coleoptera from East Africa.

black punctures; the lateral tubercle prominent, acutely

conical; the disk with fine, small, obtuse tubercles, the central

one scarcely noticeable. There is a transverse quadrate

black spot on the front margin, two black spots at the base,

and the sides are black. Scutellum white, blackish at the

sides. Elytra much broader than the thorax at the base, a

little narrowed posteriorly ; white, with a pale grey triangular

patch at the base, a rather large black triangular spot at the

middle of the side, a transverse black spot a short distance

from the apex across the suture, and a small black spot on the

margin; there are also some very small black dots on the

suture and margin. ‘The grey basal patch is bordered by six

small tubercles, three on each elytron. ‘The black lateral

spot is marked out by about six small tubercles, and there are

about six other small tubercles in the apical area. The legs

are black and white in about equal proportions. Body be-

neath black, with a little grey pubescence.

Length 6 lines.

Stathmodera grandis, sp. n.

Pale brownish testaceous, ornamented with dark brown.

Head with the front pale, yellower on the clypeus; vertex

dark brown. Antenne light brown. Thorax dark brown

above, broadest at the middle, slightly narrowed in front,

gently sinuate at the sides behind the middle ; on the disk in

front are two obscure, light brown, approximate stripes and a

central one at the base ; there are eight or ten rather sharply

cut longitudinal grooves, extending from the base to nearly

the middle of the disk (these are best seen when the insect is

locked at sideways). Elytra at the base considerably broader

than the thorax, gradually narrowed to near the apex, and

then more rapidly narrowed, the outer apical angle of each

elytron produced into a strong acute spine. The sutural area

and posterior half of the elytra are brown, leaving the basal

outer half of each pale testaceous, the part nearest the scutel-

lum very dark ; the posterior part is paler and shades off to

brownish testaceous at the sides; each elytron has on the

disk behind the middle two almost black vitte and near the

apex three nearly white spots, which, with the three on the

other elytron, form a crescent; at the sides there is a very

fine brown costa extending from the humeral callus to beyond

the middle; there is a pale spot just above the apical spine.

The legs are reddish brown, with a black velvety spot at the

apex of the tibie. The characteristic spines on the tarsal

joints are long, very acute, black.

Length 44 lines.

On new Mammals from South America. 265

XXX1.— Descriptions of new Mammals from South America.

By OLpFIELp THoMAs.

Sciurus pyrrhinus, sp. n.

Size of S. variabilis. General colour rich grizzled rufous

all over above, and in some specimens below; the whole of

the upper surface uniformly of this tint, not darker on the

posterior back, as is usually the case. ‘The rufous is heavily

grizzled with black on the back, but becomes clearer on the

sides and limbs, which are of a vivid rufous throughout.

Under surface either rufous, vivid and sharply defined,

without black intermixture, or white, or a patchy mixture of

the two. Backs of ears short-haired, dark rufous, a spot of

lighter rufous behind their posterior bases. Tail rather

shorter than head and body, grizzled black and yellowish at

base, broadly washed with vivid rufous for its terminal half,

the long hairs of this part black at base and with two other

black rings further up, the ends bright rufous,

Skuil and teeth about as in S. variabilis.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in skin) :—

Head and body 240 millim.; tail 208; hind foot (wet)

59 ; ear (wet) 21.

Skull: greatest length 52; basilar length 46; greatest

breadth 33°5; nasals 16°5x8°4; interorbital breadth 18 ;

intertemporal breadth 19; diastema 15:2; palate length from

henselion 26:7 ; length of upper tooth-series 9°6.

Hab. Garita del Sol, Vitoc, Peru. Coll. J. Kalinowski,

@et, 1/1891.

Type B.M. no. 97. 10. 8. 12. Received in exchange from

the Branicki Museum, Warsaw.

Two other specimens were obtained at Chanchamayo by

Mr. Kalinowski.

This handsome squirrel is clearly that referred to by

Tschudi* as Sccurus variabilis, and is equally clearly not

the true Colombian S. variabilis, Is. Geotf., which, among

other differences, may be readily distinguished by its posterior

back being much darker and less rufous than its fore back

and shoulders. S. tricolor, Péppig, of Tschudi, is also a

darker coloured animal, and, by the dimensions given, is

evidently of decidedly greater size.

* ‘Fauna Peruana,’ p. 155, pl. x. (1845). Also by myself, P. Z. S,

1893, p. 337.

266 Mr. O. Thomas on

Sciurus (Microsciurus) mimulus, sp. ni.

Of the small size and with the cranial and dental cha-

racters of the other species of Mierosciurus, but with almost

precisely the coloration and general appearance of Sctwrus

medellinensis, Gray (probably a synonym of S. Pucherant,

Fitz.).. General colour deep brown, profusely grizzled with

yellowish fulvous and with a marked black dorsal stripe.

Crown and nape indistinctly blackish. Lars finely edged

with fulvous; no whitish postauricular patch. Shoulders

grizzled fulvous, with a tinge of rufous. Dorsal line shining

black and strongly marked on the middle of the back, fading

away anteriorly and posteriorly. Throat and chest rich

fulvous, passing on the belly into blackish grizzled olivaceous

grey. Limbs like back, the tips of the digits fulvous; inner

sides of hips also more fulvous than the belly. Tail-hairs

ringed with fulvous and black, their tips dull yellowish.

Skull narrower and more elongate than in S. chrysurus,

the muzzle especially slender and lengthened. Interparietal

very broad transversely.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in the

flesh by the collector) :—

Head and body 130 millim.; tail 109; hind foot, without

claws, 33; ear 16.

Skull: greatest length 38; basilar length 29; greatest

breadth 23 ; nasals 10°6 x 5; interorbital breadth 13°5 ; inter-

parietal 4x9; palate length from henselion 15:8; diastema

(to p.*) 9°5; length of upper tooth-row (excluding p.*) 5:6.

Hab. Cachavi, N. Ecuador, alt. 167 m. Coll. W. H. F.

Rosenberg, Jan. 23, 1897.

Type B.M. no. 97. 11. 7. 39. Three specimens examined.

This little squirrel differs markedly from the other Micro-

sciuri—S. (M.) chrysurus, alfari, and peruanus—by its black

dorsal line, the yellow grizzled-brown of its body-colour, and

its rich fulvous chest, but has a very striking resemblance to

the larger Colombian species of true Sciurus to which Gray

applied the name S. medellinensis. The latter, however, is

in all probability the same as S. Pucherant, Fitz. (S. rufo-

niger, Puch., nec Gray), of Bogoté, the type of which, as

M. de Pousargues has been so kind as to inform me, appears

to have only one upper premolar, while its hind foot is

39 millim. long without the claws. Its position has been

hitherto very doubtful, so that M. de Pousargues’s information

about it is exceedingly welcome.

In any case, however, whether S. medellinensis is or 1s

not a synonym of S. Pucherant, S. (M.) mimulus has nothing

new Mammals from South America. 267

to do with either, in spite of its extreme resemblance to them

externally.

Among some Muride recently presented by Mr. L. Séder-

strém from Hcuador there are three specimens of a mouse

corresponding so closely with Tomes’s description of his

“ Hesperomys minutus’? that there can be no reasonable

doubt that they really represent that animal. On comparing

them with the skin from Pallatanga provisionally referre| by

me to minutus in 1894*, the latter proves to be quite a

distinct species, which does not seem to have been described,

and may therefore be called

Oryzomys dryas, sp. Nn.

A small Oryzomys of a deep rufous colour, but little lighter

below. Zygoma-root without anteriorly projecting plate.

Size about as in O. longicaudatus, rather larger than

O. minutus. Fur thick, close, and woolly, about 7-8 millim.

in length on the back. General colour above rich fulvous

rufous, lined with black on the back; sides clearer fulvous,

and this colour extends without line of demarcation all over

the under surface, where the hairs are slaty basally and

fulvous terminally. Ears of medium length, thinly clothed

with black hairs. Upper surface of hands and feet dull

whitish. Fifth hind toe reaching to the base of the second

phalanx of the fourth. Tail longer than head and body, very

finely scaled, thinly haired, brown above, rather paler below.

Skull delicate, little ridged. Interorbital space narrow,

square-edged, but not ridged. Brain-case smooth, temporal

ridges scarcely perceptible. Interparietal broad transversely,

narrow antero-posteriorly. Zygomatic root very narrow,

without anterior projecting plate, the anterior edge vertical

and in the same line with the front edge of the bridge above.

Anterior palatine foramina rather large, parallel-sided, their

posterior extremity barely reaching to the front edge of m.’.

‘Teeth small and delicate, apparently of the usual pattern, but

very much worn down in the type.

Dimensions of the type (an old specimen of doubtful sex),

in skin :—

Head and body 87 millim.; tail (doubtfully perfect at

tip) 109; hind foot, without claws (moistened) 23; ear

(shrunk) 12.

Skull: greatest length 24°5; basilar length 18; greatest

breadth 12°4; nasals 8°7x2°6; interorbital breadth 3:2;

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 397.

268 Mr. O. Thomas on

breadth of brain-case 10°8; interparietal 2°8 x 8-8; anterior

zygoma-root 1°6; palate length from henselion 9°8; dia-

stema 6°5; palatal foramina 4°5x 2; length of upper molar

series 3'1.

Hab. Pallatanga, Ecuador.

Type B.M. no. 59.11. 1.11. Collected by L. Fraser,

December 1558.

*« Found among the bananas and plantains” (L. F.).

The doubt as to its being O. minutus being once settled in

the negative, there is no described species from which this

animal may not be readily distinguished by its thick fur,

rufous under surface, and narrow anterior zygoma-root.

A second form of the same group occurs at Bogotd, and

may be provisionally regarded as a subspecies of O. dryas.

Oryzomys dryas humilior, subsp. n.

Closely allied to the typical subspecies in all important

respects, but smaller (as shown by the skull and hind-foot

measurements) and less rufous in colour, the general tone

being a dull brownish yellow, this colour being, just as in

O. d. typicus, continued all over the belly, without any line

of demarcation on the sides. Fur shorter and more woolly

in texture. The ears are blacker, more in contrast with the

general colour. ‘The skull is similar to that of O. d. typicus,

but the supraorbital edges are less sharply square, there is

slightly more of an anterior projection of the zygoma-root,

and the palatine foramina are shorter.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in skin) :—

Head and body (stretched) 90 millim. ; tail 122; hind foot

(moistened) 20; ear 14.

Skull: greatest length 26; basilar length 16°7; greatest

breadth 12:1; nasals 8°5x2°6; interorbital breadth 3:2;

breadth of brain-case 10°5; interparietal 3°3 x 8°53; anterior

zygoma-root 1°8; palate-length 9-2; diastema 6:1; palatal

foramina 4 x 1:7; length of upper molar series 3.

Hab. Plains of Bogoté. Coll. G. D. Child, May 10, 1895.

Type B.M. no. 98. 7. 3. 3.

Oryzomys flavicans subluteus, subsp. n.

Similar to the typical subspecies * in size and general

characters, but distinguished by its darker belly. In

OV. f. typicus, as exemplified in more than a dozen specimens

from the type locality, the under surface is whitish with a

* Described in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiy. p. 351 (1894).

new Mammals from South America. 269

faint buffy tinge, the hairs on the throat and chest being

entirely of this colour, while those of the belly are slaty just

at their bases. In the present form, of which three quite

similar adult examples are available, the hairs of the chest

and belly are slaty for their basal halves, while their terminal

halves are deep yellowish buffy, little lighter than the yellow

of the back and sides. The throat is, however, still white,

as in the typical form. Lars, limbs, and tail apparently as

in typicus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 120 millim.; tail 127; hind foot (wet) 26.

Skull: greatest length 30°3; greatest breadth (c.) 16;

palatal foramina 5x 2°2; length of upper molar series 4°8.

Hab. W. Cundinamarca. Coll. G. D. Child.

Type B.M. no. 98. 7. 3. 2.

‘The number of specimens examined seems to indicate that

this animal, slight as its differences are from the true O. flavi-

cans of Merida, is yet locally constant, and therefore should

have a distinguishing name. It is also evidently different

from the brilliantly yellow-bellied form inhabiting the Sierra

de Santa Marta, a specimen of which I have seen by the

kindness of Mr. Outram Bangs.

Zygodontomys brunneus, sp. n.

Closely allied and very similar in all respects to Z. brevi-

cauda, Allen, from ‘l'rinidad, but rather larger, with longer,

softer fur (hairs of back 12-14 millim. in length), and the

general colour markedly different owing to the absence of the

rufous tinge so evident, especially posteriorly, in that species.

The colour is therefore a very uniform finely grizzled brown,

not more rufous posteriorly than anteriorly. Belly dirty

greyish, the tips of many of the hairs buffy. ars short,

their hairs black. Upper surface of hands and feet dull

white. ‘Tail about as long as the body without the head,

finely haired, blackish above, whiter below, though less

distinctly bicolor than in Z. brevicauda. —

Skull with the nasals broad and square posteriorly and

the palatal foramina markedly broadened mesially, especially

in old age.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, in skin) :—

Head and body 152 millim.; tail (c.) 117; hind foot

(wet) 25; ear (wet) 19.

Skull (of another specimen): greatest length 34 ; basilar

length 28; greatest breadth 17°73; interorbital breadth 5;

palate length to henselion 15; diastema 9°5; palatal foramina

72x38; length of upper molar series 5,

270 Mr. O. Thomas on

Hab. FE) Saibal, W. Cundinamarca. Coll. G. D. Child,

Dec. 22, 1895.

Type B.M. no. 98. 7. 3. 4.

This species is evidently the mainland representative of

the insular Z. brevicauda, but is so different in colour as to

require specific separation.

I use provisionally Dr. Allen’s generic term Zygodontomys,

as these short-tailed rats allied to Oryzomys seem to form a

natural group, and there is a convenience in their having a

special name. At the same time the dental character which

he states to be peculiar to them, and on which he bases the

name (the presence of a longitudinal ridge connecting the

pairs of cusps), appears to occur in all Oryzomys, including

the typical species O. palustris, Harl. But Zygodontomys

(as represented by Z. brevicauda and Z. brunneus) has a

distinguishing character in the absence of the transverse ridge

running outwards from the longitudinal yoke between the

pairs of cusps, and the consequent unusual simplicity of the

molars *, ‘The absence of this transverse crest, which some-

what fills up the valley between the lamine, tends to make

the longitudinal yoke much more prominent in Zygodontomys,

and therefore no doubt accounts for the stress which

Dr. Allen lays on the latter crest.

The species described by myself as Oryzomys microtinus ¢

from Surinam will also fall into Zygodontomys.

Phyllotis Haggardi, sp. n.

Very similar to Ph. Darwinit in colour and other essential

respects, but much smaller, and with the ears only about half

as large.

Fur about 11 millim. long on the back. General colour

soft fawny grey, liberally mixed with blackish on the back.

Sides clearer fawn, especially where edging the white of the

belly. Under surface white, not sharply defined, the grey

bases of the hairs showing through. Lars large, but not of

abnormal proportions, both their surfaces well haired, blackish,

finely mixed with yellow ; a few bright orange hairs round

their anterior base. KHyes without marked orbital rings.

Upper surfaces of hands and feet silvery white. ‘Tail little

longer than the body without the head, well haired, its upper

surface brown or black, its sides and under surface white.

* Reference to the absence of the transverse ridge in certain Crice-

tine has been made by Winge (‘ Gnavere fra Lagoa Santa,’ p. 11) and

Major (P. Z. S. 1897, p. 716).

ft Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiy. p. 358 (1894),

new Mammals from South America. 271

Skull essentially similar to that of Ph. Darwini, but

differing by its much smaller size.

Dimensions of the type (in skin) :—

Head and body 97 millim.; tail 86; hind foot (wet) 23;

ear (wet) 18.

Skull: back of frontals to tip of nasals 18; greatest

breadth 13°5; nasals 11°3 x 3°5; interorbital breadth 4°6;

palatal length from henselion 12:2; diastema 7 ; upper molar

series 4:4; extreme length of lower jaw 16°5.

Hab. Mount Pichincha, Ecuador, altitude 3400-4000

metres.

Type B.M. no. 98. 5. 1. 11. Collected October 1897,

and presented to the British Museum by Consul L. Séder-

strom.

This species, for whose discovery we have again to thank

Mr. L. Séderstrém, of Quito, is evidently the Ecuadorean

representative of the Chilian Ph. Darwinz, but may be readily

distinguished by its smaller size and much smaller ears. At

the request of Mr. Séderstrim I have named it in honour of

Mr. W. H. D. Haggard, Her Majesty’s Minister at Caracas,

to whose kindness he has been at various times indebted.

Akodon lenguarum, sp. n.

Closely allied to A. obscurus, Waterh., but lighter in

general colour, less heavily lined on the back, and without

the dark yellowish suffusion of the upper and under surfaces.

As a consequence the colour is a comparatively clear grey

above, though more yellowish on the rump, and lighter on

the sides, while the belly is whitish, the tips of the hairs

being white, with scarcely a tinge of yellowish. Hands and

feet uniformly pale grey above. ‘Tail blackish above, whiter

below.

Size and proportions about as in A, obscurus.

Skull, as compared to a number of skulls (both older and

younger) of A. obscurus, rather more heavily ridged in the

supraorbital region, the interparietal rather smaller, the top

of the anteorbital projection more slanted downwards, and

both the palatal foramina and posterior nares narrower.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by

Mr. Kerr) :—

Head and body 115 millim. ; tail 76; hind foot 21; ear 14.

Skull: greatest length 28°5; basilar length 24:3; greatest

breadth 16; nasals 9°7 x 3°3; interorbital breadth 4:9; inter-

parietal 2x 8°S; palate length from henselion 12°8; diastema

84; palatal foramina 6°22; length of upper molar series

te) 47.

272 Mr. O. Thomas on

Hab. Waikthlatingmayalwa, Northern Chaco of Paraguay,

May 10, 1897.

Type B.M. no. 98. 5. 14. 4. Collected and presented by

Mr. J. Graham Kerr.

Lengua native name “ Pdm60.”’

Another specimen of this species, collected on the 31st of

May, 1897, at Puerto 14 de Mayo, in the Department of

Bahia Negra, Northern Chaco, by Dr. Boggiani, has been

submitted to me for determination by Dr. Gestro, of the

Genoa Museum.

For comparison with A. lenguarum I have had a small

series of modern skins of A. obscurus, collected by myself in

May 1896 at Colon, near Montevideo, where I found it very

common, living in company with «A. arentcola in the long

grass.

Dasyprocta aguti and the Species allied to tt.

All the red- and yellow-rumped Agutis have hitherto been

lumped together under the above name, apparently without

much examination, for the most superficial comparison shows

that those at least of Guiana and Brazil are different from

each other, not to mention that other forms may prove to

exist.

But the fixing of Linneus’s “ Mus aguti” on to one or

other of these animals has proved a matter of much difficulty.

In his original description* he refers to Brisson, Ray,

Marcgrave, Pison, and Johnston. ‘Tracing these notices

back, they prove all to depend on the account of an animal

given at about the same time by Marcgrave and Pison, but

actually published first by the former . In these accounts

the animal is distinctly stated to be Brazilian, and in Mare-

grave’s geographical work } Brazil is strictly limited to a

country corresponding very nearly to modern Brazil, and does

not therefore include Guiana. In spite, therefore, of Linnzus’s

mention of ‘‘ Surinam, Guiana,” after Brazil, I would propose

to assign “ Mus aguti”’ to the true Brazilian species. More-

over, the “‘ abdomine flavescente’’ mentioned in all the descrip-

tions, including Linneus’s, is alone applicable to the latter

animal, and might be thought by itself to settle the question,

even if the body-colour is rather yellow than “ rufo-

fuscescentibus.”’

¥* Syst. Nat. (12) p. 80 (1766).

+ Hist. Nat. Brasil. p. 224 (1648).

} ‘Tractatus Topographicus Brasilie,’ p. 5 (1658).

new Mammals from South America. 273

As no other pertinent names have been given, for the red

hips and white incisors will readily distinguish the Amazonian

D. croconota, Wagl., the red-rumped Aguti inhabiting

Trinidad and Guiana will need a new name, and may be

called

Dasyprocta rubrata, sp. n.

Fur of fore back and sides broadly ringed with black and

dark yellow, the general effect being decidedly darker than in

D. aguti. On the posterior back, as the hairs lengthen, the

black rings tend to die out and the yellow gradually becomes

more reddish, that of the ends of the long rump-hairs deep

chestnut-red ; but beneath the surface the bases of these hairs

are more orange—in fact, they are orange at their base,

reddening outwards to the small subterminal black ring, and

with their tips chestnut. Nape and upper surfaces of hands

and feet black. Under surface dirty grizzled brownish, not

lighter than, and quite continuous with, the colour of the

flanks ; the interramia, a few hairs on the middle line of the

belly, and the inguinal region are inconspicuously yellowish

or white.

Skull with the nasals short, evenly rounded behind. Ridge

running forward above from the upperside of the infraorbital

foramina continuous with the line of the incisors, instead of

being nearer the nasals as in D. aguti. Bulle smaller.

Dimensions of the type (a nearly adult female, measured

in the flesh by the collector) :-—

Head and body 499 millim.; tail 28; hind foot, without

claws 98, with claws 108; ear 40.

Skull: greatest length 100; basilar length 72°5; greatest

breadth 46°5; nasals 36°5x 17; interorbital breadth 28 ;

palate length from henselion 37:5; diastema 25; length of

upper tooth series 17°5.

Hiab. (of the type). Savannah Grande, Trinidad.

Type B.M. no. 97. 6.7.17. 9. Collected Feb. 11, 1897,

by br. Percy Rendall.

Another example from Trinidad, presented by Mr. H.

Caraccivlo, is in the Museum collection, while three specimens

of different ages are labelled as coming from Surinam and

Cayenne.

Lhe black nape, black feet, darker body-colour, and darker

belly will readily separate this animal from the Brazilian

D. aguti.

274 On new Mammals from South America.

Dasyprocta rubrata flavescens, subsp. n.

Similar to the typical form and equally different from

D. aguti in the dark tone of the fore back, sides, and under

surface, the black nape and black limbs, but with the ends

of the rump-hairs orange-yellow instead of red as in the

Brazilian species, to which, however, there seems no real

relationship.

Hab. Caripé, Cumana, Venezuela.

Type B.M. no. 94. 9. 25. 17. Immature. Collected

January 1894 by Mr. A. Mocquerys.

The yellow rump gives this animal a superficial resem-

blance to D. aguti, but it is evidently most nearly allied to

D. rubrata, from which it is different enough to deserve

subspecific separation.

Marmosa regina, sp. 0.

Larger than J. cinerea, and therefore the largest species

of the group as yet described. Fur comparatively short and

close, about 11 millim. in length on the back. General

colour above buffy grey, finely speckled with brownish.

Sides gradually becoming more buffy yellowish, passing into

deep yellowish, almost ochraceous, on the under surface. The

hairs of the under surface are slaty-based on the sides of the

belly, deep yellowish to their bases on the chin, throat, chest,

groins, and middle line of belly. On the chest in the type

(an old male) there is a skin-gland whose secretion has

darkened the neighbouring fur to a reddish brown. Dark

orbital marks of medium development; forehead between

them light buffy. Ears apparently rather small, their ante-

rior basal projection well marked. Upper surface of hands

and feet dull buffy. Tail furry, though not very thickly so,

for its basal inch, the remainder practically naked, pale brown

throughout, not lightening terminally.

Skull, as compared to that of J/. ctnerea, showing a ten-

dency to the narrowness of brain-case and interorbital region

characteristic of Metachirus, towards which this species seems

to show some approximation. Nasals expanded behind, but

less so than in the allied forms. Supraorbital ridges well deve-

loped, but not widely expanded ; narrowest part of brain-case

behind the tips of their postorbital processes. ‘Temporal ridges

approaching to within 2°5 millim. on the top of the brain-

case. ‘Teeth light and delicate, the molars particularly small

in proportion to the size of the animal.

Miscellaneous. DM ie

Dimensions of the type (an old male, measured in skin) :—

Head and body (probably stretched) 229 millim. ; tail 226 ;

hind foot (wet) 29; ear (wet) 23.

Skull: basal length 43°5; greatest breadth 25-4 ; nasals,

length 21°7, least breadth 3:7, greatest breadth 5:4; inter-

orbital breadth 8 ; tip to tip of postorbital processes 9 ; inter-

temporal breadth 6; palate length from henselion 23°6 ;

palate breadth 13-8 ; combined length of ms.'* 6:8.

Hab. W. Cundinamarca (Bogoté region). Coll. G. D.

Child, November 1, 1895.

Type B.M. no. 98. 5. 15. 4.

This handsome species may be readily distinguished from

M. cinerea, its nearest ally, by its dark yellowish belly,

uniformly brown tail, and the narrowness of its nasals and

interorbital region.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Malacostraca from Puget Sound, N.W. Amertea.

By Acrrep O. Waker.

On the occasion of the visit of the British Association to Toronto

in 1897 Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.R.S., made a trip to the Pacific

coast, and had two or three days’ dredging off Port Townsend in

Puget Sound and Victoria, B.C. Among other marine animals

taken were 33 species of Malacostraca, of which 7 appear to be new

to science and 4 are European species, of which I can find no record

from the west coast of North America. These last are all Amphipoda,

viz. Leucothoé spimicarpa (Abild.), Melita dentata (Kroyer), [schyro-

cerus minutus, Lillj., and Podoceropsis excavata (Sp. Bate).

Trichocarcinus (Platycarcinus) recurvidens (Sp. Bate, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xv. p. 488) is redescribed, and the family

Trichoceride, De Haan, abolished, the genus T’richocarcinus being

placed next to Cancer, from which it differs in the greater promi-

nence of the regions of the carapace.

The new species, which, like the last, are fully described and

figured in the Trans. Liverpool Biological Society, vol. xii. pp. 268-

287, pls. xv. and xvi., are as follows :—

Crangon munitellus.

Near C. munitus, Dana, but differing in its much smaller size and

in the second thoracic carina from the median terminating in a

tooth halfway to the orbital margin, while in C. munitus it reaches

the margin and has no tooth,

276 Miscellaneous.

Spirontocaris Herdmant.

No postocular spine; dorsal carina beginning rather in front of

the middle of the carapace; rostrum horizontal, with subparallel

margins reaching a little beyond the end of the peduncle of the

inner antenne ; upper margin with five teeth, of which two are on

the thorax, lower with one tooth near the point.

Heteromysis odontops.

Differs from the other species of the genus in having a tooth on

the ocular peduncles, in the shorter carpus of the first pair of legs

and the different jointing of the remaining tarsi, and in the lateral

margins of the telson being spinous along their whole length.

Janira occidentalis.

Front of the head 3-lobed; telson with entire lateral margins

produced into an acute posterior tooth ; the posterior margin wider

than the length of each lateral margin.

Paramphithoé pacifiea.

Very near P. assimilis, G. 0. Sars, but differs in having no teeth

on the lower margins of the first three coxal plates, in the smooth

margin of the first joint of the perseopods, and in the different form

of the hind margin of the third pleon segment.

M #Rorves, gen. nov.

Differs from Mera in having a strong mandibular palp, equal

upper and lower antenne and last two pair of pereopoda ; the last

pair of uropoda scarcely projects beyond the second pair.

Meroides Thompsoni.

The second gnathopod has a strong tooth on the propodos at the

base of the dactylus, across which it projects.

AOROIDES, gen. nov.

Characters of female as in Microdeutopus and Aora, except that

the mandible has a very slight and almost naked palp and the upper

antenne are entirely destitute of an accessory appendage. Only

females were taken.

July 10, 1898.

Ann. & Mag.Nat. Hist. 5.7 Vol 1. PUVUL.

BR.1 Pocock del. REM lith. ; MinternBros.imp-

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 10. OCTOBER 1898.

XXXII.—On some new Earthworms in the British Museum.

By Daniet Rosa, D.Sc., Assistant in the Royal Zoological

Museum, Turin.

[Plate IX. |

THROUGH the kindness of Prof. Jeffrey Bell I have received

for identification a small collection of earthworms from various

parts of the world.

In this collection, which belongs to the British Museum,

fourteen species are represented, of which seven prove to

be new to science. ‘These species I propose to describe in

the following pages. Mention will also be made of the

already-known species in this collection and of their localities.

Anteus potarensis, sp. un. (PI. IX. figs. 1-3.)

Hab. Higher Potaro River Districts (British Guiana).

Collected by Rose Lloyd; presented by J. J. Quelch, Esq.

The examination of this worm has convinced me that the

conclusions I had arrived at* regarding the general enaracters

of the genus Anteus were correct. In my chapter on the

* Mem. R. Accad. Sc. di Torino, ser. ii. t. xlv. 1895, p. 115.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. 11. 20

278 Dr. D. Rosa on some

organization of Anteus I have urged that, in spite of several

statements to the contrary which have been made, we must

assume that in Anteus the first pair of nephridiopores are

always to be sought for on the third segment, and that, there-

fore, in front of the first pair of nephridiopores we must admit

the presence of two segments, which in many cases may be

hardly recognizable, as they are short and capable of being

introverted, so that the secretion of the first nephrida may

flow into the buccal cavity.

T have shown that if we admit this point we find that,

with regard to the internal organs, the species of this genus

agree very closely, while if we are guided by the actual

descriptions we shall be compelled to admit profound dis-

crepancies between the various species.

‘These views are conclusively supported by the examination

of this new species, which shows the leading characters in a

remarkably clear way.

This species is of considerable size, measuring 380 millim.,

with a diameter of 13 millim. (at the level of the clitellum).

There are only 170 segments.

The colour (in spirit) is brown all over the preeclitellian

region; the succeeding part is brown only on the dorsal side,

the remaining portion being much lighter coloured.

The first segment, which is only partially introverted, is

very short, pale, and of a soft consistence; the second seg-

ment, too, is short, but it is already brown-coloured and more

consistent ; the third segment is quite normal and carries the

first pair of nephridiopores. These pores are connected with

the mouth by a longitudinal (nephrobuccal) groove, which is

well marked on the second somite, while on the first somite,

owing to its soft consistence, the groove cannot be further

traced.

The prostomium is small and partially retracted.

The ventral sete are visible from the third segment back-

wards, the dorsal sete from the fourth or fifth; they are all

paired, the dorsals, however, more closely than the ventrals.

This applies to the anterior portion of the body; on the

posterior portion the two sete of the dorsal pairs are wider

apart than the ventrals, which retain the primitive distance.

Lhe lateral interval (dc) is a little wider than the ventral (aa).

The copulatory sete, under the clitellum, have a length of

about 2 millim.; they are large, sigmoid, provided with a

nodulus, and ornamented only on the extreme half of the

distal portion with slight and indistinct arches.

The clitellum ends abruptly on the 27th segment, but its

new Earthworms in the British Museum. 279

anterior boundary is not well marked: however, we may

assume that the clitellum extends over about eleven segments

(17-27) ; these are not fused together. The longitudinal

margins of the clitellum are indicated for a great extent by the

tubercula pubertatis ; they are otherwise but ill-defined.

The tubercula pubertatis form a continuous red-brown

band on segments 21-27=7, and lie immediately external

to the ventral sete. This band has at its outer side a

narrow white line, which can also be followed for about a

segment in front of the tubercula.

The male pores are well visible as simple perforations on

the tubercula pubertatis, between segments 21 and 22.

The oviducal openings, which in the majority of the other

species of Antews have not been detected, are here repre-

sented by two minute pores lying in the intersegmental

groove 13-14 on a line with the inner ventral sete.

Four pairs of spermathecal pores are visible between seg-

ments 5-6, 6-7, 7-8, 8-9 in a line with the dorsal sete.

The nephridiopores lie near the anterior boundary of

every segment from the third inclusive; they are, as a rule,

in a line with the outer couple of sete, but it must be noted

that on the preeclitellian somites they lie a little more dorsally.

There are no dorsal pores.

The septa in front of the gizzard are very thin and incom-

plete ; the first three septa behind it (6-7, 7-8, 8-9) are also

very thin, and as they are deeply infundibulated they overlap

one another and form a three-fold coating on the gizzard;

further cn, from septum 9-10 to the end of the generative

organs, the septa are, at least in their central part, somewhat

thicker.

The pharyngeal bulb is but feebly developed and is

followed by the first cesophageal tract, which is thin-walled

and bent upon itself. The gizzard has an irregular spheroidal

shape and is morphologically confined to somite vi., as I

have shown to be the rule in the genus Anteus; its diameter

reaches 9 millim.

From the sides of the second cesophageal tract arise eight

pairs of calciferous glands, occupying segments 7-14 inclu-

sive; they are kidney-shaped bodies, and by means of the

peduncle attached to their hilum communicate with the

cavity of the cesophagus; through this peduncle they

receive from the supraintestinal vessel a lateral branch, which

ramifies on their surface. ‘The dorsal lobe of the calciferous

glands terminates in an ovate appendix constricted at the base.

The true intestine begins at the 18th segment with a

20*

280 Dr. D. Rosa on some

strongly sacculated region, which extends over eight somites

(18-25). I have found no trace of intestinal ceca *.

The dorsal vessel, where it runs above the surface of the

gizzard, is very narrow; anteriorly it soon breaks up into

small branches: behind the first pair of lateral hearts it

begins to increase in diameter, but it becomes markedly

ampullated only in somites 13, 14, 15; posteriorly to these

it retains its large diameter, but the moniliform appearance

becomes gradually inconspicuous.

In each of the somites 7, 8, 9 the dorsal vessel gives off

a pair of narrow lateral hearts which join the ventral vessel.

Behind these, in somites 10 and 11, there are two pairs of

large intestinal hearts which arise from the supraintestinal

vessel.

Further back, in each of the somites 16 and 17, we

notice the presence of a pair of very large lateral branches

which arise, like the lateral hearts, from the dorsal vessel,

and soon bifureate and break into small branches entering

the wall of the intestine. Each pair of these bifurcated

vessels is evidently homologous with the two pairs of much

smaller branches which arise in each intestinal segment from

the dorsal vessel and give rise to the intestinal network.

The two pairs of sperm-sacs occupy segments 11 and 12 ;

they are very large, discoidal, with a continuous outline.

Each pair communicates with a pair of large sperm-reservoirs

belonging to somites 10 and 11, which are fused together

on the median ventral line, while the anterior ones are quite

distinct from those of the second pair.

The spermathece (in segments 6, 7, 8, 9) are also large

bodies and end in an ovate pouch not sharply distinct from

its duct, which is long, about half the length of the pouch,

and has no diverticula.

The first pair of nephridia are not much larger than the

following; the anterior nephridia are, as usual, very long

and have a longitudinal course, while the posterior ones are

more transverse, but I could not determine the somite on

which the nephridial ceca commence to appear.

A comparison with the diagnoses given by me in ‘'Terricoli

neotropicali,’ pp. 126-128, will show at once that the species

above described is well-defined.

* These intestinal ceeca are not at all constant in Anteus. The con-

trary would appear from my expression “nel 26 segmento partono due

brevi ciechi digitiformi” (‘Terricoli neotropicali,’ p. 122), where the

word ¢alora has unfortunately been omitted,

new Earthworms in the British Museum. 281

Pontodrilus ephippiger, sp.n. (Pl. IX. figs. 4, 5.)

Hab. Christmas Island (east coast). Coll. by C. W.

Andrews, Esq.

The length of our specimens ranges from 43-47 millim.,

with a diameter of 3 millim. ; the number of segments varies

from 85 to 100; the colour (in spirit) is an intense yellow.

The prostomium is short, only slightly dovetailed in the

peristomium, which is longer than the second segment.

The sete are distant: behind the clitellum the ventral

interval aa is twice that between sete ab ; the lateral intervals

between sete ab, bc, cd are about equal, though slightly

increasing from below upwards; the dorsal middle space dd

is about three times as wide as cd. ‘These distances vary

slightly in front of the clitellum; for instance, at the height of

the spermathece the sete bc are slightly wider apart than

setee ab or ed, so that the sete are here paired, though, of

course, not very close together.

The clitellum extends over segments 13-17=5; it may

be termed saddle-shaped, ceasing near the outer ventral

seta (b) : this clitellum is well developed dorsally, where its

rings are completely fused together, while on the ventral area

the sete as well as the intersegmental furrows are tolerably

visible.

There is a deep transverse fossa on Beeencnt 18; the

transverse margins of this tossa show a slight inward con-

vexity, but are not specially swollen, whereas the longitudinal

margins, which overhang the fossa, are in fact the ventral

end of a pair of large glandular swellings which are also

visible from the dorsal side, where they oradually disappear

near the outermost sete (d). The whole has much the

appearance figured by Akira Jizuka for P. matsushimensis.

The male openings are difficult to see lying in the fovea at

the base of the overhanging walls, approximately in a line

with the outer ventral seta (4).

A deep slit-like sucker, with pale somewhat raised mar-

gins, lies ventrally on the intersegmental furrow between

segments 19 and 20, reaching laterally the line of the inner-

most ventral sete.

‘The oviducal openings are two minute pores on the anterior

part of segment 14, almost in a line (though a little ventrad)

with the innermost ventral sete (a).

‘The spermathecal pores are on small projecting tubercles

between segments 7-8 and 8-9, on a line with the outer

ventral sete (0).

‘There are no dorsal pores. ‘The nephridiopores lie at the

282 Dr. D. Rosa on some

level of the outer ventral sete, but I could not determine

which segment bears the first of them.

Septa 5-6 to 8-9 inclusive are thin, the following 9-10,

10-11, 11-12, and also, but to a less degree, 12-13, are

thickened.

A gizzard is not recognizable, but septum 6-7 is more

deeply infundibulate than its neighbours, and we may

connect this with the earlier existence of a gizzard in the

6th segment. There are no calciferous glands; the intestine

begins behind the 18th segment, perhaps in 16 or 17.

The hearts occupy segments 11, 12, 13, the last being the

largest. :

The two pairs of large spermathece belong to segments

8 and 9; each spermatheca consists of a pyriform pouch not

distinctly marked off from its duct, and of a narrow tubular

diverticule which is longer than the main pouch.

The broad grape-like ovaries are readily seen in seg-

ment 13, as well as the testes in segments 10 and 11, all

these gonads being attached to the anterior septum on each

side of the neurochord. In front of the gonads, that is, on

the anterior face of septa 10-11, 11-12, and 13-14, the

funnels of both pairs of vasa deferentia and of the oviduct

are plainly visible.

The small sperm-sacs in segments 11 and 12 have a

botryoidal appearance.

The prostates occupy segments 16, 17, and 18, and recall

very nearly those of P. énsularis (Rosa). 'Their glandular

portion has the appearance of a large sausage-like body,

formed by the apposition of the several parts of a slightly-coiled

lesser duct. The muscular duct which arises from the front

end of the glandular tube is moderately bent, with the con-

vexity inwards, and gradually increases in diameter as it

proceeds backwards, reaching at last the external openings on

the 18th segment.

I could not see exactly where the vas deferens joins the

prostate, but I have little doubt that the connexion be-

tween both structures will be found to be the same as that

which has been described by Akira Jizuka for P. matsu-

shimensis.

Our species seems to be closely allied to P. énsularts (Rosa),

which I first described from specimens obtained in the Aru

Islands *, and which has been more recently found also at

Ceylon (Michaelsen) +. Still a marked difference between the

two species exists, as in the spermathece of P. insularis both

* Ann, d. naturh. Hofmuseum, Wien, Bd. vi. 1895.

+ Mitth. aus d. naturhistor. Museum, xiv. (Hamburg, 1897).

new EHarthworms in the British Museum. 283

Michaelsen and I failed to find any diverticulum. Our

specimens were not fully mature, but on the hypothesis of

an identity between these two species it seems highly im-

probable that even in a series of sections no traces could be

found of an organ which in the adult reaches so great a deve-

lopment. Moreover, in the descriptions of P. insularis no

mention is made of a ventral sucker.

Another allied species is undoubtedly P. matsushimensis,

for a clear description of which we are indebted to Akira

Jizuka*. However, this Japanese Pontodrilus seems to be

really different from our species.

First it is a larger species than ours, as its length ranges

from 90 to 110 millim., with a diameter of 3-3°5 millim.,

while our specimens, with a diameter too of 3 millim., have

only a length of 43-47 millim. Besides it may be noted

that the clitellum of P. matsushimensis is described as being

well developed all round the body (and the same is shown

by the figures), whilst in our species the clitellum is dis-

tinctly saddle-shaped. Finally the appearance of the prostate

is (so far as one can judge from the figures) somewhat

different.

Pericheta brevis, sp.n. (Pl. IX. figs. 6, 7.)

Hab. Christmas Island (east coast). Coll. by C. W.

Andrews, Esq.

A very small species measuring only 15-29 millim. in

length by a diameter of 2-2°5 millim.; it consists of about

70-80 segments; the colour (in spirit) is a deep yellow.

The sete on segment 25 are approximately 50.

The clitellum occupies somites 14, 15, 16.

The male pores are on high conical and almost lateral

porophores, which are partially visible from behind. The

boundaries of these porophores are laterally indistinct; in

front and behind they are marked by the intersegmental

furrows 17-18 and 18-19, which are here deflected. 14 sete

are visible between the male pores.

The oviducal pore is single and lies in a whitish spot on

the 14th segment.

There are three pairs of spermathecal pores between somites

5-6, 6-7, and 7-8, close to the lateral line.

I have not been able to determine the position of the iirst

dorsal pore. ‘'here are no copulatory papillee.

None of the septa are noticeably thick and none are wanting.

The gizzard is between conical and tun-shaped; it is as

* Annotationes Zoologicee Japonenses, vol, ii. pars i. (Tokyo, 1898).

284 Dr. D. Rosa on some

long as two somites, but is nevertheless comprised between

septa 7-8 and 8-9; this last septum is pushed backwards and

comes nearly in contact with septum 9-10.

The last heart lies in segment 13.

The spermathece lie in “segments 6,7,8; each consists of

a nearly globular sac with a short narrow duct, which is

connected at the inner side with a narrow tubular diver-

ticulum; this diverticulum is straight, not enlarged at the

end, and extends a little over the middle of the large sac.

The sperm-sacs in segments 11 and 12 are each connected

with a minute sperm-reservoir; the sperm-reservoirs of the

10th segment are laterally produced into a large lobe, which

looks exactly like another pair of sperm-sacs, “but it should

be mentioned that the true sperm-sacs lying in segment 10

prove to be connected with the sperm-reservoirs of the 11th,

and not with those of the 10th segment.

The prostates extend through six segments; they are very

irregular in shape and consist of many lobules, which are

only loosely connected ; the ejaculatory duct is of moderate

length, sigmoid, and does not open into a muscular bulb.

This species somewhat recalls P. acrophyla, Rosa*, from

Sumatra.

Pericheta recta, sp. n.

(Pl. LX. figs. 8-10.)

tab.

Of this species I have seen only one specimen, measuring

70x 5 millim, with 110 somites; its colour (in spirit) is

greyish yellow, darker on the clitellum.

The prostomium is broad and very short, extending only

over one fourth of the buccal segment.

The sete: number 44 on segment v., 54 on xu, 60 on xxv.

The clitellum occupies three segments and shows no sete.

The male pores are in a line with seta 9; they are 3 millim.

apart and 12 sete can be counted between them; each lies

on a narrow, flat, round area of a brown colour.

The oviducal pore on segment 14 is surrounded by a

light circle.

There are two pairs of spermathecal pores between seg-

ments 7-8 and 8-9, only 2 millim. apart, and lying in a line

with seta €—7.

‘This species has a number of copulatory papille, which

show the following arrangement: in somite ix. a median

papilla hes near the posterior intersegment; three median

papille are also to be scen respectively on somites Xvili., xix.,

* Ann, Mus. Ciy. Genova, vol. xvi. 1896.

new Earthworms in the British Museum. 285

and xx., near the intersegmental groove; further there is a

pair of papilla on segment xvil. near the posterior groove

and nearly in a line (a little dorsad) with the male pore, and

two pairs on somite xviii. behind the male pore and making

with it a regular triangle; there are thus 10 papille, which

are all similar and look like small tubercles.

The first dorsal pore is between segments Xil.—Xlil.

None of the septa are noticeably thickened; septa 8-9 and

9-10 are wanting.

The gizzard is an elongate truncated cone and is placed

immediately after septum 7-8 ; from its hind margin a number

of muscular bands are given off which are attached to the

body-walls. The two intestinal ceca are slightly lobulated.

The last heart lies in somite xii.

The sperm-sacs, which are tongue-shaped and thick, oecupy

as usual somites xi. and xil.; each of them is connected witha

small sperm-reservoir lying in the front segment at the inner

corner of the sperm-sacs.

The prostates extend over five segments and may be de-

scribed as tolerably compact oval bodies, deeply notched

as if a posterior inner quadrant had been excised; in this

notch runs obliquely the ejaculatory muscular duct, which is

short and fusiform.

There are two pairs of spermathece in somites viii. and

ix.; they end in a heart-shaped sac with a duct half its

length, which (at the inner side) is furnished with a diverti-

culum ending in a short tubular and a longer sausage-like

portion. The whole of the diverticulum is twice as long as

the main sac with itsduct. ‘The aspect of this spermatheca is

much the same as that of the spermatheca of P. musica, Horst.

Pericheta pura, sp.n. (PI. IX. figs. 11-13 0.)

Hab. Lombok, 1500 feet (A. Everett).

This species was represented by one fine specimen mea-

suring 250x 11 millim., with 92 segments; the colour (in

spirit) is entirely white.

The sete are closer together ventrally, and number 54

on somite v., 72 on xill., 96 on xxv.

The clitellum occupies the three usual segments and bears

no sete.

The male pores, in line with seta 9, are carried on slight

swellings without well-marked boundaries ; between the tivo

pores 14 sete are visible.

The oviducal pore lies on the anterior half of the 14th

segment and is surrounded by a whitish circle.

286 Dr. D. Rosa on some

Two pairs of spermathecal pores are visible on small

papillae between segments 6-7 and 7-8, in line with sete 8-9.

The first dorsal pore is between segments 12 and 13.

There are no copulatory papille.

Septa 5-6, 6-7, 7-8 are rather thickened; the four septa

10-11 to 13-14 are also somewhat thickened; septa 8-9

and 9-10 are wanting.

A greater number of strong muscular bands start from the

pharyngeal bulb intersecting the septa and connecting the

bulb with the body-walls, some of them reaching as far

back as somite x. Another set of similar bands are given off

from the hinder portion of the gizzard and are attached to

the parietes of segments xi. and xu.

A dense network of blood-glands covers the anterior side of

septa 5-6 and 6-7.

The gizzard is bell-shaped and extends from septum 7-8

for almost the entire length of the three segments viil., ix.,

and x. The large intestine commences in segment xvi. ; in

somite xXvi. it gives off one pair of cca, which are simple

sacs extending forward through segments xxv. and xxiv.

The last hearts lie in segments Xi., xil., and xiil.

The sperm-sacs are in segments xi. and xii.; each sperm-

sac is provided at its free end with a lobulate appendage,

which in our specimen had a spongy appearance and was

filled with gregarines (pseudonavicule).

The prostates are comprised between septa 17-18 and

18-19; their length is, however, equal to three segments, so

that the septa are much swollen. ‘lhese prostates consist of

two principal and many secondary lobes, which are com-

pressed together, so that the general outline (nearly penta-

gonal, with rounded corners) is almost continuous. ‘The

ejaculatory duct, which is rather short and slightly sigmoid,

ends in a round muscular bulb, which is usually hidden by

the prostate, as is also the duct itself.

The spermathece are two pairs in segments 7 and 8; they

are much developed and consist of an oval pouch with a duct

neatly half its length; their diverticulum consists of a

proximal dilated portion, of an intermediary tract, which

is narrow and contorted, and of a swollen distal portion. The

diverticulum is partially hidden by the nephridial tufts which

cover the duct of the spermathece.

Pericheta Belli, sp.n. (Pl. 1X. figs. 14, 15.)

Loc. Mindoro, 5000 feet.

The only specimen i have seen of this species measures

75 x 5 millim.; its segments are 100 in number; the

ee ee

20 GA <4 a

new Earthworms in the British Museum. 287

colouring is zebra-like on the back, there being large brown

bands which alternate with the light chetal bands; these

brown bands are widest dorsally, in correspondence with the

dorsal gaps, and are laterally evanescent.

The prostomium is short, its dovetailed portion extends

over 2 of the first segment.

The sete are closer together ventrally than dorsally ; they

number 48 on segment xii., 60 on xxv. There are no sete

on the clitellum, which occupies the three usual segments.

The male pores are in a line with sete 6-7 and are sepa-

rated by 8 sete; these pores are not placed on prominent

porophores and appear only as short slits with slightly granu-

lated margins.

The oviducal opening is placed on a small oval tubercle

contoured by a slight furrow.

There are four pairs of spermathecal openings between

somites 5-6, 6-7, 7-8, 8-9, in a line with seta 8.

The first dorsal pore opens between somites 12 and 13;

no copulatory papille.

None of the septa are thickened, two (the 8-9 and 9-10)

are wanting,

The gizzard is bell-shaped, occupying nearly the whole

length between septa 7-8 and 10-11.

T'wo simple ceca arise from the intestine in segment 26 and

are seen to lie transversely on its dorsal surface in segment 25,

The sperm-sacs in segments 11 and 12 are thick, tongue-

shaped, and not lobate, save for a very small terminal lobe.

The prostates are not large, between discoid and crescent-

shaped, incompletely divided by a transverse groove. The

ejaculatory duct arising from their notch is very short and

slightly sigmoid, terminating in a spherical bulb.

The main sac of the oval spermathece is anteriorly

enlarged ; its duct is short and thick and gives off from the

inner side a tubular diverticulum, ending in a slight dila-

tation ; this diverticulum (which is usually bent at an angle)

is, if straightened out, equal in length to the main pouch with

its duct.

This species seems to come near to P. Floweri*, Benh.,

which, however, differs externally, having a clitellum pro-

vided with sete (on the 16th segment) and not stretching

over the whole of segments 14 and 16. P. Flower? differs,

too, in the number of the sete, which on the xxvith

segment only amount to 45, while in our species they number

on the xxvth segment as many as 60. ‘The internal differ-

ences consist in the absence (in P. Flower) of a muscular

* Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvi. p. 217.

288 Dr. D. Rosa on some

duct at the end of the ejaculatory duct, and in the shape ot

the spermathecee.

Pericheta zonopora, sp. n. (Pl. IX. fig. 16.)

Hab. ? (with P. recta).

Ot this species I have been able to examine several speci-

mens measuring 80-90 x 4 millim., with 105-110 segments ;

the colour (in spirit) is light fleshy grey.

The prostomium is small and dovetailed in the first segment

for one third of the length of the latter.

The sete number 30 on segment v., 44 on xi1., and 60 on

xxy.; they are closer together ventrally.

The clitellum extends over three entire segments, without

visible sete.

The large male openings are on yellow, radially corrugated

areas which extend to the intersegmental furrows; the pores

are ina line with seta 7; between the two pores there are

six sete.

The oviducal pore on segment 14 lies in a darker oval

areola surrounded by a light ring.

The spermathecal pores (one pair only) lie between seg-

ments vil. and viii. at the level of the 9th seta.

The dorsal pores begin between segments 11-12; in all

the specimens these pores are conspicuous also upon the

girdle, a character which is rarely met with among Perichete,

‘here are no copulatory papillee.

Septa 5-6, 6-7, and (a little more) septa 10-11, 11-12 are

thickened, but not very much; septa 8-9 and 9-10 are

absent or rudimentary.

‘The gizzard is long, tun-like, and comes immediately after

septum 7-8 ; the two intestinal ceca are simple.

The last heart is in segment xi.

The two pairs of sperm-sacs occupy segments 11 and 12;

they are but little developed.

‘The prostates extend through three segments; they are

relatively narrow, with two deep notches on the outer side ;

the ejaculatory duct is very long, U-shaped, and terminates

in a moderate bulb. The inner wall of the body presents

at the inner (mediad) side of the bulb a glandular swelling,

which is enlarged in front of the bulb and behind it, so that

its outline recalls that of a figure of 8.

‘The only pair of spermathece, which opens between seg-

ments 7-8, does not lie in segment 8 but in segment 7, that

is, the spermathece lie in front of the groove which bears

their external openings and not, as usual, behind it. They

new Earthworms in the British Museum. 289

consist of an ovate sac, from the anterior larger extremity of

which arises a thick duct, the length of which is only a little

less than that of the sac ; the diverticulum is equal in length to

the main pouch with its duct, and consists of a narrow nearly

straight tube with a small terminal dilatation.

I am not aware of more than ten species of Pericheta with

only one pair of spermathece opening between segments

7 and 8; of these species only P. novare, Rosa (= P. tattensis,

Grube, partim), and P. sangirensis, Michaelsen, may suggest

an identity with our species.

Unfortunately we know nothing concerning the anatomy of

P. novare *, as I did not like to injure the only specimen

that had come into my hands (it was one of the two

types of P. taitensts, under which name Grube has con-

founded together two distinct species)é Nevertheless I

believe that we can discard the idea of an identity between

P. novare and P. zonopora, as P. novare shows no dorsal

pores upon the clitellum, while P. zonopora [as well as

P. Grubet, Rosa (P. taitensis, Gr., partim)] shows them very

clearly.

As to P. sangirensis t, it is a larger species, provided with

a smaller number of sete and also with large sperm-sacs and

sperm-reservoirs. The ejaculatory duct, too, differs, being

described by Michaelsen as short (and therefore probably

straight) ; moreover, no mention is made by Michaelsen of

the presence of dorsal pores upon the clitellum.

Pericheta peguana, Rosa f.

Hab. Chantaboon (Siam).

This species was described by me eight years ago from

specimens collected by Signor L. Fea at Rangoon.

In the specimens from Chantaboon the copulatory papillee

lying on the intersegmental grooves between segments 17-18

and 18-19 show a very convex surface, and are surrounded

by a slightly raised ridge, giving them an eye-like appearance.

As regards the internal characters I have been able to

satisfy myself that the gizzard belongs to the 8th segment

(not to the 9th), and that the missing septa are those between

segments 8-9 and 9-10.

Pericheta posthuma, Vaill.

Fab. Christmas Island.

* Ann. k. k. naturh. Hofmuseum, Wien, Bd. vi. p, 396.

+ Jahrb. d. Hamburg. wiss. Anstalten, vill. p. 36.

f{ Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, vol. x. (1890) p. 118.

290 Dr. D. Rosa on new Earthworms.

Megascolex armatus (Bedd.).

Hab. Christmas Island.

Microscolex dubius (F letch.).

Hab. Colon, near Montevideo. Coll. by Mr. Oldfield

Thomas.

Allolobophora caliginosa (Sav.).

Hab. Colon, near Montevideo. Coll. by Mr. Oldfield

Thomas.

Allolobophora cyanea (Sav.), subsp. profuga, Rosa.

Hab. Colon, near Montevideo. Coll. by Mr. Oldfield

Thomas.

Allolobophora putris ?, Hoftm.

Hab. Behring Island.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Anteus potarensis, sp. 0.

Fig. 1a. A copulatory seta {ventral seta of the clitellum), enlarged.

Fig. 1 6. A normal seta (dorsal seta of the clitellum), enlarged.

Fig. 2. A calciferous gland (in somite xty.).

Fig. 3. A spermatheca.

Pontodrilus ephippiger, sp. n.

Fig. 4. Prostate.

Fig. 5, Spermatheca.

Pericheta brevis, sp. v.

Fig. 7. Spermatheca.

Pericheta recta, sp. n.

Fig. 8. Copulatory papille behind the clitellum.

Fig. 9. Prostate.

Fig. 10. Spermatheca.

Pericheta pura, sp. 0.

Fig. 11 a, Sperm-sacs in somite xii. (outer side).

Fig. 11 6. One sperm-sac in somite xii. (inner side).

Fig. 12. Prostate.

Fig. 13a. Right spermatheca (dorsal view).

Fig. 13 b. Ditto (ventral view).

Pericheta Belli, sp. n.

Fig. 14. Prostate.

Fig. 15. Spermatheca.

Pericheta znopora, sp. 0.

Fig. 16, Prostate.

Fig. 6, Sperm-saes (vs.), sperm-reservoirs (cs.), and diverticulum (ces.div.).

;

On Felis chaus and tts Allies. 291

XXXIII.—Felis chaus and tts Allies, with Descriptions of

new Subspecies. By W. EK. pr Winton.

Tue British Museum has lately received a fine series of the

short-tailed Cats of the Chaus group from Egypt, collected

and presented by Mr. R. J. Cunninghame. While comparing

these with the typical Chaus from West-Central Asia, Mr. Old-

field Thomas drew my attention to a specimen from Palestine

which has been in the Museum for some thirty years, and

kindly suggested that I should overhaul the whole of this

group.

The result of my investigation is given below, and to make

the paper as concise as possible I limit it to a list of the

several forms, with a table of measurements of the teeth and

skulls. One form—felis chaus pallida (Biichn. Bull. Ac.

St. Pétersb. 1892, 111. p. 341), from the province of Gensan in

China—I have not seen, but it is said to belong to this group.

Felis chaus typica.

Felis chaus, Giildenst. Noy. Comm. Ac. Petrop. xx. 1776, p. 483.

Felis catolynx, Pall. Zoog. Ross.-As, 1. p. 23 (1811).

The type of Giildenstidt’s species came from the shores of

the Caspian Sea. ‘The True Chaus is found in the Caucasus,

Persia, and Turkestan. Pallas simply renamed the same

animal, as it was not quite clear that Giildenstidt had given

the name in the orthodox manner, but only generically, as

distinguished from Felis and Lynchus; however, the name

was used specifically by other writers in the meantime, so that

it must in any case be the proper name for the animal,

and I follow all recent writers in giving the credit to

Giildenstidt.

Felis chaus affinis.

Felis affinis, Gray, Il. Ind. Zool. i. pl. iii. (1830),

Felis kutas, Pearson, J. A. 8. B. i. 1882, p. 75.

Felis (Lynchus) erythrotis, Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. 1836, p. 233.

Felis Jacquemonti, Geoffroy, Jacquemont’s Voy. p. 58 (1844).

The Indian Chaus or Jungle-Cat is readily distinguished

from the True Chaus by its rather longer tail, bright fox-red

ears, and lighter build. ‘The skull is narrower and the teeth

are not nearly so heavy and not so crowded together. The

British Museum contains a number of specimens from Nepal,

the Punjab, Rajpootana, and the Central Provinces. Gray’s

type came from Gangootra.

292 Mr. W. F. de Winton on

Felis chaus nilotica, subsp. n.

Felis Riippelliz, Brandt, Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 1832, tom. iv. p. 209

(nec Schinz).

Brandt, recognizing the distinctness of the Egyptian Chaus,

named it after the great collector who had obtained the first

specimens ; but unfortunately this name had already been

applied by Schinz to another cat (/’. manzculata), also found

in Egypt.

As I believe this animal to differ essentially from the

typical form found in Western Asia, it is necessary to

provide it with a distinguishing name, and I take as the type

of the subspecies an adult male, no. 98. 6. 5. 1 in the British

Museum, collected by Mr. R. J. Cunninghame near Cairo,

22nd January, 1898.

The collector’s measurements, taken from the fresh-killed

specimen, are :—

Head and body 720 millim.; tail 270; hind foot 170;

ear 64, Weight 11 lbs. 2 oz.

The measurements of another large male are given as:—

Head and body 760 millim.; tail 280; hind foot 174;

ear 72. Weight 14 lbs. 3 oz.

Of a female: Head and body 620 millim. ; tail 210; hind

foot 145; ear 63. Weight 8 lbs. 7 oz.

The Egyptian Chaus closely resembles the True Chaus in

form and colour; it is, however, rather larger, and the ears

are darker and more grizzled, so do not show out against the

colour of the head, as do the more foxy-red ears of both the

True Chaus and the Indian species. The front of the chest

is also more grizzled and darker.

In comparing the skulls of /. chaus nilotica with those of

F. chaus typica, besides the greater size of the teeth, which is

at once very obvious, there are several characters which seem

to be quite constant. Looking at the skulls in true profile,

the highest point of the cranium in £. chaus typica is equi-

distant between the nose and the occiput—that is, just behind

the supraorbital processes, while in &” ch. nilotica the highest

point is just ¢m front of a line drawn between the points of

ihe supraorbital processes, and so noticeably nearer to the

point of the nasals than to the occiput. ‘The intermaxillary

processes in the typical form are rather more evenly tapered,

while in the Egyptian form they are practically straight on

the inner edge and convex or much bowed on the outer

margin. In the latter form also the nasal bones are longer,

reaching well beyond the back of the maxillary processes,

and the palate is rather broader in the Egyptian ammal.

Felis chaus and tts Allies. 293

Trelis chaus furax, subsp. n.

In general colour and proportions very closely resembling

the Egyptian Chaus, though probably rather smaller. The

hind foot of the single specimen measures 145 millim., which

is about equal to the hind foot of a female from Egypt.

The enormous size of the teeth distinguish this cat from

any of its allies, and I cannot believe that this peculiarity is

individual. ‘The size of the canines, which are 20 millim.

long and 8 broad at the alveolus, points to the specimen being

a male; but the top of the skull, with a broad shield-pattern

and small sagittal crest, more resembles that of a temale.

The type (¢, no. 64. 8. 17. 4 in the British Museum) was

obtained by Canon ‘Tristram near Jericho in Palestine,

12th January, 1864.

In proportion to its size this cat has the largest teeth of

any living member of the family Felidae.

linge g RE :

[eigen pael

Regie a

IPmy seem: 23 ° 3

22/2 | 2

<j | =

mm. mm. mm. | mm. | mm

Felis chaus typica, § ...... 93 | 14585 | 45:6 | 119 | 78:5

re i Af OS 8 HBB | 9:5 | 145x7°5 | 48 $e nee ope

Felis chaus affinis, 6 ...... 85 | 138 x7 | 415 | 122 | 75-5

Felis chaus nilotica, $ (type)| 95 | 155x8 | 51 | 132 | 845

a “1 Oe nGe. bese 20:2) i 16: Sc87,||-50 120°5| 78

- aC eT le) 14 x75 | 45 108 | 70

5 i AP tcc is OO”, belo Ol Ay 115 | 74:5

Felis chaus furax, 3 (type)..| 10°5 | 17-6x9°6 | 495 | 110 | 716

Simple figures do not convey much idea as to the size of

teeth ; but the importance of the above figures may be under-

stood when it is realized that there is as little difference

between the teeth of the Palestine Chaus and those of a

female Leopard as there is between those of the Huropean

Wild Cat and the Indian Chaus—in fact, the flesh-teeth are

actually larger than those of the Ocelot, and had the separate

teeth been found fossil they would have been put down to

an animal of the size of a Leopard. Therefore in this

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 21

294 Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota from the

group of Cats we have all the intermediate steps in size

between the teeth of Felis catus and Felis pardus, though the

animals themselves do not vary greatly in size and are not

much larger than the former; they form a very distinct

group, the skulls not being easily confused with those of any

other Cat.

XXXIV.—Rhynchota from the Transvaal, Mashonaland, and

British Nyasaland. By W. L. Distant.

Part J,

THIS paper refers to the Heteropterous family Pentatomide,

and is based on my own and other collections acquired in the

Transvaal; one made near Salisbury, Mashonaland, by

Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall; and another received from

Dr. Percy Rendall, when that excellent collector sojourned

in Nyasaland. These three collections are enumerated

separately.

Since I last wrote a faunistic paper on the Rhynchota some

parts have appeared of the ‘ Catalogue Général des Hémi-

ptéres ’ by Lethierry and Severin, and as this publication in

its arrangement generally reflects the present views of most

hemipterists, and will probably be accepted as a convenient

standard of classification and nomenclature, it is followed

here. It is Jargely based on the excellent work achieved by

the late Dr. C. Stal, whose ‘ Enumeratio Hemipterorum ’ has

long held the ground, and is even now not altogether super-

seded, but rather brought up to date by the thorough work of

the above catalogue so far as it has yet been published.

After all, there is no finality in classification. As it has been

well observed — He that has fewest faults is the best man;

and so it is with scientific systems.”

In this first family, Pentatomide, the following species are

enumerated for the three localities :—

Species. Sp. nov. Gen. nov.

1 16 2

Mransvaale Acc. acess te 20

Mashonaland! sa...ce5.. 36 5 1

British Nyasaland ...... 45 8 2

Some interesting facts in geographical distribution become

apparent. Thus Nezara pallido-conspersa, Stal, a species

hitherto recorded from Madagascar, I took myself at Pretoria ;

the West-African species Buthycelia buonopoziensis, Pal.

Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyasaland. 295

Beauv., and Piezosternum calidum, Fabr., are found across

the continent at Fort Johnston and Zomba; whilst Audinetia

spinidens, Fabr., a species common to both the Neotropical

and Oriental Regions, and recorded from Abyssinia, has now

been found in British Nyasaland.

Heteroptera from the Transvaal*.

Fam. Pentatomide.

Subfam. PrarasPrnz.

Plataspis semiglobosa, Stal. Pretoria (W. L. D. and Pret. Mus.).

Brachyplatys pallipes, Fabr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Subfam. Scvurerrerrvz.

Solenosthedium liligerum, Thunb. Rustenburg (W. LZ. D.), Lydenburg

District (Pret. Mus.).

Steganocerus multipunctatus, Thunb. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Barberton

(Dr. P. Rendall).

Spherocoris ocellatus, Klug. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

testudo-grisea, de Geer. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Barberton (Dr. P,

Rendall).

Cryptacrus pinguis, Germ. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.).

Graptocoris awlicus, Germ. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.).

Callidea Dregei, Germ. Ly dente: District (Pret. Mus.).

duodecimpunctata, Fabr. (W. L. D.), Rustenburg (W. LZ. D.).

natalensis, Stil. Pretoria ( W. ‘A JON).

Hotea subfasciata, Westw. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Deroplax cireumducta,Germ. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

obscura, Dall. Lydenburg District ( Coll. Dist.).

A lphocoris indutus, Stal. W aterberg ( Wilde).

Subfam. GrarHzosourps,

Phymatocoris strumosus, Stél. \Warm Baths, Waterberg (W. L. D.).

Subfam. Crpyzryvz.

Cydnus, sp. Pretoria (W. L. D.).

—,sp. Lydenburg District (Pret, Mus.).

Macroscytus acutus, Sign. Pretoria (W. L. D.).

Cydnus indicus, Westw. Pretoria (WL, Dy.

Subfam. Peyratominz.

Cenomorpha nervosa, Dall. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Barberton (Dr. P.

Rendall),

Scribonia lydenburgi, sp.n. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

* All the new species will be figured in my forthcoming ‘Insecta

Transyaaliensia.’

21%

Atelocera stictica, Westw. Pretoria (W. L. D.), Barberton (Di

dall), Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

limata, Germ. Barberton (Dr. P. Eendall), Lydenburg District

(Pret. Mus.).

natalensis, Stal. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.).

Peltasticus punctatus, Dall.

296 Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota from the

*, P. Ren-

Pretoria (W. LZ. D.).

Orthoschizops reticulata, Thunb. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.).

Phricodus hystrix, Germ. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Pododus tenebrosus, Germ. Pretoria District (Coll. Dist.).

mundus, Germ. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Pretorius tibialis, gen. et sp. n. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.).

Dymantis relata, sp.n. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Paramecocoris vittiventris, Stal. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

ventralis, Germ. Pretoria (W. L. D.).

atomarius, Dall. Pretoria (W. Z. D.).

Ennius monteironis, Dist. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Eractheus lutulentus, Stal. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Tropicorypha corticina, Germ. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Barberton (Dr. P.

Rendall).

placida, Walk. Pretoria (IV. L. D.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Holcostethus heterocera, Walk. Pretoria (W. Z. D.), Barberton (Dr. P.

Rendall), Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Halyomorpha viridescens, Walk. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

capitata, Dist. Pretoria, Zoutpansberg (W. LZ. D.).

pretorie, Dist. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Veterna sanguineirostris, Thunb. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Johannesburg

(Ross), Lydenburg District (Pret. J/us.).

patula, Dist. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

—— pwyionata, Stal. Pretoria (W. L. D.).

subrufa, Stal. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Caura rufiventris, Germ. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Barberton (Dr. P. Ren-

dall).

Panda signitenens, gen, et sp.n. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.).

Diploxys fallax, Stal. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Lydenburg District (Pret.

Mus.). :

—— hastata, Fabr. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Warm Baths, Waterberg

C Us sf D.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Lydenburg District (Pret.

US. ).

—— cornuta, sp.n. Pretoria (W. L. D.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Steleocoris comma, Thunb. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Acoloba lanceolata, Faby. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Aliomorpha bella, Stal. Pretoria (W. L. D.).

natalicola, Stal. Pretoria (W. L. D.).

scutellata, sp. n. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

“Eschrus inequalis, Spin. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.),

Eysarcoris inconspicuus, H.-S. Pretoria (W. L. D.).

Aspavia albidomaculata, Stal. Pretoria District (Pret, Mus.), Barberton

(Dr. P. Rendall).

Carbula limpoponis, Stal. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Warm Baths, Water-

berg (W. L. D.).

— trisignata,Germ. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Durnia albido-fuscata, Stal. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.).

sev ens Germ. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Lydenburg District (Pret.

Mus.).

Mulsanti, Stal. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

—— Iutulenta, Stal. Pretoria (W. ZL. D.), Zoutpansbere (Kessner),

Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyasaland. 297

Durmia tomentiventris, Germ. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Zoutpans-

berg (Kessner), Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

horizontalis, sp.n. Pretoria (W. L. D.).

Iipla cenosula, Stal. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Agonoscelis puberula, Stal. Pretoria (W. L. D.).

erosa, Westw. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Warm Baths, Waterberg

(BEL D)):

versicolor, Fabr. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.).

Afrania Wahlbergi, Stil. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.).

Bagrada hilaris, Burm. Pretoria (W. L. D.).

Dismegistus sanguineus, de Geer. Johannesburg (Ross), Lydenburg Dis-

trict (Pret. Mus.).

—— fimbriatus, Thunb. Pretoria (W. L. D.), Waterberg (W. L. D.).

Nezara viridula, Linn. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Barberton (Dr. P. Ren-

dall), Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

pallido-conspersa, Stal. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.).

capicola, Westw. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.).

Flaminia natalensis, Dall. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.), Rustenburg

(Coll. Dist.).

Platacantha lutea, Westw. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.), Zoutpansberg

(Kessner).

Antestia varieguta, Thunb. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.).

transvaalica, Dist. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.).

Menida annulifera, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

amena, Stal. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

decoratula, Stal. Pretoria (W. Z. D.), Warm Baths, Waterberg

CW Dy. ,

pecila, Dall. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.).

Piezodorus purus, Stal. Pretoria (WW. Z. D.).

pallescens, Germ. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.).

Scribonia lydenburgi, sp. nu.

Strongly pilose. Head piceous, anterior margin narrowly

purplish red; basal area with a central narrow, longitudinal,

ochraceous fascia, which is continued through the pronotum and

scutellam. Pronotum piceous, coarsely punctate and ochra-

ceously rugulose on disk, with the centre of anterior margin

ochraceous, the lateral margins purplish red. Scutellum ochra-

ceous, very darkly and coarsely punctate, a levigate black spot

in each basal angle, a similar spot on each lateral margin near

middle, and a smaller and more obscure spot at centre of

basal margin. Corium very thickly covered with black

punctures, its basal lateral margin purplish red, and with an

obscure levigate discal spot a little beyond middle. Mem-

brane greyish, veins piceous. Connexivum piceous, obscurely

maiked with purplish red. Body beneath piceous, greyishly

pilose ; coxe, trochanters, femora (excluding apices), auterior

and intermediate tibie (excluding apices), central area of

posterior tibize, and basal disk of abdomen dull reddish.

Antenne with the second and third joints very strongly

pilose ; lateral angles of the pronotum subprominent.

298 Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota from the

Long. 12 millim.

flab, Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Allied to §. pilosa, Stal, but differing by the smaller size,

different colour of the legs, spots to scutellum, &e.

PRETORIUS, gen. nov.

Body ovate. Head ovate; lateral lobes a little longer than

the central, their margins acutely reflexed. Rostrum about

reaching the posterior coxa. Ocelli much nearer to the eyes

than to each other. Antenne with the basal joint short, not

nearly reaching apex of head, second longer than the third,

Pronotum with the lateral margins somewhat laminate and

moderately reflexed. Scutelilum triangular, moderately

sinuate before apical area, its apex just passing inner angle of

corium. Membrane short, not reaching apex of abdomen,

veins simple. Mesosternum suleated. Legs moderate in

length, femora minutely spined, tibiz suleated ; anterior tibie

distinctly dilated and profoundly suleated.

This genus is allied to Dymantis, from which it is at once

separated by the dilated anterior tibie &e.

Pretorius tibialis, sp. n.

Ochraceous, thickly and coarsely piceous. Head and an-

tennze piceous, central lobe more or less ochraceous. Pro-

notum with the lateral areas piceous, the extreme lateral

margins ochraceous, and with five obsolete ochraceous lines—

one central and two oblique on each side. Scutellum with an

obsolete central ochraceous line. Corium with the basal

lateral margin and some lineate levigate lines ochraceous.

Membrane brownish ochraceous, the veins darker. Connexi-

vum, body beneath, rostrum, and legs piceous ; intermediate

and posterior tibie (excluding apex and extreme base) pale

luteous.

Long. 11 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Dymantis relata, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous, coarsely punctate ; a central longi-

tudinal levigate pale luteous fascia crossing pronotum and

scutellum—narrow and obsolete on the former, broad and distinct

on the latter; apical margins of the scutellum and the mem-

brane piceous. Body beneath and legs ochraceous; sternum

and legs punctured and freckled with brownish; abdomen

with a central black spot on sixth abdominal segment, a discal

Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyasaland. 299

fascia of brown punctures on each side, spiracles piceous,

extreme lateral margins brownish.

Antenne reddish ochraceous, fifth joint, and fourth joint

excluding base, piceous.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Pretoria Mus. and

Coll. Dist.). —_,

Allied to /%. subvittata, Stal, but smaller, more ovate,

pronotum not constricted, &e.

Tropicorypha placida, Walk.

Pentatoma placida, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 297. n. 93 (1867).

Pentatoma immunis, id. ibid. iii. p. 560 (1868).

Ochraceous ; lateral margins of head near eyes and the

eyes black, ocelli red; antenne very pale ochraceous, fourth

and fifth joints and the apex of the third reddish ochraceous.

Pronotum with two small central discal dark spots. A sub-

obsolete pale fascia traversing pronotum and-scutellum. Body

beneath, rostrum, and legs stramineous ; apex of rostrum and

sometimes a central spot on posterior margin of fifth abdo-

minal segment piceous ; “apices of tibiee and the tarsi reddish

ochraceous.

Antenne with the fourth joint longest, third and fifth sub-

equal in length.

Long. 15 millim.

Hab. ‘Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant) ; Zoutpansberg (AKess-

ner).

A somewhat variable species above, but always to be

determined by the colour of the antenne, the two discal spots

to pronotum, and, in the Transvaal specimens now before me,

by the fascia to pronotum and scutellum.

PANDA, gen. nov.

Body ovate above, convex beneath. Head broad, long,

laterally sinuate, rounded in front, lateral lobes longer than

the central. Antenne short, basal joint not nearly reaching

the apex of the head, second a little longer than the third,

fourth and fifth moderately incrassated. Pronotum with the

anterior angles acute, the lateral margins crenulated, the

lateral angles prominent.

Other characters generally as in Llerda, Stal, to which

this genus is allied.

300 Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota from the

Panda signitenens, Sp. nl.

Ochraceous; head and anterior area of pronotum darker ;

two transverse levigate pale ochraceous spots on disk of pro-

notum. Head transversely rugulose and punctate ; antenne

stramineous, fourth and fifth joints roseate. Pronotum levi-

gately rugose, coarsely punctate, lateral angles robust, spinous,

directed “forward, sometimes roseate at apices; a central

pale levigate line not reaching anterior margin. Scutellum

coarsely punctate ; corlum more finely punet: ate ; membrane

pale. Body beneath, legs, and rostrum stramineous ; ; ante-

rior and lateral margins of sternum and abdominal spiracles

piceous.

Long. 9-10 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 53-6 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

I also possess a specimen collected by Mr. Mansel Weale

in Cape Colony.

Diploxys cornuta, sp. n.

Head with the lateral lobes meeting in front, their apices

non-exserted, ochraceous; lateral margins black, central lobe

and its margins thickly punctured with black. Pronotum

ochraceous, with the whole basal area paler, somewhat

greyish, and coarsely punctate, its anterior area with two

central patches of black punctures, and the anterior sublateral

margins also blackly punctate; lateral angles black, robustly

and acutely spinous, the spines directed forward. Scu-

tellum ochraceous, blackly punctate at base and basal lateral

margins; a long levigate ochraceous spot in each basal angle ;

the whole apical area very coarsely punctate, with a central

raised levigate line. Corium pale purplish, finely and darkly

punctate, the lateral margin ochraceous. Membrane silvery

grey. Connexivum ochraceous, the apical angles piceous.

Body beneath and legs ochraceous, a fascia of black punc-

tures extending from pronotal spines to near apex of abdomen ;

sternum fasciately punctured with black. Antenne ochra-

ceous, fifth joint, and fourth joint excluding base, piceous.

Apex of rostrum piceous.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant) ; Zoutpansberg (Kess-

mer).

LEliomorpha scutellata, sp. n.

Ochraceous, thickly and coarsely punctate ; head with the

lateral margins and the marginal areas of the central lobe

piceous ; antenne ochraceous. Pronotum with a central pale

Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyasaland, 301

levigate line, and with three—sometimes subobsolete—oblique

fascia on each side; two transverse marks on anterior area

and the lateral margins paler ochraceous. Scutellam with a

central double lineate fascia, a short oblique stripe on eacl

side of base, and the extreme basal angles piceous; near

basal angles is“also a small pale ochraceous levigate spot.

Corium more or less piceous at its inner angle. Membrane

greyish brown. ~Connexivum ochraceous, spotted with

piceous. Body beneath, rostrum, and legs ochraceous ; apex

of rostrum, lateral margins of sternum, a few sternal spots,

and a central fascia to abdomen piceous.

Long. 6 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant) ; Zoutpansberg (Kess-

ner).

This species is of a variable nature; in one specimen the

transverse marks on the anterior area of the pronotum are

piceous, not ochraceous. The markings to the scutellum

appear to be always constant.

Allied to 4. natalicola, Stal.

Durmia horizonialis, sp. n.

Head ochraceous, thickly and darkly punctate; antenne

reddish ochraceous. Pronotum ochraceous; basal area

purplish, coarsely punctate ; lateral margins moderately crenu-

late; lateral angles black, robustly spinous, strongly and

straightly produced outward. Scutellum pale ochraceous

and levigate, a cluster of piceous punctures on basal area and

at each lateral margin, the apex concolorously punctate.

Corium purplish, finely punctate, base of lateral margin

ochraceous. Membrane greyish. Connexivum ochraceous.

Body beneath ochraceous ; legs reddish ochraceous. A few

scattered black spots on sternum and abdomen, the spiracles

and a broken lateral fascia to abdomen also black. Rostrum

reaching the posterior coxe, its apex black.

Long. 7-9 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Subfam. Asorrvz.

Dorycoris pavoninus, Westw. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.).

Macrorhaphis leprosa, Germ, Pretoria (W. L. D.), Lydenburg District

(Pret. Mus.).

—— spurcata, Walk. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Afrius figuratus, Germ. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Barberton (Dr. P. Ren-

dall), Waterberg ( Wilde), Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Glypsus mestus, Germ. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Johannesburg (Zoss).

conspicuus, Westw. Pretoria (W’. L. D.).

302 Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota from the

Subfam. V'zssaraTOurn az.

Natalicola pallida, Westw. Pretoria (W. ZL. D.), Barberton (Dr. P. Ren-

dall), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Subfam. Dryrporivz.

Aspongopus japetus, Dist. Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), Lydenburg District

(Pret. Mus.).

nubilus, Westw. Pretoria (W. Z. D.), Johannesburg (Ross), Bar-

berton (Dr. P. Rendall), Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

mysticus, Stal. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.).

lividus, Dist. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Subfam. PayrLocePpHALinZz.

Dalsira foveata, Dall. Klerksdorp (Coll. Dist.), Lydenburg District

(Pret. Mus.).

affins, A. & 8S. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

lentiginosa, Stal. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

alata, sp.u. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

crassa, sp. 0. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.), Barberton (Dr. P.

Rendall).

—— maura, sp. u. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Basicryptus antennatus, Dist. Pretoria District (Pret. Mus.).

elongatus, Dist. Rustenburg (Coll. Dist.).

—— gibbosus, Dali. Pretoria (W. L. D.).

costalis, Germ. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

projectus, sp. n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Gonopsis mantis, Stal. Rustenburg ( Coll. Dist.).

natalensis, Stal. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

—— lydenburgi, sp.n. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Dichelorhinus rustenburgi, sp. u. Rustenburg (Coll. Dist.), Lydenburg

(Pret. Mus.).

Phyllocephala Gunningt, sp.n. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

serrata, sp.n. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

testacea, sp. v. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Gellia angulicollis, Stal. Pretoria (W. L. D.), Lydenburg District (Pret.

Mus.).

—— albivittis, Germ. Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Dalsira alata, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous, somewhat thickly and darkly punc-

tate. Antenne with the apical joint piceous. Pronotum with

two discal, transverse, somewhat piceous calli near anterior

margin, the basal area also subpiceous; lateral margins

obscurely crenulate, posterior angles obliquely truncate.

Scutellum with an elongate, levigate, piceous spot in each

basal angle. Corium with a large discal piceous spot which

reaches the interior apical margin. Membrane greyish, the

veins spotted with piceous. Connexivum ochraceous, thickly

covered with piceous punctures. Body beneath piceous,

————————————————

Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyasaland. 303

mottled with ochraceous, mar ins of sternum and legs piceous ;

intermediate and posterior tibiz and the rostrum brownish

ochraceous. Spiracles pale luteous.

Long. 12 millim.

Hab, Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Dalsira crassa, sp. u.

Robust ; brownish ochraceous, corium somewhat paler in

hue. Head rugulose; antennz brownish ochraceous. Pro-

notum rugose, with a central carina about middle, from which

it is obliquely deflected to head, the lateral angles broadly

rounded and subprominent, the anterior lateral margins

crenulated, with a short distinct spine at anterior angles.

Scutellum rugose, excepting the apical area, which is coarsely

punctate. Corium thickly, finely, and darkly punctate, base

of lateral margins ochraceous. Membrane greyish brown,

speckled with piceous. Body beneath castaneous, slightly

irrorated with ochraceous; legs greyish brown, sometimes

castaneous.

Long. 18 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 11 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria

District (Pret. Mus.). —

Apparently allied to D. porosa, Stal, but differing by

having the second and third joints of the antenne subequal

in length, rugose surface of the pronotum and scutellum, &e.

Dalsira maura, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum piceous, the first coarsely

punctate, the second and third rugose. Corium obscure

ochraceous, coarsely punctured with piceous, and with the

inner apical area piceous. Membrane greyish, spotted with

piceous. Connexivum brownish ochraceous, inwardly darkly

punctate. Body beneath pale piceous, margins of the abdo-

men more or less mottled with ochraceous ; legs piceous, the

tibiz (and sometimes the posterior femora) spotted with pale

luteous.

Long. 15 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Basieryptus projectus, sp. n.

Pale ochraceous, with a few small scattered black spots,

and with a much larger black spot in each basal angle of the

scutellum. Antenne, body beneath, and legs darker ochra-

ceous ; sternum and abdomen somewhat thickly speckled with

304 Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota from the

small black spots, and some similar spots on coxe and tro-

chanters. Pronotuin with the lateral angles prominent and

obtusely angulated, the anterior lateral margins finely dentate.

Lateral margins of the corium crenulated.

Long. 18 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 12 millim.

Hab. Transvaal (Dr. P. Rendall).

Allied to B. gibbosus, Dall, from which it differs by the

subacutely produced (not rounded) lateral angles of the

pronctum.

Gonopsis lydenburgt, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous; basal area of pronotum, the scu-

tellum, and corium brownish; antennz, basal lateral margin

of corium, and the connexivum pale ochraceous; head with

the apices of the lateral lobes and the eyes piceous ; membrane

greyish, spotted with piceous. Body beneath ochraceous,

more or less darkly punctate; a levigate pale luteous fascia

extending from baseof antenne through pro- and mesosternum,

and beyond this fascia the prosternum is brownish ; abdomen

with two fasciate series of piceous punctures on each side,

the innermost narrowest; spiracles black. Legs brownish

ochraceous.

Antenne with the third and fourth joints subequal in

length, second a little shorter, and fifth a little longer. Pro-

notnm with the lateral angles prominent, obtusely angulate,

anterior lateral margins dentate; a levigate line between the

angles, in front of which the surface is depressed.

Long. 13 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Allied to G. hottentotta, Stal, but differing by the different

colour of the antenne, fasciz to abdomen, &c.

Dichelorhinus rustenburg?, sp. n.

Ochraceous; apices of lateral lobes of head, basal angles

and apical margins of scutellum, and lateral and apical

margins of corium piceous. Lateral and central areas of pro-

notum and central lobe of head pale castaneous. LExtreme

lateral margins of head, a curved narrow levigate fascia

between lateral angles of pronotum, connected at centre with

its base, a central levigate line and a short longitudinal fascia

near each basal angle of scutellum, base of lateral margins of

corium and the connexivum pale luteous. Membrane pale

brownish. Body beneath ochraceous; abdomen reddish

ochraceous ; sternum with a broad fascia on each side and a

central lineate one pale luteous; abdomen with two narrow

Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyasaland. 305

lineate series of black punctures on each side; legs more or

less speckled with piceous.

Head furrowed between the lateral lobes ; pronotum with

a lateral and two central furrows, base entire and punctate.

Antenne mutilated.

Long. 13 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Rustenburg (Coll. Dist.).

Allied to D. histricus, Stal.

I have examined a specimen from the Lydenburg District

belonging to the Pretoria Museum, which seems to be clearly

a varietal form of this species, though the prominent piceous

markings to the scutellum and corium are entirely absent.

Phyllocephala Gunning?, sp. n.

Fuscous. Head piceous, rugulose; antennee brownish

ochraceous. Pronotum with the discal area irrorated with

ochraceous, with three short ochraceous fasciz on basal area,

which are continued through the whole length of the scu-

tellum. Membrane pale greyish, speckled with brown.

Body beneath reddish ochraceous; a lateral fascia to sternum,

a central fascia to abdomen, and the spiracles pale luteous ;

head beneath, lateral margins of sternum, two indistinct

narrow fasciz on each side of abdomen, and the legs piceous ;

intermediate and posterior tibiee brownish ochraceous.

The pronotum has the anterior lateral margins crenulate, its

surface is rugulose excepting the central basal area, which is

coarsely punctate ; scutellum transversely rugulose ; corium

finely punctate.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Pretoria Mus. and

Coll. Dist.).

Phyllocephala serrata, sp. n.

Piceous; pronotum with a broad, transverse, discal, ochra-

ceous fascia; antenne piceous, fourth and fifth joints ochra-

ceous. Body beneath ochraceous, speckled with piceous ;

head beneath, margins of sternum and abdomen, legs, and six

narrow fascizs to abdomen—two contiguous and central, and

two on each side, of which one is spiracular—piceous ; ros-

trum (excluding base) ochraceous; femora speckled with

ochraceous ; membrane brownish, spotted with piceous.

Lateral margins of the pronotum very strongly dentate; head

longitudinally rugulose; pronotum with a distinct ridge

between the lateral angles, beyond which it is obliquely

306 Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota from the

depressed to head; scutellum subrugulose; corium finely and

obscurely punctate.

Var— Wholly piceous ; pronotum without the ochraceous

fascia.

Long. 11 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus. and

Coll. Dist.).

Phyllocephala testacea, sp. n.

Testaceous ; head and pronotum darker in hue; base of

pronotum in front of scutellum piceous, divided by three

ochraceous lines. Head with the apical margins infuscated ;

antenne ochraceous, apical joint somewhat infuscated. Scu-

tellum somewhat rugulose, thickly and darkly punttate, with

a faint central levigate line. Corium thickly and finely

punctate. Membrane greyish. Body beneath testaceous,

three sublateral black spots to sternum; femora speckled

with fuscous; apex of rostrum piceous.

Long. 11 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Pret. Mus.).

Heteroptera from Mashonaland.

Fam. Pentatomide.

Subfam. ScvrerreriIn2.

Steganocerus multipunctatus, Thunb.

Spherocoris testudo-grisea, de Geer.

Callidea duodecimpunctata, Fabr.

Sublam. Peyrarouin2e.

Canomorpha nervosa, Dall.

Atelocera stictica, Westw.

natalensis, Stal.

Dymantis subvitiata, Stal.

Tropicorypha corticina, Germ.

Halyomorpha capitata, Dist.

pretoria, Dist.

Veterna sanguineirostris, Thunb.

patula, Dist.

Diploxys thoracia, sp. 0.

Tyoma cryptorhyncha, Germ.

Durmia lutulenta, Stal.

tomentiventris, Germ.

— albido-fuscata, Stal.

horizontalis, Dist.

Agonoscelis puberula, Stal.

versicolor, Faby.

Afrania Wahlbergi, Stal,

Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyasaland. 307

Dismegistus fimbriatuss Thunb.

Nezara viridula, Linn.

robusta, sp. n.

Euryaspis mashone, sp. 0.

Antestia cincticollis, Schaum.

mauritit, Stal.

Menida loriventris, Germ.

Diploxys thoracia, sp. n.

Head ochraceous, lateral margins and margins of central

lobe piceous, apex brownish; antenne reddish, fifth joint, and

fourth joint excluding base, piceous. Pronotum ochraceous,

thickly covered with coarse black punctures ; lateral margins,

a narrow central fascia, and two discal levigate spots on ante-

rior area pale ochraceous; lateral angles piceous, strongly

produced and directed forward. Scutellum piceous, sub-

rugulose ; a slightly raised, levigate, pale ochraceous, elongate

spot in each basal angle, after which the lateral margins and

apical area are pale ochraceous, coarsely punctured with

piceous, and with a narrow, central, pale ochraceous fascia.

Corium piceous, somewhat coarsely punctate, bases of lateral

margins ochraceous; membrane dull greyish. Connexivum

ochraceous. Body beneath ochraceous, coarsely and darkly

punctate ; a short anterior submarginal fascia to prosternum ;

a somewhat broken fascia on each lateral area of pro-, meso-,

and metasternum; a broad submarginal fascia extending

from pronotal angles to apex of abdomen, two central abdo-

minal fascia, and the spiracles piceous. Legs reddish

ochraceous.

Head with the lateral lobes meeting in front, their apices

non-exserted. Antenne with the second and fourth joints

shorter than the third and fifth ; rostrum reaching the poste-

rior coxe, its apex piceous; posterior angles of the con-

nexivum acute, piceous.

Long. 12 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 6 millim.

Hab. Mashonaland, near Salisbury (@. A. K. Marshall).

Nezara robusta, sp. n.

Pale green, much suffused with ochraceous. Head rugu-

lose, ocelli purplish red; antenne with the first, second, and

third joints green, apices of second and third purplish red,

fourth and fifth joints reddish ochraceous. Pronotum

greenish ochraceous, crossed by irregular green fascie, of

which three discal are most distinct; lateral margins purplish

red. Scutellum green, with two broad central fasciz, ochra-

ceous spotted with green. Corium green, with claval and

308 Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota from the

marginal ochiaceous suffusions, bases of lateral margins

purplish red; membrane pale greenish. Connexivum with

its margins purplish red. Body beneath and legs pale

greenish ; femora and tarsi shaded with ochraceous ; rostrum

reddish ochraceous.

Var.— Body above uniformly green, without the ochraceous

suffusions.

Body broad, pronotal angles subprominent and rounded.

Antenne with the second and third joints subequal in length

and shorter than fourth and fifth. Rostrum just passing the

posterior coxe.

Long. 18 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 10 millim.

Hab. Mashonaland, near Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall).

Euryaspis mashone, sp. 1.

Body above and beneath with legs and rostrum luteous.

Ocelli and eyes reddish ; antenne with the third, fourth, and

fifth joints more or less reddish ochraceous. Body above

sparingly and irregularly punctate; scutellum with a large

concolorous levigate spot in each basal angle. Antenne

robust, apex of the third joint and the whole of the fourth

and fifth joints considerably thickened.

Long. 9 millim.

Hab. Mashonaland, near Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall).

The specimen from which the above description is taken,

like most pale-coloured species, is more or less shaded or dis-

coloured. I have considered such shadings as discolorations,

though there are suggestions of a large darker bifid spot near

apex of scutellum.

Subfam. Asorrvm.

Mecosoma Marshalli, sp. u.

Macrorhaphis spurcata, Walk.

Afrius figuratus, Germ.

Glypsus conspicuus, Westw.

Mecosoma Marshaili, sp. n.

Head pale reddish ; apical third of lateral lobes, extreme

apex of central lobe, and a basal patch behind each eye bluish

green ; eyes and antenne piceous, ocellired. Pronotum pale

red; a lateral and anterior (connected) submarginal fascia

bluish green; a very large discal, coarsely punctate, pale

piceous patch, extending from near base to two thirds of the

pronotal area, its lateral margins oblique. Scutellum red,

sparingly and coarsely punctate ; a bluish-black spot in each

Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyasaland. 309

basal angle and a very large central, basal, bluish-black spot

continued as a narrow, central, levigate fascia to apex, which

is of the same colour. Corium pale reddish, claval and

lateral margins (the last not extending to apex) with a broken

connecting fascia on apical area bluish green. Membrane

geneous, with its apex paler. Body beneath red, thickly and

coarsely punctate; legs, rostrum, posterior margins of abdo-

minal segments, margins of sternal segments, and a large

central spot on mesosternum bluish black. Ventral spine

pale ochraceous.

Long. 13 millim.

flab. Mashonaland, near Salisbury (G. 4. K. Marshall).

Subfam. TzsssraTromMinZ.

Natalicola pallidus, Westw.

Malabama ethiops, gen, et sp. 0.

MALABAMA, gen. nov.

Head concave, subfoliaceous, the lateral lobes recurved,

directed upward, much longer than central lobe, and united

in front of same; ocelli a little nearer to eyes than to each

other. Rostrum short, reaching the anterior coxe. Antenne

short ; basal joint about reaching apex of the head ; second

joint short, not clearly separated from third. Pronotum with

the posterior angles obtusely rounded, the lateral margins

obsoletely serrated. Scutellum, membrane, sulcated proster-

num, carinated mesosternum, and metasternal keel emar-

ginate behind for reception of ventral spine as in Haplosterna.

This genus is allied to Haplosterna, Stal (Aplosterna,

Westw.), from which it differs by the concave head and the

non-attenuated body posteriorly, thus somewhat, and in that

respect superficially, having a resemblance to Pycanum.

Malabama ethiops, sp. n.

Head, antenne, pronotum, scutellum, membrane, connexi-

vum, body beneath, rostrum, and legs pale ochraceous.

Corium pale greenish ochraceous. Hxtreme lateral edges of

head, pronotum, and base of corium black. Lateral margins

of meso- and metasternum pale luteous.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, connexivum, and body beneath

very finely rugulose and punctate ; corium very finely and

indistinctly tessellate.

Long. 25 miilim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 14 millim.

Hab. Mashonaland, near Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 22

310 Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota from the

Subfam. Drvrporrv2z.

Aspongopus nubilus, Westw.

Subfam. PayrrocEPHALINZ.

Basicryptus antennatus, Dist.

Dalsira crassus, Dist.

Heteroptera from British Nyasaland.

Fam. Pentatomide.

Subfam. ScvrerLerinZ.

Steganocerus multipunctatus, Thunb. Fort Johnson.

Spherocoris ocellatus, Klug. Fort Johnson, Zomba.

—— testudo-grisea, de Geer. Fort Johnson.

Callidea natalensis, Stal. Fort Johnson.

Deroplax nigrofasciata, sp.n. Zomba.

Hotea subfasciata, Westw. Zomba.

Deroplax nigrofasciata, sp. n.

Dark fuscous brown, thickly and coarsely punctate ; lateral

margins of head and pronotum dull ochraceous; a broad

central fascia to head, submarginal lateral fascie to pronotum,

and a large spot near each basal angle of scutellum black.

Body beneath and legs piceous, lateral and anterior margins

of prosternum dull ochraceous.

Lateral margins of pronotum slightly sinuate, the posterior

angles prominent and obtusely angulate ; head large, deflexed ;

antenne piceous, third joint shortest, fourth and fifth longest ;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxe.

Long. 13 millim.

Hab. Nyasaland, Zomba (Dr. P. Rendall).

Subfam. Grapxosourns.

Scotinophora fibulata, Germ. Fort Johnson.

Subfam. Peyraromryz.

' Scribonia bipustulata, Walk. Zomba.

Cenomorpha splendidula, sp.n. Fort Johnson.

Chipatula typica, gen. et sp. n. Fort Johnson.

Atelocera raptoria, Germ. Fort Johnson, Zomba.

Eractheus lutulentus, Stal. Zomba.

Tropicorypha corticina, Germ. Zomba.

Halyomorpha viridescens, Walk. Fort Johnson, Zomba.

Caura rufiventris, Germ. Fort Johnson, Zomba.

Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyasaland. 311

Carbula decorata, Sign. Fort Johnson.

trisignata, Germ. Fort Johnson.

Agonoscelis erosa, Westw. Fort Johnson.

versicolor, Faby. Fort Johnson, Zomba.

Afrania Wahilbergi, Stal. Fort Johnson.

Stenozygum alienatum, Fabr. Fort Johnson.

Bagrada hilaris, Burm. Fort Johnson.

Nezara virtdula, Linn. Fort Johnson,

Frebert, Stal. Zomba.

robusta, Dist. Zomba.

Flaminia maxima, sp. n. Fort Johnson.

Platacantha lutea, Westw. Zomba.

Antestia cincticollis, Schaum. Fort Johnson.

variegata, Thunb. Fort Johnson.

Menda nyase, sp. nu. Fort Johnson.

Bathycelha buonopoxiensis, Pal. Beauv. Fort Johnson.

Aspavia pallidispina, Stal. Fort Johnson.

— carbula, sp.n. Fort Johnson, Zomba,

Scribonia bipustulata, Walk.

Atelocera bipustulata, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 214. n. 17.

Brownish ochraceous, punctured and mottled with piceous.

Head with a central ochraceous fascia, its base and the eyes

black; antenne piceous. Pronotum rugose and coarsely

punctate, anterior halves of lateral margins strongly dentate ;

anterior margin and a central longitudinal line levigate,

ochraceous; an irregular-formed transverse piceous patch

enclosing a small ochraceous levigate spot on each side of

anterior area. Scutellum rugose and coarsely punctate ; three

large levigate black spots at base—one at each angle and

slightly raised—the central much less raised and narrowly

margined with reddish, and with a central, raised, levigate,

linear, ochraceous fascia terminating before the apical area,

Corium coarsely punctate, interspersed irregularly with small

levigate ochraceous spots, and with a large black spot on

posterior discal area; membrane greyish, with an inner

apical black margin. Connexivum black, spotted with

brownish ochraceous. Body beneath and legs piceous ; head

and sternum greyishly pubescent ; rostrum piceous, reaching

the base of the penultimate segment of the abdomen. An-

tenn with the second and third joints strongly pilose, third

and fourth joints longest, subequal in length, fifth slightly

longer than second. Legs pilose.

Long. 23 millim.

Hab. Nyasaland, Zomba (Dr. P. Rendall).

Cenomorpha splendidula, sp. n.

Bright emerald-green. Head coarsely punctate and with

22%

alg Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota from the

the reflexed margins very narrowly ochraceous; antenne

with the first, second, and third joints bluish green, bases of

first and third narrowly ochraceous, fourth joint bluish green

at base, then annulated with ochraceous, remaining portion

fuscous (fifth joint mutilated). Pronotum coarsely punctate,

ochraceously dentate on anterior half of lateral margins ;

posterior angles prominent and obtusely acute. Scutellum

coarsely punctate, with a small levigate ochraceous spot in

each basal angle and the apex broadly ochraceous. Corium

less shining green, with a few linear ochraceous markings ;

membrane cupreous. Body beneath emerald-green; coxa,

trochanters, femora, central annulation to tibiz, and a broad

central fascia to abdomen ochraceous; tibie bluish green ;

rostrum ochraceous, streaked with bluish green and reaching

apex of second abdominal segment.

Long. 20 millim. ; exp. pronot. ang]. 10 millim.

Hab. Nyasaland, Fort Johnson (Dr. P. Rendall).

CHIPATULA, gen. nov.

Head long and broad; lateral lobes longer than the central,

their apical areas obtusely angulate, raised and recurved.

Antenne inserted about the middle of the lateral margins of

the head, basal joint about reaching apex of the head; margins

of the abdomen slightly angulate at segmental incisures.

Ventral furrow and other characters as in Cenomorpha.

This genus may be roughly defined as having all the

general characters of Caenomorpha, but with the head re-

sembling A podiphus.

Chipatula typica, sp. n.

Purplish green. Head coarsely punctate, extreme lateral

margins and a basal spot behind each eye ochraceous. An-

tenn bluish green ; third joint ochraceous at base, fourth and

filth joints mutilated. Pronotum coarsely punctate and some-

what rugulose ; lateral crenulated margins, apices of posterior

angles, and a small central spot at base ochraceous. Scu-

tellum coarsely punctate and somewhat rugulose, with a

slightly raised central line (more or less continued through

pronotum), a levigate spot in each basal angle, and the apical

area pale ochraceous. Corium thickly and finely punctate,

with some pale purplish irrorations; membrane cupreous.

Connexivum alternately green and pale purplish. Body

beneath emerald-green ; coxe, trochanters, femora, central

annulation to tibie, tarsi, a broad central fascia to abdomen,

Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyasaland. 313

lateral margins of meso- and metasternum, and marginal

abdominal spots ochraceous. ‘Tibie bluish green. Rostrum

reaching the base of third abdominal segment: lateral pro-

notal angles prominent, obtusely angulated.

Long. 16 millim.

Hab, Nyasaland, Fort Johnson (Dr. P. Rendall).

Flaminia maxima, sp. n.

Black, sparingly punctate; anterior half of head, eyes, and

antenne (apical joint mutilated) reddish ochraceous. Pro-

notum with the lateral margins and a somewhat broad arched

fascia extending from posterior angles to near anterior margin

pale ochraceous. Scutellum with all the margins and a

central longitudinal fascia (not reaching apex) pale ochraceous.

Corium with the basal lateral margins pale ochraceous.

Connexivum and body beneath ochraceous, a submarginal

fascia to prosternum and abdomen black. Legs mutilated.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Nyasaland, Fort Johnson (Dr. P. Rendall).

One specimen in somewhat bad condition, but recognized

at once from F. natalénsis, Dall, by the very different

markings of the scutellum.

Menida nyase, sp. ni.

Black, thickly and coarsely punctate. Antenne dull ochra-

ceous, extreme tip infuscated, basal joint black. Pronotum

with the edge of lateral margins, a large irregularly-shaped

spot on disk, with a smaller one on each side, levigate, ochra-

ceous. Scutellum with five levigate ochraceous spots—three

on basal margin and two a little beneath them—the apex

pale luteous, with a few punctures, which are principally

central and lineate. Membrane cupreous. Connexivum

above and beneath ochraceous, with large piceous spots.

Body beneath black ; legs and two central rows of large spots

to abdomen ochraceous. Rostrum reaching tbe posterior

coxe.

Long. 7 millim.

Hab. Nyasaland, Fort Johnson (Dr. P. Rendall).

Aspavia carbula, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous, thickly, coarsely, and darkly pune-

tate. Head piceous; antenne ochraceous. Pronotum with

the lateral angles piceous, prominent, and broadly and ob-

tusely angulate, the lateral margins pale luteous, and with a

314 Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota from the

piceous patch on each side of anterior margin. Scutellum

with a large levigate ochraceous spot in each basal angle, the

apex also levigate and ochraceous. Corium with a small

obscure levigate spot on posterior portion of disk ; membrane

cupreous, its apex paler. Connexivum brownish ochraceous,

spotted with piceous. Body beneath ochraceous, sparingly,

coarsely, and darkly punctate ; legs and rostrum ochraceous,

apex of rostrum piceous; femora with some piceous spots near

apex.

Long. 8-9 millim.

Hab. Nyasaland, Zomba and Fort Johnson (Dr. P.

Rendall).

Closely resembling Carbula trisignata, Germ., but differing

generically by the shape of the head.

Subfam. Asoprvz.

Dorycoris pavoninus, Westw. Fort Johnson.

Moyara insignis, gen. et sp. n. Zomba.

Macrorhaphis spurcata, Walk. Fort Johnson.

Audinetia spinidens, Fabr. Fort Johnson.

Glypsus conspicuus, Westw. Fort Johnson.

MoyaRA, gen. nov.

Head anteriorly concave ; lobes of about equal length, lateral

lobes foliaceous, upwardly recurved. Eyes prominent, situate

at basal insertion of the head. Rostrum reaching the inter-

mediate coxe, first joint just passing base of head. Thorax

broad, flat, depressed anteriorly, moderately constricted before

middle ; lateral margins prominently reflexed and concavely

rounded, posterior angles produced in long spines. Scutellum

narrowed apically and reaching the interior apical angle of

the corium. Second abdominal segment with a somewhat

obscure spinous tubercle directed forward. Anterior femora

spined near apex.

This genus is allied to Leptolobus, Sign., from which it

differs by the structure of the head and thorax, broader

body, &c.

Moyara insignis, sp. 0.

Head purplish, transversely rugulose, with some coarse

punctures near base ; antenne dark indigo-blue. Pronotum

pale reddish ochraceous ; lateral margins and spines and a ver

large spot on each side of base dark indigo-blue. Scutellum

dark indigo-blue, a spot in each basal angle and the apical

area pale luteous. Corium pale ochraceous, with a large

transverse discal spot (not reaching inner margin) bluish

Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyasaland. 315

black ; membrane indigo-blue, apical margins pale greyish.

Body beneath reddish, base of abdomen ochraceous ; head

beneath, rostrum, legs, lateral margins of pro- and meso-

sternum, a large spot on each side of metasternum, a series

of lateral abdominal segmental spots, and the sixth abdo-

minal segment dark indigo-blue.

The pronotum is sparingly and coarsely punctate, the

lateral angles produced into long acute spines slightly exca-

vated at their apices. Scutellum coarsely punctate, with a

central raised longitudinal ridge. Corium very finely and

sparingly punctured. Antenne with the fourth joint longest ;

second and fifth joints subequal in length, each a little shorter

than the third.

Long. 16 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 10 millim.

Hab. Nyasaland, Zomba (Dr. P. Rendall).

Subfam. Tessararourn z.

Piezosternum calidum, Fabr. Zomba.

Natalicola pallidus, Westw. Fort Johnson.

Subfam. Diyvrporr2#.

Aspongopus pullus, Stal. Fort Johnson, Zomba.

nubilus, Westw. Zomba.

patruelis, Stal. Fort Johnson.

— lividus, sp.n. Fort Johnson, Zomba.

Aspongopus lividus, sp. n.

Black ; fifth joint and apical two thirds of fourth joint of

antenne ochraceous; abdomen above dark olivaceous, the

connexivum piceous.

Head with the lateral margins moderately sinuate, apex

slightly notched between the meeting of the lateral lobes.

Antenne with the fifth joint longest; fourth a little longer

than third, which is subequal in length to second. Pronotum

and scutellum transversely rugulose and coarsely punctate.

Corium opaque and slightly wrinkled.

Long. 15-16 millim.

Hab. Nyasaland, Fort Johnson, Zomba (Dr. P. Rendall).

I possess specimens of this species collected by Mr. Marshall

at Isipingo in Natal and by Dr. Rendall at Barberton in the

Transvaal, having the membrane dull cupreous.

Subfam. PayrrocerHaLin Zz.

Basicryptus antennatus, Dist. Fort Johnson.

16 On Rhynchota from the Transvaal &e.

SYNONYMICAL NOTES.

Deroplax circumducta.

Pachycoris circeumductus, Germ. in Silb. Rey. v. p. 190 (1837).

Hotea prcea, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 56 (1867).

Cocalus leucogrammus.

Cimex leucogrammus, Germ. in Silb. Rev. v. p. 179 (18387).

Sciocoris leucogrammus, H.-S. Wanz. vii. p. 88, fig. 756 (1844).

Cocalus leucogrammus, Stal, Hem. Afr. i. p. 119. 1 (1864).

Sciocoris clausus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 175 (1867).

Pododus orbicularis.

Sciocoris orbicularis, Burm. Handb. ii. 1, p. 378. 6 (1835).

Pododus orbicularis, St&l, Hem. Afr. i. p. 124. 1 (1864).

2 equalis, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 179 (1867).

Holcostethus apicalis.

Cimex apicalis, H.-S. Wanz. vi. p. 95, fig. 666 (1842).

Holcostethus apicalis, Stal, En. Hem. v. p. 74 (1876).

Pentatoma confinis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p, 298. n. 95 (1867).

Toma.

Tyoma, Spinola, Gen. d’Ins. artr. p. 138 (1850).

Oxycoris, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. p. 909 (1864).

Camara, Walker, Cat. Het. i. p. 237 (1867).

Tyoma eryptorhyncha.

Cimex cryptorhynchus, Germ. in Silb. Rey. y. p. 169 (1837) ; Herr.-

Schaff. Wanz. vii. p. 74, fig. 742 (1844).

Camara limosa, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 237, 1 (1867).

Holeostethus heterccera.

Pentatoma heterocera, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 297. n. 94 (1867).

Holcostethus obscuratus, Dist. Nat. in Transy., Append. p. 249, t. ili.

fig. 2 (1892).

Dismegistus fimbriatus.

Cimex fimbriatus, Thunb. Nov. sp. Ins. i. p. 47, t. ii. fig. 61 (1788).

Cydnus circumeinctus, Hahn, Wauz. ii. p. 115, fig. 195 (1834).

Strachia enescens, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 325. n. 52 (1867).

The Zululand Form of Livingstone’s Antelope. 317

XXXV.—On the Zululand Form of Livingstone’s Antelope

(Nesotragus Livingstonianus). By OLprieLp THoMas.

In April 1892 the well-known sportsman Mr. Arthur H.

Neumann obtained in Northern Zululand two specimens of a

small antelope locally known as the “ Inhlengane,” and these

specimens I exhibited at the Zoological Society * in the

following year, provisionally identifying them with the

Nesotragus Livingstonianus of the Zambezi.

Of the latter form there was at that date in the Museum

only a flat scalp with the frontlet and horns, being the type

on which the species was founded.

Recently, however, the Museum has received from Mr, Al-

fred Sharpe a female specimen of N. Livingstonianus from

Nyasaland, and therefore from approximately the typical

locality of the species.

This female specimen differed widely from Mr. Neumann’s

male Zululand examples, which were described both in my

paper (/. c.) read before the Zoological Society and in the

‘Book of Antelopes’t, by being of a generally grizzled

fawn-colour, instead of deep rufous, while the fetlocks were

only indistinctly blackish behind, instead of being promi-

nently black all round,

A® it still seemed possible, however, that these differences

might be due to sex, Mr. Neumann was good enough to try

and procure female examples of the Zululand form; and

through the kindness of Mr, Saunders, of that country, he

has now succeeded in getting a fine female skin, which he

has presented to the National Collection.

This female proves to be precisely like the male specimens

previously examined, and therefore shows that the above

differences are not due to sex, and must be looked upon as

indicating subspecific distinction.

This being the case, the Zululand subspecies may be termed

N. Livingstonianus zuluensis, its ty pe being B.M.no, 93. 2. 1. L-

the male specimen first given by Mr. Neumann and already

sufficiently described in the works referred to.

So far as the material goes, the Zululand form seems also

to have finer horns than that found on the Zambezi; but

further males from the latter region will be necessary before

the exact degree of difference can be determined.

* P. Z. S, 1893, p. 237,

T Vol. ii, p. 55 (1896).

318 Mr. O. Thomas on

X XX VI.— Notes on various American Mammals.

By OLpDFIELD THOMAS.

Spheronycteris toxophyllum, Pet.

This remarkable bat was described by Peters on a specimen

from unknown locality. It is therefore of interest to record

that a skin with its skull, apparently quite agreeing with

the original description and figure, has been received from

Merida, Venezuela. It was collected by Seftor 8. Briceiio.

Micronycteris hirsuta, Peters.

Another bat described by Peters without exact locality is

Schizostoma hirsutum (MB. Ak. Berl. 1869, p. 396).

Among some specimens obtained by Mr. C. F. Underwood

in Costa Rica are a pair of bats, unfortunately somewhat

damaged, but apparently agreeing with Peters’s and Dobson’s

descriptions of the type of the above species in the Paris

Museum.

Mr. Underwood’s specimens were obtained at Pozo Azul,

at an altitude of 200 m., in Costa Rica. The male is orna-

mented with a tuft of long hairs situated just behind the

band connecting the two ears.

Conepatus mapurito, Gm.

A skunk from Guatemala, collected by Mr. C. F. Under-

wood, closely agrees with what is practically a topotype of

this species from Bogoté, sent home by Mr. G. D. Child.

Both, as also another specimen from Costa Rica, agree in

having two white dorsal stripes, which do not reach to the

tail and are divided by a black line extending forward between

them to the occiput. The hairs on the top of the neck are

directed forward and those on the crown backwards, the two

sets meeting in a crest running across from ear to ear.

The identification of the real C. mapurito is of some

interest, as all the skunks of the genus Conepatus have been

lumped under this name.

Oryzomys vestitus, Thos.*

The typical skin of this species has been remade, and now

that it is properly shaped, certain reddish marks which were

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 454 (1898).

various American Mammals. 319

supposed to be due to accidental splashes of some preserva-

tive, and were therefore ignored in the description, appear

almost or quite symmetrical. Consequently, although I still

think my original idea about them may be correct (for they are

not exactly symmetrical), yet some mention of them should be

made on the chance that they are natural markings.

The most striking consist of five small red patches—one

above and one below each eye and one on the face between

the eyes (the latter is not exactly in the middle line). Round

the base of each ear, and on the ears themselves, various hairs

are of the same red colour. The upper anterior face of each

forearm is washed with red, and there are some red-tipped

hairs on each side of the rump. In addition, many of the

hairs of the belly are of a dull red colour, not of the same

shade as the face-markings; but this is nearly certainly due

to staining, whatever may prove to be the case with the face-

and arm-patches.

Aipeomys vuleant, Thos.*

Two further specimens of this interesting rat sent by

Mr. L. Séderstrém from Mount Pichincha have considerably

longer tails than the type, in which this member seems to

have been unnaturally shortened. One has a tail of 125 and

the other 135 millim. in length.

Lepus sylvaticus, Bachm.

(Journ. Ac. Philad. (1) vii. p. 403, 1837.)

In reference to this name, the following seems to be of

unfortunate pertinence :—

Lepus borealis sylvaticus, Nilsson

(Illuminerade Figurer till Skandinaviens Fauna, i. Mammals,

text to pl. xxil., 1852) ;

therefore antedating by five years the name given by Bach-

man to the common “ Cotton-tail’” of the Eastern United

States.

Taking the species in the wider sense recognized by

Dr. Allen in the ‘ Monographs of North-American Rodentia,’

the next name (or, rather, by page-priority, an earlier name)

would be

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 452 (1898).

320 On various American Mammals.

Lepus Nuttalli, Bachm.

(t. c. p. 345),

and the various subspecies will be Z. Nuttalli transitionalis,

Mearns?, arizone, Holznert, &e.

But out of the evil of the change of name one slight com-

pensating good may be made to result ; for in giving a fresh

name, as will be necessary, to what has hitherto been con-

sidered the typical subspecies of L. sylvaticus, a type locality

may be settled, which will be a relief to naturalists so geo-

graphically accurate as are modern American mammalogists.

As asuitable name for the Carolinian subspecies of the com-

mon “ Cotton-tail,” I would suggest the Greek equivalent of

that name, LZ. n. mallurus*, and would take as type a specimen

from Raleigh, North Carolina, presented by Mr. Outram

Bangs to the British Museum (¢, B.M. no. 97. 2. 1. 30,

formerly Bangs Collection, no. 735), which quite agrees with

the description given in his excellent paper on the group f.

Its measurements are :—Total length 440 millim. ; tail 60 ;

hind foot, with claws, 85; ear 60. Collected and measured

by Messrs. H. H. & C. 8. Brimley.

Lepus Bachmani, Waterh.

(P. Z. S. 1838, p. 103.)

This name has been treated by various American writers as

a synonym of “JL, sylvaticus” (L. Nuttalli), at first with

doubt, but later with greater and greater apparent confidence.

Quite recently it has been even revived as the term for a

Texan subspecies of that animal, merely on the basis of a

guess by Baird that the type might have come from that

country.

The animal was said by Waterhouse, although with doubt,

to have come from California, and on an examination of

the type now in the British Museum {, I find that it is cer-

tainly a Californian hare, though not L. Nuttall; for,

without any room for doubt, it proves to be the species

commonly known as L. Zrowbridgei, Baird. As Waterhouse’s

name has priority by many years over that given by Baird, the

species will have to be known as L. Bachmani, L. Trowbridget

falling into its synonymy.

* Strictly speaking, “ wool-tail.”

+ P. Bost. Soc. N. H. xxvi. p. 404 (1894).

{ B.M. no. 53. 8. 29. 36; received from the Zoological Society’s

Museum ; collected by D. Douglas.

On new North-American Insects. 321

XXXVII.—New North-American Insects. By T. D. A.

CocKERELL, Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural

Experiment Station.

I.—The second North-American Miscophus (Fam. Larride).

HyYPOMISCOPHUS, subgen. nov.

Only one recurrent nervure, that entering the first sub-

marginal cell slightly beyond its middle. Marginal cell

rather small; first submarginal extremely large, its area more

than twice that of the marginal; second submarginal ex-

tremely minute, triangular, shorter than its petiole, and only

about half as wide at base as the distance between it and the

end of the recurrent nervure. Mandibles with a very deep

outer notch, the basal portion of the mandible twice as broad

as the portion beyond the notch. Tarsal comb little deve-

loped.

Type M. arenarum, sp, n.

Miscophus arenarum, sp. n.

? .—Length about 3 millim.

Head, thorax, antenne, and first four femora black ; abdo-

men, mandibles, and legs (except the first four femora) ferru-

ginous. ‘Tubercles and tegule light ferruginous. Occipital

region, face, sides of thorax, and hind margins of abdominal

segments interrupted in the middle, shining silvery, with

minute appressed pubescence. Apical half of abdomen some-

what infuscated. Wings iridescent, nervures piceous ; apical

margin very broadly smoky. Hind ocelli somewhat further

apart than the distance of either from the eye-margin. Meta-

notum with a distinct median longitudinal raised line. Tibial

spurs large and black. Thorax with a very minute rugose

sculpture.

Hab. Mesilla Park, New Mexico, July 21, 1898, in a

sandy place, in the zone of Pluchea borealis.

This is very different from JM. americanus, Fox, and

resembles more J/. chrysis, Kohl, an African species, in its

venation. I should be inclined to regard Hypomiscophus asa

distinct genus but for the fact that the distinctive characters

seem practically confined to the wings.

322 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

I1.—Two new Coccide from Massachusetts.

Lecanium (Eulecanium) Kingii, sp. n.

@ (after producing young).—Length 5, breadth 3, height

22 millim.

With an obscure dorsal keel. Shiny, dark chestnut-brown,

irregularly wrinkled and pitted. Marginal area punctured,

but not plaited. General appearance much like L. persice.

Skin (after boiling) chitinous, light yellowish brown, with

scattered small round gland-spots, which are larger and more

numerous near the margin. Marginal spines very few,

minute, simple. Anal plates with their outer sides about

equal. Antenne and legs small and pale. Femur rather

short, much shorter than tibio-tarsus; tarsus nearly as long

as tibia; claw long, curved only at end; digitules all filiform.

Antenne 6-segmented, formula 3621 (45); 3 very long,

(about 93 wu), longer than 4, 5, and 6 together, constricted

near its end; 2 about as long as broad and much less than

half the length of 3; 6 about as long as 4+ 5.

Hab, Lawrence, Mass., June 14, 1898, on bark of Vae-

cinium corymbosum, L. (G. B. King, no. 382).

This species outwardly resembles LZ. persice, but the an-

tenne are quite different. I have not seen Goethe’s

L. vaccinit-macrocarpum ; but that cannot be the present

insect, as it is said to be very small and light brown. Goethe

describes the eggs, so his specimens cannot have been imma-

ture. I wrote to Mr. Goethe concerning L. vaccinit-macro-

carpum, and he replies from Geisenheim, June 25, 1898,

that it can no longer be procured— Upon the plants in our

possession the Lecanium has disappeared. I wrote to the

Botanic Garden at Karlsruhe, but there this species has quite

died out.” A couple of sketches kindly sent by Mr. Goethe

indicate a different species from L. Kingit, apparently with a

7-segmented antenna.

I am glad to name the above species after Mr. King, in

recognition of his good work among the Coccide of Massa-

chusetts. Just recently he has sent me three other interesting

species, which are new to the fauna of that State, viz. :—

Eriococcus quercus (Comst.).—On white oak, Andover,

Mass., June 28, 1898.

Eriococcus azalee, Comst.—On Crategus coccinea, Methuen,

Mass., June 21, 1898.

Kermes pubescens, Bogue.—On white oak (Quercus alba),

Lawrence, Mass.

new North-American Insects. 323

Aspidiotus Fernaldi, sp. n.

This name is applied to a puzzling form found by Mr. Kirk-

land on Gleditschia triacanthos in Charlesbank Park, Boston.

The scale resembles that of A. Forbesiz, but the exuvie, at

least in the specimens seen by me, are dark brown, The

female insect is also like A. Forbesiz, but the median lobes

are broad and practically entire, just like those of A. ostree-

formis. From ostreeformis it is easily distinguished by the

great inequality of the chitinous processes at the first inter-

lobular interval; the inner of these processes is straight,

instead of being curved as in Forbesi’, the inequality being

about the same as in Forbesti, A. Fernaldi also differs trom

ostreeformis in the close proximity of the second lobe to the

first; the second lobe is usually more developed and less

notched than in Forbesit.

Mr. W. G. Johnson, when describing Porbesi?, enumerates

its food-plants, and adds that it occurs “ possibly ”’ on honey-

locust. I suppose it probable that he found A. Fernaldi on

the honey-locust, and was in doubt as to whether it was

distinct. It may fairly be said of A. Fernaldi that it has

about the same relation’ to A. Forbesii that A. ostreeformis

has to A. ancylus. A. Fernaldi has five groups of circum-

genital glands, the median group of three, anterior laterals

4 to 9, posterior laterals 2 to 7.

The specimens were sent to me by Mr. R. A. Cooley, of

the Massachusetts Agricultural College. The species is

named after the well-known entomologist of that institution.

A. ancylus, Putn., was found by Mr. Kirkland on the

Gleditschia triacanthos in Charlesbank Park along with the

A. Fernaldi, It was also found on the same food-plant by

Mr. Cooley at Everett, Mass. here not accompanied by

Fernaldi.

Ill.— The first-described Eremopedes (Fam. Locustide).

Eremopedes Scudderi, sp. n.

¢ .—Length of body 19-21 millim., of pronotum 6 millim.,

of hind femora 214 millim., of hind tibia 23 millim., of ovi-

positor 19-20 millim., of antennz about 51 millim.

Sepia-brown in effect, but in reality ochreous, closely and

finely marbled with blackish; the density of the black

marbling somewhat variable, but the lateral margins of the

pronotum always broadly pale ochreous. Pronotum truncate

in front and behind, the margin narrowly castaneous and

324 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

slightly concave; lateral lobes not greatly developed. Ovi-

positor dark brown, only moderately curved. Hind femora

with five to seven very short spines on the inner side; hind

tibie: with 28 to 33 spines in the outer row. Spines of ante-

rior tibie pale ochreous, tipped with black, and having a

black longitudinal line on the upperside; there is also some-

times a black patch immediately at the base of each spine.

Spines of hind tibie brown tipped with black, but the ridge

from which they spring is whitish.

Mut. wridis.—Similar to the type, but entirely bright

apple-green.

Hab. Mesilla Park, New Mexico, on the campus of the

New Mexico Agricultural College. Hight of the brown form

and two of the green. They were found in an outhouse, and

are doubtless nocturnal in their habits. One specimen was

found in the jaws of a Scolopendra heros which had killed it.

The genus Eremopedes was made known by Scudder in

the ‘ Canadian Entomologist,’ July 1894. It was founded on

a single female from Arizona in the National Museum at

Washington, which was not described. Up to the present

no species of the genus has been described or named so far as

I can ascertain.

I sent an example of EZ. Scudder?, asking whether it was

the same as the Arizona insect, to Mr. Scudder, who replied :

“The Eremopedes from Arizona is unnamed in the U.S. Nat.

Mus. Ihave no specimen. Your species appears to be a

good one.”

IV.—A new Humble-Bee from the Pribilof Islands.

Bombus Kincaidit, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 20 millim., anterior wing 15 millim.

Black, with dense black and pale dull ochreous pubescence.

Pubescence of head entirely black, except that the labrum

presents some short orange-brown hairs and the trisulcate

mandibles have a patch of shining ochreous pile in the lowest

sulcus at the tip. Facial quadrangle about or hardly as long

as broad, groove beneath middle ocellus distinct, front with

minute punctures; clypeus rather prominent, with small

punctures of different sizes, becoming sparse on the disk ;

area between eyes and base of mandibles smooth and shining,

about as broad as long; flagellum with the third segment a

little longer than the second, but shorter than the first.

Mesothorax dull from very small extremely dense punctures,

except on the posterior portion, where there is a median

new North-American Insects. 325

smooth area; pleura extremely densely punctured. Pubes-

cence of thoracic dorsum ochreous in front and on scutellum,

but the black band between the wings larger than either of

the ochreous areas ; pubescence on sides of metathorax black,

on pleura dirty ochraceous in front, passing through sooty to

black behind. Tegule black ; wings brownish hyaline, with

dark brown nervures, along the courses of which the wing is

irregularly stained with brown; third submarginal cell nar-

rowed about half to marginal. Legs with brown-black hair,

tending to chocolate ; on the outer side of the tarsi the pubes-

cence is whitish and appressed, on the inner anterior edge of

the basal joints it is shining coppery, very brilliant, and each

tarsal joint has a short apical fringe of ferruginous bristles.

Abdomen above with the first three segments covered with

ochreous hair, the remaining ones with black; pubescence of

venter black.

36 —Length about 15 millim.

Differs from the female in having the light hair somewhat

yellower; a patch of yellow hair on the face below the an-

tenn; some yellow hair among the black on middle of

vertex ; band between the wings not black, but ill-defined,

marked by the duller, more sooty, tint of the hair; third

abdominal segment with some black hair mixed with the

yellow; following segments with long whitish hairs, reddish

at base, intermixed with the black. Venter with yellowish

hair. Legs with more of the coppery or ferruginous hair.

Second segment of flagellum barely shorter than first and

much shorter than third.

%.—Like the female, but much smaller. Length about

15 millim.

Hab. Pribilof Islands, Bering Sea; 4 2,2 9,1 % (Trevor

Kincaid). 'The specimens were all collected on St. Paul,

Aug. 1 and 25, 1897. Several (3 9, 1 %) were at flowers of

Lathyrus, Aug. 1. This Lathyrus was, I presume, LZ. mari-

timus, Bigel., the only species of the genus recorded by

Dr. Merriam from the Pribilof Islands.

This Bombus was the only bee to be found on the islands,

notwithstanding that there is a tolerably extensive series of

bright-flowered plants, as enumerated by Dr. Merriam in

Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., July 1892.

So many northern Lomb: have been described that it

requires some courage to add another name to the list. The

present species is, | believe, endemic in the Pribilof Islands,

for I cannot find anything described from the mainland or

any of the other islands which agrees with it ; and Mr. Kincaid

brought me a series of Bomb: from Sitka and Unalaska, none

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 23

326 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

of which agree with B. Kinca¢dit. It is not identical either

with any of the rather numerous species which Radoszkowski

recorded in 1877 from Siberia. Using Schmiedeknecht’s

table of European Bombi, the female runs to B. hyperboreus,

but differs from that in the paler pubescence, and especially

in having the first three abdominal segments always with

light hair instead of the first two only. The male differs from

that of hyperboreus in the proportions of the flagellar joints,

as described, and in the absence of the long black hairs on

the posterior tarsi. B. hyperboreus inhabits the arctic regions

of Hurope and Siberia, also Greenland; it is, I think, the

nearest ally of Kincardii at present known.

V.—Some new Gall-gnats (Cecidomyiide).

Diplosis atriplicicola, sp. n.

Gall.—A small circular pustule-like swelling in the leaf of

Atriplex canescens, about 2} millim. diam.

Pupa shell light brown, uniform in colour.

Imago about 14 millim. long, black, the abdomen densely

covered with coarse white hairs. Legs pallid, faintly yellow-

ish, clothed (especially the femora) with white hair. Wings

white.

¢ .—Antenne 2+ 12-jointed ; first joint elongate, obconical,

second a depressed sphere, remaining joints stout and cylin-

drical (sausage-shaped), very shortly petiolate; irregularly

and rather densely clothed with simple depressed hairs, these

hairs much shorter than the joints and not distributed in

separable whorls ; third joint longest, the others about equal.

Eyes united, covering most of head, vertex projecting,

apparently conical. Scutellum with some long slender hairs.

Genitalia reddish brown. Wings with scattered simple

hairs; first (subcostal) longitudinal vein arising from the

cross-vein some distance from the base of the wing, the cross-

vein thence slanting a little backwards in both its upper and

lower portions, but not very oblique; no other cross-vein is

apparent ; costal margin uniformly and densely bristly until

the end of the second longitudinal vein just before the tip of

the wing, after which the wing-margin is without hairs;

third longitudinal vein weak. Legs long; first tarsal joint

extremely short; claw-joint of hind tarsus scarcely more than

half the length of the one before it.

Hab. Mesilla Park, New Mexico, on the campus of the

Agricultural College, end of July, 1898.

This is not a true Liplosis; it seems to differ from all

EE ooo

ee ee ee ee oe ee ©

new North-American Insects. aoe

genera at present recognized in North America. It is possible

that it may be referable to one of the numerous genera lately

proposed for European species allied to Diplosis.

Lasioptera Willistont, sp. n.

Gall.—An elongate cylindrical swelling of a twig of Atrt-

plex canescens, about 35 millim. long and 3} to 4 broad.

Larva.—Colour pale orange.

Imago (?).—Length 22 millim. Black, ornamented with

white. Antenne rather stout, cylindrical, not so long as the

width of the thorax; head hardly visible from above, con-

cealed by the gibbous thorax; sides of thorax white, mid-

dorsal area whitish ; abdomen with seven pairs of white spots,

those of the first pair close together; tip of abdomen orange.

Wings with the costa black, except for a white spot; fringe

black. Legs hoary.

Hab, Mesilla, New Mexico; also common on the campus

of the Agricultural College, Mesilla Park, N.M.

The imago described emerged May 2, 1897 ; there appears

to be a second brood, emerging in August. Great numbers

of parasites, determined by Mr. Ashmead as Polygnotus

atriplicis, Ashm., have been raised from the galls (collected

at Mesilla Park) by Miss Ivah Mead and the present writer.

When I first bred this species I was unable to identify it

with anything described, so I sent a drawing of it to

Dr. Williston, who informed me that it was a new Lasio-

ptera without doubt. Since then I have found two closely

allied species, described below. Z. Willistoni is the fourth

Cecidomyiid found on Aériplee canescens, the other three

being Diplosis atriplicicola, sp. n., Asphondylia atriplicis

(Twns.), and A. neomeaicana (CkIl.).

Lasioptera ephedra, sp. n.

Gall.—A fusiform swelling on twigs of Ephedra trifurca,

about 12 millim. long and 5 broad, with a depression on one

side subbasally, where the wall is thinner and through which

the insect emerges.

Larva orange.

Imaygo.—Re}eated attempts to breed the fly from these

alls have been unsuccessful; but on May 18, 1897, I found

what is doubtless the gall-producer hovering over an Ephedra

on which were many galls.

9 .—Length about 2 millim. Differs from L. Willistoné

by having the margins of the abdominal segments more or

less fringed with white scales, but no well-defined spots.

23*

328 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

Apical structures of abdomen brownish rather than orange.

Costa blackish, with white hairs intermixed, but no distinct

white spot. Wing-margin white.

Hab. Mesilla Park, N.M., abundant; also at Paraje, N.M.

Prof. C. H. T. Townsend described the gall in Entom.

News, Sept. 1893, pp. 242-243.

Lasioptera tertia, sp. n.

Gall.—A_potato-shaped smooth swelling on the twigs of

some asteroid composite. The galls are of various shapes,

sometimes subglobular, 11 x 9 millim., or elongated, 17 millim.

long, constricted in the middle; they are always quite broad

and more or less irregular.

Imago.—Similar to the two described above. The abdo-

men has distinct white bands, more or less interrupted in the

middle line. Costa black, with a distinct but small white

spot, margin of wing black. Legs more or less pallid, grey

or brown.

Hab. Paraje, New Mexico; galls collected in April 1858.

The following table separates the above three species of

Lastoptera :—

Abdomen distinctly spotted; orange at tip; wing-margin

PLACKARE IG, Ritter. SAC cfoeice er. Mate ws teria. iatate anaes Willistoni.

Abdomen more or less banded ; not orange at tip.

Woane-marpin black, ii cc «ccc « fam. cleroisisier «eons ie tertia.

Winsemargin whitey. . fo laiigss «ses sie ae spe love aisvoge ephedre.

VI.—A Case-bearing Tineid on Portulaca.

Coleophora portulace, sp. 0.

Head and thorax above heavily clothed with pale ochreous

(nearly putty-coloured) scales. Primaries with the same

general tint, with some admixture of blackish scales on the

apical half, but no distinct markings; fringe of the same

general colour. Secondaries silvery grey, with a very long

mouse-coloured fringe. Abdomen above silvery grey, cream-

coloured at the apex. ‘Thorax and abdomen beneath, also

the legs, satiny white.

Penultimate joint of palpi tufted at the apex. Antenne

simple, heavily scaled, but not tufted at base ; conspicuously

annulate with grey and white, the grey rings equal to the

white; 35-jointed, first rather longer than the next three

together, second and third very short, broader than long;

two last joints with bulging sides, not narrow-cylindrical like

the ones before them.

Expanse about 10 millim.

new North-American Insects. 329

Case 6 millim. long, about 1 broad, cylindrical, cream-

colour, roughened much like a silkworm cocoon; some

grains of sand attached behind the mouth; hind end briefly

tricarinate.

Hab. Mesilla Park, New Mexico, abundant on Portulaca

on the campus of the Agricultural College ; moths emerging

Aug. 5 to 7, 1898.

Allied apparently to C. unicolorella, Chamb.; but that is

smaller and does not have annulate antenne. C. pulchri-

cornis, Walsm., is named from the similarly annulate

antenne, but it has a whitish costal streak, and while the

moth is no larger, the case is more than twice as long.

VII.—The Cecidomyiid of the Mesquite.

Asphondylia prosopidis, sp. n.

Gall.—Consists of the aborted fruits of Prosopis juliflora,

var. glandulosa. ‘They hang on the stalk something like

grapes, and are subglobose, with a pointed apical projection,

which represents the end of the pod. Globose portion about

8 millim. long and 7 broad, pointed portion about as long or

shorter. Colour green, becoming yellowish and tinged with

red.

Pupa-shell red-brown. Imago emerged Aug. 13, 1898.

Imago.— 8. Length about 3} millim. Face extremely

narrow, hardly broader than the femur; eyes black; antenne

dark brown, 2+12-jointed; joints cylindrical, very shortly

petiolate, with numerous very short hairs not longer than the

width of a joint, not arranged in regular whorls ; first joint

more than twice as long as second, these two together not so

long as third. Last joint of palpi long. Occiput with a

collar of large bristles. Thorax above leaden grey, nearly

naked ; scutellum rounded, prominent, bristly ; prothorax at

sides and a part beneath wing light scarlet; halteres with a

large white knob, stem and base of knob brown; legs pale

greyish brown. Wings hairy, dull hyaline, iridescent, ner-

vures and costa blackish; second vein terminating just at

tip of wing, third weak, its upper branch almost obliterated ;

a fold between second and third veins; cross-vein absent.

The wings extend beyond the tip of the abdomen about the

length of the last abdominal segment. Abdomen grey, last

segment scarlet.

Hab. Mesilla Park, New Mexico.

Some years ago | found some of the galls at Las Cruces,

but was not then able to rear the flies. A. prosopidis differs

330 On new North-American Insects.

from A. neomexicana in the dark (instead of pallid) second

nervure and the impressed lines of the thorax being feebly or

not pubescent. The life-history is quite different.

VIIIL—Two new Species of Kermes (Fam. Coccide) from

the Eastern States.

Kermes nivalis, King and Ckll., sp. n.

9 .—Rather Lecanium-like, with a broad base of attach-

ment, outline much like that of a convex Lecantum, the sides

depressed, not bulging. Length 43, breadth 43, height

about 3 millim. Dark sepia-brown, irregularly marbled with

blackish and pale ochreous, the latter colour inclined to be

arranged in transverse bands, and beset with numerous minute

dark dots. All of the scale except the middle of the back is

powdered with snow-white secretion, which becomes very

abundant at the sides. Microscopical characters ordinary ;

skin fairly closely beset with small round glands, and showing

some larger glands at irregular intervals, on brown patches.

Mouth-parts ordinary. Antenne distinct, but rudimentary,

obscurely 6-jointed, last joint bristly.

Larva (newly hatched).—Pale yellow, rather more elon-

gate than usual, lateral spines very small and short. An-

tenne 6-jointed, 3 at least as long as 4+5. Formula

36(1245).

Hab. Lawrence, Mass., on Quercus alba (G. B. King,

no. 48). The larve hatch about the beginning of August.

This pretty species differs from all those described from

North America by its shape, and especially the snow-like

meal on its sides. It agrees in some respects with the

European K. Bauhinit. 1 have not seen this latter species,

but there are specimens in the U.S. Nat. Museum, and

Dr. L. O. Howard has kindly compared them with K. nivalis,

and finds them “ very different.”

Kermes Kingit, sp. n.

? .—Very convex, but the sides hardly bulging; length 5,

breadth 44, height about 34 millim. Colour light ochreous,

of quite a bright tint, marbled with a slightly darker redder

tint ; the marbling is absent in the mid-dorsal line, leaving a

more or less distinct longitudinal pallid band; segmentation

vaguely indicated by transverse rows of small black spots ;

entire surface very closely beset with minute dark dots. The

seale is evenly rounded dorsally, without any prominences or

depressions. Microscopical characters as usual in the genus,

On Ostracoda from the “ Cambridge Greensand.” 331

except that the skin is unusually thickly beset with the small

round glands, which are very distinct. Mouth-parts and

antenne ordinary. Caudal tubercles represented by brown

chitinous bristly patches.

Larva (according to King) yellow, of a different colour

from that of K. galliformis.

Hab. Lawrence, Mass., July 28, 1898, on red oak, not

common (G. B. King, no. 44). Also. from Delaware, sent

by Prof. C. P. Gillette (no. 557).

Easily known from the common K. galliformis, Riley, to

which it is most allied, by the smaller size, more regularly

globose form, lively colour, and the very distinct and nume-

rous dark points. I received two specimens years ago from

Prof. Gillette, and at that time regarded them as a form of

galliformis ; but Mr. King now draws my attention to the

fact that the species is distinct, and on making a detailed

study of it I am surprised that I ever thought otherwise.

Mesilla Park, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

Aug. 15, 1898.

XXX VIII.—On Ostracoda from the“ Cambridge Greensand.”

By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., F.R.MLS.

THE Ostracoda from the Cambridge Greensand in the neigh-

bourhood 6f Cambridge were remarked upon, and a list of

seven species was given, by Prof. Sollas in 1872*. These,

with some useful corrections in nomenclature, were repeated

by Messrs. Jones and Hinde in their ‘‘ Supplement to the

Monograph on the Cretaceous Entomostraca of England and

Ireland ” +.

In this latter work, at pp. 59 and 60, Messrs. Jones and

Hinde also insert a list of thirteen species of Ostracoda from

the Cambridge Greensand, collected by the late Mr. G. R.

Vine in 1889. This list, which had been compiled for him

by Messrs. Jones and Sherborn, was published earlier in a

paper by Vine f.

Latterly the author of the present paper has had the sppor-

tunity of examining some material from the Cambridge

Greensand collected at Swaffham, and which was kindly

furnished him, through the courtesy of Mr. A. J. Jukes-

Browne, by Mr. H. Woods, of Cambridge. The results have

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxviii. pp. 398-9.

+ Pal. Soc. vol. xliii. for 1889 (1890), p. 59.

¢ Proc. Yorkshire Geol, and Polytech. Soe. vol. xi. (1389) p. 274.

332 Mr. F. Chapman on Ostracoda

proved of much interest, and to facilitate the comparison of

the microzoic fauna of this with other Cretaceous groups the

following notes have been put together.

Family Cypridide.

Paracypris, G. O. Sars, 1865.

Paracypris siliqua, Jones and Hinde.

Paracypris siliqua, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom.

pp. 2, 3, pl. 11. figs. 48, 49, 51, pl. iii. figs. 33, 34.

This species has been described mainly from Upper-Chalk

specimens; it has also been recorded from the Gault of

Folkestone from zones x., xi., and xiii., but was not met with

in the Greensand seam zone xil.* It is by no means acommon

form. One valve was found in the Greensand of Swaffham.

Pontocyrris, G. O. Sars, 1865.

Pontocypris Bosquetiana, Jones and Hinde.

Pontocypris Bosquetiana, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret.

Entom. pp. 4, 5, pl. ii. fig. 65, pl. iv. fig. 3.

This species was known from the Gault and the Chalk-

marl,

Four characteristic and well-preserved carapaces were

found in the Cambridge Greensand at Swaffham.

Pontocypris triquetra (Jones).

Bairdia triquetra, Jones, 1849, Monogr. Entom. Cret. p. 27, pl. vi.

figs. 19 a-c.

Pontocypris triquetra, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom.

p. 4, pl. ii. figs. 22-24, 85-37.

A well-distributed form, but apparently always rare. It

has been found in the Gault of Folkestone in zones v., vi., x.,

and xiil.; in the Greensand (Cenomanian) of Blackdown,

Devon ; the “ Chalk detritus” ; and the Upper Chalk.

One carapace and a single valve were found at Swaffham.

* Chapman and Sherborn, Geol. Mag. vol. x. 1893, p. 346.—N.B. Zones

xi. to xili. were then included in one bed, zone xi. The writer now

regards the Greensand seam at 20 feet from the top of the Gault at

Folkestone as zone xii., whilst above this is zone xiii. See also Journ.

R, Micr. Soc. 1898, p. 17.

from the “ Cambridge Greensand.” 333

Family Bairdiide.

BarrviA, M‘Coy, 1844.

Bairdia subdeltoidea (Miinster).

Cythere subdeltoidea, Miinster, 1830, Jahrb. fiir Min. &c. p. 64, no. 13,

1835, p. 446.

Bardia subdeltoidea, Jones, 1849, Mon. Ent. Cret. p. 25, pl. v. fig. 15;

Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. pp. 5-7, pl. ii.

figs. 31-34.

A well-known form throughout Cretaceous strata as well

as in some Tertiary beds, B. subdeltotdea is already known

from the Cambridge Greensand. It occurs in some abun-

dance at Swaffham.

Bairdia Harrisiana, Jones.

Bairdia Harrisiana, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom.

p. 8, pl. ii. figs. 52-55.

With a range through the Gault to the Chalk, this species

has been previously noted from the Cambridge Greensand.

Five carapaces of B. Harrisiana were found at Swaffham.

Bairdia Harrisiana, Jones, var. amplior, Jones and Hinde.

Bardia Harrisiana, Jones, var. amplior, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl.

Mon, Cret. Entom. pp. 8, 9, pl. ii. fig. 57, pl. iv. fig. 4.

This variety was obtained by the above authors from the

Chalk of Kent, and it is now represented for the first time

from the Cambridge Greensand by two left valves, found at

Swaffham.

Macrocyeris, G. 8. Brady, 1867.

Macrocypris siliqua, Jones.

Macrocypris siliqua, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom.

p. 9, pl. ii. figs. 38-41.

We have hitherto known this species to occur in various

beds of the Upper Cretaceous from the Upper Greensand to

the Upper Chalk, as well as in the Eocene of Transylvania ;

but it has not occurred before in the beds now under notice,

nor does it appear in the Gault.

One carapace of JZ. siliqua was found at Swaffham.

Macrocypris simplex, sp.n. (Figs. 1 a-c.)

Carapace as seen from the side elongated, siliquose ; height

greatest just above the middle; ventral border incurved

334 Mr. F. Chapman on Ostracoda

towards the lowest third; the dorsal margin well arched ;

the extremities of the valves rather obliquely rounded, with

the anterior broader than the posterior. Surface of valves

well and evenly rounded. Edge-view long and acutely oval;

end-view broadly oval. Length 1:3 millim.; height °48

millim.; thickness °38 millim.

Fig. 1.

é.

Macrocypris simplex, sp.n. a, left side; 6, ventral aspect ;

e, end aspect. x 20.

This form comes nearest to Macrocypris concinna, J. & H.*,

amongst Cretaceous species, but differs in being proportion-

ately longer; its ventral margin is more distinctly incurved

and the anterior extremity, as seen from the side, is more

acute than in J. concinna. Macrocypris setigera of G.S.

Brady T is, perhaps, the nearest in outline to the above species,

but the ventral side of the recent form is nearly straight and

the dorsal more strongly arched; the anterior end is also

less acute in edge-view.

One carapace from the Greensand of Swaffham.

Macrocypris Muensteriana, Jones and Hinde.

Macrocypris Muensteriana, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret.

Entom. pp. 10, 11, pl. ii. figs. 42 and 45-47.

This species is already known from the White Chalk and

the “Chalk detritus”? of Kent, and also from the Gault of

Meux’s Well, London.

One carapace, measuring only *475 millim. in length and

probably a young form, was obtained from the Cambridge

Greensand of Swaffham.

* Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. p. 11, pl. ii. figs. 66, 67.

+ ‘Challenger’ Reports, 1880, Zoology, part iii. p. 43, pl. i. figs, 1 a-d.

from the “ Cambridge Greensand.”

Byrnocyrris, G. S. Brady, 1880.

Bythocypris Brownei, Jones and Hinde.

Bythocypris Browneit, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret.

Entom. pp. 13, 14, pl. iii. figs. 38, 39, 42, 43.

_ One carapace of this rare form, occurring hitherto in the

Chalk and the Chalk-rock, was obtained from the Cambridge

Greensand of Swaffham.

Bythocypris Reussiana, Jones and Hinde.

Bythocypris Reussiana, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon, Cret.

Entom. p. 12, pl. ii. figs. 56 and 61-65,

This species has been described and noted from the Chalk,

the “ Chalk-detritus,” and the Gault. One carapace was

found in the Cambridge Greensand at Swaffham.

Bythocypris? vernica (Jones).

Bythocypris? ternica, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret.

Entom. pp. 14, 15, pl. ili. figs. 31, 32.

Formerly recorded from the Upper Chalk of the North of

Ireland, this rare species is represented in the Cambridge-

Greensand washings from Swaffham by one carapace.

Family Cytheride.

CyTHERE, Miiller, 1785.

Cythere Harrisiana, Jones.

Cythere Harrisiana, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom.

pp- 16, 17, pl. i. figs. 47-52.

Several valves of the type-form occur in the Greensand

washings from Swaffham.

This species has already been noticed in the Cambridge

Greensand, and it ranges from the Lower Greensand to the

Upper Chalk.

Oythere Harrisiana, Jones, var. setosa, Jones and Hinde.

Cythere Harrisiana, Jones and Sherborn, 1887, Geol. Mag. yol. iy.

p- 452, woodcut fig. 1.

Cythere Harrisiana, var. setosa, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon.

Cret. Entom. pp. 17, 18, pl. i. figs. 43-45.

To this variety three of the valves found at Swaffham can

be assigned. It was described by the above authors from

the Gault of Kent and Surrey and the Chalk of Iveland, and

336 Mr. F. Chapman on Ostracoda

by Messrs. Jones and Sherborn from the London Clay of

Piccadilly (Sherborn and Chapman coll.). In the Gault of

Folkestone it occurred in the washings from zones lil, v., X.,

and xi.

Cythere Harrisiana, Jones, var. reticosa, Jones and Hinde.

Cythere Harrisiana, Jones, var. reticosa, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl.

Mon. Cret. Entom. p. 18, pl. i. fig. 46.

This variety was originally described from Gault specimens.

At first sight it is perhaps difficult to separate this variety

from those varieties of Cythere Koninckiana, Bosquet, which

have a weak ornamentation; the surface of the carapace in

C. Harrisiana, var. reticosa, is, however, merely pitted, whilst

C. Koninckiana has a raised mesh-like ornament.

C. Harrisiana, var. reticosa, is represented in the series of

Ostracoda from Swaffham by one valve only.

Cythere gaultina, Jones.

Cythere gaultina, Jones, 1849, Monogr. Entom. Cret. p. 17, pl. ii.

figs. 7 a-c; Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. p. 18,

pl. i. figs. 35, 36.

The specimens from Swaffham, of which five valves were

found, are somewhat smaller than those found in the Gault

of Kent and Surrey, but the surfaces of the valves are charac-

teristically marked with the tessellated ornamentation and

with the low pyramidal elevation.

Cythere gaultina, Jones, var. excavata, Chapman and

Sherborn. (Figs. 2 a, 6.)

Cytherets excavata, Chapman and Sherborn, 1895, Geol. Mag. vol. x.

p. 348, pl. xiv. fig. 8.

This appears to be a variety of the type C. gaultina, but

Fig. 2.

Cythere gaultina, Jones, yar. excavata, Chapman and Sherborn.

a, lett valve; 6, edge of valve. xX 40.

differs in the exaggerated form of the surface-ornament both

Jrom the “ Cambridge Greensand.” 337

in the enlargement of the pits and of the marginal elevations ;

also the central area of the valve-surface is more depressed.

The anterior border is flange-like, and within this runs a

fenestrated ridge. From the invariably large size of the

specimens it is just possible that we have here a senile form

of C. gaultina; but since the specimens are so exceptionally

rare and the carapace extraordinarily developed, it seems

advisable to regard it as distinct, although indicating its

relationship with C. gaultina.

One valve was found in the washings from Swaffham.

Cythere subtuberculata, sp.n. (Figs. 3 a, 5.)

One of the valves from the Cambridge Greensand of

Swaffham, perhaps somewhat allied to the foregoing species,

C. gaultina, is rather more elongate than that species and

a. b.

Cythere subtuberculata, sp.n. a, left valve; b, edge of valve. x 40.

differs materially in the ornamentation by having the poly-

gonal reticulation of the surface emphasized by extra shell-

growth, tubercular processes being disposed along the dorsal

border and towards the posterior extremity of the valve.

Cythere Koninckiana, Bosquet. (Figs. 4 a, b.)

Cythere Koninckiana, Bosquet, 1854, Mém. Comm. géol. Neerlande,

vol. ii. p. 110, pl. ix. fig. 7 ; Chapman and Sherborn, 1893, Geol. Mag,

vol. x. p. 346, pl. xiv. fig. 4 (non fig. 2),

Messrs. Jones and Hinde refer some specimens in my

collection of Ostracoda from the Gault of Folkestone to this

species (Suppl. Mon. pp. 52 and 61). None of them are

quite comparable with Bosquet’s figured specimens, but their

relationship is sufficiently evident to warrant their association

with this species.

The figures of Cythere Koninckiana and C, lineatopunctata

338 Mr. F. Chapman on Ostracoda

numbered 2 and 4 on the plate in the ‘ Geological Magazine’

above referred to have been obviously transposed. Moreover

the raised rim or mesh-wall surrounding the pittings, so

Fig. 4,

Cythere Koninckiana, Bosquet. a, left valve; 5, edge of valve. x 40.

characteristic of C. Koninckiana, is not very clear in the

specimen from which the drawing was made.

This species is represented in the Cambridge Greensand

by four separate valves and a carapace from Swaffham.

(Subgenus) CyTHEREIS, Jones, 1849.

Cytherets triplicata (Romer).

Cytherina triplicata, Romer, 1840, Verstein, norddeutsch. Kreidegeb.

p- 104, pl. xvi. fig. 16.

Cythereis triplicata, Jones, 1849, Mon. Entom. Cret. p. 18, pl. iii.

figs. 9a-h; Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. p. 19,

pl. i. figs. 56-61.

This species, which ranges from the Gault to the Chalk,

nas been previously noticed in the Cambridge Greensand,

It is fairly frequent in the Greensand of Swaffham.

Cythereis triplicata (Romer), var. lineata, Chapman

and Sherborn.

Cythereis triplicata (Romer), var. lineata, Chapman and Sherborn, 1848,

Geol. Mag. vol. x. p. 548, pl. xiv. fig. 5.

Four separate valvesof this variety were found at Swaffham.

Cytherets auriculata (Cornuel).

Cythere auriculata, Cornuel, 1846, Mém. Soc. géol. France, sér. 2,

vol. i. pt. 1, p. 20, pl. viii. figs. 14-16.

Cythereis auriculata, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom,

pp- 19, 20, pl. i. figs. 53-65.

This species seems to be well distributed through the

Cretaceous formation, but is new to the Cambridge Greensand.

It is somewhat common in the washings from Swaffham.

from the “ Cambridge Greensand.” 339

Cythereis quadrilatera (Romer).

Cytherina quadrilatera, Rémer, 1840, Verstein. norddeutsch. Kreidegeb,

p- 105, pl. xvi. fig. 19.

Cytherets quadrilatera, Jones, 1849, Mon. Entom. Cret. p. 18, pl. ili.

figs. 10 a-f, pl. iv. figs. 10 g-7’; Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon.

Cret. Entom. pp. 20, 21, pl. 1. figs. 69-75.

This species is represented in the Cambridge Greensand of

Swaffham by several well-grown individuals and numerous

young specimens, which in some cases are difficult to separate

from C. Lonsdaleana, Jones. It is a persistent form nearly

throughout the Cretaceous formation, and it has also been

recorded from the Great Oolite and Lower-Greensand beds

of the Richmond well-boring. Cythere orchidea of Bosquet *

is perhaps comparable with some young individuals of

Cytherets quadrilatera.

Cythereis ornatissima (Reuss).

Cytherina ornatissima, Reuss, 1846, Verstein. bbhm. Kreideform. pt. ii.

p- 104, pl. xxiv. figs. 12, 18.

Cythereis ornatissima, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret.

Entom. pp. 21, 22, pl. ii. figs. 1-7, 15, 16, pl. iv. figs. 7, 8.

The earliest appearance of this species is in the Lower

Greensand of Surrey (Chapman). It is a very characteristic

form throughout the succeeding strata to the Chalk. It has

been noticed in the Cambridge Greensand and it is not un-

common at Swaffham, although there, as in other strata, the

varieties are more frequently met with.

Cythereis ornatissima (Reuss), var. paupera, Jones and

Hinde.

Cythereis ornatissima (Reuss), var. paupera, Jones and Hinde, 1890,

Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. p. 28, pl. ii. figs, 10, 11.

This variety has been obtained from the Chalk-rock.

Several specimens were found in the Greensand of Swaffham.

Cytherets ornatissima (Reuss), var. nuda, Jones and Hinde.

Y ) )

Cytherets ornatissima (Reuss), var. nuda, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl.

Mon. Cret. Entom, pp. 28, 24, pl. i. fig. 76, pl. 1. figs. 9, 12-14,

pl. iv. fig 14,

The range of this variety is from the Gault to the Upper

Chalk. It has also been observed in the Cambridge Green-

sand by Messrs. Jones and Sherborn (Vine coll.).

Three separate valves of this variety were found at

Swaffham.

* Mém. Comm. géol, Neerlande, 1854, vol, ii. p. 98, pl. vi. a-d.

340 Mr. F. Chapman on Ostracoda

Cythereis ornatissima (Reuss), var. reticulata, Jones and

Hinde.

Cythereis ornatissima (Reuss), var. reticulata, Jones and Hinde, 1890,

Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. p. 24, pl. i. figs. 67, 68,77, pl. iv. figs. 9-12.

This form is by far the commonest variety of the group of

Ostracoda of which C. ornatissima is the type; and this is

especially so of the lower part of the Upper Cretaceous, where

it is apparently at home in the more shallow-water deposits

of this part of the formation. In such deposits the carapace

often exhibits a striking redundancy of shell-growth.

Its earliest appearance is probably in the Lower Green-

sand of Surrey, and its range extends to the Upper Chalk.

C. ornatissima, var. reticulata, has already been recorded

from the Cambridge Greensand, and it is very common in

the material from Swaffham.

Cythereis ornatissima (Reuss), var. radiata, Jones and

Hinde.

Cythereis ornatissima (Reuss), var. radiata, Jones and Hinde, 1890,

Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. p. 24, pl. iv. fig. 18.

This unique variety was described by the above authors

from a specimen in the Vine collection from the Cambridge

Greensand,

It has not been met with at Swaffham.

Cytherets ornatissima (Reuss), var. stricta, Jones and Hinde.

Cythereis ornatissima (Reuss), var. stricta, Jones and Hinde, 1890,

Suppl. Mon, Cret. Entom., p. 25, pl. i. fig. 63.

Previously described from the Chalk-marl of Didcot and

the Upper Chalk of Swanscombe. It is represented in the

series from Swaffham by three individuals.

Cytherets Wrighti, Jones and Hinde, var. aculeata,

Chapman and Sherborn.

Cythereis Wrightit, Jones and Hinde, var. aculeata, Chapman and Sher-

born, 1893, Geol. Mag. vol. x. p. 349, pl. xiv. fig. 9.

The original specimens were from the Gault of Folkestone.

One specimen of C. Wrightit, var. aculeata, was found in

the Cambridge Greensand of Swaffham.

Cythereis tuberosa, Jones and Hinde.

Cythereis tuberosa, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom.

p. 26, pl. iil. figs. 2, 3.

A specimen resembling very closely that originally described

and figured from the Upper Chalk of Norfolk was found in

2 .

the Greensand of Swaffham. :

from the “ Cambridge Greensand,” 341

Cythereis Lonsdaleana, Jones.

Cythereis Lonsdaleana, Jones, Mon. Entom. Cret. 1849, p. 20, pl. v.

figs. 12 a-c; Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. 1890, p. 27, pl. i. figs. 40-42,

64-66.

This species has been noticed in strata as old as the Upper

Oolite ; it also occurs in the Lower Greensand of Surrey and

in the Chalk-rock and Upper Chalk.

One undoubted specimen was found in the Cambridge

Greensand of Swaffham.

CYTHERIDEA, Bosquet, 1852.

Cytheridea perforata (Romer).

Cytherina perforata, Rémer, 1838, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min. &c. p. 516,

pl. vi. fig. 11.

Cytheridea perforata, Jones, 1857, Mon. Tert. Entom. p. 44, pl. iv.

fig. 14; Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. p. 29,

pl. i. figs. 1-4.

This familiar and widely distributed species has a geolo-

gical range extending from the Gault (and possibly the

Upper Oolite) to the Oligocene of Colwell Bay. It is already

known as a Cambridge Greensand fossil.

C. perforata is a common form in the series from the

Greensand of Swaffham.

CYTHEROPTERON, G. O. Sars, 1865.

Cytheropteron concentricum (Reuss).

Cytherina concentrica, Reuss, 1846, Verstein. bohm. Kreideform. pt. ii.

pp. 104, 105, pl. xxiv. figs. 22 a-e.

Cytheropteron concentricum, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret.

Entom. pp. 31, 32, pl. i. figs. 5-10, pl. iv. tig. 19.

This striking and very variable form is found in strata of

Lower-Greensand age in Surrey, and also in the Neocomian

of Haute-Marne, France, and trom thence its range extends

to the Upper Chalk.

It has already been noticed in the Cambridge Greensand.

In the material from Swaffham it is very abundant, and

presents a remarkable series of variations in the ornament of

the surface, ranging from those with delicate pittings and

the prickly meshwork in concentric lines to others with a

relatively coarse and wrinkled surface of sinuous furrows, but

without the punctules.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 24

342 Mr. F. Chapman on Ostracoda

Cytheropteron concentricum (Reuss), var. virginea, Jones.

Cythere punctatula (non Rimer), var. virginea, Jones, 1849, Mon.

Entom. Cret. p. 12, pl. i. fig. 2 n.

Cytheropteron concentricum, var. virginea, Jones and Hinde, 1890,

Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. pp. 32, 33, pl. 1. figs. 14-17.

This is a feebly marked, or even smooth, variety of the

preceding species. One of the carapaces from Swaffham is

translucent and most delicately marked with a minute puncta-

tion ; other specimens from the same locality show a slight

wrinkling on an otherwise smooth surface. C. concentricum,

var. virginea, has alréady been recorded from the Cambridge

Greensand, and it occurs with some frequency at Swaffham.

Its geological range extends from the Lower Greensand to

the Upper Chalk.

Cytheropteron sphenoides (Reuss).

Cythere sphenoides, Reuss, 1854, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, math.-

nat. Class. vol. vii. p. 141, pl. xxvi. fig. 2.

Cytheropteron sphenoides, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret.

Entom. pp. 33, 34, pl. i. figs. 18-20.

One specimen only of this Cytheropteron was found in the

Cambridge Greensand of Swaffham. It had previously been

recorded from the Chalk-rock in this country.

Cytheropteron cuspidatum, Jones and Hinde, var. montuosa

(Jones).

Cythere (Cythereis) montuosa, Jones, MS., 1875, Syst. Lists &c., Belfast

Nat. Field Club, vol. i., Appendix iii. pp. 81, 92.

Cytheropteron cuspidatum, var. montuosa, Jones and Hinde, 1890,

Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. p. 88, pl. iii. figs. 14-16.

One valve, agreeing very closely with the above authors’

figured specimen in the arrangement of the prominences on

the carapace, was found in the Cambridge Greensand at

Swaffham. The previously recorded specimens were from

the Greensand of Warminster and the Antrim Chalk.

Cytheropteron umbonatum (Williamson), var. acanthoptera

(Marsson).

Cythere acanthoptera, Marsson, 1880, Mittheil. naturw. Ver. Neu-Vor-

pommern und Riigen, p. 45, pl. iii. figs. 14 a-e.

Cytheropteron umbonatum (Will.), var. acanthoptera (Marsson), Jones

and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. p. 41, pl. i. figs. 11-18,

pl. iv. figs. 22-29.

This variety has not hitherto been found below the Chalk-

rock, The Cambridge-Greensand specimens show a marked

from the“ Cambridge Greensand.” 343

tumidity of the carapace, with a deep dorsal furrow and a

prickly surface, thus agreeing in all particulars with the

specimens found by Messrs. Jones and Hinde rather than

with those from Riigen.

Two valves of this variety were found at Swaffham.

Cytheropteron umbonatum (Will.), var. longispinata,

Jones and Hinde,

Cythere wmbonata, Marsson, 1883, Mittheil. naturw. Ver. Neu-Vor

pommern und Rugen, p. 45, pl. iii. figs. 15 a-c.

Cytheropteron umbonatum (Will), var. longispinata, Jones and Hinde,

1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret, Entom. pp. 41, 42, pl. iii. figs. 11-13, pl. iv.

figs, 30, 31.

One specimen, with the spine damaged, was found in the

Cambridge Greensand at Swaffham. It has hitherto been

observed in the Gault of Folkestone, zones iii., iv., and v.

(Chapman and Sherborn); in the Chalk of Surrey and

Norfolk (Jones and Hinde); and in the White Chalk of

Riigen (Marsson),.

Family Cytherellide.

CYTHERELLA, Jones, 1849.

Cytherella ovata (Romer).

Cytherina ovata, Romer, 1840, Verstein. nordd. Kreidegeb. p. 104,

ee pl tevi. fis. 21.

Cytherella ovata, Jones, 1849, Mon. Entom. Cret. p. 28, pl. vii.

fizs. 24a-7; Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom.

~~ pp. 44, 45, pl. iil. figs. 48-54, pl. iv. fig. 39.

This widely distributed Cretaceous form has been found in

this country in the Gault at Folkestone, occurring in all the

zones, the Cambridge Greensand, and upward through most

of the beds to the top of the Chalk. It is one of the com-

monest forms of the Ostracoda in the material from Swaffham.

Cytherella obovata, Jones and Hinde.

-Cytherella obovata, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom,

p. 46, pl. i. figs. 46, 47.

C. obovata was originally described from the Chalk of

Kent, and it has since been found in other strata at different.

localities, notably from the Chalk-marl of Arlesey, the base

of the Upper Chalk at Southerham, and the Wicraster Chalk

of Swanscombe.

_ Four separate valves were found in the Cambridge Greene

sand of Swaffham.

24%

344 Mr. F. Chapman on Ostracoda

Cytherella Muensteri (Romer).

eae M; veaeae Romer, 1838, Neues Jahrb. fiir. Min. &c. p. 516,

. vi. fig. 13.

Cyikerella M uenstert, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom.

pp- 46, 47, pl. ili. figs. 63-67.

The geological range of this common Cretaceous form is

from the Gault to the Upper Chalk, and somewhat similar

specimens have also been found in the Eocene beds of

Bracklesham Bay, Sussex.

C. Muensterz is already known from the Cambridge Green-

sand, and it is common at Swaffham.

It is probable that the specimen recorded from the Gault

of Folkestone as Cytheropteron folkestoniense* is a deformed

or unusual variety of the above species of Cytherella. There

is a somewhat similar variation shown in Dr. G. 8S. Brady’s

Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Ostracoda T in the species Cythe-

rella punctata, Brady, and referred to as the young form by

that author.

Cytherella Williamsoniana, Jones.

Cytherella Williamsoniana, Jones, 1849, Mon. Entom. Cret. p. 31,

pl. vii. figs. 26a-A (and fig. 267, var.); Jones and Hinde, 1890,

Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. p. 48, pl. iii. figs. 55-62.

This species begins to make its appearance in the Gault

formation as far down as zone v. at Folkestone. ‘he type

form is found through all succeeding strata to the Upper

Chalk. It has not been found before in the Cambridge

Greensand. At Swaffham it is of frequent occurrence.

Cytherella Williamsoniana, Jones, var. stricta,

Jones and Hinde.

Cytherella Williamsoniana, Jones, var. stricta, Jones and Hinde, 1890,

Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom. pp. 48, 49, pl. ii. fig. 71.

The carapace of this variety generally exhibits a greater

proportionate length than the type form, as well as having

distinctive sharp ridges. It is fairly common in tke Green-

sand at Swaffham.

C. Williamsoniana, var. stricta, was originally described

from Gault specimens. In that formation it begins to make

its appearance in zone v. at Folkestone.

* Geol. Mag. 1893, vol. x. p. 349, pl. xiv. fig. 13.

+ ‘Challenger’ Reports, 1880, Zoology, part iii. p. 174, pl. xliv. fig. 4e.

From the “ Cambridge Greensand.” 345

Cytherella Chapmani, Jones and Hinde.

Cytherella Chapmani, Jones and Hinde, 1890, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Entom.

p. 49, pl. iii. fig. 70.

A single valve, comparable with the specimens found in

the Gault, occurred in the washings of Greensand from Swaff-

ham. At Folkestone this species makes its appearance in

zone iv., and was also found in zones v., vii., and viii.

In concluding these notes I must express my great obliga-

tions to Prof. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., who has given me the

benefit of his extensive knowledge of these forms and many

valuable suggestions herein incorporated.

The Foraminifera of the Cambridge Greensand will shortly

be dealt with, in continuation of these notes on the Ostracoda.

The Genera and Species of Cambridge-Greensand Ostracoda,

and their Occurrence in the Beds below and above that

Horizon.

| =a:

sea es

3 =

a4 oe

ry a

| =) oO

Family Cypripip&.

Pale aracyipris Siligua,;ds Guliimem lca ce v2 say cies « | Py

2) Pontocypris Bosquetiana, J. Ge oes olde s Sees *

3. ETIGUIEGUE RY (AOIZES Uy «1 cocevchs ssonoi Pye eaehal ste’ 01 sea *%

: |

Family Barrpiip2.

4, Bairdia subdeltoidea (Miinster) ...........000000: & ¥

5. HT AEMISIATIA, <ef O78) 5-0 :0:%. iovete roses '0''6 iets ale pe eave ne on

6, —— , var. amplior, J. §& H.

_ 7. Macrocypris siliqua, Jones. |

ines: simplex, sp. n.

9. Muensteriana, J. & H.-

Oe Eythocy pris Drownel, Je Goi. sce wens ones snes Pe *

iil Reussiana, J. & H. |

12. ? jernica (Jones).

Family CyTHERID. | |

miae@ytheto Marrisiana, Joes! )). tic daes ces’ | ak

(le var. setosa, J. Gs). bn ch AG A dl. ¥

346 “= Mer W. EF. Rirby on a

(Rees =

ee a

o =

Bid fe w

15. Cythere Harrisiana, var. reticosa, J. §& H.

16. aH, ORES Sc er eeateettcels oie 20's atc lose wil %

17. —— , var. excavata, Chap. §& Sherb....... nis lanl eae

-18. —— subtuberculata, sp. n.

, 19. Koninckiana, Bosquet........ oe ioe iae tide kal * *

20. Cythereis triplicata (Romer) .........0.00208 teeta *

PALE , var. lineata, Chap. § Sherb...........-- %

22. ———auriculata ((\Conmue). eon -e eeisimnne «Baas Sake * #

23. —— quadrilatera (Romer) .......... graces * x

24, —— ornatissima (Reuss)... 0.0... cee eee AS Fasten * *

25, —— , var. paupera, J. GBH. o2...... Bo ioe cy *

26. —— AVAL ee INU LA Kel sn edd eh eetonretore tah are cin eters ore oe ‘

27, —— a VAR PeuICUI AI. oe EE. uate > teks ene | *

28, —— , var. radiata, J. § H.

29. —— SV AEs BUMGUA, ths Of PLease ne are) siete | *

30. —— Wrightii, J. § A, var. aculeata, Chap. & Sherb.|

31 tuberosa, J. & H.

oo) ——— _sbonsd aleana J Onesin jorraeienseiicioiciteite soni age

38. Cytheridea perforata (Romer) .......0cee eevee * *

34. Cytheropteron concentricum (Reuss) .........055 % *

30. —— , var, virginea, Jones.

56. —— sphenoides (Jtewss).

37. —— cuspidatum, J. § H., var. montuosa (Jones).

_ 88. —— umbonatum ( Will.) var.acanthoptera (Marsson)| .. #

| 89. —— ——, var. longispina, J. § H. |

Family CyTHERELLIDZ. |

40. “Cytherella ovata (ftomer) in. 3). cm <1. cna +0 eee & x

Al = choyata, Jig vis. os Seth nesta svemen are {hee a *

42. —— Muenster (Romer): <0. 22 oR Bae be See | x os

43, —— Walliamsoniana, Jones. eerie cictsirs| %

44 pV GN. SUDICCA sw. Gp ll fated ots iors Kale aoe *

Ape Chapman Jig ey. sas «acc eae: oielabnets |

XXXIX.—Description of a new Genus of Odonata.

By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S.

Lerrnemuis Bracxsvrnt, McLachlan, has been represented in

the Natural History Museum collection for some years by a

broken specimen, which I had indicated as a new genus;

but having lately received a good series of this species

ipod Lit aun Shr ine id

“new Genus of Odonata. 347

from Mr. R. C. L. Perkins, who found the insect abundant

in the Hawaiian Islands, I am at length able to characterize

the genus.

Genus NESOGONIA.

Frontal tubercle broad, slightly concave at the extremity ;

eyes very large, contiguous forashortspace. Abdomen con-

siderably inflated at the base, the second and third segments

carinated, joints 4 to 6 of about equal length, long and slender,

expanded at the tip and slightly also at the base, and more or

less contracted in the middle, the succeeding segments succes-

sively shorter. Wings long and moderately broad, shaped

muchasin dschna: fore wings with 11lantenodal cross-nervules

(exceptionally 10 or12), the last only exceptionally continuous,

and 9 (rarely 8) postnodal cross-nervules; sectors of the arculus

stalked, nodal sector not waved, triangle rather broad, the

outer side very oblique, the inner side slightly waved; tri-

angle traversed, followed by three rows of cells increasing ; no

supratriangular nervules; subtriangular space consisting of

3 cells ; one cross-nervule in the lower basal cell: hind wings

broader than the fore wings; one (rarely two) cross-nervules

in the lower basal cell ; triangle free {exceptionally traversed

by one or two nervules); a supra-triangular nervule occa-

sionally present. On the hind wings the upperside of the

triangle strikes the outer side considerably below the level of

the lower sector of the arculus, instead of meeting the sector

at an acute angle as in most dragonflies. ‘The same thing ts

frequently observable in the fore wings too, but not inva-

riably. Head and thorax very hairy, and even the abdomen

visibly clothed with fine short hairs. Legs long, thickly

clothed with rather long bristles and fine hairs. Claws

tcothed considerably before the tip.

Typical species :

Nesogonia Blackburnt.

Lepthemis Blackburni, McLachlan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xii.

p- 229 (1883), (6) x. p. 177 (1892). ;

Sympetrum Blackburni, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxili. p. 378

(1890).

Orthetrum Blackburni, Kirby, Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 86 (1890).

Hab. Hawaiian Islands.

I need not describe this species here, especially as Mr. Per-

kins is about to publish a fuller account of it than has yet

appeared, in his torthcoming work on the Insects of Hawaii.

348 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Three new

He has given his consent to my publishing the present paper

in advance of his own.

The insect appears to be most nearly related to the

American genus Lepthemis, to which it was originally re-

ferred by Mr. McLachlan, but it differs widely in the armature

of the legs. From Orthetrum sabina, Drury (a rather aber-

rant species in its genus), with which it has considerable

external resemblance, it differs in the absence of supra-

triangular nervules, the usually discontinuous last antenodal

cross-nervule of the fore wings, and the much broader triangle

of the fore wings. From Sympetrum, which it resembles in

the shape of the triangle of the fore wings and in the upper-

side of the triangle of the hind wings being distinctly sepa-

rated from the lower sector of the arculus, it differs in the

much longer wings, with much more numerous cross-nervures,

and the long slender abdomen, much more distinctly inflated

at the base. J am unable to refer the species to any of the

foregoing genera, and therefore think it best to propose a

new one for it without further delay.

XL.— Descriptions of Three new Species of Spiders of the

Genus Selenops, Latr. By R. I. Pocock.

Selenops oculatus, sp. n.

Colour (specimen rubbed).—Carapace pale castaneous,

with greyish-white hairs at the sides ; eyes surrounded with

black pigment; legs bright ochre-yellow, with indistinct dark

bands on tibie; abdomen testaceous, with yellowish-white

hairs above.

Caropace much higher than in 8S. radiatus, a little wider

than long, its length equal to length of protarsus of fourth

leg, barely equal to length of tibia of either second, third,

or fourth leg. Four median eyes close together and

forming a strongly recurved line, the inferior edge of the

posteriors a little higher than those of the anteriors, about on

a level with their centres; the posteriors much larger, about

twice the diameter af the anteriors; distance between the

anteriors equal to about half their diameter, but twice as

great as that between the anteriors and posteriors ; anterior

Jateral eyes on a level with inferior edge of anterior medians ;

posterior laterals very large and prominent, their diameter

at least one third greater than that of the posterior medians,

a little more than their own diameter above the inferior

margin of the carapace.

Species of Spiders. 349

Legs long, those of the fourth pair, measured from base of

femur, four times as long as carapace ; tarsi of second, third,

and fourth pairs, although rubbed, apparently not scopulate ;

tibia of second with three pairs of inferior spines, protarsus

with two pairs (first legs absent).

Vulva formed on the same plan as in S. radiatus, but with

the two lappets forming the area behind the heart-shaped

fovea much longer (fig. 1).

Measurements in nuillimetres.—Total length 12; length of

carapace 5, of second leg 22, of third and fourth 21.

Loc. Hadramaut, Arabia.

A single specimen collected by Dr. Anderson’s collector

during the expedition of the late Mr. Theodore Bent into the

Hadramaut.

Although resembling S. radéatus and others in the spine-

armature of its leg, this new species more nearly approaches

the South-African species S. atomarius and Spencer? in the

arrangement of its eyes. These organs, however, differ in

relative size and position from those of all the species

known to me.

1 (1)

vv If. /

Wl iii

sie ; //,

Vulva of (1) S. oculatus, (2) S. vigilans, (3) S. Kraussi.

Selenops vigilans, sp. 0.

Coloured as in S. radiatus, which it closely resembles

structurally, with the same spine-armature of the first and

second leg—that is to say, with three pairs of spines on the

underside of the tibize and two pairs on the protarsi; but the

posterior median eyes are larger as compared with the ante-

rior medians, are much closer to them and form a more

strongly recurved line ; the posterior lateral eyes are also

larger and more prominent.

Vulva very different from that of S. radiatus, the lateral

lobes being widely separated behind by a prolongation of the

median sclerite (fig. 2).

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 14; length of

carapace 6°2, of first leg 20, of fourth leg 21.

Loc. Giriama, near Fuladoya, Masailand (J. W, Gregory).

350 On Three new Species of Spiders.

Selenops Kraussii, sp. 0.

In size and colour much resembling S. radiatus, Latr.; the

legs strongly banded, femora with three black stripes, tibie

with two.

Eyes of very nearly the same relative size and position as

in S. vigilans, the four medians more strongly recurved than

in radiatus, the posteriors very noticeably larger than the

anteriors, the diameter being nearly one third longer ; a line

touching the lower rims of the posteriors would pass about

through the centres of the anteriors; posterior lateral eyes

not so prominent as in vigilans.

Tibie of first and second legs with five or six pairs of spines

below ; protarsus with three pairs.

Vulva as in fig, 3, the median area not so wide as in

radiatus and passing posteriorly between the lateral lobes or

lappets, which thus do not unite.

Loc. Cape Colony (Dr. Krauss).

Allied to S. atomarius, Simon, from Port Elizabeth (Bull.

Soc. Zool. France, xu. p. 466, 1887), in the spine-armature

of the legs, but with the four median eyes much less strongly

recurved and farther apart, the anterior laterals closer to the

edge of the clypeus, &c. (see Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. pl. i.

. 25).

: S. fugitivus of Walckenaer (Ins. Apt. 1. p. 546), from

Caffraria, may be identical either with S. atomarius, S. Spen-

cert, or S. Kraussit, or with neither.

The Tropical-African species of Selenops known to me may

be distinguished as follows :— .

a. Protarsus of legs of first and second pairs with 2

pairs of spines ; tibia with 3 pairs.

a', Lateral lobes of vulva meeting, or almost so, in the

middle line and circumscribing a heart-shaped

area; four median eyes subequal in size, less

strongly recurved, the posterior farther from the

ATLOCIAMG © rea Ghavetai Aten atetn ate he ode tats neice de he Tals tals POL radiatus, Latr.

b!, Lateral lobes of vulva widely separated posteriorly ;

four median eyes noticeably unequal in size, the

posteriors larger than the anteriors aud closer to

UTETTRO. A Cid Gitlin meats GG or a OOnirco ns Geri wee. vigilans, sp. 0.

b. Protarsus of first and second legs with 38 pairs of

spines; tibia with 5-7 pairs.

a?, Tibia with 7 pairs of spines; lobes of vulva

fusing posteriorly and circumscribing an_ oval

heart-shaped area, behind which they form a broad

plate; eyes of ocular quadrangle very strongly

recurved, posteriors much larger than the medians,

lower rim of posteriors on a level with upper rim

of anteri0rs ......ssseeees wis ele a.6> eielelejelata els) «lei WPENCCES Soe

Miscellaneous. 351

b?. Tibia with 5-6 pairs of spines; lobes of vulva

separated posteriorly by a prolongation of the

median sclerite ; eyes of ocular quadrangle much

less strongly recurved, inferior edge of posteriors

on a level with centre of anteriors ....... wee.» Kraussi.

The British Museum has examples of S. radiatus, Latr.

(=cgyptiacus, Aud.) from the following localities in Tropical

Africa :—KE. Africa (Capt. Speke) ; Kinyamholo, Lake ‘T'an-

ganyika (W. H. Nutt); Nyika plateau, Nyasaland, 60U00-

7000 feet (ZH. H. Johnston). We also possess many examples

from the following localities :—Cape Verde Islands (Lzeut.

Boger and F, O. P. Cambridge) ; Bushire (Karachi Mus.) ;

Bareilly, India (G. 7. P. Cambridge); Dahanee, Thana

District (A. G. Edie); and Tharrawaddy (H#. W. Oates).

The specimens from Tharrawaddy were described by Thorell

as S. birmanicus.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Geographical Distribution and the Evolution of Peripatus.

(Preliminary Note.) By E.-L. Bouvier.

Tue Onychophora are the terrestrial Articulata which approach

most nearly to the Annelids; zoologists are to-day unanimous in

considering them as very primitive animals, and, although their

remains are unknown in the fossil state, it seems natural to trace

back their appearance to a very distant epoch. Distributed in

America (Antilles, Central, and a portion of South America), Africa

(in the region of the Cape), and in Oceania (from Eastern Australia

into New Zealand), they have been considered hitherto as very

distinct one from the other according to the area which they occupy ;

and Mr. Pocock, attributing this fact to their great antiquity, has

taken the step of dividing them into three genera, each of which

would be peculiar to one of the three geographical zones mentioned

above.

The object of this note is to show that this narrow localization

does not exist, and that the Onychophora have undergone progressive

evolution in the course of the ages, while they receded from their

centre of origin.

The specimeus which have enabled me to attack this problem

were collected in Africa by the lamented M. Thollon, who presented

them to the Paris Museum; they belong to a new species, which I

propose to call Peripatus Tholloni, in memory of the brave and unfor-

tunate explorer by whom it was discovered.

Since this curious species is intermediate between the American

forms and those of the Cape, I shall pass successively in review the

characters which have rendered it possible, up to the present day,

to distinguish the species from the various regions.

852 Miscellaneous.

(1) Geographical Distribution.—Peripatus Tholloni comes from

the Gaboon, that is to say, from a zone intermediate between the

Cape and the parts of America where Peripatus is found. These

animals had hitherto remained unknown in this region.

(2) Number of Limbs.—The American species have many more

limbs than the others, generally trom 27 to 42 pairs, and, moreover,

the number of these appendages varies in different individuals: in

the African and Oceanian forms it appears constant for each species ;

there are from 17 (14?) to 21 pairs in the case of the former and

15 pairs in the latter. In P. Vhollont the number of limbs is 24 or

25 pairs.

(3) Rudimentary Limbs, position of the Sexual Orifice—In the

American species the genital orifice is situated between the limbs of

the penultimate pair, and the limbs of the posterior pair, which are

slightly smaller than the rest, have only two arches of spinules

instead of four. In the species from the Cape the orifice is sub-

terminal and situated far behind the posterior limbs, which are not

modified ; in the Oceanian forms the orifice is found at a fairly long

distance from the anus, between the posterior hmbs, which are also

normal. In P. TVhollont the genital aperture occupies the same

place as in the American species, but the last pair of limbs, which

is furnished with only two arches, is still more reduced; it is clear

that this pair has atrophied in the Oceanian species and that the

two posterior pairs have disappeared in P. capensis. From this

point of view mention must be made of a species from the Cape,

P. Balfowri, in which the genital orifice, situated near the anus, is

found between the greatly reduced posterior limbs, which correspond

to the penultimate pair of appendages of P. Yhollont and the

American species.

(4) Structure of the Limbs.—The limbs of the American species

are furnished near their extremity with four spinulous arches; in

the species from the Cape and from Oceania the proximal arch no

longer exists, and only three arches are to be seen. The same

applies to P. Tholloni. Moreover, in this species, as in the Austra-

lian forms, we do not find papille at the base of the pedal portion

of the limbs, whereas two of these papilla exist in the case of the

species of Peripatus from America and the Cape.

(5) Nephridial Pores of the Fourth and lifth Limbs.—On the

limbs of the fourth and fifth pairs the nephridial pore is found

included between the two proximal spinulous arches in the case of

the American species. In P. Tholluni it occupies the same place,

but, the proximal arch having disappeared, it appears to le outside

the arches, and even makes a slight indentation in the first of these.

In the Oceanian species the indentation is much more pronounced,

and the nephridial papilla is found to be almost entirely included

in the arch; lastly, in the species from the Cape the papilla lies

completely in the centre of the latter.

(6) Wrinkles on the Body.—In the American species the wrinkles

on the body are not interrupted on the dorsal median line and are

Miscellaneous. aoa

composed of a single row of papilla; in the species from the Cape

they exhibit a solution of continuity in the middle of the back and

usually comprise several rows of papille. P. Tholloni has con-

tinuous wrinkles like those of the American species, but it exhibits

in each wrinkle one or two rows of little accessory papille.

(7) Jaws.—In the American species the two blades of each jaw are

provided with an accessory tooth on the inner margin of the prin-

cipal tooth ; moreover, the inner maxillary blade is armed with a

long row of denticles. In the species from the Cape the accessory

tooth disappears on the inner blade, and the denticles of this blade

are much less numerous; the same applies to the Oceanian forms,

but here the accessory tooth disappears on the outer blade also.

In P. Tholloni the jaws are of the same type as those of the American

species.

It results from the foregoing that P. Tholloni constitutes the

transition between the American species of Peripatus and those of

South Africa. More closely related to the former, it must be

regarded as having originated from the American species of Peri-

patus, which gradually spread towards the East at an epoch at

which a continental barrier still united the New World to the Old.

In proportion as this eastward dispersion of Peripatus came to pass,

the evolution of these animals accentuated itself in a determined

direction: the limbs atrophied in succession posteriorly, and, at the

same time, their number became more and more constant; the

proximal spinulous arches followed, up to a certain point, the same

regressive course; the nephridial papille of two pairs of limbs

advanced by degrees towards the following arch; the wrinkles in

the skin became more complicated, then interrupted on the dorsal

median line; lastly, the dentiform armature of the jaws underwent

successive reduction.

Since, in many respects, the species belonging to Oceania mark the

present limit of the evolution of the Onychophora, it would be possible

to believe that the species of Peripatus of this region are derived from

African species which had emigrated eastwards in geological times.

But since certain characters of these animals are somewhat primi-

tive (position of the sexual orifice and of the nephridial pores of

the fourth and fifth limbs), we may also suppose that the dispersal

of the group took place in both directions at the same time—towards

the east in the case of Africa and towards the west as regards

Australia and the adjacent regions. The study of the Chilian Peri-

patus will perhaps enable us to solve this problem.

In any cuse, it appears to be quite certain that Central America

and the Caribbean Region have been the centre of origin and migra-

tion of the species of Peripatus; their dispersion towards the East

is likewise scarcely open to doubt, and we must expect to discover

them in all the tropical portions of West Africa, at least as far as

the region of the Cape Verd Islands.--Comptes Renilus, t. c=xvi.

No. 19 (May 9, 1898), pp. 1858-1361.

354 Miscellaneous.

New Observations on Peripatus.

By E.-L. Bovvirr.

The object of the Note which I recently published in the ‘ Comptes

Rendus de Académie des Sciences’ * was to show that Peripatus is

probably of American origin and that transitional forms exist

between the species belonging to the New World and those that

occur in the Old; to-day my purpose is to make known a new

Peripatus, the peculiar interest of which is that it clearly demon-

strates the characteristics of the most primitive representatives of

the genus.

This Peripatus belongs, like P. Tholloni, to the collection of the Paris

Museum ; it was obtained at Popayan, in New Granada (Colombia),

by a traveller whose name has escaped us. Captured in a house, if

had ejected a copious fluid from its posterior tentacles, and was

found to be partially enclosed in this secretion, which had been

coagulated by the alechol in which the specimen was preserved.

Difficult as it is to separate one from another in the case of the

majority of the American species, the present form possesses some

eminently characteristic features.

In the general form of the body the animal somewhat resembles

Peripatus Moseleyi: it presents a great and regular expansion from

the extremities to the middle, at which point its diameter amounts

to 8:8 millim.; its total length, excluding the tentacles, is

73 millim.

The transverse wrinkles in the integument are not interrupted

on the dorsal median line, which is depressed, but they become

perceptibly attenuated there; on the back they are adorned with

little conical and transversely elongated papilla, which form several

irregular rows in each furrow; here and there these rows are

interrupted by very large conical or subcylindrical papillae, which

occupy the entire width of the furrow. These large papille are few

in number and resemble warts scattered about on the integument

of the animal; more abundant and slightly reduced in size in the

neighbourhood of the limbs, they are entirely wanting on the

ventral surface and on the appendages, and are replaced in these

regions by papille similar to those of Peripatus Edwardsii.

The antenne are scarcely dilated in front and exhibit about forty-

seven rings. Including the large internal tooth the number of

teeth on each jaw is four; on the inner jaw we find, in addition, a

row of five or six smaller teeth. No known species exhibits so

complicated a dental armature.

The number of pairs of limbs is thirty-seven ; we know that there

are as many as thirty-six in Peripatus quitensis, Schmarda, and

more than forty in P. torquatus, Kennel. They are very much

flattened in the antero-posterior direction, almost laminiform, and,

although this appearance may be partly due to the action of the

alcohol, it is certain that the living animal must attract attention

* Vide supra, p, 361.

Miscellaneous. 355

owing to the flattened and, up to a certain point, annelidan form of

its appendages. Moreover, this is not the only interesting pecu-

liarity exhibited by the latter. Their horseshoe-shaped spinulous

arches are five in number, and sometimes there may even be ob-

served the indications of a sixth arch; the limbs belonging to the

penultimate and antepenultimate pairs have only four of these

arches, like the normal limbs of the other American species, and

those of the last pair, as usual, have no more than two. The

portion of the limbs which terminates in the claws is no less well

characterized, for it bears at the tip two papille in front and two

behind, while the other species of Peripatus have only one papilla

on the posterior portion of their appendages.

The pit with a delicate lining exhibited by the limbs on their

ventral surface is at least as well developed as in the other American

species ; but the nephridial pores on the limbs of the fourth and

fifth pairs have a slightly different situation: they occasion a deep

notch and even a break of continuity in the intermediate spinulous

arch. In reality they occupy the very place where they are found

in all the species of Peripatus.

The genital orifice is enclosed between the limbs of the penulti-

mate pair, asin the other American species.

The specimen that I have studied belongs to the female sex ; it

had no embryos in its uteri.

In its very numerous and flattened limbs, the complex armature

of its jaws, the four papille, and the five spinulous arches of its

extremities this species exhibits characters more primitive than

those found in any other Peripatus, and consequently presents a

greater resemblance to the annelidan form whence the group is

derived. Since it is besides very easily recognizable owing to the

great tuberculiform papilla which are borne on the dorsal surface,

I propose to designate it Peripatus tuberculatus.—Comptes Rendus,

t. exxvi. No, 21 (May 23, 1898), pp. 1524-1525,

On the Presence of the Common Eel in the Open Sea.

By Lton Variant.

In the collections handed over by His Serene Highness Prince

Albert of Monaco to the Ichthyological Laboratory of the Muséum

d'Histoire naturelle there is a fish which is rendered curious owing

to the circumstances under which it was obtained. It was removed

by Captain Chaves, Director of the Observatory of Punta Delgada,

from the stomach of a Cachalot, and, as we know, these Cetodonts

feed upon lower animals, especially Cephalopods, the remains of

which are met with in their alimentary canal, to the exclusion, as

it seems, of all other prey.

The fish, which is eel-like in shape, is about 90 centimetres in

length and of the thickness of a man’s arm; its weight may be

estimated at 1500 or 2000 grammes; the action of the digestive

juices has had but little effect upon it, so that it is possible to deter-

mine its characters very precisely, It is an Apod; the osseous

356 Miscellaneous.

tissue, examined on one side and on the transverse apophysis of a

vertebra, exhibits genuine osteoplasts; the vomer is intimately

united with the intermaxille to form a single mass, and the maxille,

greatly elongated and armed with fine teeth of uniform size, enter

into the composition of the upper jaw—peculiarities which agree

very exactly with the characteristics of the suborder to which I

assign this fish; moreover, no ventral fins are to be seen; the

pectoral fins, which are very distinct, are situated behind a narrow

lateral branchial orifice.

For the determination of the genus an important character is to

be drawn from the presence of scales, of the form which is habitual

in this group when they occur, that 1s to say of the subepidermic

type. Five genera may be quoted as being provided with these

organs, namely Simenchelys, Ilyophis, Histiobranchus, Synapho-

branchus, and Anguilla. In the case of the first three the dorsal

fin commences very far forwards, above the pectoral fin or very

little behind it; in the present specimen it arises 27 centimetres

from the snout, that is tosay towards the anterior third of the body,

at more than twice the length of the head behind the branchial

orifice. In Synaphobranchus the branchial orifices are united in a

common pit on the ventral median line. The individual under

examination therefore belongs to the genus dAnguilla—a conclusion -

which is also confirmed by the other characters. It must even,

without entering into more ample details, be regarded as resembling

the Common Eel (Anguilla anguilla, Linn.).

This capture, under such circumstances, not only confirms the

incontestable fact that the Eel descends to the sea, but also shows

that in certain cases after arrival there it advances sufficiently far

to become the prey of animals which only live out at sea, like the

great Cetaceans. On the other hand, it has been supposed by

several ichthyologists that the individuals of unusually large size,

exceeding 500 to 800 grammes in weight, which are met with from

time to time in ponds, must be regarded as sterile females which

have taken up their abode permanently in fresh water; the obser-

vation of Captain Chaves would oppose this hypothesis.

In consideration of the obscurity which still surrounds the mode

of reproduction of this species, the fact is worthy of attracting

attention, for I believe that no analogous case has been mentioned,

the presence of Eels in their annual migration having been substan-

tiated hitherto, in salt water, only at the mouth of watercourses and

in absolutely littoral regions, never in the open sea. It may be

that they then form part of that pelagic fauna, which never appears

at the surface and likewise never touches the bottom—a fauna of

the existence of which the discoveries already made by His Serene

Highness Prince Albert of Monaco, un jer analogous circumstances *,

enable us to-day to catch a glimpse.—Comptes Rendus, t. cxxvi.

No. 20 (May 16, 1898), pp. 1429-1430.

* “Notes sur un Cachalot” (Bull. Muséum Hist. nat. t. i. p. 305,

December 24, 18985).

An. & Mag. Nat. Hist. $.'1 Vol. 2 Pl. IX

D.Rosa del CBerjeau ith. West Newman imp.

New Barth-Worms in the British Museum.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 11. NOVEMBER 1898.

XLI.—Some new or ares Parasthie Copepods found on Fish

in the Indo-Tropic Region. By P. W. Bassetr-SMITH,

Staff-Surgeon R.N., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S.

[Plates X.-XII. ]

In this paper, following two others published in the

‘ Annals,’ I have adduced a few more interesting new forms

of these parasitic animals, and also examples of some in which

one sex alone has been described. With constant examina-

tion of the fresh fish at the markets and at the places where

they were landed there was found no dearth of material to

work upon; in fact, one is astonished at the great number

and variety which are discovered, also how particularly prolific

some fish are—the genus Carang being the most noticeable ;

it was very rare not to find one or more species on a fish:

from the inside of the operculum or attached to the head-

kidney might be obtained Caligus tenax, Hell., C. carangis,

Kr., C. robustus, sp.n.; and on Caranex djedaba, Bomolochus

megaceros, Hell. ; attached to the gills themselves Lernan-

thropus giganteus, Koll., or a second undescribed species

found on Caranx Rottlert, the long dark-coloured egg-tubes

making them very apparent; once on the surface-skin of a

large Caranz I found specimens of a fourth species of Caligus

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 25

358 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

(Caliqus longipedis, sp. n.); on the tongue of Caranx djedaba

was frequently found an ulcerated patch of mucous membrane

covered by a small variety ? of C. tenax; on the roof of the

mouth of another species (Caranx ferdau) were seen the

tumours produced by Caligodes carangis, sp. n., and once I

found the chitinous head and neck of a Lernwa deeply buried

in the roof of the mouth, the body having rotted away.

In contradistinction to these stand out the fish of the family

Sparide, which have strong crushing-teeth in the jaws ; I

very rarely found any parasites in these fish, the different cha-

racter of the food, perhaps, causing the peculiarity.

The sharks have many parasites, as described by Kroyer,

Steenstrup and Liitken, M.-Edwards, Leach, Van Beneden,

Heller, &c. ; but, though there are plenty of these fish in the

waters round Aden, it was rarely one saw them before the

surface had become too dry &c. A female specimen of

Alebion carcharie, however, was found.

The genus Lernanthropus appeared frequently, the regular

flushing and pallor of the laminate processes representing the

third and fourth thoracic feet at every vascular contraction

make it evident that they act as branchixe, as Hesse pointed

out in his elaborately illustrated paper in ‘ Revue des

Sciences Naturelles,’ tome vil. (June 1878).

Ergasilide.

Bomotocuus, Nordm.

Bomolochus megaceros, Hell. (Pl. X. fig. 1.)

As the male of this species has not been recorded, nor has

one of any other species of this genus, so far as I have been

able to find in published works, been obtained, it seems worthy

of placing here on note, especially as though I have examined

a large number of the female Lomolochus, both living and

dead, yet only once was a male discovered. The minute size

renders them undoubtedly very difficult to see, and it is only

when attached to the female, as occurred in this case, that they

are likely to be found. ‘The peculiar elegance of the anterior

antenne, and the large hooked maxilliped with which it

firmly attaches itself, were remarkable, being very unlike

those of the female, of a much less degraded type. The

drawing was made very quickly after capture, but in preparing

the specimen for a permanent preparation it was unfortu-

nately spoilt; therefore there are many points which require

further elucidation. The female Bomolochus megaceros I

have taken from Stromateus niger, Bombay, Colombo, and

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 309

Beluchistan, and often on Caranez djedaba, Aden. The species

is well defined and easily recognized.

Length 1 millim. Transparent.

Body distinctly segmented; the cephalothorax elongate,

forming a solid carapace, followed by two free short thoracic

segments and a large oval genital segment ; the caudal portion

is biarticulate, the first joint is almost square, the second

elongated and tapering, carrying at its extremity two rather

large caudal plates, each of these terminating in a very long

strong simple bristle, having a minute hair at its base, and

also a small one at the base of the caudal plate.

Anterior antenne long, elegant, five-jointed, the first being

short, carrying a long plumose hair on its under border; the

second joint is very long, cylindrical, and tapering, bearing

along its front border about twelve fine ciliated hairs and one

long plumose hair near its termination; the third joint is

about half the length of the last, with three plumose hairs

near the end, one being extremely long; the fourth of much

the same size, with two terminal plumose hairs; the last

joint is half as long again as the fourth, terminating in six

plumose hairs.

Posterior antenne spring from close under the first ; they

are three-jointed, and resemble much the same organs in the

female.

Second maxilliped is distinctly three-jointed, being very

large and powerful ; the basal joint is oval and muscular, the

second broad and flattened, the surface being minutely

granular, its front edge having a fine tooth about halfway

down; the terminal joint is in the form of a long slender

claw, with the concave edge minutely toothed; near the base

of this and on the opposing joint one sees a fine bristle.

First, second, and third true limbs biramose, each branch

three-jointed, the outer branch of the third bearing dentate

spurs as in the female, all the others provided with ciliated

hairs. Fifth pair uniramose, the terminal joint having its

border fringed with fine hairs and terminating in three short

thick ones.

Caligide.

Cauicus, Miiller.

Caligus longipedis, sp.n. (Pl. X. figs. 2, 3.)

This species was taken from the skin-surface of a Caranx

melamphigus at Aden; both the male and the female were

obtained. In the gills of the same fish were present, espe-

cially in the neighbourhood of the gland, numbers of C. tenaz,

25*

360 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

Hell., CG. earangis, Kr., and attached to the gills themselves

many specimens of Lernanthropus giganteus, Kr.

This Caligus appears at first sight to resemble C. tnfestans

of Heller (which I have found also out here attached to the

gills of “ Cybium Commersonii”’), but is quite distinct, my

species being chiefly distinguished by the structure of the

first maxilliped, the narrow flat furcula, the presence of only

three joints on the fourth peropod, the large caudal plates,

and the surface being spotted with blue instead of red.

Female.—Carapace slightly broader than long, with ob-

tusely rounded posterior angles, narrowing considerably in

front, where it unites with the anterior cephalic segment ;

this is the frontal plate, rather deeply emarginate in the

centre, but thick antero-posteriorly, the lunule being on the

outer third, large and very conspicuous, extending the whole

width of the plate.

Anterior antenne: first joint equal in length to the

width of the lunule, bearing about fourteen delicate plumose

papillee ; second joint longer and slender, bearing at its end a

number of fine hairs, with an isolated one on its posterior

edge.

Second antenne of moderate size, the terminal claw being

rather slender, the spur from the basal joint being distinct.

Hamulus anterior long, narrow, and curved, springing

from a globose base.

Palp large, sharp-pointed, rising from a bifid base and

having a slight curve outwards.

First maxilliped has the basal joint of the usual shape, the

second of a peculiar form, becoming broader at its termina-

tion, with the whole inferior border minutely crenate, almost

dentate at the end; this joint terminates in two long curved

processes, the outer being the longer and articulate.

Second maailliped of comparatively very small size, the

terminal claw being short and simple.

Furcula very distinct, though of only moderate size ; from

a dilated base with a narrow neck rise the two branches,

which are nearly parallel to one another on the inner border,

somewhat rounded on the outer, blunt-ended, and of an ex-

tremely flattened appearance, the width of the aperture being

less than the length of the arms.

First pereopod of the usual form, the palmar joint carrying

three short terminal claws, a slender bristle at the angle,

and three moderately long plumose hairs from the under

border.

Second pereeopod of the usual form.

Third perwopod of very considerable size, the posterior

ee) oe ol &

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 361

border of the apron extending over the upper part of the

genital segment; the paddle-joints are placed some distance

apart, the outer having four short plumose bristles on the

inner border and three simple hairs on the outer, the penulti-

mate joint having a long ciliated hair on the inner border

anda short one on the outer side, Hamulus posterior rather

long and slightly curved.

Posterior thoracic segment very large (about one third as

long as broad), giving off the fourth perwopods, which are

three-jointed and extremely long, extending as far as the

caudal plates; the first joint is long and muscular, the second

one third as long, giving off on its inner border a single

slender curved claw nearly equal to the length of the terminal

joint; this last ends in a pectiniform edge and three curved

elongate claws placed close together near it, each of these

having fine dentations at their bases.

Genital segment heart-shaped, about one third the length

of the carapace and rather less broad.

Abdomen indistinctly two-jointed, equalling in length the

last segment, the first joint being of a narrow oblong shape ;

the second is rather longer, broadening at its extremity, where

it gives off the two caudal, plates; these are very large, with

narrow pedicles and square-cut extremities; the inner border

runs nearly parallel to the outer and is covered with long

cilia; these plates terminate in three long, straight, stout,

plumose bristles and a shorter one on the outer border; the

stout terminal bristles and caudal plates are pigmented blue ;

the egg-sacs are long and of a green colour in life,

Length 5 millim.

Male.—This differs from the female in being rather

smaller, the carapace is narrower, the genital segment is

oblong, the abdomen broader and more distinctly two-jointed,

and the caudal plates are oval in shape: of the organs the

ostertor antenne are smaller, terminating in a very short

hook; the hamulus anterior is longer and more robust; the

second maxillipeds have a thicker basal joint, with a double

tooth on its inner border, and the terminal claw-joint also has

a minute tooth near its extremity.

Length 4°5 millim.

Caligus robustus, sp. n. (Pl. XI. figs. 1, 2.)

A large number of specimens of both sexes were found of

this species freely moving about, generally on the inner side

of the operculum or on the bony gill-rays of various species

of Caranxz and Thynnus, viz. T. macropterus, C. affinis, and

C. djedaba at Trincomalee, and C, Rottlert at Aden.

362 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

This species bears a resemblance to Caligus irritans, Hell.*,

having the double long-shaped posterior thoracic segment and

elongated biarticulate abdomen; it may readily be differen-

tiated by its broader, more arched carapace and strong four-

jointed fourth pair of legs, besides many structural details ;

the male too varies considerably.

Lemale.—Colour pure white; oculi pink.

Carapace strongly arched upwards, considerably broader

than long, narrowing rapidly anteriorly, posterior angles

rounded, posterior median lobe broad, sulcus on each side

moderately deep. Frontal plate narrow, its anterior edge

almost straight; lunule at the outer end shallow, small com-

paratively to those of C. crritans. .

Anterior antenne having the first joint about equal in

length to width of the lunule; second joint longer and club-

shaped.

Second antenne of the usual form, but the terminal claw is

more slender than in general,

Hlamulus anterior very small, slightly curved; rostrum

short.

Palp elongate, curved, with blunted end and an apparent

corstriction ; but no bifurcation is seen near the extremity.

First maxillipeds of the usual form.

Second mawillipeds : these are very strong, the basal joint,

both in young and old, having a very strong bifid tooth near

the extremity of its inner border, to which the end of the

strong terminal claw approximates ; at the base of the latter

is a fine hair on the concave border.

Furcula of moderate size; a long base with parallel sides

and rounded extremity giving off direct two short, flattened,

slightly divergent branches with blunted ends, the aperture

between them being considerably more narrow than the length

of the branch.

first pereopod has three short terminal claws, with three

long plumose hairs on the under border of the last joint; but

J bave been unable to discover the usual simple bristle at the

angle.

Second perwopod of the usual form, but the bent short

claws on the upper border of the first and second joints of the

outer branch are strong, and at the end of the last joint there

is a very small spur, with a stronger one deeply fringed with

fine hairs on the underside; plumose hairs from beneath as

usual,

Third pereopod : paddle-joints rather widely separated, the

* “Reise der Fregatte Novara,’ pp. 177-179.

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 363

terminal joint of the outer with four ciliate hairs, increasing

in length from without inwards; a longer one is seen from

the inner side of the penultimate joint ; the inner paddle has

six plumose hairs on the last joint.

Hamulus with a dilated base and a short, thick, curved

claw.

Fourth pereopods, rising from an elongated posterior thoracic

segment, are robust in form, four-jointed, the basal joint being

of a long oval shape, the three last of nearly equal size, the

first two each giving off a strong claw; the last has three

placed close together.

Genital segment heart-shaped, having a constriction above,

giving the appearance of a double posterior thoracic segment ;

the whole length equals about two thirds that of the cephalo-

thorax; the rudiments of the fifth pair of limbs are visible

on the posterior rounded border.

Abdomen slightly longer than the last segment; it is very

constricted at its origin, becoming rapidly broader to near the

extremity, where there is another constriction, forming a joint

as long as broad.

Caudal plates longer than broad, giving off three short

terminal ciliate hairs and two smaller ones on the outer side.

Length 7-10 millim.

Male.—This is smaller, and has the cephalothorax more

oval in shape; the genital segment is narrower, terminating

posteriorly in two stout spines; two fine hairs are also seen

on the outer border; the abdomen is made up of a short

broad joint and a second oblong one; the caudal plates are

rather large, with the inner borders finely fringed with hairs.

The second antenne have the last joint reduced to a short

though rather powerful hook, and the hamulus anterior

remains of the same size as in the female, which is unusual.

Length 5 millim.

Caligus tenaz, Heller. (PI. XI. fig. 3.)

As the male of this has not yet been described, I here take

the opportunity of putting it on record. Heller found speci-

mens of the species on Caranx carangis, Brazil; in these

eastern seas I have taken very large numbers from the gill-

chambers of various species of Carana found at Trincomalee,

Colombo, Muscat, and Aden, the males being fairly plentiful ;

these specimens were seen to have the abdominal segment

generally shorter than those described by Heller *, but agree

in detail of structure, except that on careful examination the

* ‘Reise der Fregatte Novara,’ pp. 172-173.

364 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

hamulus anterior will be seen to have a short basal spur,

which he does not mention ; they were generally taken with

C. carangis of Kréyer *, which is easily distinguished from

them by the absence of the small chitinous hooklets on the basal

plate of the third pereopods, by the much smaller furcula, by

the more rounded genital segment, and the greater size of the

fourth pair of legs.

Male.—Taken from Caranz melamphigus.

Carapace much broader than long, narrowing quickly

anteriorly and slightly at the posterior angles. Frontal plate

very wide, deeply concave in front, the lunule, which are

large, projecting considerably forward.

The posterior antenne have a very short strongly curved

terminal claw, which is very different from the long slender

one of the female.

Fflamulus anterior of moderate size ; both basal and terminal

spurs are much larger than in the other sex; the thoracic

appendages are not altered.

Genital segment about one third as long as the cephalo-

thorax, oblong in form, though narrowing anteriorly ; about

the juncture of the middle and the last third are three fine

hairs placed close together and a single one at the posterior

angle.

Abdomen nearly square, about one third the length of the

genital segment, bearing the two short caudal plates.

Length 8-4 millim.

CALIGODES, Heller.

Caligodes carangis, sp. n. (PI. XE fig. 4.)

This genus was formed by Heller fT to include an animal

described by Kollar as Chondrocanthus lanciniatus, after-

wards referred by Kroyer t to Van Beneden’s genus Scieno-

philus as S. lanciniatus.

The original specimens were taken from a species of

Belone and are preserved in the Vienna Museum, being fully

described by Kroyer.

On examining large numbers of the larger specimens of

fish of the genus Caranx in the Aden market, I was struck

by the frequency with which one saw on the palate of C. ferdaw

two small hemorrhagic tumours, placed far forwards near the

middle line; on closer inspection there were seen hanging

* ‘ Bidrag til Kundskab,’ 1863, pp. 69-70.

+ ‘Reise der Fregatte Novara,’ p. 180.

t ‘ Bidrag til Kundskab,’ 1863, pp. 153-157.

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 365

from them slender opaque white bodies, often ten from a

single tumour ; on dissecting the tumours the head and neck

ot these peculiar parasites were seen to be deeply buried, the

neck often being incased in a sort of red fibrinous tube; on

first removing them I thought they were either Chondra-

canthi or one of the nearly allied genera. ‘To the fish they

must be a great inconvenience, situated as they invariably

were. Only females were found.

The before-mentioned authors describe the elongated portion

as a drawn-out posterior thoracic segment, but in these it

appears to be a produced neck-like commencement of the

true genital segment ; my specimens, too, differ in having the

fourth pair of thoracic legs well formed, as in Synestius,

Steenstrup & Liitk.*, instead of being rudimentary.

The four-jointed fourth pair of thoracic limbs, the large

furcula, and the two laminate prolongations of the abdomen

distinguish this species.

Female.— Cara, ace almost circular, very small, equal to

about one seventh of the whole animal length. Frontal

plate distinct, deeply excavated in the centre between the

two lunule, which are of moderate size, projecting somewhat

in front, but less in diameter than half the frontal plate.

Anterior antenne have a short basal joint provided with

the usual plumose hairs and a much longer second joint with

simple hairs at the end.

fosterior antenne placed well forward near the base of

the rostrum; they are three-jointed, the last joint in the form

of a moderately strong curved hook,

Hamulus anterior small; it has a broad base, and is in the

shape of a simple short claw.

Palp short, simple, and blunt-ended; a second smaller

one is seen in front a little to the outside.

Rostrum about twice as long as broad.

First maxilliped of the usual form of Caligus.

Second maxilliped powerful; basal joint long and thick,

having on its inner surface a curious bifid tooth; the terminal

claw is markedly curved.

furcula very large and prominent; from a narrow neck

spring the two branches, which diverge widely and are sharp-

pointed, the width of the opening being greater than the

length of the arms; seen from the side the furcula has the

appearance of a grapnel, being most admirably adapted for

fixation of the animal. Oculi of a pink colour, placed over

the centre of the rostrum.

* ‘Bidrag til Kundskab,’ 1861, p. 24,

366 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

First pereopod three-jointed ; the first joint has a single

hair from the upper border, the second is cylindrical, the third

or palmar joint is provided with three short terminal claws,

the outer being the longest, and a single bristle at the angle ;

I was unable to detect any trace of the usual plumose hairs

from the under border.

Second pereopod has each branch provided with three

joints ; the upper border of each of the outer ones has a single

claw ; plumose hairs as in Caligus.

Third pereopod has the basal flap broad; on the inner

surface near the centre on each side is a patch of small tooth-

like processes about twelve in number, also a single row

extending from the hamulus upwards; the hamulus is of

moderate size and strongly curved; the paddles are small,

placed near together, provided with feathered hairs as in

Caligus, differing from that described by Kroyer. The last

thoracic joint is ill-defined, but it appears of a square form,

not projecting below the apron of the third pair of limbs.

Fourth pereopod well formed, four-jointed, the first joint

being cylindrical and muscular, four times as long as broad ;

the other three joints are welded together as in Caligus, the

terminal giving off three short curved claws placed close

together, the outer one being the longest, each of the other

joints has a claw of about the same length on its inner border.

Genital segment of a pyriform shape, with a long neck

uniting it to the thorax, the whole being three and a half

times the length of the cephalothorax, and three times

as long as broad; the intestinal canal and ovaries are

easily visible in the dilated portion, the ducts of the latter

being placed near together; from the under posterior border

outside these openings is given off on either side a long

laminate process more than one third as long as the last

segment, protecting the external ovarian tubes.

Abdomen broad and flat, terminating in two laminate

appendages not quite so long as the ventral ones, differing

thus markedly from the abdomen of C. lanciniatus.

The caudal plates are exceedingly small, wedged in

between these two processes; they are slightly longer than

broad, and give off three fine terminal plumose hairs, with a

minute one on the outer border.

Egg-sacs very long, of a brown colour.

Length 11-12 millim.

ALEBION, Kréyer.

Alebion carcharie, Kr. (Pl, XII. fig. 1.)

As only a single example of this animal is on record,

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 367

being described by Kroyer * from a male specimen obtained

on a large shark in the Atlantic, I here give a short account

of the female, which seems, without doubt, to be the same

species, taken from a small shark at Aden, which I was

fortunate enough to be able to examine immediately after its

capture, before the parasites had been washed off, finding two

mature females on the surface of the pectoral fin. The

description of Kiéyer is very full, so that it is unnecessary to

enter into too great detail, only to point out the chief differ-

ences which appear.

In outward form the dorsal plate covering the last thoracic

segment was much less apparent; the genital segment,

though of almost equal proportional size to that of the male,

had extending between the posterior processes a much

shorter biarticulate abdomen, the first joint of which was

rounded, slightly broader than long, the second being oval,

more than twice as long as the first, giving off two caudal

plates of an elongated oblong form, terminating in three

large plumose bristles and a small outer one. On minute

examination the posterior lobe of the carapace was seen to

have on either side four small teeth, and laterally there are

three others. The dentations at the posterior border of the

genital segment are bicuspid, and those on the elongated

portion are larger than the ones represented by Kréyer. The

posterior antenne are larger than in the male; the second

maxilliped has a very short robust terminal claw, bearing a

hair on the inner surface near the base. The first two pero-

pods do not vary, but in the third the detail seems to be

somewhat different: the outer paddle is large and has three

distinct joints, the first having on its inner border a long

plumose hair, on the outer border, which is ciliated, there are

two short thick bristles, the lower one being the longer; the

second joint has a plumose hair on the inner border and one

short bristle on the outer, on it is seen one reniform body ;

the third joimt bears two reniform bodies and on the inner

border are six plumose hairs: the inner paddle has an elon-

gated stalk-like joint and the final one bears five distinct

plumose hairs; the glandular (?) apparatus described by

Kidyer is also seen. Fourth pereopods very rudimentary,

the proportional size being given in the Plate. On the

genital segment three bright red pigment-spots on either side

are very apparent.

Length 7 millim.

* ¢ Bidrag til Kundskab,’ 1863, pp. 165-168.

368 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

Dichelesthiina.

PsEupocycnus, Heller.

Pseudocycnus appendiculatus, Hell.

Ten specimens of this rare animal were found attached to

the gills of Vhynnus macropterus at Aden; they were all

mature females. These I kept alive for some time. The

vascular system is very elaborate, and apparently these animals,

like those of the genus Lernanthropus, are essentially ‘ blood-

suckers,” being full of red blood. The specimens originally

described by Heller # were taken in the Indian Ocean on a

species of ‘ Coryphena,” with which these agree in almost

every detail, except that in my specimens stump-like rudi-

ments of the fifth pair of limbs carrying a single small hair

were present at the extreme end of the genital segment on

either side just in front of the flap-like processes which protect

the ovarian openings.

Length 10 millim.

LERNANTHROPUS, Nordm.

Lernanthropus nudus, sp.n. (Pl. XII. figs. 2, 3, 4.)

While at Aden I was astonished by the great number of

specimens of an animal of this genus which were present

attached to the gills of a large grey mullet (Mugi/, sp.) very

common in the market. Scarcely a fish would be examined

without finding many specimens ; as they attached themselves

very firmly, they were not easily washed away. It seems to

be a genus widely distributed, and I have taken out here a

good many species. ‘This one appears to be very remarkable.

Obtaining them fresh and in large numbers, one was able to

keep specimens alive for some time, when their brilliant red

colouring and movements made them very interesting to

watch, as described by Hesse. Both males and females were

found separately, and also ence “in copula,” as shown in the

figure; the males are much smaller than the females, but did

not show the more brilliant colouring, as in Hesse’s plates ;

the free-swimming embryos were taken from a watch-glass

about twelve hours after the eggs were discharged. The

chief characteristics of this species are the entirely exposed

condition of the abdomen and the great length of the processes

representing the fourth pair of limbs.

* ‘Reise der Fregatte Novara,’ pp. 218-219.

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 369

Female.— Head of large size, longer than broad, largest at

the base, which is slightly rounded; it is strongly arched

dorsally from side to side, the margin folding inwards on the

under surface; in front the border is convex and prominent,

showing no median notch, from the underside of which

frontal border the six-jointed setiferous anterior antenne are

seen,

Thorax seen from the dorsal surface divided into three

segments, each having a median indentation posteriorly ;

they are broader than the head and are together somewhat

longer: the anterior segment is but indifferently marked off ;

this is the true second thoracic segment bearing the second

pair of thoracic limbs, the first being united with the cephalic

portion ; it is less wide than the following segments and very

short: the second free segment is much broader than long,

with rounded sides, from under which can be seen projecting

the third pair of limbs; the third free thoracic ring is slightly

smaller than the last, but of similar shape, being not so long

as broad and deeply cut away posteriorly ; the sides of

these segments are deeply pigmented, and the alimentary

canal is easily visible down the centre; the usual posterior

tunic or plate common to the whole genus appears to be,

however, entirely absent, the abdomen being quite bare,

projecting between the two greatly elongated processes repre-

senting the fourth pair of limbs; on either side of it from the

posterior edge of the lobe of the last segment, is seen a small

rounded flap or plate partially covering the base of the fourth

pair of limbs; these may be the rudiments of the dorsal tunic.

The abdomen is rather longer than the last thoracic seg-

ment; it is composed of three distinct portions, the second

partially overlapping the third: the first is of a rounded

shape, but broader than long; the second is pointed at the

extremity, it is constricted in the middle, dividing it into two

parts; to the upper and wider are attached the ovarian tubes,

to the narrower the two stalked dark spermatophores. The

third abdominal joint is oblong in shape, traversed by the

intestinal tube ; the anal opening is seen at the end between

the two caudal plates, which are oval in shape, somewhat

divergent, and placed on the under border.

From the ventral side one sees the six-jointed setiferous

anterior antenne, and placed far forward the triarticulate

posterior antenne ; the first two joints of the latter are very

broad and muscular, the last in the form of a curved hook:

beneath these on the median line is found the mouth, of a

pointed conical shape; on each side of this near the base a

slender triarticulate and a thicker biarticulate process can be

370 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on

made out, probably the mandible and palp; on either side a

little backwards are placed the two pair of maxillipeds, the

first are much the most slender, the second joint having the

point somewhat sickle-shaped.

The second mazilliped is very strong, the outer extremity

of the large muscular joint extending a little beyond the

margin of the cephalothorax ; the terminal hook-like joint has

a small tooth on the concave border about one third from the

point. Under the lower margin of the cephalic border are

seen the rudimentary first thoracic limbs; they are two-

branched and single-jointed, the outer branch being of a

square shape, having five short digitations with crenate edges

on the border; the inner branch is very small, terminating in

a single short bristle. The rudimentary second pair of limbs

are placed a little further back and are much smaller than the

first, the outer branch carrying four small digitations only ;

on the inner I could see no bristle. The third pair of limbs

are converted into curved foliate processes as usual; they

spring from the side and posterior border of the second free

thoracic segment ; these are very vascular and act as claspers

for the animal. The fourth pair of limbs rise on the side of

the abdomen from the last thoracic segment; they quickly

become split into two processes, very long and narrow, their

length being greater than that of the whole of the rest of the

animal; they are pale red in colour, pulsatile, and no doubt

act as branchia, as Hesse suggests; they are in constant

motion, curling up and straightening out.

Length without processes 5 millim., with processes

11 millim. :

Male.—Much smaller than the female, having the head

proportionally larger and more oval in shape. The body is

divided into two parts—the first is very short, carrying the

second pair of rudimentary thoracic feet: the second portion,

which is of a much more regular oval shape, carries on both

sides two pair of appendages, the first pair being single-

branched, springing from the anterior part, and equal in length

to that of the body; the second pair are divaricate, proceeding

from the posterior part of the body, and much longer than the

anterior pair: between these is seen the genital segment, this

tapers considerably to the abdomen, which is oblong in shape,

terminating in two leaf-like caudal plates of almost equal

length with the abdomen, but rather less than half as broad.

The appendages are like those of the female, except that

the structure of the terminal joint of the first maxilliped is

quite peculiar, being dilated along its concave border and

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 371

thickened near the end, where the dentations are coarser ; the

point is more curved and minutely toothed.

Length without processes 5 millim., with processes 8 millim.

The embryos when first hatched are rounded, with an

anterior projecting portion, and are sharp-pointed posteriorly,

on each side of which is seen a long bristle; these bear on

either side three pair of limbs, the first ending in a single

hair, the second with three, the third pair with four. When

a little older the body is more distinctly segmented, the

second and third limbs become bipartite, each branch of the

second has a single joint terminating in two fine hairs; each

branch of the third consists of two joints, the end one

giving off four long hairs.

The male is seen to attach itself firmly to the abdomen of

the female by its powerful posterior antenne, the body

hanging freely between the long laminate processes.

NOTE.

The name “ Helleria”” being already appropriated for more

than one genus of crustacean animals, I propose to alter the

one so called by me (described in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 7, vol. i., January 1898, pp. 10-11, pl. v., and August

1898, vol. ii. pp. 93-94) to “ Cybicola,” to avoid any con-

fusion.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PEATE) Exe

Fig. 1. Bomolochus megaceros, 3, Heller, highly magnified.

la, Anterior antenna. 10. Posterior antenna. le. Second

maxilliped. 1d, e,f. First, second, and third perzeopods.

lg. Fifth pereeopod. 1h, Last abdominal joint and

caudal plates.

Fig. 2. Caligus longipedis, 2, sp. n., from the back, enlarged.

2a. Cephalothorax from beneath, much magnified. 206. First

maxilliped. 2c, Third pereopod. 2d. Fourth pereopod.

2e. Caudal plates.

Fig. 3. Male of the same from the back, enlarged.

3a. Posterior antenna. 36, Hamulus. 3c. Second maxilliped.

PrArE XT,

Fig. 1. Caligus robustus, 9, sp. n., from the back, enlarged.

la, Cephalothorax, much enlarged. 16. Outer branch of the

second pereeopod. le,d, Third and fourth persopods,

le. Caudal plate.

Fig. 2. Male of the same from the back, enlarged,

2a. Posterior antenna, 26, Posterior extremity of genital

segment,

372 Mr. E. Atkinson on

Fig. 3. Caligus tenax, $, Heller, from beneath.

3a. Hamulus anterior.

Fig. 4. Caligodes carangis, 2, sp. n., from the back, enlarged.

4b. The same in profile. 4c. Genital segment and abdomen.

4 d. Cephalothorax from beneath, much enlarged. 4. Last

joint of the first perseopod. 4 f Third pereopod.

4g. Caudal plates. 44. Last joint of the posterior an-

tenna. 47, Second maxilliped. 47. Fourth pereopod.

4k. Furcula from the side.

PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Alebion carcharie, 2, Ky., from the back, enlarged.

fa. Second maxilliped, much enlarged. 140. First and second

pereopods. 1c. Third and fourth pereeopods. 1d. Margin

of the genital segment. le. Extremity of posterior process

of the genital segment.

ig. 2. Lernanthropus nudus, 2, sp. n., seen from the back, enlarged.

2a. The same seen from the side. 26. Cephalothorax, much

enlarged, from beneath. 2c. Part of the margin of the

first pereeopod. 2d. Abdomen and posterior processes,

showing ovarian tubes and spermatophores attached.

Fxg. 3. Male of the same, enlarged.

3a. Male and female “in copula.” 36. Anterior and posterior

antenne. 3c. Extremity of first maxilliped. 35d. Abdo-

men and caudal plates.

Fig. 4. Embryos in two stages of development.

N.B.—The line to the right of a figure shows the natural

length ef the animal.

XLIU.— Extraordinary Vitality of Entomostraca tn Mud

from Jerusalem. By EKDWARD ATKINSON, F.L.S.

Just forty years ago, when, residing in Jerusalem, I was in

the habit of using my scanty leisure in natural-history pur-

suits, I chanced upon a little discovery which has proved to

be of no small interest.

Strolling one hot day in May 1858 by the margin of the

old reservoir outside the Jaffa Gate, known as the Birket

Mamilla, or Upper Pool of Gihon—then dry—I took a fancy

to explore its bed. A few weeks had elapsed since the last

of the water had been drawn off through its ancient conduit

into the so-called Pool of Hezekiah within the city.

This Pool of Gihon, more than 2500 years old, was probably,

when originally constructed, part of the system of pools and

aqueducts by which water was brought from the Pools of

Solomon at Urtas, beyond Bethlehem, for the supply of the

capital; but now little or no water enters it from that source,

Entomostraca from Jerusalem. 373

the pool being for the most part filled with surface-water

during the rainy season.

On descending into it I observed that at the end where the

water had rested last the thick layer of alluvial mud, which

covered the floor of the pool to a depth of a foot or more, was

densely silvered over with minute shells. ‘These on examina-

tion proved to be the shields or carapaces of several kinds of

Entomostraca.

It occurred to me that, as the pool only contained water

during two months in the year, these animals, after so brief a

lite, must leave their ova in the mud, to reproduce their

several species in the next rainy season, after entombment in

the sun- baked mud for ten months.

The idea of testing the truth of this artificially occurred to

me, and I took up carefully several pieces of the mud which

had cracked in drying; these, as I knew nothing of the Entomo-

straca myself and was without books of reference, I sent to my

friend Mr. Denny, A.L.S., then Curator of the Leeds Museum,

with instructions when to moisten the mud. The result in

his hands was such as to surprise and delight him. One

after another new species of several genera sprang into life.

Wisely he had not moistened all his mud; so he sent a little

to Dr. Baird, of the British Museum, who was equally

charmed with the experiment. Dr. Baird described and

figured five new species in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct.

1859 (1 Daphnia, 1 Diaptomus, 1 Estheria, 2 Cypris), and,

lastly (in Sept. 1861), a new Branchipus.

In order to ascertain whether the ova deposited in captivity

would develop another year, I suggested to Mr. Denny that

in the summer he should decant the water and dry off the

mud without disturbing its surface. This he did by means

of a syphon, leaving the mud dry till the following spring,

in imitation of nature, when the glass jar was again filled.

‘The experiment was quite successful, most, if not all, of the

species reappearing.

At the end of i860 I returned to England, and brought a

fresh supply of the mud, portions of which were given to

several gentlemen, who repeated the experiment, with similar

results.

By alternating the seasons in the manner above described

the crop was renewed year by year, most of the species living

for two months, several for three months or more, then

depositing their ova and dying. ‘This was repeated at the

Leeds Philoscphical Society’s Museum for eight years; and

it was only in the winter of 1856 that an accidental exposure

of the jar to a severe frost on the housetop destroyed them all,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, 11. 26

374 Mr. E. Atkinson on

An interesting fact illustrating the great vitality these ova

possess is that a small quantity of the original stock of mud

given toa friend had by him been put away in a pill-box and

forgotten. Nine years after it turned up in his desk; little

expecting any result, he placed it in a small glass jar and

added water to it, but a fortnight later a single specimen of

the Estheria gihont, the rarest and most beautiful form, made

its appearance.

Another friend, a clergyman in the South of England, to

whom I gave a portion of the mud, and who had continued the

process of alternating the wet and dry season for twenty-four*

years with unvarying results, removed to Tunbridge Wells.

During the change of residence the globe containing his dried

mud was accidentally broken and thrown with other rubbish

at the back of a rockery in the garden. Next spring its

owner discovered it, to bis dismay, in its ruined condition ;

but finding that the mud still remained adherent to the main

fragment, he transferred it to a new globe of water, when, to

his surprise, three weeks later his old friends appeared, as if

nothing had happened, although the winter had been very

severe and the broken globe was frequently buried in snow!

In 1896—an interval of thirty years having elapsed since

I lost the succession of crops in my own aquarium—lI availed

myself of a friend’s visit to Jerusalem to obtain a new supply

from the same spot; and both last year and this I have had

the pleasure of renewing my acquaintance with the now

familiar forms. ‘logether with my friend Mr. H. Crowther,

F.R.M.S., the present Curator of the Leeds Museum, I have had

six jars under observation. ‘lhesame forms described by Baird

appear regularly each season, especially the smaller species

(Daphnia and the Cyprids), in every jar, whereas I observe

that the larger forms (Estherta and Lranchipus) were often

one or both absent from one jar while numerous in another,

which seemed to suggest that their ova did not in every case

retain their vitality so well as the smaller kinds, or else that

the ova of the larger species were less equally distributed,

lying, as it were, in nests in one fragment of the mud and

not in another ; and, indeed, this seems to be the more likely

explanation.

The following is Dr. Baird’s list :—

* T learn from my friend that after 1884, “in the spring of which year

all the forms seen before came to vigorous life, the mud remained care-

fully put away until given in 18)4 to another friend,” who, after the ten

years’ interval, again restored them to their annual activity, and this is

maintained.

Entomostraca from Jerusalem. 3795

Branchipus eximius.

Estheria gthont.

Daphnia Atkinsont.

Cypris celtica.

Cypris orientalis.

Diaptomus similis.

The only additions I have ever observed were a Cyclops

and several Planarie.

The habits and movements of these Entomostracous Crus-

tacea are most interesting to watch, especially the larger

forms. Branchipus, which closely resembles our British

Chirocephalus, from which it differs chiefly in the morphology

of its cephalic horns or prehensile organs, swims, like Chiro-

cephalus, upon its back, and, when shaded from a strong

light, may be seen balancing itself near the surface by m2ans

of its numerous branchial feet, which are in constant motion.

On the least disturbance, however, it strikes the water

rapidly with the tail from right to left, darts away like a fish,

and will often dive to the bottom to conceal itself in the

soft mud. ‘They are white and semitransparent, with the

compound stalked eyes conspicuous as large black dots. The

elegance and ease of their movements are very attractive, the

male especially, which is somewhat larger than the female,

with its singular curved horns lying forward on its thorax

as it bends for a spring, and then suddenly straightening its

body, glides along—the uninterrupted undulatory motion of

its branchial feet gracefully waving like a tiny cornfield in

the summer breeze—forms a charming study. Neither

Branchipus nor the other forms seem dependent upon vege-

table diet—at any rate, there is no plant-life in their native

pool, unless it be some minute Conferve invisible to the

naked eye, and I have never detected any diatoms under the

microscope. ‘They seem, however, to derive their nourish-

ment from the mud. It is pretty to watch the Branchipus

use its prehensile horns like a pair of calipers to seize a mass

of it, which raises a dense cloud in the water; then, turning

on to its back, the undulating branchize form a current flowing

along the sort of canal between them and leading to the

mouth. M. Joly, in describing its congener, Artemia salina,

says that the mother, surrounded by her newly-hatched brood,

not unfrequently sweeps some of her own young into her

omnivorous jaws by a similar process. ‘This cannot happen

to Branchipus, inasmuch as the brief existence of the indi-

vidual never allows of the mother living to see her offspring.

26*

376 Mr. L. A. Borradaile—A Revision

Estheria gihoni seen in a glass of clear water is a beautiful

object; it swims upright, with the finely-sculptured valves

of its carapace slightly open, so as to allow part of its bright

red body to be seen. ‘he branchial feet are in constant

mction except when the animal, after a lengthened swim,

goes to the bottom and either burrows in the mud or falls

over on its side on the surface, when the branchia move very

feebly. When fully grown the male (which is somewhat

larger than the female) measures 5 lines inits longest diameter.

For the first month of life they seem to be continually active,

but when adult are often in repose, sometimes for many hours

together. When copulating the female is seized by the pre-

hensile feet and held firmly by the strong hooks with which

they are armed, and in this attitude, which looks as if she-

were carried in the male’s mouth (almost like a dog with a

rat), she is hurried along round and round the jar, the male

retaining his hold for heurs, and occasionally expanding the

valves of the carapace in his flight.

The same evolution as above described in the case of

Branchipus, of throwing up mud and sweeping it with the

branchiz towards the mouth, while turned on its back, is

equally true of stherta. I have kept the Lstherie,

Daphnice, and Cypride for four months, but Branchipus,

Diaptomus, and Cyclops are more short-lived.

XLIII.—A Revision of the Pontoniide. By L. A. Borra-

DAILE, M.A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn

College, Cambridge.

THE first of the species of the Pontoniidee was described by

Foiskal in the year 1775, when he gave the name of Cancer

custos to a small prawn found living in the mantle-chamber

of a bivalve mollusk. In 1829, after certain wanderings,

this species, under the name of P. tyrrhena (Risso), found a

home in the genus Pontonia, established for it by Latreille ;

and by 18837, the date of publication of H. Milne-Edwards’s

‘Crustacées,’ the number of species of Lontonia had risen

to four. A closely allied genus, Conchodytes, was described

by Peters in 1851.

After the appearance of Milne-Edwards’s work no step of

great importance in the history of the family was taken till

Dana, in 1552, reporting on the Crustacea of the United

States Exploring Expedition, separated from Pontonta groups

of the Pontoniide. 377

of species which he erected into the genera Gdipus and

Harpilius. At the same time he described a genus Anchistia,

allied to the foregoing in the nature of the antennules and

mandibles, and indicated in a footnote that the true position

of Typton, Costa, 1844, was in this neighbourhood. The

name Cidipus was already in use, and Stimpson accordingly

changed it to Coralliocarzs in 1860. Anchistia, on the other

hand, must yield to Periclimenes, Costa, 1844, on the ground

of priority. Pelias is a name that has also been applied by

Roux and Heller to species of this genus, but, though prior to

Periclimenes, it was already preoccupied when made use of

by Roux.

In 1879, Kingsley, revising the Palemonide, dealt with

the above group of genera as a coherent section of his sub-

family Palezmonine, suppressing only the somewhat ill-charac-

terized Conchodytes. Bate, in the Report on the ‘Challenger’

Macrura (1888), raised them to the rank of a separate

family, and Ortmann, writing in 1891, has some valuable

remarks on the Pontoniide. ‘The genera, however, have not

been considered together since Kingsley’s paper.

The description of the important species Harpilius tnermis,

Miers, 1884, and H. Miers, de Man, 1888, and the occur-

rence of several interesting forms, both old and new, in some

material from the South Seas, have led the writer to think

that the time is ripe for a further revision of the family. To

this end the present synopsis is offered.

The characters of the Pontoniide are first summarized and

a list of the genera given, including one here defined for the

first time. ‘This is followed by a discussion of the inter-

relationships of the genera. Then the characteristics of each

genus are given separately, with a list of the species to be

assigned to it. New species are diagnosed but briefly, since

full descriptions and figures are to be given in reports on the

Crustacea collected in the South Seas by Dr. A. Willey * and

Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner. Finally, an empirical key to the

genera follows.

The systematic position of the Pontoniid may be defined

as follows :—

* In the ‘ Zoological Results’ of Dr. Willey’s voyage, now being pub-

lished by the Cambridge University Press.

378 Mr. L. A. Borradaile—A Revision

Suborder WACRURA.

Tribe CARIDEA.

Subtribe MONOCARPINEA.

Family Pontoniide, Bate, 1888.

Pontoniide, Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 927 (1888); Ortmann,

Zool. Jahrb. v., Syst. p. 460 (1891).

Monocarpinea with the body often depressed ; rostrum not

movable on carapace, often short, compressed or depressed,

with or without dentations; outer flagellum of first antenna

consisting of a thick hairy part, bearing a thin hairless part,

the latter usually arising from the former at a short distance

from the free end, and thus giving it a bifid appearance ;

mandible deeply cleft into two divisions and always without

a palp ; endopodite of second maxilliped not biramous ; third

maxilliped pediform, but usually with some of the joints

broadened ; all the legs without exopodites or mastigobranchis ;

first two pairs of legs chelate, first pair slender, second pair

larger than the first, not foliaceous. Mode of life often semi-

parasitic.

Genera :— Periclimenes, Costa, 1844; Coralliocaris, Stimp-

son, 1860; Harpilius, Dana, 1852; Anchistus, gen. nov. ;

Pontonia, Latreille, 1829; Conchodytes, Peters, 1851; Typton,

Costa, 1844.

The new genus Anchistus included in the above list is

proposed for the reception of Harpilius inermis, Miers,

H, spinuliferus, Miers, H. Miers, de Man, and a new species

from New Guinea. These species differ from Harpilius in

the structure of the rostrum and second pair of maxillipeds

and also somewhat in that of the third maxillipeds. The

1ostrum is deep, but owes its depth to the inferior keel, which

is well developed along its whole length, the superior dentate

crest being absent, The free end of the structure is rounded

(in A. spinuliferus it diminishes abruptly to a point) and is

bent downwards, In A. Miersi there are a few dentations on

the rounded free end. The second maxillipeds have the

penultimate joint broader than the last joint and bearing it

terminally. ‘The third maxillipeds have the antepenultimate

joint of moderate breadth and somewhat different in shape

from that of Harpilius.

On consideration of the mutual relationships of the genera

enumerated above, they appear to fall into four groups :—

of the Pontoniide. 379

(a) Periclimenes.

(6) Coralliocaris, Harpilius.

(d) Typton.

(a) Periclimenes stands out at once as the most primitive

genus of the family. Its Palemon-like form of body, com-

pressed dentate rostrum (except in P. aurantiacus), dactyles

of the last three pairs of legs straight and not swollen at the

base, narrow third maxillipeds, and its free-living habits, all

point to this conclusion.

(6) In the second group the compressed dentate rostrum of

Periclimenes usually becomes broader and shallower, and is

often shorter; but the dentations, though showing signs of

reduction, are generally present, at least on the upper surface,

and the free end is pointed both in dorsal and in lateral view,

and is not curved downwards. ‘The last joint of the second

maxilliped is as broad as—usually broader than—the pre-

ceding joint, and the antepenultimate joint of the third

maxilliped is broadened, though not to a great extent, in

Coralliocaris. ‘The dactyles of the last three legs are short,

stout, curved, and without small teeth on the underside. The

two genera of the group differ between themselves in the

attachment of the last joint of the second maxilliped to the

penultimate, which takes place terminally in Coralliocaris,

but laterally on the inner side in Harpélius. A further

distinction is afforded by the third maxilliped, which in

Coralliocaris has the antepenultimate joint of moderate

breadth and the last two joints about equalling it in this

dimension. In Harpilius, on the other hand, the last two

joimts are narrow and the preceding joint is broad. Lastly,

the dactyles of the hinder three pairs of legs are provided in

the former genus with a large basal protuberance on the

underside. This protuberance is wanting in Harpilius.

at its base, but distally is deep and strongly compressed

(except in some species of Pontonia). Dentations are absent

or restricted to the tip, which is bent downwards and in side

view rounded or diminishing abruptly to a point. The

penultimate joint of the second maxilliped is broader than the

last joint and bears it terminally. ‘he third maxilliped,

fairly narrow in Anchistus, is broad in the antepenultimate

joimt in Lontonia and in all the joints in Conchodytes. ‘Lhe

dactyles of the last three pairs of legs are straight in some of

the species and of varying degrees of curvature in others.

‘They may or may not bear teeth on the underside. and in

380 Mr. L. A. Borradaile—A Revision

Conchodytes they present also a basal prominence somewhat

recalling that of Coralliocaris. It is worth noting that the

latter two genera are not without resemblances in the struc-

ture of their third maxillipeds and second pair of legs.

(2) Typton shows considerable likeness to Pontonia. The

flagella, however, of the first antenna are both simple and

the scale of the second is rudimentary. The evidence of

these characters, which by themselves might be disregarded

as due to reduction consequent on a protected mode of life, 1s

strengthened by the narrowness of the third maxilliped, the

(short) upturned rostrum, compressed along its whole length

and narrowing to a point at the free end, and the two very

large supraorbital spines. These peculiarities, taken together,

mark out Typton as the most aberrant genus of the family.

The foregoing remarks may be illustrated by a graphic

table as follows :—

Pontonia. Conchodytes. Coralliocaris. Harpilius.

Typton.

\ ‘

Anchistus.

Periclimenes.

Genus PERICLIMENES, Costa, 1844.

Pelias, Roux, Mém. sur les Salicoques, p. 25 (1831) ; H. M.-Edwards,

H. N. Crust. ii. p. 881 (1887); Heller, Sitz. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien,

xly. 1, p. 4C0 (1862). j

Periclimenes, Costa, Ann. Ac. deg]. Aspir. Nat. Nap. ii. (1844); Faun.

Reg. Nap. ii. 1 (1846).

Anchistia, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 577 (1852) ; Kingsley,

Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1879, p. 423 (1880); Carus, Prodr. Faun.

Medit. i. p. 474 (1885).

Tennisia, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) viii. p. 278 (1861).

Pontoniide with rostrum long, compressed, usually dentate,

in side view diminishing gradually to a sharp point at the

free end, not bent downwards; thicker flagellum of first

antenna long or moderate, bifid; scale of second antenna

long, usually narrow; second maxilliped with penultimate

of the Pontoniide. 381

joint as broad as—usually broader than—the last joint, which

it bears terminally ; third maxilliped narrow, last two joints

together may be longer or shorter than the preceding joint ;

dactyles of the last three pairs of legs slender, nearly straigitt,

without basal protuberance.

1. Periclimenes scriptus (Risso), 1826. (Type.)

Alpheus scriptus, Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mér. v. p. 78 (1826).

Pelias scriptus, Roux, Méw. sur ies Salicoques, p. 25 (1831); Heller,

Sitz. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xlv. 1, p. 406 (1862).

Periclimenes insignis, Costa, Ann. Ac. degl. Aspir. Nat. Nap. ii. (1844) ;

id. Faun. Regn. Nat. Nap. ii. 1, pl. vi. figs. 1-6 (1846).

Dennisia sagittifera, Norman, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) viii. p. 278,

pl. xii. figs. 8-13 (1861).

Anchistia scripta, Carus, Prodr. Faun. Med. i. p. 476 (1885).

Palemon biunguiculatus, Lucas (fide Carus).

Mediterranean ; Guernsey.

2. Periclimenes amethysteus (Risso), 1826.

Alpheus amethysteus, Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mér. v. p. 77, pl. iii. fig. 16

(1826).

Pelias amethysteus, Roux, Mém. sur les Salicoques, p. 25 (1881) ;

Heller, Sitz. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xlv. 1, p. 406 (1862).

Anchistia amethystea, Carus, Prody, Faun, Med. i. p. 476 (1885).

Mediterranean, European shores.

3. Periclimenes Petitthouarsi (Aud.).

Falemon Petitthouarsi, Audouin, Descr. Egypt., Hist. Nat. i. 4, p. 91;

Savigny, Atlas Crust. pl. x. fig. 3.

Anchistia inequimana, Heller, Sitz. k. Ak. Wiss, Wien, xliv. p. 283

(1861); Crust. ‘ Novara,’ p. 109.

Anchistia Petitthouarsi, Kossmann, Zool. Ergebn. Reise Rot. Meer.

p. 83 (1880); de Man, Arch. Naturg. lili. 1, p. 541 (1887).

Red Sea; East Indies; Tahiti.

4, Periclimenes gracilis (Dana), 1852.

Anchistia gracilis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 578, pl. xxxvii.

figs. 5 a1 (1852).

Sooloo Sea.

5. Periclimenes longimanus (Dana), 1852.

Anchistia longimana, Dana, loc, cit. p. 579, pl. xxxvii. figs. 6 a, 6 (1852),

Loc. ?

382 Mr. L. A. Borradaile—A Revision

6. Periclimenes ensifrons (Dana), 1852.

Anchistia ensifrons, Dana, loc. cit. p. 580, pl. xxxviii. figs. 1 a-g (1852) ;

Miiller, Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, 8, ii. p. 471 (1887); de Man, Arch.

Naturg. lui. 1, p. 545 (1887); Ortmann, Semon’s Forschungsreisen

in Austral. v. 1, p. 16 (1894).

East Indies; Ceylon; Hast Africa.

7. Periclimenes aurantiacus (Dana), 1852.

Anchistia aurantiaca, Dana, loc. cit. p. 581, pl. xxxviii. figs. 2a@-d

(1852).

Fiji.

8. Periclimenes grandis (Stimpson), 1860.

Anchistia grandis, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1860, p. 39,

(?) Anchistia Petitthcuarsi, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Report, Crust. p. 293 (1884).

Ousima Island.

9. Periclimenes brachiutus (Stimpson), 1860.

Anchistia brachiata, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1860, p. 39.

Ousima Island.

10. Periclimenes Dane (Stimpson), 1850.

Anchistia Dane, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1860, p. 89.

Tahiti ; [Ellice Group] *.

11. Periclimenes migratorius (Heller), 1852.

Pelias migratorius, Heller, Sitz. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xlv. 1, p. 409

(1862).

Egypt.

12. Periclimenes esopius (Bate), 1863.

Anchistia esopia, Bate, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 502, pl. xli. fig. 5; Haswell,

Cat. Austral. Crust. p. 194 (1887).

Gulf St. Vincent, Australia.

13. Periclimenes notatus (Heller), 1868.

Anchistia notata, Heller, Voyage of ‘ Novara,’ Crust. p. 109, pl. x. fig. 8

(1868).

Nicobar Islands.

* Localities in brackets are recorded for the first time.

of the Pontoniide. 583

14. Periclimenes americanus (Kingsley), 1878.

Anchastia americana, Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1878, p. 96.

Florida.

15. Periclimenes tenellus (S. I. Smith), 1882.

Anchistia tenella, S. I. Smith, Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. x. p. 55, pl. ix.

figs. 1, 15 (1882).

North America, east coast.

16. Periclimenes amboinensis (de Man), 1887.

Anchistia amboinensis, de Man, Arch. Naturg. 53, i. p. 546 (1887).

Amboina.

17. Periclimenes Brocki (de Man), 1887.

Anchistia Brockii, de Man, Arch. Naturg. 53, i. p. 546 (1887).

Amboina.

18. Periclimenes spinigerus (Ortmann), 1891.

Anchistia spinigera, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v., Syst. p. 511, pl. xxxvi.

fies, 23, 23 a (1891).

Samoa; [Rotuma; Loyalty Islands].

19. Periclimenes vitiensis, sp. n.

A Periclimenes with rostrum nearly as long as thicker

flagellum of first antenna, with 6 teeth above and 4 below;

supraorbital, antennal, hepatic spines present ; scale of second

antenna nearly equal to thick flagellum of first; merus of

second pair of legs with a spine below, slightly longer than

carpus, which bears a spine inside and exceeds the antennal

scales ; palm somewhat longer than carpus, fingers more

than half the length of palm.

Length to end of rostrum 20 millim.

LF iji.]

20. Periclimenes rotumanus, sp. n.

A Periclimenes with rostrum barely longer than peduncle

of first antenna, almost straight, with 6 teeth above and 2

below ; antennal and hepatic spines present ; scale of second

antenna longer than rostrum, shorter than thick flagellum of

first antenna; carpus about as long as palm and with one

spine above; merus with one spine below.

Length 11 millim.

[Rotuma.]

384 Mr, L. A. Borradaile—A Revision

21. Periclimenes lifuensis, sp. n

A Periclimenes with rostrum longer than antennal scales,

straight, with 6 teeth above; thick flagellum of first antenna

slightly longer than rostrum; supraorbital spine present,

hepatic absent; merus not armed; carpus short, with one

spine on dorsal surface.

Length 11 millim.

[Loyalty Islands. ]

22. Periclimenes parvus, sp. 1

A Periclimenes with rostrum slightly shorter than peduncle

of first antenna, which in turn is shorter than the antennal

scale, though the thick flagellum exceeds it; rostrum

armed with 6 teeth above, 1 below ; ; no supraorbital spine ;

1:0 teeth on carpus or merus of second legs; merus short.

Length $°5 millim.

[New Britain. ]

23. Periclimenes parasiticus, sp. n

A Periclimenes with rostrum convex above, armed with 7

teeth above, none below; antennal scale almost as long as

thick flagellum of first antenna; no supraorbital spines ; no

spines on the second legs; carpus short.

Length 7 millim.

Found on black Linckia.

[ British New Guinea. ]

24, Periclimenes tenuipes, sp. n.

A Periclimenes with all the appendages very elongate ;

rostrum with 10 teeth above, 7 below, longer than antennal

scale, shorter than thick flagellum of first antenna; antennal

scale longer than peduncle of first antenna, narrow ; merus

of second leg with spine beneath ; carpus longer than palm,

with spine above; propus of last. three legs armed with

spines.

Length 25 millim.

{New Britain. ]

Genus CORALLIOCARIS, Stimpson, 1860.

CEdipus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 572 (1852).

Coralliocarts, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1860, p. 38;

Kingsley, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1879, p. 423 (1880).

Pontoniide with rostrum long or moderate, with or without

dentations, usually somewhat depressed, shallow, at most

of the Pontoniide. 385

only slightly bent downwards; flagella of first antenna cf

moderate length, thicker of the two bifid; scale of second

antenna long, broad; flagellum of same not short ; second

maxilliped with last joint as broad as or broader than the

penultimate joint, which bears it terminally ; third maxilliped

with antepenultimate joint moderately broad, last two joints

of about the same breadth as, and together as long as or

longer than, the antepenultimate ; chela of second pair large ;

dactyles of last three legs short, strong, curved, with a large

basal protuberance on the underside.

1. Coralliocaris superba (Dana), 1852. (Type.)

Gdipus superbus, Dana, loc. cit. p. 573, pl. xxxvii. figs. 2 a—f (1852).

Coralliocaris superba, Stimpson, loc, cit. p. 38; de Man, Arch. Naturg.

53, i. p. 536 (1887).

Kast Indies; Toncatabu ; Tahiti.

Var. japonica Ortmann, 1891.

Coralliocaris superba, var. japonica, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. y., Syst.

p. 509 (1891).

Japan.

2. Coralliocaris macrophthalma (H. M-Edwards), 1837.

Pontonia macrophthalma, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. ii. p. 359

(1837) ; id. Cuvier’s R. An., Crust. Atlas, pl. lil. figs. 3, 3 @-k.

(Edipus macrophthalmus, Dana, loc. cit. p. 575 (1852).

“’ Mers d’Asie.”’

3. Coralliocaris graminea (Dana), 1852.

Gdipus gramineus, Dana, loc. cit. p. 574, pl. xxxvii. figs. 3.a-e (1852).

Corallhiocaris graminea, Stimpson, loc. cit. p. 38; Miers, ‘ Alert’ Report,

Crust. p. 563 (1884) ; de Man, Arch. Naturg. 53, i. p. 536 (1887).

Seychelles ; East Indies; Hongkong; Fiji.

4. Coralliocaris lamellirostris Stimpson, 1860.

Coralliocaris lamellirostris, Stimpson, loc, cit. p. 38.

Loo-Choo Island.

5. Coralliocaris nudirostris (Heller), 1862.

Gdipus nudirostris, Heller, Sitz. k, Ak. Wiss. Wien, xliy. 1, p. 279,

pl. iii. fig. 25 (1882).

Red Sea.

386 Mr. L. A. Borradaile—A Revision

6. Coralliocaris inequalis Ortmann, 1891.

Coralhocaris inequalis, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. y., Syst. p. 510, pl. xxvi.

figs. 21, 21 d-z (1891).

Japan; Samoa; [Loyalty Islands].

7. Coralliocaris brevirostris, sp. n.

A Coralliocaris with rostrum unarmed, reaching only the

middle of the antepenultimate joint of the peduncle of the

first antenna; inner flagellum of first antenna reaching to

some distance beyond the fringe of the antennal scales; last

two joints of peduncle of first antenna subequal ; immovable

finger of chela with two swellings, separated by a notch, into

which the single small tooth on the movable finger fits.

Length 19 millim.

[Ellice Islands. ]

(?) Coralliocarts tridentata Miers, 1884.

Coralliocaris (?) tridentata, Miers, ‘Alert’ Report, Crust. p. 294,

pl. xxxii. fig. e (1884).

Thursday Island.

Genus Harpiuius, Dana, 1852.

Harpilius, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 575 (1852) ; Kingsley,

Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1879, p. 423 (1880).

Rostrum long, compressed, dentate, pointed at the tip in

side view, not curved downwards; thicker flagellum of first

antenna of moderate length, bifid; scale of second antenna

large; second maxilliped with penultimate joint narrower

than last joint, which it bears laterally on the inner side ;

third maxilliped with the last two joints narrow, together

longer than preceding joint, which is broad; dactyles of last

three legs short, stout, curved, not bearing teeth or protube-

rances below.

1. Ilarpilius lutescens Dana, 1852. ('ype.)

Harpilius lutescens, Dana, loc. eit. p. 576, pl. xxxvii. figs. 4 a-h (1852) ;

de Man, Arch. Naturg. 53, 1. p. 536.

East Indies.

2. Harpilius Beauprest (Aud.).

Palemon Beaupresit, Audouin, Savigny, Egypte, Atlas Crust. pl. x. fig. 4.

Harpilius Beaupresvi, Heller, Sitz. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xliv. p. 280

(1861) ; de Man, Arch. Naturg. 53, i. p. 539 (1887).

of the Pontoniide. 387

(?) Harpilius depressus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1860, p. 33.

(?) Pontonia (Harpilius) dentata, Richters, Decap. Mauritius, p. 165,

pl. xvii. figs. 56-38.

Red Sea; East Indies.

Genus ANCHISTUS, nov.

Pontoniide with rostrum long, compressed, in side view

deep, bent downwards, with broad, usually rounded end,

dentate at the tip only or without teeth ; thicker flagellum of

first antenna moderate, bitid ; scale of second antenna large ;

second maxilliped with penultimate joint broader than last

joint and bearing it terminally; third maxilliped with last

two joints narrow, together longer than preceding joint,

which is moderately broad; dactyles of last three pairs of

legs short, curved, of at least moderate breadth, with or

without a small tooth on the lower border, without a basal

protuberance.

1. Anchistus Miersi (de Man), 1888. (Type.)

Harpilius Miersi, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxii. p. 274, pl. xxii.

figs. 6-10 (1888); Whitelezge, Funafuti Atoll, Crust. p. 148 (1897).

Mergui Archipelago ; Ellice Group ; [British New Guinea].

2. Anchistus inermis (Miers), 1834.

Harpilius inermis, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Report, Crust. p. 291, pl. xxxv. fig. B

(1884) ; Miiller, Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, 8, ii. p. 471 (1887).

West Australia ; Ceylon.

3. Anchistus spinuliferus (Miers), 1884.

Harpilius spinuliferus, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Report, Crust. p. 292 (1884).

Loc. ?

4. Anchistus biunguiculatus, sp. n.

An Anchistus with rostrum not exceeding antepenultimate

joint of antennular peduncles, much bent downwards, without

teeth; antennal scale rather longer than the peduncle of

the first antenna; immovable finger of legs of second pair

much longer than movable finger and curved at the end;

dactyles of legs of last three pairs with a hooked spine in the

middle of the under edge.

Length 50 millim.

[British New Guinea. ]

(?) Anchistus armatus (Il. M.-Edwards), 1837.

Pontonia armata, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. ii. p. 859 (1837).

New Ireland.

388 Mr. L. A. Borradaile—A Revision

Genus PonrontA, Latreille, 1829.

Pontonia, Latreille, Cuvier’s R. An. 2nd ed. iv. p. 96 (1829); Roux,

Mém. sur les Salicoques, p. 26 (1831); H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust.

ii. p. 858 (1837); De Haan, Faun. Jap. p. 175 (1350); Dana, U.S.

Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 570 (1852); Kingsley, Proc. Ac N. Sci.

Philad. 1879, p. 422 (1880); Joliet, Arch. zool. expér. x. p. 119

(1882) ; Carus, Prodr. Faun. Medit. i. p. 475 (1885).

Pontoniidz with body depressed ; rostrum short, depressed,

bent downwards, not dentate, with or without a keel below at

the free end; both flagella of first antenna short, thicker of

two bifid; scale of second antenna of moderate length only,

broad; flagellum of same not short ; second maxilliped with

penultimate joint broader than last joint and bearing it

terminally; third maxilliped with last two joints narrow,

together shorter than the preceding joint, which is broad;

dactyles of last three legs straight, simple or with small

teeth on the underside, without basal protuberance ; one of

the second pair of legs with very large chela.

1. Pontonia custos (Forskal), 1775. (Type.)

Cancer custos, Forskal, Descrip. anim. p. 94 (1775).

Astacus tyrrhenus, Petagua, Ent. pl. v. fig. 5 [fide Risso ].

Gnathophyllum tyrrhenus, Desmarest, Consid. sur les Crust. p. 229.

Alpheus pinnophylax, Otto, Mém. Ac. cur. nat. Bonn, xiv. pl. xxi.

fig. 2. :

Pontonia tyrrhena, Latreille, Encycl. pl. ecexxvi. fig. 10; id. Cuvier’s

R. An. 2nd ed. p. 96 (1829); H. M.-Edwards, Crust. ii. p. 360

(1837); id. Atlas Crust. in Cuvier’s R. An. pl. li. fig. 4; Heller,

Crust. siidl. Eur. p. 251, pl. viii. figs. 10, 11 (1863) ; Ortmann, Zool.

Jahrb. v., Syst. p. 509, pl. xxvii. figs. d—7 (1891).

Callianassa thyrrhenus, Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mér. p. 54 (1826).

Pontonia custos, Guérin, Expéd. Morée, Zool. p. 36, pl. xxxvil. fig. 1;

Carus, Prodr. Faun. Medit. p. 475 (1885).

(2) Pontonia parasitica, Roux, Mém. sur les Salicoques, p. 26 (1831).

Mediterranean.

2. Pontonia nipponensis De Haan, 1850.

Pontonia nipponensis, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 180 (1850).

Hymenocera nipponensis, De Haan, loc. cit. pl. xlvi. fig. 8 (1850).

Japan.

3. Pontonia flavomaculata Heller, 1864.

Pontonia flavomaculata, Heller, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. p. 51

(1864); Carus, Prodr. Faun. Medit. i. p. 475 (1885) ; Ortmann,

Zool. Jahrb. v., Syst. p. 509 (1891).

Pontonia diazone, Joliet, Arch. zool. expér. x. p. 101 (1882).

Pontonia phallusi@, Marion, Ann. Mus. N. H. Marseille, Zool. i. (1883) ;

Gourret, Compt. Rend. ciy. p. 187 (1887).

Mediterranean.

of the Pontoniide, 389

4, Pontonia unidens Kingsley, 183).

Ponfonia unidens, Kingsley, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1879, p. 422,

xiv. fig. 9 (1880).

(?) Pontonia mexicana, Guérin, de la Sagra’s Hist. Cuba (1856).

West Indies.

5. Pontonia brevirostris Miers, 1884.

Pontonia brevirostris, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Report, Crust. p. 562, pl. li. fig. B

(1884).

Seychelles.

6. Pontonia pinne Ortmann, 1894.

Pontonia pinne, Ortmann, Semon’s ‘Forschungsreisen in Austral,’

p- 16, pl. i. (1894).

East Africa.

7. Pontonia ascidicola sp. 1.

A FPontonia with antennal scale barely reaching end of

peduncle of first antenna and with rostrum short, barely

reaching middle of antepenultimate joint of peduncle of first

antenna, without keel below.

Length 18 miilim.

[New Britain. ]

(2?) Pontonia domestica Gibbes, 1851.

Pontonia domestica, Gibbes, P. Am. Assoc. iii. p. 196 (1851); Kingsley,

Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1878, p. 95.

Bahamas.

Genus ConcHopyYTES, Peters, 1851.

Conchodytes, Peters, Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, 1851 (fide Heller) ;

id. Ber. k. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1852, p. 591; Hilgendorf, Monatsber.

k, Ak, Wiss. Berlin, 1878, p. 855.

Pontoniide with body much depressed; rostrum short,

depressed, bent downwards, without dentations, bearing a

keel below at the free end; both flagella of the first antenna

very short, thicker of the two bifid; scale of second antenna

short, broad ; flagellum of same short ; second maxilliped with

penultimate joint broader than last joint, which it bears

terminally ; third maxilliped with last two joints fairly

broad, together shorter than preceding joint, which is broad ;

dactyles of last three legs short, stout, curved, bearing on the

underside a hooked spine and a low basal protuberance.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 27

390 Mr. L. A. Borradaile—A Revision

1. Conchodytes tridacne Peters, 1881. (Type.)

Conchodytes tridacne, Peters, Ges. naturf, Freunde Berlin, 1851 (fide

Heller); Ber, k. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1852, p. 594; Hilgendorf,

Monatsber, k. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1878, p. 835.

Pontonia tridacne, Dana, loc. cit. p. 571, pl. xxvii. figs. 1 a-d (1852) ;

? Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v., Syst. p. 509, pl. xxxvi. figs. 10 d-7 (1891).

Samoa; East Africa; Red Sea.

2. Conchodytes meleagrine Peters, 1851.

Conchodytes meleagrine, Peters, Ber. k. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1852, p. 594 ;

Hilgendorf, Monatsber. k. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1878, p. 856.

Pontonia meleagrine, Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 707, pl. exxiv.

figs. 1, 2 (1888).

(?) Pontonta maculata, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1850,

. 38.

(2} Pontonia tridacne, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Report, Crust. p. 290 (1884).

(?) Pontonia enflée, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crast. ii. p. 360 (1837).

East Africa; Torres Straits; [British New Guinea; Con-

flict Group; Loyalty Islands; Rotuma].

Genus TypTon, Costa, 1841.

Typton, Costa, Ann. Ac. degl. Aspir. Nat. Nap. i. (1844); id. Faun.

Regn. Nap. ii. 1 (1846); Heller, Crust. sudl. Eur. p. 254 (1863) ;

Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) ii. p. 119 (1868); Kingsley, Proc.

Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1879, p. 422 (1880); Costa, Prodr. Faun. Medit.

i. p. 475 (1885) ; Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v., Syst. p. 508 (1891).

Pontonella, Heller, Verh, zool.-bot. Ver. Wien, vi. p. 629 (1856),

Pontoniidee with rostrum small, compressed, bent upwards

at the free end, pointed towards the tip, not dentate; thicker

flagellum of first antenna short, not bifid; scale of second

antenna rudimentary ; second maxilliped with penultimate

joint somewhat broader than last joint, which it bears

terminally ; third maxilliped narrow, last two joints together

somewhat longer than preceding joint; dactyles of last three

thoracic legs moderately straight and slender, with a small

tooth below, without basal protuberance; one of the second

pair of legs with very large chela.

1. Typton spongicola Costa, 1844. (Type.)

Typton spongicola, Costa, Ann. Ac. degl. Aspir. Nat. Nap. ii. (1844) ;

id. Faun. Regn. Nap. ii. 1 (1846); Heller, Crust. siid]l. Eur. p. 254

(1863); Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) ii. p. 176 (1868) ;

Costa, Prodr. Faun. Med. i. p. 475 (1885); Ortmann, Zool, Jahrb.

v., Syst. p. 508, pl. xxxvii. fig. 8 (1891).

Typton spongiosus, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) ii. p. 119 (1868).

of the Pontoniide. 391

Alpheus Edwardsti, Couch, Proc. Linn. Soc., Zool. v. p. 210 (1860).

Pontonella glabra, Heller, Crust. siidl. Eur. p. 254, pl. viii. figs, 12-17

(1863).

Mediterranean ; Cornwall.

Key to the Genera of Pontoniida.

I. Seale of second antenna not rudimentary.

A. Antepenultimate joint of third maxilliped

never more than moderately broad, Last

two joints not contrasting sharply in

breadth with the antepenultimate.

1. Dactyles of last three pairs of legs without

basal protuberance. Last two joints of

third maxilliped narrow.

a. Dactyles of last three pairs of legs

straight. Rostrum almost always

with dorsal dentate crest, not bent

downwards, not with abrupt or

EOUNGEH ENG 3s 3. Scio a oatial. stele old's Periclimenes, Costa,

b. Dactyles of last three pairs of legs [1844,

curved. Rostrum without dentate

dorsal crest, bent downwards, with

abruptly pointed or rounded end .... Anchistus, gen. nov.

2. Dactyles of the last three pairs of legs

with basal protuberance. Last two

joints of third maxilliped broad ...... Coralliocaris, Stimp-

B. Antepenultimate joint of third maxilliped son, 1860.

broad. Last two joints usually contrasting

sharply in breadth with the antepenulti-

mate.

1. Last two joints of third maxilliped to-

gether longer than the preceding joint.

Last joint of second maxilliped borne

laterally by the penultimate joint ...... Harpilius, Dana, 1852.

2. Last two joints of third mazxilliped

together shorter than the preceding joint.

Last joint of second maxilliped borne

terminally by the penultimate.

a. Dactyles of last three pairs of legs

curved, with a low basal prominence.

Flagellum of second antenna short.

Last two joints of third maxilliped

PAE ABE e, coa haa & oiaios cls sui vies Conchodytes, Peters,

b. Dactyles of last three pairs of legs (1861.

straight, without basal prominence.

Flagellum of second antenna not

short. Last two joints of third

maxilliped narrow ~ oso. ..css-e- « Pontonia, Latreille,

[1829.

II. Scale of second antenna rudimentary ...... Typton, Costa, 1844.

392 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

XLIV.— On the Pierine Butierflies of the Genus Catophaga.

By Arruur G. Burier, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

WHEN Wallace described his extensive genus Tachyris,

based chiefly upon the tuft at the base of the claspers in the

males, he seems to have been unaware that Hiibner had

already proposed three generic names, viz. Appias, Catophaga,

and Hiposcritia (recte Hyposcritia) ‘for species having this

secondary sexual character.

I find that Appias (type A. zelmira) is undoubtedly gene-

rically distinct, the club of the antenne being broadly spoon-

shaped and flattened; but I see no reason for regarding

Catophaga, Hiposcritia, and Tachyris (restricted) as more

than groups of one genus, differing chiefly in outline of wing

and style of coloration. In the case of Sa/etara the structural

difference in neuration is inconstant, and consequently only

of subgeneric value; I therefore regard this also as a group,

though perhaps a little better defined than the others.

Group 1. Hyposcritra, Hiibn.

The species of this group have the apex of the primaries

usually more or less talcate; the males of the wet-season

phase are either cream-coloured or cchraceous on the under

surface of the secondaries, rarely (perhaps never) heavily

speckled or striated; whereas the dry-season phase of the

male more or less resembles a dead leaf in tint on the under

surface.

Type of the group H. pandione.

1. Hyposcritia indra.

Pieris indra, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 74 (1857); P. Z. S. 1857,

p- 103, pl. xliv. fig. 5.

Appias mahana, Moore, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx.

p. 48 (1877).

Appias imbecilis, Moore, Journ. As, Soc. Beng. liii. p. 46 (1884).

se indigis, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1886, pl. i. fig. 3, 1887,

N.E. India and Burma. 2, type, B. M.

We have one male labelled “ Celebes,”’ but I believe this

to be an error; it was received from the Godman and Salvin

collection (ex coll. Druce). HH. cindra is the wet-season

phase, H. mahana dry, H. imbecilis=indigis an extreme

dry phase.

of the Genus Catophaga. 393

2. Hyposcritia shiva.

Hyposcritia shiva, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1385, p. 138, pl. ix. figs. 1, 2.

Poona, Manipur, and Burma. @, type, B. M.

The female much resembles that sex of HZ. leptis on the

upper surface, but the male looks like H/. indra starved.

3. Hyposcritia narendra.

Hyposcritia narendra, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx.

p. 48 (1877).

Ceylon. B. M.

Var. (?). Nilgiris. B. M.

I have only seen dry forms of this species; the Nilgiri

type may possibly be a large form of H. shiva, which it

resembles almost as closely as it does the Ceylonese species.

4, Hyposcritia leptis.

Pieris leptis, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 163 (1865).

Tachyris Lucasii, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 881 (1867).

Java. Wet-season phase, B. M. Dry-season phase, coll.

Hewitson.

5. Huposcritia plana.

A ppias plana, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. 2, Zool. i. p. 551 (1879).

Borneo, Sumatra, Malacca, Batchian. Type, B. M.

I have only seen the wet-season phase of this species, and

it is possible that no dry phase may exist.

6. Hyposcritia pandione.

Hiposcritia pandione, Hiibner, Zutr. exot. Schmett. figs. 651, 652

(1832).

Pieris ida (?), Lucas, Rey. et Mag. de Zool, 1852, p. 335.

Java. B. M.

I have only seen a dry phase of this species; but it is

quite likely that H/. tda may be the wet-season form.

7. Hyposcritia Whiteheadi.

Appias Whiteheadi, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol, xx. p. 434 (1887) ; Rhop. Exot. 1., Pier. 11. figs. 4, 5 (1889).

Kina Balu. B. M.

394 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

8. Hyposcritia montana.

Appias montanus, Rothschild, Noy. Zool. iii. p. 325 (1896).

Philippines.

I have not seen this species, but it is said to be related to

fl, phebe.

9. Hyposcritia (?) ambigua.

Appias ambigua, Grose-Smith, Noy. Zool. ii. p. 76 (1895).

Wetter, Dili, and Gilolo.

Judging from the description, I imagine that this must be

a Hyposcritia ; but no hint of its affinities is given.

10. Hyposcritia phebe.

Pieris phebe, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 299 (1861); Reise

der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 163, pl. xxv. fig. 5 (1865).

Philippines.

Not in the Museum collection.

11. Hyposcritia lagela.

Catophaga lagela, F. Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 838.

Tenasserim. ‘l'ype, B. M.

12. Hyposcritia lalage.

Pieris lalage, Doubleday in Gray’s Zool. Misc. p. 76 (1842) ; Doubleday

and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. vi. fig. 5 (1847).

Pieris durvasa, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 73 (1857) ; P. Z.S. 1857,

p- 103, pl. xliv. fig. 6.

Catophaga pseudolalage, Moore, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 142.

Hyposcritia argyridina, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvi.

p. 340 (1885).

N.E. India to E. Pegu. 9, type, B. M.

H. durvasa is the extreme wet-season form of the species ;

H, lalage (typical) is also a wet-season phase, probably

appearing at the end of the rains; H. pseudolalage is a smaller

form, probably occurring at the commencement of the dry

season; and H. argyridina is a true dry-season phase.

13. LHyposcritia indroides.

Pieris indroides, Honrath, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxiii. p. 403 (1889).

Perak.

Not in the Museum collection. Weymer says that it is the

H. lalassis of Grose-Smith, but I cannot agree with him.

of the Genus Catophaga. 395

14. Hyposcritia lalassis.

Appias lalassis, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx.

p. 265 (1887) ; Rhop. Exot.i., Pier. pl. il. figs. 1-3 (1889).

East Pegu and Burma. 2 ¢, B. M.

Group 2. CaropuaGca, Hiibn.

In this, the typical group, the primaries show little

tendency to falcation at apex, the sexes are usually very

dissimilar, and the colouring of secondaries below varies

seasonally from ochraceous or yellow to pearl whitish.

1. Catophaga ega.

Pieris ega, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 536 (1836).

Pieris melania, var. caledonica, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii.

p. 495 (1862).

Pieris psyche, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 166 (1865).

Australia to New Caledonia and the Loyalty group. B. M.

This species apparently varies but little, all the specimens

which I have seen showing a wet-season character. There

are forty-two examples in the Museum series.

2. Catophaga agave.

Pieris agave, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 286 (1862).

Tachyris alope, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 372

(1867).

Tachyris mata (?), Kheil, Lep. Ins. Nias, p. 34, pl. iv. fig. 21 (1884).

Tachyris agatha, Staudinger, Iris, 1889, p. 20.

Malacca, Java (Nias ?), Borneo, Philippines. B. M.

Kheil’s illustration agrees well with one of our male

examples; but in his description he calls the upper-surface

coloration hoary greyish, and he states that it belongs to the

T. celestina group, in which (as is well known) the upper

surface is pale chalky bluish. The figure, being a photo-

graph, distinctly proves that “ 7. mata” is not a Tachyris,

but a male Catophaga, and therefore that it is not nearly

related to 7. celestina, the dusky spot on the primaries being

placed between veins 3 and 4, not between 4 and 5; and my

opinion is that it is merely a feebly marked (perhaps dry-

season) discoloured male of C. agave. I believe Staudinger’s

Tachyris agatha to be a variety of the female. ‘The Tuchyris

maculata of Grose-Smith (compared with C. agave) appears

to me to be closely related to Huphina acrisa, Boisd.

396 Dr, A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies by

3. Catophaga urania.

3. Tachyris urania, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 871

(1867).

2. Appias Dohertyi, Rothschild, Deut. ent. Zeit., Lep. v. p. 441, pl. v.

fig. 1 (1892).

3, Celebes (ex coll. Godm. & Salv.). Type, coll. Hewit-

son.

I have not seen the female of this species, but believe

A. Dohertyi to represent that sex.

4. Catophaga melania.

Appias melania, Butler, Cruise of the ‘ Curacoa,’ p. 471, pl. xlix. figs. 4, 5

(1873).

6. Pieris 20e, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 37, pl. iv. fig. 3 (1865). |

2 (as o). Tachyris asteria, Miskin, Proc, Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. 2, iii.

p. 1514 (1888).

Type, ?, coll. Banks; 2 g, 2 9, Batchian, colls. Hewit-

son and B. M.

The secondaries of the female vary much in colouring on

the upper surface, but whether the differences are seasonal or

not is not known; one of our examples has these wings

bright yellow, with the usual broad deep brown borders. I

think 7. asteria is only a variety of this sex.

5. Catophaga Jacquinotit.

6, Ceram; 9, Biak, New Guinea. B. M.

A local representative of C. melania.

6. Catophaga galathea.

3. Pieris galathea, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 165 (1865),

Catophaga Roepstorfii, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lii, p. 44 (1884).

6, Camorta. B. M.

I consider typical C. galathea to be the wet- and C. Roep-

storfit the dry-season phase.

7. Catophaga sawela.

Tachyris sawela, Frithstorffer, Soc. Ent. 14, xi. pp. 115, 116 (1896) ;

Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xli. p. 390, pl. ix. fig. 8, 2 (1897).

3 9, Lombock (Friihstorfer). B. M.

of the Genus Catophaga. 397

§. Catophaga eurosundana.

Appias eurosundana, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 75 (1895).

Timor, Sambawa, and Wetter.

Said to be nearly. related to C. paula, which it nearly

resembles in both sexes.

9. Cutophaga paula.

Catophaga paula, Rober, Tijd. Ent. xxxiv. p. 282, xxxv. pl. iv. figs. 1, 2

(1892).

Vetter.

This species seems nearly related to the preceding, but I

have not seen examples.

10. Catophaga paulina.

2. Papilio paulina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. ex. E, F (1779).

Catophaga leis, Hiibner, utr. exot. Schmett. figs. 771, 772 (1882).

3. Pieris dar ada, Feld. Reise der Noy., Lep. il. p. 166 (1865).

3 Q. Catophaga lankapwra, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 142.

N.W. end N.E. Provinces of India, Burma, Tonkin,

Ceylon, Penang, Java, Borneo. B. M.

1 regard C. lankapura as the wet-season phase, C. paulina

intermediate, and C. leis=darada as the dry-season phase.

Catophaga albina.

. Pieris albina, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 480 (1836).

. Pieris Rouxti, Boisduval, t. ce. p. 481 (1836).

. Pieris neombo, Boisduval, t. c. p. 539 (1836).

. Pieris galene, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. LEE eee

. Tachyris albata, Hopffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 2

Catophaga venusta, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 182, ot li. fig. 3

(1880-81).

Ceylon, Southern and Eastern India, Pegu, Burma, Tonkin,

Philippines, Batchian, Ceram, Bourou, Celebes, Borneo,

Penang, Sumatra, Java, Timor-Laut, and Northern Australia.

(81 examples.) B. M.

I take the representative of the extreme wet-season phase

to be that in which the male has the secondaries and apex of

primaries below butter-yellow and the female a bright daffodil-

yellow above, with the secondaries and apex of primaries

below bright ochreous. Flying with this form C. neombo is

obtained ‘(an intermediate phase), in which the female is

milky white, the male below with the secondaries and apex

of primaries sericeous cream-coloured, varying to pale

ochreous, and the female with the same parts pearl-white ;

tOO4 034004

398 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

the dry form is represented by C. aldina and Rouzxii, in which

the dusky border of the male primaries is either almost wholly

absent or is reduced to a slender abbreviated black marginal

line, and the female differs from C. neombo in the reduction

of the black markings on the upper surface.

Whether C. albina is reaily a distinct species from

C. paulina can only be finally settled by breeding from the

ege; the C. leis=darada form runs C. neombo rather close

in both sexes.

12. Catophaga Wardit.

Catephaga Wardi, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. li. p. 43 (1884).

Nilgiris, Mysore, Rangoon. B. M.

What I take to be wet-season males of this species

resemble females of C. neomdo in the character of the upper

surface. I am not sure that two females without locality

standing next to the male of this species in Hewitson’s

collection do not represent the wet-season phase of the female,

the secondaries and apex of primaries below being deep

orange; but they may be merely unusually large examples

ot female C. lankapura. I think C. Wardii is a good

species, distinct from C. paulina.

13. Catophaga cynisca.

Q. Tachyris cynisca, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 375

(1867).

Tachyris agatha, Staudinger, Deut. ent. Zeit., Lep. 1889, p. 20.

Bourou. Type, coll. Hewitson.

14. Catophaga maria.

Tachyris maria, Semper, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1875, p. 405; Reisen im

Arch. Philipp. vol. y. p. 247, pl. xxxix. figs. 1-4 (1891).

Philippines. B. M.

The male has a female character of upper surface.

15. Catophaga saina.

A ppias saina, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. i. p. 386 (1894).

New Guinea.

16. Catophaga athama.

. Pieris athama, Lucas, Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p.336; Herrich-

Schiffer, Aus. Schmett. ii. fig. 104 (1869).

¢@. Above milky white; costal border grey almost to end

of cell, thence black-edged to apex and along outer margin

TS EOE rel mcr er merrell ee ll eT ae

of the Genus Catophaga., 399

to first median branch: under surface with the secondaries

and apex of primaries creamy buff, shading into brighter

yellow on the borders.

Samoa. 3 9,3 9, B. M.

17. Catophaga Wallacet, sp. n.

fig. 1 (1867). i

3. Chiefly differing from that sex of the preceding species

in its more acute primaries.

Mallicollo, New Hebrides, and New Caledonia. B. M.

When describing the female of this species Wallace

commented upon its differences from M. Lucas’s description

and figure, and indeed admitted that the latter was ‘ hardly

recognizable” as the same insect. As subsequently evidenced

by Herrich-Schiiffer’s second figure and by three typical

females now in the Museum, the illustration criticized by

Wallace was an accurate one, and therefore not the same

insect as the female figured by himself from New Caledonia.

Group 8. SALETARA, Dist.

The species all have acutely triangular wings with tolerably

reeular external blackish borders and a good deal of yellow

of various shades on the under surface; the females vary a

good deal in the colouring of the upper surface, the differences

being probably seasonal; there seems, however, very little

to distinguish the supposed seasonal phases of the males

excepting in S. nigerrima.

This group was erected into a genus on the ground that in

some of the species the males show an extremely short

terminal furcation of the third subcostal branch. This

character, however, is not only valueless for generic, but for

specific differentiation, inasmuch as males of the Malayan

representative of S. panda sometimes have it well marked

and sometimes show no trace of it, proving clearly its unstable,

individual, and therefore utterly unreliable nature. As a

group, however, it is a natural one, but characters have yet

to be discovered which will warrant its being called a distinct

genus.

1. Saletara corinna.

3 2. Tachyris corinna, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 877

(1867).

Port Moresby, New Guinea. 6 ¢,1 ?,B. M.

Described from Waigiou.

400 On the Genus Catophaga.

2. Saletara cycinna.

3. Pieris cycinna, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii., Pier. pl. iv. figs. 28, 26

(1861).

2. Pieris ocina, Hewitson, J. ¢. figs. 24, 25 (1851).

Aru Islands. 3 ¢,2 9, B. M.

The upper surface of the female varies from white to

yellow.

3. Saletara liberia.

Papilio liberia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eex. G, H (1782).

Geram> sf 65 2205 be

4, Saletara eliada.

Pieris eliada, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i1., Pier. pl. iv. figs. 27, 28 (1861).

Batchian: 1O\%6 , >. AL.

5. Saletara nathalia.

Pieris nathalia, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 285 (1862).

2. Tachyris panthea, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 376

(1867).

Philippines. 124,89, B. M.

6. Saletara Distant, sp. n.

The males sometimes with and sometimes without a terminal

furcation of the third subcostal branch of the primaries ; the

secondaries and sometimes all the wings often tinted with

sulphur; the females varying from white to yellow, the outer

borders narrower (usually considerably so) than in S. nathalia,

and the pale areas consequently broader ; the under surface in

both sexes (excepting in what I take as the dry phase of the

female) more suffused with bright ochreous.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 54-64, ¢ 59-64 millim.

Malacca, Singapore, Sumatra, Borneo. 9 ¢,8 9, B. M.

7. Saletara panda.

3. Pieris panda, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 147 (1819).

Q. Pieris sulphurea, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 32, pl. iv. fig. 4 (1865).

Javan Oss 2; Bs M.

The males of this species are always more or less suffused

with sulphur-yellow, and I have seen no white forms of the

female; the outer border in this sex is narrower than in the

preceding species, and the ochreous suffusion of the under

surface in both sexes is more marked.

On new North-American Insects. 401

8. Saletara gisco.

3. Appias gisco, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv.

p. 229 (1895).

Solomon Islands.

Allied to S. panda, and said to resemble the female of that

species on the upper surface.

9. Saletara nigerrima.

G. Appias panda, var. nigerrima, Holland, Proc. Bost. Soc. xxv. p. 76,

pl. iv. fig. 3 (1891).

36. Saletara Schombergi, Semper, Reisen im Arch, Philipp. vol. y.

p-. 249 (1891).

o. Tachyris aurantiaca, Staudinger, Deut. ent. Zeit., Lep. vil. p. 352

(1894).

Celebes and Sula Islands. B. M.

Our male from the Celebes is white above and nearly

resembles S. nathalia. 1 consider this as probably the male

of the wet phase and Dr. Holland’s female as belonging to

the same phase. SS. Schombergi trom Borneo and S. auran-

tvaca trom the Sula Islands probably represent the dry phase,

which will doubtless be found in the Celebes also.

[To be continued. }

XLV. — New North-American Insects. By T. D. A.

CocKERELL, Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural

Experiment Station.

1X.— Two new Coccidex of the Genus Orthezia.

Orthezia garrye, sp. n.

@ (adult).— Length about 24 millim., with ovisac about

7 millim.

Body pale pea-green ; ovisac strongly curved upwards,

composed of ribbon-like longitudinal bands, which are con-

tiguous, but little or not coherent ; lateral dorsal areas only

clothed with thin meal; middle of back with a double crest of

long erect white lamelle ; sides with long thick curling white

lamella, the two at the beginning of the ovisac on each side

very long and curving downwards over the side of the ovisac ;

caudal lamelle rather short; legs light brown, femora and

ends of tarsi piceous ; the legs measure as follows in wu :—

femur + trochanter 746 ; tibia 696-779 ; tarsus 381; claw 90.

402 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

The last six antennal segments measure thus in wy :—(3) 199,

(4) 182, (5) 140, (6) 124, (7) 116, (8) 232; there is a hyaline

process at the end of the eighth segment.

Larva.—Pale yellow, covered with white lamelle, which

form a high and thick dorsal crest, covering the back; the

lateral lamella are also well developed, with an especially

long one at each corner.

Hab. On leaves of Garrya, Dripping Spring, Organ

Mountains, New Mexico, middle of August, 1898 (C&l/. and

José Mendoza). The females were producing young.

O. garrye is a very distinct species, remarkable for its

green colour, high dorsal crest, and the very long tibia. The

Garrya is a tall shrub; | find it in the herbarium of the

N. M. Exper. Station labelled “G. ovata, var. Lindhetmeri,”

but it cannot well be that, having glabrous leaves. It agrees

with the description of G. Wrightit, Torrey.

Orthezia monticola, sp. n.

@ (adult).—Length about 14 millim., with ovisac 4 millim.

Body rather pale brown, legs and antenn dark chestnut-

brown. Dorsal surface naked, except for a very little mealy

powder, and two median rows of small white waxy tufts ;

lateral lamelle rather short ; caudal lamelle fairly long, about

equal in size. Ovisac broad, not curled upwards, dorsally

with the usual longitudinal ridges. Antenne 8-segmented,

the eighth with a little hyaline elongate-conical process at the

end. The antennal segments, measured in pp, are as

follows :—(1) 1383, (2) 99, (3) 116, (4) 99, (5) 99, (6) 83,

(7) 75, (8) 149; formula 813(245)67. The legs, mea-

sured in pw, are thus :—coxa 149; femur+trochanter 514;

tibia 514; tarsus 282; claw 66.

Hab. At roots of grass, Dripping Spring, Organ Moun-

tains, New Mexico, middle of August, 1898 (Céi/.). The

locality is about 5600 feet above sea-level.

O. monticola differs from O. graminis, Tinsley, by its

smaller size and much shorter ovisac and the arrangement of

the dorsal secretion in two lines with a dark space between.

From O. nigrocincta, Ckll., it differs again by the two sepa-

rate lines of white dorsal tufts, and also by having the ridges

on the ovisac weaker, but sharper, and not quite so numerous.

From O. insignis, Dougl. (which is a tropical insect), it

differs by the dorsal stripes of waxy secretion being hardly

divergent at the middle, and the tufts composing them, espe-

cially the anterior ones, being thicker and longer, whereas in

insignis the secretion is reduced to fine lines.

new North-American Insects. 403

X.—Two new Case-bearing Lepidoptera.

Coleophora sucedicola, sp. n.

Expanse about 8 millim.

Head, thorax, abdomen, legs, and primaries white; second-

aries and all the fringes very pale ochreous. Primaries

without streaks or lines, but conspicuously, though irregu-

larly, speckled with black scales. Palpi clothed with white

scales, but the penultimate segment on the outer side with a

distinct black streak, running up to the small but well-formed

apical tuft. Antemne ringed with black and white, the ex-

treme base rather thickly clothed with white scales.

Case about 5 millim. long and 1 broad, cigar-shaped, dark

brown, roughened, the mouth like that of a Clausilia shell ;

hind end tricarinate.

Hab. Common on Sueda at Mesilla Park, New Mexico

(Ckil.). Moths emerging at the middle of August.

I will take this opportunity to mention that Lycena exilis

breeds in numbers on the same Sueda plants ; this is quite a

new food-plant for it.

Coleophora atriplicivora, sp. n.

Expanse 18 millim.

Head and thorax above and primaries white, with a delicate

ochreous tint. Secondaries, abdomen, legs, and underparts

of body silvery white; hind tibiz pale ochreous, clothed with

long white hair. Fringes pale, faintly greyish, tinged with

ochreous ; fringe on primaries at its longest longer than the

greatest diameter of the wing. Primaries apparently without

streaks, but a close examination shows that the courses of

the veins are broadly ochreous-tinged, while the intervals are

narrowly white, producing an obscure longitudinal streaking,

which is somewhat intensified by the fact that the intervals

are peppered with minute dark grey specks. Palpi quite

long, the penultimate segment with a well-marked terminal

brush of scales. Antenne: delicately annulate with white and

pale grey, the basal two fitths heavily clothed (especially

above) with ochry-white scales, so as to appear considerably

thickened. Abdominal segments 2 to 6 each with a pair of

longitudinal narrow brown (v. é. scaleless) marks, one on each

side of the median line.

Case cigar-shaped, 12 millim. long, 3 broad ; white, with

the faintest yellowish tinge, roughened, tricarinate at hind

404 On Two new Species of Butterflies.

end; plane of mouth forming a distinct angle with the longi-

tudinal axis.

Hab. Common on Atriplex canescens at Mesilla Park, New

Mexico (Ckd.). Moths emerging at the middle of August.

I have known the cases for several years, but until recently

have been unable to breed the moth.

Mesilla Park, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

Aug. 26, 1898.

XLVI.—Descriptions of Two new Species of Butterflies of the

Genus Thysonotis. By H. Grose-Smiru, B.A., F.E.S.,

F.Z.S.

Thysonotis zuleika.

Male.— Upperside. Differs from 7’. apollonius, Feld., in the

following respects :—On the anterior wings the white band

which crosses the middle of the wings to the inner margin is

much less distinct, being irrorated with blue scales, in this

respect approaching 1’. lampros, Druce, and the costal and

outer-marginal black bands are narrower than in either of

those species. On the posterior wings the white central area

is considerably wider, and the dark outer marginal area is

narrower than in those species.

Underside with the white areas on both wings much more

extended, the black outer-marginal areas being correspon-

dingly narrower ; the blue submarginal bands on the posterior

wings are also narrower, and the black spots in them are

smaller and rounder.

Female.—Upperside. Both wings black; anterior wings

crossed about the middle, from the upper discoidal nervule to

the inner margin, by an irregular, curved, transverse white

band; the apical third of the costal and outer margins is

rather broadly white. Posterior wings crossed a little before

the middle by a broader white band than in T. apollonius.

On the underside the apex of the anterior wings is also

broadly white, and the white central band extends at its apex

to the subcostal blue band; in other respects the underside is

as in the male. Cilia of both wings narrowly white.

Expanse of wings 13 inch.

Hab. Rossel Island, Louisiade Archipelago (Jleek).

In the collections of Mr. Grose-Smith (types, ¢ 2) and

the Hon. Walter Rothschild.

——— ee rt lcm ,mhUL eC

On Cretaceous Fishes from Mount Lebanon. 405

The female approaches that sex of 7. dispar, Grose-Smith,

but the white bands on both wings are very much broader.

It is a smaller insect than any of the above-mentioned species.

Thysonotis suleima.

Male —Upperside more greenish blue than 7. zuletka; an-

terior wings with the costal margin at the base and the outer

margin more broadly black, and ‘the central white band is not

irrorated by blue scales.

On the underside of the anterior wings the blue band

which traverses the outer marginal black area is narrower

along the outer margin than in 7’, zu/etka; on the posterior

wings the inner edge of the submarginal blue band is lunulate

between the veins, and the black spots in it are larger than in

T. zuleika.

Female.—Upperside closely resembles the same sex of

T. zuletka, but on the anterior wings the apical area is not

tipped with white, and the white band which crosses the

middle is more oblique.

On the underside the apex of the anterior wings is not

tipped with white, and on the posterior wings the submarginal

blue band is also lunulate on its inner edge, the spots in this

band being likewise larger. Cilia rather broadly white,

crossed by grey at the ends of the veins.

Expanse of wings 13 inch.

Hab. St. Aignan elena (Meek).

In the collections of Mr. Grose-Smith (types, ¢ ?) and

the Hon. Walter Rothschild.

This species is closely allied to 7. zuletka, but the different

colouring of the male, the absence of the white tips on

the anterior wings of the female, and other distinctions are

sufficient to separate them.

XLVII.—Notes on some Type Specimens of Cretaceous Fishes

from Mount Lebanon in the Edinburgh Museum of Science

and Art. By A. Smira Woopwarp, F.L.S.

THE descriptions and figures given in the memoir on the

Cretaceous fishes of Mount Lebanon by the late Mr. James W.

Davis * are scarcely adequate for the purposes of ichthyology.

To understand this important extinet fish-fauna it is necessary

* J. W. Davis, ‘“ The Fossil Fishes of the Chalk of Mount Lebanon,

in Syria,” Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe. [2] vol. iii. (1887), pp. 457-636,

pls. xiv.-xxxviil.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 28

406 Mr. A. S. Woodward on

to examine the original specimens further and determine their

essential features; moreover, it is desirable in connexion

with them to make a renewed study of some of the type

specimens described by Pictet and Humbert* in the Natural

History Museum at Geneva. I have recently been attempting

this task, so far as the Physostomous ‘l'eleosteans are con-

cerned, and the general results will shortly be summarized in

the fourth volume of the British Museum Catalogue of Fossil

Fishes. The majority of the specimens described by Davis

are to be found in the British Museum, and will thus be

noticed in detail in the official work just mentioned. A con-

siderable number, however, are now preserved in the [din-

burgh Museum of Science and Art, and some of them seem to

demand detailed description elsewhere. The following notes

relate to the latter specimens, and furnish, so far as their

fragmentary nature will permit, the essential characters by

which to determine their systematic position. ‘Through the

kindness of Dr. Traquair, to whom I would express my best

thanks, I have received the whole series on loan from Edin-

burgh, and have thus been able to make direct comparisons

with the similar collection in London.

1. Osmeroides megapterus (Pictet), J. W. Davis, loc. cet.

p. 557, pl. xxxu. fig. 4. [=Sardinius crassapinna,

Davis. |

From an examination of Pictet’s type specimen of Osme-

roides megapterus in Geneva I am convinced that this species

is referable to the genus Sardinioides of W. von der Marck T,

which has the pelvic fins large, but the pectoral fins rudi-

mentary or absent. It is thus evident that both of the

specimens figured by Davis under the same specific name are

wrongly determined. ‘The second (loc. cit. pl. xxxii. fig. 6)

is clearly an example of Osmeroides (regarding the English

O. lewestensis as type), as indicated by its branchiostegal

rays, gular plate, fins, and scales. The first (loc. cit.

pl. xxxil. fig. 4), however, belongs to another genus and

requires further consideration.

‘The latter specimen exhibits remains of a series of about

ten branchiostegal rays beneath the head, all very slender

except the two uppermost. ‘The abdominal vertebre must

have been approximately 20 in number, and the ribs do not

appear to have completely encircled the abdominal cavity.

The caudal vertebree are shown to have been 19 or 20 in

* F. J. Pictet, “ Description de quelques Poissons Fossiles du Mont

Liban” (1850); Pictet and Humbert, ‘‘ Nouvelles Recherches sur les

Poissons Fossiles du Mont Liban” (1866).

+ Paleontogr. vol. xi. (1863), p. 45.

Cretaceous Fishes from Mount Lebanon. 407

number, with moderately robust arches. Behind the clavi-

cular arch there are traces of smooth, expanded, postclavicular

plates, while the pectoral fin, which exhibits about 18 rays, is

truncated distally, and when adpressed would probably reach

the insertion of the pelvic pair. The pelvic fin preserved is

about two thirds as large as the pectoral, and shows 8 stout

rays, all divided distally. The dorsal fin arises considerably

further from the caudal fin than from the occiput, opposite the

origin of the pelvic pair. Its two foremost rays are slender

spines, the second longer than the first; the third ray is still

longer and articulated, though not divided, distally; the

following rays, which are at least ten in number, but too

crowded for precise counting, are all both divided and articu-

lated distally, and gradually decrease in length backwards.

The anal fin is shown to be two thirds as elevated as the

dorsal, and about 16 supports can be counted at its base.

The caudal fin is very deeply forked. The squamation

seems to have been uniform, all the scales cycloidal and

deeply overlapping.

An example of the same species in the British Museum

(no. 48155), which is considerably elongated by distortion,

is important as having the mouth widely open, and thus

displaying the jaws. Nearly the whole of the upper border

of the gape is shown to be formed by the stout arched

maxilla, which bears a single close series of minute conical

teeth, and above this bone there are two large supramaxillaries,

as in the herring. Impressions of teeth like those of the

maxilla are also seen on the border of the dentary bone.

A third specimen, apparently of the same fish, in the

Edinburgh Museum, is described and figured (loc. czt. p. 567,

pl. xxxu. fig. 5) as the type of Sardinius crassapinna, Davis.

A direct comparison of this fish with the original of fig. 4

seems to leave no doubt that their differences are due solely

to accidents in preservation and the mode of crushing. The

so-called S. crassapinna is evidently much shortened, while

the specimen now under consideration is shown to be some-

what elongated by distortion. ‘They may thus be placed in

one and the same species.

Assuming that this determination of the specific identity of

the three specimens just mentioned is correct, 1t becomes

clear that although the jaws of Sardinius crassapinna re-

semble those of the typical Osmeroddes, the fish is distinct

from the latter genus at least in the slenderness of its

branchiostegal rays, the comparatively small number of its

abdominal vertebre, and the relatively large size of its paired

fins. It is indeed im all these respects generically identical

28%

408 Mr. A. S. Woodward on

with Sardintus macr odactylus of W. von der Marck *; but

whether or not the latter is correctly placed in the same cenus

as the typical Sardinius Cordieri is a question that ane of

further discussion.

2. Clupea elongata, J. W. Davis, loc. cit. p. 581, pl. xxxiul.

fig. 2. [= Thrissopteroides tenuiceps, sp. n.J

The head in the type specimen of this species is so much

crushed and distorted that its characters can only be very

imperfectly observed. The mandibular articulation, however,

appears to be beneath the hinder margin of the orbit, and the

finely toothed border of both maxilla can be distinguished,

that of one side in almost complete impression, that of the

other side only partly exposed. The former is erroneously

described by Davis as a series of ‘ minute orifices, where

numerous teeth have been attached.” The axial skeleton of

the trunk is slender, the ribs being especially delicate, but

completely encircling the abdominal cavity. The vertebre

are approximately 60 in number, and about 18 may be re-

garded as caudal. As shown by the original figure, the

pelvic fins are only about half as large as the pectoral pair

and arise considerably behind the middle point of the trunk.

The rather elevated dorsal fin, with about 12 or 14 rays, is

directly opposed to the space between the pelvic and anal

fins. The anal fin is comparatively low and delicate, with

about 15 rays. ‘The length of the head with opercular appa-

ratus is twice as great as the maximum depth of the trunk

and contained about three times in the length from the

pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin. There are no traces

of ridge-scales.

As shown by the general characters of the skeleton, this

fish is closely related to Spaniodon, and a second specimen,

evidently of the same species, in the British Museum

(no. 49592) exhibits the characteristic enlarged tooth at the

anterior end of the dentary. The fine denticulation of the

maxilla, however, and the position of the dorsal fin remove

the fish from Spantodon to the allied genus 7hrissopteroidest,

in which it forms a new species requiring a name. The type

species of Zhrissopteroides is termed T. elongatus, so that it

is necessary to propose a new name for the species now

described, 7. tenuiceps.

3. Clupea pulchra, J. W. Davis, loc. cit. p. 578, pl. xxxiii.

fig. 3. [= Thrissopterotdes pulcher.]

This very small fish, evidently of the same genus as the

* Paleeontogr. vol. xi. (1863), p. 44, pl. vi. fig. 1.

+ W. von der Marck, Paleeontographica, vol. xxii. (1873), p. 61.

Ce eer eee

vit é@e

Cretaceous Iishes from Mount Lebanon. 409

preceding species, differs from all the known forms of Thrisso-

pteroides in its general proportions ; the length of the head

with opercular apparatus not much exceeding the maximum

depth of the trunk and contained nearly three times in the

length from the pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin.

The axial skeleton and fins are essentially identical with

those of the last species, and there are no ridge-scales.

4. Clupea curta, J. W. Davis, loc. cit. p. 579, pl. xxxiii.

fig. 5. [= Osmerotdes, sp. |

The crushed and distorted fragment thus described is

clearly excluded from the genus Clupea by the shortness of

its ribs and the absence of ventral ridge scutes. It is,

however, too imperfect for precise determination. ‘The axial

skeleton is most suggestive of that of Osmerotdes, and it is

quite possible that the fossil may belong to the species of this

genus to which Davis gave the name of Clupea Lewis? (loc.

Cia pe O01, pla wean, fe, 1).

5. Clupea attenuata, J. W. Davis, loc. cit. p. 580, pl. xxxiii.

fig. 4. [= Osmeroides attenuatus. |

The cranium in this specimen is almost completely

destroyed, but the parasphenoid is shown to be straight and

comparatively stout. Below this are remains which may

perhaps be interpreted as a fragment of a stout maxilla. As

noted by Davis, the mandible exhibits traces of very minute

clustered teeth at its symphysial end, while the outer face of

the dentary is marked by two irregular longitudinal series of

pits, evidently connected with the sensory canal. Between

the mandibular rami there are fragments which might be

parts of a gular plate; but this is uncertain. The opercular

apparatus of the right side is imperfectly exposed from

within, and there seem to be traces of a much-expanded pre-

operculum marked with radiating ridges. The vertebral

axis is much obscured by the thick squamation; but the

centra in the anterior abdominal region are shown to be com-

paratively short and deep, while those in the caudal region

are a little elongated. The stout neurai spines in the anterior

abdominal region seem to be separate from their supporting

arches, and the ribs clearly do not completely encircle the

abdominal cavity. The stout neural and hemal arches in the

caudal region are sharply inclined backwards. ‘lhe total

number of vertebra is approximately 35 in the abdominal,

20 in the caudal region. Remains of one of the pectoral fins

prove these to have been small and delicate, while the inser-

tion of the pelvic fins is shown to have been opposite the

410 Mr. A. S. Woodward on

anterior half of the dorsal, midway between the pectorals and

the anal. The short dorsal fin is depressed and the number

of its rays cannot be counted ; its origin is nearly as far from

the occiput as is its hinder end from the base of the caudal

fin. The anal fin, also depressed in the fossil, is shown to

have been very small, arising somewhat nearer to the caudal

fin than to the pelvic pair. The large caudal fin is clearly

forked. It is difficult to determine the characters of the

squamation ; but a careful study of the specimen proves the

scales to be cycloid, moderately large, and very deeply over-

lapping. The large overlapped area is truncated at the front

border and is marked by a few deep furrows slightly radiating

forwards from the centre of the scale. These furrows give

the false appearance of elongated scales described by Davis

“on the abdominal surface.” ‘There are no traces of thick-

ened ridge-scales.

The fish thus described cannot belong to the genus Clupea,

and no characters are. known by which it can be separated

from the Cretaceous Elopine genus Osmeroides. It differs

trom all the known species of the latter in its general propor-

tions, the length of the head with opercular apparatus con-

siderably exceeding the maximum depth of the trunk and

contained nearly three times in the length trom the pectoral

arch to the base of the caudal fin,

6. Engraulis (?) tenuis, J. W. Davis, loc. cit. p. 583, pl. xxx.

fig. 4. [= Telepholis (?) tenuis.]

The type specimen of this species described by Davis is

exposed from the dorsal aspect as far back as the anterior end

of the caudal region, which is displayed in side view. The

cranium is shown to be long and narrow, while the right

quadrate bone and other remains prove that the mouth was

small, the mandible not being more than half as long as the

skull. There are no clear indications of teeth. All the

vertebral centra seem to be slightly longer than deep; they

are delicate constricted cylinders, which must have been

pierced by a continuous notochord, the space for the latter

being filled with calcite in the abdominal region of the fossil,

still hollow in the caudal region. There are about 26 abdo-

minal vertebre, each bearing a pair of robust transverse

processes and short delicate ribs. The caudal vertebre are

somewhat fewer, perhaps 21, and the neural and hemal

spines are both short and slender. The pectoral fins comprise

about 16 delicate rays, all divided and articulated distally,

and the longest, in the middle of each fin, are as long as the

head with opercular apparatus. ‘The pelvic fins are inserted

Cretaceous Fishes from Mount Lebanon. 411

upon expanded pelvic bones within the anterior quarter of the

space between the pectoral and caudal fins, and that of the

right side is shown to comprise 7 rays, of which the anterior

two are stoutest and very closely articulated distally, while

the others are both divided and articulated distally. The

dorsal fin arises opposite a point midway between the paired

fins, and is borne by very large triangular supports, which

expand downwards as they approach the vertebral column ;

most of the rays are shown to be both divided and articulated

distally, but they are too much crushed for precise counting,

although probably about twelve in number as mentioned by

Davis. ‘The anal fin is destroyed and the caudal is only

imperfectly preserved. The rays of the latter, however, are

clearly divided and articulated distally, and the fin must have

been forked. ‘There seem to be traces of cycloidal scales

over part of the fossil, but their precise characters are not

distinguishable.

This fish is excluded from Hngraulis by the proportions of

the mouth, and both from Lngraulis and from the family

Clupeide by the characters of the abdominal vertebre. It

has been referred to the genus Hxocetoides of Davis by

Kramberger *; but it is distinctly separated from the latter

by its more numerous vertebre, its divided median fin-rays,

and its forked tail. It seems to me to belong most probably

to the genus Telepholis of W. von der Marck fT, with which it

agrees in every essential character that can be compared ;

but unfortunately the jaws and dermal armature are not clear

in the unique specimen of the Lebanon fish, and its generic

determination thus remains provisional. One of the West-

phalian type specimens of Telepholis in the Miinster Academy

exhibits a characteristically Scopeloid upper jaw. Its cycloidal

dorsal scales, each with a median tubercle, have already been

noticed by von der Marck.

7. Engraulis tenuis, J. W. Davis, loc. cit. p. 635, pl. xxx.

fig. 5. [=Prionolepis cataphractus.]

The second specimen referred by Davis to the so-called

Engraulis tenuis without description, is the counterpart of a

small example of Prionolepis (or Aspidopleurus) in the

British Museum (no. P. 4871), which seems to be an imma-

ture individual of P. cataphractus. ‘Vhough not indicated in

the drawing, the complete series of characteristic lateral scutes

is well shown in impression, while the proportions and

* Gorganovic Kramberger, “De Piscibus Fossilibus,” Djela Jugoslay,

Akad. xvi. (1895), p. 39.

+ Paleontogr. vol. xv. (1868), p. 276.

412 Mr. A. S. Woodward on

arrangement of the fins are precisely as in the larger typical

specimens of P. cataphractus. The pelvic fins are about as

large as the pectorals, though with fewer rays, the former

comprising only 8, while the latter exhibit approximately 14

rays. The dorsal fin is very imperfect, but clearly shows 14

or 15 rays, while the anal is relatively small, but also com-

prises about 14 rays.

8. Spaniodon hakelensis, J. W. Davis, loc. cit. p. 591,

pl. xxxiv. fig. 4. [= Charitosomus hakelensis.]

In the type specimen of this species the long and low

cranium is exhibited chiefly in longitudinal section, and the

stout parasphenoid is slightly arched, the concavity being

downwards. Remains of the delicate and toothless pterygo-

quadrate arcade are seen, proving the mandibular suspen-

sorlum to be much inclined forwards, with the mandibular

articulation below the anterior margin of the orbit. ‘The

mandible, shown chiefly in impression, is remarkably short

and deep, the height of the coronoid region apparently

equalling nearly two thirds of the total length of the jaw;

and although the impression may be imperfect in front, it is

clear that the gape of the mouth must have been very small.

Below the end of the rostrum and above the mandible there

is a large stout arched bone, which must have been either

maxilla or premaxilla, and its form specially recalls the

maxilla of the Gonorhynchide Below and behind the

mandibular articulation an obscure fragment of bone bears a

cluster of smooth, rounded, grinding teeth of unequal and

irregular size; and there seem to be traces of similar teeth

obscured by the pterygoid bones immediately beneath the

parasphenoid. The opercular apparatus is too imperfect for

description, and there are only fragments of a few broad

branchiostegal rays. ‘The axial skeleton of the trunk is well

exposed and comprises about 42 vertebree, of which 14 are

caudal. ‘The centra are much constricted, about as long as

deep, with very stout neural arches throughout the column

and similar hemal arches in the caudal region. All the

neural spines seem to be firmly fused with their supporting

arches, and the four foremost spines in the abdominal region

are expanded into distally truncated lamine, while a few of

the succeeding spines are also a little broad. The ribs are

very delicate and do not completely encircle the abdominal

cavity. ‘The neural and hemal arches in the caudal region

are slender, except close to the base of the caudal fin, where

they become longer and stouter. The hemals do not appear

to fuse into a hypural bone at the base of the caudal fin.

Cretaceous Fishes from Mount Lebanon. 413

There are remains of short intermuscular bones above the

vertebral column throughout its length and also beneath it in

the caudal region. None of the fins are remarkably large,

but the pelvic pair is not much inferior in size to the pectorals.

The pelvic fins arise opposite the middle of the dorsal, some-

what nearer to the anal than to the pectorals, and each seems

to comprise seven rays, the foremost articulated, the others

both articulated and divided distally. The dorsal fin com-

prises 12 rays, and their supports exhibit small laminar

expansions ; its origin is about as far from the occiput as its

hinder end from tie base of the caudal fin. The anal fin,

with 7 rays, is comparatively small and arises slightly

nearer to the caudal than to the origin of the pelvic pair.

The caudal fin is very stout and somewhat forked, with a

few short fulcral rays at its base above and below. The

squamation is delicate and does not appear to extend over the

head. It is impossible to determine the form of the scales

with certainty, but appearances suggest that they are compa-

ratively small and antero-posteriorly elongated.

The form of the jaws and branchiostegal rays, the presence

of grinding-teeth, the shortness of the ribs, and the note-

worthy expansion of the foremost neural arches are characters

indicating that this fish does not belong to the genus

Spaniodon. 'The composition of the upper jaw is uncertain ;

but comparison of the stout upper lateral bone with Gono-

rhynchus and Notogoneus, of the family Gonorhynchide *,

suggests that it is a maxilla of the same type as in the latter

genera, excluded from the border of the mouth. The great

depth of the mandible is also paralleled in these small-

mouthed Gonorhyncbid fishes, but its characteristic shape

cannot be distinguished. The inner teeth resemble those of

Gonorhynchus. ‘Vhe expansion of the anterior neural spines

is exactly similar to that observed in Notogoneus. he

vertebral column and fins also resemble those of the latter

genus, except that the abdominal vertebra are fewer. Lhe

squamation, though obscure, might also be interpreted as

resembling that of the Gonorhynchide in character; but

there are no traces of its extension over the head.

It thus seems extremely probable that the so-called

Spaniodon hakelensis is a Gonorhynchid fish, differing from

the Tertiary and Recent members of the family in the absence

of scales on the head. It appears to belong to the same

genus as Charttosomus formosus t trom the Upper Cretaceous

* Smith Woodward, .‘‘On some Extinct Fishes of the Teleostean

Family Gonorbynchidex,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, pp. 500-504, pl. xviii.

+ W. von der Marck, Palseontogr. vol. xxxi. (1885), p. 257, pl. xxiv.

fig. 1.

414 On Two new Snakes from Queensland,

of Westphalia, though the only known specimen of the latter

is unfortunately too imperfect for precise comparison. The

so-called Solenognathus lineolatus *, from Sahel Alma, will

also most likely prove to be a smaller species of the same

generic type when its osteology is more fully known.

XLVIII.— Descriptions of Two new Snakes from Queensland.

By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

Typhlops Broomi.

Snout rounded, very prominent; nostrils lateral. Rostral

nearly half the width of the head, truncate posteriorly,

extending to the level of the eyes; nostril between two nasals,

the anterior in contact with the first and second labials; a

preocular, much narrower than the ocular, in contact with

the second and third labials; eyes perfectly distinct ; pre-

frontal, supraocular, and parietal scales distinctly enlarged ;

four upper labials. Diameter of body 40 times in the total

length ; tail a little longer than broad, ending in a spine.

20 scales round the body. Pale buff above, with 11 brown

streaks following the series of scales, white beneath.

Total length 125 millim.

Allied to 7. Guenthert, Ptrs., and T. leucoproctus, Bler.

A single specimen from Muldiva.

Pseudelaps albiceps.

Eye longer than its distance from the mouth. Rostral

large, rather prominent, twice as broad as deep, the portion

visible from above measuring two thirds its distance from the

frontal ; internasals nearly as long as the prafrontals; frontal

once and a half as long as broad, longer than its distance

from the end of the snout, as long as the parietals; nasal

entire, separated from the preocular by the prefrontal; one

pree- and two postoculars ; temporals 2+ 2 ; six upper labials,

third and fourth entering the eye; two pairs of subequal

small chin-shields, the anterior in contact with three lower

labials. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 141; anal divided;

subcaudals 20. Body yellow (red?) above, white beneath ;

head white, snout and lips speckled with black ; a A-shaped

black band between the eyes and a black spot behind each

eye; a large black blotch on the nape.

Total length 160 millim. ; tail 14.

A single specimen from Port Douglas.

The two snakes here described were obtained in Northern

Queensland and presented to the British Museum by

Dr. R. Broom.

* Pictet and Humbert, op. cit. p. 56, pl. iv. figs. 4-7.

a a ee

On a new Siluroid Fish from West Africa. 415

XLIX.—Description of a new Siluroid Fish from West

Africa. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Synodontis obesus.

Premaxillary teeth in several irregular series, forming a

broad band; mandibular teeth 20 to 28, hooked, simple,

measuring less than half diameter of eye. Depth of body 3

to 34 times in total length, length of head 4 times. Head

not or but slightly longer than broad, convex on the occiput ;

snout obtusely conical, half as long as the head; eye supero-

lateral, its diameter 5 times in length of head, a little more

than twice in interorbital width; upper surface of head

strongly granulate or vermiculate from between the eyes;

frontal fontanelle narrow. Occipito-nuchal shield obtusely

tectiform, longer than broad, granulate or vermiculate like

the upper surface of the head, and terminating in two pointed

or rounded processes. Gill-cleft not extending below base of

pectoral. Maxillary barbel with a broad membranous fringe,

longer than the head, not reaching much beyond middle of

pectoral spine; mandibular barbels inserted on a straight

transverse line, outer shorter than the head, more than twice

as long as inner. Lips much developed. Humeral process

granulate, acutely pointed, extending as far as occipito-nuchal

shield. Dorsal Il 63; spine strong, as long as the head,

striated, with one or two very feeble serre in front near its

extremity, and about 10 feeble serra behind in its upper

half. Adipose fin 4 times as long as deep, as long as ora

little shorter than the head, 14 to 23 as long as its distance

from the dorsal. Anal ITV 7-8. Pectoral spine nearly as

long as dorsal, striated, feebly serrated on the outer edge,

with 14 to 16 strong serre on the inner edge. Ventral

reaching or nearly reaching anal. Caudal deeply bifurcate.

Skin of body smooth. Brown above and beneath, spotted

and dotted with darker.

Total length 220 millim.

This species is founded on three specimens, two from the

Gaboon, and a larger one which, collected by Miss Kingsley

in the Opobo River, Old Calabar, has been referred by

Giinther to S. serratus, Riipp. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

xvi. 1896, p. 277). SS. serratus differs in the more numerous

mandibular teeth, the more elongate body, the stronger ante-

rior serrature of the dorsal and pectoral spines, the longer

occipito-nuchal shield, the longer adipose fin, and the absence

of spots. S. obesus stands much nearer to 8S. gaumbiensis,

Gthr., which differs in the thicker barbels, the maxillaries

lacking every trace of a fringe.

416 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

L.—On the Species of Polypterus.

By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

In a paper published in the ‘ Denkschriften’ of the Vienna

Academy, 1881, Steindachner has shown that the three

species from the Nile, which had been well distinguished by

earlier authors and unfortunately united by Gtinther, are

perfectly distinct, and the concise descriptions he has given

of Polypterus senegalus, Cuv., bichir, Geoffr., and End-

licheri, Heck., accompanied by excellent figures, leave little

to be desired. The forms occurring in West Africa have

not been considered on that occasion, an omission the more

regrettable from the fact that they seem to bridge over

the differences so readily perceptible in dealing with the

Nile species. Having experienced some difficulty in the

determination of specimens from the Niger and the Congo, I

have found it necessary to review the whole material preserved

in the British Museum. This work has resulted in a more

rigid definition of the West-African species and in the addi-

tion of two new species from the Congo. Although, in spite

of Steindachner’s observations, several authors have continued

to designate specimens under the collective name of P. bichir,

the specific distinction of the various forms cannot be ques-

tioned, for, even if there be a continuous chain connecting the

specimens with 5 dorsal spines with those with as many as

18, examination of large series shows the range of variation

in the number of spines never to exceed 4 in specimens other-

wise similar, the differences in these numbers being accom-

panied by others whic! cannot even be regarded as correlative.

Most of the species could be identified from specimens

stripped of their dorsal fin. For instance, the number of dorsal

spines is not correlated with the elongation of the body, nor

is this with the number of scales in the lateral line. The

head also furnishes important specific characters.

In order to enable the reader to form a better idea of the

amount of variation within the limits of a species, I have

recorded the numbers of spines and scales and the proportions

of the head in all the specimens at my disposal. ‘The figures

are arranged in four columns, which read as follows :—

A. Number of spines in the dorsal fin.

B. Number of scales between the upper extremity of the

opercle and the middle rays of the caudal fin.

C. Length of the head compared to its width in front of

the opercular bones.

D. Length of the head to the extremity of the opercular

bone in the total length, caudal fin excluded.

a ee ee

the Species of Polypterus.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Mandible projecting very slightly beyond the snout ;

subopercle larger than the eye; dorsal with 12 to

18 spines ; pectoral extending as far as first dorsal

spine or beyond; 42-52 scales round middle of

body.

A. 60 to 68 scales along the body.

15 to 18 dorsal spines; head 1? to 2as long as broad,

5 to 52 times in total length; interorbital region slightly

POAC ae, otis OCS 6 a SRE Hee tren ere CIO

14 dorsal spines, rarely 13 or 15 ; head 2 to 2} as long

as broad, 4} to 5 times in total length; interorbital

BLOMUS cto f ior jin es abeise ae sais ae 0.8

B. 54 to 57 scales along the body ; head 1} to 1? as

long as broad.

13 or 14 dorsal spines; head 4 to 42 times in total

length ; an azygos shield between the nasals ........

12 or 13 dorsal spines; head 44 to 52 times in total

length ; all the head-shields paired

II. Snout projecting very slightly beyond the man-

dible; subopercle smaller than the eye; dorsal

with 5 to 10 spines; pectoral not reaching first

dorsal spine; head 12 to 2 as long as broad.

9 dorsal spines; 57 scales along the body, 44 round

the middle; head 43 times in total length ..........

8 to 10 dorsal spines; 55 to 59 scales along the

body, 36 to 38 round the middle; head 5? to 7 times

BIRR UAC OLE yeh cafe ee are, Wats efakel wal shag sie sie serene Saleh

5 to 8 dorsal spines ; 52 to 55 scales along the body ;

head 43 to 53 times in total length

1. Polypterus bichir, Geoftr.

1. P. bichir.

417

5. P. congicus.

4, P. Endlicheri.

5. P. Weeksiz.

6. P. senegalus.

7. BP. palmas.

Head 12 to 2 as long as broad, 5 to 53 times in total

length ; interorbital region slightly convex; all the head-

shields paired; subopercle larger than the eye; mandible

Dorsal spines

15-18, anterior 5 or 6 times as long as broad, overlapping

when folded. Pectoral reaching first dorsal spine or a little

beyond. 60-68 scalesalong the body, 46-50 round the middle.

Body with more or less distinct dark stripes and cross-bars ;

projecting very slightly beyond the snout.

fins spotted or streaked.

Total length 570 millim.

Nile, Senegal, Gambia.

Ay B.

he @ainorre ceca ace ees eis ae XVUI 65

De ING e554: sorely ae eons XVI 67

Cy ne SRE iocs soe conte KV; 67

AP SCNCOAL =. x hae eo aoe XV 68

eu GraMNDLD = ys) ey hoe XV 63

Gin WieAirica 7 j5 20S. Ribak. e XV 60

Ue ie Arete Nea trtes seok ae XV 53

(Sh) Se Oe SR eed ee XVII 65

He [o9 G1) 1)

Sr Ot Or Or

3h tole tole 5

coho

*w Or Orv Or

Sipe

418 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

2. Polypterus Lapradit, Stdr.

Head 2 to 21 as long as broad, more depressed than in

P. bichir, 44 to 5 times in total length; interorbital region

flat ; all the head-shields paired; subopercle larger than the

eye; mandible projecting very slightly beyond the snout.

Dorsal spines 15-15, usually 14, slender, 5 or 6 times as long

as broad, overlapping when folded. Pectoral reaching first

dorsal spine or a little beyond. 61-66 scales along the body,

48-52 round the middle of the body. Body with more or

less distinct dark stripes and cross-bars; fins spotted or

streaked.

Total length 520 millim.

Senegal, Niger.

A. B. C. D.

MOINES GE Se ee ere ea ok ys XIV 62 24 4}

og a a aro eg ORS APR XIV 61 22 5

ad LS SR ee ae ene XIV 62 22 44

: SRE or Gee tot ano XIII 63 2 43

OL go.) SEER -e See eee XIV 64 2 42

6 na oeeee ee MOV} 166" )4 oa eae

Liar) ON RN, Pe OR ee XIV 66 2 42

Ost ach hale ecard a Fea OR XV 6 2 43

OW eAdriea. 21510 4s slot tories XIV 64 2 5

3. Polypterus congicus, sp. n.

Head 13 to 1? as long as broad, 4 to 42 times in total

length ; interorbital space flat ; a small azygos shield between

the nasals; subopercle larger than the eye; mandible pro-

jecting very slightly beyond the snout. Dorsal spines 13 or

14, anterior 4 or 5 times as long as broad, overlapping when

folded. Pectoral reaching first dorsal spine or beyond.

55-57 scales along the body, 48-50 round the middle. Body

with 6 or 7 more or less regular, narrow, dark cross-bars ;

fins spotted or streaked.

Total length 720 millim.

Congo.

Specimens with external gills have been exhibited by me

at a recent meeting of the Zoological Society under the

erroneous name of P. Lapradii, Stdr. (cf. P. Z. S. 1898,

p. 493).

A. B. C D.

AeStanley Falls 2.0 f i.e XIV 55 12 42

2. New Antwerp..........%. XIV 57 iz 4

oo Leopoldwalle oc \.: csi sane XI 57 13 4:

4. Manganese <2 doc 2s viea1ete XIII 57 13 43

4, Polypterus Endlicheri, Heck.

Head 14 to 13 as long as broad, 4% to 52 times in total

— ———

the Species of Polypterus. 419

length ; interorbital space flat or slightly concave; all the

head-shields paired; mandible projecting very slightly

beyond the snout. Dorsal spines 12 or 18, anterior scarcely

overlapping when folded, 3 or 4 times as long as_ broad.

Pectoral reaching first dorsal spine or beyond. 54-56 scales

along the body, 42-46 round the middle. Body with 4 or 5

more or less regular dark cross-bars ; fins spotted or streaked.

Total length 50 millim.

Upper Nile, West Africa ?

A B. C. D.

PE CHancoune etek S49 sp. cece. XII 54 12 53

PEEING EP yaysits beyacatoiah sas evs, sbeters XIII 56 12 44

AL AUTICR MT 3 0 Gat d asin XIII 56 12 5

4, + a Oe Ce eee XII 56 12 5t

5. ie? Aare Aree XII 55 12 5

5. Polypterus Weeksii, sp. n.

Head 12 as long as broad, 43 times in total length ; inter-

orbital region slightly convex; all the head-shields paired ;

snout projecting very slightly beyond the mandible; sub-

operculum very small,smaller than theeye. Dorsal spines 9,

anterior 3 to 34 times as long as broad, not overlapping when

folded. Pectoral widely separated from dorsal fin. 57 scales

along the body, 44 round the middle, all with granular

asperities. Dark olive above, yellow beneath, the two colours

sharply delimited on the side; six narrow black bars across

the back, with some black spots between them, the last

followed by irregular marblings; a large black spot on the

membrane to each dorsal spine ; soft fins with dark and light

spots ; pectoral with three blackish cross-bands.

This species is founded on a single young specimen with

external gills, measuring 170 millim., recently obtained at

Monsembe, Upper Congo, and presented to the British

Museum by the Rev. J. H. Weeks, in whose honour it is

named.

In the reduction of the suboperculum this and the following

species lead to Calamichthys, in which the bone has entirely

disappeared.

6. Polypterus senegalus, Cuv.

Head 12 to 2 as long as broad, 53 to 7 times in total

length; interorbital region convex; all the head-shields

paired ; subopercle smaller than the eye; snout projecting

slightly beyond the mandible. Dorsal spines 8-10, anterior

separated from each other when folded, 3 to + times as long

as broad. Pectoral widely separated from dorsal fin. 53-59

420 On the Species of Polypterus.

scales along the body, 36-38 round the middle. No markings,

even in the young.

Total length 300 millim.

Nile, Lake Rudolf, Senegal, Gambia, Niger.

A. B C. D.

A Niles, 6 at cet ociee < cee ».4 58 12 ri

Dis gg Mat Se eae eee Oe IX 59 12 63

Oe 5 Sudeede Seer X 59 13 7

Be vgs. Wiha Bia eee IX 57 13 63

De Si peels ae eres IX 58 13 64

G. Semerals. iis 6 ces tee 2 x 58 12 6

7, Gamipia,.. ares te Soe VIL 57 2 6

Se BS eee ose x 58 14 6

9 Big Steen oe Vil 58 2 53

10; Sierra Leone. ..< $0... : > Vill 57 32 6

ike NISe rates «ee en «ee IX 57 2 65

Leek eS Aron, IX 57 2 64

Ae ire ee ee ba 59 2 63

gE eer Se Cer Se xX 59 2 G64

DDD sola dene ree ee S xX 55 2 6

NG er op ae ence ee see gees IX 56 2 6

AG, SW er Pinca ee one ee x 57 2 65

18 BAA SA Re Reta oe IX 58 2 64

19 ll) asra-vabsteedes IX 58 2 54

20 A Me Tr are 1b.¢ 58 2 6

21 Pe See a eae IX 57 12 64

22 Syed Mev eatet ars Bickaciaees IX 59 2 6

23 D.4 56 12 65

7. Polypterus palmas, Ayres.

Head 12 to 2 as long as broad, 4$ to 52 times in total

length; interorbital region convex; all the head-shields

paired ; subopercle smaller than the eye ; snout projecting

slightly beyond the mandible. Dorsal spines 5 to 8, anterior

separated from each other when folded, 3 to 3} times as long

as broad. Pectoral widely separated from dorsal fin. 52 to

585 scales along the body, 36-38 round the middle. Above

with dark marblings enclosing light spots, these markings

more distinct in the young.

Total length 290 millim.

Liberia, Cape Palmas, Congo.

This species is nearly completely connected with P. senegalus.

A. B. C. D.

T= PGwers Congo eo). 5 6c. sc es VEE 5d 14 52

2. Mangala, Upper Congo .... VII 54 12 43

3. 3 9 ait eee 52 3 42

4, ~ 5 see eee Vv 53 4 42

5. Monsembe, Upper Congo .. VI 55 13 5

G. aSiadiey sas” a os eq eee Vi 53 2 52

ee eee

On two new Species of Coralliide from Madeira. 421

/: Z

LI.—Short Diagnoses of Two new Species of Coralliids

from Madeira. By JAMES YATE JOHNSON, Corr.Mem.Z.S.

PLEUROCORALLIUM, Gray.

1. Pleurocorallium tricolor, J. Y. Johnson.

Branching essentially in one plane, to the fourth degree of

subdivision; branches wregularly flexuose. Axis white,

hard, compact, its surface smooth. Cortex cream-coloured.

Polype-cells red, very prominent, cylindrical below, ovate

above, the mouths surrounded by eight lobes, which, when

the coral is dry, are erect and in contact. The polype-cells

are irregularly distributed at the sides of the front face of the

coral and at the tips of the ultimate branchlets.

Spicula of the cortex of three forms :—

(a) Abundant; shaped like an opera-glass or two carafes,

the bodies being necked and the necks distinct.

(6) A short stout cylindrical staff with two whorls of thick

rays on the axis, making with the projecting ends of the

staff a ten-rayed spicule,

much varied in shape.

In addition to these the polype-cells yield (¢) numerous

monaxile spicula one and a half times or twice the length of

the spicula (6) with two whorls of rays; some are eylin-

drical, others fusiform or clavate, and all are more or less

spined. Besides these are (e) a few cruciform spicules some-

what varied in form, but essentially consisting of four arms

at right angles, meeting at the centre with equal acute-angled

bases.

2. Pleurocorallium mad-rense, J. Y. Johnson.

Luxuriantly branched, essentially in one plane, to the

seventh or eighth degree of subdivision; branches dense,

irregularly flexuose. Axis white, hard, compact, its surface

smooth. Cortex and polype-cells cream-coloured, Polype-

cells very prominent and numerous, cylindrical, with eight

vertical ribs, above which are eight upright lobes meeting at

their tips over the mouth. The polype-cells are on the ante-

rior face of the coral, and are placed for the most part at the

sides of the branches and at the tips of the ultimate

branchlets.

Ann. & Mag. N. list. Ber. 7. Vol. ii. 29

422 On a new Species of Hare from Algeria.

The spicula consist of four forms :—

(a) Shaped like a pair of opera-glasses, or like two globose

bottles or carafes united at their sides and having two necks.

The sides bear large tubercles and the mouths of the necks

are set with small conical tubercles. .

(b) A cylindrical staff with two whorls, each of four thick

rays ; the projecting ends of the staff make up a_ten-rayed

spicule. ‘lhe ends of the rays are tuberculated. Contracted

and irregularly-formed spicules of this type frequently occur.

tially composed of four arms at right angles, meeting at the

centre with equal acute-angled bases.

(d) Monaxile spicules, cylindrical, fusiform, or clavate, all

more or less tuberculated. These belong to the polype-cells.

LII.—Deseription of a new Species of Hare from Algeria.

By G. E. H. Barretr-HAmMILTon.

THE following is a description of a new hare which was

obtained by Dr. F. D. Drewitt at Col. de Sta, in the Aures

Mountains, near Biskra, in Algeria, in March 1896. In its

size and form and in the peculiar narrowness of its skull this

hare is very similar to Lepus kabylicus, de Wint., but it is

remarkably different in its conspicuously lighter coloration ;

it appears to be a desert form of Lepus kubylicus, in which

all the rich cinnamon tints of that species are replaced by

pale grey or yellowish buff.

Lepus pallidior, sp. n.

In size, form, and skull similar to ZL. kabylicus, but

with the coloration conspicuously lighter on all parts of the

body. ‘he colour of the underfar* in L. kabylicus is rich

cinnamon, but in L. pallidior pale grey or yellowish buff. The

white of the belly of L. pallidior is clearer, the cinnamon of the

flanks almost replaced by pale buff, the chin white, the cheeks

light grey instead of rufous, the nuchal patch and the fringes

ot the ears a much lighter buff, and on the back the cinnamon

annulations of the hairs of Lepus kabylicus are replaced by

annulations of a silvery-grey colour. The size of the black

tips of the dorsal hairs 1s very much reduced, so that the back

* Except the bases of the hairs in both species, which are bluish.

se eS ee ee

On European Dormice. 423

of the animal presents to the eye a mixture of silver-grey and

black, in which the former colour predominates, whereas in

Lepus kabylicus the mixture is one of cinnamon and black,

the black predominating.

The type was presented by Dr. Drewitt to the Cambridge

Museun, the authorities of which have been gool enough to

cede it in exchange to the British Museum, where it is

now no. 98. 10. 14. 1.

LIIl.—Note on the European Dormice of the Genera Mus-

cardinus and Glis. By G. E. H. Barretr-HAmILtTon.

Tue British Museum of Natural History has recently received

a small collection of North-Italian mammals, parchased from

Cav. Sigismundo Brogi, of Siena, and presented to the

Museum by Dr. Edward Hamilton,

The dormice of the genera Gl’s and Muscardinus included

in this collection are of very great interest and represent two

very distinct and hitherto unnoticed species, for permission to

describe which I am indebted to the kindness of the Museum

authorities.

The following is a description of the two new species.

The first, a Muscardinus, is a most beautifully coloured little

animal, I propose to call it

Muscardinus pulcher, sp. n.

The general coloration is rich chestnut, but the species is

larger and finer than the average M. avellanarius of France

or England, all the colours being far more vivid than in the

latter species, and the tail more bushy. The colour of

the upper surface of the body and of the anal region is rich

chestnut, the colour being deepest and richest on the back and

tail and paler on the flanks. ‘The underside is white, stained

with cream-colour, purer on the breast and upper neck, and

there is a sharp line of demarcation between the colours of

the upper and under sides. ‘This line of demarcation passes

along the cheeks just above the upper lip to just below each

eye, where the cream-colour is interrupted on each side by a

weak band of chestnut passing from under each eye to the

inner surface of the fore legs, and cutting off a patch of the

cream-colour just in front of each ear. On the remainder of

424 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on

the body the line of demarcation runs along the flanks and

legs, leaving the internal sides of the fore legs cream-coloured

and their external sides chestnut. The tail is uniformly

bright chestnut above and below.

- In M. avellanartus there is no distinct line of demarcation,

but the tawny yellow of the upperside shades into dirty

yellowish on the flanks and yellowish white on the belly,

being, as in AM. pulcher, purer on the breast. The cream-

coloured spot before each ear is also absent.

‘The following are the dimensions of the type, together with

those of three French specimens for comparison :—

M. pulcher. M. avellanarius.

a. :

Forest of Guines, ForestofGuines, Manon-

Siena, Pas de Calais, Pas de Calais, ville,

Italy France France France

(Mar. 3,’98). (May 6, 94). (May 20, 94). (Oct 18,’95).

S. Brogi. O. Thomas. M. Lomont.

mm. mm. mm. mm,

Head and body. 90 72 77 70

i ene 68 71 74 68

Hind foot 16 16:2 16-4 15

Bar fou. .a2 12 A; a. 10

The type is a male, number 98. 10. 2. 17 of the British

Museum collection ; it was purchased from Cav. Sigismundo

Brogi, who obtained it at Siena, in Italy, on March 3rd, 1898.

The second new species is a Glis, and although not so

remaikable for its beauty as the Muscardinus, it is equally so

for its novelty, it being at once recognizable as distinct from

the ordinary Glis glis of Europe, from which species it differs

in that the tail is black and more bushy and the colour of the

upperside daiker. In tact, the brown coloration of Glis glis

is in the new species everywhere replaced by a nearly

black colour. The following is a description of this new

species :-—

Glis italicus, sp. n.

The general appearance is somewhat similar to that of

Glis glis, but the size is larger and the colour of the upper

surface is very much darker, especially on the median dorsal

line in some specimens. ‘The tail is more bushy and squirrel-

like, and its colour, especially near the tip, is black or dark

—o-- es ow

a i li i

European Dorinice. 425

brown and not uniform in coloration as in the latter species.

Similarly, the dark markings of the fore parts of the feet and

legs are black instead of brow n, and contrast very sharply

with the white colour of the rest of the limbs. ‘These pecu-

liarities are equally observable in animals of all ages. The

coloration of the underside is very similar to that of Glis

glis, but appears to be in most specimens decidedly richer,

being washed with rust-red, which colour attains its eveatest

intensity on the chest, neck, and inside of the fore legs.

Altogether Glis ita/icus is a larger, more robust, and more

handsomely coloured animal than Glis glis. Its greater size

is well shown in its skull, which is far larger and more

strongly made than that of the latter animal. The total

length of the skull of Gls ttalicus is from 42 to 45 millim.,

as against a corresponding measurement of 37 to 38 millim.

for Glis glis.

The tirst specimens of this animal received at the British

Museum: were a male and two females presented by the

Marquis G. Doria, and came from Begato, near Genoa;

there is also a specimen collected by Mr. A. H. Savage

Landor uear Florence, and another collected by D. Graeffe at

Trefail, on the borders of Krain and Steiermark, Austria, and

presented by the late Lord Lilford. Of Gis glis the Museum

possesses specimens from France, Central Ger many, Bavaria,

and Switzerland.

The following are the dimensions of a series of specimens :—

Glis itahcus.

Total

Head and Hind length of

body. Tail. foot*. Ear. skull.

mm. mm. mm, mm. mm.

6. Siena. B.M. 98. 10. 2. 11.

July 4, 1898. (Brogi.) . 190 152 32 24 ef:

9 (juv.). Florence. B.M.97.3.7.2.

Feb. 19, 1897. (Savage Lan-

ELE) My ok Renae oo ee EYE 181 140 30 14t 41

—. Siena. Coll. G. E. H. B.-H.

388. Sept. 9,1897. (Brogi.) 170 152 32 23

—, Siena. Coll. G. E. H. B.-H.

389. Sept. 12, 1897. (Brogi.) 162 140 28 21

* I make the dimensions of the hind feet and ears of three Genoa

specimens, which are in spirit (B,M. coll. nos. 89. 12. 11. 1 to 3), a little

smaller than the dimensions recorded above on the labels of the skins,

viz. hind foot 27-28 mm., ear 17-18 mm.

+ Possibly a mistake for 24, but the ear of the dried skin measures

only 16 mm.

426 On European Dormice.

Total.

Head and Hind length of

body. Tail. foot. Ear. skull.

mm. mm. mm mn. mm.

. Siena. B.M 98) 10. 2. 12.

Aug. 19, 1898. (Brogi.) .. 187 150 28 23 44

. Siena. B.M. 98. 10. 2. 13.

Aug. 23, 1898. (Brogi.) .. 160 151 28 PAL

B.M. 98. 10.2.14. Aug. 25,

NSGS. OBLOGts) or. cc eee 180 153 32 23 4

> Siena.” B-Ml 982) 107 2215:

Aug. 26, 1898. (Brogi) .. 174 160 37* 20 42

(juv.). Siena. B.M. 98. 10.2.16.

Sept. 1, 1898. (Brogi.).... 124 110 38 20

Glis glis.

Germany. July 27, 1895.

(CRASChuchardta\ ora 170 130 30

Germany. Aug. 18, 1898.

(R. Schuchardt.) :......-.. 140 120 20°5

. Ekenkrug, near Magdeburg,

Germany. July 27, 1895,

(Dr: I olterstonffe)) 2. . 5 156 137 50 BS 38

The type (Brit. Mus. coll. no. 98. 10. 2. 14) is a female

and one of Cav. Brogi’s Siena specimens.

While working at the above species I found it necessary to

consider what interpretation should be placed on Rafinesque’s

descriptions of two small mammals from Sicily, which he

named + Musculus frugivorus and Musculus dichrurus. ‘The

former is too large to be a mouse, having a length of

15 inches; its cylindrical tail and Rafinesque’s remark that

it is “un vrai rat”? seem to stamp it as almost certainly some

form of Mus alexandrinus.

The description of Musculus dichrurus, however, does not

quite fit any known mammal of Sicily, nor can I follow

Lesson f, who evidently had in his mind a dormouse of some

kind when he renamed it as Myorus sicule. It, however,

we ignore Rafinesque’s remark, “il tombe en léthargie

durant ’hyver,” on which point he may have been wrongly

informed, we may without greatly stretching our imagination

identify Musculus dichrurus with Mus sy/vaticus,

* Probably a mistake for 27 mm., which is more nearly the measure-

ment of the foot in the dried skin.

+ ‘Précis des decouvertes et travaux Somiologiques,’ 1814, p. 13.

t ‘Manuel de Mammalogie, ou Histoire Naturelle des Mammiféres,’

1827, p. 274.

—_—

ee a

Geological Society. 427

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETTES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 4th, 1898.—W. Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Graptolite-Fauna of the Skiddaw Slates.’

By Miss G. L. Elles.

This paper deals, not only with the collections of the Author, but

with the Dover Collection and others preserved in the Woodwardian

Museum, with the collections of Prof. H. A. Nicholson, Mr. Postle-

thwaite, and that of the Keswick Museum of Natural History. An

account of the literature, both stratigraphical and paleontological,

of the Skiddaw Slates is given, followed by a list of all the grapto-

lites known from the beds. ‘This list comprises 22 genera and

59 species.

In the ensuing description all the known genera and species are

noted, and corrections and additions made to existing knowledge

concerning the diagnosis, structure, and development of many of

them.

The following 7 species, new to this country,—Bryograptus

ramosus (Broég.), Clonograptus tenellus (Linn.), Trochograptus diffusus

(Holm), Pterograptus (Holm) sp., Lidymograptus gracilis (Tqt.),

Azygograptus succicus (Mbg.), Diplograptus appendiculatus (Térnq.

MS.),—and 10 new species and varieties are described.

A table showing the distribution of the Skiddaw graptolites in

the Arenig rocks of Great Britain, in the Phyllograptus-Skiffer, etc.,

of Sweden, and the Quebec Group of Canada is given, and the

accompanying (contracted) table (p. 428) expresses the relationships

of the divisions of the Skiddaw Slates with the rocks of these areas,

In conclusion the Author is struck with the remarkable resem-

blances existing between the species of various genera; these can

be so easily explained by supposing that the forms in question are

the results of development along certain lines, that she offers the

suggestion that this is their real origin. In dealing with the phylo-

geny she divides these graptolites into two groups :— :

(1) Those derived from a Bryograptus-form.

(2) 5 Fe Clonograptus-form.

To the first group belong 15 named graptolites from the Skiddaw

Slates and 4 species from other localities; and to the second 12

Skiddaw species and 2 others.

Geological Society.

428

*spaq-abhidojpuag

‘sngdpahosso)x) (ut) ou07,

‘sopeys-suydnahopja0uy

ROOT, LYST

“aagrys-sajgdvibopj20uT

—== a oa we fi

“BAoq][NT, 404jv ‘(wrunog) uepemg

‘spoq-s7ydv..h0.479 J, Ns

“QUO JSOUIL[-8D./990Y 240) ZS

poe ee mS

‘sndhiy ayo sngdvaboyhyg jo ouog | S18

(1?) =

J ‘

‘snuvmab “¢ (0) “ )

jo javed 1amoT

‘siepy-vpnburT 2

“QOPRULOAT,

“epBuTy

“soTeqg

ouruueg

“‘DLUOAY JOMOT

‘SUOLY OTPPTT

‘siaory soddq

é (9)

‘spoq-snzdvahohug (»)

‘SOPLTS AMVPPLIG TOMOr]

‘spoq-snpdpuhvsjaJ, LOMOTT (0)

‘spoq-snadnuhoyouy (@)

‘spaq-snjpdoiboujay, todd (v)

‘SOLS MUPPLIS OTPPIN

"SOLIOg tg

jo syivd somorT 2

smadoubooduy Uys ‘spog [S40T 101 (9)

*puryyoog *§

WALA]

‘oUtepuvyT g ‘spo Wang (»)

‘soquyg auppyyg soddy

(‘sallog OLURd[O A O[VPMOAIOg )

| OTB AN A; HOIST) ONG T

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol: II. Pl. X.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. II. Pl. XI.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 7. Vol. JT. Pl. XII.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 12. DECEMBER 1898.

LIV.—The Arachnida from the Regions of Lakes Nyasa and

Tanganyika contained in the Collection of the British

Museum. By R. I. Pocock.

[Plate XIII.]

THE few species of Arachnida from Lake Tanganyika

recorded in this paper were collected by Mr. Alexander

Carson and Mr. W. H. Nutt. For the more extensive series

from Nyasaland the Museum is indebted principally to

Mr. A. Whyte, acting under the direction of Sir H. H.

Johnston. A few from this neighbourhood were also obtained

by Mr. R. Crawshay, by Dr. Percy Rendall, and by the

members of the Universities’ Mission to Central Africa. The

specimens which Sir Harry Johnston used his influence to

procure were received in two instalments: the first com-

prised the species collected on Mount Zomba, at the southern

extremity of Lake Nyasa; the second, those from the Nyika

plateau and neighbouring localities at the northern end of

Lake Nyasa and between it and the southern end of Lake

Tanganyika. Unfortunately, there are no exact localities

for most of the examples received from the Universities’

Mission.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 30

430 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from the

Order SCORPIONES.

Family Scorpionide.

Scorpio viatoris, Poc.

Scorpio viatorts, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi. p. 100, pl. i

fig. 1.

Loc. Zomba, 3000-9000 feet ; Fort Hill, Nyasaland, 4000

feet; Nyika plateau, 6000-7000 feet ; between Kondowe and

Karonga, N. Nyasa (A. Whyte) ; Fwambo, Lake Tanganyika

(A. Carson).

Opisthophthalmus glabrifrons, Pet.

Opisthophthalmus glabrifrons, Pet. Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1861, p. 514.

Loc. Lake Nyasa (Universities’ Mission, Capt. Maclear,

Mr, Bellingham).

Opisthacanthus rugulosus, Poc.

Opisthacanthus rugulosus, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii.

p. 314,

Loc. Ishiromo, Nyasaland (H. H. Johnston).

Opisthacanthus rugiceps, Poe.

Opisthacanthus rugiceps, Pocock, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 117.

Loc. Lake Nyasa, cast coast (not Kota Kota, as originally

stated).

Family Buthide.

Babycurus pictus, Poc.

Babycurus pictus, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 426.

Loc. Niomkolo, Lake Tanganyika (A. Carson),

Buthus Eminii, Poe.

Buthus Emini, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi. p. 99, pl. i.

fig. 2.

Loc. Fwambo, Lake Tanganyika (A. Carson).

Archisometrus burdot (Sim.).

Isometrus burdov, Sim. Bull. Soc, Ent. Belg. 1882, p. lviii.

Loc. Lake Nyasa (Universities’ Mission) ; Zomba, 3000-

9000 feet (H. H. Johnston).

Regions of Lakes Nyasa and Tanganyika. 431

Uroplectes flavoviridis, Pet.

Uroplectes flavoviridis, Pet. Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1861, p. 516

(=chlorodermus, Poc.).

Loc. Lake Nyasa (Universities’ Mission).

Described from Tete. Also occurs in Mashonaland.

Uroplectes xanthogrammus, Poe.

Uppers ranthogrammus, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix.

p- °

Loc. Lake Nyasa (Universities’ Mission).

I have been informed by Mr. Webb, who brought home

the examples of this scorpion, that the published locality,

Kota Kota, is erroneous, and that they came in reality from

the east shore of the lake.

Order PEDIPALPI.

Genus Damon, C. Koch.

Damon diadema (Simon).

Phrynus diadema, Simon, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1876, p. 13.

Nanodamon diadema, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 293.

Loc. Lake Nyasa ( Universities’ Mission).

Order SOLIFUG.

Genus CEeroma, Karsch.

Ceroma Johnstontt, Pocock.

Ceroma Johnstonti, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 263,

fig. 1

Loc. Nyika plateau, 60U0-7000 feet (A. Whyte).

Genus Sotpuea, Licht.

Solpuga paludicola, Poe.

Solpuga paludicola, Poc. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 84, pl. iv.

fig. 4 (1895).

Loc, Nyasaland (Universities’ Mission).

Solpuga Darlingti, Poe.

Solpuga Darlingwi, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 209, fig. 5

(1897).

Loc. Fort Johnston, 8. Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

30*

432 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from the

Solpuga nigrescens, Poc.

Solpuga nigrescens, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 88.

Loc. Fort Johnston, S. Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

Also known from the “ Lower Zambesi” and Lake

Victoria Nyanza.

Order ARANE AK.

Suborder MYGALOMORPHE.

Family Theraphoside.

Genus PTERINOCHILUS, Poc.

Pterinochilus vorax, Poe.

Pterinochilus vorax, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 752, pl. xliii.

fig. 3.

Loc. Fwambo, Lake Tanganyika (A. Carson) ; Kondowe,

Nyasaland (R. Crawshay) ; Zomba, 8. Nyasaland (Dr. P.

Rendall).

Genus ANOPLOSCELUS, Poc.

Anoploscelus celeripes, Poe.

Anoploscelus celeripes, Poc. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 760, pl. xl. fig. 3.

Loc. Komboli, Lake Tanganyika (W. H. Nuit).

Family Migida.

Genus MoaeripGEea, Cambr.

Moggridgea Whytet, Pocock.

Moggridgea Whytei, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 733, pl. xlii.

figs. 1-1 0.

Loc. Nyika plateau, 6000-7000 feet (4. Whyte).

Family Ctenizide.

Genus HELIGMOMERUS, Simon.

Heligmomerus Carsonii, Pocock.

Heligmomerus Carsonit, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 730.

Loc. Niomkolo, Lake Tanganyika (A. Carson).

Regions of Lakes Nyasa and Tanganyika. 433

Genus ACANTHODON, Guérin.

Acanthodon lacustris, Pocock.

Acanthodon lacustris, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 731, pl. xli.

fig. 7.

Loc. Kinyamkolo, Lake Tanganyika (W. H. Nutt).

Suborder ARACHNOMORPH A.

Family Ereside.

Genus Eresus, Walck.

Eresus tnornatus, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 1.)

Colour. Carapace and limbs a uniform blackish brown ;

abdomen ashy grey; hairy covering greyish black.

Carapace as jong as patella, tibia, and protarsus of fourth

leg and the four distal segments of first leg; width of head

less than patella and tibia of fourth leg, about equal to patella

and tibia and protarsus and tarsus of first.

Vulva with narrower septum between the fovea than in

Jumosus.

Measurements in millimetres —Total length 17; length of

carapace 7; width of head 4°5; length of first leg 13°5, of

fourth 13.

Loc. Nyika plateau, 6000-7000 feet (A. Whyte).

Allied to L. fumosus, C. Koch, from Cape Colony, but

differing in its smaller size, narrower septum of vulva, head

lower just in front of fovea, and shorter first leg as compared

with width of carapace.

Family Argiopide.

Genus Nepuiua, Leach.

Nephila cruentata (Fabr.).

Aranea cruentata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 427 (1793) (=genualis,

Gerst.).

Loc. Zomba, 3000-9000 feet (H. H. Johnston); Lake

Nyasa (Universities’ Mission).

Nephila pilipes (Lucas).

Epeira pilipes, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 416.

Loc. Zomba, 3000-9000 feet, S. Nyasaland; Kondowe to

Karonga and Masuku, N. Nyasaland (A. Whyte).

434 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from the

Nephila senegalensis (Walckenaer).

Epeira senegalensis, Walckenaer, Ins. Apt. ii. p. 94 (1837), 2.

Epeira Aubryi, Lucas, in Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 86; Brito Ca-

pello, Jorn. Math. Sci. Lisboa, 1866, p. 7, pl. ii. fig. 3 (Nephila), 2.

Epeira armillipes, Doumere, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1864, p. 281, pl. v.

fig. 4, 2:

Nephila Grayti, Blackwall, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xvi. p. 96 (1865).

Nephila senegalensis, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1885, p. 371, 3.

This species appears to be spread throughout the whole of

Africa from Senegal and Somaliland southwards to the

borders of Cape Colony, and is represented over this area

by several more or less well-marked “ forms,” which, pending

the discovery of the male sex in each case, I propose to

regard as subspecies or local races.

The following subspecies are represented in the Museum

collection from the region of the great African lakes :—

Subspecies Keyserlingi?, Blackwall.

Nephila Keyserlingit, Blackwall, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi. p. 848

(1865).

Loc. Zomba, 3000-9000 feet (H. H. Johnston); Lake

Nyasa (Universities’ Mission).

Blackwall’s species was based upon specimens procured in

the valley of the Shiré. The examples in the Museum

collection agree exactly with the description published by

that author.

Subspecies hymeneea, Gerstiicker.

Nephila hymenea, Gerstiicker, Von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-

Afrika, ili. pt. 2, p. 497, pl. xviii. fig. 11.

Loc. Kondowe, near Karonga, N. Nyasaland, 2000 feet

(A. Whyte).

Very closely allied to Keyserlingti, and perhaps identical

with it; but the representatives of hymenea that I have seen

may be distinguished from the others by the black patch on

the sternum being divided by a narrow longitudinal yellow

stripe, exactly as Gerstiicker describes.

Subspecies bragantina, Brit. Capello.

Nephila bragantina, Brit. Capello, Mem, Ac. Sci. Lisboa, (3) iv. pt. 1;

Descripgao de Algunas..... Arachnideos, &c. p. 11, pl. ii. fig, 4

(1867).

Loc. Kinyamkolo, Lake Tanganyika (W. H. Nutt).

Described from Braganza, in Angola.

Regions of Lakes Nyasa and Tanganyika. 435

Subspecies nytke, nov.

Colour, Carapace black, with silvery pubescence ; maxillz

black ; labium black, with median longitudinal yellow line ;

sternum yellow, narrowly black at the sides; palpi with

femur, patella, and tibia yellow, lightly and imperfectly ringed

with black, tarsus black ; legs brownish black, with a yellow

ring round the distal end of the femora and tibiz, these yellow

bands scarcely or not traceable on third leg : abdomen varying

in colour; the upperside usually furnished with four (five)

broad transverse yellow stripes, as in WV. bragantina; the

anterior of these is the broadest and extends inferiorly almost

as far as the epigastric fold, the others expand at their extre-

mities and sometimes become united, though more often

remaining distinct ; sometimes these bands break up into a

series of median and lateral yellow blotches ; the lower side

of the abdomen is dark, with a yellow x -shaped mark in the

middle of the area between the spinners and the epigastric

fold; behind the fold there is a transverse yellow stripe,

from the ends of which a narrow yellow stripe sometimes

extends backwards.

Tibie of legs, except of third pair, tufted, the tuft scanty

on the apical yellow band.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length up to 28;

length of carapace 9, of first leg 49, of second leg 40, of third

leg 20, of fourth leg 35 (all measured from base of femur).

Loc. Nyika plateau, 6000-7000 feet (A. Whyte).

Resembling the subspecies N. senegalensis bragantina,

Brito Capello, but recognizable by having the palpi mostly

yellow instead of mostly black, and by the presence of a

yellow ring round the end of the femora of the legs.

_ Of the typical form of this species the British Museum

possesses examples from the Cape Verde Islands (/. Cam-

bridge) and from Jifa Uri, inland of Zeyla, Somaliland

(R. M. Hawker).

The only other subspecies represented in the British Museum

collection is the more southern form occurring in Natal, the

Transvaal, and Mashonaland, which I described as trans-

vaalica, and which is probably identical with annulata,

Thorell, but not with hymencea as M. Simon asserts.

Genus ArGIOPE, Aud.

Argtope flavipalpis (Lucas).

Epeira flavipalpis, Lucas, in Thomson’s Arch, Ent. ii. p. 423 (= Pechueli,

Karsch).

Loc. Kondowe, near Karonga, 2000 feet, N. Nyasa (A.

Whyte).

436 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from the

Abundant on the West Coast of Africa, whence it was

originally recorded by Lucas. According to Bésenberg and

Lenz, it has recently been received from Mhonda, Unguru, in

KE. Africa.

Argiope nigrovittata, ‘Thor.

Arguwpe niyrovittata, Thor. ify. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1859, p. 300

(=caudata, Blckw., swavissima, Gerst.).

Loc, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (P. Rendall) ; Kinyam-

koio, Lake Tanganyika (W. H. Nutt).

Genus CyrToPHORA, Simon.

Cyrtophora citricola (Forsk.).

Loc. Nyika plateau, 6000-7000 feet (A. Whyte).

Genus ARANEUS, Clerck.

(= Epetra of authors.)

Araneus rufipalpis (Lucas).

Epeira rufipalpis, Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 422 (=senuannulatus,

Karsch and others).

Loc. Nyika plateau, 6000-7000 feet (4. Whyte).

Abundant throughout tropical Africa.

Araneus streptoceros, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. figs. 2, 2 a.)

In colour and structural features so closely resembling

A. cyrtoscapus, Poc. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 1. p. 206,

pl. vill. figs. 2-2), from the province- of Natal, that no

detailed description is necessary.

Differing from A. cyrtoscapus in the form of the generative

organs in the male and female. In the female the vulva is

formed upon the same plan as in A. cytoscapus, but the hairy

basal portion of the scape (fig. 2 a) is much longer in A. strep-

toceros, aud the sclerite marked 6 intervenes to a much greater

extent between the sclerite in front of it and the membranous

distal extremity of the scape. (Hor vulva of A. cyrtoscapus

see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 11. pl. viii. fig. 2.)

In the male the piece of the palpal organ marked a (fig. 2)

is straighter and without the strong curvature seen in

A. cyrtoscapus, while the horny sheath which protects its

fine point (c, fig. 2) has its edges much more folded over;

the sclerite marked 6 has also a different form from that of

A. cyrtoscapus. (For palpal organ of A. cyrtoscapus see

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. pl. viii. fig. 2 6.)

Regions of Lakes Nyasa and Tanganyika. 437

Measurements in millimetres.— 2. Total length 17; length

of carapace 8°5, of abdomen 11°5; width of abdomen 10;

length of first leg 27, of fourth 25, of tibia of first 6°5, of

patella and tibia of fourth 9°5.

3. Total length 11; length of carapace 6°5, of second

leg 20, of fourth 18.

Loc. Zomba, 8000-9000 feet (7. H. Johnston),

Like A. cyrtoscapus, this species is certainly related to

“i. suedicola, Simon, A, striatus and similis, Bésenberg and

Lenz, and probably to A. mossambicanus of Pavesi (recently

wrongly quoted by me as mossambicensis). But since no

figures of the generative organs of mossambicanus and suedi-

cola have been published, and since those of striatus and

similis are too small to convey any accurate idea of the

structures they represent, I find it impossible to compare the

two species that I have established with the others here

named,

Genus GASTERACANTHA, Sund.

Gasteracantha ornata, Thorell.

Gasteracantha ornata, Thorell, GEfy. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl. xvi. p. 802

(1860) ; id. Eugenies Resa, Arachn. p. 16 (1868).

Loc. Between Ukala Bay and Ruarwee, Kondowe, near

Karonga, 2000 feet ; Nyika plateau, 6000-7000 feet (A.

Whyte)

Also occurs in Mashonaland and the Transvaal.

Gasteracantha formosa, Vinson.

Gasteracantha formosa, Vinson, Aranéides des Iles Réunion, Mada-

gascar, &c. p. 244, pl. ix. fig. 7.

Subspecies mdlvotdes, Butler.

Gasteracantha milvoides, Butler, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 159, pl. iv. fig. 2.

Loe. Zomba, 3000-9000 feet (H. H. Johnston and

Dr. Percy Rendall).

The posterior lateral spines in this subspecies average a

much greater length than in the typical Madagascar form.

Gasteracantha resupinata, Gerstiicker.

Gasteracantha resupinata, Gersticker, Von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-

Afrika, iii. pt. 2, p. 490, pl. xviii. fig. 8.

Loc. Between Kondowe and Karonga, 2000 feet (A. Whyte).

The specimens referred to this species do not agree exactly

438 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from the

with the typical form, the posterior lateral spines being on

an average thinner and with less of a posterior curvature.

This character, however, is not, I think, sufficiently detinable

to admit of being regarded as the basis for a subspecitic form.

Gasteracantha macrura, sp.n. ((PI. XIII. fig. 3.)

Somewhat intermediate in structural characters between

G. milvoides and the species which | identify as G. ens¢fera,

Thorell, but readily distinguishable from both.

Abdomen with anterior border lightly convex, the anterior

lateral spines considerably the smallest of the six, directed

externally, their length a little less than the width of the

head and greater than the interval that separates these spines

from the posterior laterals; posterior laterals very long,

straight, thick, thickly hairy, nearly as long as the width of

the abdomen, and nearly three times as long as the width of

the head, a little more than three times as long as the anterior

lateral spine, and a little more than twice as long as the

posterior spines ; posterior spines long, much longer than

width of head.

Measurements in millimetres—Width of head 3; length of

patella and tibia of first leg 3°5, of fourth leg 3:3; length of

abdomen along the middle line 5:5, width between spines 11,

width from tip to tip of anterior lateral spines 14:5, of poste-

rior lateral spines 28; length, including posterior spine, 9 ;

length of anterior lateral spme 2°3, of posterior lateral spine

almost 9, of posterior spine 4.

Loc. Nyasaland ( Universities’ Mission).

Resembling G. milvoides and differing from enszfera in

the great length of the posterior lateral spine, and differing

from milvoides and somewhat resembling ensifera in the

length of the posterior spine.

Family Pisauride.

Genus EUPROSTHENOPS, Poe.

Euprosthenops australis, Simon.

Euprosthenops australis, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 12 (1898).

Loc. Nyika plateau, 6000-7000 feet (A. Whyte); Lake

Nyasa (Universities’ Mission); Lake ‘Tanganyika (A.

Carson).

The Nyasaland examples of this genus that I have

examined agree with M. Simon’s description of H. australis

and differ from his description and from Capello’s figure of

Regions of Lakes Nyasa and Tanganyika. 439

the West-African form, H. bayontanna. ‘The British Museum

also has the same form from Mashonaland and, as I have

recently recorded, from the Transvaal and Natal. It appears

highly probable therefore that the specimens from Inhambane,

in Gasaland, identified by Pavesi * and Karsch + as Podo-

pththalma bayonianna, Br. Capello, will prove to be identical

with those that Simon described as EZ. australis.

Family Lycoside.

Genus OcyALe, Aud.

Ocyale atalanta, Aud.

Ocyale atalanta, Audouin, in Savigny’s Description de l’Egypte, p. 149,

pl. iv. fig. 10 (1825-27) (see Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1885,

pp. 357-359).

Loc. Zomba, 3000-9000 feet, and between Ukala Bay

and Ruarwee (A. Whyte).

Family Oxyopide.

Genus Peuceria, Thor.

Peucetia pulchra (Blckw.).

Pasithea pulchra, Blackwall, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xvi. p. 338

(1865).

Loc. Zomba, 3000-9000 feet (A. Whyte).

Recorded originally from the country drained by the Shiré

River, and extending at least as far to the south as Natal.

Peucetia foliifera (Butler).

? Peucetia striata, Karsch, Zeits. ges. Naturw. li. p. 317, pl. viii. fig. 6

(1878).

Pasithea foliifera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 41, pl. i.

fic. 1 (1879).

Loc. Nyika plateau, 6000 feet (A. Whyte).

This species was originally recorded from Johanna, an

island of the Comoro group. Its occurrence in East Africa is

therefore of great interest. It closely resembles P. striata,

Karsch, from Zanzibar }, but the prolongations of the vulva,

* Ann. Mus, Genova, xvi. p. 553 (1881).

+ Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1878, p. 326.

} Not from West Africa, as Simon asserts (Ann. Mus. Genoy. xviii.

p. 218, 1882).

440 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from the

although long, are thick, and could only be described and

figured as bristle-like as the result of very defective vision *.

Family Zodariide.

Genus Storena, Walck.

Storena nyike, sp.n. (Pl. XILI. fig. 4.)

Colour. Carapace, sternum, and mandibles deep reddish

black ; legs ferruginous; palpi ferruginous, with the tarsus

infuscate; abdomen greyish black above, paler below, with a

median dorsal series of indistinct yellowish spots, paired on

the anterior half of the abdomen, united in the middle line in

the posterior half.

Carapace high, its length equal to that of patella and tibia

of fourth leg; clypeus vertical, high, its height from the

anterior lateral eye equal to the length of the mandible and a

little greater than the length of the ocular area. Eyes of

anterior line strongly procurved, the inferior edges of the

medians slightly higher than the superior edges of the laterals ;

anterior medians the largest of the eyes, about half a diameter

apart, about their own diameter from the anterior laterals and

a little more than that from the posterior medians; ocular

quadrangle oblong, longer than wide, the posterior medians

about a diameter apart, anterior medians and posterior laterals

forming a slightly recurved line, anterior and posterior laterals

about a radius apart.

Legs slender, 4,1, 2, and 3; spiny. Palpi with patella

and tibia short, the latter with a stout down-bent external

tooth ; tarsus long and high, twice as long as patella and

tibia taken together.

Abdomen broadest in its posterior half.

Measurements in millimetres.—TYotal length 7; length of

carapace 4, of first leg 10, of second and third 9:5, of

fourth 11.

Loc. Nyika plateau, 6000-7000 feet (A. Whyte).

Seems to differ from S. senegalensis, Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent.

France, 1885, p. 373), based upon an immature female from

Senegal, at least in the pattern of the abdomen and in having

the eyes of the anterior Jine unequally spaced.

* Simon’s statement (Hist. Nat. Araignées, 1898, p. 376) that folitfera

is without doubt identical with P. Lucasti, Vinson, from Madagascar,

has no justification in fact.

Regions of Lakes Nyasa and Tanganyika. 441

Family Ctenide.

Genus Crenus, Walck.

Ctenus Johnstoni, F. Cambridge.

Ctenus Johnston, F. Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 21, pl. iii.

figs, 7.

Loc. Zomba, 3000-9000 feet (H. H. Johnston).

Ctenus Carsoni, F. Cambridge.

Ctenus Carsoni, F. Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 24, pl. iil.

figs. 4 a-b, 5 a-c.

Loc. Kavala Island, Lake Tanganyika (A. Carson).

Family Heteropodide.

Genus SELENopS, Latr.

Selenops radiatus, Latr.

Selenops radiatus, Latr. Nouv. Dict. xxx. p. 579 (1819) (=S. omala-

soma, Duf.; egyptiacus, Aud.; annulipes and peregrinator, Walck.,

&e.: teste Simon).

Loc. Nyika plateau, 6000-7000 feet (4. Whyte) ; Kinyam-

kolo, Lake Tanganyika (W. H. Nutt).

Genus Patystes, L. Koch.

Palystes Johnstoni, Poe.

Palystes Johnstoni, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 57, pl. viii.

fig. 1.

Loc. Zomba, 3000-9000 feet (4H. H. Johnston).

Palystes Elliott, Poe.

ar aged Ellioti, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 58, pl. viii.

g. 2.

Loc. Between Kondowe and Karonga, 2000 feet; Nyika

plateau, 6000-7000 feet; Masuku Mountain, 6000-7000 feet

(A. Whyte) ; also Lake Nyasa ( Universities’ Mission).

This species was based upon specimens reported to be from

Uganda. Since, however, the species is evidently abundant

in Nyasaland, it is possible that there was an error in the

original locality, especially as Mr. Scott Elliot passed through

Nyasaland on his return journey from Mount Ruwenzori.

442 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from the

Genus Sparassus, Walck.

Sparassus croceiceps, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 5.)

Colour. Carapace and legs a bright ochre-yellow, covered

with yellow hairs; scopule dark grey ; mandible ferruginous ;

abdomen testaceous, its upperside studded with ill-defined

fuscous patches of hair, some of which form a distinct double

series in the middle line.

Carapace high, strongly convex, longer than broad, its

length equal to protarsus of second, patella and tibia of third

leg and to palpus, its width equal to protarsus of first leg.

Lyes of anterior line slightly recurved, subequal, subequally

spaced, the medians a little nearer each other than either

is to its lateral, about a diameter apart; eyes of posterior

line about straight, the laterals a little larger and a little

further from the medians than the latter are from each other ;

ocular quadrangle narrowed in front, a little longer than wide.

Clypeus a little less than the diameter of anterior median eye.

Mandibles robust, scantily hairy, armed with four posterior

and two anterior teeth.

Legs 2, 1, 4, 3; when extended, second surpassing first

by its tarsus and third by tarsus and three fourths of pro-

tarsus ; fourth exceeding third by nearly its tarsus; femora

armed with 3, 2, 3 spines above (fourth with 38, 2, 1);

patella unspined; tibize with 2, 2 spines below (the apical

pair absent), 2 in front, 2 behind; protarsi armed like the

tibie, that of the fourth with 2 extra apical spines in front ;

protarsus of first and second scopulate to base, of third and

fourth less scopulate basally.

Abdomen about one fourth longer than wide.

Vulva consisting of a pair of horny black plates meeting in

a suture and circumscribing in front a deep narrowly oval or

lanceolate pit.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 18; length of

carapace 7, width 6; length of first leg 23, of second 25,

of third 18°5, of fourth 21.

Loc. Zomba, 8000-9000 feet (H. H. Johnston).

This species may be allied to S. abnormis, Blackwall, from

the Shiré (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xvill. p. 457), and to

S. (Heteropoda) africanus, Karsch (Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin,

1578, p. 325, pl. 1. fig. 6), from Querimba, both of which

are based upon immature female examples. Karsch, however,

gives the length of the second leg in africanus as 26 and of

the fourth 18 millim.; the difference between the two is

therefore very much greater than in S. croceiceps. Apart

from other characters, S. abnormis differs from the form here

described in having the carapace as wide as long.

Regions of Lakes Nyasa and Tanganytka. 443

Sparassus Fornasiniz, Pavesi (Ann. Mus. Genova, xvi.

1881, p. 548), from Inhambane, is also quite a distinct

species, having the tibize of the legs banded below, the first

leg longer than the second, &c. This species is almost

certainly referable to the genus Palystes.

SAROTESIUS, gen. nov.

Carapace as wide as long, low, only lightly convex, resem-

bling that of Zsopoda ; width of head about two thirds length

of carapace. yes of anterior line straight, subequal, dis-

tance between medians a little less than their diameter and

about half the distance between median and lateral on each

side; eyes of posterior line straight, the laterals considerably

larger, subsessile ; the medians about three diameters apart,

about twice as far from the laterals as from each other;

median ocular quadrangle scarcely wider behind than it is

long; slightly narrowed in front; posterior medians smaller

than anterior medians ; clypeus low, about half the diameter

of anterior median eye.

Legs 2,1, 4, 3, third and fourth much shorter than first

and second ; patella and tibia of fourth a little shorter than

tibia of second.

Mandible with 3—3 teeth below, those of the posterior

series larger and subequal.

Labium wider than long, anterior edge transversely

truncate.

Mazille short, convex, their lateral edge without emargina-

tion in front of the palpus.

In the arrangement of its eyes this genus resembles the

West-African form Remmius of Simon, except that the laterals

are less prominent. In Remmius, however, the cephalic

region is very broad and very high, whereas in Sarotestus

this area is not at all elevated in front of the thoracic fovea.

From Isopoda, which has a carapace of the same form, this

new genus differs in the disposition of the eyes, those of

Isopoda being much more closely spaced.

Sarotesius melanognathus, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. figs. 6, 6 a.)

Carapace castaneous, covered with yellow hairs, its length

about equal to that of tibia or protarsus of fourth leg, shorter

than palp by rather more than half the tarsus, equal to about

half the tibia and patelia of second leg.

Mandibles black, scantily clothed with greyish hairs, mode-

rately prominent at the base.

444 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from the

Mazille and labium piceous.

Palpus ferruginous, with tarsus blacker; tibia a little

longer than the patella and armed externally with a strong

down-curved spur; the tarsus less than twice as long as the

tibia and rather more than twice as long as broad. (For

palpal organ see fig. 6 a.)

Legs long, ferruginous, covered with yellow hairs; when

extended the second exceeds the first by the tarsus and one

fifth of the protarsus, the fourth exceeding the third by its

tarsus, and the second exceeding the third by its tarsus, pro-

tarsus, and a fifth part of the tibia; patella and tibia of first

equal to tarsus and protarsus of second; patella, tibia, and

protarsus of third about equal to patella and tibia of second ;

femora usually armed with 3, 1, 3 spines above, no superior

distal spine ; patella with 1 posterior spine; tibiee with 2, 2, 2

spines below, 2 in front, and 2 behind ; protarsi with 2, 2 spines

in basal half below, 2 in front and 2 behind, and 1 or 2

(inconstant in occurrence) above; scopule broad, thickish,

greyish black, extending, though scantily, to base of pro-

tarsus.

Abdomen ovally elongate, about one third longer than wide,

covered with golden-yellow hairs, intermixed with darker

spots above.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 20; length

and width of carapace 9; width of head 5; length of first

leg 42, of second 47, of third 31, of fourth 34.

Loc. Ishiromo (H. H. Johnston).

Family Thomiside.

Genus PHRYNARACHNE, Thorell.

Phrynarachne rugosa (Latreille).

Phrynarachne rugosa, Latreille, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xxxiy. p, 62

(= Thomisus foka, Vinson).

Loc. Deep Bay, Lake Nyasa (2. Crawshay).

The specimen procured by Mr. Crawshay seems to be

identical with Madagascar examples referred by me to

P. foka, Vinson.

Genus THomisus, Walck.

Thomisus granulatus, Karsch.

Thomisus granulatus, Karsch, Zeits. ges. Naturw. 1880, p. 382.

Loc. Nyasaland (Universities’ Mission).

Recorded from Niassa by Karsch.

Regions of Lakes Nyasa and Tanganyika. 445

Thomisus anthobius, Pocock.

Thomisus anthobius, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 225,

pl. viii. fig. 18.

Loc. Nyika plateau, 6000-7000 feet.

Recorded from Estcourt, Natal, 4000 feet (A. Whyte).

Genus PLatyrTuomisus, Thorell.

Platythomisus pantherinus, sp.n. (PI. XIII. fig. 7.)

Colour. Carapace orange-yellow, ornamented with six black

patches, one on each side of the face involving the four eyes

and extending to the edge of the clypeus, one smaller on each

side on the margin opposite.the base of the first lez, and one

on each side of the dorsal middle line about the same distance

from each other as from the lateral edge of the carapace ;

mandibles orange-yellow, with a black ring round the base of

the fang; legs of first and second pairs with femora and

patella lemon-yellow, tibia, protarsi, and tarsi jet-black,

except the base of the tibia, which is yellow, with a faint yellow

spot on outer side of the apex; legs of third and fourth pairs

with tarsi and protarsi and a narrow strip at the apex of the

tibia black, the rest lemon-yellow ; abdomen lemon-yellow,

with the spinning-mamilla black, and seven small black spots

on the sigilla of the dorsal surface, the anterior spot unpaired,

those of the third and posterior pair small, of the second pair

the largest.

Carapace shining, coriaceous, cephalic region sloped down-

wards ; clypeus not vertical, with prominent inferior edge ;

posterior line of eyes wider than anterior, but a little less

strongly recurved, so that the space between the two laterals

on each side is less than that between the two medians ;

posterior medians further from each other than either is from

the lateral ; eyes of anterior line about equally spaced ; quad-

rangle of median eyes at least twice as wide as long; clypeus

slightly narrower than length of ocular quadrangle; length

of carapace less than patella and tibia of first leg and a little

less than its protarsus and tarsus.

Mandibles with fringe of hai. below.

Protarsi of legs scarcely spined; tarsal and_protarsal

scopule thick on posterior legs and at apex of tarsus on

anterior legs. |

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 20; length of

carapace 9°5, width 8°5.

Loc. Nyasaland (R. Crawshay).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 31

446 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from the

Allied to P. sex-maculatus, Simon, from Somaliland (in

Donaldson Smith’s ‘Through Unknown African Countries,’

p- 388), but at once recognizable by having the carapace

spotted and not bordered with black; from P. heraldicus,

Karsch (Zeitsch. ges. Naturw. 1878, p. 315), recorded from

Zanzibar and Tanganyika, it differs in the coloration of the

abdomen. In the last-mentioned feature it also differs from

the Malaysian form P. octo-maculatus, C. Koch (Die Arachn.

Xli. p. 55).

Norte.

I take this opportunity of characterizing representatives of

two apparently new species of spiders obtained by Emin

Pasha at Karagesi :—

Cyrtarachne lactea, sp.n. (PI. XIII. fig. 8.)

Colour. Carapace and legs uniform ochre-yellow ; abdomen

cream-white, with a black tubercle on each side at its lateral

angles, which are of a somewhat greenish-grey tint.

Carapace low, lightly convex from side to side, flattish

along the top; ocular quadrangle much wider in front, ante-

rior median eyes much the largest; eyes of anterior line

recurved ; clypeus about as high as anterior median eye.

Legs not spiny, hairy; the first and second pairs, and to a

less extent the third and fourth, tubercular; patella and

tibia of first about as long as carapace and longer than those

of fourth. :

Abdomen more than twice as wide as long, its anterior

border transverse, sinuate, its posterior forming a very obtuse

angle, lateral portions elevated, obtusely rounded, and furnished

with about a dozen low, rounded, hyaline tubercles, the inner

of which on each side is of a black colour; the area between

the lateral prominences transversely hollowed ; integument of

abdomen striate and punctulate; sigilla small, three in an

anterior transverse line, and behind them two longitudinal

series of three each, the median sigilla of the three the largest.

Measurements in millimetres.— Length of carapace 4,

width 3°6; length of abdomen 5, width 12; length of first

leg 10, of second 9.

Differs from the rest of the species of Cyrtarachne in the

form of its abdomen, its lower carapace, Ke.

Regions of Lakes Nyasa and Tanganyika. 4A7

Araneus pachanus, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 9.)

Colour, Carapace ferruginous, darker towards the margin ;

mandibles ochre-yellow, blackish distally; palpi and legs

mostly ferruginous, and clothed, like the carapace, with

whitish hairs; patellee lightly fuscous distally, tibize and pro-

tarsi with two indistinct fuscous bands, one distal, one median ;

tarsi distally fuscous, yellow at the base; femora of posterior

leg infuscate ; abdomen yellowish brown above and below,

the lower side nearly uniformly coloured, ornamented only

with a pair of indistinct yellow spots a short distance in front

of the spinners; upperside with an indistinct pattern, con-

sisting in front of a longitudinal black patch shaped like an

arrow-head, with the point directed forwards; this is followed

by a pair of irregular black longitudinal bands, which con-

verge and meet posteriorly, leaving a paler lanceolate area

between them, and give off externally faint dark stripes which

extend on to the sides of the abdomen. Hazrs on trunk and

limbs mostly yellowish white, those on upperside of abdo-

men black at base. Spines on limbs white, with black base

and apex.

Carapace flattish longitudinally between the fovea and the

eyes, considerably longer than first tibia and longer than

protarsus and tarsus of fourth, a little shorter than pateila

and tibia of fourth, and about equal to femur of first and

fourth ; ocular quadrangle much wider in front than behind,

posterior medians less than a diameter apart, anterior medians

larger and about a diameter and a half apart; eyes of anterior

line about straight, not recurved, distance between medians

about half the distance between median and lateral on each

side ; clypeus a little wider than anterior median eye.

Fang-groove of mandible armed with 4 teeth in front,

3 behind.

Legs moderately long, first more than three times as long

as carapace ; spiny.

Abdomen heart-shaped, widely rounded in front, ovally

elongate behind, without shoulder-points.

Vulva with long scape ; scape as wide at its distal end as

the basal portion, which posteriorly projects beneath it,

leaving only a narrow notch between.

Measurements in millimetres.— Total length 26; length of

carapace 6°5, width 5; length of abdomen 10; length of

first leg 22°5, of fourth 19.

Emin Pasha procured one specimen of this species at

Karagesi, and Mr. Scott Elliot a second on Mount Ruwen-

448 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

zor. The latter, on account of the better state of its

preservation, has been selected as the type.

In the form of its vulva this species approaches both

A. rufipalpis (semiannulatus) and A. haploscapus, and in

other features most nearly resembles the latter, but certainly

differs in the actual form of the vulva &c.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Eresus inornatus, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 2. Araneus streptoceros, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig.2a. Ditto. Palpal organ.

Fig. 3. Gasteracantha macrura, sp. 0.

Fig. 4. Storena nyike, sp.n. Palpal organ, outer view.

Fig. 5. Sparassus croceiceps, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 6. Sarotesius melanognathus, gen. et sp. n. Palpal organ from

below.

Fig.6 a, Ditto. Tibial spur of palp.

Fig. 7. Platythomisus pantherinus, sp. n.

Fig. 8. Cyrtarachne lactea, sp. n.

Fig. 9. Araneus pachanus,sp.u. Vulva.

Fig. 10, Araneus coccinella, Poc. [This species, based upon a specimen

from Natal, was described by me in the Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. for September last (p. 211). I take this opportunity

of publishing a full figure of this interesting spider. ]

LV.—New and little-known Hymenoptera taken by Prof.

C. H. T. Townsend and Mr. C. M. Barber in New

Mexico in 1898. By T. D. A. CocKERELL, Professor of

Entomology, New Mexico Agricultural College.

Andrena Barbert, sp. n.

? .— Length about 13 millim.

Rather stoutly built, black. Head rather broad, facial

quadrangle about square, vertex granulate, front below ocelli

strongly longitudinally striate; clypeus minutely tessellate

and strongly punctured, the median line free from punctures

but not smooth; mandibles wholly dark, process of labrum

broad and deeply emarginate; antenne wholly black, first

joint of flagellum as long as the three following together ;

face, especially at sides, cheeks, and occiput with fairly abun-

dant greyish-white conspicuously plumose hair, on the vertex

more or less blackish. ‘Thorax with greyish-white pubes-

cence, except on the mesothorar and scutellum, where tt ts

sooty; mesothorax dull, minutely tessellate, and with rather

large shallow punctures ; enclosure of metathorax triangular,

new and little-known Hymenoptera. 449

bounded by a raised line, strongly roughened, only feebly

plicate at extreme base. Tegule piceous, minutely tessellate,

with sparse feeble punctures. Wings dusky hyaline, nervures

and stigma dark brown; stigma small; submarginal cells

large, but the first remarkably short, not longer than the third

on the cubital nervure ; second little shorter than the first on

the cubital nervure, receiving the first recurrent nervure

slightly beyond its middle; third narrowed less than one

half to marginal. Legs black, with pale pubescence, that on

inner side of first tarsal joints becoming orange. Abdomen

minutely tessellate, with only a few minute scattered punctures ;

hind margins of segments 2 to 4 and extreme lateral margins

of 1 with white hair, forming narrow bands ; apex with soot-

coloured hair.

3 .—Length about 12 millim.; similar to the female, with

the usual sexual differences. Clypeus primrose-yellow, with

two black spots.

Hab. Ruidoso region, New Mexico. Ruidoso, below Big

Rock crossing, about 6600 feet, Aug. 1, 1898, on flowers of

Heliopsts scabra (C. H. T. Townsend) ; South Fork of Eagle

Creek, about 8300 feet, Aug. 19, on flowers of Sicyos parvi-

florus, 1 2 (Townsend) ; South Fork of Hagle Creek, about

8100 feet, Aug. 18, on flowers of Rudbeckia laciniata, 3 2,

1 S$ (Townsend) ; Forks of Ruidoso Creek, July 30, 1898

(C. M. Barber).

Easily known by the venation and the colour of the pubes-

cence. Nearest, perhaps, to A. heliantht, Rob., which has

the small stigma and the same general build and sculpture.

On the same day and at the same locality as A. Barbert

Mr. Barber took the second known specimen of A. apacheorum,

Ckll.

Andrena argemonis, Ckll.

9.—Resembles the male; basal joints of tarsi broader,

first four tibize black instead of ferruginous ; antenne a trifle

shorter ; tegule larger, base of metathorax smoother ; apex

of abdomen with very brilliant orange-rufous hair.

Hab. Ruidoso, New Mexico, about 6500 feet, July 25,

1898, on flowers of Hrysimum asperum ; side caiion north of

Ruidoso, about 6800 feet, July 22, on flowers of Verbascum

thapsus. Collected by Prof. C. H. T. Townsend.

This female differs hardly at all from the description of

A, fastuosa, Sm., from Orizaba; but without seeing Smith’s

types or specimens from the same region it is impossible to

say whether the species are identical.

450 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

Halictus aquile, sp. n.

? .—Length about 8 millim.

Dark olive-green, with black legs and antenne, shining,

with thin, erect, pale yellowish pubescence. Head rather

large, facial quadrangle broader than long, cheeks unarmed,

ocelli prominent and very close together; vertex very densely

punctured, as also the front, the face below the antenne more

sparsely punctured ; lower half of clypeus purple-black, lower

corners of face black; mandibles black, obtusely bidentate ;

scape punctured, flagellum wholly dark; mesothorax with a

minute lineolate or subtessellate sculpture and rather strong

but sparse punctures ; metathorax strongly truncate, the trun-

cation rough and sculptured with ridges, and bounded by a

strong rim; base of metathorax bounded by a rim, minutely

radiately wrinkled ; tegule piceous, the anterior half punc-

tured ; wings hyaline, with a yellowish tinge, nervures and

stigma a rather dark yellowish brown, third submarginal cell

narrowed less than half to marginal; legs quite hairy ;

abdomen dark green, black at the extreme base, very

minutely and not densely punctured, little pubescent, without

hair-bands.

Hab. South Fork of Eagle Creek, about 8000 feet, foot of

east slope, on foliage, Aug. 21, 1898 (C. H. T. Townsend).

fH. aquile is closely related to H. nymphearum, Rob., of the

Eastern States ; it is also related to H. connewus, Cress., from

Texas.

Perdita phacelie, sp. n.

2? .—Length 33 millim.

Head ordinary, face dark bluish green, vertex dark olive-

green; vertex minutely roughened ; clypeus rather convex,

shiny, with very sparse punctures ; a suffused pallid spot near

each lower corner of clypeus; mandibles dull yellowish, grooved,

tips dark ferruginous ; antenne piceous above, mostly ferru-

ginous beneath ; mesothorax minutely granular, with some

scattered white hairs, its colour black, shining greenish in

certain lights; scutellum and postscutellum black; meta-

thorax dark blue-green, strongly contrasting ; the metathorax

may be dark blue and the pleura of the same colour ; legs

black, with white hairs, small joints of tarsi more or less

pallid, anterior tibie entirely pale in front; tegule hyaline

colourless ; wings pertectly clear, splendidly iridescent, ner-

vures and margin of the hyaline stigma white; marginal cell

squarely truncate, very short, its substigmatal portion almost

twice as long as the poststigmatal; second submarginal

——— ST eee eee

— oe erren

new and little-known Hymenoptera. 451

triangular, narrowing to a point above; third discoidal

distinct ; abdomen shining piceous, without bands or spots,

apex fringed with white hairs ; venter piceous.

Hab. Lia Cueva, Organ Mountains, N. M., Sept. 2, 1898,

at flowers of Phacelia congesta. Collected by C. H. T.

Townsend. Three females.

P. phacelie is related to P. eneifrons, but will be easily

known by its small size and the venation,

Panurginus neomexicanus, sp. n.

3 .—Length about 64 millim.

Black, with scanty white pubescence ; clypeus and a very

small spot on each side of it pale primrose-yellow. Head

somewhat broader than long, face little hairy, mandibles

black, anterior edge of clypeus black, front and vertex

strongly and very densely punctured; antenne quite long,

wholly black, scape punctured ; mesothorax with strong punc-

tures of unequal size, becoming sparse on the shining disk ;

scutellum with punctures of unequal size ; base of metathorax

subeancellately wrinkled all over, but the longitudinal

wrinkles strongest and most numerous; tegule shining, very

dark brown ; wings rather dusky, nervures and stigma black,

first recurrent nervure joining second submarginal cell about

the end of its first quarter; legs black, including tarsi,

anterior tibia with a short yellow stripe in front; abdomen

elongate-cylindrical, sparsely hairy, first segment impunctate

on disk.

Hab. Top of ridge south of Big Rock, Ruidoso, N. M.,

about 7400 feet, Aug. 3, 1898, at flowers of Solidago

(C. H. T. Townsend).

This is closely allied to P. Bukeri, but is readily distin-

guished by the small spot on each side of clypeus, black

anterior edge of clypeus, and especially the sparsely punc-

tured middle part of mesothorax. From P. piedpes, Cr., it

will be known by the scanty pubescence, lateral tace-marks

reduced to a spot, mesothorax without a well-impressed central

line, black tarsi, &c. Of the paleearctic species, it seems to

come nearest to P. Herzi, Mor., from Kastern Siberia.

Exomalopsis compactulus (Ckll.).

Anthophorula compactula, Ckll. Bull. 24 N. M, Agr. Exp. Sta. (1897)

p. 44, 2.

Prof. C. H. T. ‘Townsend has taken a male and female at

La Cueva, Organ Mountains, N. M., on flowers of Phacelia

congesta, Sept. 2, 1898. ‘These both have three submarginal

452 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

cells and belong to Ezomalopsis; my type of Anthophorula,

having but two submarginals, was evidently an aberration, so

the latter generic name must fall. It should be added to the

original description of the female that the scopa on the poste-

rior tarsi is sooty; the pubescence on the mesothorax and

scutellum is fuscous, contrasting with the white pubescence of

the hind edge of the prothorax, the pleura, and the base of

the metathorax. The margins of the mesothorax have a

little very short white hair, conspicuous only in certain lights.

The flagellum is a very fine orange-fulvous.

The male is about 53 millim. long, with the clypeus,

labrum, and mandibles except tips yellow. The bright

orange flagellum has a black or blackish spot on each joint

beneath, that on the last being intensely black and occupying

the apical half of the joint. he scape has an orange streak.

The species is, I think, allied to £. pulchella, Cress.

Exomalopsis solidaginis, sp. u.

¢ .—Length about 5 millim.

Black, with rather abundant entirely pale pubescence. Head

broader than long, vertex quite broad, shining ; face densely

covered with plumose shining white hair; clypeus and labrum

black; mandibles black, dark rufous at the middle; scape

black, flagellum yellowish brown, black above ; pubescence of

pleura pure white, of thoracic dorsum dirty white; mesothorax

smooth and shining, punctured only at the sides; base of

metathorax nude, smooth and shining; tegule pale testa-

ceous, hairy all over; wings perfectly clear, nervures and

stigma very dark brown; second submarginal cell extremely

small and narrow, twice as high as long, narrowest above ;

transverso-medial nervure jotning first discoidal cell almost at

its extreme base; legs black, with abundant white hair; the

tarsi, especially the small joints, ferruginous ; hair on inner

side of basal joint of hind tarsi fulvous; abdomen short, as

usual in the genus, covered with dull white hair, except the

disk of the first segment, which is exposed and shining,

though not free from hair. Instead of a transverse ridge,

with a strongly punctured area behind it, as in L.compactulus g ,

the first segment has a rounded contour and no conspicuous

punctuation.

Hab. Las Cruces, N. M., in the town, on flowers of Soli-

dayo canadensis, subsp. arizonica, Gray, on the bank of the

Acequia, Aug. 27, 1898 (C. H. T. Townsend).

new and little-known Hymenoptera. 453

Exomalopsis ertocarpt, sp. n.

2? .—Length 9 millim.

Black; quite densely clothed with short pale ochreous

hair, white on pleura, metathorax, face, cheeks, and femora;

head considerably broader than long; face thickly clothed

with white hair, but the lower half of clypeus nude, strongly

and confluently punctured, with a broad yellow transverse band

just above the rufescent anterior margin; labrum yellow ; man-

dibles with a large yellow patch, suffused with rufous, at

base ; ocelli large; sides of vertex punctured; scape black ;

flagellum blackish above, ferruginous beneath except the first

joint ; mesothorax and scutellum very strongly punctured, the

punctures numerous but well separated; base of metathorax

with irregularly placed punctures; tegule dark reddish

brown, with only a small patch of hair in front; wings clear,

nervures dark brown, stigma obsolete; second submarginal

cell large, nearly square, receiving the recurrent nervure at

the beginning of its last third; third submarginal cell little

longer than first ; legs black, small joints of tarsi pale testa-

ceous, scopa of hind legs wholly light; abdomen suboval, less

globose than usual, covered with a velvet-like creamy pubes-

cence, the dorsal portion of the first segment and a little of

the second bare, these bare parts finely punctured; hind edge

of first segment colourless ; first segment without any distinct

transverse keel.

Hab. Fillmore Caiion, Organ Mountains, N. M., about

5400 feet, Sept. 1, 1898, on flowers of Hriocarpum gracile.

Coll. C. H. T. Townsend, six females.

Hardly a typical Exomalopsis. At the same time and on

the same flowers was taken a female Calliopsis coloradensis,

Cress.

Lithurgus echinocacti, sp. n.

? .—Length 113 millim.

Black, with scanty white pubescence. Head rather large,

broader than long, strongly and closely punctured ; white

hair conspicuous only at base of antenne, extreme sides of

face, anterior margin of clypeus (here orange-fulvous in the

middle), and hind part of cheeks; two prominent tubercles

beneath antenne, and between them a concave shining area,

with scattered, very minute punctures ; no distinct depression

between the hind ocelli ; anterior edge of clypeus little produced,

presenting a rounded notch on each side, but none in the

middle ; labrum transverse, inconspicuous ; mandibles black,

abruptly truncate, not meeting (? worn); thoracic dorsum

454 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

coarsely roughened, nude; hind margin of prothorax marked

by a line of snow-white pubescence; base of metathorax dull,

hardly sculptured, more or less overlapped by a thin tuft of

long hairs springing from just behind it; pleura and sides of

metathorax with white hair; tegule dark brown, pubescent

in front and behind ; wings perfectly clear, nervures piceous,

a small but distinct stigma; second submarginal cell receiving

the first recurrent nervure almost at its extreme base, the

second near its end; legs black, with white hair, small joints

of tarsi ferruginous, basal joints of tarsi with orange-fulvous

hair on inner side; tibize conspicuously dentate-tuberculate on

the outer side; abdomen shining, sparsely punctured, bare,

hind margins of segments with narrow pure white hair-bands ;

apex with dark purplish-ferruginous hair; ventral scopa

white.

Hab. La Cueva, Organ Mountains, N. M., on flowers of

Echinocactus Wislizenit, Sept. 4, 1898 (C. H. T. Townsend).

This is clearly distinct from L. apicalis, as determined by

Mr. Fox; it also differs from the other described species.

Melissodes crenulaticornis, sp. un.

g.—Length about 10 millim., antenne about 83 millim.

Black, with dull white pubescence, that on anterior part of

mesothorax fulvous, on hind part of mesothorax and scutellum,

except the hind border, fuscous, but not mixed at all with black.

Head considerably broader than long, facial quadrangle nearly

square; clypeus with the upper half black, the lower half

primrose-yellow ; labrum and mandibles black ; antenne

wholly black, strongly crenulate, the joints without the longi-

tudinal keels of Af ruidosensis ; mesothorax with strong but

shallow punctures; base of metathorax roughened, with a

longitudinal impressed line; tegule black, shining, with

minute punctures; wings perfectly clear, nervures dark

brown, third submarginal cell narrowing more than half to

marginal; legs black, with white pubescence, pale orange on

inner sides of tarsi; abdomen short and broad, dull and

closely punctured; second to sixth segments with broad

conspicuous apical white hair-bands; there is no trace of a

band on the first segment, except perhaps at the extreme

sides, but the segment is quite hairy.

Hab. Prude’s Summit, Ruidoso, New Mexico, July 29,

1898 (C. M. Barber).

This is closely related to a male which Mr. Fox has iden-

tified as M/. dentiventris, Sm., but differs from that at once

by the black antenne and dark nervures. It may also be

new and little-known Hymenoptera. 455

confused with JM. perplera, Cress., but again differs by the

black antenne. It has also some resemblance to Tetra/onia

flagellicornis, Sm., from Oajaca. From M. ruddosensis, Ckll.,

common in the same localities, it may be known by the lower

half of the clypeus only being yellow, the absence of the two

raised lines or keels on the flagellum, and the pale instead of

black hair on the abdominal segments above the bands.

From M. confusa, Cr., it differs constantly in the clypeal

coloration at least.

M. crenulaticornis was also collected by Prof. C. H. T.

Townsend as follows :—Below Big Rock crossing, Ruidoso,

N. M., Aug. 21, 1898, on flowers of Geranium atropurpureum,

Heller, 1 g; Big Rock, Ruidoso, July 27, on flowers of

Vicia, sp., also July 29, same place and flowers. ‘The

specimens from Vicza represent a form maculata, witha small

yellow spot on the base of the mandibles.

Crabro Packardit, Cress., 1865.

Three, one much larger than the others, Ruidoso, N. M.,

6500 feet, July 21, on flowers of Cicuta occidentalis (C. H. T.

Townsend).

Ceropales fraterna, Sm., subsp. occidentalis, nov.

6 .—Length 53 millim.

Markings very bright yellow; scutellum with a trans-

versely diamond-shaped yellow mark; postscutellum with

a large nearly semilunar yellow mark; band on first abdo-

minal segment deeply emarginate above, but not interrupted,

band on second segment also emarginate above; femora

black, rufous, and yellow, anterior femora rufous in front,

with the base black and the extreme apex yellow; anterior

tibiz: yellow in front and rufons behind ; first joint of middle

tarsi yellow; wings quite dusky, apical margin narrowly

darker; abdomen very minutely roughened. Otherwise the

insect seems to agree with fraterna. ‘The front is extremely

closely punctured, with scattered larger shallow punctures ;

the mesothorax has a similar double punctuation, but the

larger punctures are large and deep, numerous, but irregu-

larly arranged. The posterior orbital margins have only an

inconspicuous interrupted yellow line.

Hab. Ruidoso, N. M., about 6500 feet, July 21, on flowers

of Cicuta occidentalis (C. H. T. Townsend).

This is probably the western form mentioned by Fox

(Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 52).

456 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

Ichneumon rurdosensis, sp. n.

Length 11 millim.

Head, body, and legs deep Prussian-blue ; wings clear but

hairy, nervures and stigma black. Antenne entirely black,

minutely pubescent, 44-jointed; palpi, except first joint,

whitish. Cream-coloured markings as follows:—a round

spot on each side of clypeus; a broad band, narrowed to a

point above, along the lower inner orbital margin; a narrow

stripe running forwards in front of tegule; a short stripe

beneath tegule ; a large transversely oblong spot on middle

of scutellum; a broad stripe on anterior femora in front; a

spot at end of middle femora in front; anterior and middle

tibiz in front; and anterior and middle tarsi in front, except

the last two joints and the extreme apical margins of the

others. ‘The tarsi, where not cream-colour, are black, and the

tibie are not entirely blue. Head, thorax, abdomen, and

hind coxe and femora with strong very close punctures.

Sides of metathorax with three longitudinal carine; first

abdominal segment grooved on each side and longitudinally

striate in the middle.

flab. Side cafion north of Ruidoso, N. M., about 6800 feet,

July 22, 1898, at a patch of Verbascum thapsus (C. H. T.

Townsend),

Related to 1. cwruleus, Cresson, of which it may possibly

be a variety, but it presents several differences, and is pre-

sumably a valid species.

Hylotoma humeralis, P. de Beauv., 1797.

Three females, Ruidoso, N. M., 6500 feet, July 18, on

flowers of Rhus glabra (C. H. T. Townsend). New to

New Mexico. One other specimen was taken, July 19,

at flowers of Cicuta occidentalis.

Fylotoma menizelie, sp. n.

Belongs to Section IJ. of Ashmead (Canad. Entom. 1898,

p- 213).

Length 9 millim.

Entirely blue-black ; the antenne and legs black; the hind

tibiz with the upper two thirds pallid, but not white. This

differs very little from H. McLeayt, Leach, but the tibiz,

except the hind pair, and all the tarsi are black; the hind

tibie are sometimes all black; the costa is black, not

yellowish ; the wings vary in smokiness.

Hab. Five found dead, sticking to the leaves and stems

new and little-known Hymenoptera. ADT

of Mentzelia Rusbyi, Wooton, Aug. 2, 1898, Ruidoso,

N. M., one mile above Big Rock, about 63800 feet (C. H. T.

Townsend),

This is hardly more than a geographical race of H. MeLeay?.

Tenthredo pallicoxa, Provancher, 1878.

One from Ruidoso, N. M., about 8200 feet, foot of divide

between Ruidoso and Eagle Creeks, Aug. 12, 1898 (C. H. T.

Townsend).

This species has only been recorded from Canada, but the

present specimen agrees so closely with the description, that

we must assume it to be the same. It is 93 millim. long;

the hind femora are entirely yellow beneath, the pale markings

throughout being a light primrose-yellow. ‘here is a minute

light spot above the base of each antenna, and one at the

summit of each eye, as in 7’. nupera, Cress.

Lophyrus Townsendi, sp. n.

? .—Length 94 millim. ; width of thorax 44 millim.

Antenne ferruginous, blackish only at extreme tip, 22-

jointed. Head and thorax ferruginous; face up to level of

antennee almost entirely yellowish ; cheeks yellow; middle

lobe of mesothorax with a suffused yellow stripe along each

lateral margin, and a large black blotch occupying its hind

angle; a yellow spot beneath tegule; a black patch, on

which is a yellowish spot, making a sort of ocellus, on pleura ;

a small black spot on each lateral lobe of the mesothorax

near its lateral margin; scutellum pale yellow, tipped with

ferruginous, its suture with the mesothorax black; legs

ferruginous, the anterior knees slightly yellowish; wings

hyaline, stained with ferruginous, especially about the

marginal cell; abdomen cream-colour, the sutures more or

less black, apex dark ferruginous. Head and thorax strongly

and rather closely punctured; the large punctures on the

vertex have minute ones scattered between them. Claws

with a strong denticle on the inner side. Cross-nervure of

lanceolate cell oblique, but only moderately so.

Hab. South Fork, Eagle Creek, White Mountains, N. M.,

about 8000 feet, found dead under a pine-tree, Aug. 17, 1898

(C. H. T. Townsend).

A distinct and interesting species.

458 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

LVI.—On the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Catophaga.

By Artuur G. Butter, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S8., &e.

(Concluded from p. 401.}

Group 4. Tacuyris, Wall.

The largest group in the genus, containing species of

tolerably uniform outline, though differing considerably in

coloration: the first and most typical species resemble the

earlier forms of Saletara in the coloration of the males,

whilst their females much more nearly resemble those of

Catophaga ; then we meet with a series of bright scarlet or

orange insects, gradually changing to species with the upper

surface white and brown-bordered. In nearly the whole of

the species the dark outer borders on the under surface of the

wings are regular in outline, and in most of the white species

the seasonal forms seem to be characterized by the width of

these borders in the males and the amount of white on the

upper surface of the females, the dry-season males having

narrower borders and the dry-season females being marked

with broad white patches *.

1. Tachyris celestina.

Pierts celestina, Boisduval, Voy. de l’Astr., Lép. p. 46 (1832); Lucas,

Lep. Exot. pl. xxiii. fig. 1 (1835).

Appias delicata, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ix. p. 153

(1882).

Waigiou, Mysol, Aru, Duke of York Island. B. M.

2. Tachyris clementina.

Pieris clementina, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat. Cl. xl.

p- 448 (1860) ; Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 162, pl. xxv. fig. 6 (1865).

Tachyris adelpha, Rober, Tijd. voor Ent. 1891, p. 281.

Tenimber, Timor-Laut. 2 ¢,1 ?, B. M.

3. Tachyris placidia.

Papilio placidia, Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, pl. xxviii. figs. 4, 4 ¢ (1790).

Tachyris placidia, var. maculata, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 30,

pl. xvi. (1884).

Amboina, Ceram, Batchian. B. M.

* I have not included Tachyris maculata of Grose-Smith in this paper,

as I believe it to be a Huphina near to H. acrisa.

ee eeeEEEEEEEEeEEEeEeEEeEeEeEeEeEeEEe eee

of the Genus Catophaga. 459

4. Tachyris zarinda.

3. Pieris zarinda, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 486, pl. xviii. fig. 4

(1865).

phe he aon Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. 1866, p. 59, pl. ii.

gs. 1, 2.

a “Tachyris phestus, Westwood, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 469, pl. xii.

fig. 2.

Celebes. B. M.

The female sometimes has orange and sometimes white

markings, but whether seasonally or not there is no evidence

to show.

5. Tachyris bouruensis.

(1867).

Bourou.

Allied to T. zarinda. The type should be in Hewitson’s

collection, but was probably not in good enough condition to

induce him to retain it.

6. Tachyris nebo.

Appias nebo, Grose-Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., Pier., Appias, i.

fies. 1, 2 (1894).

Burma.

Nearest to 7. galba; much more yellow and without discal

band on primaries.

7. Tachyris galba.

Tachyris galba, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 878 (1867).

Manipur and Silhet. B. M.

8. Tachyris nero.

Papilio nero, Fabricius, Ent Syst. ii. 1, p. 153 (1793); Donovan,

Ins. Ind. pl. xxxii. fig. 1 (1800).

Pieris thyria, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 147 (1819) ; Lucas, Lep. Exot.

pl. xxv. fig. 3 (1835).

Pieris figuhina, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xx. p. 399,

pl. viii. fig. 1 (1867).

Burma, Malacca, Penang, Singapore, Java, Sumatra,

Borneo. B. M.

This species varies a good deal both in depth of colour

above and below and in dusky veining and clouding. 7. thyria

and 7. jigulina are both separable as varieties, but whether

they are seasonal forms or mere sports remains to be dis-

covered.

460 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

9. Tachyris domitia.

Pieris domitia, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 285 (1862); Semper,

Reisen im Arch. Phil. v. pl. xl. figs. 1, 2, and 4 (1891).

Pieris zamboanga, Felder, 1. c.

Pieris asterope, Felder, /. c. p. 286 (1862).

Appias mindanensis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi.

p- 421 (1883) ; Semper, Reisen im Arch. Phil. pl. xl. figs. 3, 5 (1891).

Philippines. Twenty-seven examples. B. M.

A male from Borneo in the Hewitson collection agrees

with Semper’s male of P. asterope.

10. Tachyris palawanica.

Appias nero, var. palawanica, Staudinger, Lep. v. Palawan, p. 22 (1889).

The male varying above from brick-red to bright orange,

the veins of primaries, and sometimes the veins on apical

area of secondaries, dusky; the apex and outer margin of

primaries sometimes with a soft graded brownish border :

under surface much more ochraceous, without markings, the

centre of primaries more orange than the remainder of the

under surface.

Expanse of wings 72-77 millim.

The female varies above from bright orange, through

mixed ochreous and tawny, to pure white with dusky basal

area and spotted black-brown outer border (as in 7. nero and

allies) ; below also the wings vary from bright ochreous to

ochreous and white commingled or to tawny and ochreous

primaries with white subapical streak and pearl-white second-

aries clouded with sandy greyish; the ordinary markings

(corresponding with those of the upper surface) more or less

defined.

Expanse of wings 59-66 millim.

Palawan and Labuan. Ten examples, B. M.

I cannot regard this as a variation of any known species ;

the primaries of the male are more acute than in T. domitva

and the under surface unmarked, whilst the female is ex-

tremely variable, but has not at all the character of 7. zam-

boanga (I. domitia 2 ), but more nearly resembles T. figulina

(Tf. nero, var, 2); its small size and invariably paler

colour readily mark it as a different species.

11. Tachyris flavius.

Appias flavius, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. x.

p. 427 (1892) ; Rhop. Exot. ii., Pier., Appias, i. figs. 3-5 (1894).

Taganac Island, N.E. Borneo.

itt,

of the Genus Catophaga. 461

12. Tachyris ithome.

Pieris ithome, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 180, pl. iv. fig. 1

(1858).

Celebes. Gy dials. 91.5.0,

13. Tachyris nephele.

3g. Pieris nephele, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i1., Pier. pl. v. fig. 33 (1861)

Q. Pieris zamora, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 286 (1362),

Philippines, Celebes. 9 3,6 9, B. M.

Local form Tachyris dilutior.

Tachyris nephele, var. dilutior, Staudinger, Lepid. y. Palawan, p. 21

(1889).

Palawane 3 4, 1.2 Be M.

T. nephele is extremely variable as regards the amount of

white on the primaries and the width of the blackish outer

border of the secondaries; but whether these differences are

seasonal we have no data to prove. The Palawan examples

show as much white on the primaries of the males as in any

of the males of typical 7. nephele, and the border of the

secondaries is slightly narrower than in any, whilst it is more

or less abruptly excised at apex.

14, Tachyris florentia.

Appias florentia, Grose-Smith and Kirby, Rhop, Exot. i1., Pier

Appias, i. figs. 6-8 (1894).

Solomon Islands. 3 ¢,3 ?, B, M.

We received three pairs of this species from the Godman

and Salvin collection,

15. Tachyris ada.

Papilio ada, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl, ccclxii. C, D (1782),

Amboina. 1 6,2 9, B.M.

16. Tachyris solstitialis, sp. n.

g. Above similar to 7. florentia, but with the dark brown

outer border of the primaries more abruptly tapered; below

also much like J. florentia, but with the dark brown outer

border of the secondaries of only half the width, and the

bright orange internal triangular patch consequently of twice

the size.

Expanse of wings 75 millim.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. it. De

462 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

9. Above at once distinguishable from 7. florentia 9 by

the much less lavender tint of the greyish basal suffusion, its

almost entire absence from the secondaries, the dentate-

sinuate inner edging of the external border, which narrows

almost to a point at the external angle of the primaries, and

is distinctly narrower than in J. florentia on the secondaries

on both surfaces.

Expanse of wings 72 millim.

New Ireland (G. & S. coll.). Two pairs, B. M.

If this insect occurred in the same island with 7. florentia,

I should unhesitatingly regard it as the dry-season form of

that species.

17. Tachyris leucosticta, sp. n.

Intermediate between the preceding and YT. cilla, nearly

resembling T. solstitialis above in both sexes, but below

both sexes have the subapical spot of the primaries yellow

instead of white and the orange on the secondaries considerably

more restricted; the width of the outer border appears to

vary seasonally, the wet-season form has the outer border of

the secondaries decidedly narrower and less regular than in

T. florentia, whilst the dry-season form is paler in colour and

has a slightly narrower border than . solstzt¢alis.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 69-83, 2 72 millim.

Bourou, Ceram, Salwatty, Waigiou. 5 ¢,1 9, B. M.

It is probable that this species has been confounded in

collections with 7. cilla.

18. Tachyris cilla.

Pieris cilla, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 165 (1865),

Tachyris elavis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 3, vol. iy. p. 367 (1867).

Ké Island, Normanby Island, Aru. 3 ¢, B. M.

T. clavis is the wet-season form and 7’. cil/a the dry. The

females of both are in the Hewitson collection: that of

T. clavis white above and not unlike that sex of T. florentia,

excepting that the blackish border of the secondaries occupies

nearly half the wing-surface ; that of 7. ci//a is yellower and

resembles that sex of J. leucosticta on the upper surface,

excepting that it is greyer at base and has the inner edging

of the outer borders less sharply defined, whilst below it has

a broader outer border to the secondaries and the orange area

deeper in colour and much more extended. Hewitson’s

examples of this species are from Ké, Aru, and New Guinea.

The males of 7’. ct//a=clavis are characterized by the fact

that the apical border of the primaries completely encloses

—_—_-

of the Genus Catophaga. 463

the subapical spot on the upper surface *, and on the under

surface this spot is bright yellow ; but these differences alone

would not be sufficient to separate it from 1. leucosticta; the

much greater orange area on the under surface of the second-

aries (corresponding with that of T. solstitialis) distinguishes

1t at once.

The following species was received in 1874 from the

Godeffroy Museum under the name of ZT’, ada.

19. Tachyris ella, sp. n.

Allied to 7, cilla, but with the subapical spot white below

in the male, as in 7’. ada; it is considerably smaller than the

latter in both sexes and the dark border to the secondaries on

the under surface of only about half the width; the orange

on these wings is very much restricted, even more so than in

T. leucosticta. On the upper surface the male resembles

1’. cilla in the extension of the dark brown apical area of the

primaries so as to enclose the subapical spot; the second-

aries, however, have a narrower and very sharply defined

dentate-sinuate outer border.

Iixpanse of wings, ¢ 68, 2 62 millim.

Yap, Caroline Islands. ¢ 9, B.M.

The female has the under surtace of the secondaries whiter

than in any of the preceding species, the costa and veins

towards the base feebly washed with sulphur and the apex

clear ochreous.

20. Tachyris ardens, sp. n.

Appias andrea (part.), Semper, Reisen im Arch. Phil. y., Rhop. p. 242

(1891).

The Philippine representative of J. cilla; invariably

distinctly smaller. The primaries with the subapical spot

completely enclosed by the blackish apical border as in

that species, but the border of the secondaries with strongly

dentate-sinuate internal edging; the subapical spot on the

under surface of the primaries varies from sulphur- to saffron-

yellow, and the secondaries below are either daffodil-

yellow, with rather less orange suffusion than in TZ. cella,

or are wholly orange from base to border t. The female

nearly resembles in every respect that sex of 7. ella, but

shows less colour on the under surface, the yellow and ochreous

being extremely weak.

* In our male example of 7. Jeucosticta from Waigiou the same

thing occurs, but to a slightly less prominent extent. :

+ Whether these are seasonal differences I am not in a position ta say.

») »)

464 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Pierine Butterflies

Expanse of wings, ¢ 68-69, ? 59-66 millim.

2 3, 4 9, Philippines, and ¢, Pelew Island. (Seven

examples.) B. M.

This is also in the Hewitson collection; it certainly

belongs to the 7. ada (not T. hippo group), both sexes being

at once distinguishable from 7’. andrea.

21. Tachyris Dohertiella, sp. n.

A very distinct little species; male milk-white, the costa

bluish grey, browner on the costal border; apex and outer

border occupied by a black-brown band, with acutely

dentated inner margin; no subapical spot: secondaries with

a rather narrow and tolerably regular black-brown border

on a faintly blue-greyish ground from apex to below second

median branch; fringe brown: body rather greyer than in

any of the preceding species. Primaries with the costal border

excepting at base chocolate-brown, continuous with the outer

border, which is much broader than above, blackish inter-

nally, with much less dentated irregularly sinuated inner

margin: secondaries slightly nacreous, with the outer border

chocolate-brown and broader than above : body below white.

Expanse of wings 55 millim.

@. Primaries dark brown, blackish towards apex; two

narrow superposed creamy-yellowish streaks beyond the

cell ; an irregular white patch from just above second median

branch to inner margin, its inner edge diffused, its outer edge

acutely zigzag : secondaries with a smoke-grey basal patch ;

a moderately broad dark brown outer border on a _ pale

brownish ground from apex to just beyond second median

branch. Primaries below with the pale markings of the upper

surface extended; the base and lower two thirds of the

discoidal cell whitish: secondaries nacreous, the outer border

paler and much wider than above.

Hixpanse of wings 55 millim.

3 3, Wetter (May 1892, W. Doherty). B. M.

Received from the Godman and Salvin collection.

22. Tachyris timorensis, sp. u.

- Y >

3. Very like 7. lyneida, but with the black-brown outer

borders distinctly broader, less irregular, the subapical spot

sometimes reduced to a short narrow streak.

Expanse of wings 54-60 millim.

9. Very like 7’. Dohertiella, but the creamy streaks beyond

the cell of primaries broader and confluent ; the outer border

—s ee

of the Genus Catophaga. 465

of secondaries rather wider and bordered internally by a

smoky-brownish suffused belt.

Expanse of wings 54 millim.

3 g,1 9, Timor (ex Godman and Salvin coll.). B. M.

23. Tachyris lyncida.

Papilio lyncida, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. exxxi. B (1779).

Pieris enyo, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 481 (1836).

Pieris lynceola, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 164 (1865).

Java, Bali, Lombock. B. M.

The females vary somewhat as regards the amount of

creamy or buffish white on the wings. I suspect that these

differences are seasonal.

24. Tachyris floresiana, sp. n.

A local representative of 7’. lynctda; the males with the

dentated blackish border of primaries not reaching external

angle and that of the secondaries reduced almost to a line on

the upper surface; on the under surface the outer borders

vary a good deal (probably seasonally) in width ; the second-

aries are more creamy than in 1’. lyncida.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 54-69 millim.

The females above show a much smaller whitish patch

than any females of 7. dyncida.

Expanse of wings, ? 61-63 millim.

Flores. Seven examples. B. M.

25. Tachyris lycaste.

Pieris lycaste, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 164 (1865),

Celebes, 4 ¢,4 9. Hight examples. B. M.

‘The males of this species nearly resemble those of 7. flo-

resiana, but the secondaries on the under surface are suffused

towards the base with sulphur-yellow (in what I regard as

the wet-season form), the females being heavily suffused

with smoky brown.

26. Tuchyris formosana.

Pieris formosana, Wallace, P.Z.'S. 1866, p. 356.

Appias inornata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 700.

Formosa and Hainan. B. M. ier

We possess Dr. Moore’s type and a similar male from

Formosa. It appears to me that the differences between the

typical forms are only seasonal; at any rate they have no

specific value.

466 Dr. A. G. Butler on Pierine Butterflies.

27. Tachyris andrea.

Colias andrea, Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reise, iii. p. 215, pl. xxiii. a, }

(1821),

Philippines. ¢ 9, B. M.

The males of this form differ very little from those of

T. hippo, but the females havea decidedly broader dark outer

border to the secondaries; what I regard as probably the dry-

season form has also a much purer white ground to the wings

on both surfaces.

28. Tachyris hippo.

6. Pieris eleonora, Boisduval, Sp, Gén. Lép. i. p. 481 (1836).

Q. Appias vacans, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 490; Lep. Exot.

p- 90, pl. xxxiv. figs. 5, 6 (1872).

3. Appias hippoides, Moore, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 312.

Appias epicena, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 398.

N.E. India, Pegu, Burma, Tonkin, Malacca, and Penang.

B. M.

Our series is represented by sixty-eight examples, showing

every possible gradation between the extreme wet form

7. hippoides and the extreme dry form J. epicena. The

Indian forms have the subapical spot on the under surface of

the male primaries bright yellow ; in Pegu, Burma, Malacca,

and Penang this spot is sometimes bright or pale yellow, but

much more frequently quite white.

29. Tachyris taprobana.

Appius tuprobana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 148; Lep. Ceylon, i. pl. lii.

figs, 15 lig, db; 2.

Appias aperta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xviii. p. 188

(1886).

Ceylon. B. M.

I regard 7. aperta as the dry form of T. taprobana. ‘The

species stands between TZ. hippo and T. enarete, the costal

and subcostal veins on the under surface of the secondaries

being blackened, though less prominently than in 7’ enarete.

30. Tachyris enarete.

Pieris enarete, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 480 (1836).

Borneo: 21a. 6.9. Bove

31. Tachyris latifasciata.

Appias latifasciata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 312.

Kollar, Nilghiris, 5 g. 3B. M.

On the Entomostraca of Lake Bassenthwaite. 467

32. Tachyris cardena.

Pieris cardena, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii., Pier. pl. iii, figs. 17, 1s

(1861).

Borneo, Sumatra, Malacca. 13 9,1 9. B.M.

The examples from Malacca may have to be separated, th

yellow on the under surface of the secondaries being replace

by a much more restricted abdominal patch of orange.

33. Tachyris hagar.

3. Pieris hagar, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 38, pl. iv. fig. 6 (1865).

Sumatra.

I think it quite likely that this is only a dry-season form

of the preceding species.

34. Tachyris Hombronit.

Pieris Hombronii, Lucas, Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 325; 9, Vol-

lenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 5, pl. ii. fig. 3 (1865).

Celebes. 3 ¢,1 9. B.M.

This curious and handsome species leads pleasantly from

the present group towards Prioneris, of which it has the

general form and aspect, though without the serrated costa,

LVII.— The Entomostraca of Lake Bassenthwaite. By

Epira M. Pratt, B.Sc. With an Introductory Note by

Sypney J. Hickson, M.A., F.R.S., Beyer Professor of

Zoology in the Owens College, Manchester.

Introduction.

THE splendid researches on the character of the fresh-

water fauna which have of recent years been made by

Zacharias at Plon, by Birge at Mendota, and by many others

abroad, serve to remind us how ignorant we are of the fauna

of our own English lakes.

investigations of the inland waters of Scotland have been

conducted for some years by Scott*; but Beck’s { paper is

the only one that gives a systematic account of the Entomo-

straca of the English lakes.

As Beck’s investigations were chiefly made in the autumn

months it occurred to me that it might be of interest to inquire

into the character of the fauna earlier in the year, with the

* Scott, T., Scottish Fishery Reports. Scient. Invest. 1890 onward.

Invertebrate Fauna of Inland Waters of Scotland.

+ Beck, C., J. R. Micr. Soe. (2) iii. p. 780

468 Miss Edith M. Pratt on the

object of noting the principal differences that presented them-

selves in the early spring and in the autumn.

Accordingly in April 1897, when the weather was still

very cold and blasts of icy wind blew down in gusts from the

snow-capped Skiddaw, I took a few samples of the Plankton

as a preliminary step to further investigations. The material

I then obtained proved to be of considerable interest, con-

taining among other things the interesting Nauplius larva of

Leptodora.

In April of this year, the weather being decidedly warmer

than in the corresponding time of 1897, I obtained the assist-

ance cf Mr. J.T. Wadsworth, and made with him a con-

siderable number of gatherings in various parts of the Lake,

so that it may be said that we obtained a fair sample of what

the Plankton is at that time of year.

Again, in June, with the assistance of Mr. J. H. Ash-

worth, B.Se., another long series of tow-nettings were taken

which show the remarkable change that takes place in the

character of the Plankton during the first two months of the

summer.

I have to acknowledge here my thanks to Mr. Ashworth

and Mr. Wadsworth for their skilled assistance in this inves-

tigation.

As my time was fully occupied during the summer months

I entrusted the duty of identifying the species to my former

pupil Miss Edith Pratt, B.Sc., of the Owens College; and

the results of her investigations are recorded below.

It cannot be supposed that the Jist of Entomostraca which

is now given as occurring in Lake Bassenthwaite is by any

means complete. A complete list will be drawn up only

when a series of gatherings are taken every month for two or

three years; but it may be hoped that the publication of this

paper will act as a stimulus for further investigation.

It is well known to fishermen that the lakes in Cumber-

land vary very considerably in their “ trout’’ reputation.

Bassenthwaite is not regarded as a very good lake for trout,

but, on the other hand, it contains an abundance of perch and

pike. It would be extremely interesting if in time a syste-

matic study of the relations between the fish-fauna and the

E,utomostracan fauna could be undertaken. It would not be

a very costly investigation, but it would require the whole

time of a competent naturalist provided with a modest labora-

tory on the lake side for a period of two or three years. The

results to be obtained might be of considerable value to the

tishery.—S. J. H.

Entomostraca of Lake Bassenthwaite. 469

BASSENTHWAITE LAKE is particularly well suited for faunistic

investigations, for while being one of the lowest of the English

lakes, it has the largest drainage-area; it also receives the

overflow from Derwentwater and 'Thirlmere ; therefore in

Bassenthwaite we should expect to find a typical lake-fauna,

and, in addition, a concentration of the forms living within

the drainage-area of the lake.

Bassenthwaite * is the same size as Derwentwater—a little

over 2 square miles in area. It is 3°83 miles in length, its

average breadth is ‘054 mile or 950 yards. The widest part

of the lake is exactly ? mile. The surface of the lake is

223°4 feet above the sea-level ; the average depth is 18 feet;

the greatest depth is 70 feet. Direct drainage-area 914 square

miles ; total catchment-area 134 square miles.

The upper end of the lake is shallow, and depths over

25 feet are confined to a trough nearly 2 miles long in the

middle of the lake. The section across the lake suggests

a double-troughed depression separated by a broad central

rise. Mill says:—‘ 'The steep slopes of the lake above and

below water were always composed of smooth rounded stones,

much smaller than the great blocks of Derwentwater; the

stones were only observed to be covered with mud on the

shallow flats at the north-west and southern ends, and except

for some rushes and water-lilies in the south-eastern corner,

there were remarkably few water-plants, and no signs of a

peaty floor. Well out in the lake the sediment was always

found to be soft mud.” The soundings were taken on June

24th and 26th, 1893.

On 4th April, 1897, a few tow-nettings were roughly made

in the lake, with the view of ascertaining the nature of the

fauna. ‘he following forms were taken:—Coprpopa: Dia-

plomus castor, Cyclops strenuus, and C. signatus were fairly

common; Cyclops affints was rather rare. DAPHNIDA: Bos-

muna lorgirostris and the larve of Leptodora hyalina were

fairly common.

On 21st and 22nd April, and 15th, 16th, and 17th June,

1898, the investigations were more thorough, and the middie

and northern portions of the lake were carefully worked at.

In April ten tow-nettings were taken, six at the surtace

and four at a depth of from 5 to 6 feet. The preservatives

used were (1) a solution of corrosive sublimate, and (2) a

mixture of formol, spirit, and osmic acid ; the latter obtained

better results than the former.

On 21st and 22nd April, 1898, it was noticed that the

* For a complete description of Lake Bassenthwaite see ‘ Bathy-

metrical Survey of the English Lakes,’ by H. R. Mill, D.Se.

470 Miss Edith M. Pratt on the

Copepods were most abundant some little distance below the

surface, while the Daphnids were found in greatest numbers

at the surface. The following forms were taken: —CoPEPODA:

Cyclops Kaufmanni was very abundant; Cyclops signatus

and Diaptomus gracilis were abundant; Cyclops insignis,

C. Ewarti, C. strenuus, and Diaptomus castor were less abun-

dant; Cyclops Thomasi was rare. CLADOCERA—DAPHNID#&:

Bosmina longirostris and Sida erystallina were abundant ;

Chydorus sphericus and the larve only of Leptodora hyalina

were less abundant; Bythotrephes longimanus, Polyphemus

pediculus, and Daphnia pulex were rare.

On 15th, 16th, and 17th June, 1898, sixteen tow-nettings

were taken at different hours of the day at depths from 0 to

about 10 feet from the surface.

This collection was characterized by the presence of the

rotifer “‘ Asplanchna priodonta”’ in immense numbers. As

it occurred in the same proportion in all the tow-nettings, it

must have been universally distributed.

In April the Copepods outnumbered the Daphnids, but in

June the Copepods had diminished remarkably in numbers

and were replaced by those Daphnids (Bythotrephes, Poly-

phemus, Leptodora, and Daphnella) which were rare in April.

The following Coprropa were taken :—Cyclops signatus

was fairly abundant; C. phaleratus, C. strenuus, C. serru-

latus were rather rare; C. ¢nsignis was rare.

DAPHNIDE: Daphnella brachyura, Leptodora hyalina,

Polyphemus pediculus were very abundant, with eggs,

embryos, and young in various stages of development ;

bythotrephes longimanus with eggs and embryos was abun-

dant ; Sida erystallina and Chydorus sphericus were rare.

A few water-mites were taken which have not yet been

identified.

The following species were abundant in April 1898, but

were rare or not taken in June :— Cyclops Kaufmanni, C. in-

signis, CU. Kwarti, Diaptomus gracilis, D. castor, Bosmina

longirostris, Sida crystallina, Chydorus sphericus.

Cyclops Thomast and Daphnia were rare in April and were

not taken in June.

The following species were common in June which were

rare or not taken in April :—Daphnella brachyura (absent in

April), Leptodora hyalina (only larvee were taken in April),

Polyphemus pediculus, Cyclops phaleratus, and C. serrulatus

(fairly abundant, but not taken in April), Bythotrephes longi-

manus.

_ Cyclops signatus and C. strenuus were fairly abundant in

April and in June.

we,

Entomostraca of Lake Bassenthwaite. 471

Brief Statement of recorded Distribution in Britain of the

Species taken in Lake Bassenthwaite.

ENTOMOSTRACA.

CLADOCERA.

Bosmina longirostris, Baird.

Bosmina longirostris, Baird, British Entomostraca, p. 105, tab. xv.

fic. iii.

This species appears to be fairly common and widely

distributed in Britain. In Bassenthwaite it was very common

in all the tow-nettings in April, but rare in June.

Sida erystallina, Straus.

Sida crystallina, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 107.

Baird remarks that this species is of rare occurrence, but

Scott records it as being common in Raith Lake in Scotland.

It was the most common species taken in April 1898. In June

very few specimens were taken, but these were of a large

size, with well-developed ova and embryos.

Chydorus sphericus, Baird.

Chydorus sphericus, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 126, tab. xvi. fig. 8.

Common in ponds and ditches in Britain almost all the

year round.

Leptodora hyalina, Lilljeborg.

Leptodora hyalina, Bronn, Klass, und Ordn, des Thier., Arthrop.

Crust., Erste Halfte, Tafeln, Taf. xxi. fig. 1.

This species was first taken in England by Bolton * from

the Olton reservoir, near Birmingham. Later it was taken

by Beck in Lake Grasmere. Scott has taken it in the

Scottish lakes (Loch Leven, Loch Morar), and remarks that

while it is considered to be a rare species, it is not very rare

in Loch Leven.

In April only the larve and very young forms were taken,

chiefly at the surface, in Bassenthwaite. In June this

species was exceedingly abundant, with eggs, embryos, and

young, but no young larve were taken. It was, moreover,

confined to the middle of the lake, where the water is deep

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. ix. p. 53. .E. Ray Lankester, “On

new British Cladocera discovered by Mr. Conrad Beck in Grasmere Lake,

Westmoreland.”

472 Miss Edith M. Pratt on the

(see Map, p. 475). Very few mature specimens were taken

at the surface, or at the depth of 2 to 4 feet; but from 6 to

10 feet (10 feet=greatest depth at which tow-nettings were

taken) it was taken in great quantities.

Bythotrephes longimanus, Leydig.

Bythotrephes longimanus, Leydig, Naturgeschichte der Daphniden,

p. 244, figs. 73-75, Taf. x.

British Habitat.—Scotland (Scott): Loch Ness, Loch

Morar (frequent at surface), Loch Leven (frequent). Perth-

shire Lochs (Sept.) : Loch Oich (common), Loch Tay (frequent

at surface).

This species has not been recorded before from the English

lakes. In Bassenthwaite it was very rare in April but very

abundant in June, with eggs, embryos, larve, and young.

Beck describes the species ‘ cederstromii’”’ from Grasmere

and other English lakes, and remarks that it appears to be

more abundant in the autumn than in the spring.

Daphnia pulex, Latreille.

Daphnia pulex, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 89, tab. xvi. fig. 5.

This species, while being widely distributed in ponds and

ditches in Britain, occurs but rarely in large sheets of water ;

it was very rare in Bassenthwaite in April, and no specimens

were taken in June.

Daphnia longispina.

Daphnia longispina, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 91, tab. vii. figs. 3, 4.

This species was taken by Beck in the English lakes and

by Scott in some of the Scottish lochs. It was rare in April,

and no specimens were taken in June.

Polyphemus pediculus, Straus.

Polyphemus pediculus, Baird, Brit. Entom. p. 111, tab. xvii. fig. 1;

Leydig, Naturg. der Daphniden, p. 252, Taf. viii. fig. 63, Taf. ix,

fig: 7:

Baird took specimens of this species in a ditch near Rich-

mond on Thames; he remarks that this species seems to be

very limited in its range of habitat, as he only found it in

one spot not more than 20 yards in extent. Scott, however,

has taken it in many of the Scottish lakes, and describes it as

being a fairly common species, especially in large sheets of

water; in Loch Morar, in Perthshire, it was taken by him in

, ===

Entomostraca of Lake Bassenthwaite. 473

abundance near the surface all over the portion of the loch

examined.

Beck took this species in the English lakes. It was very

rare in Bassenthwaite in April, but very abundant and

universally distributed at the surface and some little distance

below the surface in June, with eggs, embryos, and larvee in

all stages of development.

COPEPODA.

Cyclops signatus, Koch.

Cyclops signatus, Brady, Brit. Copep. vol. i. p. 100, pl. xvii. figs. 4-12 ;

id. Revision Brit. Freshwater Cyclopide and Calanide, p. 6, pl. ii.

fig. 0.

Examples with serrated and with simple ridge on antenna

were taken. ‘They are supposed to represent different stages

in development (Herrick). ‘This species is widely distri-

buted and common in Britain.

Cyclops strenuus, Fischer.

YCoy )

Cyclops strenuus, Brady, Brit. Copep. vol. i. p. 104; id. Rev. Brit,

Freshw. Cyc. and Cal. p. 8, pl. ii.

Widely and generally distributed in Britain, but not very

common.

Cyclops Thomas, Forbes.

Cyclops Thomast, Brady, Freshw. Cyc. and Cal. p. 15, pl. vi. figs. 1-4,

This is not a common species. Scott has taken it in many

of the Scottish lakes, but it seems to occur nowhere in great

abundance. It was rare in Bassenthwaite in April, this being

the first time that it has been recorded from the English lakes.

No specimens were taken in June.

Cyclops insignis, Claus.

Cyclops insignis, Brady, Brit. Copep. vol. i. p. 108, pl. xxi.; id. Rev.

Brit. Freshw. Cyc, and Cal. p. 18, pl. vii.

Brady describes it as being one of the less common species

of Cyclops. 1 have not found it recorded from the Scottish

lakes. Specimens of this species were fairly common in the

middle of the lake in April, but rare in June.

Cyclops Ewarti, Brady.

Cyclops Ewarti, Brady, Rey. Brit. Freshw. Cyc. and Cal. p. 22.

Scott has taken this species in a small bay near Queens-

ferry, Firth of Forth. Brady remarks that this is the only

AT4. Miss Edith M. Pratt on the

undoubted member of this genus which has been found living

in the sea. As it was first found in the Forth, he thought

that its habitat must be in ponds and ditches which flow into

the Forth. Since then it has been taken by Scott in Loch

Morar (Inverness-shire) and in Loch Moray.

Only a few specimens of this species were taken in April

and none were taken in June.

Cyclops affints, Sars.

Cyclops affinis, Brady, Brit. Copep. vol. i. p. 112, pl. xv. figs. 11-14,

pl. xxiv. B, figs. 10-15; id. Rey. Brit. Freshw. Cye. and Cal. p. 21,

pl. viii.

Brady says that this species seems to be of rare occurrence.

Scott records it from some of the Scottish lakes. It was

taken in Bassenthwaite in April 1897, and has not since been

taken.

Cyclops Kaufmanni, Uljanin.

Cyclops Kaufmanni, Brady, Brit. Copep. vol. i. p. 113, pl. xxiv.

figs. 6-12; id. Rev. Brit. Freshw. Cyc. and Cal. p. 24, pl. ii. fig. iii.

This species, although very limited from all accounts in its

distribution, was by far the most abundant species taken in

April 1898 ; in June it was rare.

Cyclops phaleratus, Koch.

Cyclops phaleratus, Brady, British Copepoda, vol. i. p. 116.

This species is not very common, though fairly widely

distributed. It has been taken in a few of the Scottish lakes

by Scott, in Ireland and north of England by Brady, but has

not been recorded from the English lakes. It was taken in

Bassenthwaite in April 1598, when it was rather rare. No

specimens were taken in June.

Cyclops serrulatus, Fischer.

Cyclops serrulatus, Brady, British Copepoda, vol. i. p. 109, pl. xxii. ; id.

Rey. Freshw. Cyc. and Cal. p. 18, pl. vii. fig. 1.

This is the most common species of the genus. It occurs

almost universally over Britain, and has been recorded by

almost all continental writers. Specimens were only taken

in Bassenthwaite in June.

LNaptomus castor, Jurine.

Diaptomus castor, Brady, Brit. Copepoda, vol. i. p. 59, pl, vi. figs. 6-13 ;

id. Rev. Brit. Freshw. Cyc. and Cal. p. 27, pl. xi. figs. 1-6.

This species is generally distributed in Britain, but not

475

Entomostraca of Lake Bassenthwaite.

alan

(Reproduced from ‘ Bathymetrical Survey of English Lakes,

H. R. Mill, D.Sc.)

Bassenthwaite Lake.

476 On the Entomostraca of Lake Bassenthwaite.

common. Brady says that it rarely occurs in lakes or large

sheets of water, but generally in ponds and ditches where

there is much vegetation. ‘his species was not very abun-

dant in April, and no specimens were taken in June.

Diaptomus gracilis, Sars.

Diaptomus gracilis, Brady, Rev. Brit. Freshw. Cyc. and Cal. p. 29,

pl. xi. figs. 7-9, pl. xii. figs. 1-8.

This species is universally distributed and abundant

throughout Britain in large sheets of water where there is

little vegetation.

ROTIFERA.,

Asplanchna priodonta, Gosse.

Asplanchna priodonta, Gosse, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. vi.

1850, p. 18, pls. i. & i1.; Hudson and Gosse, Rotifera, p. 123,

pl. xii. fig. 2.

Gosse found this species not uncommon in the Ser-

pentine, Kensington Gardens, and in ponds and ditches

near Birmingham. It was very sparingly but generally

distributed in April, but in June occurred in vast quantities

in all the tow-nettings taken at the surface and moderate

depths.

In the Map accompanying this paper the areas of depth

are signified by dotted lines.

The weather was calm and fine when the tow-nettings were

made in June, but there had been heavy rains a few days

before. wo

The tow-nettings were confined to the middle and northern

portions of the lake. é

In the 10-fathom area six tow-nettings were made, and

were cliaracterized by the presence of Polyphemus in greater

numbers than elsewhere, and the almost complete absence of

Leptodora and Bythotrephes (a tew immature forms were

taken).

In the 25-fathom area four tow-nettings were taken from

6 to 8 teet, in which Leptodora and Bythotrephes were fairly

common.

In the 50-fathom area five tow-nettings were taken from

6 to 10 feet, and in these gatherings Leptodora and Bytho-

trephes were very abundant. (It is worthy of note that

Leptodora and Bythotrephes very often occur together in

great abundance.)

The remaining forms were distributed more or less univer-

sally over the portion of the lake examined.

On Two new Siluroid Fishes trom Brazil, 477

LVILI.—Deseriptions of Two new Siluroid Fishes from

Brazil. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

Brachyplatystoma platynema.

Vomerine teeth forming a very broad band, broader than the

band in the upper jaw, angularly notched behind; another

notch between it and the patch of palatine teeth. Head

extremely depressed, twice as long as deep, 34 times in total

length. Snout spatulate, rounded, projecting a little beyond

the mandible ; eye extremely small, in the posterior half of

the head, its diameter 4 times in interorbital width; occipital

process short, widely separated from the dorsal fin; upper

surface of head covered with thin reticulate skin; fontanelle

very small. Maxillary and mental barbels much flattened,

band-like, the former reaching extremity of ventral, the

anterior mentals nearly reaching extremity of pectoral, the

posterior mental hinder third of ventral. Branchiostegal

rays 12. Dorsal I 6, first ray 2 length of head; adipose fin

nearly three times as long as deep, ? its distance from the

rayed dorsal. Anal IV 12, falciform, first branched ray 24

as long as last. Pectoral 3 length of head, spine feebly

serrated. Ventral as long as pectoral, widely separated from

anal, Caudal deeply forked, the lobes produced into very

long filaments. Caudal peduncle 3 times as long as deep,

Dark brown above, lighter beneath.

Total length to middle caudal rays 430 millim.; upper

caudal lobe with filament 250.

A single specimen from Paré; presented to the British

Museum by Dr. E. A. Goeldi, Director of the Paré Museum.

This species is nearest allied to the recently described

Brachyplatystoma juruense, Blgr.*, from which it is distin-

guished by the broader band of teeth on the palate, the longer

snout, and the band-like barbels. From B. Vaillanti, C. & V.,

it differs in the above characters and in the smaller eye, the

shorter barbels, and the wider separation between the occipital

process and the dorsal fin.

LEPTODORAS, gen. nov.

Distinguished from Owydoras, Kner, by the longer body

* The name Platystoma, Ag., being preoccupied, has been replaced by

that of Brachyplatystoma, Eigenm.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 33

478 Mr. L. de Nicéville on the

and the longer anal fin with 15 to 17 rays. This genus is

founded on Oxydoras acipenserinus, Gthr., and

Leptodoras juruensis.

No teeth. Depth of body 9 times in total length, length

of head 5 times. Head 14 as long as broad, covered with

skin, except on the occiput; snout depressed, pointed; poste-

rior nostril equally distant from the anterior and from the

centre of the eye; eye in posterior half of head, its diameter

3 times in length of snout, equal to interorbital width ;

occiput and occipito-nuchal shield granulated and striated ;

bases of the six barbels united by the fold of the lower jaw;

maxillary barbel branched, not 4 length of head, not reaching

gill-opening ; latter extending to below centre of eye.

Humeral process striated, not 4 as long as pectoral spine.

Dorsal 1 5, spine very feebly serrated in front, much pro-

duced beyond the soft rays, twice as long as head. Adipose

fin very small. Anal V 12, its base 24 as long as that of the

dorsal. Pectoral spine ? length of head, reaching base of

ventral, with very strong serra, especially on the inner side.

Ventral a little shorter than pectoral. Lateral shields 44,

not measuring } the depth of the body, with serrated posterior

border and very strong hooked spine. Caudal deeply bifur-

cate. Brown; pectoral, ventral, and adipose fins, and base

of dorsal and anal, blackish.

Total length 235 millim.

A single specimen formed part of a small collection made

in the Jurua River by Capt. Martins, and sent to me by

Dr. Goeldi. This collection contained besides examples of

two species not previously recorded from that river, viz. Pro-

chilodus insignis, Schomb., and Aphyocharax pusillus, Gthr.

L. juruensts differs from L. actipenserinus in the more

elongate body, the smooth snout and opercles, the smaller

eye, the shorter maxillary barbel, the longer dorsal spine, and

the smaller lateral shields.

LIX.—A Revision of the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus

Dercas. By LIONEL DE NICEVILLE, F.E.S., C.M.Z.S., &e.

THE name Dercas appears to have been a MS. name of

Dr. Boisduval’s ; it first appeared in print in the ‘ Genera of

Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ vol. i. p. 70 (1847), and was briefly

characterized, though not used in a generic sense, by Mr.

Edward Doubleday, to whom, therefore, the genus should be

credited, and not to Boisduval, as appears to have been more

generally the custom.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Dercas. 479

In the ‘ Genera’ Mr. Doubleday admits two species of the

genus Dercas—No. 7, Gonepteryx lycorias, Doubleday, male

only ; and No. 8, Gonepteryx Verhuellii [recte Verhuelli|, with

Rhodocera lycorias, Doubleday, female only, as a synonym.

With regard to R. lycorias, Dr. A. R. Wallace in 1867

wrote :—‘ Mr. Doubleday puts his &. lycorvas 9 as a synonym

of D. Verhuelliz, but retains lycorias g as a distinct species

from Sylhet. As no specimen answering to his description

exists in the British Museum, or in any private collection

with which I am acquainted, [ am inclined to think that the

specimen was probably compounded of the fore wings and

body of D. Verhuellit, with the hind wings of a Callidryas”’

[= Catopsilia]. Mr. Hewitson in 1864 wrote :— Gonepteryx

licorias [sic] of Doubleday does not differ from Gt. Verhuelliv.”

Mr. W. F. Kirby, in his Syn. Cat., keeps D. lycorias dis-

tinct, but with the note “ An spec. jict.?”’ Unfortunately

the work in which &. lycordas is described is not to be found

in the Calcutta libraries, so 1 propose to ignore the species

altogether *,

The genus Dercas is found in the mountains of N.E. India

(Nepal, Sikkim, and Bhutan), in Assam, Western, Central,

and Southern China, Upper Burma (but not in Central and

Southern Burma), in the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java,

and Borneo. Its headquarters would appear to be the Khasi

Hills, as in that wonderfully rich region three species are

found ; Sikkim (and also probably Nepal and Bhutan, which

are conterminous on either side of Sikkim) has two species ;

Southern China (Hongkong) has two species; the other

regions one only, All the species appear to be extremely

constant, and no seasonal dimorphism is known to occar in

them. As far as is known they all inhabit large forests,

except the species found in Hongkong, where no forest,

strictly speaking, exists: when we took over that island from

the Chinese it was bare of trees, but during the fifty-seven

years of our occupation much has been done to reforest what

was in 1841 almost entirely bare granite rocks, The Chinese

have been well-named—though in joke—/lomo ligniperdus

by Mr. Sydney B.J. Skertchly, from their abominable wood-

destroying characteristics.

* Since the above was put into type, Sir George F. Hampson, of the

British Museum, has sent me very kindly a transcript of the description

of Rhodocera lycorias, Doubleday (Gray’s Zool. Misc. pp. 77, 78, fig. male,

1842), and a tracing of the figure, from which it is clearly evident that

both sexes are synonymous with Dercas Verhuelli. The habitat given is

“Silhet.” In the description D. Verhuelli is not mentioned, so it may

be safely assumed that Doubleday had never heard of it, or he would not

haye described his species.

33*

480 Mr. L. de Nicéville on the

The key to the species given below will enable anyone to

easily recognize the various species.

A. Of larger size; hind wing angulated, with a well-developed ‘tail’ at

the termination of the third median nervule.

a, Hind wing with no marginal orange mixed with black line.

a’. Fore wing on both sides with a large apical patch, black above,

orange below.

1. D. Verhuelli, van der Hoeven: N.E, Himalayas, Assam, Upper

Burma, Southern China.

b'. Fore wing on both sides with no large apical patch.

2. D. Skertchlyi, sp. n.: Southern China (Hongkong).

b. Hind wing with a marginal orange mixed with black line.

3. D. gobrias, Hewitson: Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

B. Of smaller size; hind wing rounded, without a ‘ tail.’

a. Fore wing with a large round black spot in the middle of the second

median interspace.

4, D. Wallichii, Doubleday: Sikkim, Khasi and Naga Hills,

Assam.

b. Fore wing with no large round black spot in the middle of the

second median interspace.

a’, Fore wing on the upperside with no apical and discal orange

markings.

5. D. decipiens, sp. n.: Khasi Hills.

6’. Fore wing on the upperside with the internal area of the apical

black patch and a discal oblique fascia rich orange.

6. D. differmis, sp. n.: Western and Central China.

1. Dercas Verhuelli, van der Hoeven.

Colias Verhuelli, van der Hoeven *, Tijdsch. voor Nat. Gesch. en Phys.

vol. vy. p. 341. n. 3, pl. vii. figs. 3 a, 3b, female (1839). Dercas Ver-

huelli, Moore, Proc. Zool]. Soc. Lond. 1865, p. 760; id., Elwes, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 414. n. 372. Gonepteryx Verhuelht (sic !],

Doubleday & Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. vol. i. p. 71. n.8, pl. vii.

fig. 3, male (1847). Dercas Verhuellii, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soe.

Lond. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 898. n. 2 (1867); id., Butler, Cist. Ent. vol. i,

pp. 36, 45, pl. ii. fig. 1, made (1870); id., Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvi. p. 358. n. 83 (1885); id., Staudinger, Ex. Schmett.

vol. i. p. 40, pl. xxil., male (1884-85); id., Schatz, Ex. Schmett.

vol. ii. p. 68, pl. vii., male, palpus, and antenna (1886) ; id., Swinhoe,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond 1893, p. 308. n. 343; id., de Nicéville, Gazet-

teer of Sikhim, p. 167. n. 431 (1894); id., Watson, Journ. Bomb,

Nat, Hist. Soc. vol. x. p. 671. n. 231 (1897); id., Adamson, Cat. Butt.

Burmah, p. 42. n. 848 (1897).

Hab. China (van der Hoeven) ; Bengal (Moore) ; not un-

common in certain places in Sikkim up to 4000 feet from May

to October (Zlwes); China, N. India (Doubleday) ; N. India,

Silhet (Wallace); Manipur, one pair (Butler); North India,

* Several writers—Staudinger, Schatz, Adamson, &c.—have attributed

this species erroneously to Hewitson.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Dercas. 481

China (Staudinger); Khasia Hills, common (Swinhoe) ;

Sikkim, local, but where it occurs abundant, found at about

4000 feet from May to October (de Nicéville) ; two specimens

from the Chin Hills, 8500 feet, in the rains (Watson) ; rare

in Burmah, one specimen captured in April at Tounggya

Sekkan (Adamson) ; Sikkim, Jorhat, Sibsagar, Khasi Hills,

Hongkong (coll. de Nicéville).

This species was originally described from China, probably

from specimens obtained at Hongkong or close by in the

Canton district. At Hongkong it does not appear to be very

rare; Mr. E. F. Skertchly has sent mea good series taken in

May. No species of Dercas is given by Mr. J. J. Walker in

‘CA Preliminary List of the Butterfliesof Hong-Kong” (Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895, pp. 433-477).

2. Dercas Skertchly?, sp. n.

Hab, Hongkong, South China.

Expanse.— g 2°9, 2 3:2 inches.

Description.— Male and female. Differs from D, Verhuelli,

van der Hoeven, in the fore wing lacking on both surfaces

the large apical patch which is such a marked characteristic

of that species; in J). Skertchlyi the costa from about the

middle to the apex of the wing, and thence as far as the

termination of the first median nervule, has a narrow black

border of about equal breadth throughout. Otherwise the

two species do not differ.

D. Skertchlyi cannot be a seasonal form of D. Verhuelli, as

both species fly together in Hongkong in May, which is the

only month in which Mr. KE. F. Skertchly, after whom I

have much pleasure in naming the species, has obtained it.

It seems to be fairly common on the island, though I did not

meet with it myself on the two occasions I was there.

3. Dercas gobrias, Hewitson.

Gonepteryx gobrias, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. ii.

p- 246. n. 5, pl. xvi. fig. 1, male (1864) ; id., Butler, Proc. Zool. Soe.

Lond. 1865, p. 432. n. 4, pl. xxv. fig. 4, male. Rhodocera gobrias,

Vollenhoven, Faune Ent. Arch. Indo-Néerl., Piérides, p. 63. n. 1

(1865). Dercas gobrias, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3,

vol. iv. p. 398. n. 1 (1867) ; id., Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873,

p- 356; id., Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 308. n. 1, pl. xxvi. fig. 18, male

(1885); id., Distant & Pryer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xix. p. 271. n. 152 (1887); id., de Nicéville & Martin, Journ.

A.S. B. vol. lxiv. pt. 2, p. 500, n. 550 (1896).

Hab. Borneo (Hewittson) ; Borneo (Butler) ; Borneo (Vol-

lenhoven) ; Sumatra, Borneo (Wallace) ; Borneo (Druce) ;

482 Mr. L. de Nicéville on th

Province Wellesley, Perak, Sumatra, Java, Borneo (Distant) ;

Northern Borneo, not common (Distant & Pryer) ; is rather

rare in North-eastern Sumatra, and occurs from Bekantschan

to the Central Plateau. Collectors never bring in more than

two or three specimens at one time. We have specimens

caught from February to August only (de Nicéville &

Martin); Perak, N.E. Sumatra, N. & §.E. Borneo (coll.

de Nicéville).

This is a very well-marked species. Mr. Distant has alone

recorded it from Java, where it is probably rare.

4. Dercas Wallichi’, Doubleday.

Gonepteryx Wallichii, Doubleday, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 1, vol. v.

p. xlvii (1849). Rhodocera Wallichii, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

1866, p. 452. Dercas Wallichi, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond,

ser, 5, vol. iv. p. 598. n. 3 (1867). ? Dercas Wallichii, Elwes, Proc,

Zool, Soc. Lond. 1882, p. 402; id., Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888,

p. 415. n. 378; id., Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 308.

n. 544; id., de Nicéville, Gazetteer of Sikhim, p. 167. n. 452 (1894).

Gonepteryx urania, Butler, Proc Zool. Soc. Lond. 1865, p. 458. n. 5,

pl. xxvi. fig. 5, female. Dercas urania, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond. 1893, p. 508. n. 345.

Hab. North India (Doubleday); North India (Butler) ;

N. India (Wallace); Sikkim, Khasias (Hlwes); many

examples, Khasia Hills (Swinhoe); Sikkim, Khasi Hills

(de Nicéville) ; uranta, Northern India (Butler); urania, several

examples, Khasia Hills (Swinhoe); Lachung Valley in Native

Sikkim, Khasi Hills, Upper Assam (coll. de Nicéville).

As far back as 1866 Dr. A. G. Butler sunk his G. uranéa

under &. Wallichiz, in which he has been followed by all

writers except Col. Swinhoe, who in 1893 raises D. urania

to specific rank, and notes :—“ Kirby puts it as a synonym of

the preceding [D. Wadllichit], but I think it must be a good

species, having never seen any intermediates.” The specimens

Col. Swinhoe refers to are probably J). decipiens, mihi,

and he could not have looked up the literature on these

species when he wrote this note. G. urania is undoubtedly

a synonym of D, Wallichii. The home of this species in

Sikkim has now been found, Herr Paul Méwis having ob-

tained many specimens through his native collectors.from the

Lachung Valley. Mr. W. Doherty notes in Proc. Zool. Soe.

Lond. 1891, p. 251, that he obtained a large set of D. Wad-

lichit at or near Mao, Manipur, and that it is curiously like

Gonepteryx zaneka [not zaneeka], Moore, of the North-west

Himalayas. It flew in June and disappeared in July.

Through the kindness of Mr. H. J. Elwes I have several of

these Manipuri specimens in my collection. Dr. Butler notes

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Dercas. 483

in 1866 that R. Wallichit “has been for years confounded

with a smaller insect described last year by Mr. F. Moore,”

this species being G. zaneka probably.

5 2 197,

5. Dercas decipiens, sp. n.

Hab. Khasi Hills.

Kxpanse.— 8 2°2-2°4 inches.

Description.—Male. Differs from both sexes of D. Wal-

lichit, Doubleday, in the absence of the large round spot

placed in the middle of the second median interspace of the

fore wing, touching the second and third median nervules,

and which is black above and reddish below; in all other

respects the two species are the same.

I have this species only from the Khasi Hills, where it

appears to be quite as common as D. Wallichii, Doubleday,

the Rev. Walter A. Hamilton having kindly sent me many

examples of both from thence, obtained by his native col-

lectors. As they occur synchronously, one species cannot be

merely a seasonal form of the other.

6. Dercas difformis, sp. n.

Dercas Waillichit, Leech {nec Doubleday |, Butt. from China, Japan, and

Corea, vol. ii. p. 445, pl. xxxy. fig. 3, male (1893).

Hab. Western and Central China.

Hxpanse.— 8 2°5 inches.

Description.—“ Chinese specimens of D. Wallichi?, Double-

day, are rather larger than those from India. In the male

the costa towards the apex is marked with red, and there is an

oblique streak of the same colour, interrupted by the nervules,

from the apical black patch. The underside is identical with

that of Indian specimens of the same sex. The females

from both countries are alike. Fairly common throughout

Central and Western China at moderate elevations; the

female is scarcer than the male.” (Leech, l. c.)

Mr. Leech described this species as above, but compared it

with D. Wallichit, which has the round spot in the second

median interspace of the fore wing on both surfaces, which

spot is entirely absent from LD. difformis and D. decipiens,

mihi. From the male of the latter species it differs in the

male in having the apex of the fore wing much less produced,

in the presence of a rich orange suffusion within the black

apical area of the fore wing on the upperside, and also of an

oblique discal orange fascia running from the apex of the

wing to the first median nervule. In size it is rather larger

484 On a new Species of Shrew from Ashantee.

than D. decipiens, and has the outer margin of the hind wing

still more evenly rounded, with no trace of a projection at the

apex of the third median nervule.

I possess three males of this very distinct species from

Moupin, sent me by M. Charles Oberthiir.

Indian Museum, Calcutta,

July 12th, 1898.

LX.—A new Species of Shrew from Ashantee.

By W. E. DE WINTON.

AMONG a few small mammals lately presented to the British

Museum by Capt. W. Giffard, who collected them in Ashantee,

is a very striking shrew, of such intense rich seal-brown colour

that it appears almost black. I am indebted to Mr. Oldfield

Thomas, who has kindly handed the collection over to me

for description, and I have pleasure in associating the name of

the discoverer with this fine new form, which may be described

as follows :—

Crocidura (Cr.) Giffardi, sp. n.

The head and body above and below, with the legs anl

feet, dark seal-brown or brown-black ; tail coal-black.

Measurements taken from the dried skin :—

Head and body (c.) 130 millim.; tail (c.) 100; hind foot

without claws (c.) 23; from the nose to the termination of

the thick body-fur 145; the thinly haired portion of the

tail 85.

Measurements of skull :—

Greatest length 36:1 millim.; breadth 15; narrowest

across interorbital constriction 7°1; basal length 33:7; front

of incisors to back of palate 18°5; tooth-row 17; tip of

incisors to tip of large premolar 8; greatest breadth across

m2 11°5. Mandible: length 23°9; height, angle to

coronoid 11°6.

Type (¢) no. 98. 10. 24. 5 in the British Museum.

Collected by W. Giffard, 30th June, 1898, at Morsi,

600 feet, on the way to Kumassi. ‘ Found dead.”

This shrew is one of the largest true Crociduras known ;

its colour alone is sufficient to distinguish it from any other

species.

Compared with C. Manni the skull is much larger in every

measurement, and proportionately broader in the facial

portion ; the palate is broader and the teeth throughout much

Sees eee ee

eee

On Cretaceous Fishes from Mount Lebanon. 485

heavier; the top of the skull is much flattened, especially

over the fronto-parietal constriction, where it is also somewhat

depressed.

The two small unicuspid teeth are subequal in size, the

hindermost only being slightly larger in cross-section,

Though the label records that this shrew was “ found dead,”

there can be little doubt that its demise had not long taken

place, for the skin is in perfect preservation throughout and

reflects great credit on the collector, the fur being like

shining velvet.

LXI.—WNotes on some Type Specimens of Cretaceous Fishes

Srom Mount Lebanon tn the Geneva Museum. By A. Smita

Woopwarp, F.L.S.

WHEN Professor F. J. Pictet,in collaboration with Mons. A.

Humbert, published an extended and revised memoir on the

Cretaceous fish-fauna of Mount Lebanon in 1866 *, he was

still unable to elucidate further some of the more problematical

fishes which he had already described in his original memoir

on the subject in 1850 f. The much later researches of Davis f,

based upon the Lewis Collection, also failed to contribute many

facts of importance to our knowledge of these doubtful forms,

and did not refer to Pictet’s type specimens in the Natural

History Museum of Geneva. During a recent study of the

Cretaceous fish-fauna in question, I have therefore visited

Geneva for the purpose of examining Pictet’s original collec-

tion; and, thanks to the kindness of Dr. Maurice Bedot and

Dr. Weber, | am now able to add a few interesting facts

concerning some of the imperfectly understood types, regarded

in the light of our present knowledge.

1. Petalopteryx syriacus, Pictet, op. ect. p. 22, pl. iil. fig. 1.

The unique type specimen of this species is very inade-

quately described and imperfectly figured by Pictet. The

fish is displayed chiefly in side view on a small slab of fissile

limestone from Hakel, but the trunk and dorsal fin are for

the most part indicated only in impression. The hinder part

of the cranial roof is well preserved and suggestive of that of

Amia, with large parietal bones in contact mesially, and a

* Pictet & Humbert, ‘ Nouvelles Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles

du Mont Liban’ (Geneva, 1866).

+ F. J. Pictet, ‘Description de quelques Poissons Fossiles du Mont

Liban’ (Geneva, 1850).

t J. W. Davis, “ The Fossil Fishes of the Chalk of Mount Lebanon in

Syria,” Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe, [2] vol. iii. (1887), pp. 457-636, pls. xiv.—

XXXV11.

486 Mr. A. S. Woodward on

single pair of transversely elongated supratemporals. These

elements are ornamented with ruge and tubercles of enamel,

as in Lophiostomus from the English Chalk. One fragment

of jaw, possibly maxilla, bears traces of small, slender,

conical teeth; while among other remains in the region of

the mouth there are also scattered numerous small blunt

teeth, some distinctly cupped at the apex. Below the head

there are a few very slender branchiostegal rays. The

internal skeleton of the trunk is not observable, and the fins

are not remarkably well preserved. The pectoral fins comprise

each at least 15 stout rays, and seem to have been as large as

represented by Pictet; but no fulcra can be distinguished on

their anterior border. The pelvic fins, each with 8 or 9

stout rays, are fringed with fulera, which rapidly decrease in

size distally. The dorsal fin is observed to be much elevated

in front, without fulera; but it is imperfectly preserved, and

the number of its rays is uncertain. ‘There is no trace of an

anal fin. ‘The caudal fin seems to have been forked, and its

upper lobe is fringed with large fulcra, which are erroneously

represented asa bifurcating bundle in Pictet’s figure. Fulera

seem to have been absent on the lower lobe of the tail. The

squamation, so far as distinguishable, is regular. The few

scales preserved exhibit a smooth enamelled external face,

while those near the dorsal and ventral borders of the fish

are clearly much narrowed.

It thus seems probable that Petalopteryx is an Amioid

ganoid of the family Macrosemiide, as already maintained in

the British Museum ‘Catalogue of Fossil Fishes’ (part iii.

1895, p. 181). Among new points to be added to the generic

diagnosis may be mentioned the presence of stout crushing-

teeth within the mouth and of well-developed fulera on the

pelvic fins. It now remains to discover new specimens of

Aphanepygus from the Cretaceous of Dalmatia, a genus

referred to the “ Macrosemii’”’? by Bassani*; for it seems

likely that the features in which this fish appears to differ

generically from Petalopteryx will prove to be merely

imperfections in the unique type specimen.

2. Coccodus armatus, Pictet, op. cit. p. 51, pl. ix. fig. 9.

Though the Pyenodont genus Coccodus is now tolerably

well known from descriptions by Davis ¢ and the present

writer {, the original figure by Pictet has always been

difficult to understand. An examination of the type specimen,

* F. Bassani, “ Descrizione dei Pesci Fossili di Lesina,” Denkschr. k.

Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl. vol. xlv. (1882), p. 197, pl. i. figs. 1-9.

t J. W. Davis, loc. cit. p. 546, pl. xxx, fig. 1; also Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soe. vol. xlvi. (1890), p. 565, pl. xxii.

{ Catal. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. pt. iii. (1895), p. 266, pl. xvi. fig. 4.

Cretaceous Fishes from Mount Lebanon. 487

however, in the light of present knowledge, readily explains

it. ‘The upper part of the figure represents the two splenial

bones crushed together and exposed from their oral face.

Two of the longitudinal series of teeth are shown on each

element, and these together constitute the so-called four rows

of palatal teeth of Pictet and Davis. To the left, and mostly

below the splenials, the imperfect cranium is displayed in

right side view, its snout pointing upwards. The mesethmoid

and vomer are distinguishable, and on the edge of the latter

is exposed one of the lateral series of small teeth, which is

described by Pictet and Davis as pertaining to the mandible.

The cranial roof-bones are shown to be ornamented with

tubercles, and the top of the brain-case bears the characteristic,

laterally-compressed, forwardly-directed spine. There is

also a prominent ornamented angle at the occiput. The

pectoral arch is vertically crushed, but obscured by the skull

on the left side. On the right the anteriorly-directed spine

of the clavicle is distinct, while on the left it seems possible

to recognize parts of the two posteriorly-directed spines of

the same element. Although Pictet mentions ‘“ vertebrae

deformed by fossilization,” there are no traces of vertebral

centra in the anterior part of the abdominal region preserved ;

but the neural spines are shown to be fused with their

somewhat expanded arches. There are no indications of

scales or scutes.

3. Osmeroides megapterus, Pictet, op. cit. p. 27, pl. iii. fig. 3.

This species is founded on a specimen much too imperfect

for precise determination and not exhibiting even so important

a feature as the mouth. ‘The suboperculum is rather large,

and beneath it there are remains of seven branchiostegal

rays, all comparatively slender, none laminar in form. The

vertebral column is still more bent and broken than indicated

in the figure, so that the abdominal region is much distorted

and the number of vertebre cannot be determined. There

seem to be about 20 or 22 caudal vertebrae. As observed by

Pictet, there are no traces of the pectoral fins; but the pelvic

fins are relatively large, each comprising at least six stout

rays, all of which are articulated and divided distally. The

very slender pelvic fin-supports are seen in front, though not

shown in the figure. ‘The dorsal fin is situated rather far

forwards, and seems to consist of 10 or 12 rays. The foremost

ray preserved is probably short and spinous, but all the

others are divided distally and with distant articulations.

The fin-supports are very stout and dagger-shaped. The

remains of the comparatively small anal fin comprise only

6 or 7 rays, which are similarly divided and articulated.

The large scales are thick, smooth, and shining.

488 On Cretaceous Fishes from Mount Lebanon.

From this description it is evident that O. megapterus does

not belong to the same genus as the typical Osmeroddes

lewesiensis from the English Chalk. So far as the parts

preserved admit of judgment, indeed, the fish must be

referred to the Scopeloid genus Sardinioides of W. von der

Marck *.

4, Clupea laticauda, Pictet, op. cit. p. 39, pl. vil. fig. 3.

It is doubtful whether any of the supposed species of

Clupea from the Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon are correctly

referred to this genus; but there are none more readily

separated from it than the so-called Clupea laticauda, of

which the type specimen still remains the sole known example.

This small fish is very unsatisfactorily figured by Pictet ;

but, on account of the absence of jaws, its precise affinities

cannot be determined even by renewed examination in the

light of present knowledge. In the cranium the frontal bones

are partly preserved, and an impression of the outer face of

their hinder portion seems to exhibit a lateral ornamentation

in the form of tuberculated radiating lines. The parasphenoid

is straight and comparatively thick; but the jaws are quite

unrecognizable. ‘The vertebrae appear to have been nearly

50 in number, half of them caudal; and the centra, which

show fine longitudinal striations, are shorter than deep. One

caudal vertebra seems to exhibit a lateral keel. The ribs

are somewhat expanded proximally, and do not completely

encircle the abdominal cavity. The pectoral fins are very

delicate, crushed, and displaced. The pelvic fins comprise

much stouter rays (probably 9 or 10) with robust supports,

and are inserted far forwards. The dorsal fin exhibits 19,

the anal fin 13 supports. ‘There are slightly sinuous fuleral

rays above and below at the base of the caudal fin, which is

incomplete distally. There are no ridge-scales of any kind,

and the squamation must have been either very delicate or

absent. An impression of coprolitic matter, filling a

comparatively slender intestine, occurs along the greater part

of the abdominal region.

This fish probably belongs to the same family as Enchodus

and Pomognathus. In many respects it is very suggestive

of the latter genus; but it is distinguished among other

features by its more numerous vertebra.

5. Pagellus libanicus, Pictet, op. cit. p. 11, pl. 1. figs. 2, 3.

The Acanthopterygians of the Cretaceous period are still

very imperfectly known, and few are assigned to their correct

systematic position. While, therefore, not attempting to

express an opinion on the affinities of the two species

* Paleontogr. vol. xi. (1863), p. 45.

Bibliographical Notice. 489

originally described by Pictet, but not subsequently noticed,

it may be of interest to add a few notes which will be of

service in eventually determining their true relationships.

Pagellus libanicus is represented by two specimens which

seem to be correctly placed in one and the same species.

The first (Pictet’s fig. 2) exhibits about 24 vertebree, of which

half are abdominal and half caudal. ‘The hinder abdominal

vertebra are shown to bear very strong downwardly-directed

transverse processes. ‘The clavicle bears a considerable

laminar expansion, and there is also a long and slender post-

clavicle. ‘The pectoral fins seem to have been laterally

placed, with the pelvic pair directly beneath them. The

pelvic fin-rays cannot be counted. The dorsal fin comprises

three small spines, gradually increasing in length, followed

by 13 or 14 slender articulated and bifurcating rays. It is

uncertain whether there are more than two short spines in

front of the anal fin, which shows 10 or 12 soft rays. The

second specimen (Pictet’s fig. 3) confirms the characters of

the vertebral column and dorsal fin already noted. Neither

fossil exhibits satisfactory remains of the head and scales.

6. Pycnosterinx dorsalis, Pictet, op. cit. p. 17, pl. il. fig. 3.

The description of the fossil thus named can be readily

verified, so far as it extends. ‘The articulations of the dorsal

and anal fin-rays are rather distant, as in the so-called

Pagellus. The dorsal fin seems to have comprised three

gradually lengthening spines, though only the hinder two are

clearly shown in the fossil; and these are much shorter than

the 8 or 9 soft rays which follow and give the fin an acuminate

form. The anal fin exhibits three spines similarly lengthening,

but considerably stouter than those of the dorsal; and these

are followed by about 6 soft rays.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Farmer and the Birds. By Evrru Carrrneron. With Pretace

by Canon Trisrram, F.R.S. London: George Bell and Sons.

8vo. 1898.

Tue object of this little compilation is a good one and the plan of

it is methodical; but, unfortunately, like most works of a similar

class, it asserts more than can be proved in some cases, and some

things which can be disproved in others. ‘The authoress also appears

not to have had access to a very extensive library, whilst some of

the books freely quoted from are themselves compilations, and very

few (with the exception of Lydekker’s Natural History and one or

two works by Miss Ormerod, Mr. O. V. Aplin, and the Rev. Theodore

Wood) can be regarded as recent.

490 Bibliographical Notice.

In a book of instruction it is, before all things, important that

statements made should be up-to-date; therefore, if the authoress,

instead of abusing aviculturists, had taken them into her councils,

she might have avoided the repetition of exploded fallacies. On

p- 88 she observes :—‘ The bird-caging public, who employ the bird-

catcher, are more to be blamed than he, since they merely gratify a

caprice, and have not even the pretext of earning a living by it.

That the Nightingale seldom long survives caging merely raises his

price in the market, but does not deter the trade” *. In his preface

the Rey. Canon Tristram rightly states that there are certain non-

preventable causes, which he specifies, for the decrease in the

numbers of certain birds; and I would add that it is to these, and

not to the bird-catcher, that we must attribute the reduction of our

Nightingales and Goldfinches.

Is it true that the bird-caging miscreant of the present day

imprisons his feathered pets to gratify a mere caprice? I trow not.

No bird can be thoroughly studied in all its ways when at liberty.

To understand it one must keep it in flight-cage or aviary, watch

every action, record every note, both when single and mated. When

this has been exhaustively done in the case of every species, the

useful work of the bird-catcher may be stopped without injury to

mankind—not that his trade makes one iota of difference to the

number of birds inhabiting these islands.

Before leaving this little book, I should like to call attention to

one or two statements which need confirmation ; personally I am

very sceptical as to their credibility. According to Sweet, quoted

by Macgillivray, quoted by the authoress, the Garden-Warbler is

very fond of the larva of Ganoris brassice. I do not know any bird

(and I have kept a minimum of over three hundred for some years)

which will eat this caterpillar. I have no doubt that the larva of

the small cabbage-butterfly is intended.

Woodlice are said to be eaten by numerous birds, but very few

seem to care for them; they are almost invariably ignored.

The caterpillar of the buff-tip moth is said to be eaten by the

Nuthatch; but my Nuthatch would not touch it.

Hairy caterpillars are said to be rejected by every bird but the

Cuckoo ; yet most of my Thrushes of various species have eaten them

greedily.

The Wagtail is said to be very destructive to the turnip-beetle ;

yet when I had three species of Wagtails, and tried them all with

these beetles, they rejected them with disgust, as did every other

bird f.

The Nightingale is said not to live long in a cage; but this is

almost as great a fallacy as it would be to make the same statement

respecting a Canary.

It is suggested that the Cuckoo not only sucks eggs, but devours

fruit and seeds. Perhaps it is as well that the kind-hearted

authoress is not an aviculturist.

* A freshly caught Nightingale is worth about 3s. 6d.

+ This statement is merely the guess of an entomologist, and a page

and a half are deyoted to enlarging upon it.

Miscellaneous. 491

Finches are said to feed their young upon insects, which is, in a

measure, true. The species of Mringilla, Passer, and Emberiza even

give soft caterpillars and spiders to their young as soon as they

become feathered ; but the Fringilline method of feeding is from the

crop, and it is to a certain extent carried on even after the young

leave the nest. Ie page

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Dates of Jacoh Hibner’s * Sammlung europdischer Schmetter-

linge. —Part I. By C. Davies Suerporn. Part II. By Jno.

Harrier Durrant.

Parr I.

Amoneé some odd parts and numbers of different publications which

were some years ago transferred as duplicates from the Library of

the British Museum, Bloomsbury, to the Library of the British

Museum (Natural History), occurs a portion of Hiibner’s ‘ European

Butterflies’ of great interest and value. This comprises :—

Zweyte Horde.—Sign. b, c, d (p. 32), and 2 unlettered signatures,

Title, and the 2 Verzeichnisse (12 pp.). Total 44 pp.

Sechste Horde.—Sign. a, b; a, b, ¢, d (p. 32), and 1 unlettered

signature, Title &c. (4 pp.). Total 36 pp.

Achte Horde.—Sign. b, ¢, d, ¢, f, g, h, i, k (p. 80), and 1 unlettered

signature (a) (4 pp.). Total 84 pp.

Plates 1-60 of Geometers [ figs. 1-312}.

», 1-16 of Sphinges [figs. 1-78].

», 1-34 of Tine [figs. 1-237].

», 1-16 of Tortrices (figs. 1-104].

», 1-20 of Pyralides | figs. 1-134].

Pinned on to the titlepage of “ Sechste Horde,” with an old pin

with the twisted wire head, is a manuscript of two quarto pages,

in a handwriting I cannot identify, containing the following

information :—

“Mr. Francillon has got only the Letter Press of Mr. Jacob

Hubner’s work on Insects from Page 1 Pyralides Pseudogeometre,

No. 1 Pyralis Emortualis—To page 30—No. 26 Pyralis Rufimi-

tralis with an Index to this part from Pseudogeometre page 1-7 to

Verticalis 22 D 3, and in another part of Letter press from page 4

Pyralides Pseudogeometree—Pyralides Ambigui—to page 15 No. 48

Pyralis Farinalis.

«This is all my Friend and myself have got of the Letter Press,

“The following is the Account of all the plates I have got, Viz*.

“Tinie No. 1 Graminella to No. 209 Struthionipenes in all 30 plates.

Tortrices No. 1-2 Pariana to No. 104 Nebulana in all. 15 plates.

Pyralides No. 1 Emortualis to No. 134 Radiatalis in all 20 plates.

Sphinges No. 1 Chimera to No. 74 Populi in all .... 15 plates.

Geometre No. 1 Smaragdaria to No.98 Remutaria in all 18 plates.

Plate 19 and 20 is wanting.

Geometre No. 111 Rubicaria to No. 120 Piniaria in all. . 2 plates.”

492 Miscellaneous,

On the second page of manuscript is the following :—

“ Dec’. 24, 1799.

“Mr. Olivier’s Account of Mr. Hubners work up to the above

time :

‘oShinges [stc]...... 17 plates

Pyralides (2: 21 Do. with Letter Press.

AUT We Se ee oe et arco 37 Do.

See aa . 3 ay Do. iui pee Aa

OUEPICES 2.7. = aenats 29 Do. Published

tarvay ae eer 12 Do. ae

Total.... 175 Plates completed, of which I and

Dr. Latham have only the Following :

Geometre ........ 20 plates.

MIM ES un isis Ske 15 Do.

Pyralides “7 s:) aes. 20

Wortrices./< 72". 5s. = 16

PING ome eee oe 30

Total .... 101 Plates received.”

Here we have therefore a definite and careful account of no less

than four copies of Hiibner’s work before 24th Dec., 1799, a great

step in advance ; and this account agrees somewhat closely with the

statements of Herrich-Schiffer in ‘ Corr.-Blatt Regensburg,’ 23, 1869,

p. 175, and completely with the portion acquired from the British

Museum (Bloomsbury ).

Now it is interesting to note that the titles and prefaces of these

three portions (2, 6, and 8 Horde) are all dated 1796, while the

titlepage of the 5th Horde is dated 1796, but the preface is dated

1800. The writer of the MS. had not met with the 5th Horde

simply because it had not appeared by Dec. 24, 1799, but did so

after 12th Jan., 1800. From these facts it appears highly probable

that in this portion from the British Museum (Bloomsbury) we

have a complete and entire example of Hiibner’s first distribution,

and I shall accept it as dating from 1796 and not later. Horde 5

I accept as dated 1800, and that is so far as [ am at present

prepared to go. The date of the ‘ Zeifer’ will require some exami-

nation, those of the ‘ Nachtriige,’ “4th and 7th” Horde, do not

appear to offer any difficulties.

With the plates I am not concerned, having given my reasons for

rejecting names on plates unaccompanied by letterpress in Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 612. I do, however, record them in my ‘ Index

Animalium.’ C. Davies SHERBORN.

Part II.

In February 1892 Lord Walsingham purchased a copy of Hiibner’s

‘ Europiiischer Schmetterlinge’ from Mr. Quaritch (Rough List 120,

No. 598). This copy came from the library of E. Bellier de la

Chavignerie and was accompanied by MS. indexes and coarse blue

paper covers, the latter giving precise information as to the dates of

Miscellaneous. 495

reception of the later parts of the work: whether these covers were

in any way connected with the issue of the ‘Sammlung’ Iam unable

to say. Unfortunately somes are missing, but, as supplementing

Mr. Sherborn’s valuable discovery, it is thought advisable to publish

the information gathered from a study of this interesting copy.

Should any other copy contain similar notes, however fragmentary,

it is to be hoped that they may be published at once, for it would

appear that the many difficulties encountered in a study of the

works of Hiibner are gradually disappearing.

I. Papiliones. Pl. 1-207.

Pl. 198-207 are noted in pencil “ hubner-Geyer.” Cover missing ;

5 pp. MS. Index to the Sammlung and Geschichte.

II. Sphinges. Pl. 1-88.

In MS. on cover of coarse blue paper :—

“ Sphynges, htibner. Catalogue Alphabetique des Sphinx figurés

par hiibner avec le renvoi aux numeros des plauches, tout des Sphinx

que de leurs larves, la premiére colonne renyoye au No. des pl. des

Sphinx La Sec*. au No. des pl. des chenilles. Au Nombre des

chenilles figurées se trouve—celle nommée LHrice pl. 2 dont le Sphinx

n’est pas figuré.”

*en Novembre 1827 j’ai recu les dernicres planches supplemen-

taires qui ont paru jusqu’a ce jour ; au Novembre de 35 pour les

Sphij nx] et 27 pour les chenilles.”

“du 28. 9bre. 1828 recu une nouvelle pl. No. 36.”

‘“*en décembre 1829 recu une planche nouvelle sur laquelle est

representé la chenille du Sphinx Dahli.” [= Pl. 28. |

Then follow 4 pp. of MS. index to both works, concluding with

the additional note :—‘‘ Supplement recu le 22 fevrier 1840

Achilles 37 ”—‘ hilaris 38.”

III. Bombyces. Pl. 1-83,

In MS. on cover of coarse blue paper :—

“Catalogue Alphabetique des Bombix d’Kurope et de leurs

chenilles figurés par hubner avee le renyoi aux Nos. des planches

La 1te Colonne renyoye au No. des planches des Bombix la 2°

Colonne renvoye au No. des planches des chenilles. la 3° Colonne

renvoye au No. de l’espece dans l’Encyclopedie Methodique tom V.

des insectes. le nombre des planches de Bombix est de 70. sur

lesquelles sont figurés 298 individus.

“Je nombre des planches de chenilles de 70 au nombre des

chenilles figurées, il y a celles des Bombyx fascelina, Lunigera et

unita dont on ne trouve pas les figures des Bombix.”

“Yai recu, les dernieres livraisons de supplement jusques y

compris les pl. 70 des Bombix et 70 de leurs chenilles en Novembre

1827.

“du 28, 9° 1828 recu les nouvelles planches 71, 72, 73 et 74.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ii. 34

494 Miscellaneous.

“en décembre 1829 recu deux planches les 75 et 76, les especes

en sont inscriter & leur places.”

“en avril 1831, j’ai recu un supplement de 4 planches les 77, 78,

79 et 80°.”

‘En tout 83 planches.”

IV. Noctue. Pl. 1-185.

Cover missing—no dates: 9 pp. MS. index to both works.

V. Geometre. Pl. 1-113.

Pl. 110-13 noted in pencil “ Geyer.” Cover missing—no dates:

6 pp. MS. index to both works.

VI..Pyralides. Pl. 1-32.

In MS. on cover of coarse blue paper :—

“ Pyralidez.

**du 20 juillet 1832 recu une planche, la 31.

“du 20 mars 1834 recu la planche 32 & porter a la table ?”

No MS. index.

VIL. Vortrices. Pl. 1-53.

In MS. on cover of coarse blue (faded) paper: ‘* Table des Tor-

trices (d’hiibner) et de leurs chenilles.”

“en avril 1831 recu une partie de texte, et 4 planches qui sont

les 49, 50, 51 et 52°.” *

“du 20 mars 1834 recu la pl. 53. a porter a la table.”

Then follow 6 pp. of MS. index to both works.

VIE Pree. PL. 127%

In MS. on cover of coarse blue paper :—

‘« Tinev, 69 planches (avril 1827) table alphabetique ;

et Psyche

du 20 juillet 1832 recu la pl. 70,”

Then follow 10 pp. of MS. index to both works, in which pl. 71 is

referred to as “ supplément.”

* [This part is reviewed, Isis, xxvi. (Heft 7) 674 (1833) :—“ Sammlung

europiischer Schmetterlinge, errichtet von Jac. Hiibner, fortges. von K.

Geyer. Augsburg b. Verf. Heft 1, 30, 4, 16,5 T. ill.” ...... “ Abgebildet

sind hier Yortria dimidiana” ...... “ambustana.” i.e. dimidiana,

Pl. 48. fig. 259—ambustana, Pl. 52, fig. 333.] The collation of “ Heft 1”

is not easy to follow unless the “30” represents 1830, in which case it

should be read thus:—“Heft 1” (of vii Horde. Die Wickler) ; ‘ 30”

(?=1830) ; “4”(=title pp. (2)+Geyer’s preface, pp. iiiiv [=4 pp.]) ;

“16” (= Die Wickler by Frolich, pp. 1-16); “5 T. ill.” (= Pl. 48-52.

fig. 299-883).

The MS. collation of the part received in April 1831 enumerates only

“4 planches qui sont les 49, 50, 51 et 52°,’ while the ‘ Isis’ collation

enumerates 5 plates (= 48-52), and Geyer, preface, p. iv, writes “ Die

Abbildungen der fiinf hier folgenden Tafeln” &c. I merely note the

discrepancy w'thout attempting to explain it. |

Miscellaneous. 495

LX. Alucitte. Pl. 1-7.

No cover nor index.

It is to be regretted that the covers of Papiliones, Noctuze, Geo-

metre, and Alucite have been lost, as we are thus unable to ascertain

the exact contents of the different parts ; but it may be not unin-

teresting to reconstruct the parts indicated so far as we are enabled

to do so by the MS. notes, hoping that additional information may

be obtained from other copies of Hiibner’s ‘Sammlung.’

Sammlung.

Date of reception. Contents ascertained,

TNS SIS io V7 ae a Tinea, Pl. 69.

November: 827 ...:022. Sphinx, Pl. 35; Bombyw, Pl. 70.

28th November 1828 .. Sphinx, Pl. 36; Bombyx, Pl. 71-74.

December 1829........ Bombyx, Pl. 75-76.

JU SWIC | Ue eee aera Bombyx, Pl. 77-80 ; Tortriv, Text (pp.

iv+16), Pl. 49-52. [?Pl. 48-52,

teste Isis & Geyer. |

20th July 1832........ Pyralisy Pl. 3; Tinea, Pl-70.-

20th March 1834 ...... Pyralis, Pl. 32; Tortriv, Pl. 53.

22nd February 1840 .. Sphina, Pl. 37-38.

Geschichte.

November 1827 ...... Sphinw, Pl. 27; Bombya, Pl. 70.

Merember 1629"... -.... Sphinx, Pl. 28:

The following dates of reception may be of service to syno-

nymists :—

Sammlung.

Sphinw— fig. 156-160 (Pl. 35), November 1827.

fig. 161-164 (Pl. 36), 28th November 1828.

fig. 165-173 (PI. 37-38), 22nd February 1840.

Bombux—tfig. 295-298 (P1. 70), November 1827.

fig. 299-314 (Pl. 71-74), 28th November 1828.

fig. 315-322 (Pl. 75-76), December 1829.

fig. 323-340 (Pl. 77-80), April 1831.

Pyralis— fig. 193-200 (PI. 31), 20th July 1832.

fig. 201-207 (Pl. 32), 20th March 1834.

Tortria— fig. 299-305 (PI. 48), ? April 1831.]

fig. 306-333 (Pl. 49-52), rnxt (pp. iv-+16), April 1831.

Tinea—_ fig. 451-457 (Pl. 69), April 1827.

fig. 464-470 (Pl. 70), 20th July 1832,

Geschichte.

Sphinew—P1. 27 (November 1827); Pl. 28 (December 1829).

Bombyx—P\, 70 (November 1827).

Jno. Hartiey Durrant,

Merton Hall,

Thetford,

496

INDEX’ ro VOL. II.

ABR2EUS, new species of, 181.

Acanthophis, new species of, 75.

Acisoma, new species of, 239.

Adelpha, new species of, 71.

/Eliomorpha, new species of, 300.

/Elurogiena, characters of the new

genus, 182.

Akodon, new species of, 271.

Alcock, A., on Indian deep-sea fishes,

136.

Alebion carchariz, description of

female of, 366.

Alphitopola, new species of, 50.

Anaglymma, new species of, 161.

Anchistus, characters of the new

genus, 387.

Andrena, new species of, 448.

Anguilla anguilla, on the presence

of, in the open sea, 855.

Annelida, new, 277.

Anteus, new species of, 277.

Anuretes, new species of, 89.

Aoroides, characters of the

genus, 276.

Apiocephalus, characters of the new

genus, 42.

Apobletes, new species of, 159.

Arachnida, new, 62, 100, 197, 548,

429,

Araneus, new species of, 206, 456,

447,

Aricoris, new species of, 72.

Aspavia, new species of, 313.

Asphondylia, new species of, 529.

Aspidiotus, new species of, 25, 523.

Aspongopus, new species of, 315.

Atkinson, E., on the vitality of En-

tomostraca, 372.

Bardistus, pew species of, 135.

Barrett-Hamilton, G. E. H., on a

new hare from Algeria, 422; on

the European dormice of the genera

Muscardinus and Glis, 423.

Basicryptus, new species of, 803.

Bassett-Smith, P. W., on new para-

sitic copepods on fish, 77, 357.

Bather, F. A., on Petalocrinus, 195.

new

Benthobatis, characters of the new

genus, 144,

Biobessa, characters of

genus, 56.

Bipinnaria asterigera, note on, 105.

3ombus, new species of, 324.

Bomolochus, new species of, 78.

megaceros, observations on, 358.

Books, new :—Pilsbry’s Catalogue of

the Land-Shells of America, North

of Mexico, 75; Grose-Smith and

Kirby’s Rbhopalocera Exotica,

vol. ii. 194; Carrington’s The

Farmer and the Birds, 489.

Borradaile, L. A., on the Pontoniide,

376,

Boulenger, G. A., on a new genus of

aglyphous colubrine snakes, 73 ;

on a new death-adder, 75; on

reptiles from Somaliland, 130; on

two new fishes from Sind, 133;

on two new snakes from Queens-

land, 414; on a new Siluroid fish

from West Africa, 415; on the

species of Polypterus, 416 ; on two

new Siluroid fishes from Brazil,

477.

Bouvier, E.-L., on new species of

Peripatus, 351, 354.

Brachiella, new species of, 96.

Brachyplatystoma, new species of,

477.

Broteas, new species of, 100.

Buliminus, new species of, 127.

Butler, Dr. A. G., on the butterflies

of the genera Leptophobia and

Pieris, 13; on the Pierine butter-

flies of the genus Catophaga, 392,

458.

Calemetopus, new species of, 260.

Caligodes, new species of, 564.

Caligus, new species of, 82, 359.

Capnodes, new species of, 227.

Carcinops, new species of, 172.

Catophaga, remarks on the genus,

392, 458.

Centrophorus, new species of, 143,

the new

INDEX.

Ceropales fraterna, new subspecies

of, 455.

Chapman, F., on Ostracoda from the

Cambridge Greensand, 331.

Cherostes, new species of, 263.

Chimarrogale, new species of, 246.

Chipatula, characters of the new

genus, 312.

Clione limacina, on the larval stages

of, 103.

Clupea, notes on Cretaceous species

of, 408.

Clupea laticauda, observations on,

488.

Coccidee, new, 24, 322, 330, 401.

Coccodus armatus, remarks on, 486,

Cockerell, T. D, A., on new Coccide,

24; on new North-American in-

sects, 821, 401; on new Hymeno-

ptera from Mexico, 448.

Ccenomorpha, new species of, 311.

Coleophora, new species of, 328, 403.

Coleoptera, new, 40, 156, 259.

Compsomera, new species of, 43.

Copepods, new parasitic, 77, 357.

Coralliide, on new, from Madeira,

42).

Coralliocaris, new species of, 386.

Corinna, new species of, 221.

Crangon, new species of, 275.

Crocidura, new species of, 247, 484.

Crossotus, new species of, 53.

Crustacea, new, 77, 275, 333, 357,

383.

Cyclophorus, new species of, 12.

Cyclopteryx, new species of, 229.

Cydrela, new species of, 218.

Cyrtarachne, new species of, 446.

Cythere, new species of, 337,

Dalsira, new species of, 302.

Dasyprocta, new species of, 273.

Dercas, revision of the genus, 478.

Deroplax, new species of, 310.

Dichelorhinus, new species of, 504.

Dinopis, new species of, 204.

Diplacanthopoma, new species of,

154.

Diplophos, new species of, 147.

Diplosis, new species of, 326.

Diploxys, new species of, 300, 307.

Discoscelis, new species of, 176.

Distant, W. L., on new Hemiptera-

Heteroptera, 134; on Rhynchota

from the Transvaal &c., 294.

Dityloderus, characters of the new

genus, 45,

Dresserus, new species of, 203.

497

Druee, H., on new Heterocera from

Tropical America, 226.

Durmia, new species of, 301.

Durrant, J. H., on the dates of

Hiibner’s ‘Sammlung europaischer

Schmetterlinge,’ 492.

Dymantis, new species of, 298.

Kel, on the presence of the common,

in the open sea, 355.

Elles, Miss G. L., on the graptolite-

fauna of the Skiddaw slates, 427.

Encyrtus fuscicollis, on the dissocia-

tion of the egg and the cycle of

development in, 28.

Engraulis, notes on

species of, 410.

Ennea, new species of, 126.

Entomostraca, on the vitality of,

372; on the, of Lake Bassen-

thwaite, 467.

Epierus, new species of, 171.

Epinephelus, new species of, 133,

Epizeuxis, new species of, 229.

Eremopedes, new species of, 323.

Eresus, new species of, 433.

Kumimetes, new species of, 53.

Eunidia, new species of, 57.

EKuryaspis, new species of, 308.

Exomalopsis, new species of, 452.

Farnellia, characters of the new

genus, 69,

Felis chaus and its allies, notes on,

291.

Fishes, notes on paleozoic, 67; new,

67, 138, 145, 408, 415, 416, 477 ;

on Cretaceous, from Mount Leba-

non, 405, 485.

Flaminia, new species of, 313.

Funambulus, new species of, 248,

Funisciurus, new species of, 9.

Gahan, C. J., on new longicorn

Coleoptera from East Africa, 40.

Gasteracantha, new species of, 438.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 195, 427.

Gerbillus, new species of, 4.

Glis, new species of, 424.

Glyphotes, characters of the new

genus, 250.

Gonochilus, new species of, 260.

Gonopsis, new species of, 304.

Graptolite-fauna of the Skiddaw

slates, on the, 427.

Grose-Smith, H., on new butterflies

from S. America, 70; on new

species of Thysonotis, 404.

Gustiana, new species of, 228,

Cretaceous

Hadogenes, new species of, 198,

Halictns, new species of, 450.

Halosaurichthys, new species of, 149.

Hapalus, new species of, 128.

Harpactira, new species of, 199.

Heliconius, new species of, 70.

Hermilius, new species of, 80.

Hersilia, new species of, 214.

Heteromysis, new species of, 276.

Hickson, Prof. 8. J., on the Entomo-

straca of Lake Bassenthwaite,

467.

Hister, new species of, 167.

Histeridee, new, 156,

Hololepta, new species of, 157.

Homalodes, new species of, 166.

Homalopygus, new species of, 177.

Hiibner’s ‘Sammlung europiiischer

Schmetterlinge,’ dates of, 491.

Hylotoma, new species of, 456.

Hymenoptera, new, 324, 329, 448.

Hypargyra, new species of, 44.

Hypena, new species of, 228,

Hypomiscophus, characters of the

new subgenus, 321.

Ichneumon, new species of, 456,

Idactus, new species of, 46, 263.

Iguanognathus, characters of the new

genus, 78.

Insects, new North-American, 321,

401.

Janira, new species of, 276.

Johnson, J. Y., on new Coralliidee

from Madeira, 421.

Kermes, new species of, 330.

Kirby, W. F., on dragonflies from

the Transvaal and Nyasaland,

229; on a new genus of Odonata,

346,

Lasioptera, new species of, 327.

Latastia, new species of, 131.

Lecanium, new species of, 522.

Lepeophtheirus, new species of, 86.

Lepidonotus Wahlbergi, on the rela-

tion of, to L. clava, 108.

Lepidoptera, new, 15, 70, 226, 528,

399, 403, 404, 461, 481.

Leptodoras, characters of the new

genus, 477.

Leptophobia, new species of, 15.

Lepus, notes on species of, 5319; new

species of, 422,

Lernanthropus, new species of, 91,

368.

Lestes, new species of, 245.

Lewis, G., on new species of

Histeridee, 156,

INDEX.

Lithurgus, new species of, 453.

Lophyrus, new species of, 457.

Lucilla, new species of, 72.

Luidia, note on the larval stage of,

105.

Lygrus, new species of, 261.

M‘Intosh, Prot., on the larval stages

of Clione limacina, 103; on Bi-

plonaria asterigera, 105; on Lepi-

donotus Wahlbergi, 108 ; on Siga-

lion squamatum, 111; on the

Nemerteans in British text-books

of zoology, 114,

Macrocypris, new species of, 333.

Meeroides, characters of the new

genus, 276.

Malabama, characters of the new

genus, 309.

Mammals, new, 4, 9, 124, 245, 265,

292, 317, 422, 423, 484; notes on

various American, 318.

Marchal, P., on the dissociation of

the egg and the cycle of develop-

ment in Encyrtus fuscicollis, 28,

Margites, new species of, 41.

Marmosa, new species of, 274.

Marshall, G. A. K., on seasonal di-

morphism in the genus Precis, 30.

Mecosoma, new species of, 308.

Melissodes, new species of, 454.

Melyiil, J. C., on new Mollusca from

S. Africa, 125.

Menida, new species of, 313.

Miller, G.S., jr., on a new bat from

Lower California, 124,

Miscophus, new species of, 321.

Mollusca, new, 125.

Monohammus, new species of, 262.

Moyara, characters of the new genus,

3514.

Muscardinus, new species of, 423.

Myotis, new species of, 124.

Neacerea, new species of, 226,

Nemerteans in British text-books of

zoology, on the, 114.

Nephila senegalensis, new subspecies

of, 435.

Nesogonia, characters of the new

genus, 347,

Nesotragus Livingstonianus,

subspecies of, 317,

Nettenchelys, characters of the new

genus, 149,

Nezara, new species of, 307.

Nicéville, L. de, on the Pierine

butterflies of the genus Dercas,

478.

new

IND EX.

Nutting, C. C., on the sarcostyles of

the Plumularide, 118.

Odonata, new, 229, 546.

Oniticellus, note on the genus, 75,

Orthetrum, new species of, 238.

Orthezia, new species of, 401.

Orthoptera, new, 325.

Oryzomys, new species of, 267.

vestitus, note on, 318.

Osmeroides, notes on Cretaceous

species of, 406.

Osmeroides megapterus, remarks on,

487.

‘Ostéographie,’ on the dates of

Blainville’s, 76.

Ostracoda from the Cambridge

Greensand, on, 351.

Pachycrerus, new species of, 162.

Pagellus libanicus, note on, 488.

Palpimanus, new species of, 216.

Panda, characters of the new genus,

299.

Panurginus, new species of, 451.

Paramphithoé, new species ef, 276.

Paridactus, characters of the new

genus, 47.

Pelorurus, new species of, 173.

Perdita, new species of, 450.

Perichzeta, new species of, 283.

Periclimenes, new species of, 383.

Peripatus, new species of, 351, 354.

Peristethus, new species of, 152.

Perrier, E., on the origin of the

Vertebrates, 252.

Petalocrinus, observations on, 195.

Petalopteryx syriacus, note on,

485.

Phyllocephala, new species of, 505.

Phyllomacromia, new species of,

241. °

Phyllotis, new species of, 270.

Physa, new species of, 129,

Pieris, new species of, 18.

Platyoides, new species of, 219.

Platysoma, new species of, 160.

Platythomisus, new species of, 445,

Plectropygus, characters of the new

genus, O4.

Pleurocorallium, new species of, 421.

Plocederus, new species of, 42.

Plumularidze, on the sarcostyles of

the, 118.

Pocock, R. I, on the Australian

scorpions of the genus Urodacus,

59; on the scorpions of the genus

Broteas, 98; on Arachnida from

Natal, 197 ; on three new species

499

of Selenops, 348; on Arachnida

from Lakes Nyasa and Tan-

ganyika, 429,

Polyplastus, new species of, 261.

Polypterus, on the species of, 416.

Ponsonby, J. H., on new mollusca

from 8. Africa, 125.

Pontodrilus, new species of, 281.

Pontonia, new species of, 389.

Pontoniide, revision of the, 376.

Pratt, Miss [. M., on the Entomo-

straca of Lake Bassenth waite, 467.

Precis, on seasonal dimorphism in

the genus, 30.

Pretorius, characters of the new

genus, 298.

Prosopocera, new species of, 48, 263.

Protomocerus, characters of the new

genus, 48.

Psammosteus, new species of, 67.

Pseudelaps, new species of, 414.

Pseudochromis, new species of, 134.

Pseudoclavella, characters of the new

genus, 92.

Pulvinaria, new species of, 24.

Pupa, new species of, 128.

Raja, new species of, 145.

Reptiles, new, 73, 75, 131, 414.

thynchota, new, 24, 134, 294, 322,

330, 401.

thyothemis, new species of, 230.

Rosa, Dr. D., on some new earth-

worms, 277.

Saccostomus, new species of, 6.

Saletara, new species of, 400.

Saprinus, new species of, 179.

Sarotesius, characters of the new

genus, 443.

Sciurus, on the arrangement of the

African groups of, 11; new species

of, 265.

Scribonia, new species of, 297.

Selenis, new species of, 226.

Selenops, new species of, 348.

Sherborn, C. D., on the dates of

Blainville’s ‘ Ostéographie,’ 76; on

the dates of Hubner’s ‘ Sammlung

europaischer Schmetterlinge,’ 491.

Sigalion squamatum, note on, 111.

Sophronica, new species of, 58.

Spaniodon hakelensis, remarks on,

412.

Sparassus, new species of, 222, 442.

Spencerella, characters of the new

genus, 215,

Spirontocaris, new species of, 276,

Stathmodera, new species of, 264.

500 INDEX.

Stegodyphus, new species of, 201.

Steechia, characters of the new

genus, 235.

Storena, new species of, 440.

Storthogaster, new species of, 134.

Succinea, new species of, 127.

Symmachia, new species of, 71.

Syndere, new species of, 44.

Synodontis, new species of, 415.

Tachyris, new species of, 461.

Taphozous longimanus, new sub-

species of, 246.

Terapus, new species of, 178.

Termitoxenus, new species of, 175.

Thomas, 0., on new Bornean and

Sumatran mammals, 245 ; on new

mammals from South America,

265; on the Zululand form of

Livingstone’s antelope, 317; on

various American mammals, 318.

Thomisus, new species of, 225.

Thrissopteroides, new species of, 408.

Thylacomys, note on the generic

name, 196.

Thysonotis, new species of, 404.

Trachycystis, new species of, 125.

Tragiscoschema, new species of, 52,

Traquair, Dr, R. H., on paleeozoic

fishes, 67.

Typhlops, new species of, 414.

Urodacus, on the Australian species

of, 59.

Urothemys, new species of, 234.

Vaillant, L., on the presence of the

common eel in the open sea, 355,

Vertebrates, on the origin of the, 252.

Waite, E. R., on the generic name

Thylacomys, 196.

Walker, A. O., on Malacostraca

from Puget Sound, 275.

Waterhouse, C. O., on Scarabeeidie

of the genus Oniticellus, 75; on

new Coleoptera from East Africa,

259.

Winton, W. E. de, on South-African

rodents, 1; on West-African

squirrels, 9; on Felis chaus and

its allies, 291; on a new shrew

from Ashantee, 484.

Woodward, A. 8., on Cretaceous

fishes from Mount Lebanon, 405,

485.

Xenodermichthys,

148.

Xystrocera, new species of, 40.

Zoological Nomenclature, report on

the rules of, 181.

Zygodontomys, new species of, 269.

new species of,

END OF THE SECOND VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND

FRANCI6,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.